oo¢ Weel pT. ee

Shi ty Reiveny tet eh

ofegat tebe ve reeeir Penpals © & weet

; Ateynst a or Stren bolo

atee # y gee Type

ae at ’ Ls dane te Go tenhgae ae bee ase dedeiel of «ey

eta reee fr err tr ty gene sai setiied 9 wie ' saites vives Nete dy Vine) tO! ‘ mq J be te Ls

NC Ue ent Ly ria? Wet ety naw ae tebe b reatale ape ite a eed a et om be ort) a) Ay ned Sad eat “44 a Peerryerre rT seat

Qh reper wptehetel gate 4 \ngae behele | Ne ga Ms A Gre 014,504 . ae bol Bt: aE see hs “Hy!

a hedin iat Avehs? ‘

rey an Ri wteG

degre woeuatte te nets

ay) oe @ seta athe

aceeete pie at

‘ chy ve

‘ by sitvepet tiinet)

ab he

wha lete ety) *

ey Herre passhyt

eee

Ved

was eters

Pi ieteh ‘arty ie re Pee | Teraenats diatitieee

+0"

ay \ ferry tees "9 '' errerete “ry ‘

“i

Merete

”)

rane \

pty Paras

‘

teaere

Parerit) Steet ar , re : ie p/

Cone be Ae bem Bel 05 dee a > i r 4 . sean

ss : atthoety i : ; @ , myth opois thi

verted “eo waa i aearte c

teh Teste Whyte vai eile f abe wed gh MM tinea ne. We bred gt

Fe eta grey etree hata Sete . oe Re ihe fat) . ANA ¥

eer tr tt tee rs 1 rie rem part rr Nines ne he “ani it aad

Od bi wadiae 6 ee heared) te yr hie eer Fy be } te at eid nant tees hey bs ed

wg a daub dB it ay et Yaaadny . ri NAnRG teh st

“ thy « t ' ms "i oa

oe i) Anh of (ata ety ta be! ’ whitey feetnty

abi rd 9 Sp84 |

Vedvdewey ti Arka bres ae hint Oy att

CGP ies baad 8 Ohad

ying Cyr ater pe tedy

abate tyye ett ‘

nee ach

O45") e%:

Aysassigienets bee Diy

eh Vsatselis Pia ae swes dene eae & Prey ed

cert : A pee ewes ad gal bted. 4450 te Miltwisiechoet ‘ee hy

. bia ; 4 aot y a) et <r 1 my ,

ease Rie he gaily lahebene Reed way ais as aii Lite Hy baerityyte tele

Ka Hgts by yeaa a) )aae\ Nab hy br 94. ke ba lanods & » Be ay Hai fs" amie eons V3 | at Vee er

a o : na wei biden at ue Vlaksad othe eae res Swath lst parts

4 46 a © Uh ts8 pOVle Vedat abet ehene times toe 419 ates “ ‘ stadt, ead an dl eda mn wigs iT at ata betel () ot nts Sere

eee yee “ N ee heaets habe warnaaieetr| hiked

; 4 tales ah ‘ seage Hgts a! fst ohh bee tala 15

‘here e lanl OW Rete me ny siheaiyy . bal « 7") ;

‘ Iva jod ebet@dpmauny b 0940058) )48)¥ tty * Dal be A

Yowene i s wire?

Ad gt nS hed» OF tot

eee) eat sh aiaie trish 4

rer Meyer ori ae =e steeds

lasted Loria fe aa ene

+? Frtetst PIT ei beeen

aos ateetelaget dyes

Adabhe shale EP) deh lee

de bit Adbere eT hones

dae ewe)

Mr asthely

rial’)

We te ue

2944) 4 ¥

wr eneti®

Me rehek®

va! TNFa

s Asante he

Fehads ety a hey

en ee

eT ge

iy!

gM ating vee

nad

anata epewnety

Teper air Maa as) sineast as

vig Rae ype Par We Ot} ye) gia heer oath pe?

ven sheasferdte dalietiaet

Ay Sa Pitas 09 18 wae

4D spats Gh) peek te Denia A

ry kh O48) a ibe! 1b

He oes P™

sat {1, Sad ests tty now aite

ree iyi

1e0 @aditet a

am quad et

hi ty 44 |

Rafe

abete eheea be

ops Wed Oe Tht) s Pt

yo tag habe ecg nites ke oe dH

‘ae ai tetabeledioetes es Re 4

erento seed te Ly Me

Vida rs tte bee Ot

Fy4 Fer ant ees

tua nba :

avenge)

yerdenicd bh ayer:

Or ad

Han etherwe att tt heh

peta apent dhe!

as Haebehesote eae Sater sttesh

ie ure at aa annoy mn tes ,

wigrerdraygnn ia aa

nemedee oF be

the ie 7 gine ell cht bl

Scag Aa Rehat, abate

wl hGe let tas be

Wali inte’

rire oe &

GA Metta»

aye uy davel . by

had iy ’ inheys 3991 bis H sheen <i: wi) Arp datet lt wat “A

ai ie lagte re S oi bases Aye bey tg teke ) UR Ws, + my th te

pay eres ay oi

Tae nit msgs rye 4 wih beeen ati a mpaisty ol at eadelsta) hasta tal Rete

as eT 2 ee >i Baas) Letk 1 bee ° ‘i

$ feo ee tee Tet aed ahs Ac 19a) ¢

cephha A be%p-Y thMg' Th aihart

athena eel ey

wheter te) VO 8PSt tone

eee eh AP a |

“4

15h

re tee SPEDE Cd

3.5. be ag aan tate 2

ats Sotene ga)t ©

AP iF sdabsoa! the

Ae hye Ants LH Nt Oe

My isan | aera de te le

[hei dbe bh ee Acs oi N

, i Uh Mphetdael sated hi ded ,

Hy Haein La ye teh at

shih Foe gater yeh iia.

se4 vie iv prt a

“4 ye ta he ge

’ Rie ht 4 5

bh wath,

er we beria’ hy is pe Me etbeth. F Olt

eT ESOP ITTY! FES Lat bee

satires

ot Gaines

5 ag’ hats ] +f Sy yatetal

WE aS ay PL ERIa ESS ia phases v4 i as ghebe te aees a

yer rr roan’ Vine A, “4 Py Stag he ya ees ee

’ ' Hane baa +}

485 bal aitas rewyar hry 2g Mie} 2 rhe + paecnebe taht el bry *

Ria

be date DS satay c nae tye eh eh ab

mt ian ic Ver he gern?

ae. haw wey Wer seh

Hyer Wiel, Ped to8 Nib «he

Wega 02 Ps, yee Fi

of Ph eel hee eteteiate

aie MOL Mh bet tbe

” bihiee * ty Hy!

4 jet hetly etal a

He haty teens

ede \hee

ih “s) fry) oe tet he Ge gees +

Ne ROR EY Eee ayia a

Pirate i ty

wor dshe'

H ie LO

ity

va be th)

hat Yor lettre rat

one

aah prvabenl t( MEO teat} Mois ahh ie As Seeder it oat

Wh Laois Sopra tat fe he ie hy M 4 } yO j04 ny ?

vende le! hey PLS Vr) ae ka eae! He Oi: ‘9 dak Ti at > be +c

Sk Teg bet Pete ede Py ict ars 7 tem ate s0e* wa ie sreegete

4 eh teers preted Fie

Paha ehat yes

‘ stat us ia

atnas 4

tay

1h) es Spite Ketel ete

Stari ha

HNg9

ol as bade

Bit Wie or LE wee

ba)

L®

richie ae

apn) veges

ie M

ea ber ph

poke ivy

2 patere te lade

nad vies ay

af) "

ng atlah bg rity

’

Peg fh tats

oo a 4

‘ dart? hawt |

hei serie ie 4g

ae 4s

7 : ‘ ae M4) ;

ano pe aa pe tehad ane dy pene eh bade p hob ae 4 A |

hytiw i ra fie b

“i Wad sthe ba 7 bp Ratitetet ciate ir F aa dpaabeoney Leta tatalta

Theite:

»4elta 44 A

da hy gta sabe tele dy ve ragty 445 Hie ayhe dele

ai plete (7 Soke e tabe Ae ldats te Meta taire Va)

ates age Rta cad wis SAE dia! an caplet Piatt

7p Frethe®, i" tetas His a it oni tyarte > yetetetideds f- r " Rm} eas iat

ety La Ob eka od ‘ eh sas

oielatitat a tytide ibe ab Wee ces deh

atey Ha Pal gh:

eq! LLG Poe Pt

uae Fs its

‘at

fh , Ni ma? } my 4] pieaat Wrap atte

on © ose it

si taktach sca wl iepe: ity say

¥ its dab a a teteiet

40 a4 ror Ade)

pense

bee by “yay iu

‘

tes

» a

hPa rited ian oat

4 oredr tat pidiguarat

; 4

etek dinye yah y dedere +4

ule ”

Ae bey Ay taeenieny eliteted RUT Tetele'a's? hale tebe he tet

aster eet Tie. h ab 4) ss Baits Sain ASE AL eb

Hatatpteten. os

Hi; ": Ue Hehedeta ted aie

ar tt 4%a Boral 3° ?

TEP Re Daten) Neat eCH PLC: 5

EE Ped On y Pete

UPL SSar 44

ur»

: oy otras

nsiatg eles ;

Vit 4d

sisted

ate"

Aya) Oot

ae ce

hire

me)

nyt

}

Tite }

“ ate

4 ) a ah

aj oot ti te { pee "

\Ne" *

rf ‘

Bath

tradgitet °

? aust

! 17

, a

A i bp aA Ns

ittab a ie

aa $2

pelea teTeaet)

vane teks Peli

Ne noe

wise

pws ce

mepina eee

Perot sir iat

Seah ee Fe ay

Pedy 2etn!

ia} babes

| ta, fie oe

oo) ph ieee reg?

nny

ae}

st) is ha bees

Pidse welt

atte raya)

OOP cut is) +d

bons \ed Lara, pekee Le tbe ty

amare dy

aR ta

, ue

hi peariee

Abr Ye

i He

H Pa

art aa 4

digi).

eine]. ta) 1)

Uy betas is yree ie ee

nee bebe een tere 9 9) vad ‘

Peserpisigdele eye) rile

aye he

reer Alani

qe eenet

Mi cu 2

at chy WoleBary

Pasko kbs 1304 shi tye spits

Vode ie oo eds hs Teater

eyee

Pree 1

re ik

e4 ,

hg Hie alee

heed savtnbad 4

Bi gh Yio! pa eare eG a F pa sy

ui peta i bi: a eee

Sond bittpeht

dpi si pio. Mae

ope gts G8

any?

Le bad

‘

@ pans 6:

biti ie

4 ty aes

odd eled ¢ ve i He ip debt

pbup i tes rire

Ny bg neues ; He penh bei einin

ie) ty ale es eeresiinits

Saab rier Le | « Ite non a

¥e3 9) say) es at Petts ” Lew

te ‘bee yeths MG

ie) ig

re 85 yeb A

wie gi aew

A058" HOt

Wivereere diaper rurise li.

bbe Surrey aes

Fyre be pal epee oh

(PRE ANY he hs abt ane

Fever nye » | 4) ih

haga +4

i lodst she wi Vs

cehavieadem mee Deiat

ae caeibn

Wh oteee Prerer st

AS pepo tnt elt

* 2). Gaede WU tee wm »

Pet Ph AA ALL J | | fd Go a

‘ wad)

| a) 7 at

“lh AA

Awvescueeeeey

GAY

~~ A

WS] LE ia ©

US Ny

an ower)

; Oe

Tea eee vive

YW YVCGSS

j vy Sav VET e)

“WANG,

vy Vweseoecess AY

\ | Ne) et, te AS \es \ wae), ~7

WWVegieee ww fe DESI SUS NSS SIM

jl Ned WIIG ~

I AGS lad A

Y|\e,

NY; LA oe we | yw MoO oS SR

vuvuv | ve L | we y w4¥}

esevy sous ied

yy AEC CUMS Sed al w

Siw

“dA Wye oY wivainiarccvonant k Weieneensest tS

WS WV SEC ry uous

MAS vl

1S | WAS ESS Si MoUs

IA GUY eve MI UU UE

yy eeWeeuvove CRANES ssc tease or You vunasvesvoss

Wevvvelluysuuuoryyy Vive eres REL od Pe be wt Wee: ISSN GNA!

LI MtAMMOIIYYSSY Vig Fn Va" uv

PISS CS very ye weve ve Wiees'

MUG IGS SII

Y 0 ) \e\e ANA Sa

tenaneteerrnecee Ye weeuey

\ Le ae WA UY III Ow | h\ed \ Wy

\ YI \e YOUVE ore | wr hd) Suewece ad vy \

) \

} \_4 1 Nea |

| \ i i\ | 4 !

| } ) | | aa |

A) i It } f \ Ai | i } | | ji | { } i he

ef 4 } } f | ii i} \ | I | |

| |

\ SIA

y “aneiete oor

weyyyyy

Woy ieee

Wuyi eeveeve

\us ee a ag ag wuY vane ( Ve

VOWS voces wy vreayuooanoelee ee, Serco

dee acccw-sorcoecy iva avE VO ON PPO NNN

A) | LY,

veyruY

Vv ew

vy mana

DIAS Viiv Wii

Me CUM

MALS vy vyveriweys |

MM cd uly Wi wwe este ~ cS

| L LY SSSI Nd AAA dS

j we | Ak gy" OT de

MESSE LA seca eensee tN Wah ee LUE e

SSSI IVa © ee eae Nd ele el Od epveustUeTt SY Be

Gr Uy MIMIAWAA wie

Vue eeryvuvuvuy¥™ MUE ES oe be dat Nh hhh

ey Fd ed et

ene

jest ew’ New ww

| ee | Nee |e GGG VS SS

Newt Nees Ld S

i Sis MINI AWN ha fhe AIG SS EEMEE whl

NN Ne |e

“OO || Neve , |

PAA I GO AAD) SSS ee CALS whl A ele =the hea

‘

‘a

arf j

pe,

‘se

we ;

< t a ;

rs .

ry I

yaa

‘ ¥ hy

Ps i

' 4 7

= r,

a -

‘

——

i ‘

yee

3 e ,

‘ 4

. =

E 5

> by

~ ie =

Fen

e .

: ~ 2

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXXII

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VODEOME XX KIT

PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.

1935-1940.

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM.

J. G. VAN DER Horst, Esa.

W. J. THorNeE, Esq.

Prof. D. L. ScHoutz, D.Sc.

FERDINAND Bosmay, Esa.

Prof. M. R. Drennan, M.A., M.B., Ch.B., F.R.C.S., F.R.S.S.Afr.

SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN

MUSEUM.

Epwin LEonarp Git, D.Sc., Director.

KepreL Harcourt BarnarpD, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director; in Charge

of Fish and Marine Invertebrates.

ALBERT JOHN HeEsszE, B.Sc., Ph.D., Assistant in charge of the Entomological

Department.

Lizuwe Dirk Boonstra, D.Sc., Assistant in Charge of the Palaeontological

Department.

Miss G. Joyce Lewis, B.A., Assistant in Charge of the Botanical Department.

A. J. H. Goopwin, M.A., Honorary Keeper of the Ethnological and Archaeological

Collections.

Miss E. Marcarert SHaw, B.A., Assistant in Charge of the Ethnological Collections.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

K. H. BARnarp.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes .

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape, with Deseliptions of

the Nymphs, and of New Species

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South ance XI. mites

Additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, together

with Keys for the Identification of the hitherto recorded Marine and

Fresh-water Species .

Additional Records and Desernubus of New Snecies of South Athan

Alder-flies, May-flies, Caddis-flies, Stone-flies, and Dragon-flies

D. CARTER.

See G. C. Shortridge.

B. DE MEILLON.

A New Jenkinshelea (Dipt. Ceratopogonidae) from Southern Rhodesia

C. G. C. Dickson.

Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim., a Lycaenid Butterfly

from the Cape Peninsula, and a List of some recently determined

Food-plants of some other South African Butterflies.

S. G. HEpINc.

A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa, with some Remarks

on the Rhopalodinidae

Ke EE ny,

New Acridiidae from South Africa

R. F. LAWRENCE.

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa

G. A. MavRoMoustTaKIs.

Report of some Anthidiine Bees (Apoidea) in the South African Museum .

Descriptions of New African Anthidiinae (Apoidea)

T. MORTENSEN.

A New Giant Sea-star, Withrodia gigas n. sp., from South Africa

J. R. Norman.

The European and South African Sea Breams of the Genus Spondy-

liosoma and Related Genera; with Notes on JDichistius and

Tripterodon

PAGE

169

381

609

261

545

List of Contributors. Vil

W. L. Scumirt. PAGE

A New Species of Emerita (Crustacea) from South Africa. , 5 20

G. C. SHORTRIDGE.

A New Genus and New Species and Subspecies of Mammals from Little

Namaqualand and the North West Cape Province; and a New

Subspecies of Gerbillus paeba from the Eastern Cape Province . 281

J. R. LE B. Tomi.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African

Museum. X. Family Verticordiidae . : ‘ ; 3 see

C. J. VAN DER Horst.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus, and a Comparison

between it and Balanoglossus capensis 3 : ; x, 69

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay : : . 293

K. W. VERHOEFF.

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda) : 5 : : Sa PA!

A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula : So NE

New Colobognatha from South Africa ; ‘ i : « L2b

LIST OF NEW FAMILY AND GENERIC NAMES

INTRODUCED IN THIS VOLUME.

PAGE

Aetiasis n. g. (Pisces, Lutianidae), Barnard, 1937 : : p ‘ : 59

Bureniidae n. f. (Myriopoda), Verhoeff, 1937. : : : E Le) ie

Cryptochloris n. g. (Mammalia, Chrysochloridae), Shortridge, 1938 . 284

Cylichnogaster n. g. (Myriopoda, Bureniidae), Verhoeff, 1937 : : ied 1:7)

Frontifissia n. g. (Insecta, Acridiidae), Key, 1937. ; : : . 144

Hirudisomidae n. f. (Myriopoda), Verhoeff, 1937 : : : : -- Ae

Polyamblyodon n. g. (Pisces, Sparidae), Norman, 1935 ; : : so hel

Rhopalodinopsis n. g. (Echinodermata, Rhopalodinidae), Heding, 1937 = Vell

Rhynchomecogaster n. g. (Myriopoda, Bureniidae), Verhoeff, 1937. 3 E28

Stathmos n. g. (Crustacea, Sphaeromidae), Barnard, 1940 . ‘ : 2 425

DATE

LIST OF PLATES.

. Mithrodia gigas n. sp.

. Pachymetopon canescens n. sp.

. Emerita austroafricana n. sp.

Emerita emeritus (Linn.).

. Rhopalodinopsis capensis n. g., n. sp.

. Cetorhinus maximus (Gun.).

Quinquarius capensis (C. & V.).

. South African Geophilomorpha.

. Cylichnogaster lawrencei n. g., n. sp.

. South African Colobognatha.

. Betiscoides meridionalis Sjost.

. Betiscoides sjostedti n. sp.

. Betiscoides parva n. sp.

. Frontifissia elegans n. g., n. sp.

. Pyrgomorphella species.

. Phasis felthami Trim.

OF ISSUE OF THE PARTS.

Part 1, June 1935.

Part 2, March 1937.

Part 3, July 1937.

Part 4, July 1938.

Part 5, February 1940.

Part 6, August 1940.

Vili

Acentrella

Achilophilus

Adenophlebia

Adicella

Aega

Aeschna .

Aetiasis

Afronurus

Alepocephalus

Allocnemis

Allorchestes

Ampelisca

Ampithoé

Anax :

Anguilla .

Anilocra .

Anthidiellum

Anthidium

Aora ‘

Apanthura

Aphanicerca

Aphanicercella

Aphilodon

Aprionyx

Apseudes .

Arcturella

Argyrobothrus .

Artopoles

Aspidopleres

Astronesthes

Austrocaenis

Austrocloeon

Austrofilius

Baetis

Balanoglossus

Balistes

Barbarochthon

Barnardichthys

Bathyamaryllis

Bathyergus

INDEX OF GENERA.

265,

69,

PAGE

625

102

630

652

401

230

638

203

475

44]

480

233

404

266

663

478

387

657

Beryx

Betiscoides

Borostomias

Burenia

Calliopiella

Cantharus

Cantharusa

Cantherines

Caranthus

Castanophlebia

Centroptilum

Ceradocus

Cerapus

Ceratogomphus

Ceriagrion

Cetorhinus

Cheimacheramus

Cheiriphotis

Chelidonichthys

Cheumatopsyche

Chimarrha

Chironesimus

Chlorocypha

Chlorolestes

Chloroniella

Chrysochloris

Cirolana

Cleantis

Clinus

Cloeon

Corophium

Coryphaesopia

Crocothemis

Crunobiodes

Crunoeciella

Cryptochloris

Cylichnogaster

Cymadusa

Cymodoce

Cyphocaris

Cyproidea

135

Desmonemoura

Dianthidium

Dichistius

Dipseudopsis

Dipterodon

Disparoneura

Dynamenella

Dyschimus

Eatonica

Echiostoma

EKenomus .

Elasmopus

Elassoneuria

Elattoneura

Emerita

Enallagma

Engidotea

Ephemerellina .

Eriopisella

Erythraeus

Ktelis :

EKuleptorhamphus

Euryporeia

Eurydice .

Eurystheus

Eurythenes

EKurytion .

Eusalpa

EKustomias

Exanthura

Excirolana

Exeuthyplocia .

Exosphaeroma .

Frontifissia

Fuyangia

Gallea

Gammarus

Gerbillus

Gitanopsis

Gliriscus .

Glossobalanus

Glossocephalus .

Glyptidotea

Gnathia

Gnatholana

Gobius

Goerodes .

Gonorhynchus .

Gonostoma

Index of Genera.

PAGE

658

265°

654

205

418

640

144

443

462

290

444

286

316

485

429

382

391

639

Grandidierella .

Grubia ;

Gymnocrotaphus

Halicordia

Haliophasma

Haplostomias

Harriotta

Helothemis

Homilia

Hoplopleon

Hyale ; i

“

Hydropsychodes

Idiacanthias

Iphimedia

Ischnura .

Ischyrocerus

Jaera

Jaeropsis .

Jenkinshelea

Katius

Lakota

Lampanyctus

Lembos

Leptecho .

Leptocerina

Leptocerus

Leptonema

Leptosialis

Lestes

Inbellago .

Liljeborgia

Lithogloea

Loweina .

Lutianus

Lysianassa

Macromia

Macronema

Macropisthopus

Macroscelides

PAGE

478

480

382

252

649

444

475

653

450

222

48]

434

261

440

44]

478

647

643

654

613

187

183

450

- _ 635

439

234

654

480

283

Maera

Maurolicus

Megaluropus

Melamphaes

Melita

Mesogomphus

Mesoschendyla .

Microlysias

Mithrodia

Muraenichthys .

Myspoleo .

Neoscorpis

Neostomias

Nerocila .

Ochlesis

Oecetis

Opsodentex

Orchomenella

Orthetrum

Oxycephalus

Pachymetopon .

Paduniella

Palinnotus

Palpopleura

Panoploea

Pantala

Paramoera

Paramelita

Parelasmopus

Parharpinia

Parhyale

Paridotea

Parisocladus

Parorchestia

Petromyscus

Petroplax

Petrothrincus

Phasis

Philacroterium .

Photis

Phreatoicus

Phronima

Phronimella

Phylluropus

Platychauliodes

Platymops

Podocerus

Poemys

Index of Genera.

444

248

. 450

260, 660

452

462

461

442

472

428

418

473

288

641

643

545

479

434

484

453

610

282

483

287

Polyamblyodon

Polycheria

Polygonarea

Polymitarcys

Potamoryza

Pontharpinia

Pontogeloides

Presba

Proboloides

Proteles

Protophoxus

Pseudaeginella

Pseudaesopia

Pseudagrion

Pseudocloeon

Pseudoleptocerus

Pseudomacromia

Pseudosphaeroma

Ptychodera

Pyrgomorphella

Quinquarius

Rhabdosoma

Rhoizema :

Rhopalodinopsis

Rhynchomecogaster .

Saccoglossus

Scotophilus

Seyracepon

Selenops . .

Simocantharus .

Sphaeroma

Spondyliosoma .

Stathmos

Stegostoma

Stenetrium

Stomacontion

Streetsia .

Sympetrum

Synidotea

Syscenus

Taeniochauliodes

Talitriator

Talitroides

464

xXli Index of Genera.

PAGE PAGE

Talitrus . : : ‘ . 463 Vv

Talorchestia . é ; . 468

Tanais . : , : » B83 Vibtha\ « : : : . 483

Taterona . . ; é 28a :

Temnophlias . : : . 446 W

Thylakion : : , Pe 13)7 | .

Trachinotus . : ; . 54 | Willeyia . 5 ‘ : . 206

Tricorythus : : 3 ~/ 626

Tripterodon. c 3 ti 4 Ne

Trithemis ‘ : : “2265

Tylos ; : : : . 438 | Yarella . ; ‘ Os

U Z

Urda : é é : _" 391 | Zuzara: . 2 ; . 418

ANNALS.”

> SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

PART I, containing :—

1. A new Giant Sea-star, Mithrodia gigas n. sp., from South

Africa.—By Tu. Mortensen, University Zoological

Museum, Copenhagen. (With Plate I and 1 Text-

figure.)

2. The European and South African Sea Breams of the Genus

| Spondyliosoma and Related Genera; with Notes on

Dichistius and Tripterodon.—By J. R. Norman,

—- ae a Department of Zoology, British Museum (Natural

History). (With Plate II and 6 Text-figures.)

f f, ; (i. * fy 4 1] 2 ‘_

(ee PEL 13: a3

VON EGS

Ac ly’ k

lian {

ISSUED JUNE 1935. PRICE 2s. 6d. ~

PRINTED FOR THE .

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM,. CAPE .TOWN

BY NEILL AND GO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXXII.

1. A new Giant Sea-star, Mithrodia gigas n. sp., from South Africa.—

By Tu. Mortensen, University Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.

(With Plate I and 1 Text-figure.)

SOME months ago I received from Dr. K. H. Barnard, South African

Museum, Cape Town, photographs of a very large sea-star which he

had received from Mr. Bell Marley, Durban, who suggested that it

might be a Mithrodia. The photographs left no doubt of its being

really a Muthrodia, and a new species, markedly different from the

three species of that genus known till now. Dr. Barnard then sent

me the specimen, asking me to describe it. On account of its being

by far the largest of any specimen of Mithrodia hitherto recorded,

and, indeed, one of the largest sea-stars known, I name it

Mithrodia gigas nu. sp.

Rays five, of somewhat unequal length. The longest ray is

330 mm., another ray is 310 mm., and the three others 300 mm. long.

The total diameter thus is some 600 mm. Diameter of disk c. 90 mm.

The rays of the dried specimen are c. 50-60 mm. broad, but clearly

they are not so broad in life. The specimen evidently has been dried

directly from the sea, not first fixed in alcohol or formalin, and

therefore the dorsal wall of the rays has sunk in and the rays become

flattened. Presumably, the rays will be cylindrical in life as in the

other Mithrodia species, and their diameter not more than c. 30-40 mm.

They are scarcely constricted at the base. The interbrachial angles

appear to be somewhat rounded.

The disk is rather closely set with low, almost spherical knobs,

the largest of which slightly exceed 2 mm. in diameter; on their

VOr. XXxil, PART I. i!

2 Annals of the South African Museum.

upper surface they are densely set with low, rounded prominences,

producing a somewhat scaly appearance.

These knobs continue a little more sparsely on the dorsal side of

the rays in their basal half, becoming then much more scarce in the

distal part, disappearing almost completely, until at the tip of the

rays they are replaced by large, spherical knobs of up to 5 mm.

diameter (fig. 1). These large knobs are likewise covered with small,

scaly prominences. There are no large spines on the dorsal side of

disk and rays.

Fic. 1.—Withrodia gigas, n. sp. Tip of ray, natural size.

The dorsal skeleton consists of low ridges arranged so as to form

more or less distinct stars, in the centre of which the knobs are placed.

The whole dorsal side has evidently been covered by a thick skin,

in which are imbedded numerous small spinelets, the ridges of the

skeleton thus having a very finely granular, almost velvety appearance.

Also the larger knobs have been covered with such a rather thick

skin.

On the sides of the rays the knobs increase in number, but no

larger spines are found here either, and only close to the ambulacral

furrow the knobs gradually grow a little larger, passing very evenly

into the outer adambulacral spines.

The ambulacral, or furrow spines are only four in number; the

;

—— ss OO

A New Giant Sea-star, Mithrodia gigas n. sp., from South Africa. 3

two median ones are somewhat stouter and longer (4-5 mm.) than

the two lateral ones, the latter being, however, not rudimentary. The

inner adambulacral spines are 5-6 mm. long, stout, club-shaped,

and of the usual scaly-granular appearance, the side turning towards

the ambulacral furrow being partly more smooth. They form a

perfectly regular series, one to each adambulacral plate. The outer

series of adambulacral spines is, on the whole, very inconspicuous,

these spines passing very gradually into the general covering of the

oral side of the rays. No ventro-lateral series of spines or larger

knobs observable. At the tip of the rays the knobs grow larger,

globular, but not so large as those of the dorsal side. The inner

adambulacral spines do not thus transform.

As on the dorsal side a thick skin covers the body skeleton and

the knobs and spines also on the ventral side. Even the ambulacral

spines are covered by this thick skin, so that—on the present, dried

specimen—the number of these spines can only be ascertained on

cleaning away the skin (by means of hypochlorite of sodium). A

very extraordinary fact is that in this skin covering the ambulacral

spines are imbedded a number of small, sharp granules or spinelets,

so that even the ambulacral spines get a scaly appearance like the

larger spines and knobs.

The oral edges, or jaws, are rounded; there is no special oral

armature, only the usual ambulacral and adambulacral spines, which

are not larger here than along the ambulacral furrow.

The madreporite is small, partly covered by the knobs. It is a

little nearer the edge than the centre of the disk.

The colour of the live specimen was, according to Mr. Bell Marley,

purplish pink, the tip of the rays more cinnamon red; below pale

yellowish; the ambulacral feet white. The dried specimen has lost

the colour completely.

The specimen was caught on a fish hook, having taken to the bait,

fouling itself in the line. It was taken off Point Morgan, Hast

London, on fishing grounds in 25-30 fathoms, on stony ground.

This is another highly interesting addition to the rich endemic

fauna of the seas along the South African Hast Coast. Mr. Bell

Marley is to be sincerely congratulated on having secured this, and

so many other treasures of that fauna. But it is not enough to leave

it to the casual catches on fish hooks or by trawlers (a good deal of

interesting forms have been saved by Captain Pace). A real

scientific investigation of this sea is greatly needed. It will be sure

to yield most important results. The little we know already shows

t Annals of the South African Museum.

this area to be one of the richest and most characteristic zoogeo-

graphical regions of the world. _

The present species differs strikingly from the three other species

of the genus Mithrodia hitherto known, M. clavigera (Lamarck) of

the Indo-Pacific, M. bradleyz Verrill of the American West Coast and

Hawaii, and M. fisheri Holly of Hawaii. It would seem the nearest

related to M. bradleyi, which also lacks the large spines on the

dorsal surface (in the adult); but it differs from all of them in the

total absence of long spines, in having only four ambulacral spines

(in the other species c. 6-12) and these even covered with granular

spinelets imbedded and lying loosely in the thick skin enclosing the

ambulacral spines. Finally, the large spherical knobs on the point

of the rays is a quite unique feature.

- partes

Ann, 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

2. The European and South African Sea Breams of the Genus Spondylio-

soma and Related Genera; with Notes on Dichistius and Trip-

terodon.—By J. R. Norman, Department of Zoology, British

Museum (Natural History).

(With Plate II and 6 Text-figures.)

HAVING encountered some difficulty in identifying one or two speci-

mens of Sea Breams allied to Spondyliosoma collected by the

“Discovery” Expedition at the Cape, I sought the opinion of Dr. K. H.

Barnard, Assistant Director of the South African Museum. He was

good enough to suggest that I should undertake a revision of these

fishes, and very kindly offered, not only to submit all the material

in the South African Museum, including the types of the species

described by Gilchrist and Thompson, but also to hand over to me

some notes he had already prepared with a view to eventual

publication. I take this opportunity of offering Dr. Barnard my

sincerest thanks for his generosity, and of expressing my appreciation

to the authorities of the South African Museum for permission to

study this valuable material, which, with the specimens in the

collection of the British Museum (Natural History), has enabled me

to clear up a number of points concerning this group of fishes. My

thanks are also due to Mr. A. Fraser-Brunner, for his assistance in

procuring for me a series of specimens of Spondyliosoma cantharus

from the Mediterranean and from the British coast, and for several

helpful suggestions; and to Dr. C. Tate Regan for valuable advice

given during the progress of the work. The names adopted for the

new species of Pachymetopon are those which appear in Dr. Barnard’s

MSS.

SPONDYLIOSOMA, Cantor.

Cantharus (non Bolten, 1798; Montfort, 1808), Cuvier, 1817, R. Anim.,

vol. 11, p. 278 [Sparus cantharus, Linnaeus].

Spondyliosoma, Cantor, 1850, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvi (1849),

p- 1032 [Sparus cantharus, Linnaeus—a substitute for Cantharus,

preoccupied].

Caranthus, Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 720 [Sparus

cantharus, Linnaeus—a substitute for Cantharus, preoccupied].

ccpaply art ei

6 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cantharusa, Strand, 1928, Arch. Naturgesch., vol. xcii, A. 8, p. 54

[Sparus cantharus, Linnaeus—a substitute for Cantharus, pre-

occupied]. .

Spondyliosoma (part), Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12),

p. 182.

Body ovate covered with rather small, finely ctenoid scales; many

scales, especially on hinder part of body, lobate in centre of free

margin; tubules of lateral line short, bifurcated posteriorly. Prae-

orbital narrow, its lower edge generally more or less notched.

Posterior nostril slit-like. Teeth in front of jaws in broad bands,

that become narrower laterally, arranged in 5 to 7 irregular rows;

teeth of the outermost row largest, compressed, narrow, lanceolate;

no canines; those of the innermost row mostly obtuse, molariform.

Cheek and opercular bones scaled; interorbital region and flange of

praeoperculum naked. Dorsal with 11 spines; soft rays naked,

but with a low scaly sheath at the base of the fin. Anal with 3 spines.

Two species: one from the Mediterranean and eastern Atlantic; the

other from the coast of south-east Africa, Madagascar, and Mauritius.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. 64 to 72 scales in lateral line, 8 to 10 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line

1. cantharus.

II. 80 to 92 scales in lateral line, 14 or 15 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line

2. emarginatum.

1. Spondylhosoma cantharus (Linnaeus).

Sparus cantharus, Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 280.*

Sparus brama, Bloch, 1791, Nat. ausl. Fische, vol. v, p. 77.

Sparus lineatus, Montagu, 1818, Mem. Werner, N.H. Soc., vol. 1 (2),

p- 451, pl. xxi.

Sparus vetula, Couch, 1823, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xiv (1), p. 79.

Cantharus tanuda, Risso, 1826, H.N. Europe, vol. 11, p. 366.

Pagrus lineatus, Fleming, 1828, Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 211.

Cantharus vulgaris, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, H.N. Poiss., vol. vi,

Dao loy plrelxe

Cantharus brama, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, t.c. p. 328; Giinther,

1859, Cat. Fish., vol. i, p. 416; Moreau, 1881, H.N. Poiss. France,

vol. ili, p. 52; Carus, 1889-93, Prodr. Faun. Medit., vol. 11, p. 626.

* T have not attempted to give a full list of references under each name, but

have merely indicated the principal synonyms and combinations of generic and

trivial names.

The European and South African Sea Breams. 7

. ’

Pb et eae

eeeee fee

Cie LY. MAA) '

ei.

yt :

Vitae es

My \ Jd brreece

y) QP precece

fd den

Sage 2 989-0 eles a

teas

Vege

aie veo eae

cpener we LNs be ar St re,

AOS Dy ORL CEP) Tyee pe

A eit i SLUet ie ta et yee)

AOR CET ee yan fear ye

SUP Nee ey tyne: artes ete ee pe WAS) Ie ae ee RS en gee

, *.

‘oes

Beg) on Sea

Behe COMO IIL”. HPS e8\*e 8cR le] ee) Vie) Ol8 swine thea ee o « 2.0.

OG 8 Cia ae Bk Re) 8 8 Row) 8 ee 8

-e FP oe eased esponnes eee

sooonese

ee e

oto wee

aie Wear ee ee

Fic. 1s.—Spondyliosoma cantharus. x}. 9.

8 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cantharus orbicularis, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, t.c. p. 331;

Ginther, 1859, f.c. p. 416; Morean, 1881, te. p. 52,9 Carne

1889-93, t.c. p. 626.

Cantharus griseus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, t.c. p. 8333; Lowe,

1839, Tr. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 1, p. 178; Yarrell, 1859, Brit.

Fish., ed. 3, vol. 1, p. 165, fig.; Moreau, 1881, ¢.c. p. 49.

*Cantharus senegalensis, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, t.c. p. 337.

Cantharus lineatus, Thompson, 1846, Ann. Mag. N.H. (2), vol. xviii,

p. 313; Giinther, 1859, t.c. p. 413; Steindachner, 1867, Sitzungs-

ber. Akad. Wien, vol. lvi (1), p. 649; Day, 1880-84, Fish. Britain,

p. 26, pl. ix; Carus, 1889-93, t.c. p. 625; Smitt, 1893, Scand.

Fish., vol. i, p. 54, fig. 14; Pellegrin, 1914, Ann. Inst. océan.,

vol. vi, p. 51; Le Gall, 1931, in Joubin, Faune Ichth. Atlant.

Nord, No. vi, fig.

Cantharus linner, Malm, 1877, Goteborgs Bohus. Faun., pp. 97, 384.

Spondyliosoma cantharus, Jordan and Fesler, 1893, Rep. U.S. Com.

Fish., vol. xvi (1889-91), p. 530; Buen, 1926, Cat. ict. Médit.

Espah. Marruecos, p. 141.

Spondyliosoma orbiculare, Jordan and Fesler, 1893, t.c. p. 530.

Spondyliosoma brama, Fage, 1907, Arch. Zool. exp. gén. (4), vol. vii,

p. 73.

Caranthus lineatus, Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 722.

Depth of body 2 to 22 in the length, length of head 3 to 33. Profile

more or less straight to occiput, thence moderately convex to origin

of dorsal fin. Snout as long as or longer than eye, diameter of which

is 3 (young) to 44 in length of head, 1 to 12 in interorbital width,

and twice or nearly twice depth of praeorbital. Lower edge of

praeorbital usually more or less notched, but sometimes nearly

straight. 38 to 48 teeth in outer row of upper jaw, 42 to 52 in outer

row of lower jaw. 14 to 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. 6 or 7 series of scales on cheek; 64 to 72 scales in lateral line,

8 to 10 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line; scales on upper

surface of head extending forward to a point above middle of eye.

Dorsal XI 12; 4th to 6th spines longest, length 13 to 24 in that of

head; first soft ray not or only very little longer than last spine.

Anal III 10; 2nd spine a little shorter than 3rd and 12 to more than

twice as long as first; 3rd spine about 2 length of longest dorsal

spine. Pectoral with 15 or 16 (occasionally 17) rays, extending to

or a little beyond vent or not quite as far, length equal to or rather

longer than that of head. Pelvic not reaching vent. Coloration

variable; generally silvery grey, with numerous narrow, dark

The European and South African Sea Breams. 9

longitudinal lines on the side, mainly below the lateral line; male

with about 6 rather indistinct dark cross-bars on the sides, which

are more clearly defined in the young; sometimes some narrow bars

between the broader ones; male sometimes with irregular dark

patches on head; dorsal and anal fins greyish in the female, more or

less spotted and blotched with dusky; in the male these fins are

much darker, the dorsal sometimes being quite black; caudal

variegated in young, greyish in the adult female, more or less blackish

in the male; pectoral pale in the female, dusky in the male; pelvic

blackish or brownish in both sexes.

Described from numerous examples, 100 to 390 mm. in total

length, from the English Channel, Lisbon, Majorca, Monaco, Naples,

Malta, Propontis, Madeira, Mogador, and the Cape Verde Islands.

Hab. : Coasts of south-western Europe, from southern Scandinavia

to the eastern Mediterranean; coasts of northern and western Africa,

southwards to Angola.

The marked sexual dimorphism in this species does not appear to

have been previously recognised, but there is little doubt that the

two forms respectively named S. cantharus (=lineatus, griseus) and

S. orbicularis, both of which have received distinct local names in

parts of the Mediterranean, represent the male and female of the

same species. In addition to the differences in coloration, which are

very marked in the living fish, comparison of specimens of equal size

shows that the females have a constantly deeper body, more oblique

anterior profile, and a somewhat shorter pectoral fin than the males.

Mr. Fraser-Brunner informs me that his experience with Black Bream

on the south coast of England suggests that the two sexes shoal

separately.

2. Spondyliosoma emarginatum (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Cantharus emarginatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, H.N. Poiss.,

vol. vi, p. 338; Giimther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. 1, p. 416; Kner,

1865, Reise “‘ Novara,” Zool., vol. i, 5. Fische, p. 73.

Cantharus microlepis, Gilchrist and Thompson, 1909, Ann. 8. Afr.

Mus., vol. vi, p. 231.

Scatharus graecus, Clark, 1915, Sci. Res. “Scotia,” vol. iv, p. 396.

Pagellus microlepis, Regan, 1921, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vol. vu,

p: 419.

Caranthus emarginatus, Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi,

pate2.

Caranthus microlepis, Barnard, 1927, t.c. p. 723.

10 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pachymetopon grande, Fowler, 1929, Ann. Natal Mus., vol. vi, p. 259;

Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12), p. 214.

Spondyliosoma microlepis, Fowler, 1933, t.c. p. 183.

Spondyliosoma emarginata, Fowler, 1933, t.c. p. 183.

Depth of body 2} to 22 in the length, length of head 3 to 34.

Profile in smaller specimens nearly evenly convex, but with a slight

emargination above eyes, in larger specimens nearly straight to above

eyes, thence convex to origin of dorsal. Snout as long as or a little

shorter than eye, diameter of which is 3 (young) to nearly 4 in length

of head, 1 to 14 in interorbital width, and 2 to 22 times depth of

iy en i ers 3

aera TP PIO lula telat ars rea eila fee

e OOD = CAO ORAS Coo =

. OCC 9 Sh TORSO eras LS

evar POF OTe RO OE, Pe,

. . elie SeCisleliny a ae

. . a.

° a acd AOS ODO WOnG aS Ss 2

ste a? of

re. ae

: . evece

) .6

ae SO eZ

° e wes

+e 5s a

’

pa ies arin eis 13

. , ° . ’

A e site . .

’ e . *. .

«, Me. Caeser .

OB CUA aps bpd i ia OCS

eaeeke) ° a es avae ’

2 eis gue ee® ge

. -®

eee eee ees?

Fie. 2.—Spondyliosoma emarginatum. x About

vilro

praeorbital. Lower edge of praeorbital with a notch which is much

shallower in the young. 38 to 50 teeth in outer row of upper jaw,

42 to 54 in outer row of lower jaw. 15 to 17 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch. 8 series of scales on cheek; 80 to 92 scales

in lateral line, 14 or 15 between origin of dorsal fin and lateral line;

scales on upper surface of head extending forward to a point behind

middle of eye. Dorsal XI 11-13; 4th or 5th spines longest, length

14 to nearly 3 (generally about twice) in that of head; first soft ray

a little longer than last spine. Anal III 10; 2nd spine shorter than

Srd and twice or more than twice as long as first; 3rd spine 2 to 3

length of longest dorsal spine. Pectoral with 15 or 16 rays, extending

to a little beyond vent, length about equal to that of head. Pelvic

The European and South African Sea Breams. i

not or scarcely reaching vent. Greyish or brownish, with traces of

dark longitudinal lines on the sides; male with a more or less distinct

dark bar between the eyes, and with a dark patch on the suborbitals

and on the flange of the praeoperculum; dorsal, anal, and pelvic fins

blackish in the male, greyish or dusky in the female; male (?) with

a dark spot in the axil of the pectoral.

Described from 13 examples, 105 to 300 mm. in total length, from

Table Bay, Simon’s Bay, Cape St. Blaize, False Bay, and coast of

Natal; including the types of Cantharus microlepis and Pagellus

microlepis.

Hab.: Coast of south-east Africa, from Saldanha Bay to Natal;

Mauritius; Madagascar.

This species is clearly related to S. cantharus, but the scales are

smaller and those on the posterior part of the body more distinctly

lobate or even pointed in the centre of the free margin. The two

sexes appear to differ somewhat in coloration, but, owing to the

small amount of material and the difficulty of sexing many of the

specimens, I am unable to say whether there are other differences

as in the preceding species. It seems certain that S. microlepis is

identical with S. emarginatus: in 4 examples of the former, including

the types of Regan’s and Gilchrist and Thompson’s species, I count

83 to 92 scales in the lateral line, and in 9 examples of the latter,

80 to 86.

PACHYMETOPON, Giinther.

Pachymetopon, Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. i, p. 424 [Pachymetopon

grande, Giinther|.

Caranthus (part), Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 720.

Simocantharus, Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12), pp. 182,

185 [Cantharus aeneus, Gilchrist and Thompson].

Spondyliosoma (part), Fowler, 1933, t.c. p. 182.

Close to Spondyliosoma, but with a deeper praeorbital, the lower

edge of which is nearly straight. Teeth nearly all compressed, in

4 or 5 (occasionally 6) rows, those of the outermost row broader and

fewer than in Spondyliosoma, those of the innermost row not molari-

form. Dorsal with 10 or 11 spines; soft dorsal and anal densely

scaled on basal third of fin, but without sheath.

Five species from South Africa.

12 Annals of the South African Museum.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. 26 to 36 teeth in outer row of upper, 36 to 44 in outer row of lower jaw; depth

of praeorbital usually less than diameter of eye; 13 to 16 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch.

A. Flange of praeoperculum not scaled; 60 to 66 scales in lateral line;

scales on upper surface of head extending forward to a point behind

level of middle of eye; pectoral as long as or shorter than head.

1. (28) 30 to 36 teeth in outer row of upper, 40 to 44 in outer row

of lower jaw; Ist dorsal spine 4 toZeye . . LL. bleehs:

2. 26 to 28 teeth in outer row of upper, 36 in outer row of lower

jaw; lst dorsal spine about #eye . : 2. canescens.

B. Flange of praeoperculum partly scaled; 80 to 86 scales in lateral line;

scales on upper surface of head extending forward to above level of

anterior part of eye; pectoral 11 to 14 times as long as head

3. aeneum.

II. 18 to 22 teeth in outer row of upper, 22 in outer row of lower jaw; depth of

praeorbital about equal to diameter of eye; 10 or 11 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch.

A. Depth about 24 in length; anal III 10; pectoral nearly 1} times as

long as head : ; : : : ‘ . 4. grande.

B. Depth about 13 in length; anal III 11; pectoral about 14 times as

long as head. : : : L ; : 5. glaucum.

1. Pachymetopon blocht (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

¢Sparus brama, Bloch, 1791, Nat. ausl. Fische, pl. cclxix.

Cantharus blochi, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830, H.N. Poiss., vol. vi,

p. 339; Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. i, p. 416; Kner, 1865,

Reise “‘ Novara,” Zool., vol. 1, 5. Fische, p. 74.

Cantharus castelnaui, Bleeker, 1860, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., vol. xxi,

p- 99.

Caranthus blochi, Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 721.

Spondyliosoma blochi, Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12),

pe caz

Depth of body 24 to 24 in the length, length of head 3 to 3}.

Profile more or less evenly convex from snout to origin of dorsal.

Snout as long as to twice as long as eye, diameter of which is 3 (young)

to 54 in length of head, 1 to 24 in interorbital width, and 53 to 14

times depth of praeorbital. Lower edge of praeorbital without notch,

the hinder part of the maxillary not concealed. (28) 30 to 36 teeth

in outer row of upper jaw, 40 to 44 in outer row of lower jaw: teeth

of outer row considerably larger than those of succeeding inner rows,

their apices reaching a much higher level. 13 or 14 gill-rakers on

lower part of anterior arch. 9 series of scales on cheek; 60 to 66

a pe OSS

FN ae

end pes A>

BERS ee

ASE naa aioe

AEA AEE eae

ey 3S: Fa Wee oT

ERR

A ae

see \

hfe \ho

SO. é

Te ae \-

$350

Fic. 3.—Pachymetopon blochi.

)

es TA

FPPEPEED

eran

See

14 Annals of the South African Museum.

scales in lateral line, 9 or 10 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line;

scales on upper surface of head extending forward to a point behind

level of middle of eye; flange of praeoperculum not scaled; scales

on caudal fin not extending to its posterior margin. Dorsal X-XI

11-12; length of first spine 4 to % diameter of eye; 4th or 4th and

5th spines longest, length about 3 (sometimes 4) in that of head;

first soft ray much longer than last spine. Anal III 10; 2nd spine

shorter than 3rd and 14 to twice as long as first; 3rd spine 2 to 2 length

of longest dorsal spine. Pectoral with 17 or 18 rays, extending to vent

or not quite as far, length equal to or less than that of head. Pelvic

not reaching vent. Uniformly greyish or brownish, sometimes with

bronze or bluish shades, sometimes darker sometimes paler; usually

paler or silvery below.

Described from 10 examples, 85 to 450 mm. in total length, from

Saldanha Bay, Table Bay, and False Bay.

‘Hab. : South-west Africa.

2. Pachymetopon canescens, sp. n.

(Plate II.)

Close to the preceding species. Depth of body 24 in the length,

length of head 3}. Snout 14 times eye, diameter of which is 4 in

length of head, 14 in interorbital width, and 12 times depth of

praeorbital. Praeorbital nearly completely concealing the maxillary.

26 to 28 teeth in outer row of upper jaw, 36 in outer row of lower

jaw; teeth of inner series larger than in P. blochi, the apices of the

teeth in all the rows reaching the same or nearly the same level, at

least in lower jaw. 14 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

8 or 9 series of scales on cheek; about 65 scales in lateral line, 10

from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line. Dorsal X-XI 10-11; length

of first spine about 4 diameter of eye; 4th spine longest, length 3 in

that of head. Anal II] 9-10; 2nd spine shorter than 3rd and about

12 times as long as first; 3rd spine £ length of longest dorsal spine.

Pectoral with 17 rays, extending to vent, length about equal to that

of head. Pale yellowish brown, with a small dark patch below the

eye, another larger one on the operculum, and with irregular dark

areas on upper parts of sides and on upper surface of caudal peduncle;

a number of minute dark dots scattered over head and body, which

below the lateral line tend to be arranged in longitudinal rows;

similar dots on the rays of the fins. |

Described from a single example (holotype), 275 mm. in total

The European and South African Sea Breams. 15

length, believed to be from False Bay: this is the specimen mentioned

by Barnard in his monograph of South African Marine Fishes (p. 721).

A second specimen (263 mm.), from Kalk Bay, False Bay, is in the

South African Museum.

3. Pachymetopon aeneum (Gilchrist and Thompson).

Cantharus aeneus, Gilchrist and Thompson, 1908, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus.,

vol. vi, p. 166.

Cantharus natalensis, Gilchrist and Thompson, 1908, t.c. p. 167.

Cantharus sumus, Gilchrist and Thompson, 1909, t.c. p. 231.

Caranthus aeneus, Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi,

p. 724.

Spondyliosoma aenea, Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12),

p- 185.

Depth of body 2} to 24 in the length, length of head 24 to 23.

Profile more or less evenly convex from snout to origin of dorsal,

but there is a fairly prominent bulge in front of the eyes, below which

the snout is concave. Snout longer than eye, diameter of which is

34 (young) to 44 in length of head, 14 to 1# in interorbital width,

and 14 to 14 times depth of praeorbital. Lower edge of praeorbital

straight or very little concave, the maxillary not entirely concealed.

. 30 to 36 teeth in outer row of upper jaw, 36 to 40 in outer row of

lower jaw; teeth of inner rows more or less chisel-shaped, usually

with a single median point. 15 or 16 gill-rakers on lower part of

anterior arch. About 10 series of scales on cheek; 80 to 86 scales

in lateral line, 10 to 12 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line; scales

on upper surface of head extending forward to a point above level

of anterior part of eye; flange of praeoperculum scaled; scales on

caudal fin extending nearly to its posterior margin. Dorsal XI 11;

4th or 4th and 5th spines longest, length 2 to 24 in that of head;

first soft ray longer than last spine. Anal III 10; 2nd and 3rd

spines subequal or 2nd a little longer and 14 to 13 times as long as

first; 3rd spine about 2 length of longest dorsal spine. Pectoral

with 16 or 17 rays, extending to or beyond vent, length 14 to 1}

times that of head. Pelvic not or scarcely reaching vent. Greyish

or brownish above, silvery below, with dark longitudinal lines,

especially below the lateral line; dorsal, anal, pelvics, and sometimes

hinder part of caudal fin blackish or violaceous.

Described from 7 examples, 225 to 430 mm. in total length, in-

cluding the holotype of the species and the types of Cantharus

natalensis and C. simus.

7 a bx

STILE

7 Ted

7 ZL IS

LLL

. ». > .

“\;

yoy

Sie y

23753":

Ph hes ;

g 4, 2. Lcd

=~ and e D

~F ge

)

}

)

‘

)

aed

Fie. 4.—Pachymetopon aeneum.

The European and South African Sea Breams. 17

Hab.: Coast of Natal, at certain seasons extending as far west-

wards as False Bay.

Fowler (1933) makes this species the type of a new subgenus,

Simocantharus.

4. Pachymetopon grande, Giinther.

Pachymetopon grande, Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. i, p. 424;

Giinther, 1886, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vol. xviii, p. 367;

Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 636.

Pachymetopon guentherz, Steindachner, 1869, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss.

Wien, vol. lx (1), p. 135.

¢Pachymetopon gibbosus, Pellegrin, 1914, Bull. Soc. zool. France,

vol. xxxix, p. 264.

Depth of body about 25 in the length, length of head about 4.

Profile convex from snout to origin of dorsal, with a bulge in front of

the eye, more prominent in the larger specimen. Snout longer than

eye, diameter of which is 4 in length of head, 1? in interorbital width,

and equal to depth of praeorbital. Lower edge of praeorbital a little

concave, the maxillary not entirely concealed. Apices of teeth truncate,

rounded, or with a single median point; 18 to 20 teeth in outer row of

upper jaw, about 22 in outer row of lower jaw. 10 or 11 gill-rakers on

lower part of anterior arch. 7 series of scales on cheek; about 80 scales

in lateral line, 11 from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line; scales on

upper surface of head extending forward to a point above level of an-

terior part of eye; flange of praeoperculum not scaled; scales on caudal

fin extending nearly to its hinder margin. Dorsal XI 11; 4th to 6th

spines longest, length 2 to 2§ in that of head; first soft ray longer than

last spine. Anal III 10; 2nd and 3rd spines subequal and 1} to 12

times as long as first; 3rd spine about 3 as long as longest dorsal

spine. Pectoral with 17 rays, extending to or nearly to origin of anal,

length nearly 14 times that of head. Pelvic scarcely reaching vent.

Brownish, with a number of narrow, dark longitudinal lines on the side

below the lateral line; spinous dorsal black; soft dorsal and anal black-

ish or violaceous; pectorals, pelvics, and hinder part of caudal dusky.

Described from 2 examples, 420 and 520 mm. in total length,

including the holotype of the species, a stuffed skin, 520 mm. long.

Hab.: Coast of Natal; Cape of Good Hope; Madagascar (?).

Steindachner’s description of P. guentherz differs a little from the

above, but, as he does not state the size of his specimen, it is 1m-

possible to say how far these differences are due to age. Giinther

himself has suggested that guenthert and grande are identical.

VODA Mx), PART I: 2

x About 3.

Fic. 5.—Pachymetopon grande.

atv

7 tay

x About 2.

Fic. 6.—Pachymetopon glaucum.

20 Annals of the South African Museum.

5. Pachymetopon glaucum, sp. n.

Close to the preceding species. Depth of body 1% in the length,

length of head 33. Diameter of eye 3% in length of head, 1% in inter-

orbital width, and about equal to depth of praeorbital. Lower edge

of praeorbital nearly straight; flange of praeoperculum not scaled.

Apices of teeth of inner rows mostly truncate, but sometimes with

a small median point or feebly crenulate; 22 teeth in outer row in

both upper and lower jaws. 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. 85 scales in lateral line, 10 or 11 from origin of dorsal fin to

lateral line; caudal fin less densely scaled. Dorsal XI 11; 5th spine

longest, length 2 in that of head. Anal III 11; 2nd and 3rd spines

subequal, 13 times as long as first: 3rd spine about 3 as long as

longest dorsal spine. Pectoral about 14 times as long as head.

Dark grey above, with a bluish or violaceous tinge, silvery below;

a number of narrow, dark longitudinal lines on the side, mainly below

the lateral line: dorsal, anal, pelvics, and hinder part of caudal fin

dark violaceous: upper part of pectoral dusky, lower part pale.

Described from a single example (holotype), 310 mm. in total

length, from East London. This was sent to the South African

Museum by Mr. W. L. Wright, Hon. Secretary of the South African

Sea-Anglers Association, in June 1933. According to him, this

species, locally known as the Blue Fish,* attains a weight of 10 lb.,

but none of the local anglers have taken one under 21b. A prominent

frontal gibbosity over the eye is sometimes developed.

Hab.: South Africa.

GYMNOCROTAPHUS, Giinther.

Gymnocrotaphus, Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. 1, p. 482 [Gymno-

crotaphus curvidens, Giinther}.

Close to Pachymetopon, but with no scales on the cheek. Teeth of

innermost series more or less obtuse, but not molariform.

A single species from South Africa.

1. Gymnocrotaphus curvidens, Giinther.

Gymnocrotaphus curvidens, Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish., vol. i, p. 432:

Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Air. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 727, pl: xxix, fee;

Fowler, 1933, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (12), p. 186.

* This vernacular name is apparently applied indiscriminately to several

species. Dr. Barnard informs me that examples of Pachymetopon grande, P.

aeneum, Polyamblyodon germanus, as well as of another type of Percoid fish, were

all sent to the South African Museum as “Blue Fish.”

The European and South African Sea Breams. 21

Hab.: False Bay, extending along the coast to East London.

The holotype is a stuffed specimen, 320 mm. in total length, from

the “Cape of Good Hope”: I have also examined 8 examples in

spirit, 175 to 300 mm. in length, from Kalk Bay, presented by the

South African Museum in 1932.

POLYAMBLYODON, gen. nov.

Genotype—Pachymetopon germanum, Barnard.

Close to Pachymetopon, differing in the form of the dentition. An

outer row of strong, curved, compressed chisel-like teeth in each

jaw, behind which is a broad band composed of 6 or 7 rows of small

rounded molariform teeth.

A single species from South Africa.

1. Polyamblyodon germanus (Barnard).

Pachymetopon germanum, Barnard, 1934, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10),

vol. xi, p. 231, fig. 2.

Hab. : Coast of Natal.

The holotype, 382 mm. in total length, in the British Museum

collection, is believed to have come from Natal: a second specimen,

375 mm. long, from Durban, is in the South African Museum.

THE SysTEMATIC PosITION OF DICHISTIUS AND TRIPTERODON.

When he published his classification of the Percoid fishes, Regan *

was able to examine only dried specimens of Pachymetopon and

Dichistius (= Dipterodon, Cuvier nec Lacepede),t both of which he

placed with doubt in the family Girellidae, a position which they

occupy in Barnard’s monograph. The close relationship of Pachy-

metopon to the Sparid genus Spondyliosoma has already been demon-

strated, and the examination of a well-preserved specimen of

Dichistius capensis leaves little doubt that this genus should be

removed from the Girellidae and placed in the allied family Kypho-

sidae. The principal characters distinguishing the Kyphosidae from

the Girellidae are the exposed distal part of the maxillary; the scaly

* 1913, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xii, p. 127.

t+ Dipterodon, Cuvier, 1829, is preoccupied by Dzpterodon, Lacepéde, 1802

(type D. hexacanthus, Lacepéde)—a synonym of Apogon. Lacepéde’s genus

includes species of Lutianus, Apogon, Aspro, Bairdiella, etc. Gill (1888) has

proposed the name Dichistius as a substitute. Coracinus, Gronovius, 1763, is not

accepted (Opinion 89).

22 Annals of the South African Museum.

gill-membranes, joined to the isthmus; and the outer row of incisors

in the jaws, implanted by horizontal roots, behind which is a series

of small viliform teeth. In Dichistius the roots of the incisors are

not conspicuous, and the inner series of teeth is represented by a

few small conical teeth which are occasionally present, and are more

or less concealed in fleshy pads.* Nevertheless, in other respects

this fish appears to be a typical Kyphosid, and the definition of the

family should be emended for its inclusion.

Regan did not mention T'ripterodon in his classification, but, here

again, at the time that his paper was published the British Museum

possessed only the type of 7. orbis, a dried skin from Playfair’s

Zanzibar collection. A much smaller example preserved in alcohol

was received from Messrs. Marley and Robinson in 1919, but un-

fortunately the mouth has been damaged and it is impossible to

ascertain the form of the jaws. However, | feel certain that this

fish cannot belong to the Sparidae, and its place is almost certainly

either with the Girellidae or with the Ephippidae. The compressed,

tricuspidate teeth are reminiscent of those of Grrella, but the general

appearance of the fish is so like certain species of Ephippus and Chaeto-

dipterus that it is difficult to believe that they are not related.

Pending a study of its osteology, therefore, 7’rvpterodon may be placed —

in the family Ephippidae.

* Barnard, 1927, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 635.

Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII. Plate ITI.

xX 3.

Pachymetapon canescens n. sp.

Norman Neill & Co., Lid.

z ee “i oh rl ¥ 7% ox eye 7

; Pa nna. ay My eee

PARTS OF THE ANNALS PREVIOUSLY ISSUED—

Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, out of saps eae

Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, out of print; Part 4, 3/-;

Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 1/6;°.Part 8, 3/-; eas 9, eae

Part 10, 7/—; Part 1, 3/-; Index, "Title, etc. 16. SS

Vol. I11.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 1/6;. Part 3, 5/6; Part 4, 3/-; Part oe

5/6; Part. 6, 7/-; Part I, 1/6 Part 8, 3+ Part 9, 1/6; basic

Title, ete., 1/6. ez

Vol. IV (containing Palaeontological papers published in ‘conjunction with the

Geological Survey). 4

Part 1, 11/—; Part 2, 7/—; Part 3, 4/63 Part 4, 4/6; Part 5, ae 5 ie

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14)-; Part 8, 8/-. iy ea es

Vol. V.—Part L, 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part 3; 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part Be spre

Part 6, 5/~; Part: 7, 3/—;. Part 8, IB; Part 9, 4/6; Index, Title, es

etc., 1/6. Li

Vol. VI.—Part 1, 13/6;. Part -2, 4/6; Part 3, 3/6; Part 4; 30/53. Index, title, eee

etc., 1 6. See

Vol. VII (containing Palaeontological papeen published B conjunction with the — :

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, 5c Part 4.8/1 Part 9,

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. ~ :

Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc., 1/6. AO i 8

Vol. IX.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; Part 4, 6/6; Sie 5, 3/05 ee ed ES

Part 6, 11/=; Part 7, 9/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. Ses.

Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/—; Part 2, 2/6; -Part s: 2); Part 4, 3/-; Part ‘5, 20/-; ries

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; Part 10, 2/6; — ne

Part 11, 20/-; ‘Part, 12, 7/-. Pome: Title, etc., contained. in S

Part 11. Be ee

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; Part,2, QI Part 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, ‘U/ss sn eke

Part 6, 11/-; Index, Title, ete., and Plate Til, Bi. os ee ee

Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological papers pees in conjunction with the 2 ch ie

Geological Survey).— - age,

Part 1,: 15/6; ~ Part, 2, 3/6: Part 3,.4/6; Part 4, 3/-; Part be Es Gia y?

Part 6, 6/—; Part 7, 20/-; Part 8, 20/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. PE ee:

Vol. XIIT.—Part 1, 6/-;. Part 2 “2/6; Part 3, 3/—; Part 4, 8/6; Part 5, 6s ate

Part 6, 5/—; Part 7, 30/-; Part 8, i Index, Title, etc., 1/6. ec as ee

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/—; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, 21/-; Pere, 5 Bie Aneto

Part 6, 9/-; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. a eee

Vol. XV.—Part I, 17/-;. Part 2, 17/-; Part 3, 14/-; Part 4, 12/6: Part 5, 5/65

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. ;

_ “i

Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, Index, ete. ), 25/-. CSE : :

Vol. X VII.—Part 1, 12/-; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/—; Part-4, 17/-; Part 5, Hijcs ess

. Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. nee

Vol. XVIII.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/—-; Part 4, 12/6; Index, Title,

etc., 1/6. Pe tgs ae

Vol. XIX.—Part 1, 22/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 11/-; Part 4, 5/6; fader’ Title, a Sh ae

etc., 1/6. vies

Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part ne aS Part 53: 4-5 a

Part 6 (with Title, etc.), 4/6.

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/-; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-.

Vol. XXII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the

Geological Survey).— PS Flee

Part 1, 20/—; Part LA 10/—;. Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. _-

Vol. X XITI.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2. 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), 9/-.

Vol. XXTV.—Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 2/6. fece te

Vol. XXV.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 pee Index, Title, etc.), 10/-.

Vol. XX VI.—Complete, 25/-.

Vol. XX VII.—Complete, 25/-.

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers published in | conjunction with the

Geological Survey).— “

Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4 (with Index, Title,

etc.), 10/-. eee,

Vol. XXIX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (with Index, Title, etc.), 20/—.

Vol. XX X.—Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 20/—;. Part 3, 8/-; Part 4, 9/-; Part 5, A.

Vol. XX XI.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 13/6.

Vol. XX XII.—Part 1, 2/6.

The Annals of the South African Museum will be tasied at irregular intervals,

as matier for publication is available.

Copies may be obtained from—

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrtp., oe

2, 3, and 4 Artuur STREET, NEw OXFORD STREET, Lonvon, W 6, 235.0ree

The LIBRARIAN, Souta Arrican MusEum, Carr Town.

OF THE

VOLUME XXXII.

oe i, containing : —

3. aes on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South |

: African Museum. X. Family Verticordiidae.—By J. R. LE

‘B. Tomi, M.A. (With | Text-figure.) ss

ae E A New Species of Emerita (Crustacea) from South Africa.—By =

_ _Watpo L. Scumrrr, Curator of Marine Invertebrates, U.S.

_ National Museum, Washington, D.C. (With Plate III.)

. A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa, with some

Remarks on the Rhopalodinidae——By 8. G. Hepine, Uni-

versity Zoological Museum, Copenhagen. (With Plates

SS1V5V, and 3 Text-figures.) 7

en Purther ‘Notes on South African Marine Fishes—By K. H.

: ‘Barnarp, Assistant Director. (With Plates VI-VIII and

4 Text-figures.)

a ‘z “On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus ‘nd a

Comparison between it and Balanoglossus capensis —

_ (Gilchrist).—By ©. J. van DER Horst, University of the -

= Witwatersrand, (With 19 Text- Peutees),

[iF

fs : G Ay

ISSUED MARCH 1987. PRICE 7s. 6d.

=o aS Ae PRINTED FOR THE

: BY NEILL AND CO., 1D.

— ate | CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH

( 23 )

3. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. X. Family Verticordidae.—By J. R. LE

B. Tomuin, M.A.

(With 1 Text-figure.)

Halicordia flexuosa (Verrill and Smith).

Tuts lamellibranch species is very remarkable—not only for its

general appearance, but for the wideness of its range.

It was originally described by two joint authors as Mytilimeria

flexuosa in the American Journal of Science (3), vol. xxi, p. 302, 1881,

Fie. 1.—Halicordia flexuosa (Verrill and Smith).

from a dead shell dredged off the New England coast in 571 metres.

Subsequently it was dredged there alive in 137-1211 metres, and

Verrill described both animal and shell in Tr. Connecticut Academy,

vol. vi, p. 258, 1884. The type was also figured in vol. v of the

same serial, on plate 58, fig. 38, 1882.

Only two years after its discovery as above it was dredged by the

“Talisman” at two stations on the West African coast, in 1495-2330

metres, and figured in the ‘‘Expéditions Scientifiques du Travailleur

VOtle XXXIr, PART 2. 3

JUN 3 0 1937

24 Annals of the South African Museum.

du Talisman,” Moll. Test., vol. x1, p. 210, pl. 10, f. 14-17, 1898, by

Locard.

In 1894 Dall minutely described and figured the anatomy of the

species in Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvu, p. 697, pl. 23, figs. 1, 3, 5,

6, and pl. 24, fig. 3, from a specimen dredged off Georges Bank in the

Gulf of Maine in 677 fathoms. This shell measured 45 by 39 mm.—

more than half as large again as the holotype. In this paper Dall

assigns the species to a new genus, Halicordia, and withdraws a previous

reference of it to Vertecordia. Halicordia is placed near to Lyonsiella.

We next hear of it in the Report of the Scientific Results of the

Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep Sea Expedition (1910), vol. i,

pt. 2, pl. 7, figs. 1-4, 1920, in which Grieg reports it from the west

coast of Scotland and gives most admirable photographs.

Two dead specimens were dredged by the Cape Government

trawler s.s. “‘ Pieter Faure”’ in 1903 at the following localities: Cape

Point N.E. by E., distant 36 miles, 650 fathoms, and Cape Point

N. 81° E., distant 32 miles, 460-630 fathoms. The bottom at both

localities was green mud. The first specimen (S.A.M., Reg. No.

150019) measures 54 mm. in breadth and 41 mm. in height, the

second one (deposited in Brit. Mus.) measures 41 mm. either way.

Grieg particularly remarks on the great variation in the dimensions

of the species, the breadth varying from 83 to 103-2 per cent. of the

height.

( 25 )

4. A New Species of Emerita (Crustacea) from South Africa.—By

Watpo L. Scumitt, Curator of Marine Invertebrates, U.S.

National Museum, Washington, D.C.

(With Plate III.)

In the course of a revision of the genus Emerita (Sci. Survey Porto

Rico and Virgin Ids., N.Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv, pt. 2, p. 210 et seq.,

figs. 71-78) the regret was expressed that no South African specimens

were at hand for examination. Recently the South African Museum

has been so kind as to remedy this lack. In view of the number of

species added to the genus from the Atlantic coast of America, it

appeared likely that a second species might also occur in Indo-

Pacific waters. Such, indeed, is the case, for these South African

specimens from Durban Bay represent an undescribed species which

may not inappropriately be known as :

Emerita austroafricana, n. sp.

1910. Emerita emeritus Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4,

p- 366 (non Linn.).

A strikingly different species, inasmuch as the distally sharply

pointed dactyls of the first legs are laterally toothed or spined, perhaps

better described as being armed with conspicuous marginal teeth

tipped with tiny, movable, clear, corneous spines. These first

dactyls in general outline are ovate, and, not counting the terminal

or apical tooth or spine, are armed with two spines on the upper

or outer margin and four on the inner or lower. This count holds

for the specimen selected as the holotype, as well as for each of the

other four specimens before me, all a part of the same lot, with the

exception of the left first dactyl of one of the two largest and “soft”

or recently moulted specimens, which carries five teeth on the lower

margin instead of the usual four. Between these teeth or spines

the margin of the dactyl is finely spinulose.

The carapace is more or less cylindrical and dorsally conspicuously

and transversely striate from behind the groove or impressed line,

setting off the frontal region from the anterior portion of the carapace

before the cervical groove to the posterior margin of the carapace.

26 Annals of the South African Museum.

The greater part of the lateral or epimeral regions of the carapace

is smooth and punctate. The transverse striae are well marked,

rather widely spaced, and considerably interrupted. For the most

part they are somewhat wavy, and toward their outer ends sparsely

and scatteringly crenulate on their raised margins. In running a

needle up the median line, or in a line parallel to it and not far removed

from it on the dorsum of the carapace, one will cross parts or dash-

sections of approximately 17 to 21 transverse lines or striae.

The impressed line just before the hinder margin of the carapace

and under the epimeron of the second abdominal somite to which

I have elsewhere referred in characterising other representatives of

this genus, is not in evidence in any of the five specimens of the present

species before me. This line in other species is formed, as it were,

vy the thickening of the hinder margin of the carapace, and, where

it occurs, sets off this thickening from the surface of the carapace

proper. Our species seems not to present such a thickening, and

hence no impressed line of demarcation. I must needs here make

note that a number of specimens of L. talpoida do show a suggestion,

or even a slight ventral extension, of this line below the epimeron

of the second abdominal somite contrary to an earlier observation

(loc. cit.) that this was not the case.

In shape, acuteness, and relative length the three projections of

the front are much like those of H. emeritus (L.). The lobe at the

antero-inner angle of the large and operculiform joint of the third

or outer maxilliped is low-triangular, broad at base, and distally

rounded.

The prominently spined second joint of the antennal peduncle is

quite smooth, and ornamented, if at all, with a few scattered double

punctae. Near its ventral margin, dipping anteriorly and toward

the under side, are two oblique incisions, the lower margins of which

are densely piliferous and ridge-like. These ridges or incisions seem

to be developed in all species of Emerita, and end, in the case of the

more anterior of the two, at or on the third and lowermost of the

three spines with which this joint of the antennal peduncle is distally

armed. The uppermost, or dorsal, of the three spines arming this

joint is quite long and slender, continuing the line of the upper margin

of the joint more or less straight forward; the outer margin of the

joint at the level of the median spine, as viewed from above, is about

straight.

Holotype.—An ovigerous female (U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 71446) from

Durban Bay, Natal, measuring in length of carapace, including the

A New Species of Emerita (Crustacea) from South Africa. 27

median rostral projection, 26 mm., greatest width 18 mm. With

this specimen were four other females, of which three are also

ovigerous. Of these last, two are larger and soft, one of these being

the largest of the five specimens seen, 33 mm. long over the carapace

and rostral projection. (Paratype: S.A. Mus. Cat. No. A 911.)

Regarding the distribution of this species, Dr. Barnard writes :

“The specimens come from Durban Bay, Natal, and, so far as I am

aware, Hmerita has not been collected anywhere farther westwards

along the coast, though it probably extends northwards all up the

East African coast.” Stebbing (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4,

p- 366) merely mentions: “A specimen sent by Mr. Quekett, from

the Durban Museum, has a carapace measuring 30 mm. in length

from the central tooth of the tridentate front to the hind margin.”

Remarks.—In true E. emeritus from the Indo-Pacific (loc. cit.) the

second joint of the antennal peduncle, on its outer surface, is

ornamented with several oblique, somewhat irregular lines of

crenulations (crenulated ridges running obliquely downward and

back from the dorsal spine) and a number of very short crenulated

ridges of similar inclination in a series. behind and on the upper,

dorsal slope of the rise or swollen ridge, as it might well be called,

which terminates anteriorly in the largest or major spine of the joint.

The lower half of the joint is more or less smooth except for the two

oblique piliferous incisions common to all members of the genus.

The uppermost spine is short and stubby, and at extreme tip a little

bent up, not particularly noticeably so, but very acute and spiniform.

The outer margin of the joint at the level of the middle spine, as

viewed from above, is very slightly concave at about the base of the

spine.

The second joint of the antennal peduncle of H. analoga is much

hike that of H. emeritus, but in degree of ornamentation lies between

the latter species and EH. austroafricana, though nearer the former;

the outer margin of the joint in dorsal view is slightly concave.

E. talpoida has this second joint much like that of #. analoga and

E. emeritus in general shape; the outer margin, too, is slightly

concave; the upper spine is short and stubby, and directed more

straightly forward than in the other two. However, the ornamenta-

tion is strikingly different, inasmuch as a crenulated ridge or line

runs backward from both the uppermost and median spines to

distinctly mark off a depressed area between them; these lines

converge and meet at or a little behind the middle of the joint at

that level. Above and behind these lines, and on the hinder portion

28 Annals of the South African Museum.

of the joint below their level, there are some scattered, irregular,

short lines of crenulations. The noticeably depressed area or sinus

between the V or narrow U formed by the two crenulated lines

running back from the spines is roughened a bit with a few more or

less isolated, much abbreviated, little lines of crenulations.

E. portoricensis much resembles £. talpoida in these several respects;

the crenulated line running back from each of the two upper spines

meets its fellow to form a more broadly U-shaped but less depressed

area, also roughened within. In some specimens there are several

broadly U-shaped lines of crenulations, the upper limb of the more

prominent one running part way on to the base of the uppermost

spine of the joint, while the lower limb is more or less continuous

with a line of crenulations running out on to and forming a ridge

or line of crenulations on the middle spine; both before and behind

this major U are similar duplicate shallow U’s without the arms or

lines of crenulations running up on the spines. The rest of the

surface of the joint carries a few widely separated, short lines of

crenulations.

In these respects EL. benedicti is much like portoricensis.

In the larger, older, and better-developed specimens of #. rathbunae

there is a longitudinal, raised, crenulated line running back from the

middle or larger spine of the joint to about half the length of the

body of the joint; above this line the surface of the joint is con-

spicuously roughened with short, wavy, coarsely crenulated lines,

which also ornament the surface of the joint posterior to the hind

end of the line on the middle spine, as well as, to a lesser degree,

the surface below the line. The uppermost spine is somewhat

abruptly and markedly bent upwards above the general trend of

the upper margin of the joint; the outer margin of the joint at the

level of the middle spine, as viewed from above, and the general

trend of the spine tend to meet at quite a decided, though shallow,

angle of 150° more or less.

In £. brasiliensis a shallow U-shaped depressed area les behind

the sinus between the upper and middle spines; below, this is bounded

by a line or crenulated ridge made up of a successive series of short

little vertical lines of crenulations, one close behind the other, along

the line of the larger or middle spine of the joint; this shallow

U-shaped area is bounded by one or more short crenulated lines,

while farther back are a few more, except for which the surface of

the joint is generally smooth and sparsely punctate; there is no

ridge or crenulated line along the line of the upper spine of the joint.

A New Species of Emerita (Crustacea) from South Africa. 29

This spine is of good size, directed quite straightly forward. The

outer margin of the joint, as viewed from above, though markedly

concave, is not angled as in #. rathbunae.

In order to fit our new species into a recently published key to

the species of Emerita (Sci. Survey Porto Rico and Virgin Ids.,

N.Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xv, pt. 2, p. 210 ef seq., figs. 71-78), the first

major head A! and the first secondary head B! under it need to be

revised as follows:

A}. Dactyls of the first legs distally subacute or sharply pointed.

Transverse striations on carapace often conspicuously

crenulate, more or less continuous, and crossing dorsum for

whole of its extent, except at times the frontal region.

Bt. Dactyl broadly ovate, distally pointed, less than twice as long

as greatest width. Surface of lateral, epimeral expansion

of carapace smooth and punctate. The three projections

of the front are all quite narrowly triangular and more or

less sharply pointed, the median more so than the lateral.

C!. Margins of dactyl armed with several conspicuous spines or

teeth. No impressed line just before hinder margin of cara-

pace either side of first abdominal somite. Transverse lines

or striations on carapace little crenulate, for most part wavy

and considerably interrupted . austroafricana Schmitt.

(Type locality: Durban Bay, Natal, South Africa.)

C?. Lateral margins of dactyl not armed with conspicuous teeth

or spines. Impressed line just before hinder margin of

carapace either side of first abdominal somite, not showing

in lateral view below epimeron of second somite. Crenula-

tions of transverse lines on hinder part of carapace numerous,

crowded, and very rough to touch when finger is passed over

carapace from front to back : . emeritus (Linn.).

(EZ. asiatica of Milne Edwards and others.)

(Type locality: “Habitat in Mari Indico.’’)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Dorsal and lateral views of:

Top: Emerita austroafricanan. sp. Type. xl.

Bottom: Emerita emeritus (Linn.). x14.

ty / (repeal

Ae;

Ann.

Schmitt.

S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

EMERITA.

Plate ITI.

Neill & Co., Lid.

( 31 )

5. A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa, with some

Remarks on the Rhopalodinidae.—By 8. G. Hepine, Uni-

versity Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.

(With Plates IV, V, and 3 Text-figures.)

ile

Rhopalodinopsis n.g.

Diagnosis —Body composed of two parts, a lower spherical soft

part containing the intestine, the gonads, and the respiratory trees;

and an upper part, which is proboscis-shaped and hard, and contains

the cloaca, the oesophagus, the ring-canal with the polian vesicle,

and the stone-canal and the calcareous ring with the retractors.

Mouth and anus are both placed at the end of the proboscis, but are

clearly separated by the dorsal part of the dorsal interambulacrum.

The tube-feet are confined to the radii of the sphere and the proximal

part of the proboscis. Tentacles about twenty. Retractor muscles

present and respiratory trees well developed. Tentacle-ampullae and

rete mirabile lacking. Gonads in two tufts, opening on a conical

papilla into the cloacal cavity, close to the anal opening. Anal

opening supplied with five pairs of papillae, placed on a system of

large perforate anal plates. Calcareous deposits of body-wall in two

layers, an inner well-developed layer of perforate, rather solid plates,

and an outer very sparse layer of rudimentary tables.

Genotype.—Rhopalodinopsis capensis n.sp.

Remarks.—The specimens at hand must without doubt be referred

to the family Rhopalodinidae as characterised by Panning in 1932

and 1936, but they differ in several characters so definitely from the

species described by Panning in his latter work that it seems most

reasonable to establish a separate genus.

One of the features which I consider as being of generic value in

the classification of these forms is the arrangement of mouth and

anus. These two openings are well separated in Rhopalodinopsis,

and thereby form a real “dorsal side’”’ on the specimens, whereas in

Rhopalodina they are set very close together and usually in such a

way that the anal pore is placed on the tip of the trunk, and the

mouth on the side of it, though quite close to the tip. Another

32 Annals of the South African Museum.

feature available for separating the genera is the presence of well-

developed tube-feet on the ventral pole of the body-sphere. In the

species of Rhopalodina such well-developed ventral tube-feet (pedicels)

are lacking, which has occasioned Semper’s statement that R. lageni-

formis has 10 ambulacra. In the present genus the well-developed

tube-feet clearly show the shape of the ambulacra, and that they

are only 5 in number, of which the two dorsal ones do not reach

the pole of the body-sphere (Plate IV and fig. la). Also the shape

of the calcareous plates from the inner layer of the body-wall, and

especially the shape of those from the sphere, indicates a generic

difference between the present species and those of Rhopalodina.

Rhopalodinopsis capensis u.sp.

Locality. Kalk Bay, Cape Peninsula, low water (the specimens

were found washed ashore after a storm, October 1931, and presented

to the Museum by Mr. C. L. Biden).

External Features.—The specimens (Plate IV) measure about

10 cm. in length. They are shaped as Bonellia with the proboscis

stretched out. The ventral part of the specimens, the sphere,

measures about 3 cm. in diameter and is quite soft to the touch,

due to the relatively few and small plates in the body-wall. Its

colour in alcohol is pale yellowish, and the body-wall itself is semi-

transparent, so that the gonads and the intestine can be seen through

it. The trunk is hard and white, due to the numerous large im-

bricated plates. [The colour was the same when the specimens were

first brought to the Museum.—ED.]

The pedicels are placed in two rows in each ambulacrum, and

reach from the ventral pole of the sphere to about 1 cm. on the base

of the proboscis. They are largest on the ventral half of the sphere

(Plate IV), and are rudimentary on the proboscis. Contrary to

what is the case in Rhopalodina the pedicels are well developed on

the ventral pole of the sphere (Plate IV, fig. 4 and fig. la), and it

is easily seen that only the mid-ventral ambulacrum crosses the

actual pole. The other ambulacra are only bent towards the pole,

leaving narrow interambulacral spaces free.

Mouth and anus are both placed on the dorsal side (v.e. the tip

of the proboscis) (fig. 1b). There is a distinct interambulacral dorsal

space developed, and here the large calcareous plates of the trunk

are lacking and replaced by a few small perforated plates. The oral

Opening is surrounded by some rather large scales, which, when the

eee eee Or

A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa. 33

tentacles are totally retracted, may close the opening. Around the

anal opening there are ten surprisingly well-developed anal papillae,

two in each ambulacrum. Anal teeth are lacking, but the anal

papillae are at their base supplied with some large perforated plates,

one for each papilla; these plates further lie in pairs on five other

deeper-lying radial plates. Superficially we may thus speak about

an anal calcareous ring, as did Semper. Further, care must be taken

Fie. 1—Rhopalodinopsis capensis n.g., n.sp. (a) Ventral pole of body-sphere,

showing arrangement of radii and tube-feet. (6) End of proboscis with oral (o.)

and anal (a.) openings, showing the peculiar medio-dorsal part of the dorsal

interambulacrum. (c) Transverse section of proboscis about 1 cm. from end,

showing longitudinal muscles (l.m.), cloaca (cl.) gonoduct (g.) oesophagus (oe.)

and cavity (l.) between anterior and posterior part of the folded inner layer

of the medio-dorsal interambulacrum. (d) Medio-dorsal part of calcareous

ring (c¢.r.), with ring-canal (r.c.), polian vesicles (p.v.), stone-canal (s.c.), and

axial organ (a.0.).

that the highly developed anal papillae with their fenestrated plates

are not confounded with the tentacles and the calcareous ring.

Anatomy.—The specimens were all washed ashore, so they are

scarcely well enough preserved to allow a very detailed examination

of their anatomy; in any case, not of that of the body-sphere. In the

sphere the intestine, the respiratory trees, and the gonads are found,

and in the proboscis the cloaca and the anterior body-end with

calcareous ring, ring-canal, oesophagus, gonoduct, and retracted

muscles.

A transverse section of the proboscis about 1 cm. from its distal

end shows the arrangement of some of these organs (fig. 1c). On the

one side (i.e. that which represents the posterior end of the animal)

there is a rather voluminous cloaca (cl) surrounded by five strong

34 Annals of the South African Museum.

longitudinal muscles. On the other side (7.e. the anterior end) there

are the oesophagus (oe) and the gonoduct (g), also surrounded by

five longitudinal muscles. In the section here figured the oesophagus

and the gonoduct are placed side by side, but farther towards the

end of the proboscis the gonoduct bends behind the oesophagus and

then runs through the two laminae seen in the figure, and opens on

a large papilla into the cloaca. This is quite a unique place for the

genital opening in Holothurians.

Further, it appears from the section that the oesophageal part

of the proboscis is separated from the cloacal part by a narrow cavity,

a cavity the origin of which is at first sight difficult to ascertain.

A closer examination, however, shows that the two laminae which

separate the oesophageal and cloacal parts of the body-cavity are

the muscular part of the dorsal interambulacrum which, forming a

large fold, divides the coelomic cavity of the proboscis into two

channels. Thus the cavity separating these two laminae is seen to

be, not of coelomic origin, but merely a secondary cavity formed

when the saddle-shaped external layer of the dorsal interambulacrum

parted from the muscular inner layer and was drawn into the interior

of the proboscis.

The ring-canal (fig. 1d) is supplied with 2-3 polian vesicles, a short

stone-canal with a rather large madreporite, and a long and well-

developed “‘axial organ.””. The calcareous ring (fig. 2) consists of ten

pieces, of which the radials have more or less rudimentary posterior

prolongations. The interradials are all rather simple, triangular,

thick pieces, usually with a deep incision in their posterior margin.

The radials are of different shape, not only in different specimens,

but even in the same specimen, and the mid-ventral radial is always

less well-developed than the lateral ones. Anteriorly all the radials

have more or less deep incisions, and in every case the larger part

of these incisions form insertions for tentacles or incisions for the

passage of the water-vascular system and the radial nerves. In

spite of the fact that the pieces of the calcareous ring are rather thick,

so thick that we should not call them incisions, but rather bowl-

shaped depressions for the musculi retractor tentaculi, the limits

between the calcified part of the ring and the surrounding connective

tissue are often indistinct; for which reason it is impossible to ascer-

tain the real number of tentacles when studying the shape of the

calcareous ring.

From the shape of the calcareous ring one would expect between

20 and 30 tentacles, and a careful dissection of the retracted muscles

A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa. 35

showed that there were 22, but of these 2 may perhaps be merely

torn-off pieces or folds of the introvert. In any case, this species

has about 20 tentacles, and of these it seems (it is not quite certain)

that 5 are placed in an inner circle. The tentacles themselves are

all unbranched and supplied with numerous calcareous deposits.

Calcareous Deposits—Similar to the species of Rhopalodina (as

shown by Panning), the present species of Rhopalodinopsis has two

me Gy

d f

Fic. 2.—Rhopalodinopsis capensis n.g.,n.sp. (a—c) Calcareous ring of specimen I.

-(a) Right ventral radial with additional interradials. (b) Mid-ventral radial

' with additional interradials. (c) Mid-dorsal interradial with additional

radials. (d) Mid-ventral radial with additional interradials of specimen II.

(e, f ) Pieces of calcareous ring of specimen II cleared in xylol and mounted

in balsam: (e) Mid-ventral radial with left ventral radial and additional

interradials. (jf) Mid-dorsal interradial and left dorsal interradial with left

dorsal radial and fragments of right dorsal radial and left ventral radial.

layers of calcareous deposits in the body-wall, a deeper layer of

perforated plates and a superficial layer of tables, but here the outer

layer is so reduced that it has not been possible to find more than

two rudimentary tables.

The deposits of the inner layer are very different in the two main

parts of the body. In the proboscis they are large circular plates

with round holes (Plate V, fig. 1). They are imbricated, and in

their free parts have a number of large knobs on their external side.

These knobs are smallest in the plates from the proximal part of the

proboscis, and close to the free end of the proboscis they may be

as high as is shown in the figure (Plate V, fig. la). The deposits

from the wall of the sphere (Plate V, figs. 2-5) are not imbricated,

36 Annals of the South African Museum.

being small thick bodies which are fairly uniformly dispersed. None

of these plates, either from the proboscis or from the sphere, consists

of more than one layer, which 1s often the case in the genus Rhopalodina.

As stated above, the deposits of the superficial layer are nearly

lacking. There are, however, two small spiny button-like deposits

lying superficially above the large “‘fat’’ bodies in the wall of the

sphere, deposits which do not leave much doubt that they are rudi-

mentary tables (Plate V, figs. 6, 7).

The tube-feet are without end-plates, but have small spiny rods

(Plate V, figs. 14-18) in their walls. In the tentacles there are

two different sorts of rods: relatively large perforated plates (Plate

V, figs. 8-10) and rather characteristic small oval plates or bodies

(Plate V, figs. 11-13).

II.

REMARKS ON THE Rhopalodinidae.

The fact that the new species described above has about 20 tentacles

appeared to be quite contrary to what is the case in the other species

belonging to the Rhopalodimidae; Semper, as well as Panning, stating

the normal number of tentacles in Rhopalodina to be 10. A com-

parison of the calcareous ring of Rhopalodinopsis capensis with

Semper’s figure of that of R. lageniformis showed, however, that there

were reasons for supposing that Semper’s statement was not quite

correct. I therefore wrote to Dr. Panning in Hamburg asking him

to undertake a renewed examination of the tentacles of his specimens.

As Dr. Panning had long ago finished his beautiful work on the genus

Rhopalodina, and for the present had no time to work on these

specimens, he kindly sent me some specimens and fragments of the

two species R. lageniformis and gracilis, and suggested that I under-

take the examination myself.

This examination gave the following results: in the specimens of

R. lagensformis (Nos. 4477 and 4479) the calcareous ring consists of

ten pieces, of which all the radials have a distinct posterior bifurcating

prolongation (fig. 3, a-d). The real shape of the pieces is very difficult

to ascertain, as they are not only small, but also placed in such a way

that quite different results are obtained when the piece under observa-

tion is turned a little to one side or the other. Figures a—I in fig. 3

are all drawn, as far as possible, in such a position that the central

piece in the figure is lying parallel to the surface of the alcohol in

the dissecting dish. Only figures 6 and ¢ are drawn in a slightly

A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa. 37

oblique position—in 6 turned slightly to the right, in ¢ slightly to the

left. It is evident that if all the incisions in the anterior side of the

calcareous ring, apart from the five radial incisions for the radial

nerves and canals, are insertions for tentacles, which is normal in

i . I

Fie. 3.—Rhopalodina lageniformis Gray. (a-d) (Panning, No. 4477). (a) Mid-

ventral radial with the two ventral interradials and parts of the two lateral

radials. (6, c) Right ventral radial and interradial drawn in two slightly

~ different positions, showing how the contours of the pieces may vary in

accordance with the position of the piece under examination. (d) Mid-dorsal

interradial with the two dorsal radials and lateral interradials.

(e, f ) (Panning, No. 4479). Mid-ventral radial with ventral interradials and

mid-dorsal interradial with right dorsal radial, showing the variation of the

shape of the calcareous ring in this species.

Rhopalodina gracilis Panning. (g-l) (Panning, No. 4484). (g) Mid-dorsal

inter-radial with the abnormal double right radial; the stippled line is the

outline of the abnormally wide right retractor. (h) Right lateral interradial

with a part of the right ventralradial. (7) Right ventral radial with additional

interradials. (7) Mid-ventral radial with ventral interradials. (k) Left dorsal

radial with mid-dorsal interradial. (l) Left lateral interradial with additional

radials.

most other Holothurians, we should expect about 20 tentacles, and

dissection of specimen No. 4479 showed 18 tentacles, of which 5

were placed in an inner circle. After having done this as carefully

as possible, I cleared the whole introvert in xylol and mounted it

on a slide. Further examination showed that I had overlooked two

small ventral, apparently regenerating, tentacles. The number of

tentacles is thus in this specimen (i.e. R. lageniformis sens. str.) 20,

38 Annals of the South African Museum.

and they are arranged with 15 in an outer and 5 in an inner circle.

The other specimen of R. lageniformis, No. 4477, was unfortunately

so badly preserved that I was unable to count the tentacles.

The two other specimens at hand, Nos. 4484 and 5863, represent

the species R. gracilis Panning. One of them, No. 5863, had the

calcareous ring destroyed, and could not throw any light on either

the shape of the ring itself or the number of tentacles. The other,

No. 4484, showed a slight but apparently distinct difference from

the calcareous ring of R. lageniformis. This may be a systematic

character, but as the ring is evidently abnormal, having two right

dorsal radials, we should not lay too much stress on the shape of it.

The examination of the tentacles in the opened introvert, as well as

in cleared preparation, showed that they were 18 in number. As

far as it was possible for me to ascertain there were not more than

18 tentacles, and if the calcareous ring were not abnormal we should

have here a valid character for separating the two species lageniformis

and gracilis. As, however, the calcareous ring is abnormal, it is

possible that the normal number of tentacles is 20 in gracilis also.

The fact that the species of Rhopalodina and Rhopalodinopsis, 1.e.

all the members of the family Rhopalodinidae, have not 10 (as pre-

viously assumed) but about 20 tentacles, arranged in two circles

with 5 in the inner and 12-15 in the outer circle, appears to be of the

greatest value for the classification of the Dendrochirote Holothurians.

Owing to the large number of tentacles it is now quite evident that

Rhopalodina (and Rhopalodinopsis) cannot be placed close to Echino-

cucumis and Sphaerothuria with Ypsilothuria (see Perrier, 1902), but

that it is closely related to the Phyllophorinae. If all the characters

are taken into consideration, there is no reason to maintain a separate

family for these two genera, since they may be placed, without serious

difficulty, close to or within the subfamily Phyllophorinae. However,

so long as our knowledge of the classification of the Phyllophorinae,

and indeed of the whole order Dendrochirota, is as unsatisfactory as

it is at present, it is of no practical use to try to find the true natural

- place for these odd forms. I prefer for the moment to maintain

a separate taxonomic group for the two genera here under discussion,

but I suppose it must be regarded as a subfamily, the Rhopalodinae,

closely related to the Phyllophorinae. In reality the only important

difference between the Rhopalodinae and the Phyllophorinae is the

presence of large plates in the former, as I Jo not think that the

peculiar body-shape is of any higher taxonomic value.

I wish to express my sincerest thanks to the Director of the South

A New Dendrochirote Holothurian from South Africa. 39

African Museum, who has given me the opportunity of studying

these very interesting specimens, and to Dr. Panning, Hamburg, who

has supplied me with material of Rhopalodina for examination of the

calcareous ring and tentacles in that genus, and to Dr. Mortensen

of Copenhagen, whose good advice and never-failing interest in my

studies have been of invaluable help to me.

LITERATURE.

Gray, J. E., 1853. Description of Rhopalodina, a new genus of Echinodermata,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 2, vol. ix.

SEMPER, C., 1868. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, 2 Theil, Wiss. Res.,

Bd. 1, Holothurien.

Lupwie, H., 1877. ‘‘Ueber Rhopalodina lageniformis Gray und die darauf gegriin-

dete Klasse Diplostomidea Semper,”’ Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 29.

PERRIER, E., 1886. Les Explorations sous-marines, Paris.

THhEL, Hy., 1886. Holothurioidea II, in “‘Challenger” Report, vol. XIV, 2.

Lupwic, H., 1889. ‘‘Nochmals iiber Rhopalodina lageniformis,” Zeitschr. wiss.

Zool., Bd. 48.

Stup#rR, TH., 1889. Die Forschungsreise 8.M.S. “‘Gazelle”’ in den Jahren 1874-76,

2 Theil, Zoologie und Geologie.

Lupwie, H.,,1892. Die Seewalzen, in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen, Bd. II,

3 Abtlg., Echinodermen | Buch.

Goopricu, EH. S., 1900. Holothurioidea; in Lankaster: Treatise on Zoology,

part 3; Bather, F. A., Echinoderma.

PERRIER, R., 1902. Holothuries, in Expéditions scientifiques du “Travailleur”’

et du “Talisman.”

Vaney, M. C., 1911. MHolothuries, in Mission Gruvel sur la céte occidentale

d’ Afrique (1909-10); in Ann. Inst. Oceanogr., T. 2.

Mortensen, Tu., 1927. Echinoderma; in Monod, Th., Contribution 4 l’étude de

la Faune du Cameroun, Premiére Partie; in Faune des Colonies Frangaises,

Bd. I.

MortTENSEN, TH., 1927. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles,

footnote, p. 395.

PannineG, A., 1932. Echinoderma III. MHolothurioidea 3 (Fam. Rhopalodinidae);

in Michaelsen, W., Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Meeresfauna Westafrikas,

Bd. III.

Panning, A., 1936. Die Gattung Rhopalodina. Verhand]. des Naturwiss. Vereins

in Hamburg, Vierte Folge, Bd. V, Heft 1-4.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Prats IV.

Rhopalodinopsis capensis n. g., ND. Sp.

Fics. 1-3. Three specimens, natural size.

Fic. 4. The pole of specimen 3 slightly enlarged.

VOL. XXXII, PART 2. 4

40 Annals of the South African Museum.

PLATE V.

Calcareous deposits of Rhopalodinopsis capensis n. g., n. sp.

Fic. 1. Circular fenestrated plate from the proboscis.

la. Part of circular plate from the end of proboscis, seen from the side,

showing high spine-like tubercles.

2-5. Small perforate plates from the wall of the sphere.

6-7. Rudimentary tables from the outer layer of the wall of the sphere.

8-10. Perforated plates from tentacles (inner layer).

11-13. Oval minute bodies from tentacles (superficial layer). Fig. 11 with

the same magnification as the other figures.

14-18. Rods from the tube-feet.

Ann. 8, Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII. Plate IV.

RHOPALODINOPSIS CAPENSIS, n.g., n.sp.

S. G. Heding, photo. Neill & Co., Ltd.

Plate V.

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

RHOPALODINOPSIS CAPENSIS, n.g., n.sp.

Neill & Co., Lid.

S. G. Heding, del,

6. Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes.—By

K. H. Barnargp, Assistant Director.

(With Plates VI-VIII and 4 Text-figures.)

THE following notes are based on specimens added to the South

African Museum collection in recent years. For several species a

large number of new localities has been ascertained, thanks to

several correspondents. These have not been included here, as the

net result is to show that many of the so-called warmer water species

extend much farther westwards than was hitherto thought to be the

case. The occurrence of the Springer (Hlops saurus) in False Bay is

perhaps the most noteworthy record.

A list of papers published since 1927 is given, and some of the

main changes in nomenclature, particularly in the names of the

Flat-fishes, are incorporated.

It is a pleasure to refer to the work which Dr. J. L. B. Smith,

of Rhodes University College, Grahamstown, is doing in this country.

Dr. Smith is favourably situated for investigating the stretch of coast

between the Cape and Natal, in particular the Knysna and Port

Alfred areas, about whose marine fauna we know so little at present,

and he is making excellent use of his opportunities.

The following papers, published since 1927, deal wholly or partly

(changes in nomenclature, etc.) with South African marine fishes :—

1934. Barnard, K. H., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xi, pp. 228-

235, figs.

1935. af Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxx, pp. 645-658, text-

figs. and pl. xxi.

1927. Chabanaud, P., Bull Inst. Océan. Monaco, No. 500, pp. 1-15.

1927. Hh Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xx, pp. 523-527.

1928. ze Bull. Soc. Zool. France, lin, pp. 272-279.

1929): a Ann. Inst. Océan. Paris, n.s. vu, pp. 215-

260, text-figs. and plates.

1930. He Bull. Inst. Océan. Monaco, No. 550, pp. 1-23.

1934. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, lix, pp. 420-436.

1929. Fowler, W. H., Ann. Natal Mus., vi, pp. 245-264.

Annals of the South African Museum.

1931. Fowler, W. H., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxi, pp. 245-

1931.

1933.

1934.

1935.

1928

1929:

249 (marine).

Bull. US. Nat. Mus.; No. 100; sola

Ibid., vol. 12.

Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxv, pp. 233-

367, text-figs. (subfam. names, etc.) (Jan.).

Ibid., Ixxxvi, pp. 405-514, text-figs. (Nov. 6).

Ann. Natal Mus., vu, pp. 403-433.

Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxvu, pp. 361-

408, text-figs.

. Fowler, W. H., and Bean, B. A.,- Bull. U.S. Nat) Wise iio:

1930.

1929

- 1930.

1931.

1934.

1935.

1929

1930.

1929

1931

1933.

1934.

100, vol 7

ss Ibid., vol. 8.

Me Ibid., vol. 10.

. Norman, J. R., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), iv, pp. 153-168.

““Discovery”’ Reports, 11, pp. 261-370, text-

figs. and pl. i.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), vii, pp. 507—

516.

Monograph of Flat-fishes, vol. 1, Brit. Mus.

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxxu, pp. 5-22, text-figs.

and pl. u (Spondyliosoma).

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 99-135, 18 text-

figs. (Synodontidae).

. Regan, C. T., and Trewavas, H., “Dana”? Oceanogr. Rep.,

No. 5, pp. 12-30, text-

figs. and plates.

ee liid., No. 6) pps:

text-figs. and plates.

. Schnakenbeck, W., Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, xliv (1931),

pp. 23-46.

. Smith, J. L. B., Rec. Albany Mus., iv, pp. 145-160, text-figs.

and pl. xvi.

Tr. ‘Roy. Soc: 8. Afr.) xsappeiiasere

pl. 1x (Myctophum).

Ibid., xxi, pp. 129-150, pls. x-xii and 1 text-

fig. (Hemirhamphidae).

Ibid., xxii, pp. 83-87, pl. iv and 1 text-fig.

(Pteroplataea).

Ibid., xxi, pp. 89-100, pls. v, vw and 1

text-fig.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 43

1934. Smith, J. L. B., [bid., xxii, p. 321-336, pls. xvi-xxiii and

1 text-fig. (Triglidae) (Dec.).

1935. fe Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxx, pp. 587-644, pls.

Xv-xxii and 17 text-figs. (Wugilidae).

1935. “3 Ibid., iv, pp. 358-364, pls. xl—xlii (Aluteridae).

1935. - Rec. Albany Mus., iv, pp. 169-235, text-

figs. and pls. xviii-xxiii.

1935. a Tr. Roy. Soc. S.-Afr., xxii, pp. 265-276,

pls. xii—xvu (Dichistiidae).

1936. in Ibid.. xxiii, pp. 303-310, 1 text-fig. and pls.

xxi—xxill (Tripterodon).

1936. a Ibid., xxiv, pp. 1-6, 2 text-figs. and pls. i, ii.

19350: . Ibid., xxiv, pp. 47-54, 2 text-figs. and pls.

ii—v (Gobiorder).

1936. Svetovidov, A., Faune de |’Urss. Poissons, vi, 9, pp. 1-21,

pls. 14, with resumé in English, pp.

22-24 (Triglidae).

1929. von Bonde, C., Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv., vii, Spec. Rep. 3,

pp- 1-11, figs. (Heterosomata).

1933. - J. Comp. Neur., lviu, pp. 377-417 (cranial

nerves, etc. (Pliotrema and Sphyrna).

Fam. IsuRIDAE.

Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner).

(Plates VI, VII and text-fig. 1.)

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 34, pl. u, figs. 1, la.

Two more specimens have been captured in South African waters.

Like the first recorded specimen, which was caught in 1917 and

mounted in the South African Museum, the second specimen was also

a young individual. It measured 11 feet 6 inches, and was caught

in Table Bay 23rd March 1930. It was blackish in colour, with small

black spots on the sides; the lips were white, and there were white

streaks below the snout and on the chin and throat.

The third specimen to be recorded from South African waters was

netted by Mr. Trauter in Hout Bay (west coast of Cape Peninsula)

on 20th January 1935. It was a male measuring 28 feet in length,

and was towed into Table Bay and exhibited for a few days on the

Cape Town pier.

The animal was then cut up and dumped in the sea, without advising

44 Annals of the South African Museum.

the Museum. The head was presented to the Museum, but the chance

of securing one of the claspers was lost. This is much to be regretted,

as White (1930, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lxi, p. 158) says the

a 5

Fig. 1.—Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). Dorsal view of rostral cartilages,

with cross-sections of the ventral projection at a and b.

examination of the clasper of an adult might help to clear up the

relationship between Cetorhinus and Rhineodon.

The following measurements were taken :—

Tail hanging in water—not measured; ventral distances separating

gill-shts not visible, and outer margin Ist dorsal curled up and not

measured.

Pit at root of caudal to end of base 2nd D. . f . 133: tehes

Base of 2nd D. olf ees

Front margin of 2nd Ds 14 inches: “hind “margin, 15

inches; lower margin 1 ne

Front of 2nd D. to end of base Ist D. : f i ee

Base of Ist D. . : ae

Front margin of Ist D., 47 inches: lower margin : , OS

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 45

Depth of caudal peduncle . ; ; : . Ill inches

Base of C. to end of base of anal 4 ; SOO hiae

Base of A. : : : ; ’ Or ae

Front margin of A., 13 inches: upper margin, 9 inches;

lower margin : Sas oak

Front of base of A. to angle of base of ventrals 36(+6) ,,

Base of V. : : 7: aime

Front margin of V., 27 inches: outer margin of V. sa 5 NR ae

Clasper . 2 OME 5

V. to base of pectoral : 5 One

Upper margin of P., 57 inches; outer margin of ey 52

inches; lower margin of P. : 1 6 aga

Width i base of P. . : ‘ : : Meee

Ist D. to snout. : 3 : ; ; ot ee

Snout to Ist gill- elec 5 : ‘ {ty Veagere.:

Ist gill-cleft to 5th cleft. b . ; Bl eyelet an

Snout toeye . 2 . [Wve

Kye diameter, vertical, 23 inches: horizontal ; 23,

Hye to eye over curve ao heads): é : : 7,9) aa

Hye to angle of mouth : : | Ores

Base of D. to 5th gill-cleft (lower margin) gS oe See

Nostril to eye . : tae

5th gill-cleft, dorsal to oe length j CF inHg

Distances separating dorsal ends of gill- slits (over curve of back),

Ist, 5 inches; 2nd, 9 inches; 3rd, 15 inches; 4th, 22 inches; 5th,

29 inches.

The symphysis of the upper jaw at the vertical from eye.

. Mucus Canals.—Snout with large mucous pores, mostly transverse,

a faint indication of longitudinal arrangement where the rostral and

prenasal canals might be expected to lie. No other canals visible

externally.

Rostral Cartilages—There is a triangular ventral projection, with

a groove on its upper surface; and slender, gently curved, dorsal

processes (fig. 1).

Teeth.—In the upper jaw the bands of teeth are separated by a

wide bare space. The teeth in the first two or three rows (nearest

the middle line) are triangular with broad bases; the successive rows

show a gradual transition to the more conical and terete form of

tooth found throughout the rest of the dental band (Plates VI and

VII).

Fam. ORECTOLOBIDAR.

Stegostoma tigrinum (Gmelin). — Algoa Bay (Port Elizabeth

Museum); St. Francis Bay (C. L. Biden); Durban (H. W. Bell-Marley,

presented to the South African Museum, 1935).

46 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. HARRIOTTIDAE.

Whether or not Rhinochimaera be regarded as a synonym of

Harriotta, the latter is the earlier genus, and the family name should

be in accordance.

Harriotta punnata Schnakenbeck 1929. Walfish Bay.

Fam. ALEPOCEPHALIDAE.

Bathytroctes rostratus Brnrd. 1925, non Gnthr. = Alepocephalus

barnardt Norman 1930, p. 270.

Fam. GONORHYNCHIDAE.

Dr. Chabanaud informs me that an examination of type specimens

in the Paris Museum has shown that the Cape species is correctly

termed gronovw C. and V. It is an endemic species and is not

conspecific with Australasian and Japanese species.

Fam. STOMIATIDAR.

The correct date for Astronesthes boulengert Gilch. is 1902, not

1904 (see Monograph, p. 1032, footnote).

Two specimens have been captured by trawlers belonging to Messrs.

Irvin & Johnson, Cape Town, and presented to the South African

Museum. Both were taken off Dassen Island, north of Table Bay,

in 200-300 fathoms; one on 8th July 1925, the other 2nd July 1936.

For Astronesthes capensis G. and von B. see Regan and Trewavas,

1929S pn 30:

For Borostomias richardsom see Regan and Trewavas, 1929, p. 25.

The South African examples should be re-examined to see whether

they belong to Borostomias or Astronesthes.

Idiacanthus ferox (Gnthr.) should read J. fasciola Peters, 1876. See

Regan and Trewavas, 1930, p. 129.

The same authors reduce Neostomias to the rank of a subgenus of

Eustomias, loc. cit., p. 73. Throughout this paper the name of

Gilchrist’s species is spelt “filofer” instead of filiferum. Gonostoma

grandis Coll.=G. bathyphilum (Vaill.); see Norman, 1930, p. 285.

The genus Yarella stands, but Y. africana G. and von B. becomes

a synonym of Y. corythaeola (Alcock); see Norman, 1930, p. 289.

Maurolicus pennants (Walb.) becomes M. muellert (Gmelin); see

Norman, 1930, p. 298.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 47

Gen. Haplostomias R. and T.

1930. Regan and Trewavas, loc. cit., p. 109.

Separated from Melanostomias by having the teeth simple, not

bicuspid.

The specimen described below is a 2, and the question may be

raised whether simple and bicuspid teeth are merely characteristic

of the 2 and ¢ respectively. If so, the genus Haplostomias is un-

necessary.

Haplostomias tentaculatus R. and T.

1930. Regan and Trewavas, loc. cit., p. 109, pl. x1, fig. 1, and text-

figs. 105a, 106a.

Depth 54 length of head 7, in length of body. Hye subequal to

snout, 6 in length of head. Teeth: about 18 in upper jaw, Ist and

3rd short, 2nd and 4th long, 4th longest, 5th—-7th subequal, 8th

onwards small and decreasing in size posteriorly; 12 in lower jaw,

2nd, 4th and 5th smallest, 3rd, 7th and 8th largest, last 4 increasing

slightly in length posteriorly (the two sides in both jaws not quite

symmetrical); 1 on each vomer, and 4-5 on each palatine, 2 pairs on

tongue; none of the teeth bicuspid. Gull-rakers 8-9 small single or

double spines on anterior arch. D16. A118. P5. V7. Branchi-

ostegals 10 or 11 (as nearly as can be counted). Photophores, except

the suborbital one, very indistinct. Barbel about twice length of

head, ending in an elongate ovate bulb, with the black stem continued

as a filament half the length of the bulb.

Length.—235 mm.

Colour.—Black, the bulb at end of barbel dull orange.

Locality — Off Table Bay, 185 fathoms.

Distribution.—Caribbean Sea.

The specimen is a 2 containing ripe or nearly ripe eggs, and was

caught in a trawl about the middle of November 1928.

In spite of certain small differences (proportions of body, relative

sizes of teeth) this specimen is referred to tentaculatus. These differ-

ences may be due to age, as the specimen is more than twice as large

as the “Dana” specimens described by Regan and Trewavas.

Gen. Echiostoma Lowe.

1843. Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 87.

1883. Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vi, p. 256 (Hyperchoristus).

1895. Goode and Bean, Ocean. Ichth., p. 108.

1930. Regan and Trewavas, loc. cit., p. 116.

48 Annals of the South African Museum.

Body elongate, compressed, naked. Eye moderate. Mouth large,

straight. Teeth on jaws typically large, depressible; teeth also on

vomer, palatine and tongue. Barbel well developed. Pectoral small,

the uppermost ray elongate, free. Ventral short, far behind middle

of body. Dorsal and anal opposite, far back. No adipose fin.

Caudal forked. Pseudobranchiae absent. A large suborbital photo-

phore and two lateral rows. Gill-rakers minute.

The first record of this genus in South African waters.

Echiostoma tanneri (Gill).

1883. Gill, loc. cit., p. 256 (Hyperchoristus tanneri).

1895. Goode and Bean, loc. cit., p. 109, fig. 130 (barbatum, non

Lowe).

1927. Parr, Bull. Bingham Ocean. Coll., iii, p. 53, fig. 31 (barbatum,

non Lowe).

1930. Regan and Trewavas, loc. cit., p. 117, fig. 113 (barbels).

Depth of body equal to length of head, 64 (smaller)—74 (larger

specimen) in length of body. Eye 14 in snout, 7 in length of head.

Teeth: 12 plus a number of minute ones on hind part of maxilla,

2nd or 3rd, 4th and 5th largest; about 12 in lower jaw, 3rd, 6th and

Tth largest (the two sides not quite symmetrical), the posterior teeth

in a double or triple series; 1 on each vomer, about 7 on each palatine,

2 pairs and 2 small single teeth on tongue; most of the teeth minutely

bicuspid. Gill-rakers: 7—9 pairs of minute spines on anterior arch.

D12. A116. P1+3, the free ray 1#-2 times length of head, arising

in front of (neither above nor below) the. bases of the 3 short rays.

V 8. Branchiostegals 10 or 11 (as nearly as can be counted), with

a series of 10 photophores (one between each pair of branchiostegals),

very distinct in the smaller specimen, but only the hinder ones distinct

in the larger specimen. Cuneiform postocular photophore 14 times

the eye; 2-3 photophores on opercle; lower series of photophores

beginning on isthmus: isthmus to pectoral 8+2, pectoral to ventral

26-27, ventral to beginning of anal 14-15+2 along anterior base of

anal; lateral series opercle to ventral 24-25, ventral to beginning

of anal 16, anal to caudal 12. Regan and Trewavas’ figure (of

barbatum) shows the ventral series continuous along base of anal to

caudal; here the ventral series has 2 photophores along anterior

base of anal and then stops, while the lateral series curves evenly

down to posterior end of anal and continues along lower side of caudal

peduncle. Barbel rather shorter than head, ending in two bulbous

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 49

swellings, with several short filaments, corresponding with that of a

fish 223 mm. in length figured by Regan and Trewavas.

An anteorbital spine with 3-4 small denticles, a postorbital spine,

2 temporal spines, interorbital with 2 denticulate ridges beginning

far apart at a level a little behind eye, and converging forwards,

meeting in a single short spine at a level just in front of nostrils; a

few other scattered denticles on upper part of head. All these

spines more or less concealed by the loose skin, the interorbital crests

very distinct in the larger specimen.

A large mucus pore on each side of interorbital, just within (medial

to) the denticulate ridge; large suborbital and temporal pores.

Length.—200 mm. and 305 mm.

Colour.—Dark slaty-black, with small black dots on head and

similar dots in vertical band-like series along the body to tail (ef.

Giinther’s figure of Opostomias on pl. lin, fig. 4. of Challenger Rep.,

xxi, and Parr’s figure 32 of H. ctenobarbus, and as described by

Giinther for barbatum); each of these black dots (photophores, as

described by Giinther) with a pale translucent centre; fins whitish,

barbel greyish, postocular photophore pink, ventral and lateral

series of photophores lilac or amethyst.

Locality.— Offi Table Bay.

Distribution.—Gulf of Mexico, Caribbean Sea.

The smaller specimen was captured in the trawl at a depth of

185 fathoms in November 1928, together with the specimen of Haplo-

stomias mentioned above, and the larger specimen in September

1935, depth probably also about 200 fathoms.

The South African Museum is indebted to Messrs. Irvin & John-

son for both these specimens, the larger of which is the largest specimen

of this genus yet recorded.

Fam. ANGUILLIDAE.

Anguilla mossambica (Peters).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 175 and 1927; «bhd.,

p- 1018.

1935. Id., Rep. S. Afr. Mus., 1934, p. 10.

An elver of this species was caught in the estuary of the Uvongo

River, near Port Shepstone, Natal, by Mr. L. A. Day of the Inland

Fisheries Survey. The specimen was handed to Mr. A. C. Harrison,

from whom I received it, without further data as to time of year

when caught.

50 Annals of the South African Museum.

It is 49 mm. in length, with 103 myomeres. It thus falls within

the limits found for this species by the late Dr. J. Schmidt, viz.

100-105, as I am informed by Dr. .V. Taning (in litt. 9/2/35).

Fam. MyRipae.

Gen. Muraenichthys Blkr.

1853. Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Gen., xxv, p. 71.

1916. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip., 11, p. 274.

Hlongate cylindrical, vermiform. Scales absent. Vent before

middle of length. Dorsal arising far behind gill-openings. Dorsal,

anal and caudal confluent. Pectorals absent. Snout somewhat pro-

jecting. Nostrils on margin of upper lip, the anterior tubular, the

posterior at base of a flap. Teeth on vomer and jaws. Tongue

adnate. Lateral line present. Gill-openings small.

Muraenichthys gymnotus Blkr.

1857. Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-neerl., ii, p. 90.

1864. 7 Atl. Ichthyol., iv, p. 33.

1871. Klunzinger, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., xxi, p. 608.

1916. Weber and de Beaufort, loc. cit., p. 277.

1934. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xi, p. 230..

Fam. MycToPHIDAE.

Loweina, a new subgeneric name to include Myctophum rarum.

Fowler, Amer. Mus. Novitat., No. 162, p. 2, 1925.

Lampanyctus warming (Liitken) = L. townsend: Hig. and Hig. 1889.

Lampanyctus argenteus Gilch.=L. hectoris Guthr. 1876.

Fam. HEMIRHAMPHIDAER.

Euleptorhamphus longirostris (Cuv.).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 264 (references).

1928. Fowler, Mem. B. P. Bishop Mus., x., p. 74.

1936. » Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lxx, p. 432 (quotes the

South African record under name of E. viridis

(van Hasselt)).

A specimen of this genus, the second specimen to be recorded from

South African waters, was brought in a perfectly fresh condition to

the S. Afr. Museum in June 1936 by a fisherman, who stated that

it had been caught somewhere “in Table Bay.”

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 51

Depth of body 20, length of head 24, length of lower jaw 34, in

length of body. Eye 34 in distance from tip of snout to hind margin

of operculum, subequal to interorbital width and to snout, 2 post-

orbital part of head. Longitudinal length of preorbital scarcely

more than 4 eye-diameter.

D 23, arising slightly in advance of anal fin (above anterior margin

of vent). A 22. V inserted at a distance in front of anal fin equal

to the distance from anterior margin of nostril to hind margin of

operculum; its length subequal to eye-diameter, and 74 in length

of uppermost pectoral ray. P 9, the lowermost ray very short,

uppermost ray not quite twice the distance from tip of snout to hind

margin of operculum. Lower caudal lobe longer than the upper

lobe. Scales nearly all lost.

Bright silvery, the back duller, greenish-black, lower jaw bluish-

black, fins pale, caudal with suffused hind margin.

Length.—355 mm. to end of mid-caudal rays, or 375 mm. to end

of lower caudal lobe. The tip of lower jaw appears to be not quite

complete.

Remarks.—The differences between this specimen and the Walfish

Bay one described in 1925 are not to be taken as indicating specific

differences, because the latter specimen is in a very poor condition,

scarcely suitable for a critical study. On the contrary, it is a reason-

able assumption that the two are conspecific. Jordan and Evermann

(1905. Hawaiian Fishes) seem to be the only authors who have had

adequate material on which to base a specific diagnosis.

Whether van Hasselt’s name deserves priority I have no means

of determining.

Fam. CoRYPHAENOIDIDAR.

Whitley (1931, Austr. Zool., vi, p. 334) proposes Fuyangia in place

of Chalinura G. and B., preoccupied.

Fam. BERYCIDAE.

Beryx splendens Lowe.

1833. Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 142.

1843-60. Id., Fishes of Madeira, p. 47, pl. viii.

1895. Goode and Bean, Ocean. Ichth., p. 176, fig. 197.

1924. Roule, Bull. Mus. Paris, No. 1, p. 73.

1934. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xin, p. 230.

Distinguished from the other South African species, B. longipinnis

52 Annals of the South African Museum.

Brnrd., by the more oblong body, fin and scale formulae, and by the

absence of the filamentous rays of the dorsal and ventral fins.

Depth 23, length of head 3, in length of body. Eye 24 in length

of head, twice length of snout, which is slightly longer than inter-

orbital width. No spine on nasal or lower jaw; preorbital spine

without accessory spine. D IV 13. A IV 27. V I11. Longest

rays scarcely reaching to origin of anal. P 17, 2 length of head.

Scales scabrous, with smooth median longitudinal groove; 1.1. 77,

Ltr. 5.

Length.—270 mm.

Colour.—As in longipinnis.

Locality.—45 miles off Table Bay.

Distribution.—Madeira, West Indies, Japan.

A single specimen was caught in the trawl in December 1932, and

presented to the South African Museum by Captain Taylor.

Fam. MELAMPHAIDAE.

See Norman, 1929. Plectromus is a synonym of Melamphaes

Guthr. 1864. M. mizolepis stands; coronatus, inadequately described

by Gilchrist and von Bonde, is regarded as possibly the same as

unicornis Gilb. 1905; and macrophthalmus Gilch.=megalops Liitken,

1877.

Heterosomata.

Norman (1931, p. 508) vindicates Pseudorhombus natalensis Gilch.

as a species distinct from arsius (=russelli), and makes the follow-

ing changes :—

Laeops microphthalmus von Bonde, transferred to Arnoglossus.

Lambdopsetta kitharae von Bonde, non Smith and Pope, redescribed

as Laeops natalensis Norman.

Barnardichthys Chabanaud 1927, new genus to include Solea

fulvomarginata Blegr.

S. quadriocellata von Bonde=Quenselia ocellata (Linn.); see

Chabanaud (1930, p. 12).

S. melanoptera Gilch. and S. capensis Gilch. =Synapturichthys kleini

Bonap. subsp. variolosa Kner. 8S. alboguttata Fowler 1929 seems to

belong here also; see Chabanaud (1930, p. 10). S. ampar=Pegusa

lascaris (Risso).

Synaptura barnardi Smith 1931. Gt. Fish Point. Close to

marginata Bler.

Achirus = Heteromycteris Kaup.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. : 53

Coryphaesopia Chab. 1930, new genus for A. cornuta Kaup. The

South African form is described as a n. subsp. barnardi Chab. 19384.

Pseudaesopia Chab. 1934, new subgen. of Zebrias for Aesopra

regan (Gilch.).

Revised nomenclature of South African Flat-fishes in the sequence

adopted by Norman (Monogr. Flat-fishes, vol. i, 1934) (equivalents

in Barnard, 1925, in brackets). Norman’s vol. 1, containing the

Solerdae, not yet published.

Psettodidae.

Psettodes erumez (Bl. Schn.).

Bothidae.

Pseudorhombus arsius (Hamilton). (P. russellit.)

a natalensis Gilch. (P. russellit.)

Citharoides marcrolepis (Gilch.). (Paracitharus m.)

Arnoglossus capensis Bler.

3, dalgleisht (v. Bonde). (Trichopsetta d.)

» mocrophthalmus (v. Bonde). (Laeops m.)

Engyprosopon grandisquama (Temm. and Schl.). (Scaeops g.)

5 natalensis Regan. (Crossorhombus dimorphus part,

Juv.)

Crossorhombus valde-rostratus (Alcock). (C. dimorphus part, adult.)

Bothus pantherinus (Riippell).

» mancus (Brouss.).

» ovalis (Regan). (Platophrys circularis.)

Chascanopsetta lugubris (Alcock). (C. gilchristi.)

Laeops mgromaculatus v. Bonde.

,» natalensis Norman. (Lambdopsetta kitharae v. Bonde, non

Smith and Pope.)

» pectoralis (v. Bonde). (Lambdopsetta p.)

Pleuronectidae.

Poecilopsetta natalensis Norman. (Limanda beani v. Bonde, non

Goode and Bean.)

Marleyella bicolorata (v. Bonde). (Poecilopsetta b.)

Paralichthodes algoensis Gilch.

Samaris ornatus v. Bonde.

» delagoensis v. Bonde. (Norman: “perhaps identical with

cristatus.’’)

54 Annals of the South African Museum.

Soleidae.

Dicologlossa cuneata (Moreau). (Solea senegalensis, non Kaup.)

Barnardichthys fulvomarginata (Gilch.). (Solea f.)

Quenselia ocellata (Linn.) (Solea quadriocellata.)

Synapturichthys kleont Bonap. variolosa Kner. (Solea melanoptera

and capensis.)

Pegusa lascaris (Risso). ? (Solea impar.)

Solea bleekert Bler.

», turbyner Gilch.

Heteromycteris capensis (Kaup.) (Achirus c.)

Pardachirus marmoratus (Lacep.).

Synaptura marginata Bler.

x barnardi Smith. (Close to marginatas.)

Austroglossus pectoralis (Kaup).

a mocroleps (Blkr.).

Zebrias (Pseudoaesopia) regani (Gilch.). (Aesopia r.)

Coryphaesopia cornuta (Kaup), subsp. barnardi Chab. (Aesopia c.)

Paraplagusia marmorata (Blkr.)..

Cynoglossus lida (Blkr.).

durbanensis Regan.

gilchristi Ogilby.

Ls hunterr v. Bonde.

Arelia attenuata (Gilch.).

Areliscus marleyr (Regan).

co ecaudatus (Gilch.).

Trulla capensis Kaup.

» microphthalmus (v. Bonde).

Symphurus variegatus (Gilch.).

strictus Gilbert.

ocellatus v. Bonde.

Fam. CARANGIDAE.

Trachinotus baillonia (Lacep.).

1934. Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxvi, p. 452.

Fowler accepts the synonymy of russelli and oblongus with

Lacépéde’s species.

Fowler’s remarks at the end of his description of this species are

difficult to understand. I did not place Fowler’s 1919 description

of Caestomorus glaucus Linn. under Trachynotus glaucus of Bloch,

but under glaucus of Linnaeus, clearly stating “not glaucus Bloch,”

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 5D

as reference to my monograph, p. 553, will show. C. glaucus Linn.

was not later placed in a new genus Campogramma by Regan (1903,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xu, pp. 348 sqq.); in fact, neither glaucus

Linn. nor glaucus Bloch were placed in this genus.

Fam. HISTIOPTERIDAE.

Quinquarius capensis (C. and V.).

(Plate VIII.)

1927. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxxi, p. 623.

1935. Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., IxxxVii, p. 398, fig. 26.

For the opportunity of including a record of this species in this

paper I am indebted to Mr. R. Orpen, who forwarded a specimen

picked up on the beach at Port Nolloth, Namaqualand, by Miss Irene

Carstens in October 1935.

Since the original description of a single specimen by Cuvier and

Valenciennes in 1829, only two other specimens have been recorded.

One was taken by the Government Survey vessel s.s. Pickle off the

coast of Natal on 28th December 1920. No description of this speci-

men was given, which is all the more unfortunate since the present

specimen differs in a rather important feature from the original

description. One cannot say whether Cuvier’s specimen or the

present one is abnormal. The other specimen, described by Fowler,

also came from Natal.

The main features of the Port Nolloth specimen are as follows:—

Total length 63 mm. Depth 14, length of head 23, in length of

body (caudal excl.). Width of the flat space between the ventral

fins a little more than 14 in the depth of body, subequal to the

distance between the bases of ventral spines and the somewhat pro-

jecting knob on the throat (Giinther, 1859, Cat. Fish. B.M., 1, p. 212,

seems to have reckoned the narrowest width between the ventrals,

and the longest medio-ventral distance extending to the angle of the

branchiostegals in C. and V.’s figure), and a little more than the

distance between ventral spine and vent. Hye equal to snout, 3 in

length of head. Depth of caudal peduncle (between ends of bases

of dorsal and anal fins) slightly greater than its length. A band

(4-5 rows) of fine conical teeth on both jaws, the outer ones slightly

larger, and a few more granular ones in an oval patch on vomer:

apparently none on palatines. Pseudobranchiae well developed.

Gill-rakers 6 on upper, 16 on lower part of anterior arch, the longest

ones about 4 eye-diameter. The bony scute (lst suborbital) has a

VOL. XXXII, PART 2. 5

56 Annals of the South African Museum.

short acute forwardly directed spine on its anterior margin. The

spine on the median occipital scute is directed backwards.

D XIII 12, 1st spine short, $eye-diameter and 3} in 2nd spine,

4th and 5th longest, a trifle more than 2 eye-diameters, 13th spine

a little shorter than the rays which are subequal to eye. A VI 7,

Ist, 4th and 6th spines subequal, slightly less than eye, 5th shorter,

3rd a little longer, 2nd longest, 14 eye-diameter. V I 5, the spine

a little over 2 eye-diameters. P 17, Ist ray short, 4th and 5th

longest, 17th very short. C17 (+3), rounded-truncate.

Lat. line 46-47 (35-36 to where the line becomes horizontal on.

the caudal peduncle). Cheek-scales 5 vertical rows (across the deepest

part of the patch).

Body silvery with blackish-brown markings almost exactly as in

C. and V.’s figure, but the dark irregular bands on the flanks broader;

a faint yellowish tinge on hinder part of body and on caudal peduncle;

the flat ventral surface silvery-grey, with a white band between the

bases of the ventrals and a pale area around the vent; opercle and

cheek silvery; spinous dorsal and ventrals dark; soft dorsal, caudal

and anal faintly yellowish; pectoral transparent.

The specimen thus follows the description and excellent figure

given by the French authors, except as regards the extra spine in

the dorsal and anal fins. This is an interesting feature in view of

the number of spines found in allied species.

Pentaceropsis

recurvirostris : . DX-XT 14. A III 11 (total) D 24-25. A 14.

Pseudopentaceros

richardson . . (type) D XIV 10. A IV 8. D 24.. A 12.

(juv.) D XIV 9-10. AIV 8-9. D 23-24. A 12-13.

Quinquarius

japonicus . : . DX 14. AVES: D 25. A 14.

capensis. . (type) D XIT 12. AV 7. D2.’ AT

(Port Nolloth) D XIII 12. A WET. D 25. A183.

Quadrarius

decacanthus : - DX 1s: A IV 8. D 23. AY:

hendecacanthus . - D Xt 13-15. A IV 10-11. D 24-26. A 14-15.

So far as concerns the dorsal and anal fins all these species are

closely allied, and Jordan’s arrangement (1907) seems a little artificial.

McCulloch has already (1915) made Quadrarius a synonym of Quin-

quarius, as the only difference seems to be in the number of anal

spines; and suggested that, though possibly the latter may be

synonymous with Pseudopentaceros, there are other differential

characters.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 57

The shape of the body and the relative length to breadth of the

space between the throat and the ventral fins seem to be good

characters. McCulloch’s figure of the young of P. richardsoni (1923,

Rec. Austral. Mus., xiv, p. 18, pl. iv, fig. 1) shows that the body

shape does not alter much between the young and the adult. Such

is also the case in QY. hendecacanthus McCull. (1915, ‘‘ Endeavour, ”’

Sei. Res., i, p. 144, pl. xxvi). But one feature does alter with age,

viz. the gradual disappearance of the spines on the head. Con-

sequently we can regard the type of @. capensis and the present

specimen as juveniles, and we may expect the adult, when captured,

to have more or less the same body-shape, but to have no spines on

the scutes on the head.

The 180 mm. specimen described by Fowler is interesting, as it

has only 4 anal spines (as in Pseudopentaceros and Quadrarius) in

association with 12 dorsal spines (as in the type of Q. capensis). There

is also considerable resemblance between Fowler’s figure and

McCulloch’s figure of the 70 mm. young P. richardsoni (loc. cit.),

and I do not feel fully satisfied that Fowler’s specimen should not

rather be identified as richardson. Smith’s figure of the 525 mm.

type of the latter species may be possibly not quite accurate as to

shape of body and head, if the figure, like the description, was taken

from the dried skin. When more material is available it may be

possible to decide the true relationship between P. richardson and

Q.. capensis.

In view of the excellence of the original figure there is no need to

figure the present specimen. But as a matter of interest an illustra-

tion from an early work on fishes is here reproduced. This is the

frontispiece to “The Naturalist’s Library: Ichthyology, vol. i, by

Sir William Jardine, Bart.”’, published in Edinburgh by W. H. Lizars

& Stirling & Kenney in 1835, in which a very accurate copy of Cuvier

and Valenciennes’ figure is engraved against a vignette of Table Bay.

The following paragraph appears on page ix of the publishers’

advertisement :—

‘““We have introduced as back grounds, wherever they could be

procured, the scenery which the fishes frequent. In many cases, the

_ landscapes are representations of real views, which will be discovered

upon examination of the plates; the figures upon which, . . . have

been taken from the magnificent work upon this subject, by the

Baron Cuvier and M. Valenciennes, whose representations are so

perfect, as to leave little to be desired in the way of improvement.”

In this instance the only “improvement” has been the addition

of patches of pale pink on the pre- and post-orbital scutes, and of

58 Annals of the South African Museum.

pale yellow on the opercle, below the pectoral fin, and on the flank

(Plate VIII).

Fam. LuTIANIDAE.

Lutianus duodecimlineatus (Val.).

21802. Lacépeéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 11, pp. 430, 477, pl. xxi, fig. 2

(Labrus octovittatus).

1830. Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vi, p. 529.

1874.* Bleeker in Pollen and van Dam. Faune Madagasc., pt. 4,

Poiss., p. 27, pl. ix, fig. 1 (coloured) (octovittatus, non

Lacép.).

1927. Barnard, Ann..S. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 653, p. 27) We: sau(aeuee

Sauvage).

1931. Fowler, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 100, x1, p. 158.

1934. Id., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxvi, p. 466, fig. 38.

Fowler (1934) makes the following statement: “The colour pattern

as described by Barnard . . . is therefore incorrect as my figure

and description show.” This is a non sequitur. I have re-examined

the specimens and can state that my description of the pattern is

correct for the specimens in the South African Museum. Except for

the absence of the common base of the 3rd and 4th streaks, Sauvage’s

figure agrees. As a matter of fact, Fowler’s figure also agrees, except

that in my specimens the streaks are no longer traceable on the head.

It would perhaps have been clearer if after the word “behind” [the

opercle] in my description the following words had been used: “ behind

the head” or “‘behind a line drawn more or less vertically from the

upper part of opercle.”

Bleeker’s identification of this form as Lacépéde’s octovittatus is

not accepted by Fowler (1931).

Gen. Htelis Cuv.

1828. Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1, p. 127.

1931. Fowler, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 100, vol. xi, p. 193.

Distinguished from Pristipomoides by the shortness of the hinder

spines in the spinous dorsal fin, causing a concavity in the margin;

the spinous and soft portions, however, are not separate.

* The South African Museum copy has 1875 on the outer cover and 1878 on

the title-page. The British Museum Library Catalogue gives 1874.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 59

Etelis carbunculus Cuv.

1828. Cuvier, loc. cit., p. 127, pl. xvi.

1905. Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxii, p. 242,

pls. xviii and xxxviii (Htelis evurus).

1928. Fowler, Mem. B. P. Bishop Mus., x, p. 193, pl. xvu, fig. A.

feat Id., loc. cit., p. 195.

Depth 33, length of head 34, in length of body. Eye 44 in head,

14 in snout. Snout subequal to interorbital, 3in head. Least depth

of preorbital half the (longitudinal) diameter of eye.

Cardiform bands of teeth in both jaws, with well-spaced small

canines in outer row; teeth on vomer and palatines, but none on

tongue. Gill-rakers, 14 on lower part of anterior arch.

D X11. Ist spine very short, 2} in eye, 6 in 2nd spine, 3rd spine

slightly longer than 4th, nearly 2 in head, 10th spine 14 in eye; last

ray prolonged, half as long again as penultimate ray. A III 8, last

ray not prolonged. Caudal forked, but lobes not prolonged.

Seales: 1.1. 51; ltr. 6 to base of Ist dorsal spine (including the

uppermost narrow sheath-like scale), 13 to base of ventral fin, 16 to

middle line of belly. Cheek scales 6-7. Axillary scale of ventral

fin present, but more or less concealed under an ordinary body scale.

800 mm. As preserved, silvery, most of the scales on upper part

of body with a rose or pale crimson centre.

Locality—Ofi Bashee River mouth. Caught by Mr. H. Smedsvik,

of Seafoods Successors, Durban; and forwarded for identification by

KH. C. Chubb, Esq., Curator, Durban Museum, August 1936.

Remarks.—I have little doubt that this specimen should be identified

with Cuvier’s species, which is known from Mauritius, Réunion,

Seychelles, Japan, and the Hawauan Islands (and the West Indies).

It does not entirely agree with the published descriptions. It is

a male.

Aetiasis n. g.

Teeth on jaws conical, the front ones moderately large, the hinder

ones small, an irregular row of small teeth internal to the outer row

in front; small conical teeth on vomer and palatines; tongue smooth.

An inconspicuous flat spine on opercle. Preopercle entire. Top of

head, cheeks, and maxilla scaly. Caudal fin, but not dorsal and

anal, scaly. Dorsal not deeply notched, spines 12. Anal rays 8.

Dorsal and anal rays not produced. Pectoral subequal to head,

scarcely falcate, scaly at base. No transverse groove between inter-

orbital and occipital.

60 Annals of the South African Museum.

The fish for which this genus is proposed does not seem to fit in

with any of the other genera of the family, though the complaint

(auTLacis) is justified that there is already a large amount of synonymy

among the Indo-Pacific species, which await a full and authoritative

revision.

Aetiasis cantharoides n. sp.

(Text-fig. 2.)

Depth about 3, length of head 332, in length (excl. caudal). Hye

(long diameter) subequal to snout, 4 in length of head. Interorbital

Fic. 2.—Aetiasis cantharoides n. g., n. sp. a, Head; 6, inner view of right

dentary bone, cleaned to show teeth; c, ventral view of right premaxilla,

cleaned; d, dorsal view of right dentary, cleaned; e, vomer and palatines;

f, left upper pharyngeal, anterior end above; g, left lower pharyngeal,

anterior end below (inner margin (median line) to left in both f and g).

width slightly more than 14 times eye. Preorbital (opposite end of

maxilla) + the long diameter of eye. Greatest depth of caudal peduncle

(between ends of bases of dorsal and anal fins) subequal to length

along its dorsal profile, 14 times length of its ventral profile, least

depth (at base of caudal) twice in greatest depth. A very small

notch near the angle of preopercle, which is not denticulate. One —

short flat spine (not prominent) on opercle.

D XII 7 (possibly XIII 6, the posterior spines and anterior rays

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 61

being broken), spines slender, Ist ? the long diameter of eye, 2nd

about twice the Ist, 3rd longest, twice the long diameter of eye,

following spines successively shorter, ultimate ray more slender and

shorter than the penultimate ray, which is the longest ray and equal

to the 4th spine. Rays not scaly. Apparently not notched between

spinous and soft portions.

A III 8, spines stouter than the dorsal spines, 1st 14 times in the

2nd, which is subequal to the long diameter of eye, and 12 times

in 3rd, ultimate and penultimate rays subequal, not elongate, 14

times the eye diameter. Rays not scaly.

P 17, subequal to length of head, scaly at base, the uppermost

2 rays simple. .

V 15, with axillary and medio-ventral enlarged scales.

Caudal forked, scaly.

Maxilla without supplementary bone, exposed, extending to below

anterior margin of eye, its posterior width subequal to diameter of

pupil, with 2 series of scales. Lips and gums villous, the teeth in

consequence being concealed, even the larger canines not being

clearly visible.

Teeth small, conical, in a single row laterally on lower and upper

jaws, becoming a double row in front, and with an outer series of

enlarged conical teeth in front, 6 in upper jaw, 10 in lower jaw.

A few small conical teeth in an oval patch on vomer, and a single row

(in some places anteriorly double) on each palatine. Tongue smooth.

Upper and lower pharangeals with conical teeth in centre, passing

into slender curved spiniform teeth around margins.

Branchiostegals 6, the anterior 4 slender, the posterior 2 stout.

Gill-rakers 19-20 on lower part, 6 on upper part, of anterior arch.

Pseudobranchiae present.

Scales minutely ctenoid. LJ. 72; ltr. 9 (1st dorsal spine to 1.1.),

18 (1.1. to spine of ventral fin). Seven series on cheek. About 24

predorsal scales beginning at about vertical from anterior third of

eye. Opercle and subopercle scaly.

Length.—400 mm.

Colour (as preserved).—Brownish, silvery on cheeks, opercles, and

belly.

Locality.—Natal coast (one specimen secured by the kindness of

Mr. C. L. Biden).

This fish bears a strong resemblance to a species of Pachymetopon

(olum Cantharus), e.g. P. aeneum. In fact, it was included in the

material sent to Mr. Norman for his revision of the Spondyliosome-

62 Annals of the South African Museum.

and allied fishes (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxxii, p. 5, 1935), and I am

indebted to Mr. Norman for suggestions as to its true position.

Fam. SCORPIDIDAR.

Neoscorpis Smith 1931, new genus for Scorpis lithophilus.

Fam. SPARIDAE.

Dentex macrophthalmus (B1.), Schnakenbeck 1929, p. 25, Walfish Bay.

Fowler (1925, Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 162, p. 4) places this species

in a new subgenus Opsodentex.

In the same paper (p. 4) Fowler proposes a new subgenus Husalpa

for Box salpa, but in 1934 (Proc. Ac. Sci. Philad., Ixxxvi, p. 472)

records this species as Sarpa sarpa Linn.

Revision of Spondyliosoma and Pachymetopon: see Norman (1935,

Anna. Air: Mug. xxocis ame OEsqd.):

Fam. GOBIIDAE.

Gobius delagoae n. sp.

(Text-fig. 3.) 3

Body elongate. Depth 6%, length of head 43, in length of body.

Hye slightly greater than snout, 34 in length of head. Interorbital

Fic. 3.—Gobius delagoae n. sp.

very narrow, 4 in vertical diameter of eye. Maxilla extending to

below anterior margin of eye.

Teeth in narrow bands in both jaws, the outer ones somewhat

enlarged, a single enlarged curved canine on each side of lower jaw.

Tongue truncate in front. Gill-rakers reduced. No flaps on shoulder

girdle.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 63

Anterior nostril shortly tubular. No nuchal crest. Large pores;

one medial to each pair of nostrils, 4 in a groove running from eye

to upper end of gill-opening, one between preopercle and opercle.

No pores on chin. Rows of minute papillae as shown in figure.

DV1I+I 138, 1st spine half-length of head, 5th twice as long as Ist,

produced in a filament. AI 13. P 19, upper rays not silk-like.

Ventrals reaching to vent (almost to anal fin). Caudal lanceolate,

half as long again as head, middle rays filamentous.

Seales cycloid, those on hinder part of body feebly ctenoid. Many

of the scales lost, apparently about 55 in longitudinal series, and

16 between dorsal and ventral fins.

75mm. Pale brown with darker mottling, somewhat vermiculate

on head, blotchy on body; the body with oblique dark bands running

from above downwards and forwards, the first band broad, behind

pectoral, followed by 2 narrow bands, then a broad one ending below

at vent, then one narrow, one broad, one narrow, the last between

middle of soft dorsal and middle of anal; the narrow bands are

composed of 2 dark stripes with pale interval, the broad ones of 3

dark stripes. Two dark stripes between eye and upper jaw; the

dorsal with a few small black spots, anal dark grey, middle rays of the

ventral and of caudal blackish.

Locality.—Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay, buried in mud. - Professor

C. J. van der Horst, Witwatersrand University, 1935.

Fam. CLINIDAE.

Fowler (1934, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., lxxxvi, pp. 505-507)

records Clinus capensis, swperciliosus, cottoides, and anguillaris, with-

out localities, but he says in his introduction (p. 405) that in such

cases 1t is to be understood that the specimens came from Durban.

I know, however, that Mr. C. L. Biden, when residing in the Cape

Peninsula, collected and sent to Mr. Bell-Marley several “ klip-fishes,”’

and it seems not unlikely that the above records are based on these

specimens, without definitely specified localities. The presence of

these typically Cape species in Natal needs confirmation.

Clinus rotundifrons n. sp.

(Text-fig. 4.)

Body strongly compressed, of similar build to C. fucorum. Depth

33, length of head 4, in length of body. Depth of caudal peduncle

subequal to its length. Eye slightly greater than snout, 4 in length

64 Annals of the South African Museum.

of head. Snout and interorbital subequal. Profile rather abruptly

descending, snout blunt. Lower jaw not projecting, maxilla reaching

vertical from posterior } of eye,.lips thin. No barbels. No supra-

orbital tentacle. Anterior nostril a short tube, with a sub-bifid

tentacle on its hind margin; posterior nostril fringed with 6-7 short

Fie. 4.—Clinus rotundifrons n. sp. Head, with anterior nostril further

enlarged.

lobes. Numerous pores on upper and hinder parts of head, on

suborbital and preopercle, and a row of 5 pores on each side of chin.

Teeth in a narrow band (3-4 rows) in upper jaw, in a double row

in lower jaw, a single transverse row on vomer. Gill-rakers few

and feeble, about 5 filaments in each pseudobranch. A hooked

process on inner margin of shoulder-girdle.

DXXX 8, arising above preopercle, Ist spine a little over 3 times

in length of head, 2nd and 3rd longer, 4th and 5th decreasing to 6th,

which equals 1st, subsequent spines gradually increasing to the last,

which equals 2nd; first 2 rays longer than last spine. AII 22.

P13. Third ray of ventral distinct.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 65

Scales minute, cycloid. Lateral line a single row of tubules,

about 42.

95 mm. Colour (as preserved) uniform yellowish, centre of eye

black.

Locality Oudekraal (south of Camps Bay), west side of Cape

Peninsula. Professor T. A. Stephenson, July 1934.

Although only a single 2 specimen was captured, it seems distinct

enough from all the other South African species to justify description.

At first sight it looks very like an example of C. fucorum with abnormal

blunt snout, but closer examination reveals a number of essential

differences.

Fam. TRIGLIDAE.

Schnakenbeck (1929, pp. 27, 28) records two species of Trigla: lyra

Linn. and hirundo Bl. from Walfish Bay.

For revision of South African species see Smith (Tr. Roy. Soc.

S. Afr., xxi, pp. 321-336, December 1934).

Fowler (1934, November 6) describes Lepidotrigla stigmapteron

(p. 487, fig. 46), which has the breast scaleless, and seems to be

synonymous with natalensis.

Gen. Chelidonichthys Kaup.

1927. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 939.

1934. Smith, loc. cit., p. 328.

Although neither Dr. Smith nor myself have compared South

African examples of this genus with actual European examples, we

are both agreed that in South African waters there are three well-

distinguished species.

Recently, however, Svetovidov (1936) has attempted to show that

capensis, kumu, and queketti are all synonymous with the European

lucerna ; queketti being small, and kumu middle-sized, examples. He

distinguishes a subspecies kumu from the typical lucerna as follows :—

No bluish-white spots on inner side of pectoral fin in adult. Atlantic coasts of

Europe, South Africa, Mediterranean, Black Sea : i : . Llucerna.

Several bluish-white spots on inner side of pectoral fin. Pacific coasts of Japan,

Sea of Japan, Yellow Sea, coasts of Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania

lucerna kumu.

To one who has examined a large number of South African

specimens, and moreover has seen them landed alive on board trawlers,

Svetovidov’s arguments are inadequate and unconvincing. They are

based, as least in part, on a misreading of my descriptions; e.g.

66 Annals of the South African Museum.

“coloration of the inner side of the pectoral fin in T. capensis and

queketti is the same, at [sic=as] in TJ. lucerna.” But capensis has

bluish-white spots on the pectoral in both young (200 mm.) and

adult, and surely specimens 450-500 mm. in length can be regarded

as adult.

I have seen examples of capensis from 100-500 mm., kumu 75-300

mm., and quekettc 150-300 mm. in length. When freshly trawled

there is no difficulty in distinguishing all three forms, queketti (all

sizes) by the scaly breast (a feature ignored by Svetovidov), and

the absence of spots on the pectoral, and kumu (all sizes) by the

keeled preorbital. In the face of these facts it is a little difficult to

see how growth-changes could account for the observed differences.

Sexual differences in coloration have not been observed in the

South African species.

Fam. BALISTIDAE.

Cantherines modestus (Guthr.).

1934. Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., Ixxxvi, p. 510.

Fowler has the following paragraph: “Barnard distinguishes his

C. arenaceus by the ‘Skin with distinct scales, each of which is granular

or spinulose,’ and adds: ‘The character of the skin distinguishes

[it] . . . from all the other South African species.’ It is thus evident

that this character is also shared by C. modestoides.”’ As written,

the sentence seems illogical. My key and description of modestoides

(loc. cit., 1927, pp. 957, 958) state clearly that this species has a soft

velvety skin.

Balistes conspicillum Bloch Schn.

1865. Bleeker, Atlas Ichthyol., v, p. 116, pl. cexxi, fig. 2 (coloured).

1929. Gudger, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lvim, fig. 3 (p. 499)

(reproduction of figure from Pike’s “Mauritius

Fishes’’).

1935. Smith, Rec. Albany Mus., iv, p. 232.

Dr. C. J. van der Horst, of the Witwatersrand University, collected

a specimen at Delagoa Bay.

Further Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 67

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate VI.

Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). View of centre of upper jaw and base of snout,

after mounting.

Prate VIL.

Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). Enlarged view of the beginnings of the dental

bands, the figure on the left showing the right side of jaw, and vice versa.

Pirate VIII.

Quinquarius capensis (C. and V.). Reproduction of the frontispiece to “The

Naturalist’s Library,” by Sir William Jardine, 1835.

% ist:

’ Bt | : hae #i

7 ies ot

re)

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII. Plate Vie

-- CETORHINUS MAXIMUS.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

Barnard.

Ann. S$.

Barnard.

Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

CETORHINUS

MAXIMUS.

Plate VII.

Neill & Co., Lid.

eee LL

Ann. §. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII. Plate VIII.

THE

10 Ye.

FDINBURGIL

FL LIANS SS TIRING SKENNEY,

ON SAMUEL HIGHLEY. 22 FLEET STREET

: AV CURIN TUNE Rv

QUINQUARIUS CAPENSIS.

Barnard. Neill & Co., Lid.

( 69 )

7. On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus and a Com-

parison between rt and Balanoglossus capensis (Gilchrist). By

C. J. vAN DER Horst, University of the Witwatersrand.

(With 19 Text-figures.)

In July 1936 Professor T. A. Stephenson of the University of

Cape Town collected some Enteropneusta near Port Elizabeth and

sent them to me for identification. The three specimens proved

to belong to the genus Balanoglossus, two species of which have been

described from the 8. African coast by Gilchrist, viz. B. natalensis

and B. capensis. The latter species, the anatomy of which has been

described in more detail by von Bonde, occurs in a sexual and an

asexual generation, known as B. capensis and B. proliferans (Gilchrist).

B. natalensis is a large animal, as yet very imperfectly known, but as

I collected some material at Delagoa Bay I hope to give a more

accurate description of its anatomy soon. The Port Elizabeth

specimens are, however, very small, and as B. capensis also belongs

to the smaller species of this genus an accurate comparison of these

specimens with B. capensis is necessary. This comparison reveals

that the specimens from Port Elizabeth differ in several of their

characters from B. capensis as well as from all other species of Balano-

glossus; B. australiensis (Hill), however, seems to resemble them

most closely. For this reason I am describing the specimens col-

lected. by Professor Stephenson as a new species, and have pleasure

in naming it

Balanoglossus stephensoni n. sp.

B. stephensoni was found underneath stones rather close inshore,

half buried in muddy sand. For a species of Balanoglossus it is

remarkable that it lives under stones; this is the usual habitat of

Ptychodera rather than Balanoglossus. Hill mentions that B.

australiensis is found in loose gravelly sand, especially under and

around larger stones, but otherwise the different species of Balano-

glossus make burrows in the sand more or less U-shaped, as described

by Stiasny. According to von Bonde B. capensis also occurs generally

in coarse sand or gravel.

70 Annals of the South African Museum.

This species belongs to the smallest among Enteropneusts, and

it is undoubtedly the smallest species of Balanoglossus. The total

length of the specimen of fig. 1 is 38 mm. and of that of fig. 2 only

31:55 mm. B. proterogonius, the next largest in size, is about 9 cm.

long and B. australiensis 10 cm. Even allowing for a considerable

contraction in fixing, the living animal will have a total length of

well under 10 cm., probably not more than 5 or 6 cm.

In some species of Balanoglossus, as, for instance, B. numeensis,

the proboscis is greatly reduced in size, whereas the collar is long ;

but a long, well-developed proboscis may also occur in this genus.

In B. stephensoni, as far as this can be judged from its contracted

stage, the proboscis is of a medium size and the collar is rather short

for this genus. As the dimensions of these parts depend largely on

the degree of contraction in preserved material, they are not of great

importance and may be gauged from figs. | and 2.

The anterior part of the collar, as frequently occurs in preserved

specimens, is undulated. The five epidermal zones, though present,

cannot be seen externally except for the narrow ring along the

posterior end of the collar, but even this ring zone cannot always be

easily distinguished from the part in front of it.

The branchio-genital region is 11-14 mm. long, of which no

more than 3 mm. comprises the branchial region proper, so that

this region is extremely short. The genital wings are demarcated

from the body by a lateral groove (figs. 2 and 13). The posterior

end of the collar is directly continuous with the genital wings. This,

combined with the fact that the two wings adhered to each other

along their free edge by the much swollen epidermis, made it very

difficult to expose the branchial region. They also completely

covered the anterior liver saccules. The wings are broadest near

the posterior end of the branchial region, but on the whole, taking

their entire length into consideration, there is not much variation

in their breadth as far as the liver region. But in the anterior part

of the liver region the wings decrease in size rather abruptly, soon

disappearing altogether. In this respect this species obviously

differs from B. capensis, in which species, as has been figured by von

Bonde, the wings decrease very gradually in size from the posterior

end of the branchial region, where they reach their maximum breadth.

They extend far into the liver region, but as their disappearance is

so gradual it is difficult to ascertain their posterior limit. But even

more pronounced is the difference between B. stephensoni and such

species as B. biminiensis, where the genital wings end suddenly in

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 71

front of the liver region, so that there is a transitional zone between

the genital and the liver region.

Fig. 1.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Dorsal view. x4.

Fie. 2.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Side view. x4.

The most obvious external character of B. stephensonc is the

shortness of the liver region and the abrupt beginning and ending

of the external liver saccules. Internally a few more small saccules

can be seen both at the anterior and the posterior end of the row, but

these do not bulge out on the dorsal surface. In a specimen of

VO xxx, PART 2. 6

72 Annals of the South African Museum.

B. capensis, 13 cm. long, the liver region measures about 3°5 cm.,

but as the saccules fade away very gradually at the posterior end it

is difficult to give the exact length of the liver region. In Hill’s

figure of B. australiensis the liver region is about one-fifth of the

total length of the animal, and in this species also the saccules fade

away at the posterior end of the row. In B. stephensoni, on the other

hand, the liver region comprises only about one-tenth of the total

length, but as all three specimens were abruptly bent in the liver

region it is difficult to determine the measurements exactly. The

number of saccules is accordingly small; there are 20 to 22 in a row,

whereas in B. capensis about 75 liver saccules are visible in each row.

In both species a few of the liver saccules—4 to 5 in B. stephensonm—

have a dark brown colour, whereas those in front and behind are

pure white. In general two kinds of liver saccules may be distin-

guished in the Ptychoderidae, but in other species of this family

all the frontal saccules differ in colour from the caudal ones, whereas

in B. capensis and B. stephensona it is: only a few in the middle of the

row that exhibit this colour variation. This also corresponds with

the observations on their histological structure.

The long abdominal region—2 cm. in the specimen of 38 mm.—

is characterised by the usual absence of distinguishing features.

The caudal region, 3°5 mm. in length, is not swollen, but differs from

the abdominal region in the absence or scarcity of the cross-striations.

The preserved specimens are of a uniform white colour, except

for the few darker liver saccules. Professor Stephenson informs me

that the animals, when alive, had almost the same colour, being

rather more yellow.

Internal Anatomy.

Proboscis.—The epidermis and musculature of the proboscis do

not show any features that might separate B. stephensoni from other

species. Von Bonde has described these tissues fully in B. capensis.

Concerning the ventral proboscis septum of B. capensis, my

observations do not quite agree with von Bonde’s description. I find

this septum greatly reduced in this species. Starting a short distance

behind the top of the stomochord there is a thin layer of dorso-

ventral muscle fibres just where the septum is to be expected, but

no septum in the form of a limiting membrane is visible here. Some-

what more caudally a thick blood-vessel, the ventral proboscis artery,

runs from the ventral side of the stomochord to the epidermis,

accompanied by some muscle fibres (fig. 10), and more caudally there

Fic. 3.—Balanoglossus capensis. Cross-section

of the proboscis organs.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 73

are some more but thinner blood-vessels, without, however, any

trace of a septum. It is only at the level of the ventral pouch of

the stomochord that the septum appears, separating the two ventral

coelomic blind-sacs; but here too it is not complete, as there is a

large hole in it (fig. 3). Nevertheless the septum extends to the

caudal end of the blind-sacs, which are not, however, deep, as they

cease at the front end of the skeleton.

i dill

ao (Za

, YAS)

_ Gin = & | iy

LH y

ay =

pad

ty ff Sano Feo

Fie. 4.—Balanoglossus stephensoni.

section of the proboscis organs.

lumen of stomochord ;

x 66. cbs=central blood

x 66. cl=central

space ; cl=central lumen of stomochord; epd=

epidermis; epv=efferent proboscis vessels; gl=

caudal end of glomerulus; p=pericardium ; vll =

ventro-lateral cavity of stomochord; vpc = ventral

proboscis coelomic blind-sac.

epd =epidermis ;

efferent proboscis vessel; p=pericardium; pe=

right and left part of dorsal proboscis coelom;

pv = proboscis vein; vb = ventral blind-sac of

stomochord ; vpc=ventral proboscis coelom.

In B. stephensoni I find the septum better developed. In front of

it and free from it is seen the ventral proboscis artery ; the septum

itself begins a short distance behind the top of the stomochord, and

from there it is complete and without a hole up to the posterior end

of the ventral blind-sacs, that is near the frontal end of the skeleton

(fig. 4). There are some smaller blood-vessels running through the

septum. In contrast to B. capensis there are no dorso-ventral

muscle fibres neither near the ventral artery nor at the sides of the

septum, the latter being covered by a layer of coelomic epithelium

only.

The dorsal part of the proboscis coelom is as usual divided into

74 Annals of the South African Museum.

right and left halves by the attachment of the pericardium to the

basal membrane of the epidermis. According to von Bonde in one

of his series the right dorsal proboscis coelom opens into the end-sac,

and further by the proboscis pore to the exterior. This is unusual,

as the right dorsal coelom nearly always splits up into smaller branches

and ends blindly in the chondroid tissue, whereas the left opens to

the exterior. This more usual condition was found by von Bonde

in another specimen of B. capensis. In two series of sections of

B. capensis which I studied the right coelomic sac was found to open

to the exterior, the left splitting up in the chondroid tissue. It

therefore seems that this is the normal condition in B. capensis,

whereas in other Enteropneusta it is to be considered as abnormal.

In B. stephensona the normal condition obtains, the left dorsal

proboscis coelom opening to the exterior. But in both species the

ectodermal pouch or end-sac with which the coelom communicates

and which in its turn opens to the exterior by the proboscis pore

shows a bilateral symmetry, to some extent at least. It always

extends in an anterior direction at one side, mostly the left, to its

communication with the proboscis coelom. In both species, however,

I found in addition an anteriorly directed extension of the end-sac

on the opposite side, but in B. capensis it is on the left side and in

B. stephensoni on the right side ; in both species this extension ends

blindly without communicating with the coelom. Hill sometimes

found a similar condition in B. australiensis, and von Bonde describes

this feature of the end-sac, called by him the proboscis canal, in one

of his specimens. In between these two forward extensions of the

end-sac lies the connection between the proboscis veins and the

sinus venosus (fig. 5).

In both species the end-sac is large; in B. capensis it is nearly

square in cross-section, in B. stephensoni it 1s greatly elongated dorso-

ventrally (figs. 6 and 7). The proboscis pore of B. capensis is small

and round and slightly inclined towards the left side. In B. stephen-

sont the pore is much larger and the end-sac extends for a short

distance beyond the proboscis pore ; a feature not found in B. capensis.

The stomochord of B. capensis is very compressed near its anterior

end, as has been figured by von Bonde. Im the sections, where the

pericardium appears, the dorsal part of the stomochord disappears

and the stomochord assumes the usual circular form in the cross-

section (fig. 10). There are small isolated cavities in this anterior

part, the continuous main lumen appearing only a short distance in

front of the ventral extension of the stomochord. Although the

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 75

stomochord of B. capensis has the usual swelling or extension at its

ventral side there is no blind-sac of the main lumen extending into

Ml Lp

A aes ¢ S

LS 2

yp.

LU}

a4 59

Cross-section of the proboscis neck.

Fie. 5.—Balanoglossus capensis.

x66. cc=collar coelom; epv=efferent proboscis vessel; es=end-sac ;

les=forward extension of end-sac at the left side; sk=skeleton; st=

stomochord ; svu=sinus venosus.

Cross-section of the proboscis neck.

sk =skeleton ;

Fic. 6.—Balanoglossus capensis.

cc=collar coelom; epv=efferent proboscis vessel; es=end-sac ;

x 66.

phe=top of perihaemal cavity; pp=proboscis pore ;

st=stomochord ; sv=sinus venosus.

Fie. 7.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Cross-section of the proboscis

neck. x66. ct=chondroid keel of skeleton; epv=efferent proboscis

es=end-sac; pp=proboscis pore; sk=skeleton; st=stomo-

chord ; sv=sinus venosus.

Instead of the

vessel ;

this swelling, a feature also found by von Bonde.

one ventro-median blind-sac there are two ventro-lateral cavities.

Usually, as in B. australiensis and B. clavigerus, these ventro-lateral

76 Annals of the South African Museum.

cavities communicate with a ventro-median extension of the main

lumen. In B. capensis, however, they remain separate as there is

no ventro-median extension (fig. 3). More towards the posterior end

of the swelling, however, the cavities shift in dorso-lateral direction,

where they have the appearance of dorso-lateral cavities of the

stomochord (fig. 8), and at the level of the caudal end of the swelling

‘e

Gis

Fic. 8.—Balanoglossus capensis. Cross-section Fic. 9.—Balanoglossus capensis. Cross-section

of the proboscis organs. x66. cbs=central blood near the anterior end of the proboscis neck. x 66.

space; cl=central lumen of stomochord; dll= epd=epidermis; epv=efferent proboscis vessels ;

dorso-lateral lumen of stomochord; epd=epi- p=pericardium; pc=dorsal coelomic cavities of

dermis; epv=efferent proboscis vessel; p=peri- the proboscis; py=proboscis veins; sk =gskeleton;

cardium; pc=dorsal proboscis coelom; sk= st =stomochord.

skeleton ; st=stomochord.

they communicate with the main lumen (fig. 9). In some species

of Balanoglossus (B. carnosus, B. biminiensis, B. jamaicensis,

B. numeensis, and B. gigas), which also in other respects are nearly

related to each other, there are separate ventro-lateral and dorso-

lateral cavities present in the stomochord ; in others (B. clavigerus,

B. australiensis, B. stephensont) only the ventro-lateral cavities are

found. B. capensis is intermediate between these groups, as the

ventro- and dorso-lateral cavities intercommunicate on each side.

In B. stephensoni the anterior end of the stomochord is slightly

compressed and contains some small isolated cavities. The con-

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. cei

tinuous main lumen appears where the stomochord widens out in a

ventral, and especially in a lateral, direction. At this place is found

a large ventral blind-sac that is connected with the main lumen by

a narrow canal (fig. 4). Where the ventral blind-sac disappears and

the body of the stomochord passes over into the neck, the main

central lumen widens out considerably. Asin B. capensis the anterior

part of the neck is nearly round in cross-section (fig. 6), then it

becomes broader (fig. 7). Somewhat more towards the posterior

end, where the proboscis neck has already fused with the collar,

the dorsal wall of the stomochord of B. stephensoni bulges out in

between the perihaemal cavities, which thereby are separated from

each other ventrally (fig. 12). Furthermore the lumen of the

stomochord sends out a blind-sac into this bulge. This may be a

peculiarity of the specimen that was studied in serial sections, but

it is more likely that this feature is of specific importance because

a similar blind-sac is found in B. misakiensis. In B. capensis it is

absent. As the crura of the skeleton spread out nearly in the

transverse plane in B. stephensoni, the stomochord becomes very

broad just before it communicates with the buccal cavity.

Anteriorly the skeleton starts in the cross-sections in the form of

a U in both species, the anterior rim being of rather chondroid

appearance in B. capensis (fig. 8). When the stomochord becomes

smaller, owing to the disappearance of its ventral blind-sac, the

skeleton becomes more of a solid structure (fig. 9) and the keel

appears, which becomes more and more prominent until it soon

surpasses the body in size. In B. stephensoni the anterior part of

the keel is quite chondroid (fig. 7). In B. capensis the keel gradually

diminishes in size towards its posterior end and disappears altogether

a short distance in front of the splitting up of the body into the two

erura. In B. stephensoni, on the other hand, the size of the keel is

almost constant up to the region just in front of the splitting up of

the body (fig. 12), and here the keel stops suddenly.

In some species of Balanoglossus (B. biminiensis, B. carnosus,

B. numeensis) a reduction of the skeleton can be observed, caused

by other tissues penetrating into the skeleton and more or less

breaking it up. In B. biminiensis there is even a connection between

the right and left collar coelomic cavities piercing through the body

of the skeleton. Although the skeleton of B. capensis cannot be

considered as being reduced, a similar connection between the collar

coelomic cavities was found here, locally separating the keel from

the body of the skeleton (fig. 5). Von Bonde also seems to have

78 Annals of the South African Museum.

observed this, as he mentions that the body, in the form of a rod,

is completely separated from the keel.

In B. capensis the crura of the skeleton reach to about one-third

of the length of the collar and they surround the buccal cavity for

about one-third of its circumference. In B. stephensoni the crura

are even shorter and are lying almost completely in the transverse

plane.

The pericardium does not show any peculiarities in either species.

In B. stephensoni its anterior end is at the same level as the top of

the stomochord, and in B. capensis it is slightly behind this level,

as was also observed by von Bonde.

In B. stephensoni the central blood space projects as a free blind-sac

into the anterior part of the pericardium, as was described by Hill

in B. australiensis. I do not consider this, however, to be of specific

importance ; it may be found in one specimen, and in another the

blood space occupies its usual place in between the pericardium and

the stomochord for the whole length of the pericardium. I was not

able to find such a free projection of the blood space in B. capensis,

but von Bonde describes it in the specimens of the species studied

by him.

The glomerulus is markedly different in the two species. In

B. capensis the glomerulus appears in the cross-sections at the same

place as the stomochord, so that the glomerulus does not project in

front of the stomochord. But the right and the left parts of the

glomerulus are connected here along the dorsal side of the stomo-

chord in front of the pericardium, and when later the pericardium

appears in the sections this connection is found at the dorsal side

of the pericardium (fig. 10). Thus the anterior part of the peri-

cardium is completely covered by the glomerulus. More caudally

the glomerulus is broken up into two lateral parts owing to the

disappearance of the dorsal connection. Here the glomerulus covers

the ventral half of the lateral pericardial wall and extends only

slightly over the stomochord. Its caudal end is found near the

anterior end of the ventral swelling of the stomochord.

In B. stephensonr, on the other hand, the glomerulus projects in

front of both the stomochord and the pericardium, and it is already

well developed when the top of the stomochord appears in the cross-

sections. In this species the lateral parts of the glomerulus are

connected along the ventral side of the stomochord and not along

the dorsal side of the pericardium (fig. 11). When this ventral

connection has disappeared from the sections the glomerulus almost

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 79

equally covers the pericardium and the stomochord. It disappears

just in front of the ventral blind-sac of the stomochord. Although

there is no dorsal connection of the two parts of the glomerulus

there is a very small dorsal glomerulus at the side of the dorsal

proboscis artery, quite isolated from the main glomerulus (fig. 11).

Fie. 10. — Balanoglossus capensis. Fig. 11.—Balanoglossus stephensoni.

Cross-section of the anterior part of the Cross-section of the anterior part of the

proboscis organs. x66. gl=glomeru- proboscis organs. x66. bs=central

lus; p=pericardium ; st=stomochord; blood space; dgl=dorsal glomerulus;

vpa=ventral proboscis artery. gl=glomerulus ; p=pericardium ; st=

stomochord.

Collar.—In both species the epidermis of the collar shows the

usual five zones, the second and fourth of which are composed of

thin cells and stain more deeply, because the numerous slime glands

occurring in the other zones are lacking in these two (fig. 12). The

collar musculature also exhibits no features that might distinguish

these species from others.

Concerning the coelom von Bonde writes that “the dorsal and

ventral septa dividing the collar coelom into two halves are well

developed.’ I find, however, that the ventral mesentery in both

B. capensis and B. stephensoni is greatly reduced. It is only present

in the most posterior part of the collar near the collar-trunk-septum.

For nearly the whole length of the collar the right and left coelomic

cavities communicate freely with each other along the ventral side.

The dorsal septum is better developed. In B. capensis it begins

80 Annals of the South African Museum.

with the first and only dorsal nerve root and in B. stephensoni with

the second root, from where it extends to the posterior end of the

Fic. 12.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Cross-section of the dorsal part

of the collar near its anterior end. x66. cc=collar coelom; cm=

circular musculature; dv=dorsal blood-vessel; elm=external longi-

tudinal musculature; epv=efferent proboscis vessel; epl=first epi-

dermal zone; ep2=second epidermal zone; ilm=internal longitudinal

musculature ; nc=nerve cord; phc=perihaemal cavity ; sk=skeleton ;

snv =supra-neural blood-vessel ; st=stomochord.

collar. In B. capensis, however, there are some holes in this septum ;

in B. stephensoni it is entire.

The collar pores of both species exhibit the usual features. They

have a longitudinal fold along their dorsal side, and the epithelium of

this fold is hardly thinner than that of the ventral side of the pores.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 81

The collar pores unite with the first branchial pouch near the external

opening.

In B. capensis the anterior end of the perihaemal cavities is found

at the level of the proboscis pore (fig. 6) and in B. stephensoni just

behind this pore. In both species there are some openings in the

septum separating the perihaemal cavities ventrally to the dorsal

blood-vessel.

An anterior epidermal depression, connected with the anterior

end of the collar nerve cord, is just indicated in B. capensis; in

B. stephensoni it is entirely absent. In the latter species the posterior

epidermal depression is also missing, whereas it is deep in B. capensis.

The collar nerve cord is very flattened in both species. There is

neither an anterior nor a posterior neuropore, as the central canal

is quite reduced to a number of small cavities. In B. stephensoni

the lateral cavities are small and isolated ; in B. capensis they have

more the form of narrow elongated canals, of which a few occur

behind each other throughout the whole length of the cord. This

was also observed by von Bonde. A few isolated median cavities

are found in both species. B. stephensona has three dorsal nerve

roots, the first of which runs free through the coelom as the dorsal

mesentery only begins with the second root. All the roots are found

in the anterior half of the collar. In B. capensis von Bonde found

one root in one specimen and two roots in another. In the specimens

I have studied there is a single root, but its peripheral part divides,

so that it has two connections with the epidermis.

Trunk.—In all three specimens of B. stephensoni the epidermis of ~

the trunk, and especially that of the branchial region, is very much

swollen, except along the dorsal and ventral nerve cords and around

the branchial and genital pores (fig. 13). As the intestine is quite

empty, the animals apparently were kept for some time in a disk

with sea-water before being fixed, and I have noticed in other species

of Balanoglossus that the animals in these circumstances, unprotected

as they are by stones or sand, secrete an enormous amount of slime.

B. stephensoni is characterised by its short and broad branchial

tongues and septa; in B. capensis, as in other species of Balano-

glossus, they are narrower. In B. capensis the dorsal or branchial

part of the pharynx is larger than the ventral or digestive part, a

feature also observed by von Bonde. This author, however, refers

to this ventral part as the oesophagus, a term which is obviously

inaccurate, for, as in Amphioxus, Tunicates, or Vertebrates, that

part of the alimentary tract, which is pierced by the gill slits, is

wil SS

gasses i

hhh;

fey

Fic. 13.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Cross-section of the branchial region, composed from

a number of sections. x45. bp=branchial pore; brs=branchial sac; bs =branchial septum;

bt=branchial tongue; bv=parabranchial blood-vessel; dn=dorsal nerve cord; dv=dorsal

blood-vessel; ebr=epibranchial ridge; g=gonad; gp=genital pore; lr=parabranchial or

limiting ridge; phl=branchial part of pharynx; ph2=digestive part of pharynx; ssk=

septal skeletal bar; sv=septal blood-vessel ; tu=tongue blood-vessel; wn=ventral nerve

cord; vv=ventral blood-vessel.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 83

termed the pharynx, and this is followed by the oesophagus, which

in Enteropneusta extends up to the liver region. With the exception

of Schizocardium the gill slits of Enteropneusta are confined to the

dorsal part of the alimentary canal, for which reason the ventral

half is best designated the digestive part of the pharynx. Taking

into account the many folds of the ventral wall, the two parts of

the pharynx are nearly equal in size in B. stephensont.

As was to be expected in such a small animal, the number of gill

slits in B. stephensoni is very small; I counted only 30 of them.

Next comes B. australiensis, where, according to Hill, the number

of gill slits does not exceed 40; in B. capensis there are 52, which

also is a small number for a species of Balanoglossus. In both

B. capensis and B. stephensoni the first gill slits open to the exterior

by separate pores ; in B. misakiensis the first four gills have a common

opening. But B. stephensoni and B. capensis show a remarkable

feature in connection with the first branchial pore. All these pores

are found in a row at the medial side of the genital wings (fig. 13)

as in other species of Balanoglossus, but the common opening of the

collar canal and the first gill is found on the outer side of the genital

wings (fig. 14). The wings, which are continuous with the dorsal

wall of the collar, are only incipient in this region. The difference

between the first and the second branchial pores is quite evident on

comparing figs. 14 and 15. Even at the level of the second branchial

pore the genital wings are better separated from the dorsal side of

the body than they are at the first pore. In B. australensis the

first branchial pore also occupies a similar position on the outer side ©

of the genital wing, though it is not mentioned in Hill’s description.

On the other hand, in B. carnosus and B. biminiensis the first

branchial pore is on the medial side of the genital wing. I could

not verify its position in the other species of Balanoglossus owing

to lack of material.

The number of synapticula is 10 in B. stephensoni and 12 to 13

in B. capensis. Ventral blind pouches to the branchial sacs are

absent in both species. In both species, owing to the fact that the

epithelium on the inner side of the tongues attains about twice the

thickness of that on the septa, the branchial tongues project slightly

more into the pharyngeal cavity than the septa. Even so the

. epithelium of the tongues is rather low compared with that of other

Enteropneusta. In both species the cells of the epibranchial ridge,

and therefore also those of the inner side of the tongues and septa,

are all of the same character.

84 Annals of the South African Museum.

The parabranchial ridges between the branchial and digestive

parts of the pharynx are well pronounced in both species, and attain

a thickness about twice that of the rest of the pharynx.

In B. stephensoni it could clearly be seen that a side branch of the

parabranchial blood-vessel ascends along the peripheral edge of the

Soa “

a a

Hah

NAS

NX \ %) X

" : : Ms iB

. rs ae a

ce :

ebr

Fic. 14.—Balanoglossus capensis. Cross-section through the first

branchial pore. x66. 6pl1=first branchial pore ; bs =second branchial

septum; 6sl=first branchial sac; 6s2=second branchial sac; 6i2=

second branchial tongue; dn=dorsal nerve cord; dv=dorsal blood-

vessel ; ebr=epibranchial ridge ; rc=trunk coelom; sy=synapticulum.

branchial septum up to the dorsal end of the septum (figs. 13, 15).

This vessel does not give off lateral branches, nor does it connect

with the main dorsal vessel, but it breaks up into smaller vessels at

the dorsal end of the septum. These smaller vessels could not be

traced further; undoubtedly they enter the tongue and form a

capillary network in the tongue, after which they unite again with

another larger vessel that could be seen ascending just underneath

the epithelium of the inner side of the tongue. This vessel joins the

dorsal blood-vessel (fig. 13).

The post-branchial canal, forming a short continuation of the

branchial part of the pharynx, is very similar in the two species.

———

————— ae ee eee.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 85

The only difference is that in B. stephensoni the high epithelium of

the post-branchial canal is divided into dorsal and lateral parts by

two dorso-lateral grooves (fig. 16), whereas in B. capensis this

epithelium is thrown into numerous irregular folds (fig. 17).

R oy bee

aS ACA = F: ae

Zz EE INT Re

eateoe: ¢ VA V€ ¢

Sw Sy Beg

> vk 4 CREE

a Ye

+ oe OEY

rer

SL Stet ce

care cid, Sel

‘

aa5) /

walt

Sooeg say [

5 Ue

2 . aN .: i y

S77 4

5B, %

LTE”

OSs,

CSesct

“TS

Gi &

ass

secs nee

cae 2

Fie. 15.—Balanoglossus capensis.

Cross-section through the second

branchial pore. x 66.

bp2 =second branchial pore ; bs =third branchial

septum ; bs2=second branchial sac ; 6s3 =third branchial sac ; bf =third

branchial tongue; dn=dorsal nerve cord; dv=dorsal blood-vessel ;

ebr =epibranchial ridge ; sv=septal blood-vessel; sy=synapticulum.

both species an anteriorly directed blind-sac of the canal, which in

other species is found lying dorsally to the branchial part of the

pharynx, is absent. Maser found that it may be absent in young

individuals of B. clavigerus and B. carnosus, whereas it is present

‘In older ones. The specimens of B. stephensoni and B. capensis,

which I have studied, however, are not young individuals, as their

gonads are fully developed. In both species the coelomic blind-

pouches that usually project like a pair of valves into the oesophagus

86 Annals of the South African Museum.

are also absent. Otherwise these valves seem to be a constant

character of the Ptychoderidae, though they are missing in

B. proterogonius also. The post-branchial canal ends abruptly in

both species.

In B. stephensoni the lateral septum could be followed for some

considerable distance into the branchial region; it extends over

15 gill pores from the posterior end of the branchial region, 7.e. about

over half of that region. On the other hand, in the larger B. capensis it

could only be followed for a distance of 10 gill slits, 7.e. for not even

one-fifth of the branchial region. As usual, the medial attachment

of the branchial septum shifts along the last gill slit from the epidermis

to the intestinal wall (figs. 16 and 17).

In B. capensis the first genital pore is found between the fourth

and the fifth branchial pores, but the corresponding gonad is very

small and it is either sterile or very young. All the anterior gonads

are small, although they may contain some yolk cells. They occupy

only a small part of the genital wing and hardly extend into the

body proper. Posteriorly the gonads gradually increase in size, and

although the tops of the gonads are also sterile they contain ripe

eggs. This indicates that the row of gonads is about to extend in

an anterior direction by the addition of secondary gonads. The

gonads are profusely branched, and except for the top they fill up

the whole of the genital wing; ventrally they extend into the body

cavity and reach as far as the ventral end of the gills (fig. 17).

Although the gonads are much more branched than in B. clavigerus

they have only the primary pore in the sublateral line; secondary

pores which may occur either at the distal or medial side of this line

are absent.

Concerning the position of the most anterior of the gonads in

B. stephensoni, these are even further forwards than in B. protero-

gonius, which was so called by Belichov on account of the occurrence

of gonads between the second and third gills. In B. stephensoni

gonads are found immediately behind the collar-trunk-septum ; they

can be seen in the same sections as the collar pores. These anterior

gonads are small, but they show some branches and each opens by

a separate pore in the niche between the genital wing and the body.

Their pores are thus found in front of the second branchial pore.

These pores may be considered as secondary ones unless it can be

assumed that the sublateral line curves round in the niche. Further

back in the row B. stephenson, like B. capensis, has only primary

pores in the sublateral line. Behind these anterior small gonads an

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 87

increase in size soon is observed, and the gonads become profusely

branched in both dorsal and ventral directions. In B. stephensona

the peripheral part of the genital wing is quite empty ; on the ventral

side the gonads penetrate into the body cavity to about the middle

of the gills (fig. 13).

As has been previously mentioned, a few of the liver saccules in

am ~ > 2 : ~— pee Lo

AW LS = zB

Z —_— “

RSS . Sa

Ark

Q) vit.

y ™

; meen

S A)

Uy} ae

Hi ee

Ua ae i

WSS \vv

~ vn

Fic. 16.—Balanoglossus stephensoni Cross-section at the level of the

post-branchial canal. x45. cv=commissural blood-vessel; dm=dorsal

mesentery ; dn=dorsal nerve cord ; dv=dorsal blood-vessel; g=gonad ;

ls=lateral septum; oes=oesophagus; pb=post-branchial canal; vn=

ventral nerve cord ; vy=ventral blood-vessel.

about the middle of the row are sharply defined by their dark

colouration from the pure-white saccules in front of and behind

them. In most Ptychoderidae all the anterior saccules differ from

the posterior ones, sometimes, as in B. biminiensis, not only in colour

but also in their form. In B. carnosus it was found that the two

kinds of liver saccules were separated from each other by a well-

pronounced swelling of the intestinal wall and the anterior saccules

contain many glandular cells in their walls. In B. stephensoni the

VOLS S&Xit, PART 2. i

Annals of the South African Museum.

“

Gis

< He :

tag

ANY EA

Za Gp

ws :

CASTER

ASa

: EELS

MOT

Se ST

hes

IRS

A srre,

v D

sail Ney Z

Fic. 18.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Longitudinal section of the

hepatic region. x27. epd=epidermis; iw=ventral wall of intestine:

lm =longitudinal musculature ; Isl, Js2, and Js3 =first, second, and third

region of liver saccules; vn=ventral nerve cord; w=ventral blood-

vessel.

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus.

ASS

eer

Fic. 17.—Balanoglossus capensis. Cross-section at the level of the

post-branchial canal. «45. cv=commissural blood-vessel; dn=dorsal

nerve cord; dv=dorsal blood-vessel; gp=genital pore; /s=lateral

septum; lv=lateral blood-vessel; oes =oesophagus ; pb=post-branchial

canal; vm=ventral nerve cord ; w=ventral blood-vessel.

Fic. 19.—Balanoglossus stephensoni. Cross-section of the pygochord.

x 290. itw=intestinal wall; pg=pygochord ; vw=ventral blood-vessel.

90 Annals of the South African Museum.

dark saccules could easily be identified in sections by numerous

small dark granules in the liver cells. The nuclei of the liver cells

occupy their usual position almost in the middle of the cell and the

dark granules are found only at the side of the nucleus facing the

intestinal lumen (fig. 18). Although there is a clear limit between

the saccules with granular cells and those without, a swelling of the

intestinal wall such as occurs in B. carnosus could not be found. All

the saccules have the same form. At the anterior as well as at the

posterior end of the row a few small saccules are found that do not

cause an epidermal bulging, so that they are invisible from the

outside. The ventral wall of the intestine in the liver region is

thrown into numerous small transverse folds. As the epidermis in

this region also shows similar folds, these may have been caused, at

least partially, by the contraction of the ventral longitudinal muscles

during fixation.

The intestine in the abdominal region of B. stephensoni has the

usual pair of ciliary bands, but I was unable to find a continuous

line of epidermis without glandular cells, corresponding to the ciliary

bands as described by Hill in B. austrahensis, although indications

of it were seen here and there. Anteriorly the ciliary bands could

be followed through the whole liver region, but at the anterior end

of this region they become very indistinct and they do not extend

in front of it; in B. australiensis, however, they extend for a con-

siderable distance into the genital region. Posteriorly the ciliary

bands stop at the caudal region.

The anus is surrounded by a feebly developed sphincter.

The pygochord of B. stephensoni extends over the whole length

of the caudal region, and it is not separated from the intestinal wall.

Anteriorly it starts as a small evagination of the wall of the intestine

in the ventral midline. Growing larger it reaches the ventral blood-

vessel, and more posteriorly, where this vessel ends, it comes into

contact with the basal membrane of the epidermis (fig. 19). The

pygochord has the same breadth throughout. Its cells, especially

those along the dorsal side near the intestine, contain large vacuoles.

Diagnosis of Balanoglossus capensis (Gilchrist).

Total length up to 13 cm.; in a specimen of 13 cm. the length of

the proboscis is 3-5 mm., that of the collar 3 mm., of the branchial

region 7-5 mm., the total length of the genital wings is 37 mm.

and of the liver region 35 mm.; the abdominal region is 68 mm.

long. Genital wings fused with posterior rim of collar; they reach

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 91

their maximum breadth at the end of the branchial region, from where

they gradually decrease in size ; they reach well into the liver region,

where they fade away gradually. The liver saccules form a regular

row of about 75 visible saccules on each side. The middle liver

saccules are dark, the anterior and posterior ones light in colour.

Right and left halves of the glomerulus connected along the dorsal

side of the pericardium; glomerulus only slightly covering the

stomochord ; ventral proboscis septum greatly reduced but extending

to the end of the ventral coelomic blind-sacs; stomochord without

ventro-median blind-sac, but with ventro-lateral blind-sacs which

communicate with dorso-lateral blind-sacs; only the latter are in

connection with the central lumen. Keel of skeleton well developed,

gradually diminishing in size towards its posterior end ; crura short,

surrounding the buccal cavity for about one-third of its circumference.

In the majority the right dorsal coelomic cavity of the proboscis

opens into a large end-sac, which has a blind forward extension on the

left side as well. Proboscis pore small and round.

Nerve cord without central lumen, with one or two dorsal nerve

roots. Ventral collar mesentery only present near hind end of

collar.

Anterior branchial sacs not connected with each other, each opens

to the exterior by a separate pore ; first branchial pore at the outer

side of the genital wings, all the others at the medial side. Branchial

sacs without ventral blind-sacs. 12 to 13 synapticula, about 50

gills. Post-branchial canal without anteriorly directed blind-sac ; no

valves projecting into the oesophagus. The first genital pore between

the 4th and the 5th branchial pores; except near the anterior end

of the row the gonads are large and much branched ; no secondary

genital pores.

Locality.—False Bay, South Africa.

Diagnosis of Balanoglossus stephensoni un. sp.

Total length up to 4 cm.; in a specimen with a length of 38 mm.

the proboscis is 1-5 mm. long, the collar nearly 2 mm., the branchial

region 3 mm.; the total length of the genital wings is 12-5 mm. ;

the abdominal region is 20 mm. long. Genital wings fused with

posterior rim of the collar; they reach their maximum breadth

near the hind end of the branchial region, this breadth remaining

practically constant up to the beginning of the liver region. In the

anterior part of the liver region the genital wings decrease abruptly

in size. The short liver region begins and ends abruptly. The

92 Annals of the South African Museum.

liver saccules form a regular row on each side and there are about

20 saccules visible in each row. The middle liver saccules are dark,

those in front and behind light in colour.

Anteriorly the right and left halves of the glomerulus are connected

with each other along the ventral side of the stomochord. Glomerulus

covering the pericardium and the stomochord about equally. There

is a very small dorsal glomerulus present. Ventral proboscis septum

extends from shortly behind the top of the stomochord to the end

of the ventral coelomic blind-sacs. Stomochord with large ventro-

median blind-sac, which communicates with the central lumen; no

dorso-lateral blind-sacs. Keel of the skeleton well developed, its

size is almost constant throughout its whole length ; it stops suddenly

just in front of the bifurcation of the body into the crura. Crura

of skeleton short, situated nearly in the transverse plane. The left

dorsal coelomic cavity of the proboscis opens into a large end-sac,

which has a blind forward extension on the right side as well.

Proboscis pore large and elongated.

Nerve cord without central lumen, with three dorsal nerve roots.

Ventral collar mesentery only present near the hind end of the

collar.

Hach anterior branchial sac opens to the exterior by a separate

pore ; first branchial pore at the outer side of the genital wings, all

the others at the medial side. Branchial sacs without ventral

blind-sacs. 10 synapticula, about 30 gills. Post-branchial canal

without anteriorly directed blind-sac ; no valves projecting into the

oesophagus. The first genital pore between the first and second

branchial pores. Gonads large and much branched ; no secondary

genital pores.

Locality.—Port Elizabeth, South Africa.

Type in South African Museum, Cape Town.

——————<— = eee re

On a New South African Species of Balanoglossus. 93

LITERATURE.

BeticHoy, D. V., “Contributions to the Systematics of Enteropneusta,’”’ Proc.

3rd Congress of the Russian Zoologists, Anatomists, and Histologists in

Leningrad, December 14-20, 1927, 1928. (Russian.)

Bonne, C. von, “‘ The Morphology of Balanoglossus capensis (Gilchrist), a Species

of Enteropneusta from False Bay,” Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., vol. xxii, 1934.

Gicurist, J. D. F., “On Two New Species of Ptychodera (P. proliferans and

P. natalensis),’’ Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, 1908.

——., *“‘ New Forms of Hemichordata from South Africa,’ Trans. S. African Phil.

Soc., vol. xvii, 1908.

——, “A Form of Dimorphism and Asexual Reproduction in Ptychodera capensis

(Hemichordata),”’ Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. xxxv, 1923.

Hit, J. P., ““ On a New Species of Enteropneusta (Ptychodera australiensis) from

the Coast of New South Wales,’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 2nd ser., vol. x,

1894.

Horst, C. J. VAN DER, “ Observations on Some Enteropneusta,” Vidensk. Medd.

fra Dansk naturh. Foren., vol. lxxxvii, 1930.

——, “On some Enteropneusta,”’ Annals Transvaal Museum, vol. xiv, 1932.

——,, ‘‘ Die Enteropneusten aus den Meeren der U.S.S.R.,” Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat.,

Bd. 58, 1934.

Maser, O., ‘“ Uber Balanoglossus carnosus (Willey) und eine ihm nahestehende,

neue Art von Neucaledonien,”’ Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., Bd. 33, 1913.

“\

nee Pell

er fe Sa

wid avon iin ee mone yt = halt

A ty a SE.

AY ‘

PIE a tar Ree ts c=

=k hae PRE

Fr vaue a

Lie st

i jp

Ae a CON Date

‘i @ ’ & 4 > «

) , >

: iv m

‘

" jpn

1p ita *

Lian Fs 1a

4) ioe

Bat at wa

as oth

fps,

A |

tS &

na Tene ee en

" Wana “4 cle

Sis ae ee

+ of may ;

Labs Dy pai Nt yi a

JP hs a, “a P) a sy Mu

f ae

- 4

\ 4)

)

PARTS OF THE ANNALS PREVIOUSLY ISSL ED—

Vol. I.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out ‘of ‘print : ' print

Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; est our oak ‘Part ¢

Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, 3 4

Part 10, 7/-; Part ul, 3/-; Index, "Title, et tc., 1/6.

Vol. I1IJ.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 1/6; Part 3, 5/6; Part 4,

5/6; Part 6, 7/-; Part 7, 1/6; fet 8 a goes fies

Title, etc., 1/6. %

Geological Survey).— a Sa oes

Part 1, 11/-; Part 2, ee ‘Part 3, or Part 4, 4/65, 5 Patt 5

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14/-; Part 8, 8/-. :

Vol. V.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part 3, "2/65, Pak 4, 1/6; Pasta

Part 6, 5/-; Part a; ah: Part 8, 4/6; Part 9, SISt: ‘Inde:

etc., 1/6. : Sat ec

Vol. VI.—Part 1, 13/6; Part 2, 4/6; Part 3, 3/6; Part 4, 80/5 Index, Pi

etc., 1/6, aes

Vol. VII (containing Palaeontological papers published in ‘conjunction

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part Ey By Part 4, 8 .

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. a

- Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc., 1/6. -

Vol. [X.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; ’ Part 4, , 6/6; ‘Rast 6, 3/6;

Part 6, 11/-; Part 7, 9/-; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-;. Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-;- Part 4, 3/-3 ‘Part 5, |

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; Part 10, 2/6; _

“Part 11, 20/-; Part 12,7 ee Complete. Title, ete., contained oa

>. Part-11. 2 ae

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; Part 2, 2/-; Part 3) 13/6; ‘Part 4, 1/6; Part 5: Wes

- Part 6, 11/-; ‘Index, Title, ete., and Plate Ii, 3/-. :

Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunetion with t h

Geological Survey).— eee

Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 3/6; Part 3, 4/65 Part 4, 3/-; Part 5,

Part 6, 6/—; Part 7, 20/-; Part 8, 20/-; Index, Title, ete., ue

Vol. XIII.—Part 1, 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part zy 3/3 Part 4, 8/6; Part 5, », 1/6

~ Part 6, 5/—; Part 7, 30/-; Part 8, Y=; Index, Title, ete. ie ee

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/—; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, 21/-; 5, d/-

Part 6, 9/-; Index, Title, ete., 1/6.

Vol. XV. —Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, via Part 3, 14/-; Part 4, 12/65 Part

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, ete., 1/6. — ee

Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, Tree -ete. ), 28h

Vol. XVIT.—Part ‘A, 12/-; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3h3 ‘Part 4, 17/-; Part 5,

Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, 6164310; is

Vol. XVIII. = 1, 20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/-; ‘Part 4, 12/65 Index,

, 1/6.” : oe 5

Vol. XIX. eet 1, 22/-; ‘Part 2, 17/65 Part 3, Ls ‘Part 4, 5/6; Index, Title,

etc., 1/6."

Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part 4, ates Part Be Ans

- Part 6 (with Title, etc.), 4/6. eens es

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/—; Part 2 (with Title, oie. )» 30/-. =

Vol. XXIT (containing Palaeontological Jeet pels in conjunction with the ne

Geological Survey).— nee a

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. geen

Vol. XXITI.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), eee :

Vol. XXIV.—Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 11/-.

Vol. XXV.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc. ) 10/-.

Vol. XXVI. —Complete, 25/-.

Vol. XX VII.—Complete, 25/-.

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers s published in sanjundtion with the

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 17/65 Part 3, 6h Part 4 (with Index, Tile,

etc.), 10/-. : =

Vol. XXTX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (with Index, Title, ete. ), 20/—. nat a

Vol. XX X.—Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 20/-;. Part 3, 8/-; Part 4, 9/-; Part 5, of. we

Vol. XX XI (containing Palaeontological papers published in ee wes the re

Geological Survey).—. = si

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 13/6; Part 3,17/6. > == = oa a

Vol. XXXIT.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6. a Ae.

The Annals of the South African Museum etl be issued ¢ at reslar intervals,

as matter for publication is available. - — =

Copies may be tad ae Ee Ae ae = es

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrp., eee Sree TS

2, 3, and 4 ArTHuR Street, NEw OxrorpD ee Loxpox, Ww C. 25 OTe SS

The LIBRARIAN, Soura Arrican Mosxtm, CaPE Town. Re

‘ ce v : an = | = ots: ; ; 2? bi: er

2 Pan ees ates tf a ee z 7 7 ; 2) “

Z . Sy ea rt tr? # or 7 f vay 3 -

Bete: er Janwars

"SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

PART III, containing: — :

8. South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda).—By Dr. Karu

W. Vernoerr, Pasing, Munich. (With Plates [IX and X.)

9. A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula.—By

eer _Dr.- Karun W. Vernorrr, Pasing, Munich. (With

sees we == Plate XI) |

—— —_—«*10. New Colobognatha from South Africa.—By Dr. Karu W.

pee VerHoerf, Pasing, Munich. (With Plate XII.) :

11. New Acridudae from South Africa.—By K. H. L. Key, M.Se.,

~ Ph.D.; D.1.C., Canberra, Australia. (With Plates XIII-—

BA ei XVII and 2 Text-figures.)

12. Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape, with

ae _ Deseriptions of the oY ymphs, and of New Species.—By

eee KH Barnarp, D.Sc., Assistant Director. (With

Set i ee _ 32 Text-figures.)

se 13, A New Jenkinshelea (Dipt. Ceratopogonidae) from Southern

bee _Rhodesia.—By Bora DE MeILton, D.Sc., F.R.E.S. (South

te mae eae eae African Institute for Medical Research, Johannesburg). =

Sg eee (With 1 Text-figure.) -

Be ee 1k, Report on Some Anthidiine Bees (Apoidea) in the South African z

agen ee, Museum.—By G. A. Mavromoustakis, Limassol, Cyprus. eS

15, A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa.—By :

ee ee R. F. Lawrence, Ph.D., Director, Natal Museum, Pieter- 5

z : maritzburg. (With 4 Text- figures. ) :

| eee JULY 1987. PRICE 17s.

Be: . PRINTED FOR THE

si TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH,

( 95 )

8. South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda).—By Dr. Kari W.

VERHOEFF, Pasing, Munich. ,

(With Plates [IX and X.)

SUBSEQUENT to Attems’s monograph on the Myriopoda of South

Africa which appeared in 1929 in the Annals of the South African

Museum, the following species of Geophilomorpha have been made

known from South Africa :—

Aspidopleres intercalatus Porat.

Mesoschendyla monopora Attems.

- caledonica Attems.

Schendylurus australis Silvestri.

- polypus Attems.

Ballophilus braunsi Silvestri.

Purcellinus robustus Attems.

Geoperingueyia conjungens Attems.

Achilophilus monoporus Attems.

Eurytion dolichocephalus Attems.

trichopus Attems.

aporopus Attems.

badiceps Attems.

dentatus Attems.

ie sabulosus Attems.

Polygonarea kraepelini Silvestri.

oligopus Attems.

at monospathis Attems.

Brachygonarea apora Attems.

(Philacroterium cribellatum Attems)

_ =Aphilodon cribellatum (Att.).

(Philacroterium pauperum Attems)

=@ of Aphilodon weberv.

Aphilodon weber Silvestri.

bP)

be)

To the Director, and to Dr. R. F. Lawrence, formerly Assistant

at the South African Museum, Cape Town, I here take the opportunity

VOL. XXXal, PART’ 3. 8

ocT 41987

96 Annals of the South African Museum.

of tendering my best thanks for sending me the series of Geophilo-

morpha from the Cape Province with which this paper deals.

It contains 14 species of which 10 are new to Science, a fact which

proves that the extent of the Geophilomorphid fauna of South Africa

has by no means as yet been determined. The following is the

list of the forms under consideration :—

Polygonarea porosa 0. sp.

Re litoralis n. sp.

Eurytion dentatus Attems.

re lawrencet n. sp.

*e trichopus Attems.

Ps gracillimus un. sp.

i kalaharinus elongatus n. subsp.

i brevis n. sp.

Achilophilus pachypus nu. sp.

Aphilodon weberr Silvestri.

3 caffrarvum n. sp.

- porosum XN. sp.

Mesoschendyla cribrifera n. sp.

Aspidopleres intercalatus Porat.

Of the 22 species given by Attems and the 14 which now lie before

me, 4 species are contained in both lists. It must also be taken into

account that my investigations have demonstrated that the genus

Philacrotervum erected by Attems is untenable, as it is identical

with Aphilodon. Attems separated Philacrotervum with a two-jointed

tarsus of the terminal legs from Aphilodon, as the latter has only a

single-jointed tarsus in the terminal leg. I have been able to show

that this dimorphism of the terminal legs is a sexual character, as the

male has thickened terminal legs with a single tarsal segment, while

the female has slender terminal legs with a normal two-jointed

tarsus. Philacrotervum pauperum Att. must be dropped, as it repre-

sents the female of Aphilodon weber: Silv., and P. cribellatum thus

becomes Avphilodon cribellatum Att. From this it follows that

Attems’s list comprises 21 and not 22 species, and with the new

forms contributed by myself no less than 31 forms are now known

to occur in South Africa.

As my 10 new species are not known from any other countries

and of Attems’s list only 3 are known from other regions, and

those 3 from South West Africa (Aspidopleres intercalatus, Meso-

schendyla monopora, and Polygonarea kraepelint), it follows that all

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). Sil

the 31 Geophilomorphid species are endemic in South Africa and

28 of them are known only from the Cape Province and Natal.

The genus Aphilodon requires special attention from the viewpoint

of comparative morphology. In his work on the Geophilomorpha

in “Das Tierreich,” Lief. 52, 1929, Attems (on p. 157) makes the

Aphilodontinae a subfamily of the Geophilidae, and says of it: “‘ Tro-

chanteropraefemur und Femur der Kieferfiisse verwachsen, sodass

das Telopodit dreigliedrig erscheint.” By this character the Aphilo-

dontinae can be readily distinguished from all other Geophilidae.

In contrast to the above statement Attems writes (on p. 12) that the

telopodite of the maxillipedes in the Aphilodontinae is “sogar nur

dreigliedrig, indem Femur und Tibia verschmelzen.” He therefore

says that one of the segments of the maxillipede has disappeared,

in the first place by the fusion of the femur and tibia, and then again

by the fusion of trochanteropraefemur and femur, so that there is

no basis for either one or other of these hypotheses. Actually there

is nothing to be seen in his figures of the maxillipedes of the Aphilo-

dontinae to support either view (e.g. his fig. 39 on p. 191, in “The

Myriopoda of South Africa ’’).

In the circumstances I was determined, with Aphilodontine material

before me, not to let slip the opportunity of settling this question.

Previously there was, besides the views put forward by Attems, a

third possibility, namely, that of the two short intersegments of the

maxillipedes, one had become altogether atrophied or suppressed,

' as can be observed in the Chilopoda in general where successive

reductions of both the intersegments can be observed, and in many

Geophilids, e.g. the subgenus Onychopogaster of the genus Geophilus,

where these intersegments have actually been strongly reduced.

My investigations on the maxillipedes of Aphilodon soon proved that

in this genus there is actually a fusion of femur and trochantero-

praefemur, as can be seen from figs. 4 and 8. In Aphilodon weberi

and caffrarium there is a more or less long suture in front of the more

basal of the two tubercles which occur on the inner margin of the

maxillipede telopodite which I at once recognised as the vestigial

traces of an articulation between trochanteropraefemur and femur;

this suture extends further above than it does below towards the

outer side. If there was still any doubt remaining this would be

dispelled by Aphilodon porosum (fig. 4), in which species the boundary

between trochanteropraefemur and femur has remained almost

complete; above and below and just at the outer end (y) a small

portion is missing. On the inner side behind the tubercle there is

98 Annals of the South African Museum.

even a small intersegmental membrane representing the remains of

a true articulation.

From this it will be seen that the femur is not always absent in

Aphilodon, but that it is sometimes reduced to a more or less

imperfectly defined terminal portion of the trochanteropraefemur.

Thus all the segments of a normal walking leg are recognisable in

the maxillipedes of Aphilodon, the trochanter being indicated by

the well-known “Trochanterkerbe”’ (tk), which also exhibits an

abbreviated marginal suture, while the coalescence of tarsus and

ungulum to form a tarsungulum (tau) is denoted by at any rate a

difference of chitinisation and pigmentation.

This leads me finally to the conclusion that too much systematic

weight has been attributed to the alleged 3-jointed telopodite of the

maxillipede, at least when it has been made the basis of family

distinctions, as Silvestri has done. The Aphilodontinae without doubt

constitute a natural group, but seeing that they have lost the labrum

and both pairs of maxillae are reduced, their natural relationships

are not with the true Geophilidae but as a subfamily of the Scolio-

planidae (Dignathodontinae).

I must here refer to an important characteristic of the Aphilo-

dontinae, as it has hitherto been quite unknown, viz. the structure

of the poison glands of the maxillipede. As is well known, the body

of the poison glands in most Geophilidae lie on the inner side of the

maxillipedes, so that the vesicles of the poison gland are found on

the inside of one or two of the segments of the telopodite; in Achilo-

philus, for instance (fig. 10), where four segments of the telopodite

are found close together, they are situated at the outer extremity

of femur and tibia. In Achilophilus, however, there is nothing to

be seen of a poison vesicle in the neighbourhood of the maxillipedes.

In an unmacerated specimen of A. caffrarium I could follow the

fine poison canal throughout the whole maxillipede telopodite, and

even further backwards in the region of the coxosternum of the

maxillipede between muscles. Further along the body, however, the

faint outline of the canal could no longer be seen. On the other

hand, I have observed the presence of a poison vesicle in the neighbour-

hood of the 18th leg segment in Aphilodon porosum, which was about

half the length of the 18th sternite, truncate anteriorly and posteriorly,

and about as wide as the trochanter of a leg. I noticed this vesicle

only on the one side, on the other it became lost. That it really is

a vesicle of the poison glands is proved by its well-known structure,

namely, the penetration of the walls of the vesicle by large numbers

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 99

of fine close-set pores, by means of which the canals of the individual

cells of the gland open.

That the poison glands of the maxillipedes are situated in the body

instead of the maxillipedes has hitherto only been observed once in

the Geophilidae, namely, in the genus Chaetechelyne. On this question

I wrote in 1902 in my work on Chilopoda (Bronn’s Klass. u. Ordn.

des Tierreichs, Lief. 63-65, p. 35) the following :—

“A noteworthy exception (from the usual position of the poison

glands) is found in the genus Chaetechelyne where the glands have left

the maxillipede segment and retreated to the 12th to 18th segment

of the body (Duboscq).”

This exception in the case of Chaetechelyne is of all the more interest

as this genus belongs to the Scolioplanidae, and thus both the excep-

tions with regard to the maxillipedes belong to the same family, a

position which is therefore in accord with my previously stated views

on the systematic status of the Aphilodontinae.

Finally, I should like to observe that the “absence of ventral pores,”

which as a common character has hitherto united members of the

A philodontinae, and therefore also the absence of glands in the region

of the sternites, has been invalidated by my discovery of a species,

Aphilodon porosum, in which a number of sternites in the posterior

part of the body have two large porose areas situated one behind

the other (fig. 6).

Gen. APHILODON Silv.

(=Aphilodon 3 +Philacrotervum 2 Attems.)

I have been able to show that Aphilodon and Philacroterium are

generically identical, and, as mentioned above, merely represent

different sexes of the same form in the case of weberi Silv. and also

caffrarium, while I have only seen the 2 of porosum. Attems has

recognised 5 species of Aphilodon in the old sense, of which, however,

only one, weber Silv., inhabits South Africa, while the four others

from South America certainly need re-examination.

The South African species can be distinguished as follows :—

(a) The 8 sternites anterior to the terminal segment with a large porose area

which is usually divided, one area lying behind the other (fig. 6). Claw

of the maxillipede with an inner tooth basally (fig. 4). Coxopleurae

of terminal legs with numerous scattered pores (fig. 5). 75 pairs of legs

porosum N. sp.

(6) All sternites entirely without pores. . : : 4 : ‘ 0, de

100 Annals of the South African Museum.

with numerous scattered pores. 55-71 pairs of legs?

cribellatum Attems.

(I do not consider this species valid, and regard it as merely representing

larger individuals of weberi Silv. in which a small tooth is present at the

base of maxillipede claw. It is also noteworthy that Attems must have seen

a 3 of his cribellatum, as he says, ‘“‘ Terminal legs of ¢ moderately incrassate

and densely covered with hairs ventrally.’’ Here either the 3 possesses

an abnormal 2-jointed tarsus of the terminal legs or Attems has been

mistaken.)

(dq) Claw of maxillipede without a tooth (fig. 8) . , A : Re Mi 2

(e) Coxopleurae of terminal legs with 5-8 large pores (fig. 9) of which almost all

lie opposite the semi-circular sternite and only one is occasionally situated

more posteriorly. The femoral tubercle of the maxillipede is well de-

veloped, that of the praefemur, on the other hand, rudimentary (fig. 8).

Ultimate segment of terminal legs of 2 only 3-4 as long as the pen-

ultimate segment. 49-55 pairs of legs . : ; caffrarium Nn. sp.

(f) Domaine of the terminal segment with numerous pores which are, however,

on an average smaller and far more scattered (fig. 7), its more trapeziform

sternite broadly truncate posteriorly. The praefemur of the maxillipede

with an inner tubercle, but little smaller than that of the femur. Ter-

minal legs of 2 with the two last segments of equal length. 45-55 pairs

of legs : ‘ : 2 ‘ : ‘ s : weberi Silv.

Aphilodon porosum n. sp.

(Figs. 4-6.)

° from 64 mm. with 75 pairs of legs.

Most of the characters are the same in all species of the genus

Aphilodon so that I shall give only those of diagnostic value. In

the maxillipedes the upper coxal plates are fused posteriorly in the

middle, this fusion being reinforced in the middle line by a strong

rib enclosing a brown stripe (which is absent in other species with

a rib).

Clypeus with close reticulation but without bristles (both the other

species have them). Instead of a labrum there are two undifferenti-

ated transverse plates divided in the middle by weak reticulation.

The fulcra are transverse and anteriorly are elongated outwards and

forwards as lobes. The almost triangular basal joints of the antennae

overlap each other only slightly in the middle (more markedly in

the other species). The maxillipedes, which have already been

dealt with above, have four distinctly projecting tubercular teeth

on the inner side (fig. 4); at the same time they are longer than in

the other species, which is evident from the fact that the trochantero-

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 101

praefemur is as long on its outer side as its basal width (in the other

species, fig. 8, they are considerably shorter). The maxillipedes

are accordingly as long as the head.

On the anterior leg-bearing sternites there is a median strip of

reticulation in the posterior and middle thirds, whereas the whole

of the anterior third is taken up with reticulation in which the pores

appear like islands. Of the porose areas which appear on the 8

sternites anterior to the terminal legs, those on the 5 most posterior

sternites are divided into two large rhomboidal areas, the one situated

close behind the other (fig. 6); those on the sixth sternite from the

end unite to form a single very large area, on the seventh from the

end they are again separate, while on the eighth from the end only

the posterior area is present, being the same size as that of the follow-

ing sternite, while the anterior area is reduced toa few pores. From

the ninth last sternite anteriorly, there is no trace of pores. Otherwise

there are a few pores on the procoxa of almost all the legs, these

being most conspicuous in the posterior part of the body in front

of the terminal segment.

Terminal legs of the 2 slender, with scattered, fairly short bristles,

the last segment 2—? as long as the penultimate, the claws well

developed. Sternite of last segment (fig. 5) broadly truncate behind,

the pores of the coxopleurae numerous but all confined to the under

side, their openings nearly always free, a few being hidden by the

sternite.

Locality.— This species, the largest of the genus and with the most

numerous segments, is known to me only by a 2 from Oudebosch, ©

River Zonder End, Cape Province.

Aphilidon caffrarvum x. sp.

(Figs. 8 and 9.)

2, ¢ 28-30 mm. with 49-55 pairs of legs.

To distinguish this species from the closely related weberz I here

supplement the key given above with the following description:—

On the anterior sternites the reticulation forms a longitudinal

strip 1-4 of their width, which widens only near the anterior margin;

the bristles are short and scattered. (In weberi the anterior sternites

have irregularly disposed reticulation, while the bristles are longer

and less numerous.) Most of the pores are situated on the coxopleurae

of the terminal segment (fig. 9), being larger than the posterior

stigmata, while they are so close together that the distance between

102 Annals of the South African Museum.

them is often less than the width of the pores themselves (in weber,

on the other hand, fig. 7, the largest pores are hardly larger than the

posterior stigmata, while they are so dispersed that the distance

between them is always much greater than the width of the pores

themselves). The claws of the terminal legs are rudimentary and

blunt in the ¢ (in webert they are also very small but clearly defined

and sharply pointed); the terminal segment in the ¢ is about 12 as

long as wide in both species.

Localhity.—This species is found at Hogsback, Amatola Mts., and

Grahamstown, both in the Eastern Cape Province.

Aphilodon weberi Silv. is the commonest species of the genus, and

seems to be found throughout the greater part of the Cape Province,

viz. River Zonder End, Table Mountain (Cape Peninsula), Ladismith,

and Leliefontein (Namaqualand).

Gen. ACHILOPHILUS Attems.

The genus Achilophilus is known only from the Cape Province by

a single species monoporus Att.

Achilophilus pachypus MgSO

(Figs. 10 and 11.)

The form before me corresponds so closely with Attems’s descrip-

tion that I can confine myself to merely a statement of the diagnostic

characters.

monoporus Att.

38 mm. in length, 49-55 pairs of legs.

Clypeus anteriorly with area. Head

not + longer than wide. ‘“‘Maxillipedes

do not reach the frontal margin.”

Antennae touching at their bases.

Telopodite of first maxillae with small

externallobes. Clypeus anteriorly with

some bristles. Anterior sternites with

ill-defined porose areas which tend

more and more to move to the sides.

Fulcra T-shaped, widening anteriorly.

Trochanter of terminal legs as long

as wide.

pachypus n. sp.

22 mm. in length, 53 pairs of legs.

Clypeus entirely without area. Head

more than 14 times as long as wide.

Claws of maxillipedes reaching to

beyond the head (fig. 10). Antennae

not touching. ‘Telopodite of the first

maxilla entirely without outer lobes.

Clypeus smooth, without bristles an-

teriorly. Anterior sternites in and

posterior to the middle with a few

scattered pores. Fulcra bent to form

a blunt angle and transversely situated.

Trochanter of the terminal legs much

wider than long.

As a supplement to the description of pachypus I note the following:

The claws of the maxillipedes (fig. 10) exceed the head anteriorly,

and their bases are situated only a little posterior to the anterior

(

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 103

margin of the head. The sutures of the pleurocoxae run somewhat

obliquely. Claws of the maxillipedes with a small basal tooth, the

structures otherwise without teeth. The small abbreviated poison

vesicles lie on the outer extremity of the two intersegments, and the

femur is inserted decidedly obliquely. Labrum atrophied. Coxo-

sternum of the second maxilla with a median suture. The coxo-

pleurae of the terminal segment have a gland on each side (fig. 11),

the pore of which lies above the lateral margin of the broad trapezoid

sternite, just as in monoporus. The coxal parts project below,

posteriorly, and on the inner side as a rounded pad, and above this I

made out a gland; this also exhibits an inner vesicle, which does not,

however, open to the exterior. Whether this gland is as yet unde-

veloped (like that of monoporus) must be decided by further investiga-

tion. Some glands without a recognisable opening (fig. 11) are also

/present in the segments of the telopodite, a condition which I have

also observed in some other Geophilomorpha, e.g. Schendylidae.

Anal glands absent. Antennae 3 times as long as the head, with

sparse, short hairs, the ultimate segment 23 times as long as the

penultimate one.

Locality.—I have seen only two specimens from Prince Albert,

Cape Province.

Gen. Eurytion Attems.

The genus Hurytion, of which Attems in his monograph on the

Geophilomorpha recognised 13 species, has been hitherto represented

in South Africa by 7 species, of which 6 are found in the Cape Province,

kalaharinus being confined to South West Africa. Hurytion is by

far the richest in species of the Geophilomorphid genera, a fact

confirmed by the series before me which contains 6 forms of Eurytion.

The characters used by Attems in his key are for the most part

beyond criticism. I have, however, to reconsider his so-called

“‘ Aussentaster”’ of the first maxillae. This expression must certainly

be rejected as these structures have absolutely nothing to do with organs

of touch (y, fig. 1), but are, on the other hand, very pale and delicate

lobes,* and even then as macerated specimens they are often so

extremely transparent that one is in great doubt as to their actual

nature. Further, on account of their delicacy, the lateral lobes can

be easily folded over and in this way overlooked. On these grounds

I have in the following key, which includes all South African forms,

completely ignored the lateral lobes (‘“‘Taster’’) of the first maxillae.

* The term ‘‘Taster”’ could at most only be applied to the telopodite (t, fig. 1).

104 Annals of the South African Museum.

Another misleading character is that of the fringes of the labrum, as

these are also of a very pale delicate nature, so that in macerated

specimens they may be quite indistinguishable. All, or at any rate

the majority, of the pores of the coxopleurae of the terminal segment

are scattered and have free openings (figs. 20 and 23).

Key to the South African Species of Eurytion.

(a) Coxopleurae of the terminal segment entirely without pores, 57-61 pairs of

legs : j : : é : : . 1. aporopus Attems.

(6) Coxopleurae of the terminal legs with scattered pores . - : . ¢, a.

Cui.

(d) Trochanteropraefemur of maxillipedes with 1 or without teeth on the inner side

1, k.

(e) ue pores of the coxopleurae arranged in the form of a horseshoe of which

the ventral portion abuts on the lateral margin of the sternite, the dorsal

portion being dispersed above, while some pores lying between these

two groups are anteriorly situated.* Claws of terminal legs normal.

Porose areas of the sternites longish oval. 71-81 pairs of legs

2. dentatus Attems.

(f) The pores of the coxopleurae dispersed ventrally . é : . A Pea

(g) Claws of terminal legs unusually small (fig. 19), hardly half as long as the width

of the second tarsus. Median piece of the labrum transversely elongate,

not toothed (fig. 18). Clypeus with close hexagonal reticulation but

no bristles, a rather ill-defined area. 59 pairs of legs ©

3. gracillimus n. sp.

(h) Claws of terminal legs normal, thus as long or almost as long as the width

of second tarsus (fig. 21).

* The 7-8 pores of the coxopleurae situated in two rows next to the

sternite. Porose area of the anterior sternites round. Area of

the clypeus longish oval with 3-5 bristles, behind these 2-6 bristles.

Median portion of the clypeus almost cordiform, not wider than

long. 69-77 pairs of legs : ‘ 4, sabulosus Attems.

** The 9-10 pores of the coxopleurae (fig. 20) not all situated close to the

sternite, half of them lying more laterally. Porose areas on ster-

nites 2-14 transversely oval. Clypeal area rounded and with a

bristle. Median piece of the labrum transversely elongate, more

than twice as broad as long. 47 pairs of legs . 5. brevis n. sp.

* Attems’s account (loc. cit., p. 261), in which the coxopleurae of dentatus “ are

provided with 2 groups of larger pores, the one consisting of a strip of 7-8 opening

beneath the margin of the sternite, the other of 5-6 dorsally beneath the margin

of the tergite,”’ is not sufficiently exact and refers to immature individuals.

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 105

(7) The pores of the anterior sternites form a transverse dispersed strip posterior

to the middle of the sternite, and in addition there is a small group of

pores on each side anterior to the middle. Trochanteropraefemur of the

maxillipedes entirely toothless. Coxopleurae of the terminal segments

with 15-16 dispersed ventral and lateral pores. 39-49 pairs of legs

lawrencei 0. sp.

(k) The pores of the anterior sternites forming a compact rounded to transversely

ovalarea. Clypeus witharea . : : : : ; l,m.

(1) Trochanteropraefemur of the maxillipedes with a tooth or tubercle on the inner

side. Anal glands absent . : : ; : : 5 N, O.

(m) Trochanteropraefemur entirely without a tooth or tubercle . : Ds q.-

(n) Porose area of the sternite, beginning from the second, transversely oval.

Pores of the coxopleurae dispersed over the greater part of the ventral

surface almost as far as the posterior margin of the coxae. 71-75 pairs

of legs : : é ‘ ‘ é : 7. dolichocephalus Att.

(0) Porose area of sternites round to slightly transverse ovate.

* Pores confined to the anterior half of the coxopleurae, not passing

beyond a line touching the hind margin of the sternite. Tibia

and both the tarsal segments of the terminal legs much slenderer

than the preceding segments. Sternite of the terminal segment

with its sides convex. Areas of sternites round. 61 pairs of legs

8. kalaharinus Att. 3

** Pores of the coxopleurae opening partly above, partly below ; some of

them, however, situated posteriorly to a line touching the hind

margin of the sternite (fig. 23). Only the two tarsal segments of

the terminal legs much slenderer than the remaining segments.

Sternite of the terminal segment with straight sides, being thus

trapeziform. Areas of sternites slightly transverse ovate. 83-87

pairs of legs b : ; 9. kalaharinus elongatus n. subsp.

(p) The porose areas situated posterior to the middle beginning from the second

sternite, entirely round. Coxosternum of first maxillae without lateral

lobes. Anal glands absent. Pores of the coxopleurae numerous, ven-

trally and dorsally. 81-89 pairs of legs ; . 10. badiceps Attems.

(q) The porose areas situated posterior to the middle beginning from the second

sternite and bounded anteriorly by an arcuate furrow while posteriorly

they form approximately a right angle, thus resembling a quadrants.

Coxosternum of the first maxilla with lateral lobes. Anal glands present.

Pores of the coxopleurae numerous, ventral and pleural. 65-69 pair.

of legs eee : : : : : 11. trichopus Attems.

Eurytion lawrencei n. sp.

(Figs. 16 and 17.)

2 24-32 mm., with 39-49 pairs of legs. Antennae with segments

2-5 with 3 whorls of hairs. Labrum with a bluntly triangular

106 Annals of the South African Museum.

median piece (fig. 17) about as long as wide, and weakly striated

posteriorly; | have not observed a fringe on the labrum. Head-plate

with sparse bristles; clypeus anteriorly without an area and without

bristles, with dense mosaic cell structure; posteriorly, on each side

in front of the labrum a smooth window-like area (fe, fig. 17). Coxo-

sternum of the first maxilla without, basal segment of the telopodite

with, a short outer lobe; maxillipedes with a small tooth only at its

base. Vesicle of poison gland twice as long as wide, situated at the

base of the claw. First sternite with 6 pores. The 2-11 anterior

sternites on each side with a transverse strip of well-separated pores

posterior to the middle, well separated from the sides of the sternites

(fig. 16), while anteriorly another small group of pores can be seen

on each side; otherwise all these sternal pores are not very noticeable,

but in their arrangement they differ from those of all other South

African species. On the sternites following, the pores are entirely

absent. Two pairs of larger bristles are present on the most anterior

and most posterior sternites, while the sternites between them are

provided with a few very short bristles.

Sternite of terminal segment trapeziform but arcuate posteriorly.

The 14-15 pores of the coxopleurae open freely and are scattered

ventrally and at the sides, most of them being as large as the posterior

stigmata, but 4 on each side distinctly smaller. Terminal legs of

2 with a few bristles, the claws stout, the proximal tarsal segment

little shorter than the terminal one. Genital sternite with 2 trans-

verse rows of bristles. Anal pores large.

Locality.—This species, named in honour of Dr. R. F. Lawrence, is

represented only by a 9 from River Zonder End, Cape Province.

Eurytion brevis un. sp.

(Figs. 20 and 21.)

Immature example 19-26 mm. in length, with 39-47 pairs of legs.

In general most closely resembling sabulosus Att., from which it

differs in its smaller size, in having fewer pairs of legs, in the more

scattered coxopleural pores (fig. 20), in the median piece of the labrum

being 4 as wide as the lateral pieces (in sabulosus it is hardly

+ as wide as these), and in the homogeneity of the clypeal reticulation,

which contains neither an area nor bristles; furthermore, the porose

areas beginning from the second segment are transversely oval.

Trochanteropraefemur of the maxillipedes with 2 sharp stout teeth

on the inner side, a similar one at the base of the claw, while both

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 107

intersegments are smooth; anterior margin of coxosternum with 2

blunt tubercles.

Segments 1-5 of the antennae with 1-2 whorls of hairs (it is doubtful

if the first maxillae have lateral lobes). First sternite without pores,

the transversely oval porose areas which are distinct up to the

thirteenth sternite consist in the second sternite of 3-4 pores in a

longitudinal row, 6-7 in a transverse row; fourth sternite similarly

with 4 and 10 pores. These areas are situated behind the middle

and occupy the middle third of the segment in a transverse direction.

The 9-10 coxopleural glands have free openings by means of scattered

pores (fig. 20).

Locality.—The specimens before me I take to be half grown, but

the species is nevertheless quite distinct from the other known forms.

Table Mountain, Cape Town.

Eurytion kalaharinus elongatus nu. subsp.

(Figs. 22 and 23.)

2 47-56 mm. With 83-87 pairs of legs.

Median piece of the labrum weak (fig. 22), hardly as wide as long,

and without noticeable serrations on the hind margin. (In dolicho-

cephalus Att., though it is not larger than elongatus, the median piece

of the labrum is distinctly dentate posteriorly and the lateral pieces

have long fringes.) The fringes of the lateral pieces fairly long, but

diminishing fairly suddenly mesially. Maxillipedes quite similar

to dolichocephalus, the claws therefore with a sharp triangular tooth

and the trochanteropraefemur with a small blunt inner tooth. Poison

vesicles hardly longer than wide, situated on the outer side of the

tibia. Clypeus with a large area bearing 2 pores, a few bristles at

the sides only. First sternite without pores. From the second

sternite onwards there is short transversely oval to round porose

area which on sternite 5 is not quite as wide as its distance from

the lateral margins. These sternal pores are divided into two fairly

large groups in the posterior half of the body, which again converge

on the two sternites before the terminal segment. The sternites

are practically smooth, large bristles being absent on nearly all of

them. The numerous scattered and freely opening pores of the

coxopleurae lie partly above and partly below (fig. 23) their sternite

trapezoid.

EL. dolichocephalus, kalaharinus, and elongatus are all closely related,

and further material will show whether or not their position as given

108 Annals of the South African Museum.

above is valid. The 4 99 before me are from Kakamas (Orange

River) and Garies (Namaqualand).

Eurytion gracillumus n. sp.

(Figs. 18 and 19.)

Subadult form 28 mm., with 59 pairs of legs.

Trochanteropraefemur of maxillipedes with 2 blunt teeth, claw with

a sharp basal tooth, intersegments without teeth, anterior margin of

coxosternum with 2 blunt projections bearing a small bristle. Antennal

segments 1-5 each with 1-2 whorls of hairs. Median piece of the

labrum transverse, not toothed; the whole labrum with extremely

weak fringes (fig. 18). First maxilla entirely without lateral lobes.

Clypeus with comparatively large hexagonal reticulation, without

area and without bristles. Anterior sternites in and posterior to

the middle with a very small group of a few ill-defined pores. Body

very slender. Only one pore opening freely in the middle of the under-

side of the coxopleurae of the terminal segment; posterior to this

are 1-2 incompletely developed glands without a pore opening.

The species is distinguished by the unusually small size of the claws

of the terminal legs (fig. 19), both tarsi of which are more slender

than the tibia. :

Although I have only seen a subadult example of this form, I must

regard it as new; even if we disregard the number of the coxal

glands, which as we know increase during epimorphosis, it differs

from its nearest ally, #. brevis, in several respects.

Locality.—Prince Albert, Cape Province.

Eurytion trichopus Attems.

(Figs. 24 and 25.)

S$ 52 mm. with 65 pairs of legs. 950 mm. with 71 pairs of legs.

The author writes of this species on p. 262 of his monograph, “first

maxillae with 2 pairs of ‘Aussentastern’ both finely spined, those

of the synocoxite short triangular, those of the first telopodite segment

longer and slenderer.” I have already mentioned the incorrect use

of the term “‘ Taster,’ but the expression “‘spined”’ is also misleading,

as by spines we mean strong setae or bristles, while actually no bristles

are present on these lateral lobes and no nerve fibres enter them,

which shows how little morphological meaning this expression has.

In actual fact there are on the lateral lobes of all Geophilomorpha

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 109

very minute prickles which apparently represent minute chitinous

hairs. . trichopus has only short and extremely pale lateral lobes

on the first maxilla.

On the coxopleurae there are, according to Attems, “numerous

large pores”; his fig. 227 shows these as being of different size, but

he does not say whether they also occur dorsally. I therefore state

that the pores of the coxopleurae are ventral, pleural, and dorsal in

the g and 9.

The posterior portion of the last sternite and the postero-ventral

region of the coxae are so thickly covered with short bristles that

the comparatively large sockets of these bristles resemble a porose

area. This area of bristles decreases posteriorly throughout the

whole of the ventral region in the 9, in the ¢ it widens on the inner

side near the margin of the sternite; in the $ the coxopleurae exceed

the hind margin of the sternite by } their length, in the 2 by

only t.

Terminal segment of last legs about $ as long as the penultimate

in ¢ and 9; the sternal porose areas are larger than those shown in

Attems’s fig. 226, e.g. almost twice as wide as their distance from the

lateral margins in sternite 6. The first sternite with more than

20 pores in the ¢ and 8 in the 9. Im sternite 22 the area is

broader and shorter, and on 23 it begins to divide into two lateral

groups. |

Locality.—I have identified this species from River Zonder End,

and Table Mountain, Cape Town.

Eurytion dentatus seems to be the commonest species of the genus.

I have examples from Garies, Leliefontein (Namaqualand); Hout

Bay, Smitswinkel Bay (Cape Peninsula); Swellendam; Grahamstown.

71-79 pairs of legs.

Gen. PoLYGONAREA Attems.

Three species have thus far been known of this genus, which is

endemic in South Africa. Hurytion and Polygonarea are extremely

similar. I should thus like to indicate that Polygonarea, besides

the lateral longitudinal grooves of the coxosternum of the second

maxilla (which are present in all Chilenophilenae), differs further

from Eurytion in the glands of the coxopleurae of the terminal

segment; the pores of these glands are not only larger and on an

average fewer in number, but almost all of their openings are hidden.

In addition there is a process on the inner side of the second maxillar

coxa.

110 Annals of the South African Museum.

The following is a key to the known species of Polygonarea:—

(a) The 2-6 antennal joints densely covered with strong bristles which form

4-5 irregular whorls (fig. 15). Middle piece of the labrum distinctly

toothed. Anal pores large. Trochanteropraefemur of the maxillipedes with

a strong blunt tubercle on the inner sides. Clypeus without bristles.

Head-plate anteriorly and anterior to the middle with a reticulated trans-

verse band, between these bands on each side about 15 strong bristles.

51-53 pairs of legs ‘ : . litoralis n. sp.

(6) The 2-6 antennal joints with only 1-2 ptisile whole (fig. 12), or if in joints

2-4 other bristles are present between the two whorls, they are either

isolated or very small . ; 3 «(G54

the 10 last sternites with a median, rounded, porose area, in addition a

small group of pores on each side anteriorly. 51-57 pairs of legs

monospathis Attems.

(d) The 3-6 antennal joints with 2 bristle whorls. Most of the sternites with a

transverse band of pores posterior to the middle which is more or less

interrupted in the middle of the body and divided into two groups, in

addition a small group of pores on each side anteriorly . : Pt

(e) Middle piece of the labrum smooth, not toothed. Anal pores present.

(Clypeus?) Trochanteropraefemur of the maxillipedes with a small, blunt

tubercle. First sternite with 2 small pore groups. 61-65 pairs of legs

kraepelini Silv.

(f) Middle piece of the labrum toothed (fig. 13) . : , : , gy h.

(g) Anal pores present. Trochanteropraefemur of the maxillipedes on the inner

side entirely without a tubercle. First sternite with a transverse band of

scattered pores. Clypeus with a dense mosaic reticulation, unspined

except in the rounded area, head-plate anterior and posterior to the middle

with a transverse band of reticulation, between these 2-3 long bristles

laterally. Claws of the second maxilla 2-2 as long as the inner side of

the middle joint of the telopodite. 51-59 pairs of legs . porosa nN. sp.

(h) Analdriisen fehlen, Trochanteropraefemur der Kieferfiisse innen mit

stumpfem Hacker . : : ; « Vee

(i) Sternite 1 with 2 small pore groups, ener with a , renee area without

bristles posterior to it. Coxae of the second maxillae with a process on

their inner side which reaches the middle of the praefemur (as in porosa)

not longer than basally broad. Claws as long as the inner side of the

middle joint of the telopodite . . 5. porosa nodulifera n. subsp.

(k) Sternite 1 without porose area. Clypeus with a transversely oval area and

posterior to it a transverse row of 4-6 bristles. Coxae of the second

maxillae with an inner process which reaches the inner apex of the pre-

femur (or a very little below it) and is longer than basally broad. Claws

of second maxillae only half as long as the inner side of the middle joint

of the telopodite. 51-51 pairs of legs . : : oligopus Attems.

The three forms porosa, porosa nodulifera, and oligopus are perhaps

all races of one species, a question which must be decided by further

investigation.

weasel hnads

South A frican Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). ala

Polygonarea litoralis n. sp.

(Fig. 15.)

2 34-48 mm., with 51 or 53 pairs of legs.

This species can be distinguished from all others by the short and

dense bristles of the head-plate and antennae (fig. 15). ?

Clypeus with dense reticulation but entirely without bristles, the

area also only with fine punctuations. Middle piece of the labrum

weakly toothed. Maxillpedes with a stout tubercle on trochantero-

praefemur, a pointed tooth at the base of the claws. The porose

areas of the sternites resemble those of most other species in having

posteriorly a transverse, in the middle a more or less interrupted

zone of pores, and anteriorly behind the anterior angles two rounded

groups. Anterior sternites with extremely short weak bristles.

Legs partly clothed with long bristles, the terminal legs of the 9

with its last segment little shorter than the penultimate one, with

stout claws which are, however, exceeded by 4 long bristles. Anal

glands present.

Locality.—Only the 9 of this species is known from Hout Bay,

Cape Peninsula, and from Keurbooms River near Knysna.

Polygonarea porosa n. sp.

(Figs. 12-14.)

~Qandg 29-52 mm., with 51-59 pairs of legs.

Process on the inner side of the coxae of the second maxillae at

most reaching the middle of the praefemur. Sternite I on each side

with a small transverse porose area. Coxopleurae of the terminal

legs with 4—8 large concealed pores on each side. Anal glands present.

Attems portrays in his fig. 267 of P. monospathis a projecting

lobe densely covered with short fine hairs on the inferior side of the

coxae of the terminal legs, which he also gives as a generic character,

assuming that it occurs in all species of Polygonarea. In the form

before me the 2 and ¢ is provided on the posterior margin of the

coxopleurae with a more or less projecting area clothed with short

hairs. I have, however, not observed an outwardly projecting lobe.

The tooth-like appearance of the outer extremity of the first and

second telopodite joints of the second maxilla as shown by Attems in

fig. 266 for P. monospathis is not present in the forms seen by me.

_ Locahty.—Grahamstown and Hermanus. Perhaps these localities

represent two races, as I observed differences in the forms of the

VOU. XXXI1, PART .o: 9

112 Annals of the South African Museum.

poison sacs. To decide this point, however, more specimens are

required.

Polygonarea porosa nodulifera n. subsp.

23-24 mm. 45 or 47 pairs of legs. Claws of the maxillipedes

serrated on the inner side. Coxopleurae of terminal legs with 5+5

large concealed pores. Other than the characters already given

in the key there is little of importance to describe.

Locality.—Hogsback near Alice, Eastern Cape Province.

Gen. MESOSCHENDYLA Attems.

Of the three known forms of Mesoschendyla two are found in South

Africa and one in Java, so that it is very probable that other species

will be found in the intervening regions. The new species is closely

related to monopora Att., but can be distinguished from it as follows :—

monopora Att.

2 with 59-69 pairs, ¢ with 57-59 pairs

of legs. Anterior margin of the coxo-

sternum of the maxillipedes incised.

Coxosternum of first maxillipede with-

out, telopodite with lateral lobes.

Claws of the second maxilla serrated.

Sternites 2-30 (32) with round to

transversely oval porose areas. Ven-

tral surface of body well provided with

hairs, dorsal surface almost smooth.

Terminal legs well provided with hairs.

Terminal joint in the § almost half as

long as the penultimate joint. The

two joints of the gonopods about equal

in length.

cribrifera n. sp.

Q and ¢ with 55 pairs of legs. An-

terior margin of coxosternum of

maxillipedes with a median incision.

Coxosternum and telopodite of first

maxillae with lateral lobes (fig. 1).

Claws of the second maxillae below

with striated lamellae. Sternites 2—25

usually with a triangular, anteriorly

truncated, posteriorly rounded, porose

area (fig. 3). Tergites with two inter-

calary tergites provided with a trans-

verse row of fine hairs. Sternites

sparsely covered with fine hairs. Hairs

of the terminal legs so minute that they

appear almost smooth. Terminal joint

of § 2% as long as the penultimate,

comparatively longer than in monopora.

The basal of the two joints of the

gonopods about twice as long as the

terminal one in the ¢ (fig. 2).

M. cribrifera n. sp.

(Figs. 1-3.)

g and? 34mm. Body slender and pale.

The teeth of the labrum cannot be counted with precision as they

are indistinct in the middle. Antennae with reticulated structure

only on the first joint; the fine hairs commence on the first joint,

ee ee ee ee ee eee eee a

— | ee a a

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 113

there being no stouter hairs; the last segment with sensory pits on

each side behind the middle. The claws of the second maxillae

widening on the inner side into an extremely delicate lamella which

appears to have very fine striations (fig. 1). It gives the impression

that the minute teeth which form a serrated edge in related species

are here fused to form a lamella, as the outer side is smooth and

simple. There is a prebasal plate behind the head. The porose

areas in sternites 2-25 become progressively less distinct in sternites

20-25 owing to their delicacy. The two isolated pores of the coxo-

pleurae of the terminal legs are situated exactly as figured by Attems

in fig. 108 for M. monopora, and the sternite has an identical shape.

In the joints of the telopodite there are numbers of gland cells without

recognisable pores.

Locality. — Kamieskroon, Leliefontein, and Garies, all in

Namaqualand.

Gen. ASPIDOPLERES Porat.

Aspidopleres intercalatus Porat.

The 99 before me, 74-84 mm. in length and with 107 pairs of legs,

agree very closely with Attems’ description of specimens from South

West Africa in “Das Tierreich,” Lief 52, 1929, p.115. They were

collected at the Aughrabies Falls and Kakamas, both on the Orange

River.

REVIEW OF THE GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE

SoutH AFRICAN GEOPHILOMORPHA.

Up to the present 13 genera are known from South Africa. These

can be divided into two groups, the one consisting of endemic genera,

the other of genera occurring outside of South Africa as well.

Seven genera can be regarded as endemic, viz. Achilophilus, Aspido-

pleres, Brachygonarea, Diphtherogaster, Geoperingueyia, Polygonarea,

and Purcellinus, each of which, with the exception of Achilophilus and

Polygonarea, are represented by a single species.

Of the six remaining genera which are found outside the South

African region, Orphnaeus (O. brevilobatus Newp.) is the only one

which is widely distributed (and that only in the Tropics), and is

thus without special interest here, seeing, moreover, that Orphnaeus

is the only genus of the Geophilomorpha appearing in South Africa

(including the Transvaal) which does not possess an endemic species

in this region. All the other South African species are thus endemic,

a proof of the spatial and climatic isolation of South Africa which

has endured through vast periods of time.

114 Annals of the South African Museum.

With regard to Mesoschendyla, besides the three species from

South Africa, only one is known from Java, which differs so strongly

from the others that 1t may prove on closer investigation to represent

another genus. Aphilodon, besides South Africa, occurs only in South

America. Schendylurus is found in South, West, and North Africa

and in South America. Ballophilus is represented in South and

Central Africa as well as in the Indo-Australian region; Hurytion, as

the genus with the widest distribution, is most strongly represented in

South Africa, but two species are found in Chile and three in Australia.

Although we might be inclined to regard the South African fauna

as having its closest relationships with that of Central and North

Africa, judging from the present land distribution, this is not supported

by the distribution of the Geophilomorpha, of which South and

Central Africa have only two genera in common, South and North

Africa only one. On the other hand, three genera are found both

in South Africa and South America, while the similarity between

South Africa and the Indo-Malayan region is expressed by having

three genera in common. There is therefore an undeniable relation-

ship between the regions of the Southern Hemisphere (South Africa,

South America, and Australia), which may be explained by ocean

currents, or sunken land masses, or by both.

The Geophilomorpha as animals without a calcareous skeleton

can easily float on water, and as at the same time they are well adapted

for attaching themselves to objects and for concealment in narrow

holes and fissures, it is not improbable that, in spite of the enormous

distances between South America, South Africa, and Australia, in

the course of long periods of time they were occasionally transported

by trees drifting on ocean currents from one of these regions to

another.

The North African deserts represent such a formidable barrier that

only a single genus, Schendylurus, has been able to overcome it.

With Europe, Asia, and North America, South Africa has neither a

genus nor a species in common (the widespread tropical Orphnaeus

brevilabiatus excepted).

It is especially remarkable that the Himantarudae, though very

well represented in North Africa, are completely absent in South

Africa. The Oryidae are evidence of the very old connection between

Africa and South America, as they are practically found in these two

continents alone, where they are represented by several genera;

these genera are, however, with the exception of Orphnaeus, different.

In a few cases members of the Oryidae have reached India, but with

a ee ee ee

———

South African Geophilomorpha (Myriopoda). 115

these exceptions they are absent from Asia, Europe, North America,

and the Malayo-Australian region. When all the distributional

evidence is taken into consideration, there can be no doubt that the

Ethiopian Geophilomorpha are most closely allied to those of South

‘America.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX, X.

FIGS.

1-3. M esoschendyla cribrifera n. sp.

1. First and second maxillae, seen from above. p, pore of the maxillary

glands on the coxosternum of the second maxilla. x 220

2. Gonopods (gp) and penis of § (p), seen from below. x 220.

3. Sternite of seventh segment. x 125.

4-6. Aphilodon porosum n. sp. —

4. Telopodite of maxillipede, seen from below. x, boundary between

the tarsus and ungulum of the tarsungulum (tau); y, termina-

tion of the suture between femur (fe) and praefemur (prf),

tk, notch of trochanter. x 125.

5. Sternite, coxopleura, and trochanter of terminal segment, seen

from below. x 125.

6. The third sternite from the posterior end of body. x 125.

7. Aphilodon weberi Silv. 9, Sternite, coxopleura, and trochanter of the

terminal segment, seen from below. x 125.

8,9. Aphilodon caffrarium n. sp.

8. Telopodite of maxillipede, seen from below. x 125.

9. Sternite, coxopleura, and trochanter of terminal segment in the 4,

seen from below. x 125.

10. Telopodite of maxillipede, seen from below. x 220.

11. Sternite, coxopleura, trochanter, and praefemur of the terminal

segment, the glands indicated by dotted lines. x 220.

12-14. Polygonarea poyosa n. sp.

12. The two basal antennal joints. x 125.

13. Labrum seen from below. x 340.

14. Sternite, coxapleura, and trochanter of the terminal segment;

pores of the coxal glands indicated by dotted lines. x 125.

15. Polygonarea litoralis n. sp. The two basal antennal joints. x 56.

16,17. Eurytion lawrencei n. sp.

16. Fifth sternite with pore groups. x 125.

17. Labrum (la) and the portion of the clypeus anterior to it with window-

like smooth areas (fe). x 125.

18,19. Eurytion gracillimus n. sp.

19. Labrum seen from below. x 220.

19. The two tarsal joints of the terminal leg. x 125.

20,21. Hurytion brevisn. sp. Q.

20. Sternite and coxopleura of the terminal segment, seen from below.

x 125.

21. The two tarsal joints of the terminal legs. x 125.

116 Annals of the South African Museum. ;

22,23. Hurytion kalaharinus elongatus n. subsp.

22. Labrum seen from below. x 220.

23. Sternite and coxopleura of terminal segment, seen from below.

x 125; below and at the side, the receptacula of two coxal

glands. x 220.

24,25. Eurytion trichopus Att.

24. Labrum seen from below, anterior to it a portion of the cell structure

of the clypeus. x 340.

25. Area of the clypeus with a portion of the cell structure. x 340.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII. . Plate IX.

<0. 66

e- “=

Sene.6 2 Mi

° 38 Cheba ral .

e's ev. e.e

2.6 tek a e

° # Sie

©,% 5 Pe id na .

Lane iaten oo Mae ee

eve ° °

Sine Me |e Sal

SY an ove

"ese. 2 eee

of e- 2 axe

ens

Neill & Co., Ltd.

K. W. Verhoeff.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII. Plate X.

K. W. Verhoeff. Neill d Co., Lid.

’ “Vy

- ‘

¥ '

2 we &)

‘3 *

hie |

a R

: s

wns

‘

~ =

”

= =

}

= r v

(We)

9. A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula.

By Dr. Karyt W. VERHOEFF, Pasing, Munich.

(With Plate XI.)

In 1929 C. Attems made the first comprehensive study of South

African Diplopods in his “Myriopoda of South Africa” (Ann. 8. Afr.

Mus., vol. xxvi), in which it may be noted that only a single Colobog-

nathid has been recorded from this region, viz. the Polyzoniid

Burema nasuta, Attems. This form its author rightly placed in his

subfamily Hirudisominae, as it possesses both of the two most im-

- portant characters of this subfamily: firstly, the vasa differentia

opening on the coxae of the second pair of legs in the 3; secondly,

the position of the pore remote from the suture. Seeing that both

these characters, as is clear from figs. 5 and 6, also hold good for the

new genus Cylichnogaster, they can henceforward only be used in

connection with the Hirudisominae. In the key (loc. cit., p. 417)

which Attems has given for the three genera of Huirudisominae,

Hirudisoma, Burenia, and Rhinotus, he makes in the first place the

following distinctions:

la. Two or three ocelli on each side, anal segment completely concealed by the

prae-anal segment and not visible from above : Hirudisoma Carl.

1b. One ocellus on each side, anal segment partly visible from above

Burenia and Rhinotus.

Generally speaking, not much weight can be attached to the differ-

ence in the number of eyes, as here a mistake may easily occur on

account of the deep pigment and the indistinctly differentiated ocelli.

With regard to the distinction dealing with the anal region, however,

this must receive a more precise interpretation, as the expressions

“not visible” and “partly visible,’ when applied to the new genus

and to my fig. 4, give rise to justifiable doubt. Thus in C. lawrencei,

though the anal segment is indeed beneath the prae-anal one, its

posterior apex protrudes a little beyond it, and is on this account

more or less visible from above. Seeing that Cylichnogaster has

2+2 ocelli, I should be compelled on this character to place it with

Hirudisoma, alternatively in consideration of the prae-anal segment,

with Burena. If, on the other hand, we consider not the variable

118 Annals of the South African Museum.

amount of the prae-anal segment visible from above, but the different

positions of the anal valves at the dorsal posterior border of the prae-anal

segment, we have far more precise criteria to apply to the relative

positions of the anal and prae-anal segments. Thus in Burenia

apparently the whole, but actually only the posterior halves, of the

anal valves lie posterior to the prae-anal segment, while in Hirudisoma

they lie well in front of the posterior margin of this segment.* As

this latter applies almost equally well to Cylichnogaster, there is no

doubt that it is, of the two genera, more closely related to Hirudisoma

than to Burenia.

As a survey of the three genera I give the following key:—

A. The anal segment f with its posterior half posterior to the hind margin of the

prae-anal segment. Head with one rounded ocellus on each side. Trunk

of 3 with 64-88 segments; the trunk cannot be enrolled. Sixth antennal

segment distinctly narrowed from base to apex. Sternites of second pair

of legs in § with a triangular process between the coxae. Collum with

several rows of bristles, its postero-lateral angles bluntly rounded. An-

terior gonopods 6-jointed, the post-femur being followed by a fused

tibio-tarsus { , : : : : . Burena.

B. The anal segment lying wholly in front of the hind margin of the prae-anal

segment. Head on each side with two or three ocelli situated in a large

elongate pigmented area (fig. 1). Sternites of the second pair of legs in

¢ truncate . ‘ ; ; ; : ; ; ‘ ‘4 6 ameitd:

C. Hind margin of the prae-anal segment a considerable distance behind the pos-

terior margin of the anal segment. The trunk can be only partially

flexed, not enrolled, the tergites are less curved. Head but little elongated

anteriorly so that it forms an approximately right-angled triangle in front

of the antennae. Anterior legs of g with a foliiform structure instead of

a claw é : : : ‘ ‘ é : . Hirudisoma.

D. The hind margin of the prae-anal segment lies almost exactly in a line with that

of the anal segment, so that the posterior apices of the anal valves (accord-

ing to the position in which the telson is viewed) show a little or not at

all beyond the hind margin of the prae-anal segment (fig. 4). The trunk,

which in the § consists of only 20-26 segments, can be completely enrolled,

and the tergites are thus strongly curved. Head more decidedly elongated

anteriorly so that in front of the antennae it appears slender, the apex

bluntly pointed (fig. 1). Anterior legs of § with normal claws, these,

* See also the ninth paper of my “‘ Beitrage zur Kenntnis palaarctischer Myriopo-

den,” 1899, Archiv. f. Naturgesch., Berlin, Bd. 1, H. 3, Taf. xix, fig. 1. _

+ Attems’s drawing of the telson of Burenia in fig. 424 of his “Myriopoda of

South Africa” is not wholly clear, as the hind margin of the prae-anal is not put

in. He has indicated the prae-anal segment with an # and the anal valves with

an av.

{ Compare, however, what I have said below about the two different interpreta-

tions of the gonopod articulation.

A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula. 119

however, with an additional slender lappet (fig. 2). Sides of sixth antennal

segment almost parallel. Anterior gonopods 7-jointed, the tibia and

tarsus remaining completely separate . ‘ : . Cylichnogaster.

With regard to the telson I should like to remark as follows: In

all Hirudisominae the anal segment is sunk into the ventral surface

of the prae-anal segment, so that the anterior ventral boundary

between the segments is indicated by a semicircular line, while the

dorsal hind margin always forms a transverse one. The anal valves

lie ventrally far down this semicircle. The deeper the anal segment

is sunk in these forms the more degenerate is the anal tergite. In

Hirudisoma it is therefore rudimentary, in Cylichnogaster it forms

a small strip, while it is most strongly developed in Burenia; the

latter is, however, not correctly portrayed in Attems’s fig. 424, as the

transverse groove in the middle is not shown.

Cylichnogaster lawrencei n. sp.

$6: length 32-5 mm. @: length 33-51 mm., juvenile 34 mm.

Both ¢ and 2 with 20-26 somites, juvenile with 18.

Tergites dark brown, smooth, shiny, strongly curved. In adaptation

to the animal’s ability to enroll, the body is more strongly narrowed,

both anteriorly and posteriorly, than in the allied genera. A further

adaptation appears to me to be the strong thickening of the sternites

and pleurites and the excavation of the pleurites, as seen in fig. 3.

While in the allied genera there are indentations between the tergites

which give the sides of the body a serrated appearance, in Cylichno-

gaster, on account of the sloping sides of the tergites, caused by ‘a

considerable reduction in their anterior width (fig. 5), there are still

deeper incisions between the paratergites, by means of which the

telescoping of these tergites is brought about during enrolment.

The head is only covered by the collum in its posterior fourth (fig. 1),

but in enrolment it is pressed strongly downwards and backwards

towards the venter. There is throughout a connective relation

between the sternites and pleurites, which takes the form of a longi-

tudinal suture between them. The pleurites have only a membranous

connection with the tergites, so that in a preparation they can easily

be separated from each other. Dorso-ventral muscles connect the

tergites on each side with the sides of the sternite and assist in raising

the ventral surface.* The two sternites belonging to each pair of

* It should be noticed that in enrolment the tergites are to a large extent

forced away from each other, the paratergites on the contrary towards each other.

120 Annals of the South African Museum.

pleurites are almost equally broad, but otherwise very differently

formed, the anterior being only about as long as the posterior. All

sternites lie overlapping one another, the hind margin of the anterior

covering the front margin of the posterior one; the anterior angles

of the anterior sternite have a membranous connection with the

pleurites, the anterior angles of the posterior sternite are triangular,

narrowly produced anteriorly to fit into a small cavity in the anterior

one. The coxae in the middle of the body are separated from each

other by $ their own width and implanted in a curved slit on the hind

margin of the sternite. Farther forward along the body the coxae

draw nearer to each other (fig. 6), but still remain separate through-

out. The small coxal sacs begin on the third pair of legs. There is

a small lappet close to the claw of the anterior pair of legs of the 3,

which is more than twice as long as the claw (figs. 6 and 7), while

next to it there is in most legs a long bristle.

Head with sparse bristles (fig. 1), two of which, characterised by

unusual length, are situated anteriorly between the anterior ocelli

of the eyes. The antennary pits are distant from each other about

twice the breadth of the basal segment of the antennae, and are

somewhat obliquely inserted, their anterior end being directed inwards.

In the same way the eyes are also directed obliquely, being placed

in two pigmented areas which anteriorly are about as far from each

other as the length of the pigmented area itself. Hach pigmented

area contains two ocelli, a small round one anteriorly, a large oval one

posteriorly; these ocelli are only discernible when the incidence of

the light under the microscope is favourable. The antennae consist

of six very distinct stout joints, with a seventh, small and disc-like,

appearing at the apex of the sixth joint, while from this again pro-

trude the four well-known olfactory cones; the antennae are thus

altogether 8-jointed. On the distal outer ends of joints 5, 6, and 7

are several sensory rods, thus agreeing with Burenia, according to

Attems’s fig. 413; these rods are, however, easily seen only on the

fifth jot, while on the sixth and seventh they are often indistinct

owing to pigment and bristles. The spination of the tergites is in

general very sparse and weak and almost always confined to the

sides and hind margins (figs. 2 and 5); superficially most of the ter-

gites appear to be quite smooth, but under higher power 2-3 very

fine hairs can be seen on their rounded posterior angles. Stouter

and sometimes longer bristles are found only on the telson (fig. 4).

Four long bristles project posteriorly apparently from the hind margin

of the anal segment, but actually from the hind margin of the prae-

—_—-

A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula. 121

anal tergite. The pores (po, fig. 5) open on the paratergites, where

they are equidistant from the anterior, posterior, and lateral margins.

Attems has shown in the walking leg sternites of Burenia (though

not in those of the anterior and posterior gonopods) a bluntly triangular

projecting lappet between the coxae, while in Cylichnogaster the

margin of the sternite between the coxal (figs. 3, 6, 8, and 10) is

always completely truncate without a projection, and this posterior

truncated portion usually bears two bristles para-medially, while

the sternites are otherwise smooth in contrast to the outer edges of

the pleurites, which are more or less fringed with hairs (PI. XI, fig. 6).

The walking legs are broad where their coxae join the sternite, but

they terminate with a very slender tarsus. In the second pair of

legs in the ¢ (fig. 6), the medially fringed tarsus is also much more

slender than the tibia, differing in this from Burenia, where the seg-

ments, according to Attems, are almost equally broad.

On cursory inspection the anterior and posterior gonopods of

Burema and Cylichnogaster seem very alike, but on closer examination

considerable differences and also some difficulties appear. While

the gonopods of Burenia have been described as having 6 segments,

I found them to consist of 7 in Cylichnogaster, a difference which I

have attributed in my key to the separation of the fused tibia and

tarsus. This difference can, however, be explained in another way.

In the gonopods of both genera, one of the segments of the telopodite

(fe, fig. 8) is distinguished by its outstanding size, and broadly

‘triangular shape, caused by its strong external curvature. As can

be seen from fig. 8, the gonopods of Cylichnogaster have the same -

articulation as the walking legs, except that a normal claw is no longer

present. The large triangular segment therefore corresponds to the

femur; between it and the coxa are two other segments narrowed

on the inner side—a large praefemur, and a smaller trochanter.

Distally to the femur are three more segments differing little in size,

viz. post-femur, tibia, and tarsus; the last named is produced into

such a striking tooth or claw-like process, bent strongly backwards

and basalwards (figs. 8 and 9), that we may regard it as a coalescence

of the tarsus and claw, 7.e. a tarsungulum. When we apply to these

gonopods the interpretation given by Attems in his fig. 423 of the

gonopods of Burenia, and at the same time consider the interpretation

of the tibio-tarsus as expressed in my key, it appears that on the

one hand there are, between the large triangular segment and the

tibio-tarsus, two segments in Burenia, as opposed to only one in

Cylichnogaster; whilst, on the other hand, there are, between the large

122 Annals of the South African Museum.

triangular segment and the coxa, two segments in Cylichnogaster

but only one in Burenia. There are two possible explanations:

Either, A. The large triangular segment (fig. 8) is the femur in

both genera. In this case the trochanter has disappeared in Burenia

and the praefemur has been reduced to a small outer triangle, while

the terminal segment is not the tibio-tarsus (as it is treated in my

key), but a tarsungulum, as in the other genus (Cylichnogaster) ;

Or, B. The large triangular segment is only the femur in Cylichno-

gaster, while in Burenza it is the praefemur; then the small inter-

mediate segment developed only on the outside is the trochanter,

the femur being, however, reduced and pushed more inward. The

femur is followed by the post-femur and tibio-tarsus, conforming

with the interpretation expressed in my key. Which of these two

views is the correct one will be finally decided by making use of the

character of the musculature. The muscles of the gonopods of

Cylichnogaster I have indicated in fig. 8, but unfortunately nothing

is known of those of Burenia. As can be seen from fig. 8, there are

in the telopodite of the gonopods of Cylichnogaster two muscle bundles,

one behind the other, agreeing with those of the posterior gonopods

(fig. 10). If, however, we compare these muscle bundles with the

musculature of the walking legs of Polyzoniidae, e.g. with figs. 3 and

4 of my third paper on the legs of tracheates (Sitz. Ber. d. Ges. natur-

forsch. Fr., Berlin, 1903, No. 2, Taf. 1), we readily see that in them,

exactly as in the gonopods, the main line of division in the musculature

of the telopodite les between the prae-femur and femur, which confirms

my interpretation of the articulation of the gonopods as shown in

fig. 8. The decision as to whether the largest segment of the gono-

pod telopodite is femur or prae-femur in Burenia, therefore, depends

entirely upon the position of the division between the two muscle

bundles of the telopodite. At the extremities of the gonopods of

Burenia there occur, according to Attems (figs. 414 and 423), an

inwardly projecting lappet at the base of the terminal segment (lo).

This lappet is completely absent in Cylichnogaster. If Attems’s fig. 423

is correct then the gonopods in Burenia should be much more deeply

sunk in the sternite than in Cylichnogaster; moreover, the hind margin

of the sternite in Cylichnogaster is truncated, in Burenza, on the other

hand, broadly concave.

The posterior gonopods of Cylichnogaster (fig. 10) strongly resemble

those of Burenia which Attems has described as 7-jointed, and are

likewise much less deeply sunk in the sternite on the one hand and

more strongly bent towards the anterior on the other. The 7 segments

A New Genus of Colobognatha from the Cape Peninsula. 123

of Burenia are composed of coxa, trochanter, prae-femur, femur,

post-femur, tibia, tarsungulum, so that there is an almost normal

articulation. Although the curved blade-like terminal portion of the

posterior gonopods is practically similar in the two genera, except

for the slender apex which is simple in Cylichnogaster, one cannot

speak of a normal articulation in the latter genus. The four distal

segments are very similar, the penultimate one in Burenia being,

however, twice as broad as long and in Cylichnogaster longer than

broad; in the proximal half, however, z.e. in the neighbourhood of

the basal muscle bundles, the articulation has become obliterated;

a trochanter is altogether absent, and the boundary between coxa

and prae-femur is only incompletely developed, and that on the outer

side.

Occurrence.

I am indebted to Dr. R. F. Lawrence, formerly Assistant in Charge

of Arachnida and Myriopoda at the South African Museum, Cape

Town, for the specimens 3 $g and numerous 99 which form the basis

of this paper; the new form is named in his honour. They were

discovered by him beneath damp rotting logs in one of the valleys

of the mountain slopes near Chapman’s Peak, Cape Peninsula.

Note.—From the point of view of distribution this Polyzoniid is

of extraordinary interest for the reason that it is decidedly more

closely allied to the Mediterranean genus Hirudisoma than to the

South African Burenia, which is evidence that, at an earlier period

of the earth’s history, there was an interchange of forms between

North and South Africa. It is highly probable that still more repre-

sentatives of the Colobognatha may eventually be found in South

Africa.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

(Plate XI, with Figures 1-10.)

Cylichnogaster lawrencet nov. gen. et nov. sp.

FIG.

1. Head, right antenna, and anterior region of collum, seen from above. x 125.

Ze Collum. x 125?

3. A segment from the middle of the body in transverse section; tergite above,

sternite (with coxa) below, and pleurite. x56.

. Anal segment and the hind margin of the prae-anal segment (pr) seen from

below. x220. a, anal valves; y, dorsal portion of the anal segment.

. Lateral portion of two tergites from the middle of the body; n, suture; 1,

longitudinal muscles; po, pore. x 125.

124 Annals of the South African Museum.

6. Second pair of legs of, with sternite (b), pleurite (pl), pseudopenis (p). x 125.

7. Apex of second leg with claw and lappet. x 220.

8. Right gonopod with sternite (v) and the most medial scelerite of the pleurite

(pl), seen from in front; co, coxa; tr, tronchanter; prf, praefemur; fe,

femur; ps, post-femur; ti, tibia; ta, tarsus. x 220.

9. Apex of gonopod, seen from behind. x 220.

10. Posterior gonopod with its sternite, seen from below; v, anterior; h, posterior

margin of the sternite; st, stigma; e, terminal piece. x 220.

Ann §. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

KW. Verhoeff.

Plate XI.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

is, a’ 7 oy or Veh

pr a es in oe ar ,

? ; j oo asl 7 oy

ee Bh 1% ?

- . ¢ vat ad Ln Pe

' *

’ os de :

MN 7

= !

‘

)

} \

‘

;

‘

4 Ms r be

( 125.)

10. New Colobognatha from South Africa.

By Dr. Kart W. VeRHOoEFF, Pasing, Munich.

(With Plate XII.)

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

Untit a few years ago not a single member of the Colobognatha

was known from South Africa, and Attems in his Myriopoda of

South Africa was the first to record a representative of this order,

with its peculiarly modified mouthparts, in Burenia nasuta Att. I

had therefore great pleasure in receiving from Dr. R. F. Lawrence,

formerly of the South African Museum, Cape Town, an interesting

series of South African Myriopods, among which I found three new

species of Colobognatha, belonging to the genera Burenia, Rhyncho-

mecogaster n. gen., and to the genus Cylichnogaster which has been

described in a previous paper. Four species of Colobognatha belong-

ing to three genera are thus now known from South Africa, and it can

be safely predicted that many more new forms of this order await

discovery, especially from the mountainous regions of South Africa.

A study of the South African Colobognatha led me to question

whether the definition of the Hirudisominae, as given by Attems in

the work cited above and in Kiikenthal’s Handbuch der Zoologie,

Bd. 4, 1926, p. 213, is a correct one?

His key to the genera of the Hirudisominae is as follows:—

la. Two or three ocelli on each side. Anal segment completely concealed by

the preanal segment and not visible from above . Hirudisoma Cav.

‘1b. One ocellus on each side. Anal segment partly visible from above. yee

2a. Pleurites connected with the tergites by membranes. Anterior gonopod

4-jointed, posterior gonopod 3-5 jointed 3 : Rhinotus Cook.

2b. Pleurites nearly coalescent with the tergites : 3.

3a. Anterior gonopod 6-jointed, posterior gonopod iajotutes ue ieee wits a

bristle only on the third joint : : : é Burema Attems.

36. Anterior gonopod 3-jointed, posterior gonopod 5-jointed, both pairs with

groups of bristles bearing accessory spicules . : Siphonotus Brdél.

THE TELSON OF THE COLOBOGNATHA.

A complete reinvestigation of the telson of Hirudisoma as compared

with those of other genera is very necessary, seeing that, on the one

126 Annals of the South African Museum.

hand, this structure has not been clearly enough defined; on the

other, the distinctions expressed in Attems’ key under la and 1)

give rise to serious doubts. Furthermore, the difference in the

number of ocelli is an untenable character and should certainly not

be used in generic distinctions.

In the telson of the Diplopods we have to distinguish between an

anal and a preanal segment (figs. 1 and 2). As Attems speaks only

of an anal segment it is doubtful if he means thereby the true anal

segment or the whole telson. The distinctions in the anal segment

expressed by Attems under la and 16 are made clear in fig. 1 for

Hirudisoma, and fig. 2 for the other genera. In fig. 1 the anal

segment is thus seen to be shifted far forward, while in fig. 2 it projects.

somewhat with its posterior extremity.

Kven so the distinctions between Hwrudisoma and the other genera

have not been sufficiently defined. If we consider the Diplopoda

in general, there is no doubt that a telson clearly visible from above

represents a primitive condition as contrasted with one which has

been shifted forwards, because the simple position of the somites,

one behind the other, constitutes the most primitive condition that

we can conceive. Thus fig. 2 shows the primitive structure of the

telson in Rhynchomegaster (and Burenia), while in Hirudisoma it

is indubitably of a secondary nature.

We have thus in figs. 1 and 2 three segments posterior to the last

leg-bearing somite, viz. a posterior legless segment (ul), a preanal

segment (pr), and an anal segment consisting of two lateral anal

valves (an).

In Burenva and its allies (fig. 2) only the ventral part of the legless

segment is visible from below, but in Hirudisoma (fig. 1) the telson

(pr+an) has moved so far forward that a section of the dorsal part

of the legless segment is visible behind it. The extreme hind margin

of the body is thus part of the last segment in Hirudisoma, while in

the genera represented by fig. 2 it is formed by the telson. In the

latter the anal valves are placed so far back that they are situated

entirely behind the legless segment, being at the same time only

partly enclosed by the preanal segment, while they are also much

shorter than the section of the preanal segment anterior to them.

The anal valves of Hirudisoma, on the other hand, have not only

drawn nearer the legless segment (fig. 1), but they are so largely

enclosed by the preanal segment that they are longer than the

section of the preanal segment in front of them, in which the ventral

displacement in an anterior direction is especially marked.

}

;

a ee, ee a eee

New Colobognatha from South Africa. 127

From these conditions it appears that the distinctions between

Hirudisoma and the other genera are more far-reaching and com-

plicated than those used in the above-mentioned key of Attems.

This difference in the structure of the telson runs parallel with

another in respect of the mouthparts, up to now unknown. Hirudi-

soma, on account of its mouthparts and especially the fairly well-

developed wedge-shaped mandibles, is allied to Polyzoniwm. In

Burema and its allies, on the other hand, there are no such wedge-

shaped mandibles, showing that degeneration has already gone a

long way. : :

Similarly, the prolongation of the anterior part of the head in

Buremia and its allies is far more marked than in Hirudisoma, indica-

tive of an approach to the Siphonophoridae. The conclusion I am

forced to draw from all these differences is that Burenia and its

allies form a distinct family standing midway between Hirudisoma

and the Siphonophoridae. Huirudisoma is, however, so widely different

from the Polyzonudae that it represents a separate family between

the Polyzoniidae and the Burenudae. The following are the points

of difference between the two families :—

A. The telson is so completely sunk in the preceding segment that it is not

visible from above (fig. 1). The anal valves are so sunk in the preanal

segment that they are almost encircled by it. The dorsal posterior

margin of the preanal segment lies far in front of that of the preceding

segment, the telson being less than half as wide as the latter. Head

but little projecting so that anteriorly it forms a right angle or almost

a right angle. The mandibles are developed as biting organs in the

form of little wedges like those of Polyzonium.

Family Hirudosomidae n. fam. (for Hirudosoma).

B. The telson is not completely sunk in the preceding segment (fig. 2), the

hinder end being thus to a large extent visible from above. The anal

valves are only slightly sunk in the preanal segment and are situated

so far back that they are much shorter than the ventro-preanal portion

in front of them. The dorsal hinder margin of the preanal segment

lies behind that of the preceding segment. The telson is much more

than half as wide as the latter. Head strongly projecting anteriorly so

that its apex forms less than half a right angle, thus appearing beak-like.

The mandibles are not modified to form wedge-shaped biting organs.

Family Bureniidae n. fam. (containing the genera Burenia, Rhyncho-

mecogaster n. gen., Cylichnogaster, Rhinotus, and Siphonotus).

The family Bureniidae can be divided into the following subfamilies :—

a. Body short and broad, able to enroll. Trunk with 20-26 segments. Pleurites

transversely rectangular

1. Subfamily Cylichnogastrinae (for Cylichnogaster mihi).

ROL. SMX. PART 3. 10

128 Annals of the South African Museum.

b. Body longer and more slender, with 35-90 segments, never able to enroll.

Pleurites of more or less quadrate form (figs. 3 and 4)

2. Subfamily Bureniinae (containing the remaining genera).

The two genera Rhinotus (from Sierra Leone, Madagascar,

Seychelles, and the Malayan-Australian region) and Siphonotus

(from South America and the Malayan-Australian region) have

3-4 jointed anterior gonopods and 3-5 jointed posterior gonopods

in common as distinguished from the South African genera Burenia

and Rhynchomecogaster; they require, however, further investigation

with regard#to other characters.

Rhynchomecogaster n. gen.

The genus is most closely allied to Burenia, from which, however,

it can be distinguished as follows :—

Rhynchomecogaster mihi.

Metatergites clothed with such

numerous and long hairs that they have

a silky sheen. Collum provided with

such numerous and long hairs (fig. 5)

that 7-8 rows can be distinguished,

which are, however, not all regular.

Pleurites (fig. 3) with hairs on their

outer posterior sides and also partly

on the inner ones. Head acuminate

anteriorly and without sensitive rods

at its apex. One simple bristle near

the claw of the anterior pair of legs

in the g. Terminal segment of the

anterior gonopods (fig. 6) drawn out

into a recurved hook which reaches to

beyond the femur. Terminal segment

on the outer side without a lobe. Pre-

femur of the anterior gonopod plate-

like, well defined on the inner and outer

sides (fig. 6).

Burenia Attems.

Metatergites sparsely clothed at the

sides with short hairs so that the back

appears smooth and shiny. Collum

also with hairs mainly at the sides,

but these so few and small that it

appears hairless. Pleurites with only

a few weak hairs at the sides on the

outer and posterior portions (fig. 4).

Head truncate anteriorly, usually with

2+2 very small sensory rods.* A small

thickened tongue-like bristle near the

claw of the anterior pair of legs in the

3 (cp. Attems’ figs. 416, 419, and 420).

Terminal segments of the anterior

gonopod produced into a process which

at most only reaches to the femur. On

the outer side of the terminal segment

a marginal lobe (cp. fig. 9).7 Pre-

femur of the anterior gonopod cunei-

form, its inner surface so much con-

tracted as to be indistinct (prf., fig. 8).

CoMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE ANTERIOR AND

PostTERIOR GONOPODS.

It is easy for errors to. arise respecting the segmentation of the

anterior and posterior gonopods of the Colobognatha, as the bound-

* Attems made these much too large in his fig. 412.

+ Attems denoted the marginal lobe with “‘lo”’ in his fig. 414.

New Colobognatha from South Africa. 129

aries of the segments are often difficult to make out, while sometimes

they actually have partly disappeared (fig. 9)- This being so, it is

important to study the relations of the muscles, because a correct

idea of the segmentation can be gained from the well-defined points

of insertion of these muscles. Regarding their segmentation, the

anterior and posterior gonopods are homodynamous throughout—

that is, of equal value—apart from the differences of the segments.

Both pairs of appendages are 6-jointed in the South African Burenicdae.

The muscles of the gonopods constitute two segments, one behind

the other, which do not overlap each other, 1.e. a basal and an apical.

The apical muscles always end basally on the inner side of a terminal

joint which is drawn out distally into a process. Whether this

process constitutes merely a claw or a tarsungulum is a point which

cannot be decided with certainty. On account of the small change

which had taken place in the anterior gonopods of the Colobognatha

in contrast to the walking legs (in comparison with other Proter-

andria), it is probable that they have retained their original postfemur.

Then the segments marked (a) in figs. 6 and 9 would have to be

regarded as the postfemur, (0) as the tibia, and (c) as the tarsungulum,

and the same with the posterior gonopods (fig. 10). It is noteworthy

that the muscle segments of the anterior gonopods have apparently

different relations in Burenia and Rhynchomeccgaster, for although

5 segments follow after the coxa (co) in both genera, the basal muscle

segment in Rhynchomecogaster traverses two joints, the terminal

muscle segment three joints; in Burena the basal muscle segment

traverses only one, the terminal four, joints. As the gonopod

segmentation in Rhynchomecogaster is much more clearly defined than

in Burenia, the former genus must be regarded as deciding the issue.

There are also in these gonopods four distinct telopodite segments

between coxa and terminal joint, as in the walking legs. In Burenia,

on the other hand, I observed only one well-defined segmental

boundary, the others being more or less indistinct and imperfect.

This applies to the species before me, B. attemsi n. sp., while Attems,

in his fig. 423 of B. nasuta, gives six distinctly separate segments,

of which the second, the prefemur, appears as a wedge-shaped segment

developed only on the outer side.

The muscles of Burenia and Rhynchomecogaster gracile (fig.6) accord-

ing to their positions thus show a difference of one segment as has

been figured for Burenia attemsw in fig. 9. There is in Burenia

attemsu, however, a fine striated band behind the coxa, marked (x) in

fig. 9, which can be considered as a very poorly developed prefemur,

130 Annals of the South African Museum.

and in this case the position of the gonopod muscles is the same in

the two genera. The segment (prf) would then be the femur, (fe)

the postfemur. For this interpretation I have used another system

of lettering bracketed beside the previous notation. The faint

line (y) (fig. 9) would not then define a segment seeing that it does

not pass right across the gonopod.

In both interpretations of the anterior gonopods of Burenia attemsit

there is agreement with B. nasuta in that the prefemur is a wedge-

shaped segment diminishing on its inner side, in contrast to

Rhynchomeccgaster.

The position of Burenia attemsw regarding the weak or incomplete

formation of boundaries between the telopodite segments is note-

worthy, as it shows that too much weight cannot be attributed to

the number of gonopod segments alone in regard to genera, and I

must draw attention to this fact in connection with unsatisfactory

characters of the genera Rhinotus and Srphonotus.

The physiological significance of the posterior gonopods is as yet

unknown, and in this connection I refer to fig. 9 in which the slender

terminal segment of the posterior gonopod can be seen hooked into

a groove in the terminal segment of the anterior gonopod. What

effect is produced by the mechanical coupling of the anterior and

posterior gonopods is difficult to say when we know of no analogous

occurrences in other Diplopod groups. It reminds me especially

of the flagella in Julidae, the physiological significance of which I

have repeatedly discussed. In my opinion the posterior gonopods

are organs of stimulation whose terminal segments, by being inserted

in the apical segment of the anterior gonopods, are guided to their

correct position for stimulating the female in copulation.

Rhynchomecogaster gracile n. sp.

3d 163-19 mm., with 48-56 segments.

2 20-215 mm., with 54-55 segments.

The body appears on the whole to be greyish yellow without

noticeable pigmentation.

The narrowly produced fore part of the head gives the appearance

of a concavity at the sides. Fore part of the head with 2 rows of

bristles on each side below, the outer constituting a laterally project-

ing fringe of which 3-4 are outstanding in respect of their length

and curvature. Forehead with fairly long scattered hairs above;

anteriorly on the inner side a long bristle between the ocelli. The

New Colobognatha from South Africa. 131

antennae, which are provided with long hairs, are sunk into a circular

basal lobe, the distal margin of the fourth segment reaching almost

to the apex of the head.

The transversely oval collum (fig. 5) has been already mentioned.

Between the antennae 2+2 ocelli, the dense pigment round them

forming an oblique ellipse on each side.

The coxae of the walking legs, which carry the well-known small

coxal sacs, are close to each other, remaining, however, separate

in the median line, while between them at their bases is a small

sternal horseshoe-shaped lobe, serving as a buffer (fig. 2). Walking

legs with long bristles, prefemur and postfemur about as long as wide,

femur and tibia on the other hand much longer than wide.

Of the two smooth sternites of each segment the anterior one is

rounded behind, the posterior one truncated behind, the postero-

lateral angles, however, projecting backwards.

The dense hairs of the tergites have already been mentioned. They

are entirely confined to the metatergites, which are twice as long as

the prozonites and divided from them by a fine transverse suture.

Most of the tergites have five transverse rows of long bristles, and

just anterior to their hind margins there are two fine transverse

striations. There is a continuation of the transverse suture on the

pleurites (fig. 3), the metapleurites being twice as long as the pro-

pleurites, bristles being found only on the metapleurites. On their

inner inferior margins the pleurites form a blunt angle in the middle,

while the anterior margin is not only enlarged, but forms above

on the outer side a knob-like projection (fig. 2). The pores of the

tergites situated more or less as in Burenia.

The anal valves of the telson quite hairless, while the preanal

segment (fig. 2) has bristles above as well as at the sides. The

anal valves agree with Burenia in having their hinder extremities

reaching to a little beyond the preanal segment, and the posterior

margin of the latter in the middle forms a bluntly rounded projec-

tion. Inthese characters of the telson Rhynchomecogaster and Burenia

differ from Rhinotus and Siphonotus in which the telson is completely

rounded posteriorly and the anal valves end a little in front of the

posterior margin of the preanal segment (cp. my paper on Diplopoda

in Mjébergs Australischer Expedition, Arkiv for Zoologie, Stockholm,

1924, Bd. 16, N. 5, Taf. V, Abb. 93 and 100, Rhinotus mjébergi and

Siphonotus latus Verh.).

The anterior gonopods of Rhynchomecogaster have been mentioned

above. The following may be added (fig. 6).

132 Annals of the South African Museum.

The 6 segments described are all clearly separated from one another

and the hairs are of considerable length, longer than in Burenia. On

the outer extremity of the coxa there is a demarcated triangular

field; this is either a membrane or the indication of a trochanter.

The terminal segment is drawn out into a powerful dagger-like process

which has an oblique strip bordering it below at its base and a small

notch on its outer side. The posterior gonopods (fig. 7) thus

correspond fully with the anterior gonopods in their segmentation.

Only on the prefemur are there two fine hairs. The prefemur is not

so broad as that of Burenia, and the same applies to the two segments

proximal to the terminal piece.

Locality.—The numerous specimens before me have the sexes in

the proportion of ¢:2=1:3. Most of the specimens are from

Noordhoek, Cape Peninsula, the remainder being from Hermanus,

River Zonder End, and Bredasdorp. From these last three locali-

ties, [ must, however, add, I have seen only females.

Burema attemsw n. sp.

$ 11 mm., with 52 segments. 9 16 mm., with 53 segments. (The

3 of B. nasuta Att. has 64-88 segments.)

Dorsal surface either a uniform whitish yellow or with 1-2 small

transverse greyish-brown stripes on the tergites.

2+2 ocelli which le obliquely close behind each other (according

to Attems nasuta has only 1+1 ocelli, but this is open to doubt as

it is easy to overlook the second ocellus on account of the centration

of pigment in the ocellar area).

As far as the characters given by Attems go, nasuta agrees with

attemsu, but important differences exist in the anterior and posterior

gonopods which have to a certain extent already been discussed.

The boundaries of the gonopod segments are sometimes indistinct

or incomplete, while in nasuta they are well defined. The hairs in

attemsi are much shorter than in nasuta, this being especially notice-

able in the terminal segments. The process of the terminal segment

in nasuta is distinctly stronger, projects far out when seen in profile,

and is obliquely truncate at its apex. In attemsw, on the other hand,

the process of the terminal segment (fig. 8) is not only much shorter,

so that seen in profile it hardly projects at all, but it terminates in

two small teeth which are opposed to each other, the outer one

being provided with a further accessory nodule. The prefemur of

the posterior gonopods is provided with a bristle, while in attemsu

New Colobognatha from South Africa. 133

the posterior gonopods are altogether muticous (fig. 10). The femur

of nasuta is much wider than long, while in attemsiz it is a little longer

than wide. Attems figured a trochanter between the coxa and

prefemur for nasuta of which I have seen no sign in attemsiz.

Locality—Among several female and immature specimens from

Hermanus there was only 1 3. Other individuals from River

Zonder End and French Hoek.

Attems described his nasuta from Knysna, Cape Province.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

FIG.

1. Hirudisoma carniolense Verh. Posterior end of body seen from below.

an, anal valves; pr, preanal segment; ul and 1, the two preceding

segments; m, detractor muscles of the telson. x 125.

2, 3. Rhynchomecogaster n. g. gracile n. sp.

2. Posterior end of body seen from below (only the coxae and pre-

femora of the last pair of legs drawn in). x 125.

3. Pleurites of the gonopod segment. v, anterior, h, posterior, u,

inferior, 0, superior margin; su, suture; z, knob-like projection.

x T25:

4. Burenia attemsii n. sp. Pleurite of the gonopod segment. x 125.

5-7. Rhynchomecogaster gracile n. sp.

5. Collum seen from above. x 125.

6. Anterior gonopod seen from in front. fe,femur. x 125.

7. Posterior gonopod seen from in front. x 220.

8-10. Burenia attemsii n. sp.

8. Anterior gonopod with its sternite (vv) seen from in front. prf,

prefemur; fe, femur; m1,m*, muscles. x 125.

9. Anterior and posterior gonopods seen from behind. The hooked

terminal rod of the posterior gonopod is inserted in the terminal

joint of the anterior gonopod. co, coxa; vv, anterior, vh posterior

sternites. x 220.

10. Posterior gonopod seen from behind. co, coxa; pri, prefemur;

fe, femur; a, b, c, the three terminal segments. x 220.

Set. Th

a ve!

7. ae

peti

La ays ys abe

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII. | Plate XII.

K. W. Verhoeff. Neill & Co., Lid.

clea

11. New Acridudae from South Africa.—By K. H. L. Key,

M.S8c., Ph.D., D.I.C., Canberra, Australia.

(With Plates XIJI-XVII and 2 Text-figures.)

Most of the material which forms the basis of the present paper

was collected by myself during the years 1928-1931. In the case

of Betiscoides meridionalis Sjést., my own material was supplemented

by specimens from the collection of the South African Museum, from

which the unique type of Pyrgomorphella rugosa was also obtained.

The two specimens of P. variegata are from the British Museum

collection. J have to thank the Director and Dr. A. J. Hesse of the

South African Museum and Dr. B. P. Uvarov of the British Natural

History Museum for permitting me to use this material, and for

putting at my disposal all the facilities of the two museums. The

Type of Pyrgomorphella rugosa has been deposited in the South

African Museum, and the Type and allotype of P. variegata in the

British Museum. All the other Types are in the British Museum,

and paratypes in both museums.

CATANTOPINAKH.

Genus BETISCOIDES Sjést.

(Ark. f. Zool. 15, No. 22, 1923, p. 12.)

The material before me includes Sjostedt’s B. meridionalis and

two new species. These enable us to see the genus in a new light,

and Sjostedt’s description is shown to require modification. In

particular, the differences mentioned by him between the genera

Betiscoides and Betisca are seen, with one exception, to be inconstant

and unreliable, while two characteristic differences are not mentioned

by him. I have therefore undertaken a redescription of the genus

Betiscoides and of B. meridionalis in the light of the new material,

transferring a number of characters from the generic description to

the species.

Body slender or very slender, smooth, apterous.

Antennae more or less tapering, evenly punctured.

136 Annals of the South African Museum.

Head from above conical; fastigium of vertex produced, poorly

or not at all marginated; its surface strongly and evenly convex

sideways. A faint median carina is discernible at any rate at the

extreme apex of the fastigium. Head in profile nearly straight above;

face nearly straight and strongly sloping. Frontal ridge between

the antennae compressed, not sulcate, but becoming sulcate lower

down; margins of ridge more or less diverging towards the clypeus,

either not reaching the clypeus or obsolescent by the time it is

reached. Hyes longitudinal, not very prominent from above.

Median ocellus very small; lateral ocelli absent.

Pronotum cylindrical, with no true carinae; anterior margin

slightly convex, posterior slightly concave. Sides of pronotum flat;

lower margin straight or slightly incurved; anterior margin sloping

forward, straight or more or less incurved in the lower part; posterior

margin nearly straight in the lower part, more or less sloping forward

in the upper part. Sulci of pronotum represented only by a short

shallow sulcus somewhat behind the middle of the lobes, which does

not reach the disk nor the lower margin of the lobe, and one shortly

behind the anterior margin of the lobe, which also does not reach

the disk.

Prosternal tubercle more or less compressed in a longitudinal

direction.

Meso- and metanota and tergites of abdomen traversed by a very

fine median longitudinal carina, which may often be traced even

on the pronotum as a very fine sulcus or carina. Tympanum

absent.

Anterior and middle legs short. Hind femora smooth, almost

devoid of hairs, both upper and lower margins widely rounded; no

median apical spine. Inner genicular lobes widely rounded, outer

somewhat produced and pointed.

Male.— Cerci very small, straight, conical. Supra-anal plate

roughly diamond-shaped; the plate is traversed by a curved trans-

verse sulcus, the convex aspect of the curve being directed anteriorly ;

the basal part of the plate thus divided bears a longitudinal depres-

sion. Subgenital plate elongate, convolute, conical.

- Female.—Genital valves more or less recurved at the tips, not

toothed, provided with hairs on the inside. Supra-anal plate longer

than in the male, especially in the apical part; transverse sulcus

not so distinct. Subgenital plate flattened, with an apical median

triangular projection.

Genotype : Betiscovdes meridionalis Sjést.

New Acridudae from South Africa. 137

All known members of the genus are confined to patches of short

reeds of the family Restionaceae.

The British Museum collection contains a series of specimens

of the genus Betisca from various localities in Australia, and these

permitted a careful comparison to be made with the Betiscoides

series. Two characters considered to be characteristic of Betisca

were found to be variable. These were (1) the lateral depressions

of the fastigium, and (2) the hind margin of the pronotum, which is

sometimes as much incurved as in Betiscoides. On the other hand,

a very characteristic feature of Betisca is the enlargement of the galeae

of the maxillae, which are turned upwards, almost completely cover-

ing the labrum, their points reaching to about the clypeus. In this

respect Betisca resembles Acanthoxia, and differs completely from

Betiscoides, in which the galeae are normal. Further, the apex of

the fastigium is always sulcate in Betisca, carinate in Betiscoides.

The characters of the prosternal tubercle, the galea of the maxilla,

and the apex of the fastigium thus readily enable the two genera to

be separated.

Betiscoides meridionalis Sjést.

(Loc. cit. 1923, p. 14, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9.)

Male (Plate XIII, A, B, C, E.).—Body very slender and elongate.

Antennae 24-jointed; distinctly triangular in cross-section;

distinctly biserrate; tapering gradually to a fine point; in length

subequal to the head and pronotum together.

Head very elongate, about 34 times its width at the occiput;

fastigium of vertex nearly twice the length of an eye; its margin

takes the form of a broad, flat, very slightly raised portion of the

head extending forwards from each eye, and narrowing, until at the

base of the antennae it has become fairly sharp, but little raised;

margins straight, converging very gradually to the apex; median

carinula faintly discernible only near the apex of the fastigium.

Head in profile nearly straight above, face nearly straight and very

strongly sloping. Frontal ridge between the antennae projecting

somewhat, and then bending upward to meet the fastigium, so that

- in profile the head appears to be more or less obliquely truncate;

margins of frontal ridge only slightly diverging and obsolescent

shortly below the ocellus; lateral facial carinae ill-defined, and

obsolescent above about the middle of the eyes. Eyes elongate-oval,

almost oblong, about 12 times as long as their maximum width;

138 Annals of the South African Museum.

their surface almost flat; the lower margin straight, and the upper

margin almost so; both anterior and posterior ends widely rounded,

the latter somewhat wider than the former.

Hind margin of pronotum noticeably concave. Sides of pronotum

with the lower margin almost straight; anterior margin sloping well

forward, incurved; posterior margin straight below, sloping forward

above; anterior lower angle slightly more than 90°, widely rounded;

posterior lower angle 90°, rounded.

Prosternal tubercle strongly laminate, with its length (measured

along the cephalo-caudal axis) many times its width in the middle,

where it is very thin, its anterior end strongly swollen and rather

more downwardly projecting than the rest of the tubercle, so that

the lower surface of the tubercle is not quite level, but slopes down

gently from the anterior to the posterior end; posterior end very

slightly swollen.

Hind legs only just reaching the tip of the abdomen. Hind femora

about seven times as long as their maximum breadth. Hind tibiae

with 11 outer and 15 inner spines. Hind tarsi rather less than a third

the length of the tibiae. |

Apex of abdomen slightly upturned. Supra-anal plate with the

basal part one-third to one-half the length of the apical part; the

longitudinal depression well marked, straight, and narrow; apical

part roughly triangular, but with the apex much attenuated and

the sides somewhat incurved; a shallow depression in the apical

angle. ;

Subgenital plate extremely elongate and acutely pointed, about

three times as long (measured from tip of anal plate to tip of subgenital

plate) as the supra-anal plate. Lower margin slightly convex at

the base; upper margin nearly straight.

General coloration purple-brown, somewhat darker at the sides

than above. A pale yellow stripe extends from the base of each eye

across the cheeks, along the lower margin of the pronotum, and across

the pleurae to the base of the hind femur. Head, eyes, antennae,

and abdomen purplish brown, subgenital plate somewhat paler than

the rest and greenish at the tip; fore and middle tibiae and tarsi

greenish; hind femora greenish brown outside, pale green inside;

hind tibiae pale brownish above, dark underneath; spines and

spurs pale with black tips.

Female.—Larger than the male. Antennae not quite as long as

the head and pronotum together; head about three times as long as

its width at the occiput; head in profile very slightly concave above.

New Acridiidae from South Africa. 139

Hyes, relatively to the size of the head, smaller than in the male.

Lower margin of side of pronotum distinctly incurved; anterior

margin also strongly incurved; anterior and posterior angles each

about 90° and widely rounded. Hind tibiae with 11-12 outer and

15-16 inner spines. Genital valves very feebly curved.

General coloration pale green, faintly tinged with brown on the

margins of the fastigium, bases of antennae, abdomen, and knees.

Hyes dark; fore and middle legs and tip of abdomen bright green;

hind legs green, tibial spines and spurs black-tipped. No trace of a

pale stripe extending back from the eye.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body . ; : : : ss (65) 49-5

Pronotum . : : ; A 3°0 3°8

Hind femur. ; : AMULOS 12-5

Antenna . ‘ ? : b-hkh-@ 10-5

Head . : : eee aaa seas 7:5

Subgenital plate . aC)

Described from 28 males and 18 females. The two specimens

selected for description are both from the Cape Flats, Cape Peninsula,

December 1930 (K. Key). The remainder are from the following

localities: Table Mountain, Cape Peninsula, 3500 ft. (16 males,

4 females); “Cape Town” (3 females); other parts of the Cape

Peninsula (6 males, 5 females); Elgin, Cape Province (2 males); near

Hermanus, Caledon Division, Cape Province (1 male); Paarl Road,

Cape Province (1 male); Tradouw Pass, Swellendam District, Cape

Province (1 male, 2 females); Great Winterhoek, Tulbagh, Cape

Province, 4500 ft. (1 female); Steenbras River, Sir Lowry Pass,

Cape Province (2 females). 3

Dates, where given, fall within the period November to May.

In form the species is very variable. The specimens from the

Cape Flats represent the extreme of elongation, the head being narrow

and long, especially the fastigium, and the antennae and subgenital

plate also very long.. The specimens from Table Mountain (Plate

XIII, D) and all the other mountainous localities are more robust, the

head being broader, and the eyes, owing to the relatively shorter

fastigium, set further forward. The two extremes are united,

however, by a complete series of forms, those from Hermanus, Elgin,

and Paarl Road being intermediate conditions. There is also a great

variation in size.

In colour the males are relatively constant, being always dark

140 Annals of the South African Museum.

with a pronounced lateral stripe backwards from the eye, and the

hind femora usually green or greenish. The females, however, are

extremely variable, all kinds of colour combinations being found,

and many, like the specimen described, are of a more or less uniform

colour throughout. The lateral stripe may be very well marked,

but is usually much less so than in the male, and often quite absent.

Betiscoides sjostedti sp. n.

Male (Type) (Plate XIV).—Much less elongate and more robust

than the genotype.

Antennae 21-jointed, not biserrate, slightly flattened above, hardly

tapering, not finely pointed, in length subequal to the head.

Head from above about 12 as long as its breadth at the occiput;

fastigium about # the length of an eye; the margins well raised but

obtuse, narrowing from the anterior margin of the eye forwards,

straight; apex of fastigium acute; median carinula discernible on

the fastigium. Head in profile very slightly convex above, face nearly

straight. Frontal ridge between the antennae hardly projecting at

all, the apex of the head appearing sharply pointed in profile; margins

of ridge fairly distinct in the sulcate portion and for a short distance

below the ocellus, faintly discernible right to the clypeus. Lateral

facial carinae straight, distinct throughout. Hyes ovate, about

13 times as long as their maximal width, the surface somewhat

convex; both margins somewhat curved, the upper more so than

the lower.

Hind margin of pronotum very slightly concave. Sides of pronotum

with the lower margin straight, dipping slightly in front; anterior

margin sloping forward, somewhat incurved in the lower part;

posterior margin practically straight; anterior and posterior lower

angles about 90°, rounded.

Prosternal tubercle slightly laminate, about twice as long as broad,

its margins and angles rounded; the anterior end little broader than

the posterior; lower surface level.

Hind legs reaching the tip of abdomen or just beyond. Hind

femora fairly robust, about 44 times as long as their maximal width;

hind tibiae with 10-11 outer and 11-12 inner spines. Hind tarsi

about a third the length of the tibiae.

Apex of abdomen slightly upturned. Supra-anal plate with the

basal part about half the length of the apical part; the longitudinal

depression indistinct; the apical part of the plate shaped like an

New Acridudae from South Africa. 141

equilateral triangle with the base curved and the sides straight;

apical angle rounded; no depression in the apical angle.

Subgenital plate (measured from the apex of the supra-anal plate)

about equal in length to the anal plate; comparatively bluntly

pointed; lower margin slightly convex, upper margin straight,

convex at the base; apex rounded.

General coloration deep purple-brown, slightly paler above than

at the sides. Head, antennae, fore and middle legs the same colour

as the rest of the body. Eyes very dark. Hind femora very dark,

both inside and outside, except the carinae and knees, which are

fairly pale. Hind tibiae very dark on the lower side, spines and

spurs black-tipped. Subgenital plate not as dark as the rest of the

abdomen. Lateral stripe present but not very clear.

Female (Allotype).—Larger than the male. Fastigium about as

long as an eye. Sides of pronotum with the lower margin straight;

anterior margin sloping forward, only very shghtly incurved; posterior

margin slightly incurved, sloping forward in the upper part. Anterior

lower angle more than 90°, posterior lower angle 90°, both rounded.

Hind tibiae with 9-10 outer spines, 11-12 inner. Genital valves

more strongly curved than in the genotype.

General coloration similar to, but slightly less dark than, that of

the male. Hind femora, both outside and inside, paler than the

rest of the body; hind tibiae darker apically than basally.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body . : : : 5 22-5 29-8

Pronotum . : : : 2:7 3°8

Hind femur . 5 ; xD anes 9-5

Antenna : : . a B45D)7 4-5

Head . ; : 5 i 4-0 4-5

Subgenital plate . ee

Described from 6 males and 3 females from Table Mountain,

December 1929-30 (K. Key). There is practically no variation

in form in these specimens. All are of a more or less uniformly

dark colour, except one male, which is olive-green above. The

species occurs on the top of Table Mountain in the same patches

of reeds as B. meridionalis, yet no intermediate forms occur.

142 Annals of the South African Museum.

Betiscoides parva sp. n.

In form resembling B. sjostedtz much more closely than the genotype,

but readily separable from both the other species on account of its

much smaller size, as well as by other good characters.

Male (Type) (Plate XV).—Antennae 21-jointed, practically fili-

form, sightly tapering, reaching nearly to the hind margin of the

pronotum.

Head from above about 13 as long as its breadth at the occiput;

fastigium about half the length of an eye; margins less obtuse than

in B. sjostedti, somewhat curved; apex not as acute as in B. syostedtv;

median carinula discernible on the fastigium. Head in profile slightly

convex above, face nearly straight. Margins of fastigium in profile

somewhat arched, so that the apex of the head in profile is fairly

widely rounded. Frontal ridge between the antennae somewhat

projecting; margins of ridge fairly distinct in the sulcate portion

and for a short distance below the ocellus, discernible right to the

clypeus. Lateral facial carinae straight, distinct throughout. Hyes

large, fairly prominent, ovate, about 14 times as long as their maximal

width, their surface strongly convex; both margins curved, the upper

strongly so. A low, obtuse, pale, callous ridge starts on the upper

margin of each eye, follows the margin round for a short distance,

and then traverses the side of the occiput in a longitudinal direction,

and continues as a shghtly incurved lateral carina along the pronotum,

losing itself after a while in the abdomen.

Hind margin of pronotum very slightly concave. Sides of pronotum

with the lower margin straight; both anterior and posterior margins

sloping forward and slightly incurved in the lower part; anterior

lower angle slightly more than 90°, rounded; posterior lower angle

90°, rounded.

Prosternal tubercle slightly laminate, 2-3 times as long as broad,

its margins and angles rounded; somewhat broader and considerably

‘ higher at the anterior end, so that it slopes strongly downwards from

the anterior to the posterior end.

Hind legs reaching beyond the tip of the abdomen. Hind femora

fairly robust, about four times as long as their maximal width; hind

tibiae with 9 outer and 11 inner spines. Hind tarsi nearly half the

length of the tibiae.

Apex of abdomen strongly upturned, making an angle of about 90°

with the long axis. Supra-anal plate with the basal part more than

half the length of the apical part; the longitudinal depression short

New Aeridudae from South Africa. 143

and broad, but deep; the apical part of the plate with the base curved

and the sides straight; apical angle rounded; no depression in the ©

apical angle.

Subgenital plate (measured as in the previous species) subequal

to the anal plate, comparatively bluntly pointed, with the apex

rounded; both upper and lower margins slightly convex.

General, coloration plum, with the upper surface of the head,

thorax, and abdomen, within the callous carinae, pale and silvery.

A darker longitudinal stripe extends from the front of the head back-

wards along the central ridge of the body. The lateral stripe back-

wards from the base of the eye is silvery, and extends a short way

round the lower hind corner of the eye as a somewhat raised callous

ridge. The stripe does not reach the hind femur. Antennae plum;

eyes pale; hind femora very pale; hind tibiae somewhat pale above,

dark beneath.

Female (Allotype).—Larger than the male. Antennae shorter

than those of the male, reaching only to about the middle of the

pronotum. Head in profile nearly straight above; face straight.

Hyes relatively smaller than in the male. Lower margin of sides

of pronotum incurved in the anterior part; anterior and posterior

margins almost straight; anterior angle about 90°, posterior a little

more than 90°; angles rounded. Prosternal tubercle shorter and

somewhat less sloping than in the male. Hind tibiae with 10 outer

and 13 inner spines. Genital valves more strongly curved than in

the genotype.

Sides of body deep plum, top of body pale yellow-green, with only

a trace of the darker central stripe; antennae plum; cheeks yellow-

green, frontal ridge plum, rest of face yellow-green tinged with

plum; eyes brownish; fore and middle legs green in the femur,

becoming plum in the tibia and tarsus. Hind femora yellow-green,

paler inside than outside; hind tibiae green at the base, becoming

plum at the apex; tarsi plum; spines and spurs black-tipped; genital

valves green.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body . : : , er 15-0 18:5

Pronotum . 4 ’ t 1:5 2-0

Hind femur. : Eg ih eyahy 6-5

Antenna : : : : 4-3 4-0

Head . : ; : Ue ee 3:0

Subgenital plate . OT hee eS

Von. XxKi, PART 3. te:

144 Annals of the South African Museum.

Described from 9 males and 8 females collected by the author,

the Type and Allotype from the Cape Peninsula, Cape Province,

December 1930; 1 male paratype from near Hermanus, Cape

Province, January 1931; the rest from Cape Peninsula, 1928-30.

The male from Hermanus has a very slightly longer head and

subgenital plate, but on the whole the species is fairly constant in

its morphological features. In colour both males and females are

exceedingly variable, but the females show no tendency to a

uniform colour as in B. meridionalis.

A fairly homogeneous series of specimens collected by myself from

Ceres, Cape Province, resemble B. sjostedti, but are more elongated.

Other isolated specimens from various localities appear to differ

sightly from the three species described above. The genus has

every appearance of being a difficult one, and much more extensive

collecting will be necessary before the status of these specimens can

be determined.

FRONTIFISSIA Nov. gen.

This interesting new genus belongs to the group including the

three genera Kabulia,* Ramme; LHurynotacris,, Ramme; and

Lyrotylus,t Uv. The genotype is smaller than any of the other

species of the group, and differs in its vivid coloration, but especially

in the structure of the fastigium, which is unlike any of the others,

but nearest to Hurynotacris. The pronotum and femora, on the

other hand, are least like Hurynotacris. The front of the head is

nearest to Kabulia.

Frontifissia is the first representative of this peculiar group to be

found in Africa.

Fairly small, but robust (Plate XVI and text-figs. 1 and 2); body

pilose, especially in the male.

Antennae fairly short and thick, filiform. Head from above

short, little exserted; both occiput and fastigium punctured;

fastigium flat, moderately sloping; more so in the male than in the

female; distinctly marginated, roughly diamond-shaped, transverse;

the lateral angles acute, the anterior margin with a V-shaped median

emargination produced by the deep sulcus of the frontal ridge cutting

into the apex of the fastigium, which is not roundly continuous

with the frontal ridge, but meets it at an obtuse, but quite obvious,

* Deutsch. Entomol. Ztschr., pp. 299-302, 1928.

+ Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, xvi, p. 935, 1931.

{ Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., xxix, No. 3, 1923.

New Acridudae from South Africa. 145

angle; temporal foveolae absent, median carina distinctly traceable

right along the head, or obsolete. Face in profile somewhat sloping,

frontal ridge straight or very slightly incurved, except at the base,

where it bends up to meet the fastigium. Frontal ridge broad,

more than half the breadth of the lateral frontal areas, strongly

concave, with the margins well raised, especially above the ocellus,

subparallel below the ocellus, more or less widening at the ocellus or

just above it, and gradually converging towards the fastigium;

frontal ridge, where it meets the fastigium, about half its breadth

below the ocellus. Lateral facial keels well raised, subparallel to the

frontal ridge, straight, or more or less curved forwards, reaching the

fastigium. Subocular sulcus more or less distinct, straight or some-

what curved. Cheeks and front punctured. LEHyes large, prominent

from above; separated, in the male, by a distance subequal to the

breadth of the frontal ridge at the ocellus, in the female by a greater

distance; viewed laterally, more or less oval, the anterior margin tend-

ing to be straight, especially in the female; viewed from in front, curved.

Pronotum tectiform, widening from anterior to posterior end,

slightly in the male, strongly in the female; anterior margin convex,

posterior margin widely emarginate; median carina low, thick;

lateral carinae obsolescent or indicated on each side by two very

slightly raised regions only: an anterior one, not reaching the first

transverse sulcus; and a posterior one, sloping backwards and

inwards between the second and third sulci. In the female these

areas may be broad and callous; first transverse sulcus obsolescent

in the female, at any rate on the disk, bending horizontally forward

on the lobe; second and third transverse sulci nearly straight on the

disk, bending somewhat forwards on the lateral lobes, the third

completely intersecting the median carina, the second not. Meta-

zona about one-third the length of the prozona (measured along the

median carina). Anterior margin of lateral pronotal lobes slightly

forward-sloping, slightly incurved; lower margin curved, first sloping

downward, then level; hind margin straight as far as the shoulder,

sloping at an angle of about 45°, thickened, raised, and callous;

anterior lower angle obtuse, rounded; posterior lower angle obtuse,

very widely rounded. There is a well-marked vertical sulcus shortly

behind the anterior margin of the lateral lobe, which follows the line

of the anterior margin, not reaching the disk. Whole of pronotum

coarsely punctured, especially on the disk.

Part of mesonotum visible behind pronotum; mesonotum and meta-

notum similar to the abdominal terga, but more coarsely punctured.

146 Annals of the South African Museum.

Prosternal tubercle straight, conical. Mesosternal lobes with the

inner margin straight, inner angles obtuse, rounded; mesosternal

interspace in the male subquadrate, subequal to the lobes in width;

in the female slightly transverse, slightly wider than the lobes.

Metasternal lobes with the inner margin straight, inner angles very

obtuse, rounded; metasternal interspace trapezoidal, in the male

a quarter or less of the width of the lobes, in the female about half

the width of the lobes and narrower than the mesosternal interspace.

Elytra lateral, lobe-like, covering well-developed tympana. Wings

absent.

Anterior and middle tibiae with a few spines. Pulvillilarge. Hind

femora just reaching, or not quite reaching, the tip of the abdomen

in the female, reaching well beyond it in the male; the upper and

lower margins slightly, and about equally, curved; upper median

carina not very pronounced, serrulate; lateral carina strong, slightly

serrulate; externo-median area flat; outer and inner genicular lobes

similar, rounded apically. Hind tibiae, both from above and to a

lesser degree from the side, curved, with a swelling near the base;

tibial spines not constant, about 7-8 outside, 9-11 inside; inner

apical spine present, outer absent. Inner spurs much longer than

the outer.

Abdomen only very lightly punctured, with a broad, low, callous,

median keel.

Male.—Supra-anal plate slightly transverse; divided, somewhat

anterior to the middle, into an apical and a basal part by a well-

raised transverse carina; the basal part traversed longitudinally by

a deep broad sulcus with its margins well raised, which partly inter-

rupts the transverse carina, and is continued as a fine indistinct

sulcus in the apical part of the plate; apical part more or less depressed

on either side of the median sulcus; apical angles rounded; apical

margin with a slight median emargination. Cerci long, laterally

compressed, strongly attenuate apically, the apical third, seen from

above, bent slightly inwards, reaching the apex of the supra-anal

plate or just beyond. Subgenital plate short, conical.

Female.—Supra-anal plate about twice as long as broad, the apical

part shorter than the basal, and indistinctly separated from it by a

fine transverse sulcus. Longitudinal sulcus well marked throughout,

though more so in the basal than in the apical part. Genital valves

long, strongly curved, not denticulate. Cerci short, very broad at

the base, attenuate apically.

Genotype : Frontifissia elegans sp. n.

- New Acridudae from South Africa. 147

Frontifissia elegans sp. n.

Female (Type) (Plate XVI and Text-fig. 1).— When fresh a

remarkably striking insect. General coloration deep green, with

numerous silvery-white spots and markings.

Head green, with several indistinct whitish

markings on the face; median carina on the

occiput white; eyes and antennae purple-

brown; a white stripe sloping down from the

eye across the cheek, and one passing straight

back from the eye to connect with a short

white line on the shoulder of the pronotum. ae

Pronotum green, with the median line white,

broadening in the neighbourhood of the second

transverse sulcus; a large oblique white mark

on the shoulder, extending from just behind

the second sulcus to just behind the third sulcus, and below the

large mark, on the lobe just behind the second sulcus, a smaller white

spot; a white line, situated on the lateral lobe at a level slightly

above the base of the clypeus, connects the second sulcus to the

anterior margin; region of the lobe between the anterior margin and

the second sulcus blackish for a short distance above this line;

sloping hind margin of pronotal lobes bearing a white stripe,

bounded dorsally by a dark purplish stripe of about the same

width.

Mesonotum without markings, except for the pale median carina.

Metanotum with two white patches in the same relative positions as

those occurring on the abdominal terga.

Elytra green, darker at the base than at the apex; lower margin

with a white stripe, upper margin white at the base.

Anterior and middle legs green. An irregular white mark on the

pleuron just above the insertion of the middle coxa, and another in

the corresponding position above the hind coxa. Hind legs pale

green throughout (the interno-median area of the femur is discoloured);

a row of black dots, which are of the nature of obtuse teeth, on the

upper external and internal carinae, but not on the lower internal

and external carinae, which are whitish, especially the former.

Abdomen dark green, the median keel dirty white; two rows of

large white spots on each side of the abdomen, each row consisting

of one spot on each tergite; the upper row is in line with the large

oblique spot on the shoulder of the pronotum; the lower row lies

Hie:-1.

148 Annals of the South African Museum.

just above the lower margins of the tergites; on the under side of the

abdomen there are also two rows of white spots running along the

sides of the sternites.. The spots on the sternites, and those of the

lower row on the tergites, are triangular in shape, the apex being

directed posteriorly. Sternum pale green, the lateral margins white;

metasternal interspace, and a short line forwards from it, and also

a line forwards from the mesosternal interspace, white. Genital

valves pale green, the tips black.

Male (Allotype) (Text-fig. 2)—About half the size of the female

and much less striking. General coloration green. Top of head

green, except the fastigium, which is dark; frontal

ridge and lateral frontal areas red-brown; cheeks

green; antennae deep purple-brown; eyes buff;

clypeus and mouth parts deep purple-brown. Pro-

notum green, with median carina and lower and hind

margins of lateral lobes buff, and with a bright

maroon mark on the shoulder just inside the hind

margin. Abdomen green, with a median buff stripe

bounded on either side by a row of small black dots;

hind margins of tergites buffish. Forelegs brown-

purple with a tinge of green, especially on the tibiae;

middle legs green with a tinge of brown, especially on

the femora, and the tarsi brown-purple. LHlytra

about twice as long as their width at the middle,

lower margin nearly straight, upper margin curved;

green with a tinge of purple and with the lower

margin pale. Hind femora green, except in the in-

ternal and external upper areas, which are brownish.

Upper external, upper internal, and lower external

carinae with a number of black dots, which are of the nature of

obtuse teeth, and are most pronounced on the upper external carina.

Hind tibiae green at the very base, red-purple in the rest, with the

tarsi purplish tinged with green. Sternum deep brown-purple,

under side of abdomen pale brown.

Que

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body . ; ap) Os 23-0

Pronotum . t : f 3°2 6-0

EKlytron ue 115) 2°5

Hind femur ; ; : 8-0 12-5

Antenna ; , : : 5.0 6:0

New Acridudae from South Africa. 149

Described from 13 males, 7 mature females, and 5 female nymphs;

the Type and Allotype from the Cape Peninsula, Cape Province, 1930

(K. Key); the other male paratypes from the Cape Peninsula,

1 female paratype from near Hermanus, January 1931; the rest from

Cape Peninsula, 1930; 2 nymphs from Paarl Road, January 1931;

and 3 nymphs from Cape Peninsula, 1928-30. (All collected by

the author.)

The species is fairly constant in its characters, the chief differences

in the males being the degree of invasion by purple-brown, none of

the male paratypes having any on the face, though all have it on the

under side. The female from near Hermanus is distinctly smaller

than the other mature females, but it is only recently mature, the

abdomen being very contracted and shrunken. It also differs to

some extent in the markings, these being dirty white, and the median

stripe on the pronotum being present only near the centre.

PYRGOMORPHINAE.

‘Genus PyRGOMORPHELLA Bolivar.

(Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., iv, p. 457, 1904.)

The genus Pyrgomorphella was founded by Bolivar in 1904, to

include the species Pyrgomorpha granosa Stal, from Beyrout, and

Pyrgomorpha serbica Brunn., from Serbia, as well as three new species

from Africa and Madagascar. Since that date no further species

have been described. The material before me includes five very

distinct new species, all from Africa, bringing the total number of

known species up to ten. The subjoined key enables these species

to be readily separated. Of the earlier species, I have examined the

Type and female paratype of P. serbica and a good series of P.

granosa from Jerusalem (Brit. Mus. Coll.), but as regards Bolivar’s

three species I have had to rely, in compiling the key, upon his own

key and descriptions. P. sphenarioides is included, although as a

completely apterous insect it should perhaps be placed in a separate

genus.

Key to the Species.

1. Apterous : : : : : : : . P. sphenarioides Bol.

1.1 Brachypterous.

2. Elytra hardly exceeding anterior margin of metanotum.

3. Elytra rounded apically. : : . PP. madecassa Bol.

3.3. Elytra acuminate apically. : : P. carinata Bol.

150 Annals of the South African Museum.

2.2. Elytra extending over the whole of the metanotum or beyond.

3. Definite tympanum absent.

4, Elytra dorsal, the inner margins overlapping.

5. Elytra about twice as long as their maximal

width, covering about half the first abdominal

segment. Hind margin of pronotum not

excised : , ; P. rugosa sp. n.

4.4. Elytra dorso-lateral, well separated.

5. Elytra about twice as long as their maximal

width, just covering the metanotum, sepa-

rated at the base by a distance subequal to

their length. Hind margin of pronotum

widely angulately excised, not quite reach-

ing the metanotum. Wings absent

P. capensis sp. n.

5.5. Elytra less than twice as long as their maximal

width, covering part of the first abdominal

segment, separated at the base by a distance

equal to about half their length. Hind

margin of pronotum with small, sharp,

median emargination—covering half the

metanotum. Minute scarlet wings present

P. senecionicola sp. n.

3.3. Definite tympanum present.

4, Elytra narrow (about four times their maximal width),

diverging outwards and downwards from their point

of origin. Scarlet wings absent. Insects not green.

5. Front nearly straight. Anterior lateral carinae

of pronotum running back to join the

posterior lateral carinae. Hind margin of

pronotum widely angulately excised

P. granosa Stal.

5.5. Front considerably concave. Anterior and

posterior lateral carinae completely separate.

Hind margin of pronotum with a very small

median emargination . P. variegata sp. n.

4.4, Elytra broad (about twice their maximal width), growing

straight backwards. Small scarlet wings present.

Insects usually green.

5. Sulcus of frontal ridge widening considerably

before meeting fastigium, and continuous

on to it. Elytra covering part or whole of

second abdominal segment, the lower margin

rather sharply upturned about one-third

from the apex. Hind margin of pronotum

very slightly indented medianly. Pronotal

carinae sharp ‘ . LP. serbica Brunn.

New Acridudae from South Africa. 151

5.5. Suleus of frontal ridge narrowing uniformly,

extremely fine anterior to antennal bases.

Elytra not extending on to second abdominal

segment, lower margin not sharply upturned.

Hind margin of pronotum uniformly convex.

Pronotal carinae poorly developed

P. rubripennulis sp. n.

Pyrgomorphella capensis sp. n.

Male (Type) (Plate XVII, E and F).—Body slender, fusiform,

finely punctuated, slightly hairy, especially on the under side.

Antennae subequal to head and pronotum, 16-jointed, the third

joint subequal to the fourth, the last two joints indistinctly separated,

the last joint straight on the outside, sloping or incurved on the inside.

Section between fifth and sixth joints triangular, the upper inner

and outer lower faces being flat and broad, the inner lower narrower

and slightly rounded.

Head from above conical, about twice as long as its width at the

occiput. Occiput with a fine median carina originating at the

fastigium and reaching almost to the pronotum. Fastigium as long

as broad or very slightly longer, varying somewhat in shape among

individuals. The foveolae in contact along a length equal to the

greatest width of a foveola, distinctly but not strongly marginated,

and but little depressed. Head from the side slightly and evenly

convex above, the face strongly sloping, slightly and evenly concave

(though the degree of concavity varies slightly in individuals), bend-

ing upwards between the antennae to meet the fastigium. Frontal

ridge straight, fine, even, sulcate throughout, very nearly reaching

the clypeus. Median ocellus extremely minute, evanescent. Lateral

facial carinae faint, extending to the base of the antennae. A small

tubercle reminiscent of an ocellus situated between the lateral facial

carina and the lower angle of the eye. The true lateral ocelli very

small, each situated directly in front of the eye, between the upper

anterior angle and the base of the antenna, and at the base of the

margin of the fastigium. Hyes from above and in front prominent,

from the side more or less oval, but the hind end more or less obliquely

truncate. A single row of white callosities stretching from the eye

to the lower margin of the lateral pronotal lobes.

Pronotum on top slightly convex. Anterior margin slightly

emarginate, posterior margin strongly angulately emarginate. Hind

margin not quite reaching the metanotum. Median carina fine but

distinct, intersected by the second and third transverse sulci. The

152 Annals of the South African Museum.

first sulcus is represented only by a slight transverse furrow not

reaching the lateral carinae. The second sulcus exactly bisects the

median carina, and is slightly curved forwards at the point of inter-

section. Lateral carinae almost, though not entirely, obsolete, even

in the prozona, and obliquely interrupted in the manner character-

istic of the genus. They reach their greatest development in the

metazona, where they are indicated by a line of two or more very

small white callous tubercles, and a purplish mark. Lateral lobes

with the inferior margin slightly sinuate, raised, and callous;

anterior margin sloping forward, a very indistinct sulcus just

behind it; hind angle about 90°, hind margin incurved; a broad

callous rugose stripe immediately above the inferior margin, and

continuous with the line of tubercles from the eye. The second

sulcus distinct right to the callous stripe, the third sulcus not, though

in some individuals it is. Surface of lateral lobes flat. Mesonotum

just visible behind the pronotum. Metanotum resembling an

abdominal tergum.

Mesosternal lobes subquadrate. Mesosternal interspace sub-

quadrate, slightly wider than the lobes. Metasternal interspace not

as wide as the mesosternal interspace, small, slightly transverse,

oval, depressed. Prosternal tubercle blunt, broad.

Elytra about twice as long as their greatest width, the inner margins

subparallel, separated at the base by a distance subequal to their

length, with a few longitudinal rows of fine pits, just covering the

metanotum. Wings absent. |

Abdomen with a low dorso-median carina, obsolescent in places.

Tympanum absent.

Fore and middle tibiae with outer and inner spines. Hind femora

with the upper outer carina and the oblique carinae of the outer area

not very strongly developed. Hind tibiae with 8-9 outer and 10

inner spines (11 in two male paratypes). A small apical outer and

a large apical inner spine present.

General colour yellow-green. Antennae (except the two basal

joints, which are green) and apex of fastigium purple-brown. LHyes

pale brown. Row of callosities from eye, white. Pro- and meso-

notum with a faint purple-brown line along the median carina, and

continued along the abdomen, widening in the first abdominal

tergum. Lower margin of pronotal lobes with a white band sur-

mounted by a fine dark line. Hind portions of lateral carina with

white callosities bordered below by a fine dark line. Under side pale.

Fore and middle legs brownish. Sides of abdomen with a black

New Acridudae from South Africa. 153

spot on the anterior margin of each segment. Hind femora green,

the knees pink at the apex. Hind tibia blue-green, the apex and the

feet purplish.

Female (Allotype).—Larger than the male, body more fusiform.

Antennae and eyes relatively smaller. Lateral facial carina further

from the eye than in the male owing to the smaller size of the eye.

Line of callosities from the eye, and also the callous border to the

lateral pronotal lobes, less well developed than in the male. Median

‘ pronotal carina with a fine sulcus. LElytra separated at the base by

a distance greater than the length of an elytron. Mesosternal

interspace rectangular, transverse, about twice as wide as long.

Metasternal interspace elongated transversely, about four times as

wide as long, equal in width to the mesosternal interspace. Genital

valves slender, gently curved, the upper pair roughly serrate in the

basal half. Hind tibia with 10 outer and 10-11 inner spines. (In

other paratypes there are 9 outer and 10-11 inner spines.) Both

outer and inner apical spines present, the former small.

General coloration brown. Antennae purple-brown. Head dark

brown. Line of callosities below the eye and on the pronotal lobes

less vividly white than in the male. Abdomen brown with a dark

brown stripe on the sides, especially in front. Under side pale.

Fore and middle legs dark brown. Hind femora more or less mottled

with brown and dark brown. Hind tibiae almost black apically.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm,

Body ; : Ed la (as: 15-7

Pronotum . : ’ 2-0 3°0

Hind femur . i ; 6-5 8-0

Antenna é : : 4-75 5-0

Head Mae : : 2:5 3°0

Described from 4 males and 16 females from the Cape Flats, Cape

Peninsula (Key, December 1930). The colour pattern exhibited

by the Type apparently occurs only among the males, though

other patterns are equally common. Both among males and

females, however, coloration is very variable, ranging from pale grey,

through all shades of grey and brown, to grey-green and blue-green.

All the specimens were collected from a mass of low-growing silvery-

leaved herbs of the family Compositae, which presumably forms their

food-supply.

154 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pyrgomorphella senecionicola sp. n.

Larger than the previous species, and differing from it mainly in

the pronotum from above, especially the posterior margin, the

elytra, and the typical female coloration.

Male (Type) (Plate XVII, D an G).—Body fusiform, less slender

and slightly more rugulose than in the previous species, slightly

hairy.

Antennae subequal to head and pronotum, 16-jointed, the third

joint much longer than the fourth, but showing traces of division

(more pronounced in a few of the paratypes), the last two joints

indistinctly separated, the last joint straight on the outside, sloping

on the inside, not so pointed as in P. capensis. Section between

fourth and fifth joints triangular, the upper inner and lower outer

faces being flat and broad, the lower inner narrower and slightly

rounded.

Head from above conical, very nearly twice as long as its width

at the occiput. Occiput with a fine median carina originating at

the fastigium and reaching the pronotum. Occiput somewhat rugose,

the rugosities tending to become transverse on the vertex. Fastigium

as long as broad, varying somewhat in shape among individuals.

The foveolae in contact along a length equal to the greatest width

of a foveola, more or less distinctly, but not strongly marginated,

and but little depressed. Head from the side slightly and evenly

convex above, the face strongly sloping, slightly and evenly concave,

bending slightly upwards to meet the fastigium. Frontal ridge fine,

straight, even, sulcate throughout, very nearly reaching the clypeus.

Median ocellus small, but not as degenerate asin P. capensis. Lateral

facial carinae faint, extending to the base of the antennae. A small

tubercle reminiscent of an ocellus situated between the lateral facial

carina and the lower angle of the eye. The true lateral ocelli each

very small, situated directly in front of the eye, between the upper

anterior angle and the base of the antenna, and at the base of the

margin of the fastigium. Eyes from above and in front prominent,

from the side more or less oval, but the hind end more or less obliquely

truncate. A single row of white callosities stretching from the eye

to the lower margin of the lateral pronotal lobes.

Pronotum on top slightly convex. Anterior margin slightly

emarginate, posterior margin in general contour slightly convex, but

with a small, sharp, median emargination. Hind margin covering

half the metanotum. Median carina very faint, but discernible,

New Acridudae from South Africa. 155

intersected by the second and third transverse sulci. The first sulcus

is represented only by a slight transverse furrow not reaching the

lateral carinae. The second transverse sulcus is situated slightly

but definitely in front of the mid-point of the median carinae, and

bends slightly forwards at the point of intersection. Lateral carinae

almost, though not entirely, absent in the prozona, and obliquely

interrupted in the manner characteristic of the genus. In the

metazona they are indicated by a line of two or more white callous

tubercles and a purplish mark. The two lines of tubercles diverge

slightly forwards. Lateral lobes with the surface very slightly

impressed; the inferior margin slightly sinuate, raised, and callous;

anterior margin sloping forward, a very indistinct sulcus just behind

it, hind angle about 90°, hind margin incurved. A callous rugose

stripe, narrower than in the previous species, immediately above the

inferior margin and continuous with the line of tubercles from the

eye. Both transverse sulci distinct down to this stripe.

Mesonotum not visible behind pronotum; hind half of metanotum

visible only.

Mesosternal lobes with the inner hind angle rounded, somewhat

less than 90°, the interspace slightly transverse, trapezoidal, about

as wide as the lobes. Metasternal interspace oval, transverse, about

twice as wide as long, nearly as wide as the mesosternal interspace.

Elytra larger than in P. capensis, less than twice as long as their

greatest width, the inner margins converging towards the base,

separated at the base by a distance about half their length, with many

longitudinal rows of pits, covering part of the first abdominal segment.

Minute scarlet wings, incapable of being expanded, present beneath

the elytral pads.

Abdomen with a low dorso-median carina, callous in some parts,

obsolescent in others. Tympanum absent.

Fore and middle tibiae with inner and outer spines. Hind femora

with the oblique carinae on the externo-median area not strongly

developed. Hind tibiae with 8-9 outer and 11 inner spines (8-10

outer and 9-11 inner in the male paratypes). A small apical outer

and a large apical inner spine present.

General coloration green and brown. Antennae purple-brown

except the two basal joints, which are green. Head brownish on the

vertex, green elsewhere. Eyes brown. Lateral row of tubercles

from the eye yellowish white. Pronotum pale brown on top, brownish

green on the lateral lobes. Pleura greenish brown. Dorsal surface

of abdomen brown, the apex and sides greenish brown. Fore and

156 Annals of the South African Museum.

middle legs brown. Hind femur green, the apex of the knee brown.

Hind tibia blue-green for about the basal two-thirds, the apical

third and the tarsus pink. Under side pale brown.

Female (Allotype).—Larger than the male, the body more fusiform,

more rugose. Antennae and eyes relatively smaller than in the male.

Antennae 15-jointed (16-jointed in one paratype). Head from above

relatively shorter, the median carina less distinct than in the male

and much less distinct than in the female P. capensis. Median

ocellus obsolete (present in the other paratypes). Lateral facial

carina further from the eye than in the male. The row of callous

tubercles below the eye narrower, less distinct, the tubercles reduced

in number and in size, hardly larger than the other tubercles on the

head. The stripe on the pronotal lobe similarly reduced. Median

carina of pronotum obsolete except in the hindmost part of the meta-

zona, where it is just discernible. Lateral pronotal carina very

blunt—really only an angular bend in the plane of the pronotum—

and with not more than one extremely small white tubercle (in some

paratypes tubercles are quite absent). Surface of lateral lobes

slightly more impressed. Mesosternal interspace rectangular, about

twice as wide as long, and twice as wide as the lobes. Metasternal

interspace strongly transverse, about five times as wide as long, and

equal in width to the mesosternal interspace. Hlytra separated at

the base by a distance slightly less than the length of an elytron.

Genital valves more robust than in P. capensis, strongly curved, the

upper pair roughly serrate in the basal half. Hind tibia with 10 outer

and 11 inner spines (8-9 outer and 10-11 inner among other para-

types). Both outer and inner apical spines present.

Antennae pale pinkish. Eyes pale brown. Callous stripe below

eye and on inferior margin of pronotal lobe indistinct, yellowish

white. The rest uniformly green.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mms.

Body . ; : : 1 13-0 19-25

Pronotum . ; ; : 2°8 4-2

Hind femur . : ; ee 9-2

Antenna : . E ' 5-2 5-5

Head . § i ] : 2:7 3°25

Described from 7 males and 5 females, all from near Hermanus, in

the Caledon Division, Cape Province (Key, January 1931). The males

all possess essentially the same coloration, differing only in the extent

New Acridudae from South Africa. 157

to which brown invades green, while the pink apex to the hind tibia

may be absent. All the females possess the same coloration except

one, which is uniformly buff. No approach is made to the degree

of variability exhibited in both males and females of P. capensis.

Pyrgomorphella rubripennulis sp. n.

Larger than either of the last two species, and differing from them

mainly in the pronotum and elytra, and in the possession of a

tympanum.

Male (Type) (Plate XVII, C and H).—Body fusiform, slightly

hairy, more rugulose than in the previous species.

Antennae subequal to head and pronotum together. Third and

fourth joints imperfectly separated (quite separate in some paratypes).

Counting these joints as separate there are 17 joints in all. The

last joint with the outer margin straight, the inner sloping. Section

between fifth and sixth joints more or less triangular, the one long

side (representing the upper inner face) straight, the other long side

(representing the lower outer face) curved, and the short side some-

what curved.

Head from above conical, less than twice as long as its width at

the occiput. Occiput with a fine median carina originating at the

fastigium and reaching the pronotum. Occiput somewhat rugose,

more so than in the preceding species, the rugosities tending to become

transverse on the vertex. Fastigium as long as broad, the apex

more rounded than in the previous species (though in one paratype

it is indistinguishable from P. senecionicola). The foveolae in con-

tact along a length equal to the greatest width of a foveola, clearly

marginated, little depressed. Head from the side very slightly

convex—almost straight—on top, the face strongly sloping, slightly

and evenly concave, bending slightly upwards to meet the fastigium.

Frontal ridge straight, fine, even, sulcate throughout, very nearly

reaching the clypeus. Median ocellus small. Lateral facial carinae

clearly marked, extending to the base of the antennae. A small

tubercle reminiscent of an ocellus situated between the lateral facial

carina and the lower angle of the eye. The lateral ocelli small,

situated directly in front of the eye between the upper anterior angle

and the base of the antenna, and at the base of the margin of the

fastigium. Hyes from above and in front prominent, from the side

more or less oval, but the hind margin more or less obliquely truncate.

A band of callous tubercles which may contain more than one row

stretching from the eye to the lower margin of the pronotal lobes.

158 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pronotum from above slightly convex. Anterior margin nearly

straight, posterior margin very obtusely angulate, the apex rounded,

without any emargination (one male paratype has a slight median

indentation). Hind margin covering about half the metanotum.

Median carina very faint, in some places obsolescent, in others very

finely sulcate, intersected by the second and third transverse sulci.

The first sulcus is represented only by a slight transverse furrow

not reaching the lateral carinae. The second transverse sulcus is

situated in front of the middle, and has a forward bend in the middle.

Lateral carinae very blunt and poorly developed, being little more

than angular bends in the surface plane of the pronotum; inter-

rupted obliquely in the manner characteristic of the genus; the hind

portion with only one small white tubercle (two in some paratypes).

Lateral lobes with the surface very slightly impressed, the inferior

margin sinuate, raised, and callous, anterior margin sloping forward,

a very indistinct sulcus just behind it, hind angle about 90°, hind

margin incurved. A callous band of tubercles immediately above the

inferior margin and continuous with the band of tubercles from the

eye. Transverse sulci extending down to this band.

Mesonotum not visible behind pronotum. Hind part of metanotum

only visible.

Mesosternal lobes with the inner angle rounded, somewhat less

than 90°, the interspace trapezoidal, not transverse, about as wide

as the lobes. Metasternal interspace oval, transverse, about twice

as wide as long, nearly as wide as the mesosternal interspace.

Elytra larger than in the previous species, about twice as long as

their greatest width, the inner margins almost in contact at the

base; with rudimentary longitudinal veins separated by rows of

pits, extending just beyond the hind margin of the first abdominal

segment (in one paratype the elytra just fail to reach the hind margin).

Elytra capable of being raised when the insect is disturbed to exhibit

the minute scarlet wings, just capable of being expanded. Integu-

ment under and immediately around the wings (but covered by the

elytra) scarlet.

Abdomen with a low dorso-median carina. The infero-apical

part of the elytron covers a functional quadrant-shaped tympanum.

Fore and middle tibiae with outer and inner spines. Hind femora

with the oblique carinae on the externo-median area not strongly

developed. One hind tibia with 10 spines on the outside and 10 on

the inside, and both apical spines present, the other with 8 outer

spines, the apical one represented only by a small tubercle, and 11

New Acridudae from South Africa. 159

inner spines (in the paratypes there are 9-10 outer spines and 10-11

inner; in one paratype there are 8 outer spines on both tibiae, the

apical one in each case being only a small tubercle). When present,

the outer apical spine is very small.

General coloration green invaded by purple-brown. Antennae

dark purple-brown, except the basal two joints, which are some-

what greenish. Head on top mainly purple-brown, especially on the

fastigium. Rest of head buff-green. Eyes pale brown. Pronotum

purple-brown in the prozona, brownish green in the metazona.

Lateral lobes of pronotum brownish green. The stripe below the

eye and on the lower margin of the pronotum yellow. Pleura,

abdomen, and fore and middle legs brownish green. LHlytra purple-

brown on top, greenish near the outer margin. Hind legs dull green,

apex of knees pinkish. Under side buff-green.

Female (Allotype). — Larger than the male, the body more

fusiform.

Antennae relatively slightly shorter than in the male, more ensi-

form at the base, and in that region also slightly serrate. Third and

fourth joints imperfectly separated. Counting them as separate

there are 18 joints in all, the last two imperfectly separated. (In

some paratypes the third and fourth joints are quite separate, in

others quite united, so that the antenna has only 17 joints.) Head

from above relatively shorter than the male. Lateral facial carinae

further separated from the eyes than in the male on account of the

relatively smaller size of the eyes. Row of tubercles below the eye

less well developed than in the male; the band of the inferior margin

of the pronotal lobes nothing more than a yellow stripe, because

the tubercles are no larger than those on the rest of the pronotum.

Pronotum from above more convex than in the male. Hind margins

very slightly incurved before they meet at the rounded apex. Lateral

pronotal carina obsolescent in the prozona, where it is indicated by

a row of extremely small callous tubercles (better developed in some

female paratypes), similar to the male in the metazona. Surface of

the lateral lobes slightly more impressed than in the male. Meso-

sternal lobes with the inner hind angle rounded, 90° (less than 90°

in some paratypes), the interspace rectangular (trapezoidal in some

paratypes), transverse, nearly twice as wide as the lobes and as its

own length. Metasternal interspace transverse, about 6-8 times as

wide as long, equal in width to the mesosternal interspace. Elytra

more widely separated at the base than in the male, but not separated

by a distance greater than half the width of an elytron at the base.

VOL, XXXII, PART 3. 12

160 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hind tibiae with 10 outer and 11 inner spines, both apical spines

present, but the outer one very small. (In other female paratypes

there are 8-10 outer and 10-11 inner spines.) Genital valves more

robust than in the two previous species, the upper pair more abruptly

curved at the apex.

General coloration uniformly green. Antennae, eyes, and meta-

notum grey. Apex of fastigium and fore and middle legs with a trace

of grey. Sides of abdomen with the lower margins of the tergites

buff. Subocular and lateral pronotal stripes yellow. Infero-external

carina of hind femur yellow.

Measurements:

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body , ‘ : a5 95) 21-5

Pronotum : : , 4-0 5-25

Hind femur ; 4 : 9-25 11-0

Antenna es : : ; 6:25 6:8

Head , : A i 2-8. 4-0

Described from 7 males and 6 females, all from Grahamstown,

Eastern Cape Province (Key, May 1931). Some of the specimens

are somewhat discoloured. The males vary in the extent to which

purple-brown has invaded green. One male paratype is of exactly

the same colour as the allotype, while one is uniformly brown. The

females vary to a less extent. Both sexes vary considerably in size,

shape of fastigium, and degree of concavity of face. The external

lower carina of the hind femur may be either yellow (as described

for the female allotype) or normal in both sexes.

The three species capensis, senecionicola, and rubripennulis form

(in the order mentioned) an interesting series which shows a steady

gradation from one species to the next in several characters. The

direction of the gradation corresponds with the distribution of the

species geographically. Thus, starting with capensis at Cape Town,

and passing east along the coast, we come to senecionicola at Her-

manus, about 40 miles away as the crow flies, and then to rubr-

pennulis at Grahamstown, a further 430 miles east. The following

characters show a regular increase from capensis to rubripennulis:

size, relative length of elytra, degree of development of wings and

tympanum; and the degree of emargination of the hind margin of

the pronotum shows a regular decrease.

New Acridudae from South Africa. 161

Pyrgomorphella variegata sp. n.

Male (Type) (Plate XVII, A and L).—Body fusiform, rugulose,

very slightly hairy on the legs and under side. |

Antennae in length subequal to head and pronotum together,

17-jointed, the third joint not perfectly separated from the fourth,

the last joint straight on the outside, sloping on the inside; somewhat

flattened and serrate, especially near the base, triangular in section,

the long sides of the triangle representing the upper inner and lower

outer faces.

Head from above conical, about twice as long as its width at the

occiput. Occiput with a fine median carina, originating at the fas-

tigium and reaching the pronotum. Fastigium slightly longer than

wide, slightly convex, the apex widely rounded. Foveolae in contact

along a length equal to the greatest width of a foveola, not impressed.

The carinae which, at the base, form the inner margin of the foveolae

are not in contact until the very apex of the fastigium, owing to the

fact that they invade the foveolae and no longer form the true inner

margins of the foveolae. Head from the side evenly convex above,

the face strongly sloping, considerably concave. Frontal ridge

narrow, very indistinct in the lower part, not quite reaching the

clypeus, sulcate throughout, narrowing gradually towards the fas-

tigiuum. Median ocellus minute. Lateral ocelli small, situated just

in front of the eye, and between the eye and the base of the antenna.

Lateral facial carina faint in the middle, more distinct above and

below. A small low tubercle reminiscent of an ocellus situated

between the lateral carina and the lower angle of the eye. Hyes from

above and in front prominent, from the side more or less oval, but

the hind end more or less obliquely truncate. A fairly broad band

of more than one row of raised callosities stretching from below the

eye to the base of the lateral pronotal lobe. Surface of the gena

above and below the subocular stripe smooth and shiny.

Pronotum on top more or less flat. Anterior margin nearly straight,

posterior margin shghtly convex, with a shght median emargination.

Hind margin not quite reaching the metanotum. Median carina

low and fine but distinct, intersected by three transverse sulci. The

first is poorly developed and only just reaches the lateral pronotal

carinae; the second is well developed and cuts deeply into the lateral

carinae; the third is also well developed, but cuts the lateral carinae

less deeply. The second sulcus cuts the median carina slightly in

front of the mid-point, and is slightly bent forward at the point of

162 Annals of the South African Museum.

intersection. The lateral carinae are quite well developed, and

obliquely interrupted. The anterior portions of the carinae do not

extend further back than the second transverse sulcus, and diverge

strongly forwards. The posterior portions diverge forwards at an

angle subequal to that of the anterior portions, and extend obliquely

downwards and forwards into the lateral lobes as far as the anterior

margin, though they are less well developed at the very front. At

the second sulcus the anterior portion of the lateral carina and the

posterior portion are separated, along the line of the sulcus, by a

distance subequal to the distance between the second and third sulci.

In front of the second sulcus, running right between the anterior and

produced posterior portions of the lateral carina, is another short

low carina formed by a row of tubercles; this carina bends upwards

in front to meet the anterior portion of the lateral carina. Lateral

pronotal lobes with the lower margin somewhat sinuate, raised, and

callous; the anterior margin sloping forward, the posterior margin

incurved; hind angle about 90°, rounded. Surface of the lateral

lobes impressed. A broad, raised, yellowish, callous stripe traversed

by irregular sulci extends just above the lower margin and is continuous

with the subocular stripe; it is less well developed in the region behind

the third sulcus. Shortly behind the anterior margin of the lateral

lobe is a transverse sulcus. The second and third sulci reach the

callous stripe. The surface of the lobe in front of the third sulcus

and above the callous stripe is smooth and shiny, that behind the

third sulcus lightly rugose like the disk. |

Mesonotum just visible behind the pronotum. Metanotum

smoother than the abdominal segments. Mesosternal lobes and

interspace subquadrate and subequal. Inner hind angles of meso-

sternal lobes not rounded. Metasternal interspace more or less oval,

but the anterior margin straight; about twice as wide as long, not

quite as wide as the mesosternal interspace.

Elytra 3-4 times as long as their maximal width, diverging outwards

and downwards from their point of origin, the outer margin nearly

straight, the inner slightly curved, the apex rounded; just failing to

reach the hind margin of the first abdominal segment, separated

at the base by a distance subequal to their maximal width.

Abdomen without a dorso-median carina. A small. tympanum

present just underneath the apex of the elytron.

Fore and middle tibiae with outer and inner spines. One hind

leg missing, the other detached. Hind femur with the upper outer

carina and the oblique carinae on the externo-median area well

New Acridudae from South Africa. 163

developed. Hind tibia with 8 outer and 11 inner spines. An apical

inner, but no apical outer spine present. :

General coloration brown. The Type is clearly a good deal faded.

Antennae grey, somewhat paler near the outer margin, and the distal

margin of each joint pale, so that the antenna appears striated.

Basal three or four joints brown. Head brown, somewhat darker

along the hind part of the median carina, and above the subocular

stripe, which is yellowish. Eyes reddish brown.

Pronotum discoloured on the lobes and the anterior part of the

disk; brown, darker on the shiny part above the stripe on the inferior

margin of the lobes. The stripe discoloured, probably yellowish in

life. The pleura are very characteristically coloured. Beginning

at the suture separating the anterior half of the mesopleuron from the

mesosternum, and working backwards, we have first a dark brown

region; at about the lower hind angle of the pronotal lobe there

arises a pale band running parallel to the pleural sutures, to the coxa;

behind this comes a dark band, and behind that, just in front of the

mesopleural suture, another pale band; the hind half of the meso-

pleuron—that is, behind the afore-mentioned suture—is mainly dark;

then comes the suture separating the meso- and metapleura, and behind

that the front of the metapleuron, which is pale, then the metapleural

suture, followed by the hind half of the metapleuron, which is dark

save for the infero-posterior process, which is pale.

Abdomen brown with a narrow dorso-median pale stripe. The

sides with a pale stripe along the lower margins of the terga, sur-

mounted on each segment by a small dark mark. LElytra and legs

brown.

Female (Allotype).— Larger than the male, the body more

fusiform, more rugose.

Antennae with the joints relatively longer than in the male, especially

the last one, less flattened and serrate, the one 15- the other 16-

jointed.

Head from above less than twice as long as its width at the occiput.

Median carina very faint. Foveolae slightly impressed. A slight

transverse depression on the vertex shortly behind the apex of the

eyes. Head in profile nearly straight above. Median ocellus not as

small, nor the frontal ridge so indistinct below the ocellus, as in the

male. LHyes relatively smaller than in the male. Pronotum on top

with a few slight depressions, especially one on either side of the

metazona. Hind margin covering part of the metanotum. Trans-

verse sulci less well developed than in the male. Lateral pronotal

164 Annals of the South African Museum.

carinae subparallel. Mesonotum not visible behind the pronotum.

Mesosternal lobes and interspace trapezoidal, the inner hind angles

of the lobes considerably less than 90°, the interspace not quite

twice as wide as long. Metasternal interspace as wide as the meso-

sternal, about four times as wide as long. LElytra not quite as attenu-

ate as in the male, about three times as long as their maximal width,

just surpassing the hind margin of the first abdominal segment,

separated at the base by a distance nearly twice their maximal

width. Genital valves strongly curved, black-tipped, the upper

pair coarsely serrate above, slightly hairy below.

Coloration essentially similar to the male, but unfaded. Antennae

purple-brown, striated as in the male. Head pale in front. Sub-

ocular stripe yellowish, bordered above and below by a very dark,

nearly black band. Head and pronotum on top purple-brown, but

the heads of the numerous small rugosities yellowish, so that a paler

brown effect is produced. The dorsal surface of the abdomen is

darker, because there are fewer rugosities. A very dark dorso-

median stripe on the head. Eyes purple-brown. Shiny part of

lateral pronotal lobe deep purple-brown. Pleura as in male, except

that the lower anterior part of the metapleuron is dark purple-

brown. Under side mottled purple-brown and yellowish. Fore and

middle legs purple-brown. Hind legs missing.

Measurements :

Male. Female.

mm. mm.

Body : ; : pila) 28:0

Pronotum . 5 5 : 4-0 5-5

Hind femur 5 , ; 9-5 ae

Antenna . } : 5 Bs 8-25

Head , : é “i eed 3°8

Described from one male (Type) from Narosura, Masai Reserve,

Kenya (Capt. A. O. Luckman, February 1914, 6500 feet), and one

female from El donyo eb Viru, Kenya (C. 8. Betton, 1902, May—July).

Though the Type and allotype differ in several points, especially

the top of the head, these are almost certainly sexual differences.

In any case, the shape of the head varies considerably among indi-

viduals in the other species.

Pyrgomorphella rugosa sp. n.

Male (Type) (Plate XVII, B and K).—Body slightly hairy.

Antennae slightly shorter than head and pronotum together,

15-jointed, the third joint imperfectly separated from the fourth

New Acridudae from South Africa. 165

and itself showing a very faint sign of a dividing line, the last joint

straight on the outside, curved on the inside; slightly wider and

flattened at the base, evenly tapering, triangular in section, the long

sides of the triangle representing the upper inner and lower outer

faces.

Head from above slightly conical, about twice as long as its width

at the occiput. Occiput with a fine, well-raised, median carina

originating a short distance behind the fastigium, and obsolete

shortly behind the eyes. Fastigium about as long as wide, well

marginated, the apex widely rounded; foveolae in contact along a

length equal to the greatest width of a foveola, slightly impressed.

Vertex with a few irregular rugosities. Head in profile strongly

convex above, the bend being mainly between the eyes; the face

strongly sloping, irregularly concave, suddenly impressed a short

distance below the ocellus. Frontal ridge wider than in all the

previous species, distinctly marginated throughout, not quite reaching

the clypeus, widened at the ocellus, suddenly depressed shortly below

the ocellus, strongly compressed between and above the antennae,

but sulcate throughout. Median and lateral ocelli well developed.

Lateral ocelli situated level with the front of the eye, and between

the eye and the base of the antenna. Lateral facial carinae distinct

throughout, well developed in the region of the eyes, less so lower

down. A small tubercle reminiscent of an ocellus situated between

the lateral carina and the lower angle of the eye. Face and

gena with a few small rugosities. Eyes from above and in

front very prominent, from the side nearly circular. No subocular

stripe.

Pronotum on top slightly convex, coarsely rugose. Anterior

margin slightly and widely emarginate. Posterior margin slightly

convex, not emarginate, not reaching the hind margin of the meso-

notum. Median carina well raised, but, like all the carinae, widely

interrupted and broken up by the transverse sulci, including the

first. The first sulcus is very faint and stretches only as far as the

front portions of the lateral carinae. The second and third sulci

are well developed, widely interrupting the median and lateral

carinae. Both bend forward somewhat at their points of inter-

section with the median carina. The second sulcus intersects the

median carina at its mid-point or very slightly in front. The lateral

carinae are much broken up, both by the transverse sulci and apart

from them, and their course is further obscured by the presence of

other rugosities and short carinae on the pronotum and its lobes.

166 Annals of the South African Museum.

Kach lateral carina is obliquely divided into an interior and posterior

portion. The anterior portions can be traced back as far as the second

transverse sulcus, and diverge forwards. The posterior portions

are most clearly indicated in the metazona; they are produced

forwards and downwards on to the lateral lobes, becoming obsolescent

towards the anterior margin. Lateral pronotal lobes with the surface

slightly impressed, the lower margin strongly sinuate, raised, and

callous; the anterior margin sloping forward, the posterior margin

incurved; hind angle obliquely truncate. Shortly behind the

anterior margin is an indistinct short sulcus. The second transverse

sulcus extends on to the lateral lobe and nearly reaches the lower

margin; the third sulcus does not extend so far. Surface of lobe

strongly punctured in the metazona.

Mesosternal interspace trapezoidal, wider than the lobes. Inner

hind angles of mesosternal lobes rounded, less than 90°. Metasternal

interspace somewhat depressed, oval, slightly wider than long,

narrower than the mesosternal interspace.

EKlytra more or less oval, about twice as long as their maximal

width, the outer margin straight for the basal two-thirds, bending

inwards for the apical third; inner margins straight except at the

very base, overlapping right to the apex, but leaving a small

triangular portion of the mesonotum showing between them at the

very base. EHlytra covering the whole of the metanotum, no part

of which is visible, and half the first abdominal segment.

Abdomen with a low dorso-median carina. Tympanum in-

dicated only by a small depression behind the first abdominal

spiracle.

Anterior and middle femora well developed, the tibiae spined.

Hind legs missing.

General coloration grey-brown, the apices of the larger rugosities

dark. Antennae grey, in the basal part paler at the margins than

in the centre; there are also paler regions at about joints 9-11 and

joint 14. Foveolae of fastigium also greyish. Eyes reddish brown

with dark streaks. Face pale brown. Frontal ridge, below the

ocellus, at the point where it is suddenly depressed, with the margins

black; margins below that point also black in parts. Lower margin

of pronotal lobes with a broad pale stripe interrupted at the second

sulcus. Pronotal lobes darkish except in the metazona. Abdomen

dark in the region of the first spiracle, the lower margin of each

tergite with a slightly oblique black mark. Under side buff.

New Acridudae from South Africa. 167

Measurements:

Male

mm,

Body : ! : 2) TGA

Pronotum . : 2 os GeO)

Hind femur ; , ase

Antenna . 2 : ; 5-0

Head ; : : ; 3:0

Described from one male only in the South African Museum’s

collection, from Dunbrody, Uitenhage Division, March 1912.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII-XVII.

XIII. Betiscoides meridionalis Sjést.

XIV. Betiscoides sjostedts sp. n.

XV. Betiscoides parva sp. n.

XVI. Frontifissia elegans sp. n.

XVII. Pyrgomorphella capensis sp. n., figs. E, F.

$5 senecionicola sp. n., figs. D, G.

by rubripennulis sp. n, figs. C, H.

“A variegata sp. n., figs. A, L.

oe rugosa sp. n., figs. B, K.

ee iste lay

IN aon

io) ee at

fetcyee’ ‘agg Aah aes Oth.

is iis

- ? 2 a ff

‘ (i > 4

Plate XIII.

Amn. o. Air. Mus., Vol. XX XII.

‘AVAIIGIXYOV NVOIHAVY HLOOS

Neill & Co., Ltd.

K. HH. L. Key.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. X X XII.

K. H. L. Key.

Plate XIV.

Neill & Co., Lid.

SOUTH AFRICAN ACRIDIIDAE.

Plate XV.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII.

Neill & Co., Lid.

K. H. L. Key.

Plate XVI.

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XX XII.

teleeewemee

SrOOooconnrrrrrrrrr,

0., Lid.

Neill & C

TO Key:

oo hrc (i

mae ach oY

eT rome

Plate XVII.

= Vols XX XI.

Afr. Mus.

Ann. S.

Neill & Co., Lid.

K. H. L. Key.

( 169 )

12. Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape, with Descriptions’

of the Nymphs, and of New Species.—By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc.,

Assistant. Director. ,

(With 32 Text-figures.)

_ Tuts is the tenth report on the Fauna of the Mountain Ranges of the

Cape Province, for the investigation of which I have received grants

from the Royal Society of South Africa and the Research Grant

Board.* My thanks and acknowledgments are herewith tendered

to these bodies.

Both from a general faunistic point of view, and also in connection

with the food of trout and other fishes, dragon-flies are of considerable

importance. During the course of my researches on the Mountain

Fauna much material and many observations have been collected.

Additional occurrences and localities of several species since the

publication of Ris’ monograph of the South African Odonata (1921,

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xviii) have accumulated and are worthy of

record.

The main purpose of this paper is to describe the nymphs (larvae,

or nalads) of the Cape species, only one of which was available for

‘inclusion in Ris’ work.

Only those species occurring in the 8.W. Cape, roughly within a

radius of 200 miles from Cape Town, have been included, as I have

had no opportunities of investigating the life-histories of the more

tropical forms. The fauna-list for this area includes 39 species

and 2 varieties, of which 4 species and: 2 varieties are described as

new. The nymphs of 24 of these have been discovered; in terms of

genera, the nymphs of only 4 genera out of 22 remain to be discovered

(viz. Lestes, Ceriagrion, Palpopleura, Sympetrum).

* Previous reports: 1. “Freshwater Crustacea,” Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., vol.

xiv, 1927. 2. “Colophon (Coleoptera),”’ sbid., vol. xviii, 1929. 3. “‘ Alder-flies,”’

ibid., vol. xix, 1931. 4. “May-flies,” cbid., vol. xx, 1932. 5. “Terrestrial Isopoda

(Woodlice),”” Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1932. 6. “Further New Species of

Colophon,” Stylops, vol. i, pt. 8, 1932. 7. ““A New Corduline Dragonfly,” zbid.,

vol. ii, pt 7, 1933. 8. ‘‘Caddis-flies,” Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., vol. xxi, 1934.

9. “‘Stone-flies,’? Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1934.

SS ee

170 Annals of the South African Museum.

In 1929 Brain (Insect Pests and their Control in South Africa,

pp. 159-160) gave a short key to 15 genera of dragon-flies found in

the winter-rainfall area. Following the localities given in Ris, he

did not include any Gomphines or Cordulines, or the genera Chloro-

cypha (olim Lrbellago) and Elattoneura (olim Disparoneura).

As regards the imagos, particular attention has been paid to the

genitalia of both sexes, and for the sake of comparison several

figures of species occurring outside the 8.W. Cape area are given.

This aspect of dragon-fly taxonomy is one to which far too little

attention has been paid in the past. In so many instances where

the “g genitalia” are figured, it is found that actually only the

secondary or accessory structures are figured; and discussions on

synonymy take no account of the penis, which, as the sequel will

show, often offers valuable specific characters.

Once again I have to record the great assistance rendered by

Mr. H. G. Wood, who has discovered several new localities for species

not hitherto believed to occur so far to the south-west, and who has

very generously provided motor transport on our joint expeditions.

Mr. A. C. Harrison, Mr. F. G. Chaplin (of the Jonkershoek Trout

Hatchery), and Mr. J. C. Dendy have taken an interest in the work

from the angler’s point of view, and have been of very material

assistance. Mr. Harrison was the first to discover a Corduline in

South Africa (Stylops, vol. ii, 1933), and has bred several of the

nymphs recorded in the present paper. My colleagues Dr. A. J. Hesse

and Mr. C. W. Thorne have also rendered much assistance.

Mr. Harrison has contributed the following paragraphs on

Economics, for which I express my thanks.

ECONOMICS.

Dragon-flies may take some part in the control of aquatic insects

which are directly harmful to man—such as mosquitoes, or even of

orchard pests in the vicinity of streams and dams.

Their importance to inland fisheries depends to some extent upon

the food requirements of the fish under consideration. Apart from

vertebrates, dragon-flies are the dominant insectivores in many

waters, and thus their position in the economy of trout waters is a

doubtful one. Trout grow well and attain high condition upon a

regular diet of the smaller aquatic insects—such as may-flies, caddises,

and chironomids, and dragon-flies must be considered as direct

competitors for such food. In stony mountain streams, dragon-fly

larvae are usually well concealed from the trout, either on or beneath

SS ee ee eee ee

—- ss

sok -

PS ee eS ee ee ee a a ee

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 171

the substratum (Aeschnine, Gomphine, and Libelluline nymphs) or

in vegetation (damsel-fly nymphs); and they are not very common

in numbers in trout stomachs although they are sometimes prominent

in bulk, except when floods have disturbed them from their usual

haunts. At such times they occur more numerously along with

other large food items—such as alder-fly larvae and river crabs.

In the slower reaches of trout streams, the larvae may play a very

useful part in the diet of the larger trout. On 9th May 1936 Mr.

Robert Murdock, of Capetown, caught a rainbow trout of 11 lb.

in the lower Eerste River at Faure, C.P. Its stomach contained

115 Mesogomphus nymphs (averaging about ? in. long), 10 Aeschna

nymphs (4 in. to 1% in. long), and 10 Libelluline nymphs (about

4 in. long, and probably Trithemis sp.); and no other food could be

recognised. Another trout of similar size caught at the same time

contained a smaller amount of the same larvae.

Aeschna and Anax nymphs are a direct menace to trout alevins

and young fry.

Adult dragon-flies are not usually common in trout stomachs,

but on one occasion an adult of the large species Anax speratus, the

“Great Red Dragon-fly,” was found in the stomach of a brown

trout of 1 lb. caught in the Witte River, Wellington, during the

summer peak of this species. (Several long Mermis-like parasitic

Nemotodes were found loose in the same stomach. Tillyard (1917,

p. 331) mentions a Filaria found by Selys.)

Dragon-flies are of value as a fish-food in enclosed waters devoted

to large-mouth black bass, as, on the whole, these fish require larger

food-items than do trout. Libelluline dragon-fly larvae have been

found to be a staple aquatic insect food taken by the bass in Paarde

Vlei Lake, Somerset West, and some stomachs have contained from

50 to 100 individuals forming in bulk a good meal. The annual visit

of the ‘Migratory Dragon-fly,” Sympetrum fonscolombe: Selys, to

Cape waters has been noticed to induce surface feeding by black

bass and to improve the fly-fishing. Black bass have been seen to

leap right out of the water to take these insects as they flew close

to the surface, particularly when the females were going through the

actions of ovipositing or flying 7 copula with the males.

TERMINOLOGY OF WING VEINS.

Although Ris retained the old system, he was evidently open to

receive the new interpretations of Lameere and Tillyard, based on a

study of fossil wings. It might be thought convenient to adopt in

Eee ee

Sy >

172 Annals of the South African Museum.

this paper the same terminology as in Ris’ monograph of the South

African Dragon-flies, but one must keep pace with scientific progress.

Tillyard’s notation, as expressed in his Insects of Australia and New

Zealand (1926), is therefore adopted here, and the following table

will show the chief alterations. Tillyard’s Biology of Dragon-flies

(1917) is such a useful book that the preliminary new notation there

used is also included.

Ris 1921. Tillyard 1917. Tillyard 1926.

R R

M,_3 M,_3 Rs

M, M, KR,

— Mya IR,

M, M, Re

Rs Ms TR,

um, ms wi"

4 as

Cu Cu+A Cu, +1A

Cu, Cu, Cu,

Cu, Cu, 1A

AF Ab A’

Cugq Ac Ac

The Radial and Median Supplements (Rspl, Mspl) may remain

the same, though the latter should really be MAspl. Cu,, except in

a single fossil form, is regarded as absent in all fossil and recent

Odonata (Tillyard, loc. cit., 1926, p. 68, footnote).

GENITALIA.

For purposes of the systematics of this paper, attention had already

been paid to the penis, and certain structural peculiarities had been

noted, when Mr. Harrison gave me a pair of Ischnura senegalensis

preserved in alcohol, which had remained in copula. The study of

this pair enabled one to observe the interaction of the several parts

of the g copulatory appendages and the 2 valve and stylets.

The grasping of the 2 prothorax by the ¢ claspers is well known,

but a figure (10) is given of this specimen showing how the Q pro-

thoracic ridge is held between the lower and upper 3 appendages,

while the projecting tergite of the 10th segment presses down on the

2 mesothorax (cf. Kennedy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xlix, p. 296,

fig, (89,1915).

The relation of the parts of the 2nd segment ¢ and the genital

segments of the 2 is shown in fig. le. The amplexus is actually

closer, but for the sake of clearness in the figure the sexes have been

pulled slightly apart. The bursa copulatrix or vagina (6) (cf. fig. 1 d)

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 173

opens between the bases of the stylets on the 8th segment. Both pairs

of stylets lie in the anterior pocket of the genital fossa of the $, where

they are held by the anterior lamina and its posterior processes

(Tillyard, Biol. Dragonfl., p. 218). Kennedy (loc. cit., p. 296) says

that the anterior laminae fold inwards and that the ovipositor sheath

of 2 does not fit into the depression on 2nd segment of ¢.

Kennedy examined dried material. In the present instance the

S$ anterior laminae undoubtedly clasp and enclose the ovipositor

sheath of 2 (genital valves).

The penis is inserted to the end of the bursa or vagina, with the

apical fork recurved and the two spines pointing distally (for a more

detailed figure of the penis of this species, see fig. 19).

In all the Zygoptera studied in this paper, the penis is strongly

curved like a fish-hook, and for the most part is heavily chitinised

(see figs. 4, 9, etc.). It is attached at two points (fulcra) in the

median line to the membranous and elastic wall of the genital fossa

(fig. lc, h). From the upper (anterior) point of attachment a

thickening of the wall of the fossa forms a chitinous strut (st.) on

either side, which runs downwards and backwards, with an elbow-

like articulation, to the posterior hamule. Splaying or an outward

lateral movement of the hamules will exert a downward pull on the

penis, which will thus be exserted from the fossa to enter the bursa

of the @.

The heavy chitinisation of the basal portion is continued on the

anterior and ventral edges of the penis, but the inner and dorsal

surface forms a groove (fig. 1h, gr.) bordered by a membranous

flange. Useful specific characters may often be found in the

sculpturing of the flanges and the presence of spines on the chitinous

framework (see figs. 11-13). Kennedy (Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. xxi,

No. 1, 1920) has already figured the penes of four South African species

(3 genera), but as his purpose was to show the general relationships

of the Zygopterous genera his figures are too small for details.

The apical portion is more or less distinctly hinged. The chitinous

framework of the basal part is continued as a pair of more or less

strongly chitinised plates, and the groove formed by the flanges is

continued on to a soft membranous flap of variable extent. Sub-

apical, exsertile appendages (distal hook) of manifold shape occur

(figs. 9, etc.), which are of specific or even generic importance.

These appendages may be for the purpose of retaining the penis in

the bursa, while the sperms or sperm-packets pass down the groove

formed by the flanges. How the sperms are propelled is a matter

174 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fic. 1.—Ischnura senegalensis. a, § and 2 in copula. 6b, apex of abdomen ¢

clasping prothorax 9. c, optical section of ¢ and Q genitalia in copula.

d, penis g in bursa, ventral surface of latter uppermost. e, ventral view

showing the 2 oviducts entering the bursa. ff, g, accessory sacs from other

specimens. j, ventral view of median chitinous plate (cf. h, 7).

Phaon iridipennis. h, sagittal section of 2nd abdominal sternite g, showing

genital fossa, penis, and associated structures, and appendage of 3rd sternite.

Chlorolestes conspicua. 1, ventral view of median chitinous plate.

(acc.s. accessory sac (with or without saccule). a.l., anterior lamina. a.p.,

anterior pocket. 06., bursa copulatrix or vagina. g., 8th ganglion. g.f.,

genital fossa. gr., groove between membranous flaps on penis. m.c.:p.,

median chitinous plate. o.d., oviduct. p.h., posterior hamule. p.l.,

posterior lobe. sp., spine. st., strut.)

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 175

for conjecture. Possibly the curious structure on the anterior

margin of the 3rd sternite may help to perform this function. It

would certainly seem to serve the purpose of retaining the ues

in the genital fossa prior to intromission.

This vesicular process of the 3rd sternite appears to be homologous

with the “vesicle of the penis” (Tillyard) of the Anisoptera. It is

heavily chitinised along the sides and basal ventral surface, leaving

the whole of the upper (inner) and the lower apical surfaces mem-

branous, and the membranous portion is apparently distensible. In

ventral view the membranous area has the appearance of a window

(fig. 9). It is filled with a homogeneous tissue, without tracheae,

and there is no opening either to the exterior or into the body-cavity.

In this latter respect it differs from its supposed homologue in the

Anisoptera. In repose the apex of the penis is tucked in between

this vesicle and the 2nd sternite.

The posterior part of the 2nd sternite is occupied by a chitinous

plate (fig. 1, m.c.p.), with rather indefinite boundaries in Phaon,

but in Chlorolestes conspicua definitely shield-shaped with a minute

tubercle, and in Ischnura tricuspid. Chitinous strips flank the

median plate on either side and continue to the posterior hamules.

Anterior to the plate the sternite is membranous and bears a flexible

spiniform process (Phaon) (fig. 1, h, sp.) or a small knob with 2-3

setules (Chlorolestes conspicua).

In one very important point the above description of the Zygopteran

penis differs from that given by Tillyard (loc. cit., p. 217), viz. the

lack of communication between the penis and the body-cavity. In

fact, it would seem that every statement in the last paragraph on

p. 217 is erroneous, except that the penis occupies the same position

as the Anisopteran sheath, and that it lacks muscles and tracheae.

Apparently Tillyard relied on statements by early writers and on

“chitin preparations,”’ which latter would be flattened by the cover-

slip in mounting, thus giving a distorted conception of the structure.

When we examine the bursa copulatrix of the 2 we find that the

impression created by Tillyard’s description (loc. cit., p. 221), viz

that the possession of two accessory sacs is a feature common to all

dragon-flies, must also be qualified. Here again Tillyard relied on

early authorities, and happened to study an example of the Anisoptera,

which confirmed the earlier work. In all the Zygoptera here examined

the bursa has only one accessory sac.*

* This discrepancy was also noted by George (Quart. J. Microsc. Sci., ns.,

vol. Ixxii, 1928, pp. 469-470) when studying Agrion.

VOL. XXXII, PART 3. 13

176 Annals of the South African Museum.

The bursa is a fairly elongate tube, whose diameter in the various

genera can be more or less correlated with the robustness or bulk

of the subapical appendages on the penis of the respective males

(ct. Phaon, figs. 1, h and 2, 6, with Ischnura, fig. 1, d). Its lateral

walls are more or less chitinised, chiefly towards the inner end,

sometimes (Phaon, Chlorocypha) forming rather definitely demarcated

Fic. 2.—Bursa copulatrix (vagina) and accessory sac 2 of Zygoptera. a, Chloro-

cypha caligata. 6b, Phaon iridipennis. c, Lestes virgatus and plagiatus.

d, e, f, Chlorolestes conspicua, with variation in shape of apex of accessory

sac. g, C. longicauda, accessory sac. h, C. peringueyi and nylephtha. 1, j,

Elationeura mutata and frenulata, respectively. k, Pseudagrion caffrum.

(In a-d, h-j the opening of the united oviducts is dotted. Variation in apex of

accessory sac indicated by dotted line in a, b.)

chitinous plates, and as a rule with a patch of minute granules on

the internal surface (fig. 2).

The oviducts (o.d.) enter the bursa by a common opening on the

ventral surface. Between this opening and the dorsal accessory

sac is a small (Ischnura, Enallagma, Pseudagrion, Allocnemis), or

very small (Lestes), chitinous patch; in Elattoneura and Chlorolestes,

where the opening of the accessory sac into the bursa is large, there

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. ii

is a feebly chitinised patch on either side, which in Phaon and

Chlorocypha is scarcely traceable.

The accessory sac (acc.s.) in Ischnura, Enallagma, Elattoneura,

Pseudagrion, Allocnemis, Phaon, and certain species of Chlorolestes

has its own accessory saccule attached to its posterior surface by a

longer or shorter duct. Both the sac and its saccule are distensible,

and vary in size in different individuals of the same species. When

largely distended the contents seem to be of a homogeneous glutinous

constitution, not spermatozoa. In certain species of Chlorolestes,

viz. conspicua, longicauda, fasciata, umbrata, the saccule is bifurcate;

in two other species, peringueyi and nylephtha, there is no saccule at

all. It is noteworthy that this difference is correlated with certain

differences in the § appendages (see infra, p. 191).

In Lestes virgatus and plagiatus there is also no saccule; and

Chlorocypha, in which the whole bursa closely resembles that of

Phaon, has only a slight distension in the position of the saccule

(the same shape was found in two specimens).

Thus it will be seen that there is considerable variety in the bursa

and that it is worthy of further study. The very curious differentia-

tion in Chlorolestes and its correlation with features of the ¢ is

especially intriguing.

The technique here used involved cutting out only the 8th sternite

and underlying tissues, and no attempt was made to examine the

accessory glands in the 9th segment noted by George (loc. cit., 1928,

p. 469).

Turning to the Anisoptera we find that the 2 bursa possesses two

accessory sacs, but that there may be considerable variations in

shape; and that previous accounts of the structure of the penis

cannot be confirmed.

Both Ingenitzky (Zool. Anz., vol. xvi, p. 405, 1893 *) and Tillyard

(loc. cit., p. 217) maintain that the lumen of the penis opens to the

exterior by a pore, on the lst joint according to the former, on the

2nd according to the latter. If there were an opening one would

expect, after treatment with KOH, to be able to press out the softened

and disconnected contents (muscles, tracheae) through this opening.

Williamson (Occ. Papers, Mus. Zool. Ann Arbor, Michigan, No. 80,

1920, explanation to fig. 8 on pl. 1) says there is an opening on the

1st joint and also one on the (presumably) 3rd, and that in relaxing

the specimen air and fluids were discharged through the opening

* T have not seen the paper in Russian (Warsaw Univ. Bericht, No. 1, 1893)

where his results are set forth in greater detail.

178 Annals of the South African Museum.

on the Ist joint. As he used dried material the possibility of cracking

and accidental pricking by dissecting needles is not excluded. For

my part, in all the dozens of penes examined for purposes of this

paper, including both dried and alcoholic material, I have not been

able to squeeze out any contents or to satisfy myself of the existence

of any natural opening.

On the other hand, there is an opening at the base of the “bulbus”’

(Ingenitzky) or “vesicle” (Tillyard) into the body-cavity, through

which tracheae, etc., enter the penis, though Ingenitzky (loc. cit.,

p. 406) says the bulbus is completely shut off from the body-cavity.

The apex of the Ist joint on its dorsal surface, and the dorsal

surface of the 2nd joint are much less heavily chitinised than the

rest of these joints, being sometimes quite membranous, and this

gives the impression of an opening. The dorsal surface of the 2nd

joint is more or less grooved (as Ingenitzky correctly states), leading

on to the apical joint with its manifold varieties of lobes and processes.

Instead of the bulbous Ist joint (or vesicle) forming a reservoir

for the sperms as Ingenitzky maintained, it would seem that the

sperms or sperm-packets prior to copulation are merely held in

position between the penis, the sheath (Ingenitzky: ligula), and the

sternite of the 2nd segment;. during copulation they could be pressed

along the channel formed by the groove on the 2nd joint of the penis

and the opposed sheath, while the apical lobes of the penis distend

the vagina. For determination of the actual method, however, one

needs a pair preserved in copula.

As mentioned -above, the 2 bursa possesses a pair of accessory

sacs. Figures are given here of the bursa in most of the genera

studied for this paper. In most cases the bursa is shorter than in

the Zygoptera, but is fairly long in the Aeschnines (Anaz, Aeschna)

and the Corduline Presba. In the Libellulines there is a dorso-

lateral pair of more or less well-chitinised areas, with or without

a median connecting band, and anteriorly to them a median projecting

chitinous plate. The latter varies in shape in different genera, and

apparently serves as a muscle attachment. In the closely allied

genera Trithemis (arteriosa and risi) and Helothemis (dorsalis

typical and the var. mentioned infra, p. 255) this plate is of the same

shape. This plate is absent in Presba, Mesogomphus, and Ceratogom-

phus, and in the Aeschines, and in the latter the paired chitinous

areas are also absent.

In the Gomphines there is a long chitinous spiniform process at

the anterior end of the bursa, dividing posteriorly into a fork. An

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. L79

Fic. 3.—Bursa copulatrix and accessory sacs 2 of Anisoptera. a, Anax imperator

mauricianus and Aeschna minuscula. 6, Presba venator, with dorsal view

of chitinous plate. The genital valve at upper left-hand corner is abnormally

shaped (cf. fig. 1, ¢ in original description. Stylops, 1933). c, Mesogomphus

cognatus and Ceratogomphus pictus, in latter the anterior chitinous process

is longer. d, Pseudomacromia torrida, with dorsal view of chitinous plates.

e, Orthetrum capense, with dorsal view of chitinous plates. jf, Crocothemis

erythraea, with dorsal view of chitinous plates. g, Helothemis dorsalis,

Trithemis risi and arteriosa, with dorsal view of chitinous plates. The paired

plates at base of fan-shaped plate absent in typical H. dorsalis. h, Sympetrum

fonscolombei, with dorsal view of chitinous plate. 7, Palpopleura jucunda,

with dorsal view of chitinous plate and accessory sac. j, Palpopleura lucia,

dorsal view of chitinous plate and accessory sac.

(The opening of the united oviducts indicated by dotted lines in a-2.)

ath mteie ee EE ee

ah. wee

180 Annals of the South African Museum.”

indication of such a process, but not chitinised or forked, is seen in

Presba. In the Aeschnines there is a median chitinous patch in a

corresponding position at the end of the bursa, and a median chitinous

rod-like thickening of the ventral wall of the bursa.

The accessory sacs in the Libellulines are mostly elongate and

slender tubes, transversely wrinkled as if indicating a capacity for

considerable distension. Viewed dorsally they spread out laterally

and then curve posteriorly ike two horns. In one example of

Pseudomacromia and six Crocothemis they were large and of consider-

able diameter. In Palpopleura they are saccoid in shape; in yucunda

(2 specimens examined) they are all small compared with a median

prolongation of the bursa, but in lucia (also 2 specimens examined)

they are very large and the bursa has no median prolongation.

In the Gomphines the accessory sacs unite and enter the bursa by

a common tube of rather large calibre. In Presba and the Aeschnines

they appear as accessory appendages to a large sac, which in the

Aeschnines is enormous; when fully distended this sac must almost

fill the whole of the 8th segment. |

From the foregoing remarks it will be realised that the genital

structures in both Zygoptera and Anisoptera are in need of much

fuller and detailed comparative study. I have not had recourse to.

serial sectioning, and have confined my study to such genera as are

found in the 8.W. Cape.

Key to the genera of the S.W. Cape region: Imagos.

Zygoptera..

I. Numerous ante-nodal cross-veins. Clypeus (epistome) enlarged and pro-

jecting. Tibiae of ¢ flattened : 3 ‘ ‘ . Chlorocypha.

II. Only 2 ante-nodal cross-veins.

A. Pterostigma long, covering 2 or more cells.

Superior appendages of ¢ forcipate.

1. Origin of R,,; nearer to arculus than to nodus : . Lestes.

2. Origin of R,,,; at nodus, or nearer to nodus than to arculus

Chlorolestes.

B. Pterostigma short, covering 1 cell. Superior appendages of g not

forcipate.

1. Quadrilateral rectangular.

a. IA extending several cells beyond nodus. R,,,; at nodus,

IR, 1 cell distal. Pterostigma cream, end of abdomen

orange. : : ‘ : ; . Allocnemis.

b. IA absent, A’ stopping at cross-vein which continues distal

end of quadrilateral. IR, at nodus, R,,; 1 cell proximal.

Pterostigma brown. @ with 2 pairs of prothoracic stylets

Elattoneura.

a > 4

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 181

2. Quadrilateral oblique, anal distal angle acute.

a. Origin of A’ at Ac or very slightly proximal. 2 without spine

on 8th sternite.

i. Colour scheme mostly blue and black. No transverse

ridge at frons. 5 Sipe appendages of ¢ usually

bifurcate . : ‘ . Pseudagrion.

ii. Colour scheme orange or peal A transverse ridge at

frons. Superior appendages of ¢ short, entire

Ceriagrion.

6. Origin of A’ considerably proximal to Ac. 2 with spine on

8th sternite.

i. Rg in fore-wing at 5th or 6th, in hind-wing at 4th or 5th,

post-nodal cross-vein. Pterostigma of ¢ alike in

fore- and hind-wings . : é . Enallagma.

ii. Rg at 4th and 3rd cross-veins respectively. Pterostigma

in fore-wing of ¢ black and blue . ; Ischnura.

Anisoptera.

I. Lateral lobes of labium about equal to median lobe. Triangles similar in

both wings, their long axes in long axis of wing. Ante-nodal cross-veins

in costal and subcostal areas not coinciding.

A. Eyes widely separated. Inferior 2) eae 3 bifid.

1. No anal loop 5 : j : Mesojgomphus.

2. A distinct anal loop . : Ceratogomphus.

B. Eyes contiguous. Inferior se nendaw 3 at bifid.

1. IR, forked proximal to pterostigma, more than 2 rows of cells

between its branches ’ 3 : Aeschna.

2. IR, forked distal to middle of Se ey only 2 rows of cells

between its branches : . ¥ Anax.

II. Lateral lobes of labium very large, contiguous in edt line; median lobe

very small. Triangles dissimilar, long axis transverse in fore-wing,

longitudinal in hind-wing. Ante-nodal cross-veins coinciding.

A. Anal border of hind-wing excised in g. Auricles on 2nd abdominal

segment §. ‘Triangle of fore-wing not very narrow.

1. Anal loop short, 3 cells in width . ? ‘ : Macromia.

2. Anal loop longer, 2 cells in width . : é . Presba.

B. Anal border rounded in both sexes. No auricles. Teanslen in ae -wing

narrow.

1. Arculus at or distal to 2nd Ang. More than 10 Angq in fore-wing,

the last one complete. : : : ; Orthetrum.

2. Arculus proximal to 2nd Anq.

a. Last Anq in fore-wing complete . 3 . Helothemis.

6. Last Ang incomplete.

i. Costal margin in fore-wing indented. Wings with

black and yellow markings ; . Palpopleura.

ii. Costal margin not indented.

a. Number of Ang 64-73 . : . Sympetrum.

fp. Number of Anq 93-133.

182 Annals of the South African Museum.

§ Triangles at about same level in fore- and hind-wing.

* MA and Cu, in fore-wing divergent. One row of

cellsinIR,-Rspl : . Crocothemis.

** MA and Cu, parallel or slightly convergent.

+ Anal loop short. Medium-sized species (hind-

wing not exceeding 30 mm.) . Trithemis.

tt Anal loop long. Large species (hind - wing

40 mm.) : : . Pseudomacromia.

§§ Triangle in fore-wing considerably distal to level of

triangle in hind-wing . ; 4 Pantala.

Key to genera of the S.W. Cape region: Nymphs.

Zygoptera.—Body slender. 3 (or 2) lamellate or triquetral gills

at end of abdomen. Mask flat.

I. Two triquetral caudal gills . : ; ‘ : . Chlorocypha.

II. Three caudal gills, lamellate but sometimes more or Hess triquetral.

A. Median lobe of mask with median cleft. Gills lamellate, broadly oval

Chlorolestes.

- B. Median lobe of mask not cleft.

1. Gills simple, triquetral . 5 : : . Allocnemis.

2. Gills nodate, lamellate, elongate. One ee seta, 3 lateral

Pseudagrion.

3. Gills lamellate or feebly triquetral, lanceolate, subnodate or simple.

a. Mental setae, 4-5; lateral, 6 f inal

t Ischnura.

6. One mental seta, 3 lateral setae . : . Elattoneura.

Anisoptera.—Body robust. Abdomen ending in an anal pyramid

composed of 5 appendages.

I. Mask flat.

A. Only 4 antennal joints (4th often ea Median Jobe of mask not

cleft. Legs more or less adapted for burrowing, fore and mid tarsi

only 2-jointed.

1. Abdomen relatively narrow. Legs short ’ . Mesogomphus.

2. Abdomen relatively broad. Legs longer : Ceratogomphus.

B. Antennae 7-jointed. All tarsi 3-jointed. Median lobe of mask cleft.

1. Eyes large, hemispherical. Mask not extending beyond mid coxae

Aeschna.

2. Eyes very large, flattened dorsally. Mask extending to hind coxae

Anax.

II. Mask spoon-shaped, with broad lateral lobes.

A. Lateral lobes of mask with deep indents on distal margin. Mental and

lateral setae very stout.

1. Body flattened, abdomen broadly oval. Eyes very prominent.

Macromia.

2. Body not flattened, abdomen elongate oval.

a. Abdomen segments 8 and 9 without strong lateralspines Presba.

b. Abdomen segments 8 and 9 with strong lateral spines Pantala.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 183

B. Lateral lobes with indents very shallow or obsolete.

1. Eyes small. Lateral margins of head behind eyes parallel. Legs

short. Body strongly setose, opaque : : Orthetrum.

2. Eyes prominent. Lateral margins behind eyes convergent. Legs

moderately long. Body sparsely setose or nearly glabrous,

more less mottled and semitransparent.

a. Abdomen dorsally not keeled 4 : . Crocothemis.

6. Abdomen medio-dorsally keeled and toothed.

i. Segments 8 and 9 ending in small points. Medio-dorsal

fa elothemis.

/ | Lrithemis.

ii. Segments 8 and 9 ending in strong spines. Medio-

dorsal teeth small.

a. 14-16 mm. . : : Z . Sympetrum.

fp. 24-26 mm. . . : . Pseudomacromia.

teeth large

Fam. LIBELLAGINIDAE.

1917. Tillyard, Biology of Dragon-flies, p. 274 (Calopterygidae part).

1926. - Insects Austr. N. Zeal., p. 80.

1934. Fraser, Fauna Ind. Odonata, vol. 1, p. 1 (Agridae part).

Imago.—Wings seldom petiolate. Nodus distant from base of

wing. Numerous ante-nodal cross-veins (Anq). Quadrilateral rect-

angular or nearly so, long, crossed by 1 or more cross-veins.

Nymph.—First antennal joint elongate. Guzzard nearly always

with 16 folds. Mask with median lobe entire or more or less incised;

mental and lateral setae absent. Caudal gills saccoid or triquetral,

the median one sometimes short, lamellar, or obsolete. Lateral

abdominal gills sometimes present.

Subfam. LIBELLAGINAE.

1934. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 2.

Gen. Chlorocypha.

1921. Ris, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xviu, p. 261 (Libellago).

1928. Fraser, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. xxxu, p. 684.

1934. Id., loc. cit., p. 5d.

1936. Longfield, Tr. R. Entom. Soc., vol. lxxxv, p. 467.

Imago.—Wings petiolate, hyaline in both sexes. Quadrilateral

with only 1 cross-vein. Pterostigma long and narrow in both

wings of both sexes. Ante- and post-clypeus (epistome) enlarged

and projecting. Sectors of arculus arising separately. MA curved

but not zigzagged until at level of or distal to nodus. 1A zigzagged

almost from its origin. All tibiae in ¢$ flattened and dilated (but

not in all species).

184 Annals of the South African Museum.

Nymph.—First antennal joint very elongate, at least twice as

long as 2nd, 5 flagellar joints. Mask flat, with median lobe narrowly

and not very deeply incised. No lateral abdominal gills. Lateral

Fic. 4.—Chlorocypha caligata (Selys). Imago: a, dorso-lateral view of right

inferior appendage ¢, the upper left-hand hollow being position of insertion

of the superior appendage. 6, penis, with sculpturing of the membranous

portion further enlarged. c, ventral view of apical lobe of penis. d, genital

valve °, with margin further enlarged. e, 3 major and 2 minor folds of the

gizzard. Nymph: f, head with basal joints of antenna. g, dorsal view of

XIth abdominal segment with bases of the 2 caudal gills, left cercoid

omitted. h, lateral view of XIth segment with rudimentary median gill.

i, ventral view of XIth sternite, with base of 1 gill. J, outer view of caudal

gill. &, portion of mask.

caudal gills triquetral, median gill reduced to a mere conical rudiment.

Cercoids prominent. Gizzard with 16 folds. IXth sternite without

processes (Anlagen of genital valves).

Remarks.—Ris stated that a new generic name would be necessary

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 185

for the African species, and in 1928 Fraser proposed Chlorocypha. In

1934 he includes the two Asiatic species while expressing doubt as to

their being really congeneric. The Indian wittata has MA zigzagged

almost from its origin, and quadrilateral with 3 cross-veins (Fraser,

loc. cit., p. 56, fig. 19). If future students consider it advisable to

separate them, a further new name will be required for these two

species, leaving Chlorocypha solely for the African species.

Karsch (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. xxxvii, 1893) described two

forms of nymphs from Togoland (figs. 10 and 11), both of which

he was inclined to assign to “Libellago.” Tillyard (loc. cit., p. 275)

and Ris (loc. cit., p. 262) have accepted only one of these (fig. 11)

as being in all probability the nymph of “Libellago.” This is

confirmed by Fraser’s discovery of the Indian nymphs, and by the

South African nymph described below. In the Togoland nymph

only 1 of the triquetral lateral gills was present, and Karsch

consequently did not appreciate the fact that the median gill was not

merely missing in his specimen, but normally quite rudimentary.

In 1928 Fraser (loc. cit., p. 691, pl. 11) described three species of

Libellagine nymphs: two of Rhinocypha and one of Libellago (sensu

stricto). These agree in all essentials with the present nymph. The

XIth tergite is present as a short conical or spiniform appendix

dorsalis in Rhinocypha, but does not appear in the figure of the

Inbellago nymph. In the latter the cercoids are represented, but not

in the two figures of Rhinocypha. The gizzard has 16 folds, each

bearing 4-5 teeth. Fraser’s accounts of the antennae, and his

figures are conflicting (see 1928, loc. cit., p. 691, pl. 11; and 1934,

- loc. cit., pp. 4 and 5).

Chlorocypha caligata (Selys).

1908. Ris in Schultze’s Reise, vol. i, p. 307.

1921. Id., loc. ctt., p. 262, fig. 6; and pl. vi, fig. 6.

Imago.—All tibiae of 3 dilated. A figure of the lower appendages

of g is given here because the teeth (4—6) on the inner upper margin

are indistinctly represented in Ris’ figure. Penis as in fig. 4, 8, c.

Gizzard with 16 folds, 8 major (of which 4 are shorter than the other

4) and 8 minor, each fold with 2 series of recurved spine-like teeth.

Nymph.—Up to 18-19 mm. plus gills 6-5-7 mm. (only empty

shucks examined). First joint of antennae equal to anterior width

of mask, 24 times the length of 2nd joint, the 5 flagellar joints de-

creasing in length, the 5th minute. Mask extending back to bases

186 Annals of the South African Museum.

of fore-legs; median lobe moderately convex, crenulate, with short

cleft, lateral margins with strong spines each on a scute-like base;

inner margin of lateral lobes feebly crenulate. A small conical

tubercle on each side of prothorax, a little above insertions of legs.

Median gill (XIth tergite) rudimentary, merely a short concial

process. Lateral gills elongate (24 times width of last abdominal

segment), terete, triquetral, all three edges armed with strong spines

and setae. The two halves of the XIth sternite (to which the lateral

gills are attached) are produced in triangular lamellar processes.

IXth sternite without any trace of the valvules or ovipositor sur-

rounding the genital pores of imago. Gizzard?

Localities. —In addition to the localities mentioned in Ris, I have

seen examples from Port St. Johns, Pondoland; and from two

localities in the 8.W. Cape: Palmiet River, near Kleinmond,

Southern Hottentots Holland Mts. (H. G. W., December 1931, 1933;

K. H. B. and H. G. W., December 1934), and Tradouw Pass, near

Swellendam (A. J. Hesse, November 1925).

Remarks.—There are no differences in the 3 appendages or penis

between the Cape specimens and those from Zululand identified by

Ris. The discovery of the Palmiet River colony and of the very

interesting nymph is due to Mr. H. G. Wood, who in 1933 obtained

two empty shucks. In December 1934 Mr. Wood and myself visited

the locality with a view to obtaining living nymphs. The search,

however, was unsuccessful, although all possible habitats were

examined, not forgetting Fraser’s remarks (loc. cit., 1928, p. 691, and

1934, p. 4) on the habits of the Indian species.

I have therefore figured a portion of the gizzard of the imago.

Tillyard (1917, loc. cit., p. 107) says that in the imago the gizzard

and its dentition is considerably reduced, though least in the Calo-

pterygidae and Agrionidae. As the dentition in the imago C. caligata

is by no means feeble, that of the nymph may be expected to be

somewhat more powerful. Probably it will be found to be easily

distinguished from that of the Indian species of Rhinocypha, which

Fraser says has only 4-5 teeth on each fold.

Apparently no trace of the gizzard remains in the nymph-shuck

after emergence of the imago. The gizzard belongs to the fore-gut

and is presumably drawn out through the mouth of the emerging

imago, while the hind-gut is drawn out through the vent. The

latter portion of the digestive canal remains in the nymph-shuck, and

in the Anisoptera even the delicate “branchial basket” can be dis-

sected out. But even in robust species of Anisoptera (e.g. Orthetrum,

SE ee

i te

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 187

Pseudomacromia, Presba) I have not found the remains of the fore-gut

including the gizzard. It would be interesting to know what becomes

of it, as it is the one character lacking in the nymph-shuck which

prevents one from giving a satisfactory diagnosis of the nymph

based on an empty shuck. Probably the examination of a series of

examples of nymphs fixed immediately before emergence of the

imago, and during the early phases of emergence, would provide a

solution of the problem.

The imagos settle on rocks in mid-stream, with the wings folded

over the abdomen. Pairing or oviposition has not been observed.

Fam. LESTIDAE.

1917. Villyard, loc. cit., p. 276.

1933. Fraser, Fauna Ind. Odonata. I., p. 18 (Coenagridae part).

Imago.—Wings petiolate. Only 2 ante-nodal cross-veins (Anq).

Pterostigma large, covering 2 or more cells. Short intercalary veins

between distal ends of longitudinal veins. Quadrilateral with anal

distal angle very acute. Superior appendages of ¢ forcipate.

Nymph.—Slender. Legs long. Caudal gills in form of simple

lamellae. Gizzard with 8 major folds, each bearing a few large teeth.

Subfam. LESTINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 277.

fesa- Wraser, loc: cit/, p. 21.

- Imago.—Arculus midway between base of wing and nodus. Sectors

of arculus arising high up near R. Origin

of R,,; much nearer to arculus than to

nodus. Origin of A’ at Ac.

Nymph.—Mask elongate, with incised

median lobe; lateral lobes irregularly

cleft; mental and lateral setae present.

Caudal gills with sécondary tracheae at

right angles to main axis.

Fig. 5.

Gen. Lestes Leach. Lestes plagiatus (Burm.) (upper)

: . and virgatus (Burm.) (lower).

1971. Ris, loc. cit., P- 268. Apex of penis, with ventral

95a. Eraser, loc. cit., p. 29. view of linguiform process of

former.

It is not proposed to deal with the

South African species of Lestes as only one species has yet been

found in the 8.W. Cape. Kennedy, however, has proposed to

188 Annals of the South African Museum.

separate L. virgatus under the generic name Africalestes (1920, Ohio

Journ. Sci., vol. xxi, p. 84), and so a brief discussion of its validity

may be included, together with figures of the penis.

Africalestes is defined as having the venation of Chalcolestes

(LZ. viridus), 1.e. differing from Lestes in that the upper half of the

arculus equals the lower half; IR, is nearly straight throughout its

length; the penis has a “strap-like inner fold as in Ceylonolestes”’

(the latter n.g. has “penis with a spiral strap on the terminal lobe’’).

The equal division of the arculus by the sectors is a character in

conflict with Tillyard’s definition of the Lestinae, and, moreover, all

the South African Museum specimens of virgatus and plagiatus have

the sectors arising high up near R.

In some specimens of virgatus IR, is nearly straight, but in others

distinctly zigzag; intermediate stages are found, and the wings on

opposite sides of the same individual are not always symmetrical

in this respect. Specimens from the same locality vary. The same

variability is found also in plagiatus.

Examination of the penes of 3 examples each of virgatus and

plagiatus shows a strap-like projection in plagiatus but not in virgatus,

though the latter was made the genotype.

In view of the above conflicts I consider that the validity of

Africalestes is very doubtful.

The nymphs of the South African species are not known (for figure

of a European species see Ris, loc. cit., pl. xu, fig. 1).

Lestes plagiatus Burm.

1921. Ris; lecnet., p. 276, fig. 18; and pl. vi, fees:

Locality.— Knysna (H. G. W., January 1936, 1 3).

This is the first record of a species of Lestes so far to the south-west

in the Cape, the nearest hitherto being Dunbrody (Uitenhage district).

The penis agrees with those of the 3 specimens (identified by Ris)

mentioned above. The apical lobe is spatulate, concave dorsally,

and the two heavily chitinised areas at its base are connected by a

less strongly chitinised horseshoe-shaped band which forms a slight

ridge ventrally.

Subfam. SYNLESTINAE.

1917.. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 277.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 19.

Imago.—Arculus nearer nodus than to base of wing. Sectors of

arculus arising a little above half-way along arculus. Origin of

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 189

R,,; at or slightly proximal to subnodus (usually). Origin of A’

distal to Ac. Cu, at its origin from quadrilateral strongly curved

towards costa.

Nymph.—Mask with incised median lobe; lateral lobes narrow,

cleft into 2 teeth, movable hook long and slender; no lateral or

mental setae. Pedicel of antenna elongate. Caudal gills with

secondary tracheae oblique to main axis.

Remarks.—This subfamily is only found in South Africa and

Australasia, and according to Tillyard is a survival of the palae-

genic fauna. Chlorolestes is characteristic of the Cape mountain

ranges, although extending to Natal, Zululand, and the Transvaal.

Gen. Chlorolestes Selys.

1862. Selys, Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg., ser. 2, vol. xiv, p. 33.

1920. Kennedy, Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. xxi, p. 84 (Huchlorolestes).

1920) Ris, loc. cit., p. 279.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., pp. 19, 20.

Imago.—Wings petiolate to level of quadrilateral (discoidal cell).

IR, and R,,, arising nearer to nodus than to arculus. Nervures

at end of wing strongly curved downwards towards hind margin.

$ claspers with or without a basal tooth; inferior appendages entire

or bifid; penis with or without an exsertile distal hook. Posterior

hamules well developed. Accessory sac of 2 bursa copulatrix with

a bifurcate saccule, or without a saccule (see p. 177).

Nymph.—First joint of antenna long and slender, but not as

long as 2nd. Cercoids acute, conspicuous. Pedicel of caudal gills

flattened, forming part of the gill lamella, gills not caducous. Gizzard

with 8 major folds, no minor folds.

Remarks.—In the thoracic coloration all the species are much

alike, except peringueyi. In venation there are some useful specific

differences. All species except uwmbrata have 2 or 3 rows of cells in

the area between IR,—R, (at level of pterostigma). All species have

a single row of cells between IR,—R,,, except conspicua, which has

2rows. ‘Two pairs of veins, R, and IRs, R,,,; and MA, are subparallel

in umbrata, peringueyi, and nylephtha, but divergent in the other

species.

The following revised key has been based mainly on the venation

and the ¢ genitalia. The two species peringueyr and nylephtha,

form a group sharply marked off from the rest. Another group

is formed by fasciata, tessellata, and longicauda.

190 Annals of the South African Museum.

Kennedy (loc. ci., p. 84) has proposed the genus Huchlorolestes

to include fasciata, tessellata, and longicauda, based on the shape of

the distal hook of the penis, and the position of Ac in relation to

the first Ang. There is undoubtedly a clear distinction between

this group and conspicua, but it does not seem to call for generic

separation because, in my opinion, the difference between the

conspicua and fasciata groups are less striking than those between

the conspicua-fasciata group and the peringueyi group.

mea

tot

Cos

SSG

Cu2 MA

Fic. 6.—Fore-wings of Chlorolestes conspicua 3 (upper) and peringueyi (lower).

The position of R,,; is surely more important than the position

of Ac, which is never quite constant even in the same species (see

e.g. conspicua and peringueyr). With the position of R,,, are cor-

related the characters of the g claspers, the penis, and the accessory

structures of the 2 bursa copulatrix.

The present grouping of the species was worked out, before seeing

Kennedy’s paper, and there seemed no occasion to multiply names.

Since, however, the fasciata group has been named, there is no avoiding

a name (Ecchlorolestes nov.) for the more important peringueyr group.

The interrelationships of the species are far better visualised by

keeping all of them in one genus.

In addition to that of conspicua, the nymphs of wmbrata, longicauda,

peringueyt, and nylephtha have been correlated. That of umbrata

does not attain so large a size as that of conspicua, but otherwise

there are no tangible specific differences between any of the species.

The acute points to the lateral abdominal keels are less well developed

in longicauda than in other species, but as in these latter there is

often variation, this character should not be used.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. “PSI

A noticeable feature of the gills in comparison with those of

Agrionid nymphs is the flattening of the “pedicel,” so as to form part

of the gill lamella. At first sight the gill appears to be 2-jointed or

nodate. But these basal portions correspond with the chitinous

rings which support the gills in Agrionid nymphs, and are really the

remnants of the XIth segment (see Tillyard, 1917, Biol. Dragonfl.,

Fic. 7.—Chlorolestes conspicua Selys. Imago: a, 9 ovipositing in stem of reed.

b, reed stem cut open to show 3 ova. c, genital valve 9, with margin

further enlarged. Nymph: d, Xth abdominal segment with XIth tergite

and median gill, showing suture (s). e, anterior margin of median lobe of

mask. ff, 3 major folds of gizzard. g, genital valve 9.

fig. 39, H, J.). In Agrionid nymphs the gills break off very easily

at the junction between gill and basal supporting ring, whereas in

Chlorolestes the gills are not caducous.

Key to the species of Chlorolestes.

I. R,,; at subnodus. Claspers (superior appendages) $ without either basal

teeth, or lobes on inner margin. Penis with a distal hook. Accessory

sac of 2 bursa with bifurcate saccule (fig. 2d).

Chlorolestes (sensu stricto).

A. Inferior appendages ¢ not bifid. Distal hook of penis apically acute.

Pterostigma unicolorous.

1. Larger. Hind-wing 32-37 mm. Wings never banded. Yellow

stripe on mesepisternum entirely dorsal to humeral suture.

Veins R,-IR, and R,,;-MA evenly diverging conspicua Selys.

2. Smaller. Hind-wing 22-25 mm. Wings when fully mature

banded. Yellow stripe on mesepisternum embracing the

humeral suture. R,;-IR;, and likewise R,,;-MA, subparallel

(except near margin) . : : ; . umbrata Selys.

VOL. XXXII, PART 3. 14

192 Annals of the South African Museum.

B. Inferior appendages ¢ bifid. Distal hook of penis with spatulate apex.

Pterostigma bicolorous. Ac distal to 1st Ang . . Euchlorolestes Kenn.

1. Metepimeron with dark (metallic) stripe adjoining the 2nd lateral

suture . ; . fasciata Burm.

2. Metepimeron wholly pale sath billy indiietinat rides of dark patches.

a. Wings banded. ; : ‘ . . tessellata Burm.

b. Wings hyaline. : : : longi Burm.

II. Ry,; proximal to subnodus. Claspers ¢ with basal tooth. Penis without

distal hook. Accessory sac of 2 bursa without a saccule (fig. 2, h).

R,-IR,; and R,,;-MA subparallel ee near margin). Inferior

appendages 3 not bifid . : ; : . Lcchlorolestes nov.

A. Clasper with distinct lobe distally on inner margin. Anteclypeus pale

cream. Nospotonmetanotum . ‘ peringueyt Ris.

B. Clasper without distal lobe, merely bhidened: Anteclypeus metallic

green. A blue spot on metanotum : : nylephtha n.sp.

Chlorolestes conspicua vA

1839. Burmeister, Handb. Entom., vol. ii, p. 823 (longicaudum

part).

1862. Selys, Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg., ser. 2, vol. xiv, p. 34.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 280, fig. 15; and pl. vin, figs. 1, 2.

1921. Barnard in Ris, loc. cit., p. 445, fig. (oviposition and

nymph).

Imago.—Ac at about level of Ist wee (sightly proximal, at, or

shightly distal). Origin of A’ at level of proximal side of Q (mis-

printed “9” in Ris). Ry,,. at subnodus; IR, 1 cell distal. Ptero-

stigma covering 3 (or 4) cells. At level of pterostigma 3 rows of

cells in area IR,—R,, 3 rows in R,-IRs, these 2 veins diverging;

2 rows in IR,—R,,,, usually only 1 row from middle of pterostigma,

but the double row sometimes continued almost to margin; 2 rows

in R,,;-MA beginning at level of origin of IR,, usually changing to

3 rows near margin, these 2 veins evenly diverging. In MA-Cu,

there is a single row of cells, but sometimes an incomplete double

row, or in 8 up to 12 double rows.

Genitalia 3.—Posterior hamules with antero-distal corners rect-

angular. Penis with short, strongly curved hook distally, which

apically narrows rather abruptly to an acute point. Claspers

without either basal teeth, or lobes on inner margin. Inferior

appendages with the chitinised portions forming single claw-like

processes.

Abdomen (excl. claspers)—¢ 47-51, 2 41-49 mm. MHind-wing,

$32-33, 2 33-37 mm.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 193

Labrum and occiput pale yellowish or ochreous, the upper portion

of latter metallic blue-green, often blackish in 2. Genae and bases

of mandibles yellow. Anteclypeus pale ochreous, postclypeus dark

brown. Labrum black. Frons and vertex metallic blue-green,

darker and duller or often blackish brown in 9; the vertex separated

from upper metallic portion of occiput by an ochreous or brown

interocular band. Prothorax metallic green (dark) in 3g, duller and

dark brown in 9, with a deep yellow round spot on each side. Mese-

pisternum metallic peacock-green, often darker and more bronzy

in 9, with a chrome-yellow stripe near (but wholly dorsal to) the

humeral suture, extending 3—4 length of mesepisternum. Mese-

pimeron metallic green except the antero-ventral portion. Mete-

pisternum chrome-yellow, not extending quite to the 2nd lateral

suture, along which is a metallic green stripe, more extensive and

often brown in 9. Lower portion of metepimeron and metasterna

pale yellowish or whitish, with white pruinosity in J. Abdomen as

described by Ris, but bright metallic green in g, duller and more

bronzy in 9; segment 1 laterally, segments 9 and 10 dorsally with

pale bluish white pruinosity in g. Wings hyaline. Pterostigma

russet in 3g, paler ochreous in &.

Nymph.—To the description already given, may be added: Ist

joint of antenna slender, 4—2 length of 2nd, 5 flagellar joints; margin

of median lobe of mask finely setulose laterally, becoming spinulose

medianly, inner margin of lateral lobe very feebly and inconspicuously

crenulate; lateral abdominal keels ending in short acute points on

the 6th (5th—7th)-9th segments; teeth on the major folds of gizzard

all of the same size, alternating 3, 4, 3, 4, etc.

Brownish, somewhat mottled, especially the gills, which usually

have a dark transverse band.

Oviposition.—The puncturing of twigs on trees overhanging streams

has been recorded (Barnard, loc. cit., p. 445). The name of the tree,

however, should be Cunoma. On Table Mt. the females have been

observed ovipositing in the stems of rushes (Hlegia juncea). While

Ovipositing the female is not held by the male, who may not even

be in attendance. On one occasion a female was seen to interrupt

egg-laying in order to pair with a male; the act lasted about two

minutes, when the sexes separated, and the female continued egg-

laying.

The position of the female is shown diagrammatically in fig. 7, a;

the wings are held horizontally at right angles to the body, and the

abdomen forms a double right-angled bend at the 4th segment.

194 Annals of the South African Museum.

Habits —This species inhabits wooded and open ravines in the

S.W. Cape mountains, where it is common and widely distributed.

On Table Mt. the imagos start emerging about the end of November

or beginning of December, and they can be found on the wing

throughout the summer ‘up to the end of April. One or two can

occasionally be found in the first week in May, but by the middle

of this month they have all disappeared. One specimen was seen

on 21st August 1933 and was apparently freshly emerged.

They settle on bushes and rushes, never far from the stream.

The nymphs live openly on the bottom of streams or crawling

about on rocks or submerged vegetation. They are very carni-

vorous; a full-grown one has been observed to seize a tadpole almost

as long as itself and hold on to it until its struggles ceased.

Before emergence the nymph crawls up, by preference, rocks

projecting out of the water.

Localities.—Has been observed over the whole area in question, as

far north as the Cedar Mts. (Clanwilliam), and as far east as the

Zwartberg Pass in the Zwartberg Range (Prince Albert), and the

Robinson Pass in the Outeniqua Range. Altitude from about

500 ft. to 5000 ft., but the character of the stream is more important

than actual altitude.

Remarks.—This is the only species which has a double row of cells

between IR, and R,,; (not reckoning the 2 or 3 double cells immedi-

ately within the margin). The area IR,—R, is broad, and sexual

dimorphism occurs in the area MA-Cu,, where there is usually an

extensive series of double cells in the @.

Chlorolestes umbrata Selys.

1862. Selys, loc. cit., p. 37.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 283.

Imago.—Ac about at (or slightly proximal or slightly distal) level

of lst Ang. Origin of A’ distal to proximal end of Q. Ry,5 at

subnodus, IR, 2-3 cells distal. Pterostigma covering 2-3 cells.

One row of cells in area IR,—Rs, a short series (2-3) of double or

triple cells at margin; 1 row in R,-IR;, these 2 veins sub-

parallel, very slightly diverging near margin where there are 2 rows

of cells; 1 row in each of the areas IR;—-R,,;, R,,;-MA, and

MA-Cu,, veins R,,, and MA subparallel except at margin.

Genitalia $.—Posterior hamules apically narrowed. Penis with

short, strongly curved distal hook, apically with acute point. Process

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 195

of sternite III shorter than in other species (fig. 9r). Claspers without

either basal teeth, or lobes on inner margin. — Inferior appendages

with the chitinised portions forming single claw-like processes.

Abdomen (excluding claspers)—j 34-37, 9 31-32 mm. Hind-

wing, ¢ 22-25, 2 21-23 mm.

Labrum black. Occiput bronzy black. Labium, genae, and

bases of mandibles pale ochreous. Anteclypeus dark brown.

Postclypeus, frons, and vertex metallic blue-green. Prothorax

bronzy black, with a pale ochreous bar on each side. Mesepisternum

bronzy greenish black, with bluish-white pruinosity in mature

specimens ‘with banded wings, with a lemon-yellow stripe which

at about 2 the length crosses the humeral suture on to the postero-

dorsal end of mesepimeron. Remainder of mesepimeron except

antero-inferior corner dull bronzy green. A lemon-yellow stripe

along Ist lateral suture. A dark bronzy cuneiform stripe on

metepisternum. Rest of metepisternum and metepimeron pale

lemon-yellow or cream, with whitish pruinosity when mature;

a dark stripe on postero-inferior margin of metepimeron. Meta-

sterna cream, with dark streak anterolaterally. Legs testaceous,

dark on outer edges. Abdomen metallic bronzy or bluish green,

with pale narrow bands antero-laterally on segments 3-7; segments

9 and 10, and sometimes posterior half of 8 also, with bluish white

pruinosity dorsally. Wings hyaline when freshly emerged; when

mature banded, whitish pruinose from nodus to 6-8 post-nodal

cross-vein in fore-wing, to 5-7 in hind-wing, thence brownish to

pterostigma, or to middle of pterostigma. Pterostigma russet,

unicolorous. @Q similar, but duller, the metallic portions more

bronzy than green.

Nymph.—Resembling that of conspicua except in its smaller size.

Habits.—Occurring in the same habitats and with the same habits

as conspicua, but apparently much more local.

Localities —Table Mt., Cape Town (H. G. W. and K. H. B., March);

Groot Drakenstein (K.H.B., March 1931); Kogel Berg, Hottentots

Holland Mts. (K. H. B., January 1923); Palmiet River (H. G. W.,

January 1937); du Toit’s Kloof, Rawsonville (K. H. B., March 1932,

and H. G. W., March, April 1934); Wellington Mts. (H. G. W.,

January 1934); Waaihoek Mts., Goudini (K. H. B., March—April

1934); Buffelshoek, Hex River Mts., Worcester Distr. (K. H. B.,

April 1936); Knysna (R. M. Lightfoot, March 1892, 2 $3); George

(H. G. W., January 1936, gs); Coldstream (H. G. W., January

1936, 13).

196 Annals of the South African Museum.

Remarks.—I have to thank Mr. D. E. Kimmins and Miss Longfield

for comparing Cape specimens with the ¢ specimen in the British

Museum referred to by Ris. In their opinion the specimens are

certainly conspecific. The inferior appendages of the B.M. 3g have

only a single point, corresponding with Selys’ description. Evidently

Ris made a slip when he said (p. 284) the appendages were “‘of the

same type as in the three following species”’ (i.e. fasciata, tessellata,

longicauda), unless he intended to refer only to the superior ap-

pendages.

This is the smallest species of the genus. Apart from the non-

bifid inferior appendages, it is easily separated from fasciata and

tessellata, both of which develop bands on the wings, by the single

row of cells in the area IR,—R,, and the subparallel pairs of veins

R,, IR, and R,,;, MA, and also the position of origin of IR;. The

penis is like that of conspicua.

Chlorolestes fasciata Burm.

1839. Burmeister, Handb. Entom., vol. ii, p. 822.

1862. Selys, loc. cat., p. 36.

1920. Kennedy, Ohio. Journ. Sci., vol. xxi, p. 84 (Huchlorolestes f.).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 284, fig. 17; and pl. vu, fig. 4.

Imago.—Ac slightly distal to 1st Ang. Origin of A’ distal to

proximal side of Q. R,,; at subnodus, IR, 1 cell distal. Ptero-

stigma covering 3-4 cells. Two rows of cells in area IR,—-R,, 3

beyond pterostigma; 3 rows in R,-IR,, these 2 veins diverging

evenly; 1 row in each of the areas IR, R,,, and MA-Cu,; 2 rows

in area R,,,—-MA at level of origin of IR,, 3 rows distal thereto, these

2 veins diverging evenly.

Genitalia $.—Posterior hamules narrowing apically. Penis with

rather long, gently curved distal hook, cultrate in shape, the dorsal

edge being thin, apex spatulate or with disc-like expansion; the distal

corners of the two flaps, between which the hook lies, are sharp.

Claspers without either basal teeth, or lobes on inner margin. Inferior

appendages with the chitinised portion forming a bifid process.

Abdomen.—é 32-38, 2 32 mm. Hind-wing, 5 25-28, 2 26 mm.

Labium, genae, bases of mandibles, and anteclypeus pale ochreous.

Labrum, occiput, postclypeus, frons and vertex metallic blue-green.

Prothorax metallic blue-green with a yellow bar on each side.

Mesepisternum metallic bronzy green (duller in 9), with a narrow

yellow stripe at the humeral suture but not extending quite to

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 197

dorsal end. Mesepimeron metallic green above, yellow below, with

a metallic green or dark bar on ventral margin. Metasterna yellow,

with small median line at hind end. Legs ochreous, darker and some-

what metallic greenish on

outer sides. Abdomen as

described by Ris. Wings

hyaline or banded; in

the latter case whitish

pruinose from Q or nodus

to 5th-—6th postnodal

cross-veins, thence brown-

ish to a short distance

proximal from _ ptero-

stigma. Pterostigma

bicolorous, blackish

proximally, ferruginous

distally.

Localities (see Ris).—

This species has not been

found in the 8.W. Cape,

except the one record © “

from “Albert Distr.”

(= Prince Albert.)

Remarks.—The metallic a f

stripe along the upper fy. 8.—Chlorolestes, diagrams of thoracic patterns.

half of the metepisternum a, conspicua. b, umbrata. c, fasciata. d, tes-

: F sellata and longicauda. e, nylephtha n.sp.

is the most conspicuous f, peringueyi. Cross shading represents

difference separating this metallic green or bronzy; dots, brown; un-

5 h d d, ll : 4 iti ibe

species from tessellata and Se a re, OF WEES

longicauda. All three species form a closely allied group distinguished

from the other species by the apex of the distal hook on the penis,

the bifid inferior appendages of 3, and the venation.

Chlorolestes tessellata Burm.

1839. Burmeister, loc. cit., p. 822.

1862. Selys, loc. cot., p. 35.

ALS His, toe, et., p. 286, pl. vu, fig. 5.

Imago.—Venation and 3 genitalia as in fasciata, except that the

posterior hamules are slightly clavate, and the distal corners of the

two flaps, between which the distal hook of the penis lies, are rounded.

198

Annals of the South African Museum.

Abdomen.—41-44 mm. Hind-wing, 29-31 mm.

Coloration as in fasciata, but the mesepisternal yellow stripe

Fic. 9.—Chlorolestes, 3 genitalia. a, b, c, d, e, penes of conspicua, umbrata (apex

in lateral and ventral view), fasciata, tessellata, and peringuey respectively.

f, 9, h, 1, posterior hamule (anterior margin to left) of conspicua, tessellata,

peringueyi, and nylephtha respectively. 9, k, 1, m,n, ventral view of inferior

appendage of conspicua, fasciata, tessellata, peringueyt, and nylephtha respec-

tively. o, p, ventral and lateral views of upper and lower appendages of

umbrata. q, dorsal view of upper appendage of nylephtha. r, s, ventral view

of process of 3rd sternite of wmbrata and tessellata (and all other species)

respectively.

broader and extending the whole length, and also below the humeral

suture on to the mesepimeron; whole of the metepisternum and

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 199

metepimeron yellowish with only a faint and indefinite suffusion

near the dorsal ends of these two plates.

Localities.—See Ris, and add, Port St. Johns, Pondoland.

Remarks.—l have seen one § from Grahamstown, April 1892,

which is not the specimen seen by Ris as the date is different. The

two old specimens mentioned by Ris are no longer in the South

African Museum, but there are two from Port St. Johns, named by

Ris. Some specimens from the 8.W. Cape may belong to- this

species, but as they are all unbanded they are listed under longicauda.

Chlorolestes longicauda Burm.

1839. Burmeister, loc. cit., p. 823.

1862. Selys, loc. cit., p. 35.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 287, fig. 18; and pl. vu, fig. 6.

Imago.—Venation, ¢ genitalia, and coloration as in tessellata,

except that the wings apparently always remain hyaline.

Abdomen.—(Transvaal and Zululand specimens) g 43-45, 9

38-45 mm. (Cape specimens) ¢ 35-39, 2 38 mm. Hind-wing

(Transv., Zululd.) g 29-34, 2 33-35 mm. (Cape) 3g 27-28,

A pale cobalt-blue spot (often not conspicuous) between bases

of hind-wings. Pterostigma in both sexes bicolorous, black (or

very dark brown) proximally, cream distally (Cape specimens).

- Nymph.—Resembling that of conspicua.

Localities.—See Ris, and add: St. Mathews, King Wiliams Town

Distr. (R. M. Lightfoot, 1894, 1 2); and the following Cape localities:

Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., January 1931);

Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith (K. H. B. and H. G. W., February

1932); Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Range (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

February 1932); George (H. G. W., January 1936).

Remarks.—Ris says this may be a geographical race or subspecies

of tessellata. In view of the Western Province records it can scarcely

be regarded asa race. The Western Province specimens are appreci-

ably smaller than those from Zululand and the Transvaal.

Chlorolestes peringueyi Ris.

1921. Ris, loc. ct., p. 282, fig. 16; and pl. vu, fig. 3.

Imago.—Ac at level of 1st Anq (or slightly proximal or slightly

distal). Origin of A’ at level of proximal side of Q. R,,; proximal

to subnodus, IR, at subnodus. Pterostigma covering 2-23 cells.

200 Annals of the South African Museum.

IR, strongly curved towards costa at level of pterostigma. Three

rows of cells in area IR,-R,; 2 rows (distally) in R,-IRs;, these 2

veins subparallel except at margin; 1 row in each of the areas

TR,-Ry,5, Ry,;-MA, and MA-Cu,, veins MA and R,,; subparallel

except near margin.

Genitaha §.—Posterior hamules apically narrowed. Penis without

a distal hook. Claspers with basal teeth, and subterminal lobes on

inner margin. Inferior appendages with the chitinised portions

forming single processes. ‘

Abdomen.—38-39 mm. Hind-wings, 27-29 mm.

Labium, genae, bases of mandibles, and anteclypeus pale buff or

cream. Occiput black, becoming metallic greenish ventrally.

Labrum, postclypeus, frons, and vertex metallic peacock-green in 3,

duller in 9. Prothorax dull coppery or bronzy green, with 2 pale

buff or cream round spots anteriorly. Mesepisternum dull metallic

coppery or bronzy green, with 3 pale buff or cream spots near humeral

suture, the inferior one sometimes divided into 2. Mesepimeron

dull metallic coppery or bronzy with cream-coloured irregular stripe

bordering Ist lateral suture. Metepisternum cream with irregular

dark brown behind the spiracle, more or less confluent with a dark

line along the posterior half of Ist lateral suture. Metepimeron

cream with dark marks anteriorly and postero-dorsally. Metasterna

pale cream or whitish with dark marks. Abdomen as described by

Ris, except that “reddish brown” should be pale buff or cream (in

living or fresh specimens); segments 9 and 10, sometimes also hinder

half of 8, dorsally with pale bluish white pruinosity in g. Wings

hyaline. Pterostigma dark brown in 3, paler in 9.

Nymph.—Resembling that of conspicua.

Habits.—This species inhabits open stream-beds, where the flies settle

on the rocks with their wings spread out flat and closely adpressed to

the surface of the rock. Their non-metallic (compared with the

brilliance of e.g. conspicua) coloration harmonises very closely with

the rocks, which, whether they be granite or sandstone, are of a more

or less greyish colour. Only very rarely have the males been observed

to settle on bushes; on the other hand, the females have frequently

been seen in such situations, presumably with a view to oviposition,

though the act in this species has not actually been observed. The

resting position at night has not been observed.

Localities.—Ceres (R. M. Lightfoot, April 1913); Waaihoek Kloof,

Goudini (K. H. B., March, April 1928); Bain’s Kloof (east side)

K. H. B., Ist May 1933); Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (H. G. W.,

Notes on Dargon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 201

April 1931); Breede River near Mostertshoek (K. H. B., April 1933);

du Toits Kloof, Rawsonville (H. G. W. and C. W. T., April 1934);

Zanddrift and Buffelshoek Kloofs, Hex River Mts., Worcester Distr.

(K. H. B., April 1930 and April 1936).

Remarks.—In common with umbrata and nylephtha this species

has the 2 pairs of veins R,-IR,, and R,,;-MA subparallel. The

strong curve of IR, distally is characteristic. Also the thoracic

colour scheme is quite different from that of the other species.

Chlorolestes nylephtha u.sp.

Imago.—Ac slightly distal to level of Ist Ang. Origin of <A’

distal to level of proximal side of Q. R,,,; proximal to subnodus,

IR, at subnodus. Pterostigma covering 2-3 cells. IR, evenly

curved. Two rows of cells in area IR,-R,; 1 row in area R,-IRg,

these 2 veins subparallel except at margin; 1 row in each of the

areas IR,-R,,;, R,,;,-MA, and MA-Cuy, veins R,,; and MA sub-

parallel except at margin.

Gemtalia §.—Posterior hamules slightly angular at postero-

inferior corners. Penis without distal hook, as in peringueyt.

Claspers with basal teeth, but no lobes on inner margin, merely a

subterminal thickening. Inferior appendages with feebly chitinised

portions along inner margins, apices not bifid.

_Abdomen.—3 47-48, 2 40-41 mm. Hind-wing, ¢$ 27-30, 2 29 mm.

Labium, genae, and bases of mandibles cream or pale buff.

Occiput black, becoming slightly metallic greenish ventrally.

Labrum, anteclypeus, postclypeus, frons, and vertex nitidulous,

in ¢ very bright metallic green, in 2 very dark brown or black.

Prothorax dark brown, slightly lighter at posterior corners. Thoracic

dorsum dull brown, with a slight metallic green sheen, with a lighter

ochreous shade in middle or anteriorly or posteriorly, mid-dorsal

line blackish, a pale yellow stripe bordering the humeral suture,

at anterior end curving slightly medio-dorsally, at the posterior end

descending slightly ventral to the suture. Mesepimeron similar to

the mesepisternum, with the antero-ventral corner pale yellow.

Metepisternum pale yellow, with a blackish cuneiform stripe in

ventral half from posterior end to the spiracle. Metepimeron,

metinfraepisternum, and metasterna pale yellowish white, with

whitish pruinosity in g. In ¢ a bright cobalt-blue metanotal spot

between bases of hind-wings; sometimes a similar but less con-

spicuous mesonotal spot between bases of fore-wings. Abdomen

202 Annals of the South African Museum.

dark bronzy brown dorsally, paler ventrally, with paler rings on

anterior margin of each segment, dorsum of segments 1 and 2 in ¢

more or less metallic green; segments 9 and 10 dorsally with bluish

white pruinosity in g. Wings hyaline. Pterostigma dark brown.

Nymph.—Resembling that of conspicua.

Habits—At George this species inhabits the densely wooded

ravines on the southern slopes of the Outeniqua Range. The flight

is difficult to follow, but when resting on the bushes, the metallic

green head and the blue-spot between the wings in the males are

conspicuous. The Kaaiman’s Gat locality is near the sea, and the

flies were seen flying in the open between the forest and the river.

Lemoenshoek is the most westerly locality yet discovered.

Localities.—George (K. H. B., January 1931); Kaaiman’s Gat,

near George (H. G. W. April 1933); Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Range |

(K. H. B. and H. G. W., February 1932); Lemoenshoek, Langeberg |

Range (near Heidelberg, Cape) (K. H. B., November 1927).

Remarks.—Agrees with peringueyi in the origin of R,,; proximal

to subnodus, basal teeth on claspers, absence of distal hook on penis,

and the subparallel veins R,-IR, and R,,;-MA. The thoracic

pattern, however, conforms with that of the other species. The

nitidulous and very brilliant “face,” and the blue metanotal spot

in g are distinctive. Named after the Fair Queen in Rider Haggard’s

“Alan Quatermain.”’ |

;

‘

Fam. AGRIONIDAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. ei.,p. 217.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 266, 288.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 18 (Coenagrudae part).

Imago.—Pterostigma small, covering 1 cell or less (rarely more).

No intercalary veins. Quadrilateral rectangular or oblique. Superior

appendages ¢ not forcipate.

Nymph.—Slender. Caudal gills lamellate, simple, subnodate,

or nodate, or triquetral (more or less). Guizzard with 8-16 foids,

dentition variable.

Subfam. PLATYCNEMINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 279.

1921. Ris, loc. cat., p. 288.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 150.

Imago.—Quadrilateral rectangular. 1A fully developed, reduced,

or absent. 7

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 203

Nymph.—Mask with median projecting lobe, not cleft, mental and

lateral setae present. Caudal gills thickened. Gizzard with 16 folds.

Gen. Allocnemis Selys.

Imago.—A fully developed, extending several cells beyond nodus.

Origin of A’ at Ac. R,,; at nodus, IR, 1 cell distal. Posterior

A Aaitess

aie, l ~

Fic. 10.—Allocnemis leucosticta Selys. Imago: a, § and Q in act of oviposition.

6, rootlet cut open to show 2 ova in cortex. c, genital valve 9, with margin

further enlarged. d, penis g. e, posterior hamule. f, g, lateral and dorsal

views of appendages §. Nymph: h, genital valve 9. 7, dorsal view of caudal

gills, with diagrammatic cross-sections. j, median gill, showing XIth tergite

and suture (s) where gill breaks off. &, 3 folds of gizzard. J, portion

of mask.

204 Annals of the South African Museum.

hamules well developed. Penis without a distal hook, but with

the membranous apex strongly developed and bifid.

Nymph.—As under subfamily. Cercoids small, obtuse.

Allocnemis leucosticta Selys.

1921. Bis, loc. ert.) p. 289) ns) 19) and pl. vil, fan re

Imago.—The bright patch on segments 8-10, and the superior

appendages in g, are deep chrome-yellow or orange in life.

Figures of the § appendages are given because Ris (fig. 19) seems

to have overlooked a small strongly chitinised medio-dorsal knob

between the superior appendages, and his figure does not show the

ventrally projecting, somewhat bifid tooth on the superior appendages.

Nymph.—Up to 16-17 mm. plus gills 5-6 mm.

2nd joint of antenna twice length of Ist, 5 flagellar joints, of

which the apical one is small. Mask extending back to bases of

fore-legs; mentum distally projecting, margins straight, minutely

crenulate and with slender conical spines, 1 mental seta on each

side, lateral setae 2. Gizzard with 1-4 denticles on each of the

16 folds, which are not differentiated into major and minor folds.

Gills thickened, the median one lozenge-shaped, the lateral ones

triquetral in cross-section, in lateral view ovate, sublanceolate;

pedicels (remnants of XIth segment) ring-like, small; gills moderately

caducous.

Oviposition.—The position of the sexes in oviposition may be seen

from fig. 10,a. So far as observed the 2 is always accompanied by

the ¢ (cf. Kennedy, 1915, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xlix, p. 287,

fig. 54, Argia emma). The eggs are laid in the cortical layer of the

exposed roots of Cunonia trees, either at the surface meniscus or

below the surface of the water, nearly to the full extent of the 2

abdomen. No doubt other trees and plants are pierced to receive

the eggs, but in all observations the Cunonia was chosen.

Habits.—The species is widely distributed in the mountains of the

S.W. Cape, preferring the wooded and shady ravines rather than

more open ones. It has not been observed on the Cape Peninsula.

Before emergence the nymphs crawl up rocks by preference. The

imagos are found from October to March.

Localities.—All over the 8.W. Cape (except the Cape Peninsula),

as far north as the southern Cedar Mts., Citrusdal, and as far east

as Seven Weeks Poort in the Zwartberg Range, Ladismith, George in

Notes on Dragon-flres (Odonata) of the S.W.. Cape. 205

‘the Outeniqua Range, and Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay.

Probably extends throughout the coastal belt to the Eastern Province

and Natal. See Ris, and add, King Williams Town (R. M. Lightfoot,

1894).

Subfam. PROTONEURINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 279.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 209.

Imago.— Quadrilateral rectangular. 1A reduced to a short vein

descending to the wing margin, or absent altogether.

ae Ae

Fic. 11.—Elattoneura mutata (Selys). a, penis 3, with sculpturing on flange of

groove further enlarged. 6, posterior hamule. c, dorsal view of the posterior;

and d, front view of the anterior, prothoracic processes of 9.

Nymph.—Mask without setae (Tillyard, but see below). Gills

constricted, saccoid, or lamellar. Guizzard with 16 folds.

Gen. Hlattoneura Cowley.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 266, 293, 439 (Disparoneura).

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 228 (Disparoneura).

1935. Cowley, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. lxxi, p. 14.

Imago.—1A absent; A’ stopping at cross-vein, which continues

the distal end of quadrilateral, its origin slightly proximal to Ac.

IR, at subnodus, R,,; 1 cell proximal. Two pairs of styliform

processes on posterior lobe of prothorax in 9, the anterior pair up-

standing, the hinder pair more or less horizontal, projecting back-

wards. Posterior hamules well developed. Penis with distal hook

strongly developed.

Nymph.—One mental setae on each side; lateral setae 3. Gizzard

with 8 major and 8 minor folds. Gills simple, lamellar, lanceolate,

secondary tracheae oblique to main axis. Cercoids very short.

206 Annals of the South African Museum.

Elattoneura mutata (Selys).

1896. Calvert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii (1895), p. 141, fig. 15.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 293, fig. 21; and pl. vii, fig. 9.

1936. Cowley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), vol. xvii, p. 518.

Imago.—Gentalia 3. Appendages as in Ris (fig. 21), 2.e. with 2

downwardly projecting teeth on each superior appendage. A small

subtriangular strongly chitinised plate between the superior appen-

dages as in frenulata. Penis as in fig. 11, a, spinules on the basal

membranous portion closely and evenly set without definite arrange-

ment; apical claw-like process not scabrous. @ genital valve as

figured for frenulata (fig. 12, d). Styliform processes on prothorax 2

as described by Ris, and here figured (fig. 11, ¢, d).

Locality.—Kogman’s Kloof, Montagu (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

January 1935); Bot River (K. H. B., January 1937).

Elattoneura frenulata (Hagen, Selys).

1860. Hagen in Selys, Bull. Ac. Roy. Belge, 2nd ser., vol. x, p. 17.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 439.

1936. Cowley, loc. cit., p. 518.

Imago.—Venation as in mutata; A’ curving towards anal margin,

but joining the cross-vein, which continues the distal side of Q,

either near or at its junction with margin of wing. R, and IR, at

5th-6th and 8th—10th postnodal cross-veins in fore-wing, at 4th

and 7th—9th in hind-wing, usually at 5th and 9th, and 4th and 8th

respectively.

Genitalia §.—Superior appendages with only a single downwardly

projecting tooth. Penis asin fig. 12,a, the spinules on the membranous

portion arranged in short ares giving an imbricate (fish-scale) appear-

ance, teeth of the distal claw-like process minutely scabrous on their

hind surfaces.

Styliform processes on prothorax @ as in fig. 12, e, f, the hinder pair

less horizontal than in mutata, more at an angle of 45° with the front

pair.

Abdomen.—Very dark, almost black. In ¢ an indication of a

pruinose band between frons and ocelli, and on abdominal segments

8-10, but no definitely pruinose specimens observed. Thorax very

dark bronzy green to middle of metepisternum (just above the meta-

stigma), a dark suffusion along the 2nd lateral suture, the suture

itself narrowly black; rest of sides and the ventral surface dirty

—— ee ee halt ha zs.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 207

white or pale grey. Abdomen blackish, with scarcely any differential

colouring except more brownish ventrally. Pterostigma light brown.

Legs blackish, inner surfaces of femora lighter. @ almost as dark as

$; a faint indication of a dark brown stripe just above the humeral

suture, and a short ochreous streak midway just below; the dark

Fic. 12.—Elattoneura frenulata (Hagen, Selys). Imago: a, penis, with sculpturing

on flange further enlarged. 6, c, lateral and dorsal views of appendages ¢.

d, genital valve 9, with margin further enlarged. e, dorsal view of the

posterior; and f, front view of the anterior, prothoracic processes of Q.

Nymph: g, portion of mask. h, portion of gizzard. 7, lateral gill, with

marginal spine further enlarged.

bronzy green not extending on to the metepisternum, which never-

theless has a more or less extensive smoky suffusion.

Nymph.—Up to 10-11 mm. plus gills 45-5 mm. Antenna, Ist

joint short, 2nd more slender and not quite twice as long as Ist,

3rd slightly longer than 2nd, 4th subequal to 2nd, 5th, 6th, and 7th

Obs KXXIt, PART 3. IN)

208 Annals of the South African Museum.

decreasing in length, but 7th not minute. Mask extending back to

between bases of fore and mid legs; median lobe not very prominent,

margin straight, minutely crenulate, with blunt more or less incisiform

spinules; 1 metal and 3 lateral setae; lateral margin with numerous,

rather long, apically blunt spines. Gills elongate, lanceolate, with

rather tapering apex, and strong marginal spines. Gizzard with

3-4 denticles in middle of each major fold, and 1 anteriorly, 1-2

denticles on each minor fold. Brownish, living amongst submerged

stems of Palmiet, ferns, or other vegetation.

Localities—Orange Kloof, Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B. and

H. G. W., January); Palmiet River, near Kleinmond (H. G. W.,

December 1933; K. H. B. and H. G. W., December 1934; H. G. W.,

January 1937); N. of Tradouw Peak, Langeberg Range, near Barry-

dale (K. H. B., January 1935); George (H. G. W., January 1936);

Hex River, Worcester (L. Peringuey, 1 3g, 1883; 1 3, January 1888).

Remarks.—Probably no reliance can be placed on the coloration

for distinguishing this species from mutata. The two species are

easily separated, however, by the superior appendages of the g, and

the prothoracic stylets in the 2; the penis is an additional character.

At my request Dr. Banks kindly examined the type in the Museum

of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, and sent a drawing of the g

appendages. There is no doubt that. the present specimens are

frenulata, a species which Dr. Banks thinks should be attributed to

Hagen, who drew up the description, rather than to Selys.

Subfam. AGRIONINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 279:

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 272 (Coenagrunae).

Imago.— Quadrilateral oblique, anal distal angle acute. 1A normal.

Nymph.—Mask with projecting median lobe, not incised, mental

and lateral setae present. Caudal gills usually slender, lamellate, |

nodate, subnodate, or simple; secondary tracheae oblique to gill-

axis. Gizzard with 8-16 folds.

Gen. Pseudagrion Selys.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 266, 297.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 274.

1936. Ris (and Schmidt), Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Ges., 433, pp. 1-68.

Imago.—Origin of A’ at Ac, or slightly proximal (not more than

length of Ac). No transverse ridge at frons. Superior appendages

eo — ——

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 209

of $ mostly bifurcate; penis with apical hook well developed,

variously bilobed; posterior hamules small, conical, setose. No

vulvar spine at 8th sternite in 9. Most females with 2 small stylets

Bik Steet ETS

eMRN LO = 5

Seats

Fie. 13.—Pseudagrion, penes, with ventral views of apical lobe flattened out.

a, kersteni; and b, var. draconis. c, caffrum. d, citricola n.sp. e, acaciae.

f, natalense. g, angolense. h, salisburyense. i, massaicum. Jj, posterior

hamule. .

(a and e-7 from specimens identified by Ris.)

at hind border of prothorax. Colour scheme mostly blue and black,

most species with pale postocular spots.

Nymph.—Median lobe of mask rather strongly projecting; 1

mental and 3 lateral setae on each side. Gills nodate, elongate.

Gizzard with 8 major and 8 minor folds. Cercoids small.

210 Annals of the South African Museum.

Remarks.—For the sake of comparison figures of the penis of all

species represented in the South African Museum collections are

given, taken from specimens identified by Ris. It is much to be

regretted that Ris himself did not consider this feature in his 1936

revision (published posthumously, with editorial notes by Schmidt),

a work which does not greatly advance the study of the genus so

far as concerns the South African species. The name praetextatum

is definitely dropped in favour of kersteni Gerst.

Key to species found in the S.W. Cape.

A. Superior appendages bifid.

1. Superior appendages with basal inner tooth.

a. 7th abdominal segment dorsally black é ; . caffrum.

3d b. 7th abdominal segment dorsally blue . : : . citricola.

2. Superior appendages without basal inner tooth

kerstent and var. draconis.

B. Superior appendages entire . ; : . massaicum var. cogmant.

1. Stylets on prothorax rather long.

a. 8th abdominal segment almost entirely blue : . citricola.

b. 8th abdominal segment blue only on posterior half

kerstent and var. draconis.

of 2. Stylets short, acute. 8th abdominal segment entirely blue, and

a blue spot on hind margin of 7thsegment . : . caffrum.

3. Stylets obsolete. 8thabdominal segment bronzy black

massaicum var. cogmant.

Pseudagrion caffrum (Burm.).

1908. Ris in Schultze’s Reise, 1, pp. 315, 316 (2 from Table Mt.

kerstena non Gerst.).

1921. Id., loc. cit., p. 300, fig. 22 ( furcigerum).

1921. Id., loc. cit., p. 301, fig. 23.

1936. Id., loc. cit., p. 16, fig. 3; and p. 17, fig. 4 (furcigerum).

Imago.—Superior appendages showing gradations between the

two forms represented in Ris’s figs. 22 and 23, the inner basal tooth

either blunt, rounded, or acute. Penis with apical hook very large,

in repose the rounded apical lobes embracing the stem, which has

a series of 8-10 spines on each side near the ventral margin, and often

another one higher up. Prothoracic stylets of 2 short, acute.

Abdomen.—$ 25-30, 2 25-26 mm. Hind-wing, g 19-22, 2 20-

23 mm.

3. Occiput pale greenish yellow. Labium, labrum, anteclypeus

and lower half of eye grass green, the labrum with 1-3 black dots

a a eee

SE —— ee |

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 211

or a black line at its base. Postclypeus black. Frons and dorsal

surface of head bronzy blue-black in teneral, blackish in old examples,

with light bluish pruinosity especially on frons. Postocular spots

visible in teneral specimens, but in old specimens masked by

pruinosity. Prothorax and thorax as described by Ris for caffrum;

a black line in dorsal third of 2nd lateral suture; in old specimens a

bluish pruinose antehumeral band occupying half the space between

mod-dorsal keel and humeral suture, not quite touching latter.

Abdomen as in Ris; on segments 8 and 9 a medio-dorsal blue band,

sometimes narrow, sometimes broad, but completely concealed in

old specimens by bluish pruinosity which extends over whole dorsal

and lateral surfaces of segments 8-10. Superior appendages black

externally, the points of the fork and the inner basal tooth black.

Pterostigma reddish brown or russet (pale brown if teneral).

9 as in Ris. Frons and postocular spots raw-sienna, darkening

with age. Short black lines on dorsal third of lst and 2nd lateral

sutures. A dorsal patch on posterior half of 7th (more or less

extensive), on whole of 8th, 9th, and 10th segments bright blue,

but concealed under pruinosity in aged specimens. Pterostigma

pale brown. In very teneral specimens the head, prothorax, and

thorax are predominantly orange-brown.

Nymph.—Up to 16-18 mm. plus gills 7 mm. 1st and 2nd joints

of antenna subequal, or 2nd slightly longer; 4 flagellar joints, with

a minute apical 5th. Mask extending back to midway between

bases of fore and middle legs; median lobe prominent, with slightly

concave margins, set with short conical spinules; 1 mental and

3 lateral setae; outer margin of lateral lobes with blunt spinules.

Gills elongate, narrow, nodate, apices shortly acute. Gizzard with

3-4 large denticles in middle of each major fold, with 3-5 in line

anteriorly to these, minor folds with 2 fairly large denticles in line

and 2-3 in line anterior to them. Greenish, or brownish when fully

mature; living amongst weeds (Scirpus, etc.).

Localities —Cape Peninsula (various localities from sea-level to

top of Table Mt., November—March); widely distributed over 8.W.

Cape as far north as the Cedar Mts., Clanwilliam (K. H. B., January

1930), and as far east as Meiring’s Poort, Zwartberg Range (north

of Oudtshoorn) (K. H. B. and H. G. W., February 1932 and January

1935), October—March.

Remarks.—This species is common on Table Mt. and throughout

the S.W. Cape mountains and lowlands. It seems extraordinary that

the S.A. Museum had no specimens to send to Ris. There is no

212 Annals of the South African Museum.

doubt as to the identity of the species, and from the series at hand

I do not hesitate to place furcigerum in synonymy. The 9 described

by Ris in 1908, and assigned to kersteni, should be assigned to the

present species.

Pseudagrion citricola n.sp.

Imago.—Superior appendages ¢ closely resembling those of

salisburyense Ris. Penis nearest to that of kersteni, but with the

differences shown in fig. 13, a, d. Prothoracic stylets Q as in

kerstent. Origin of A’ slightly proximal to Ac.

Abdomen.—S 26-27, 9 27-28 mm. Hind-wing, ¢ 20, 2 20-21 mm.

$. Occiput, labium, labrum, and anteclypeus pale buff. Post-

clypeus, frons, and vertex bronzy black. Postocular spots small,

circular, dull bluish. Prothorax black, with bluish pruinose patches

dorsally and laterally. Thorax dorsally bronzy black, pruinose,

extending to the 2nd lateral suture, or slightly beyond at the dorsal

end, and enclosing a narrow pale stripe on the metepisternum.

Metepimeron and ventral surface pale buff, with whitish pruinosity.

Abdomen dorsally metallic steel-blue black, ventrally whitish;

three-quarters of dorsal surface of segment 7, and whole dorsal

surface of 8 and 9 blue, more or less concealed in pruinosity. Superior

appendages black at tips. Pterostigma russet-brown. Legs pale

grey or buff internally, black externally.

Q. Teneral: Occiput and labium pale buff. Labrum, ante-

clypeus, frons, the oval postocular spots and bar connecting them

orange-brown; postclypeus and an interocular band embracing the

ocelli black. Prothorax black, with orange marks dorsally, orange

laterally, stylets orange. Thorax orange-brown, including a narrow

medio-dorsal line; a black band immediately next to the medio-

dorsal line, and another from the humeral suture occupying half

the width of mesepimeron. Abdomen bronzy green dorsally, buff

ventrally; dorsal patches on segments 8 and 9, and whole of 10 pale.

Pterostigma pale brown. Legs buff, femora and tibiae with narrow

black lines externally. Intermediate stage: Darker with the orange

portions on head and thorax olivaceous. Sides of thorax greyish.

Abdomen bronzy black dorsally. Dark form: Almost as in 6.

Labrum and anteclypeus orange-olivaceous. The postocular spots

small, round, and disconnected. Prothorax, including stylets, thorax,

and abdomen black dorsally; the latter somewhat bronzy distally,

and the pale patches more or less pruinose. Pterostigma pale brown.

Black stripes on legs narrower than in 3.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 213

Locality.—Kridouw Krans, Olifants River, between Citrusdal and

Clanwilliam (K. H. B., September 1931).

Remarks.—The § closely resembles salisburyense, and the Q re-

sembles kersteni. The pale patches on abdomen in both sexes separate

this species from the other two.

P. salisburyense has recently been found at Aiais on Gt. Fish River,

South West Africa (A. J. H. and C. W. T., November 1936).

Pseudagrion kersteni (Gerst.).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 303, fig. 25 (praetextatum Selys).

1936. Id., loc. cit., p. 18, figs. 2, a, 5 (synonymy).

Imago.—To supplement Ris’s description, and for comparison with

the two preceding species, figures of the abdominal markings in 3$

and 9, and of the penis, are here given, taken from specimens identified

by Ris.

Localities.—Cold Bokkeveld, N. of Ceres (M. Versfeld, October

1934, 2 3g, 392. Bosch Kloof, Clanwilliam (K. H. B. and C. W. T.,

September 1936, 2 gd). Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape

(ee 6. and H.G. W., January 1935, 1 3).

Remarks.—This species appears to be very local in the 8.W. Cape.

Pseudagrion kerstent var. draconis n.

_ Imago. — Superior appendages ¢ resembling those of kersteni

in having no internal basal tooth. Penis differing from that of

kerstent as shown in fig. 13, a, b, viz. no spines on lower margin

of stem, but with minute denticles on the membranous portion,

and the apical lobe with wider excision. Prothoracic stylets 2 as

in kerstent.

Origin of A’ slightly proximal to Ac.

Abdomen.—$ 28,2 27mm. Hind-wing, ¢ 19-21, 2 21 mm.

S$. Head black (bronzy black), postocular spots obsolete in fully

mature, a band of bluish-white pruinosity between the eyes. In

teneral specimens occiput, labium, labrum, ante- and post-clypeus,

frons and postocular spots buff or brown, the postclypeus with dark

band at base, vertex dark bronzy green. Prothorax bronzy black,

with bluish pruinosity; in teneral bronzy green above with 2 buff

spots. Thorax bronzy black above, shading on lower part of sides

to pale greyish, with bluish pruinosity; in teneral bronzy green

dorsally and upper half of mesepimeron, antehumeral stripe and

214 Annals of the South African Museum.

sides buff. Abdomen dorsally bronzy black with bluish pruinosity,

ventrally whitish; in teneral metallic steel-blue; segments 8 and 9

Fic. 14.—Pseudagrion. Imago: a, 7th-l0th abdominal segments of ¢ citricola

n.sp. 6-e, 8th-l0th segments ¢ of four varieties of caffrum (Hottentots

Holland Mts., Cedar Mts., Table Mt., and Seven Weeks Poort respectively).

f, the same, kersteni; and g, var. draconis. h, 7th—-10th segments, 2 citricola

n.sp. i, the same, caffrum. Jj, the same, kersteni. k, genital valve 9 caffrum

with margin further enlarged. 1, m, prothoracic stylets 2 kersteni and caffrum

respectively. 7, 0, p, dorsal and external lateral views of appendages 3

citricola n.sp., and inner lateral view of upper appendage. Nymph of caffrum:

gq, median gill, with cercoid. r, 2 major and 2 minor folds of gizzard.

s, portion of mask, with margin of median lobe further enlarged.

4 i ey ee ee

dorsally blue, more or less concealed in pruinosity (Gt. Drakenstein) ;

in the Montagu specimen the blue colour extends half-way down

the sides of the segments, so that in dorsal view the whole surface

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 215

appears blue, or there is a small transversely oval blue patch on

segment 10. Apices of superior appendages blackish. Pterostigma

dark brown in mature, paler in teneral specimens. Legs blackish

and more or less pruinose in mature, buff with thin dark lines on the

femora in teneral.

2. Teneral (but in copula): Occiput, face, and postocular spots

buff, vertex bronzy green. Prothorax ochreous. Thorax ochreous,

with bronzy green stripe on either side of mid-dorsal keel, and

a similar stripe on mesepimeron bordering the humeral suture.

Abdomen bronzy green above, buff below, bufi-coloured dorsal

patches on segments 8 and 9 as in kersteni, 10 wholly buff. Legs

buff with narrow black lines on outer surface of femora. Ptero-

stigma pale brown. Thorax and abdomen becoming bluish in adult,

segment 10 blue.

Localities.—Groot Drakenstein (K. H. B., March 1931, 1 @).

Kogman’s Kloof, Montagu (K. H. B., January 1935, gg, 99; A.J.

Hesse and C. W. Thorne, November 1935, 33, 22). Bot River

(Ke G,, January 1937, 33).

Pseudagrion massaicum Sjéstedt.

i320. Eis, loc. cit., p. 310, fig..29.

1936. Id., loc. cit., p. 50, fig. 26.

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. Ixxxv, p. 473.

var. cogmani 0.

Imago.—Ac nearly equidistant from Ist and 2nd Ang, slightly

nearer the former. Origin of A’ proximal to Ac by slightly less than

length of Ac. Post-nodal cross-veins 12 in fore-wing, 10 in hind-

wing. R, and IR, respectively at the 6th and 8th post-nodal cross-

veins in fore-wing, at 5th and 9th in hind-wing. No cross-vein

between A’ and anal margin until opposite lower distal angle of Q.

Apices of wings not much rounded. Pterostigma longer than deep

in both wings. Hind margin of prothorax evenly convex; stylets

in 2 obsolete. No mesepisternal tubercle. Tarsal claws with inferior

tooth. Superior appendages $ equal to mid-dorsal length of Xth

segment, whichis not elevated, but widely excised, with 4-5 digiti-

form spines on hind margin on either side of median line. Each

appendage entire (not bilobed), appearing to end in an incurved

acute point owing to feeble chitinisation of inner distal surface.

Inferior appendages broadly lobate, obscurely bilobed. Penis

216 Annals of the South African Museum.

without lateral spines on stem, apical hook elongate, with 2 short

proximal and 2 elongate distal lobes, and short lateral alate pro-

jections. Posterior hamules obsolete.

Abdomen.—$ 27, 2 26-27 mm. Hind-wing, 3 18, 2? 19-20 mm.

S$. Occiput and labium yellow ochre, the former blackish around

foramen and the postocular band. Labrum, clypeus, frons, vertex,

and postocular spots (which are connected) coppery red. Eyes

scarlet. Prothorax blackish with 3 coppery spots. Thorax dorsally

coppery red, shading on sides into greenish, and then ventrally into

Fic. 15.—Pseudagrion massaicum Sjost. var. cogmani n. a, 6b, dorsal and lateral

views of ¢ appendages. c, apex of penis, with dorsal view of apical lobe.

d, posterior hamule. e, f, diagrams of pattern on abdominal segments 1-3,

6 and Q respectively.

cobalt-blue. A bronzy black medio-dorsal stripe, a similar stripe

on humeral suture with a semicircular expansion on medial side

near dorsal end, and dark marks at postero-dorsal ends of Ist and

2nd lateral sutures. Femora black, tibiae and tarsi ochreous, former

with black line externally, latter with black junctions between the

joints. Abdomen with segments 1-7 bronzy green, dorsal pattern

on segments 1-3 (see fig. 15, e), segments 8, 9, and 10 deep cobalt-

blue. Superior appendages blackish. Pterostigma russet.

2. Occiput and face buff. Vertex and postocular spots brownish,

the latter outlined with black. Eyes grey with darker bands.

Prothorax ochreous brown, with black marks. Thorax bronzy

brown, paler and pruinose below, black markings as in g. Legs as

ee _ dite tle, ee ee ee ee ee ee Se

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 217

in g, but ground colour paler. Abdomen with segments 1-9 bronzy

green above, pale greenish below, dorsal pattern on segments 1-3

(see fig. 15, f), segment 10 cobalt-blue, segment 1 often pruinose.

Pterostigma russet. .

Locality —Kogman’s Kloof, Montagu (K. H. B., January 1935,

1 3g; A. J. Hesse and C. W. Thorne, November 1935, 3¢, 99).

Remarks.—This form is exceedingly close to the Zululand

specimens identified by Ris as massaicum, but differs in the quite

distinctive penis in ¢, and the slightly stronger dorsal pattern on

abdominal segments 1-3 in 9. It may eventually be raised to specific

rank.

The male of this damsel-fly is most striking in flight, as its head

and thorax, appearing like burnished copper, make a wonderful

contrast with the bright blue of the end of the abdomen.

Gen. Ceriagrion Selys.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 267, 314.

1933. Fraser, loc. cat., p. 313.

Imago.—Origin of A’ at Ac or slightly proximal. A transverse

ridge on frons. Superior appendages 3 not bifurcate. No vulvar

spine on 8th sternite 2. No

prothoracic stylets 9. Colour

scheme mostly orange or red-

dish, no postocular spots.

Ceriagrion glabrum (Burm.).

ozs iis, loc. cit... p. 314,

fig. 31.

aoe : Fic. 16.—Ceriagrion glabrum (Burm.). Penis,

Imago.—Posterior hamules with ventral view of apical lobe. The

well developed (cf. Hlattoneura, heavily chitinised portion of stem is

fig. 11, b). Penis with apical only faintly dotted so as to show the

ope.) P adpressed spinules.

lobe broadly expanded and

shortly notched at apex, 3-4 short adpressed spinules on each side

of stem.

Localities.—Knysna (R. M. Lightfoot, April 1890; and H. G. W.,

January 1936). Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B.,

January 1931). Drakenstein (A. C. H. and K. H. B., February

1937).

Remarks.—The nymph of this damsel-fly is unknown.

218

1908.

1920.

192i.

1933.

1936.

Annals of the South African Museum.

Gen. Enallagma Charpentier.

Ris, loe. cit., p. 310.

Kennedy, Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. xxi, p. 87.

Ris, loc. cit., pp. 267, 317.

Fraser, loc. cit., p. 371.

Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. Ixxxv, p. 474.

Imago.—Origin of A’ proximal to Ac by more than length of Ac.

Arculus at 2nd Anq (or only slightly distal). R, usually at 5th

Fie. 17.—Enallagma glaucum (Burm.). Imago: a, penis, with apical lobe further

enlarged. 6, posterior hamule. c,d, dorsal and lateral views of appendages ¢

(in c the upper appendages are more spread out than in Ris’s 1921 figure).

e, genital valve 9. Nymph: f, genital valve 9. g, median gill with cercoid.

h, portion of gizzard, with one of the chitinous plates further enlarged. 1,

portion of mask with margin of median lobe further enlarged.

(or 6th) postnodal cross-vein in fore-wing, at 4th (or 5th) in hind-

wing. Xth segment 3 not, or only slightly, elevated at posterior

margin.

° with vulvar spine on 8th sternite. Pterostigma in ¢

unicolorous in both wings. Posterior hamules rather small, conical,

setulose. Penis with bilobed apical hook.

ee a eee eS ee ee ee

mi we A er eo os,

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 219

Nymph.—Median lobe of mask rather strongly projecting, 4 mental

and 6 lateral setae. Gills subnodate or simple, sometimes slightly

thickened. Cercoids small. Gizzard with 8 major and 8 minor folds.

Remarks.—Kennedy (loc. cit., 1920, p. 87) has proposed for

E. glaucum and subfurcatum the respective generic names Africallagma

and Proischnura. Africallagma is based on the Xth segment of 3

elevated into a dorsal keel, notched at apex. It includes also nigri-

dorsum Selys, obliteratum Selys, and schultzer Ris. Proischnura

has the Xth segment ¢ apically forked, the pterostigma of hind-

wings smaller than that of fore-wings, and penis intermediate between

those of Ischnura and Enallagma. 1 have no material by which to

test the value of these characters; and, moreover, it seems that

Kennedy’s division does not coincide with that of Ris. See also

Miss Longfield’s remarks. So far as concerns the South African

fauna the subdivision of Hnallagma has no practical value.

Of the species mentioned in Ris (1921), I have examined the penis

of nigridorsum, pseudelongatum, and sinuatum in addition to that of

glaucum. In pseudelongatum and sinuatum the penis is very similar

to that of glaucum, and scarcely of specific importance. That of

nigridorsum, however, has the apical lobes of the distal hook quad-

rangular instead of rounded, and sufficiently distinct to serve as a

differential character.

Enallagma glaucum (Burm.).

908; Ris, loc. cit., p. 313, fig. 3.

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 318, 326, fig. 38.

Imago.—Figures of the $ appendages are given here, viewed in a

slightly different position from those figured by Ris.

Nymph.—Up to 11-12 mm. plus gills 5 mm. Antenna with 2nd

joint half as long again as Ist (or nearly so), 3rd subequal to Ist and

2nd together. Mask extending back to between bases of fore and

middle legs; median lobe with anterior margins slightly concave,

minutely serrulate and with short conical spinules; often a 5th mental

seta on one side or on both sides, smaller than the usual 4. Gills

slightly obovate, lamellate, thin, spinules on the median gill extending

farther along the dorsal than along the ventral margin, vice versa in

the lateral gills. Gizzard with denticles arranged as in fig. 17, h.

Pale greenish or brownish, sometimes slightly variegated.

Oviposition.—Females, held by the males, have been observed

Ovipositing just beneath the surface in stems of reeds (Juncus)

[Fae ee a ee a ee

SS ra ae

220 Annals of the South African Museum.

(Table Mt., K. H. B.). They were also observed crawling down

3 or 4, or even 6 inches below the surface in order to oviposit, but

unaccompanied by the males (Muizenberg Reservoir, A. C. H. and

K. H. B.). The eggs are laid singly in rows.

Fig. 18.—Enallagma polychromaticum n.sp. Imago: a, 6, dorsal and lateral views

of appendages g. c, ventral view of inferior appendage. d, apex of penis,

with apical lobe further enlarged, and in ventral view. Nymph: e, f, median

and lateral gills, with cross-sections, and cercoid.

Localities.—Widely distributed in the 8.W. Cape from the Cape

Peninsula to the Kamiesberg, Namaqualand, in the north (K. H. B.,

September 1931), and eastwards to Knysna (R. M. Lightfoot, 1890),

Murraysburg (C. W. T., 1931), Vogelfontein, Prince Albert Div.

(A. J. H., 1930), and Grahamstown (Miss Walton). May, September,

November to April; probably all’ the year round in many localities.

Enallagma polychromaticum n.sp.

Imago.—Ac equidistant from Ist and 2nd Ang. Origin of A’

proximal to Ac by slightly more than length of Ac. A cross-vein

between A’ and anal margin at level of upper distal angle of quadri-

lateral. Postnodal cross-veins 10 in fore-wing, 8 in hind-wing.

R, and IR, respectively at the 5th and 7th (sometimes 4th and 6th)

postnodal cross-veins in fore-wing, at 4th and 6th (or 7th) in hind-

wing. Apices of wings rounded, almost as much as in rotundipenne;

pterostigma longer than deep, less so in hind-wing. Hind margin

of prothorax evenly convex, with small medio-dorsal rounded tubercle.

A small rounded tubercle on anterior margin of mesepisternum

midway between medio-dorsal keel and humeral suture. Tarsal

claws with inferior tooth.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 221

Superior appendages ¢ half length of Xth segment, which is not

elevated and has a small notch between 2 small rounded lobes on

hind margin (smaller than the similar notch in glaucum), dorsally

a chitinised point, which, however, scarcely projects above the surface

(fig. 18). Inferior appendages with blunt, incurved, and slightly

upturned apices. Penis without the lateral spinules found in

glaucum; apical hook with the projections narrow and acute, the

inner surfaces minutely scabrous. 2 with vulvar spine on 8th

segment; genital valve as in glaucum. Abdomen: ¢§ 17-71°5,

218 mm. Hind-wing, ¢ 12-12-5, 9 12-5 mm.

$. Occiput pale buff, blackish around foramen. Labium pale buff.

Labrum mauve with 3 black dots at its base. Postclypeus mauve

with black basal transverse bar. Frons mauve. Vertex dark

bronzy green. Postocular spots cuneiform, violet, narrowly con-

nected. Prothorax dark bronzy green with 3 mauve dots (1 median

and 1 on each lateral margin), sometimes 2 dots in place of each

single dot. Thorax bronzy green, without a medio-dorsal pale line

(in fully adult), with a violet antehumeral stripe nearly as wide as

the dark median band, but not extending quite to humeral suture;

the latter occupied by a bronzy-green stripe as wide as the violet

antehumeral stripe. Rest of mesepimeron, whole of metepisternum,

and a cuneiform patch at dorsal end of metepimeron violet. Rest

of metepimeron, mesinfraepisternum, sterna, and coxae pale buff

but shading up into the violet. Pterostigma dark sepia. Femora

wholly black in fully mature on inner and outer surfaces. Tibiae

with black lines on outer surface. Abdomen with segments 1-7

bronzy green above, pale buff below; a narrow pale ring anteriorly

on segments 3-7, and the dorsal colour extending slightly down the

sides at the posterior margins of segments 2-6. Segments 8 and 9

each with a shield-like bright violet (fully adult) or deep cobalt-blue

patch dorsally, surrounded by bronzy green. Segment 10 bronzy

green dorsally and laterally. Segments 8-10 ventrally pale buff.

Superior appendages blackish, inferior appendages with black

chitinised apices. The mauve and violet colour fades after death

to buff or greyish.

2 similar but with the following differences; all mauve or violet

patches are here buff or pale greyish, a narrow pale medio-dorsal line

on thorax, femora with blackish lines on outer surfaces only, a small

oval cobalt-blue patch dorsally on 9th abdominal segment, ptero-

stigma pale sepia brown.

Nymph.—Up to 9-10 mm., plus gills 3-4 mm.

222 Annals of the South African Museum.

In general similar to that of glaucum. Mask with 4 mental and 6

lateral setae. Q genital valve as in glaucum but the teeth rather

stronger. Gizzard with fewer denticles on the folds. Gills lanceolate,

with pointed apices, slightly thickened (see cross-sections, fig. 18),

the margins more strongly spinulose, and the distal portions with

rather long setae.

Locality—Seven Weeks Poort, Zwartberg Range, Ladismith,

Cape (K. H. B. and H. G. W., February 1932 and January 1935.

33, 292 and nymphs).

Remarks.—This is the smallest dragon-fly yet found in the Western

Province, and, barring the tropical Agriocnemis exilis, the smallest

in the South African fauna.

Gen. Ischnura Charpentier.

1917. Kennedy, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. li, p. 496 (penis).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 267, 333.

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 346.

Imago.—Origin of A’ proximal to Ac by more than length of Ac.

Arculus at 2nd Ang (or only very slightly distal). R, usually at 4th

postnodal cross-vein in fore-wing, at 3rd in hind-wing. Xth segment

3 elevated at posterior margin. Q with vulvar spine on 8th sternite.

Posterior hamules fairly prominent, stout, setose. Penis with long

bifurcate apical hook. Pterostigma in ¢ bicolorous in fore-wing.

Nymph.—Median lobe of mask rather strongly projecting; 4

mental and 6 lateral setae. Gills simple (or subnodate), lanceolate,

thin. Gizzard with 8 major and 8 minor folds. Cercoids small and

inconspicuous.

Ischnura senegalensis (Rambur).

1908. Ris, loc. cat., p. 310.

1921. Id., loc. cit., p. 333, fig. 42.

1928. Andrés, Mem. Roy. Entom. Soc. Egypt, vol. i, p. 25,

pl. in, figs. 5, 6 (coloured).

1933. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 348, figs. 150, 151.

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. lxxxv, p. 471.

Imago.—Coloration as given by Ris. Abdominal segments “5-7”

should read 3-7. The blue colour on segments | and 2, and especially

on segments 8, 9, and 10 is very brilliant sky or cobalt blue. The

distal half of pterostigma in fore-wing ¢ is blue in life.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 223

Nymph.—Up to 17-18 mm. plus gills 6-6-5 mm.

Antenna with 2nd joint not quite twice length of 1st, 3rd slightly

longer than 2nd. Mask extending back to between bases of fore

and middle legs; median lobe with straight anterior margins,

crenulate and with short, bluntly conical spinules. Gills lanceolate

with acute apices; spinules on median gill extending farther along

h i

Fig. 19.—Ischnura senegalensis (Rambur). Imago: a, b, lateral and ventral views

of appendages g. c, penis. d, posterior hamule. e, genital valve 92, with

margin further enlarged. Nymph: f, lateral gill with cercoid. g, genital

valve 2. h, portion of mask with margins of median and lateral lobes further

enlarged. 7, major and minor folds of gizzard.

dorsal margin than along ventral, vice versa in lateral gills. Gizzard

with denticles on the folds as in £. glaucum.

Pale greenish or yellowish, more or less variegated. Living

amongst weeds.

Oviposition—The 9, unaccompanied by the 3, rests on weeds

floating on the surface, and bends the abdomen forwards to deposit

eges in the vegetation just under the surface (cf. Kennedy, Proc.

VOL. XXX, PART’ 3. 16

Onl 2 sire Rs ee ee ee

ie SO ee i!

224 Annals of the South African Museum.

U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xlix, p. 302, fig. 88, 1915). The eggs are laid

singly in rows.

Localities.—Widely distributed over the 8.W. Cape, but more of a

lowland than a mountain form, from Olifants River, Clanwilliam

(A. J. H., 1932), in the north, to Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay

(K. H. B., 1931), in the east. Also Aiais on Gt. Fish River, South

West Africa (A. J. H. and C. W. T., November 1936).

Remarks.—This species is very abundant at Lakeside in the Cape

Peninsula, where the water is at times slightly brackish.

Fam. AESCHNIDAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cat., p. 259.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 338.

1934. Fraser, Fauna Ind. Odonata, vol. u, p. 154 (Gomphidae).

Imago.—Triangles of fore- and hind-wings similar or nearly so.

Lateral lobes of labium of about the same size as median lobe.

Antenodal cross-veins in costal and subcostal areas not corresponding.

Nymph.—Mask flat (in South African forms).

Subfam. GOMPHINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 260.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 338.

1934. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 157.

1936. Schmidt. Senckenbergiana, xvii, p. 270 (nymphs, West

Europe species).

Imago.—Hyes separated by a large space. Triangles short, costal

side not much longer than proximal side, free or crossed. Inferior

appendage ¢ bifid. No well-developed ovipositor. Auricles present

on 2nd abdominal segment in 3.

Nymph.—Legs more or less modified for digging, fore and mid

tarsi 2-jointed. Antennae reduced to 4 joints, the 4th often minute.

Mask not extending beyond (or only slightly) bases of fore-legs,

with flat median lobe, lateral lobes with narrow rounded or uncinate

apex and strong movable spine. Gizzard with 4 folds. Rectal gills

simplex undulate or simplex papillate.

Key to S.W. Cape genera.

1. No distinct anal loop. 8th and 9th segments foliate. Superior appendages

dS longer than 10th segment. Q vulvar scale short and broad. Nymph

with narrow ovate abdomen, without dorsal keel . : . Mesogomphus.

2. A distinct anal loop of more than 2 cells. 8th segment foliate. Superior appen-

dages g shorter than 10th segment. Q vulvar scale narrow and elongate.

Nymph with broadly ovate abdomen, with dorsal keel . Ceratogomphus.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 225

Gen. Mesogomphus Forster.

fis, Bich, S. Air: J. Sa., vol. xiv, p. 426 (rectal gills’/ of

nymph).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 340, 343.

1929. Ander, Konowia, vol. viii, p. 159 (nymph).

1934. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 228.

Imago.—Hind femora not reaching beyond junction of thorax and

abdomen. MA and Cu, in fore-wing diverging at level of nodus

or more distally. Between Rs and MA in hind-wing a single cross-

vein. No distinct anal loop. Superior appendages ¢ considerably

longer than 10th segment. Penis in cognatus and elpidius ending in

two slender divergent prongs, which in repose lie between two lateral

flaps on the bulbous basal portion. In hagenz the penis is noticeably

different, ending in two short prongs which lie within the cowl-like

projection of the basal portion. Vulvar scale 2 (8th segment) short

and broad. Lateral margins of 8th and 9th abdominal segments

foliate.

Nymph.—Wing sheaths divergent. Anterior margin of median

lobe of mask strongly convex, minutely denticulate, with fringe of

close-set palisade-like spines, outer distal angle with 2-3 spines, and

lateral margins slightly convergent, sparsely setose; apex of lateral

lobe narrowly rounded or subacute, but not uncinate, inner margin

not denticulate. Legs short. Third antennal joint fusiform, 4th

joint distinct, upturned. Abdomen narrow-ovate, without medio-

dorsal keel. Anal appendages all of same length. Gizzard with

strong denticles on the 4 folds. Rectal gills papillate.

Remarks.—Ander described only the external features of the

nymph. Rich described the rectal gills of a nymph assumed to be

that of Mesogomphus. His paper was prior to Ris’s monograph, and

a misidentification seems certain because he described the rectal

gills as undulate, whereas I find them to be papillate (at least in

cognatus). It may be, however, that the character of the rectal

gills does not coincide with the generic characters of the imagos,

and that other species, e.g. hageni, do have undulate gills. Perhaps

Rich’s specimens were Ceratogomphus.

Ander says the anterior margin of median lobe of mask is not

denticulate in hageni, but in cognatus I find that it is denticulate

when seen under a high magnification.

226 Annals of the South African Museum.

Mesogomphus hageni (Selys).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 348, 344, figs. 46-48; pl. ix, fig. 2.

1929. Brain, loc. cot., p. 155.

1929. Ander, loc. cit., p. 159, figs. 1-4 (nymph).

Imago.—Tips of superior appendages ¢ parallel, acute. Anterior

hamule uncinate, posterior hamule irregularly rectangular (Ris,

Fic. 20.—Mesogomphus cognatus (Rambur). Imago: a, penis, with ventral view

of apicallobe. 6, ventral and lateral views of 8th—10th abdominal segments Q.

Nymph: c, lateral view of antenna. d, portion of mask, with margin of

median lobe and spines further enlarged. e, dorsal view of right fore leg.

f, 1 of the 4 folds of the gizzard. MW. hageni (Selys). g, penis in lateral

view, with apex in ventral view.

fig. 47). Penis strongly bulbous subapically, the apical portion

being broad, with two short, widely separated prongs, which le within

the cowl-like projection on the basal portion. Pterostigma lght

ochreous, greyer near margins, in 2 between strong black veins.

Costa yellowish. Face and frons without dark bands. Thoracic

markings pale.

Nymph.—Anal appendages 24 times length of 10th tergite (Ander).

Locality.—Nearest locality to 8.W. Cape recorded by Ris, Dun-

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 227

brody. Messrs Lawrence, Hesse, and Thorne (of the S.A.M.) caught

two gd near Viol’s Drift on the Orange River, Namaqualand, in

March 1935. Brain, however, says it occurs “as far south as

Tulbagh.”

Mesogomphus cognatus (Rambur).

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 318 (Onychogomphus c.).

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 343, 347, figs. 52, 53; pl. vii, fig. 3; pl. ix,

fig. 4.

1929. Brain, loc. cit., p. 155.

Imago.—Tips of superior appendages ¢ divergent, blunt, minutely

dentate. Anterior and posterior hamules uncinate (Ris, fig. 53).

Penis (see fig. 20, a); in repose the apices lie between the lateral flaps

of the bulbous basal part. Pterostigma dark or blackish brown.

Costa yellowish. Frons with black band at base in 4g, frons and face

with black transverse lines in 9. Thoracic markings dark.

Nymph.—Up to 24-26 mm., width of abdomen6 mm. Resembling

that of hageni (as described by Ander), but the anal appendages do

not exceed twice the length of 10th segment, usually scarcely twice

as long. Segments 4-9 with small lateral points. A small medio-

dorsal tubercle on segments 2 and 3. Appendix dorsalis acutely

pointed. Abdominal pattern as in hagen. Rectal gills papillate.

Hind femora reaching to end of 2nd abdominal segment. All femora

with prominent distal lobe. Mid and fore tibiae curved, armed on

outer margin with strong setae. Claws slightly curved, apically

blunt, glabrous. Pale sand-coloured, faintly mottled.

Localities —Cape Peninsula; 8.W. Cape as far north as Cedar Mts.,

Clanwiliam (K. H. B., January 1930 and September 1936), and as

far east as Cango (K. H. B. and H. G. W., February 1932).

Remarks.—This species is very common and widely distributed.

The nymphs burrow in sand and gravel in running streams, but are

easily bred in captivity. They do not climb up reeds or other vegeta-

tion before emergence of the imagos, but crawl on to a stone or the

margin of the stream, or a projecting sand-spit in mid-stream, or

floating vegetation.

Gen. Ceratogomphus Selys.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 340, 354.

Imago.—Hind femora not reaching beyond junction of thorax and

abdomen. MA and Cu, in fore-wing diverging at level of nodus or

228

Annals of the South African Museum.

more distally. Between Rs and MA hind-wing a single cross-vein.

A distinct anal loop of 4 cells. Appendages of $ much shorter than

Fic.

21.—Ceratogomphus pictus Selys. Imago: a, b, lateral and dorsal views of

apical abdominal segments § with appendages (in a the right upper appendage

omitted). c, ventral view of lower appendage. d, dorsal view of variation

in right upper appendage. e, f, lateral and dorsal inner views of lower ap-

pendage of same specimen asd. g, 2nd abdominal segment ¢ with genitalia.

h, ventral view of apical portion of penis. Nymph: 7, dorsal view of nymph,

with profile of abdomen. j, dorsal view of right antenna. k, portion of mask

with margin of median lobe further enlarged. J/, dorsal view of right fore leg.

10th segment. Penis (see below, and fig. 21,). Vulvar scale of 2

on 8th segment long and narrow. Xth segment in ¢ with a dorsal

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 229

acute process fitting into a groove on the 9th segment. Lateral

margins of 8th segment foliate.

Nymph.—Wing sheaths divergent. Anterior margin of median

lobe of mask convex, minutely denticulate, with palisade-like spines,

and setae near hinge of lateral lobe, outer distal angle without spines,

lateral margins parallel, thickly setose; apex of lateral lobe bluntly

pointed, not uncinate, inner margin denticulate. Legs moderately

long. Third antennal joint with straight inner margin, 4th joint

minute. Abdomen broadly ovate, medio-dorsally keeled. Cercoids

shorter than the other anal appendages. Guizzard with strong

denticles on the 4 folds. Rectal gills undulate.

Ceratogomphus pictus Selys.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 319, fig. 7 (wings).

aa id. toe: ct. p. 305, fis. 60; pl. vin, fig. 6; pl. ux, fig. 7.

Imago.—As Ris had no $ good enough for a figure of the genitalia

and appendages, figures of these are here given. Anterior hamules

ovate, set transversely; posterior hamules very large, oblong, with

forwardly directed tooth on antero-inferior margin. Penis with

prongs of the apical fork produced in long recurved points. The

bulbous basal part with a lateral flap on either side, between which

the apices of the penis lie. Superior appendages strongly chitinised,

outer basal margin serrate, apices curved downwards, somewhat

variable in shape, dorsal surface proximally with a feebly chitinised

area which is produced in a membranous digitiform process. Lower

appendage subquadrangular but somewhat variable, usually with

deep and well-marked apical cleft (fig. 21, c), but sometimes with

very narrow cleft (fig. 21, f), dorsal surface distally with a black,

strongly chitinised ridge on either side of the cleft, which ridge may

develop one or two distinct pointed teeth.

Nymph.—Up to 27 mm., width of abdomen 9mm. 4th antennal

joint less than apical width of 3rd joint. Mask extending to between

bases of fore-legs, median lobe with parallel sides. Hind femora

reaching to end of 4th or middle of 5th abdominal segment. All

femora with small distal lobe, and 2 glabrous stripes on dorsal surface

not covered with setae or pilosity. Tibiae also with a bare stripe;

the fore tibia with distal outer angle prominent. Claws setose,

apically acute. Abdomen narrowing rather rapidly from 7th segment;

segments 7-9 with short acute lateral points. Segments 2-9 medio-

dorsally keeled; on segments 2 and 3 the keel forms small tubercles,

230 Annals of the South African Museum.

on the others a low backwardly directed tooth, that on segment 9

being the largest. Cerci a trifle longer than, cercoids slightly shorter

than, the appendix dorsalis, which is acutely pointed. Denticles on

gizzard folds as in M. cognatus (fig. 20, f). Pale brown, with a pair of

darker spots on segments 5-9 dorsally.

Localities —Cape Peninsula, Stellenbosch, French Hoek, Cango.

Remarks.—Not actually bred, but the correlation seems quite

certain as this is the only other Gomphine genus besides Mesogomphus

known from the 8.W. Cape, and the nymphs came from Jonkershoek,

Stellenbosch, where the adults are plentiful.

Subfam. AESCHNINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. edt., p. 262.

1921. Ris, loc. czt., p. 356.

1936. Fraser, Fauna Ind. Odonata, vol. in, p. 53 (Aeshnidae).

Imago.—Eyes dorsally contiguous. Trianglesl ongitudinally elong-

ate, crossed. Inferior appendage ¢g not bifid. 2 with ovipositor

similar to that of the Zygoptera.

Nymph.—Abdomen elongate. Legs and antennae normal. Mask

flat, without setae (except in Gynacantha), lateral lobes narrow,

apices variable. Gizzard with 4 folds, each with one large tooth or

a few large teeth. Rectal gills duplex, foliate or papillo-foliate.

Key to S.W. Cape genera.

1. IR, forked proximal to pterostigma, with more than 2 rows of cells between

its branches. Sectors of arculus, near its middle. Anal angle of hind-wing

angulated in g§. Auricles present in 3 : : : . Aeschna.

2. IR, forked distal to middle of pterostigma, with aie 2 rows of cells between

its branches. Sectors of arculus, nearer to R. Anal angle of hind-wing

rounded in both sexes. Noauriclesing . : : 3 . Annas:

Gen. Aeschna Fabricius.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., pp. 340, 350.

1921. Ris, loc. cot., pp: 358, 361.

1921. Rousseau, Larves et Nymphes Aquat., vol. i, p. 118 (nymph).

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 123 (original spelling: Aeshna, etym.

doubtful).

Imago.—As above in key. Cells between IR, and Rspl not dis-

tinctly arranged in rows. End of Ry slightly and gently convex

towards costa.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 231

Nymph.—Kyes hemispherical. Mask in repose not extending beyond

coxae of middle legs; lateral lobe with broad, squarely truncate apex.

Anal pyramid long.

Key to species.

1. Upper surface of frons with black spot surrounded by yellow, and then a dark

margin. Lateral lobes of 2nd segment g much produced. 2 appendages

long. Supra-coxal projection of nymph single. ; ‘ . releyr.

2. Upper surface of frons with black T mark. Lateral lobes of 2nd segment ¢

not strongly produced. 2 appendages short. Supra-coxal projection of

nymph bifid . ‘ : : é : : : i minuscula.

Fic. 22.—Aeschna. Imago: a, lateral view of Ist-3rd abdominal segments ¢

of rileyi, with apical lobe of penis viewed obliquely and in cross-section, the

left lateral lobe omitted. 6, the same segments of minuscula. Nymph:

c, d, head and prothorax of rileyi and minuscula respectively. e. f, anal

pyramid of rileyi g and minuscula 2 respectively, with appendix dorsalis

in lateral view. g, portion of mask.

Anax imperator mauricianus. Nymph: h, head and prothorax. i, portion of

mask. 47, anal pyramid 9. &, lateral and dorsal views of appendix dorsalis g.

1, one of the folds of the gizzard, with lateral view of tooth.

(p.h. posterior hamule. sp. spinous process.)

232 Annals of the South African Museum.

Aeschna rileyi Calvert.

1892. Calvert, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., vol. xix, p. 164.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 361, fig. 63, and pl. viii, fig. 8 (subpupillata).

1929. Brain, loc. cit., p. 158 (subpupillata).

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. lxxxv, p. 480 (dis-

cussion).

Imago.—Characters as in key. Anal triangle of hind-wing 3

3-celled (cf. Tillyard, loc. cit., 1917, fig. 171, B). Auricles with

3 denticles. Lateral lobes of 2nd segment 3 strongly produced

posteriorly, lobes of 3rd segment also produced anteriorly. Anterior

spinous process (fig. 22, a) slender, chitinised only at apex. A narrow

transverse band of spinules on Ist sternite. Penis (fig. 22, a).

Nymph.—Up to 38 mm. Supra-coxal projection single. Anal

pyramid equal to 9th plus 10th segments. Cerci broad with all

margins strongly serrate. Appendix dorsalis narrowing to a narrowly

cleft apex. Whole surface of abdomen and anal pyramid strongly

granulate. Lateral margins of 6th to 9th segments produced in spines.

Localities—Widely distributed over the S.W. area, but not yet

actually caught in the Cape Peninsula.

Aeschna minuscula MacLach.

1895. MacLachlan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. xvu, p. 421.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 361, 364, fig. 64.

1929. Bram, loc. ct., po 158.

Imago.—Characters as in key. Anal triangle of hind-wing ¢

3-celled. Auricles with 2 denticles. Lateral lobes of 2nd segment

$ slightly produced, margin serrate; lobes of 3rd segment also slightly

produced. Anterior spinous process (fig. 22, b) strong, chitinised

throughout. A broad transverse band of spinules on Ist sternite.

Penis (fig. 22, 6). Superior appendages ¢ slightly narrower than in

riley.

Nymph.—Up to 40 mm. Supra-coxal projection bifid. Anal

pyramid slightly longer than 9th plus 10th segments. Cerci slender

with margins feebly serrate. Cercoids more slender than in riley,

tapering evenly. Appendix dorsalis with subparallel margins,

apex with wide but shallow notch. Surface of abdomen and anal

pyramid less strongly granulate than in rileyi. Lateral margins of

7th-9th segments produced in spines.

Localities —Widely distributed in the 8.W. area, including the

Cape Peninsula.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 233

Gen. Anax Leach.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., pp. 341, 350.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 358, 367.

1921. Rousseau, loc. cat., p. 122 (nymph).

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 134.

Imago.—As above in key. Cells between IR, and Repl arranged

in distinct rows. End of R, abruptly bent towards costa opposite

distal end of pterostigma.

Nymph.—Kyes very large, flattened dorsally. Mask in repose

extending back to coxae of hind legs; lateral lobe with apex narrowed

and with incurved tooth. Anal pyramid very long.

Key to species.

1. Bright red . : : : : : ‘ . ‘ : speratus.

2. Blue or green : : ‘ A ; : . tmperator mauricianus.

Anazx speratus Hagen.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 368.

This unmistakable dragon-fly has been observed at the reservoirs,

Kalk Bay (Cape Peninsula); Palmiet River, River Zonder End Mts.;

Wellington Mts.; and George. Its nymph is as yet unknown.

Amazx imperator Leach.

Form mauricianus Rambur.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 320, figs. 9-11.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 368; pl. xii, fig. 4 (nymph).

1936. Longfield, loc. cat., p. 482.

Nymph.—Up to 55 mm. Supra-coxal projection bidentate but

not prominent. Abdominal segments and anal pyramid smooth,

only finely and sparsely granulate. Lateral margins of 7th—9th

segments produced in spines. Appendix dorsalis almost as long as

cerci, parallel-sided, apex with wide and shallow notch. Mask

(fig. 22,7). The tooth on each fold of the gizzard is apically bidentate

and surrounded by a few very minute denticles. Greenish or

brownish, more or less mottled.

Localities.—Widely distributed over the 8.W. area, including the

Cape Peninsula.

Remarks.—Tillyard (loc. cit., p. 351, footnote) has pointed out Ris’s

slip in regard to the length of the appendix dorsalis. This mistake

has been copied by Rousseau (loc. cit., p. 122).

234 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. LIBELLULIDAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cat., p. 265.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 338, 374.

1936. Fraser, Fauna Ind. Odonata, vol. iii, p. 156.

Imago.—Triangles of fore- and hind-wings dissimilar, that of

former transverse and far removed from arculus, that of latter longi-

tudinal and close to or under arculus. Lateral lobes of labium very

large and overlapping the small median lobe. Antenodal cross-

veins in costal and subcostal areas coinciding, one or more of the

distal ones sometimes incomplete. @ with vulvar scale. Inferior

appendage ¢ not bifid.

Nymph.—Antennae 7-jointed. Mask spoon-like, with wide lateral

lobes. Gizzard with 4 folds, each fold with 1-2 strong teeth, the 2

dorsal ones farther forward than the 2 ventral ones, thus bilaterally

symmetrical.*

Subfam. CoRDULIINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p, 265.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 338, 374.

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 158.

Imago.—Triangle of fore-wing not much narrowed. Anal border

of hind-wing angulated in g. Auricles present in g. Tibial keel

present in g (on all legs or only on fore-legs).

Nymph.—Uateral lobes of mask with deep or moderately deep

indentations. Rectal gills duplex, lamellate, usually purplish in

colour.

Key to genera of S.W. Cape.

1. Anal loop of hind-wing short, rounded, 3 cells in width. Triangle of hind-wing

distal to arculus : : : e : F : ‘ Macromia.

2. Anal loop of hind-wing rather long, not more than 2 cells in width. Triangle

of hind-wing very slightly distal to arculus . : P : . Presba.

Gen. Macromia Rambur.

1921. Ris, loe seit... p.. 31:

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 161.

Imago.—Characters as in key. Tibial keel present on all legs 2.

Sectors of arculus with a common stalk.

* Tillyard (p. 107) says ‘‘there are four folds, two on one side lying considerably

more anteriorly than the other two.” If this were so, the gizzard could not be

described as bilaterally symmetrical; the true orientation is as above.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 235

Nymph.—Legs long. A conical horn-like process on front of head

between the antennae.

7 ON

eam m\

Fic. 23.—Nymph provisionally assigned to Macromia picta Selys. a, head, with

scale-like spines on frontal ridge further enlarged. 6, portion of mask, with

margins of median and lateral lobes further enlarged.

Macroma picta Selys.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 326, figs. 14, 15.

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 376, 377, pl. vii, fig. 10, and pl. x, fig. 1.

Locality —This species has been found in the 8.W. Cape area at

Palmiet River, near Kleinmond (H. G. W., December 1933). There

is also a specimen in the S.A. Museum from Upington.

Nymph provisionally assigned to Macromia picta.

Several nymphs were collected at the Palmiet River locality

(mid December 1934, K. H. B. and H. G. W.), 5-13 mm. in length.

They were mostly found between the decaying leaf-bases on sub-

merged stems of the Palmiet (Prionvum), and apparently in conformity

with the habitat, were noticeably flattened. Dark brown, somewhat

greenish, with a paler medio-dorsal stripe on the abdomen.

Surface finely and closely granulate, without setae or pilosity,

but with a few scattered rather long setae in the smallest specimens.

Antennae in length about 13 times their distance apart, similar to

those of Presba venator. Head with a projecting triangular transverse

ridge just below the bases of antennae, its apex truncate and margins

with flattened scale-like spines; on upper surface behind level of

eyes a pair of conical tubercles, slightly wider apart than the bases

236 Annals of the South African Museum.

of antennae; lateral margins behind eyes strongly convergent.

Eyes very prominent. Abdomen flattened, ovate, without any

medio-dorsal keel or tooth-like projections, postero-lateral angles

of segments 8 and 9 produced in short acute points, segment 10 short,

x - pais \

oe =

oe 2 a

Fic. 24.—Presba venator Brnrd. Nymph: a, dorsal view. 6, antenna. c, ventral

view 8th—10th abdominal segments and anal pyramid g. d, portion of mask,

with margins of lateral and median lobes further enlarged. e, f, a posterior

and an anterior lamella from the rectal gills. g, diagram of hind part of a

hemibranch of the rectal gills, showing position of tubercles on the lamellae.

h, gizzard, opened out, showing the 2 ventral teeth on left, the 2 dorsal

ones on right. 7, lateral view of a ventral and a dorsal tooth.

much narrower than 9th, cercoids slightly shorter than appendix

dorsalis, which is shorter than the cerci. Mandibles with the same

arrangement of teeth as in Helothemis (fig. 30, k). Mask extending

back to between bases of middle legs; median lobe with distal margins

concave, a series of 11-12 spines; lateral lobes with 6 (7) lobes and

5 (6) rather deep indents, 7 lateral spines, hind margins spinose,

outer margin with stout apically blunt spines. Femora and tibiae

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 237

with a few elongate slender spines on upper margin, mostly in pairs,

least numerous on fore-leg, trifid and quinquefid spines on lower

anterior surface of apex of fore-tibia, no other divided spines (see

figs. 26, 30); upper margin of tibiae distally with strong, blunt-tipped

spines, tarsi with double rows of acute spines. Gizzard as in Presba

venator (infra, fig. 24). Rectal gills with 15-20 lamellae on each

hemibranch, faintly mauve in colour.

Gen. Presba Brnurd.

1933. Barnard, Stylops, vol. u, p. 167 (notation as in Ris and

Tillyard, 1917).

Imago.—Characters as in key. Tibial keel present on all legs 2.

Sectors of arculus arising separately in both wings. In fore-wing

MA and Cu, parallel, or slightly divergent distal to level of nodus.

Nymph.—Legs moderately long. Hyes small. No conical process

or tubercles on front of head; a transverse ridge just below bases of

antennae. Anal pyramid short, all the appendages of equal length.

Abdominal segments without any medio-dorsal tubercles or processes.

Key to species.

1. Coloration in general black and red, with white marks on abdomen. Inferior

appendage ¢ half length of superior appendages , : - _venator.

2. Coloration black and yellow. Inferior appendage g§ 7 length of superior

appendages . : : : : : : piscator.

Presba venator Brnrd.

1935. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 167, fig. 1, a—e.

Imago.—As in key.

Nymph.—Up to 25 mm. Surface smooth, finely setose, but often

appearing granulate on account of foreign particles adhering to the

surface. Lateral margins of head behind eyes convergent, but each

with a triangular projection. Antennae slender, length 14 times

distance between their bases. Abdominal segments without any

medio-dorsal projections, lateral margins of segments 8 and 9 only

ending in very small points. 10th segment very short, considerably

narrower than 9th. Anal pyramid about equal to 9th plus 10th

segments, all the appendages of the same length, or cercoids slightly

shorter. Mandibles as in Helothemis (fig. 30, k), the apical teeth in

full-grown nymphs very blunt (worn down). Mask in repose extend-

238 Annals of the South African Museum.

ing back to coxae of middle legs; median lobe with distal margins

slightly concave, a series of 14-16 mental setae; lateral lobes with

7 projections and 6 moderately deep indentations, a series of 9-10

lateral setae. Fore tibia and tarsus (all 3 joints) with divided spines

(see p. 240); mid and hind tibiae and tarsi with simple acute spines.

Gizzard with 4 strong, almost molariform teeth. Rectal gills with

about 25 lamellae on each hemibranch, each lamella with only 1

anterior tubercle, except

the posterior pair which

have a posterior tubercle

also; each lamella with

scabrous apical papilla,

the posterior lamellae

more falcate than the

anterior ones.

ee: Oviposition.—The @ ex-

Fig. 25.—Nymph provisionally assigned to Presba

piscator Brnrd. Mask with apex of median, trudes a clump of ova and

lobe, and margin of lateral lobe further then dips the end of the

enlarged.

abdomen in the water, the

egos separating at once on touching the water. The eggs are

subspherical, -5 mm. in diameter, salmon coloured.

Localities —Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

December—February); French Hoek Mts. (K. H. B. and H. G. W..,

December 1932; H. G. W., October 1933); Hottentots Holland Mts.

(K. H. B. and H. G. W., January 1933); Wellington Mts. (H. G. W.,

January 1934); Keeromberg, Worcester (K. H. B., January 1930,

nymph shucks); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

November 1932, nymph shucks).

Remarks.—A number of nymphs was collected in Orange Kloof,

Table Mt., in March 1933; from some of these, kept in a tank well

supplied with mud and Entomostracan food, the flies emerged in

October-November (H. G. W.); others, not so well supplied, lived

until January 1934, when they were killed for anatomical purposes

(K. H. B.). It may be mentioned that one of them lived for 2 hours

in a solution of 95 per cent. alc. plus glacial acetic acid. The French

Hoek locality was visited on Ist October 1933 (K. H. B.), when no

flies were observed. Onthe 8th October, however, they were abundant

and feeding on stone-flies, etc. (H. G. W.).

The time of emergence therefore seems to be from early in October;

and the flies are on the wing until the end of February.

The nymphs live in streams, underneath stones and amongst the

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 239

mud and vegetable debris. The duration of the nymph stage appears

to be about 20 months. Prior to emergence the nymphs crawl up

the sides of rocks.

Presba piscator Brurd.

1933. Barnard, loc. cit., p, 168, figs. 1, f-h and 2.

No further examples of this species have been captured or observed.

Nymph provisionally assigned to Presba piscator.

Up to 25-26 mm. Body sparsely setose. Legs moderately long.

Antennae slightly longer than distance between their bases, inserted

distinctly in advance of level of anterior margin of eyes; a transverse

ridge just below bases of antennae. Hyes rather small but prominent.

Lateral margins of head behind eyes strongly convergent. Abdomen

regularly oval, widest across segment 5. Segments 8 and 9 ending

in short, acute lateral points. No medio-dorsal keel or projections.

Anal pyramid slightly longer than segments 9 plus 10, cerci slightly

longer than appendix dorsalis, cercoids 3 length of latter. Mask

extending to between coxae of fore-legs; median lobe with narrowly

rounded apex and concave margins, apex densely set with spines

which decrease in size laterally. Lateral lobes with 5 broad pro-

jections separated by moderately deep indents. Mental setae 10,

lateral setae 7-8, very stout. No divided spines on legs; stout

simple spines on apices of tibiae, and in double rows on Ist and 2nd

joints of tarsi, more slender spines on 3rd joint of tarsi.

Localities.—Ceres (K. H. B., March 1922); Bains’ Kloof, Wellington

Mts. (Breede River side) (K. H. B., May 1933).

Remarks.—Both empty shucks. The close resemblance of this

nymph to that of P. venator suggests that it belongs to piscator, the

only other Corduline as yet known from the 8.W. districts (except |

Macromia picta, see supra), although there is a marked difference in

the armature of the legs.

Subfam. LIBELLULINAE.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 269.

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 240.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 338, 382.

1927. Calvert, Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist., vol. xii, No. 2,

pp. 15 sqq.).

Imago.—Triangle of fore-wing usually narrowed (transversely

elongate). Anal border of hind-wing rounded in both sexes. Auricles

absent. No tibial keel on fore-legs.

VOL: XXII, PART 3. 17

Sy Sy Eee

Se tee

240 Annals of the South African Museum.

Nymph.—Lateral lobes of mask with very shallow (normally) in-

dentations. Rectal gills duplex, lamellate; white, purplish or black. Legs

sometimes short and robust, sometimes rather elongate and slender.

Remarks.—Calvert has drawn attention to certain characters of

the nymphs, which may be useful for generic distinction, viz. the

mandibles and the armature on the legs.

In addition to the four apical teeth in each mandible, the hindmost

two of which may coalesce, there are (in some genera) 4 knob-lke,

strongly chitinised teeth; between these latter and the apical teeth

there may be a denticle on the anterior margin and another on the

posterior margin. One or more of the knob-like teeth, and the

marginal teeth may be obsolete, and Calvert gives a distinctive formula

for the four genera studied by him. The South African genera, whose

nymphs are known, likewise show distinctive dental features; but

while Pseudomacromia (fig. 32, e) is well distinguished by having only a

single knob-like tooth in each mandible, the other genera (Orthetrum,

Crocothemis, Helothemis, and Trithemis) are very similar (fig. 30, &).

As regards the armature of the legs the grouping of the genera is

different. On the lower surface of the tibiae and tarsi there are

numerous movable spines,* which on the tarsi are arranged in two

longitudinal rows, an anterior and a posterior row (the legs being

extended at right angles to the body-axis). Some of these spines are

simple and others divided into 2, 3, 4, or 5 prongs. The distribution

of the divided spines on the legs seems to be of generic importance.

In the South African nymphs they are present on the fore tibia and

hind tarsus in Orthetrum capense, on the fore and mid tibiae, and all the

tarsi in Crocothemis erythraea, Helothemis dorsalis, and Trithemis arteri-

osa, but are completely absent in Pseudomacromia (figs. 26, 30, 32).

It should be emphasised that the nymphs of other species of these

genera should be examined before the above mandibular and pedal

characters are incorporated in the generic diagnoses.

Gen. Orthetrum Newman.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 385, 391.

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 291.

Imago.—Arculus as a rule distal to 2nd Ang. More than 10 Angq,

the last one in fore-wing complete. Sectors of arculus with common

* Calvert uses the word seta for a spiniform structure articulated by a ball and

socket joint to the integument, and spine for a non-articulated spiniform projection

of the integument itself. In this paper articulated structures are called spines

or setae according as they are respectively robust or slender and hair-like.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 241

stalk. Discoidal cell in fore-wing beginning with (usually) 3 rows of

cells. Triangle in fore-wing with usually 1, but sometimes 2, cross-

veins; proximal side of triangle in hind-wing at arculus, usually free,

sometimes crossed. One Ac in hind-wing. One or 2 rows of cells

between IR, and Rspl. Lobe of prothorax large.

Nymph.—Body setose. Legs short, robust. Lateral margins of

head behind eyes nearly parallel. Antennae inserted considerably

in advance of level of anterior margin of eyes. Medio-dorsal keel on

abdomen more or less developed, but no tooth-like projection on

segment 8.

Remarks.—As Ris remarks (loc. cit., p. 391), the work of Calvert

and himself has brought order out of chaos among the very numerous

species of this genus. The identification of South African species is

fairly easy. It is therefore a thankless proceeding to upset Ris’s

arrangement and question some of his identifications. A study of

the penis, however, in the comparatively very small collection of the

South African Museum, has revealed characters which are likely to

be of systematic importance. Neither Ris, nor so far as I am aware

any other worker, has examined or utilised this structure.

The most important results of this study of the penis, using the

specimens actually identified by Ris, are these: farinosum has a

penis so different from those of the other species as almost to justify

generic separation; the Worcester specimen of caffrum is quite

different from those from the Transvaal and Eldoret; guineense and

abbotta are very closely allied, but easily distinguished from chryso-

stigma.

The penis of farinosum is described below. In all the other

species included in Ris’s monograph, except trinacria and icteromelas,

of which there are no g¢ in the 8.A. Museum collection, the penis

has the following structure :—

The basal joint is much enlarged proximally, strongly geniculate,

and has a blunt tooth on the antero-dorsal distal margin. The 2nd

joint is much smaller.* The 3rd joint is bulbous. Ventrally it

bears two lobes separated by a small notch, each lobe in cross-section

is L-shaped, the outer portion lying horizontal, the median portion

vertical. Dorsally there is a feebly chitinised cowl-like projection,

from the hollowed base of which springs a long hair-like process,

* Tillyard (loc. cit., 1917, p. 217) says that the orifice is situated on this joint.

It may be noted that after treating the penes in KOH, the dissolved internal

tissues could not be squeezed out through any orifice situated at the spot indicated

by Tillyard (fig. 96 C or.).

242 Annals of the South African Museum.

strongly arched proximally, and distally armed with very minute

retrorse points. The structure is completed by a pair of lateral

clasper-like moderately chitinised processes, which vary in shape and

hence are useful classificatory characters (fig. 26, b-h).

According to these lateral processes the species fall into the follow-

ing groups:—

fi k

Processes slender, elongate, not bifid abbotti.

caffrum (from

Transvaal and

Eldoret).

rubens n.sp.

{ guineese.

93 sublanceolate, not bifid

Ss with a tooth on lower margin, sub-bifid : , . chrysostigma.

stemmale (Lorenzo

Marques and

= strongly bifid . ‘ , ‘ : é : M’fongosi).

| brachiale.

capense.

The question of the identity of capense and its separation from

stemmale is discussed below.

Calvert’s suggestion (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xviii, p. 130, 1896)

that the vulvar lamina of the 9 might provide specific characters

has not been found to hold good, except in the case of farinosum as

opposed to the other species.

The character of the hamule of the $ genitalia should be used with

caution, as this process may be subject to shrivelling in dried specimens,

and in a KOH preparation it will probably not coincide exactly with

the figures given by various authors.

Key to the S.W. Cape species.

[Extra-Cape species in brackets. ]

I. Basal segments of abdomen not widened laterally and very little dorso-

ventrally; segment 3 not constricted. Penis and vulva (see fig. 26, a, k).

farinosum.

II. Basal segments considerably widened, and eermeat 3 constricted. Penis

and vulva (see fig. 26, b, j).

A. Abdominal appendages (superior appendages ¢, anal appendages or

cercoids 2) pale yellow. Penial processes bifid.

1. Antenodal subcostal cross-veins blackish. Usually one row of

cells between IR, and Rspl . ; : [stemmale].

2. Antenodal subcostal cross-veins pale or eohioowss Usually 2 rows

of cells IR,—Rspl . : _ ' ; : [brachiale].

‘fees

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 243

Fic. 26.—Orthetrum. Imago: a, penis of farznosum (Dunbrody). 6, penis of

capense, with ventral lobe in ventral view, and with one half flattened out

(lateral process of right side omitted). c, apex of penis of caffrum (Transvaal

and Eldoret). d, e, f, g, h, lateral process of penis of brachiale (Lorenzo

Marques), stemmale (Zululand), chrysostigma (Lorenzo Marques), guineense

(Natal), and abbotti (Zululand) respectively. 72, left side of 2nd abdominal

segment g capense. j, k, 8th and 9th sternites 2 of capense (and other species)

and farinosum respectively. Nymph of capense: 1, dorsal view of 8th—l0th

segments and anal pyramid. m, head. 2, profile of abdominal segments

3-8. 0, dorsal tooth of gizzard. , portion of mask with margins of lateral

and median lobes further enlarged. g, anterior surface of tarsus and apex

of tibia of fore leg.

(a, c-h, k from specimens identified by Ris.)

244 Annals of the South African Museum.

B. Abdominal appendages dark brown or blackish. Antenodal subcostal

cross-veins pale.

1. Triangle in fore-wing once crossed, in hind-wing free. [Here also

chrysostigma, guineense, abbott. ]

a. Penial processes bifid : , . capense.

5. Penial processes not bifid, sublanceolate . : [caffrum)].

2. Triangle in fore-wing twice crossed, in hind-wing usually free but

sometimes crossed. Wings suffused greyish yellow . rubens.

Orthetrum farinosum Forster.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 331.

1921. Id.; loc. cit., pp. 392, 401, fig. 76:

Imago.—Penis $. Basal joint shorter than in the other species,

not geniculate, but with a pseudo-joint indicated by feebler chitin-

isation. The 3rd joint bears 2 feebly chitinised, minutely scabrous

lobes dorsally (i.e. in the position corresponding with the cowl-like

process in the other species). On the opposite surface a median

recurved lobe, also scabrous. The apex is a membranous, feebly

chitinised scabrous lobe, hollowed and cowl-like below, and bearing

dorsally just distal to the dorsal lobes a patch of spinules. Vulvar

lamina 9: on either side of the vulva is a small chitinised pocket

(one 9 Waterval). The specimen has no appearance of the pockets

being accidental invaginations of the knobs found in other species,

but the structure should be confirmed.

Remarks.—This species is at once distinguished by the nearly

parallel-sided abdomen, without basal enlargement and constriction.

The wing tips are suffused in 9. The penis of the $ and the vulvar

lamina @ (if the latter is confirmed) are notably different from those

of any other species examined.

It seems to be rare in the 8.W. Cape, but has been observed on

Kalk Bay Mts., Cape Peninsula (A. C. H., December 1931).

Orthetrum capense Calvert.

1893. Calvert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvi, p. 584, fig. 3.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 395 (caffrum part: g from Worcester).

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. Ixxxv, p. 486.

Imago.—Regularly one row of cells IR,—-Rspl, with occasional

double cells. Hamule corresponding closely with Ris’s figure 75 of

that of a Zululand specimen of stemmale, but the inner uncinate lobe

rather broader and more robust, its inner anterior surface setose.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 245

Apex of anterior lamina broadly rounded, without trace of notch.

Lateral processes at apex of penis strongly bifid.

Antenodal subcostal cross-veins pale ochreous to brown. Superior

appendages ¢ and anal appendages 2 dark brown on emergence from

nymph, becoming black in mature specimens. Thoracic pattern:

a dark ante-humeral stripe midway between median crest and humeral

suture; the latter with a dark stripe; mesepimeron with a broad

pale stripe, bordered below by a dark stripe which is slightly anterior

to the Ist lateral suture; a second, less distinct, pale stripe on the

metepimeron immediately below the 2nd lateral suture. Abdomen

with medio-dorsal and lateral keels dark or blackish, an ill-defined

dark lateral stripe from segments 3 or 4 to 9; segment 10 blackish.

In fully mature specimens the abdomen is bluish pruinose, and the

thoracic pattern is more or less obscured.

Nymph.—Up to 18-20 mm. Body and legs densely setose.

Antennae moderately long, in length 14 times distance between their

bases. Abdomen in dorsal view regularly oval, greatest width not

quite twice in length (incl. anal pyramid). Very small lateral acute

points on segments 8 and 9. A slight medio-dorsal keel on segments

4—6, ending on each segment in small teeth, much obscured by setae,

that on segment 6 being the most conspicuous. Anal pyramid

subequal to segments 9 plus 10; appendix dorsalis and cerci subequal

in length, cercoids ? length. Mandibles similar to those of Helothemis

(fig. 30, k), but apical teeth 3 and 4 coalesced in right mandible, and

no indication of the anterior marginal denticle. Mask in repose

extending to coxae of fore-legs. Median lobe with front margins

straight, feebly crenulate, with a short blunt spinule in each indent,

a small blunt median projection, not prominent but distinct; lateral

lobes with about 8 very shallow indents, 4-5 spinules (usually 2 large,

2 small) near each indent. Lateral setae 6, median setae 3 long and

about 14 short, the latter curving forwards towards the median line.

Legs with divided spines on fore tibia and hind tarsus; Ist and 2nd

joints of tarsus with blunt spines in anterior row in fore and mid legs

and in posterior row in hind leg. Dorsal teeth of gizzard with a few

large subsidiary denticles. Rectal gills with about 30 lamellae in

each hemibranch. Uniform dark brown. Rectal gills greyish or

slightly mauve tinted.

Localities —Widely distributed over the 8.W. districts, including

the Cape Peninsula.

Remarks.—Ris (Coll. Selys. Libellulinae, fasc. x, 1909, p. 216)

mentions a dark ¢ from Cameroon with suffused yellowish brown

246 Annals of the South African Museum.

superior appendages, and another very dark ¢ with black appendages.

In immature examples the appendages are whitish. Im all the

S.A. Museum examples (¢ and 9) the appendages are pale yellow.

The antenodal subcostal cross-veins, even in very immature specimens, _

are black (Ris, 1921, loc. cit., p. 400). Calvert’s § was partly pruinose,

and he states that the superior appendages were black. The sub-

costal cross-veins are not specially mentioned (‘reticulation

blackish’’).

The Cape form here described has constantly pale subcostal

cross-veins, even in dark mature specimens; at most they become

shightly brownish near their junctions with Sc and R. The ap-

pendages ($ and 9) in freshly emerged specimens are always dark

brown, becoming later black. There can be no reasonable doubt

that this form and Calvert’s single ¢ are identical.

I suggest therefore that the name capense (if the rules of nomen-

clature allow it—see Ris, 1908, p. 330, and 1909, p. 215) be retained

for this Cape form characterised by dark appendages and pale sub-

costal cross-veins; and that the more tropical form (specimens from

Zululand, Lorenzo Marques, and Pretoria, identified by Ris in

S.A. Museum), characterised by pale appendages and dark cross-

veins, be regarded as a separate race under another name (cf. Ris,

1909, p. 216).

Habits—This species is one of the commonest Libellulids in the

Cape districts. In the neighbourhood of Cape Town the imagos

are on the wing from September to April.

The nymphs burrow in mud and decaying vegetable debris in

more or less stagnant pools and slow-running streams. They crawl

up the bank, or up rocks and rush stalks before emergence.

Orthetrum rubens n. sp.

Imago.—Triangle in fore-wing twice crossed (on both sides in 6

specimens), once crossed (on both sides in 1 specimen), once on one

side and twice on the other (3 specimens), twice on one side and thrice

on the other (1 specimen); in hind-wing crossed in 3 specimens, on

one side only (1 specimen). Supra-triangle in fore-wing (Ris: At)

normally with one cross-vein, occasionally 2 on one side, or no cross-

vein at all on one side. Arculus very slightly proximal to 2nd Anq

in 7 specimens, at 2nd Anq in 2, and distal in 2 specimens. A single

Ac. 13-15 Ang in fore-wing, 10 (sometimes 9) in hind-wing. Three

rows of cells in discoidal field (between MA and Cu,) in fore-wing,

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 247

sometimes 4 or even 5 at the beginning, but, if so, usually asym-

metrical. In both wings 2 rows of cells between IR, and Rspl,

though in one case there are only 2 double cells in each hind-wing,

3 in one of the fore-wings, 4 in the other. One row between MA and

Mspl. Cu, in hind-wing at (6 specimens) or separated from (5

specimens) anal angle of triangle.

Genitalia §: Anterior lamina feebly notched at apex, its anterior

surface with stout spinules and a few long setae; hamule with inner

and outer lobes nearly equally developed, both strongly chitinised,

the inner with acute out-turned apex, lobes rather widely separated.

Penis with lateral apical projections sublanceolate as in caffrum

(fig. 26, c). Vulvar lamina @ as in capense (fig. 26, 7).

Abdomen: ¢ 28-29, 9 29-30 mm. Hind-wing; $9 29-31 mm.

Lateral lobes of labium, labrum, clypeus, frons, and occiput

gamboge, often deep orange; median lobe of labium more or less

suffused. Vertex shiny black. Lobe of prothorax gamboge, its

dorsal margin dark brown. Thoracic dorsum ruby red in life, dull

orange brown when dried, suffused with darker brown along median

crest, especially anteriorly; an ante-humeral dark brown stripe about

midway between crest and humeral suture, disconnected at both

ends; humeral suture dark brown or blackish followed by a broad

pale yellow or whitish stripe occupying about half width of mese-

pimeron; 2nd lateral suture dark brown or blackish followed by a

second pale whitish stripe on the metepimeron; rest of mes- and

met-epimeron and sternum ruby red in life (orange brown when

dried), like the dorsum but becoming paler ventrally. Abdomen

orange, the dorsal and lateral keels and the subsidiary keels on

segments 2 and 3 black; a black lateral stripe from segment 1,

connected with its fellow across the posterior margins of segments

4-8; segments 9 and 10 black, with dull orange marks in 9, usually

not visiblein g; ventral surface from 3rd segment black or in 2 dark

brown. Superior and inferior appendages J, and anal appendages 9

black, the inferior appendage ¢ dull orange brown in centre. Legs

black, the femora ochreous at base, especially in fore-legs; in 9 the

ochreous parts are more extensive on all the femora. Wings more

or less strongly suffused with greyish or smoky yellow, the first

postnodal costal cell usually remaining hyaline; the suffusion

densest towards the costal and pterostigmal areas. A bright orange

spot at base of both wings, that on hind-wing more extensive, and

sometimes reaching to the arculus, less marked in § thanin 9. Costa

pale yellow in front. Pterostigma deep yellow between narrow

248 Annals of the South African Museum.

black veins. Venation dark brown except the antenodal subcostal

cross-veins which are pale luteous. Membranule grey. In general,

22 are not so dark as $g; in some of the latter a faint pruinosity is

developed on the dorsal surface of the abdomen.

Localities—Kirstenbosch Botanic Gardens, Cape Town (R. F.

Lawrence, January 1923, 1 g, 4 99); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh

(K. H. B. and H. G. W., November 1932, 3 33, 2 92); Michell’s Pass,

Ceres (A. J. Hesse and H. G. W., October 1934, 2 99); Tradouw

Pass, Langeberg (K. H. B., January 1935, 1 ¢); French Hoek Pass

(K. H. B. and C. W. T., October 1936, 1 9).

Remarks.—This very striking dragon-fly resembles caffrwm in the

structure of the penis, and in having 2 conspicuous whitish lateral

stripes on the thorax. But the twice-crossed triangle in fore-wing,

the hamule, and the strong suffusion and greater extent of orange

basal spot on the wings seem to indicate a separate species. In life

the ruby-red tints on the thorax are a noticeable feature.

Gen. Palpopleura, Rambur.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 385, 401.

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. ‘316.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Anq. More than 10 Ang, the

last one in fore-wing incomplete. Sectors of arculus with common

Fic. 27.—Palpopleura jucunda Rambur, ¢ genitalia. a, lateral view of left side

2nd segment showing anterior lamina (a./.), posterior hamule (p.h.), and

genital lobe. 6, ventral view of anterior lamina and posterior hamules. c,

one of the latter flattened out. d, penis, with ventral process and lateral

processes in ventral view.

stalk. Costa in fore-wing indented about half-way between base

and nodus. Discoidal field in fore-wing beginning with 3 rows of

cells. Triangle transverse in fore-wing, crossed in both wings (once

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 249

or twice). One ortwo Acin hind-wing. Lobe of prothorax moderate.

Abdomen short, depressed. Wings variegated with black and yellow.

Palpopleura jucunda Rambur.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 331.

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 402, 404, pl. x, figs. 9, 10.

920. Brain, loc. cit., p. 158.

Localities.—Knysna (recorded by Kirby); Stellenbosch (Brain);

Ceres (R. M. Lightfoot, December 1912); Tradouw Pass, Langeberg

Range, east of Swellendam (A. J. Hesse, November 1925); French

Hoek Pass (K. H. B. and C. W. T., October 1936); River Zonder

End, near Greyton, Caledon Div. (H. G. W., December 1931); Gt.

Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B. and H. G. W., November 1932);

Bosch Kloof, Clanwilliam (K. H. B. and C. W. T., September 1936).

Remarks.—This unmistakable dragon-fly, with its mottled wings,

appears to be local, but occurs both at low levéls as well as high up

in the mountains. The nymph has not yet been discovered.

Gen. Crocothemis Brauer.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 386, 410.

1921. Rousseau, loc. cit., p. 140 (nymph).

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 343.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Ang. More than 10 Ang in

fore-wing, the last one incomplete. Sectors of arculus with common

stalk. Triangle in fore-wing transverse, crossed, in hind-wing free.

One Ac in hind-wing. Discoidal field in fore-wing beginning with

3(—4) rows of cells. One row of cells between IR, and Rspl.

Nymph.—Body nearly glabrous. Legs moderately long. Antennae

inserted a little in advance of level of anterior margin of eyes, which

are large and prominent. Lateral margins of head behind eyes

strongly convergent. Abdomen oboval, abruptly narrowed pos-

teriorly, without medio-dorsal tubercles; segments 8 and 9 with

short lateral points. Lateral lobes of mask with numerous very

shallow indents. Gizzard as in Orthetrum.

Crocothemis erythraea (Brulle).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 412, 414.

1921. Rousseau, loc. cit., p. 140, figs. 34, d and 35, d (nymph).

Imago.—In addition to the characters given by Ris for differen-

tiating this species from sanguinolenta, the penis also shows slight

250 Annals of the South African Museum.

differences. The distal joint is shorter in erythraea, the lateral

clasper-like projections larger, the apical process dorso-ventrally

flattened, semi-spatulate, without membranous lateral lobes.

Nymph.—Up to 18-20 mm. Antennae slender, but only very

shghtly longer than distance between their bases. Abdomen widest

across segment 7. Short acute lateral spines on segments 8 and 9.

Fic. 28.—Crocothemis. Imago: a, penis of erythraea, with apex in ventral view.

b, the same of sanguinolenta. Nymph: c, portion of mask of erythraea, with

margins of median and lateral lobes further enlarged.

Dorsal surface without any medio-dorsal keel or tubercles. Cerci

and appendix dorsalis subequal in length, cercoids 2 length. Mandibles

as in Helothemis (fig. 30, k), the anterior marginal denticle in right

mandible present or absent. Mask extending to middle coxae.

Median lobe with margins straight (or almost so), with feeble indents,

with a spinule in each, the whole margin very minutely crenulate.

Distal margin of lateral lobes similar, about 12 indents, sometimes

1 spine at each indent, sometimes 1 larger and 1 smaller.

Lateral setae 11-12, mental setae 14-16. Armature of legs as in

Helothemis (fig. 30, 1), divided spines on fore and mid tibiae and all

the tarsi. Rectal gills with about 40 lamellae on each hemibranch.

Localities.—Widely distributed over the 8.W. Cape area, including

the Cape Peninsula.

Crocothemis sanguinolenta Burm.

1921. Ris, loc. cit. p. 413, pl. a, figs 3.

Imago.—The comparatively coarse serration of the lateral keels

of the abdomen, and the black spots in the middle of the lateral

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 251

margins of segments 4-7 are good differential characters; but the

most conclusive character is the penis.

Localities—French Hoek Pass (H. G. W., October 1933, 1 3);

Tradouw Pass, Langeberg Range (H. G. W. and C. W. T., January

1935, 2 3d).

Remarks.—Much rarer in the 8.W. Cape than erythraea, the above

being the only specimens which have come to hand.

Gen. Sympetrum Newman.

1921. Ris, loc. crt., pp. 387, 417.

1921. Rousseau, loc. cit., p. 141 (nymph).

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 370.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Anq. Less than 8 Ang, of which

the last one in fore-wing is incomplete. Sectors of arculus with

common stalk. Triangle in fore-wing transverse, crossed, in hind-

wing free. One Ac in hind-wing. Discoidal field in fore-wing

beginning with 3 rows of cells, narrowing towards margin. One

row of cells between IR, and Rspl. Lobe of thorax large, bilobate,

setose. @ with prominent vulvar flaps.

Nymph.—Body glabrous or sparsely setose. Legs long and thin.

Head large, eyes prominent, lateral margins behind eyes convergent.

Antennae inserted a little in advance of level of anterior margin of

eyes. Mask extending to coxae of middle legs; lateral lobes warty,

with very shallow indents. Abdominal segments 8 and 9 with strong

lateral spines; medio-dorsal projections small.

Sympetrum fonscolomber Selys.

1917. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 345, fig. 176 C (2nd abd. seg. 3).

£9212 Ris, loc. cit., p. 417, pl. x, fig. 4.

? 1929. Brain, loc. cot., p. 158, fig. 76 (nymph).

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 377, fig. 106, b (2nd abd. seg. 3).

Remarks.—This dragon-fly, easily recognised by the few antenodal

cross-veins, is widely distributed in the 8.W. Cape, including the

Peninsula.

Its nymph has not yet been discovered in South Africa. Adults

have been observed ovipositing, and teneral specimens have been

captured at Stellenbosch (A. C. H.); large numbers of likely

nymphs (7.e. those with large points on sides of segments 8 and 9)

have been bred without success. It is extremely doubtful whether

252 Annals of the South African Museum.

the nymph figured by Brain belongs to this species; it looks far more

like that of a Crocothemis.

Fic. 29.—Sympetrum fonscolombe: Selys. Penis

with apical portion in ventral view.

In Europe the species is well known to be migratory, and this

explanation might be adopted to account for the failure to obtain

the nymphs, if it were not for the teneral specimens mentioned above.

Gen. Helothemis Karsch.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 388, 419.

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. Ixxxv, p. 489.

Imago.—Like Trithemis (infra), but last Anq in fore-wing complete.

Penis of the same type as in Trithemis. Black lateral stripes of

thorax not fused into an horizontal band.

Nymph.—Body nearly glabrous. Legs moderately long. Antennae

inserted a little in advance of level of anterior margin of eyes, which

are large and prominent. Lateral margins of head behind eyes

convergent. Abdomen medio-dorsally keeled; segments 8 and 9

ending in short lateral points. Lateral lobes of mask with several

shallow indents. Guizzard as in Orthetrum.

Helothemis dorsalis (Rambur).

1898. Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), vol. ii, p. 236 (Stoechia

distantt).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p, 419.

1923. Campion, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vol. xu, p. 673, (¢ acces-

sory genitalia) (Trithemis distantr).

1936. Longfield, loc. cit., p. 490, fig. 8, c ($ accessory genitalia).

Penis (fig. 30, f). Anterior lamina (see Longfield’s figure) with

subapical tuft of rather long hairs, and spines on the anterior surface.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 253

Posterior hamule (fig. 30, g) (see also Campion’s and Longfield’s figures)

with small apical hook and semicircular excision.

Fic. 30.—Helothemis dorsalis (Rambur). Imago: a, 6, lateral diagrammatic

view of thorax of typical form, and Silvermine Valley form respectively.

c, d, labium and labrum, ¢ and @ respectively, of typical form. e, the same

($ and Q) Silvermine Valley form. f, penis, with apical portion in ventral

view. g, posterior hamule and genital lobe, 2nd segment g. Nymph: Ah,

head. 1, portion of mask with margin of lateral lobe further enlarged. j,

profile of abdominal segments 3-9. k, inner view of apices of mandibles

(right mandible on right, anterior margin above). /, anterior surface of tarsus

and apex of tibia of fore leg.

Imago.—Labrum ¢ black, 2 yellow. Labium in § with very broad

black median band, the yellow confined to the lateral margins, and

254 Annals of the South African Museum.

sometimes restricted to the anterior corners; in 9 the black band

is much narrower. Thoracic markings in 9 and immature ¢ sharply

defined without any tendency to fusion and the formation of a

longitudinal dark band along the side; dorsally the ante-humeral

yellow ground colour extends the whole length of mesepisternum.

Abdominal segment 9 with pale cuneiform marks (continuing those

on the preceding segments). Adult g thorax and abdomen dark

blue, pruinose.

Nymph.—Up to 17-18 mm. Body sparsely setose. Legs rather

long and slender. Antennae slender, twice as long as distance

between their bases. Abdomen broadly oval, greatest width across

segment 6 slightly more than half length of abdomen (including anal

pyramid). Segments 8 and 9 ending in short acute lateral points.

Segments 3-9 medio-dorsally keeled, the keel produced in strong

upstanding tooth-like processes, that on segment 6 being the largest.

Anal pyramid slightly longer than segments 9 plus 10, cerci subequal

to appendix dorsalis, which is dorsally keeled, cercoids scarcely

half length of latter. Mandibles (fig. 30, &): Mask extending to

between coxae of middle legs; median lobe with straight anterior

margins; lateral with about 8 feeble indents, with 3 graduated

spines near each indent, inner angle with several unequal spines;

mental setae 9-10, lateral setae 6-7. Divided spines on fore and

mid tibiae and all the tarsi (fig. 30,1). Rectal gills with 25-30 lamellae

on each hemibranch.

Greenish brown, semi-transparent, more or less mottled, femora

banded.

Localities —Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

December—March); Kalk Bay Mts. (A. C. H., November—March;

Groot Drakenstein (A. C. H., March); French Hoek Mts. (K. H. B.-

and H. G. W., December); Hottentots Holland Mts. (K. H. B. and

H. G. W., January); Houw Hoek Mts. and Bot River (K. H. B.,

January 1937); Caledon (T. D. Butler, December 1894).

Remarks.—Neither the ante-humeral stripe, nor the labium (@),

nor the 9th abdominal segment are decisive in separating this species

from Trithemis rist. The dark lateral thoracic band and the in-

complete last Ang as a rule serve to distinguish the latter species

(see Ris, loc. cit., p. 420), which also has a paler blue pruinosity in

old ¢$; there are, however, cases in which one or other of these

characters is not constant. An incomplete extra Anq may be

developed, fusion of the thoracic stripes into a dark longitudinal

band, and reduction of the ante-humeral yellow stripe to the anterior

half, are liable to occur in 99.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 255

In the Silvermine Valley, the upper waters of which are dammed

to form the Muizenberg Reservoir (Lakeside Plateau, Kalk Bay

Mts.), there seems to be a colony which at first was considered to be

Trithemis risi or stictica. Only a few specimens have been closely

examined (2 gd, 2 99), but they all show the incomplete last Ang

(sometimes oblique and disconnected either from C or Sc) (103-134 4,

94 9), the horizontal thoracic stripe, and both sexes have 2 yellow

spots on the labrium (larger in 9 than in §). The penis, however,

agrees exactly with that of H. dorsalis.

Typical dorsalis also occurs in the same locality, and the nymphs

of the two forms are indistinguishable.

Gen. Trithemis Brauer.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 387, 420.

1936. Fraser, loc. cit., p. 381.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Anq. More than 10 Anq, the

last one in fore-wing incomplete. Sectors of arculus with common

Fic. 31.—Trithemis, apices of penes of: a, ardens. 6, aureola (Inhambane). c,

arteriosa. d, stictica (Rhodesia). e, rist, with ventral views (ventral paired

processes alone in 6). Ina and c the left lateral process is turned outwards.

VOL. XXXI, PART 3. 18

256 Annals of the South African Museum.

stalk. Triangle in fore-wing crossed. One Ac in hind-wing. Dis-

coidal field beginning with 3 rows of cells, narrowing to wing margin.

Two rows of cells between IR, and Rspl (often only a few double cells).

Penis with the terminal joint broad and dorso-ventrally flattened,

dorsal process elongate, spatulate, chitinised, usually strongly

curved; lateral clasper-like processes large or very large; a pair of

ventral scale-like or elongate processes, a pair of more or less curved

slender rod-like processes (‘‘titillators’’) arising from the base of a

membranous lobe.

Nymph.—(arteriosa) as in Helothemis.

Remarks.—The penes of ardens, arteriosa, aureola, risi (= distante

Ris, 1921), and stictica have been examined, and all of them agree

in type of structure, except that the rod-like processes are absent

in arteriosa.

One specimen of annulata (Kaapmuiden, identified by Ris) has

also been examined, but the penis is of quite a different type,

resembling that of Crocothemis.

Key to the S.W. Cape species.

1. Colour predominantly red.

a. General colour maroon or dark red. Frons dorsally and vertex of 3

violaceous coppery, of 9 ochreous red. Thorax ¢ dorsally deep mauve

or violaceous, @ golden brown. Abdomen ¢ blood red, 2 more

ochreous. Legs all black. Small golden spots at bases of wings

arteriosa.

b. General colour scarlet or orange-red. Frons ¢ scarlet dorsally, 2 paler.

Thorax reddish brown or olivaceous. Abdomen ¢ scarlet, 2 ochreous.

Fore and mid femora ochreous. Large golden spots at bases of wings

ardens.

2. Colour predominantly black and yellow, ¢ blue pruinose, with metallic violet

frons and vertex : : : ; : , : c : rist.

Trithemis arteriosa (Burm.).

1908. Ris, loc. cté., p. 337.

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 421, 423, 425.

Imago.—Penis ¢. Lateral processes large, broad, wing-like when

expanded; ventral processes sublanceolate, the inner margins

straight, separated by a narrow cleft; dorsal process comparatively

short; no rod-like processes arising from the membranous central

portion which is divided into 4 lobes.

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 257

Nymph.—Indistinguishable from that of Helothemis dorsalis.

Localities.—Widely distributed over the S.W. Cape, including the

Cape Peninsula.

Trithemis arden’s (Gerst.).

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 338.

1921. Ld., loc. cit., pp. 421, 423, 426 (kirbyz ardens).

Imago.—Penis $. Lateral processes large, rather acutely pointed;

ventral processes ovate, with sharp point on inner apex, flanked

by a notch on outer margin; dorsal process moderately elongate;

2 rod-like processes arising from the membranous central portion

which is divided into 4 lobes.

Locality —Kogman’s Kloof, Montagu (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

January 1935). Calvinia (K. H. B. and C. W. T., September 1936).

Also Aiais on Gt. Fish River, 8.W.A. (A. J. H. and C. W. T.,

November 1936).

Trithems risi Longfd.

1908. Ris, loc. cit., p. 339 (T. distanti non Kirby).

1921. Id., loc. cit., pp. 422, 424, 427, pl. xi, fig. 5 (wings). (T.

distanti non Kirby.)

1936. Longfield, Trans. Roy. Entom. Soc., vol. Ixxxv, p. 490,

fig. 8, a (g accessory genitalia).

Imago.—Penis g. Lateral lobes moderately large, ovate; ventral

lobes also ovate, apices rounded, somewhat irregularly and feebly

crenulate; dorsal process slender, not strongly curved; rod-like

processes nearly straight, arising from base of a long, prominently

projecting central lobe, the latter being chitinised on either side,

but membranous dorsally and ventrally in its basal portion. Hamule

larger and with a wider semicircular excision than in Hemithemis

dorsalis. Anterior lamina with a subapical tuft of short bristles,

and no spines on anterior surface (see Longfield’s figure).

Ang 3 103-114, 2 94 (Cape specimens); $9 105-134 (Transvaal and

Rhodesian specimens).

Localities.—Widely distributed in the 8.W. Cape districts, but not

yet found on the Cape Peninsula.

Remarks.—In 33 the penis, hamules, and anterior lamina serve at

once to distinguish this species from Helothemis dorsalis.

258 Annals of the South African Museum.

Gen. Pseudomacroma Kirby.

1921. Ris, loc. cit., pp. 387, 428.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Ang. 10-12 Anq in fore-wing,

the last one incomplete. Sectors of arculus with common stalk.

Triangle in fore-wing crossed. One Ac in hind-wing. Discoidal

field beginning with 3 rows of cells, parallel-sided to wing margin.

Anal loop very long. Pterostigma comparatively small.

Nymph.—See infra.

Remarks.—The Ceres specimen of torrida is a 2, but by a printer’s

error was recorded as a g in Ris’s monograph. This specimen and

a 2 from George have only 1 row of cells between IR, and Rspl;

the M’fongosi 2 has only 1 double cell in each wing. One (9) out

of four specimens (2 $3, 2 92) from Palmiet River has 1 double cell

in fore-wing of one side, 2 in hind-wing of same side; on the other

side only a single row as in all the wings of the other three specimens.

The 2 from Hottentots Holland Mts. has 1 double cell in 1 fore-

wing only.

All the Cape specimens have 3 rows of cells between A, and wing

margin, except the Ceres and Hottentots Holland Mts. specimens,

both of which have an incomplete 4th row on one side only.

The character of the tarsal claws seems to be more a sexual than

a specific character; and the differences in the tibial spines, mentioned

by Ris, I am unable to appreciate.

I think it very doubtful if natalensis can be maintained as a distinct

species, and I record all the Cape specimens under Kirby’s name,

with the comment that, as regards the anal area in hind-wing and

the IR,—Rspl cells, they correspond with natalensis in Ris’s key.

The penis of the M’fongosi ¢ (identified by Ris as natalensis)

corresponds with that of the Cape specimens.

Pseudomacromia torrida Kirby.

1889. Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xu, pp. 299, 340,

plc eno:

1908.. Ris, loc. cit., p: 341.

1921. Id., loc. cit., p. 429.

Imago.—Penis 3. ‘Terminal joint heavily chitinised, dorsally

with a large wing-like lobe on either side of a median membranous,

globose, and scabrous lobe, supported internally by a chitinous

Notes on Dragon-flies (Odonata) of the S.W. Cape. 259

framework which ventrally bears a pair of strongly spinulose processes.

Below these latter a plate, chitinised on either side, but with mem-

branous tip; ventrally a pair of strongly chitinised, short, rod-like

projections.

Nymph.—Up to 24-25 mm. Body smooth except for very fine

Fic. 32.—Pseudomacromia torrida Kirby. Imago: a, penis, with apex of one of

the paired processes further enlarged, and ventral view of the median ventral

plate. Nymph: 6, dorsal view of 8th-10th abdominal segments and anal

pyramid. c, gizzard opened out, the 2 ventral teeth on left, the 2 dorsal

ones on right. d, portion of mask, with margin of median and lateral lobes

further enlarged. e, inner view of apices of mandibles. /f, anterior surface

of tarsus and apex of tibia of fore-leg.

pilosity. Legs long and relatively slender. Eyes large and prominent.

Antennae inserted slightly in advance of level of anterior margin of

eyes, very short, slightly shorter than distance between their bases.

Lateral margins of head behind eyes convergent. Abdomen ovate,

broadest across segments 6 and 7. Segments 8 and 9 with strong

lateral acute spines. Segments 3-9 medio-dorsally keeled, the keel

produced in upstanding tooth-like processes, similar to, but relatively

smaller than, those of Helothemis dorsalis. Anal pyramid a little

260 Annals of the South African Museum.

longer than segments 9 plus 10, cerci subequal to appendix dorsalis,

which is dorsally keeled, cercoids 4 to nearly 4 length of latter.

Mandibles with only a single knob-like tooth (fig. 32,¢). Mask very

short, extending only to between coxae of fore legs. Median lobe

with rather broadly rounded apex and slightly concave margins,

set with somewhat unequal spines (more or less alternately long and

short); lateral lobes with distal margin without any trace of indents,

set with unequal spines. Mental setae 9-10, with a few irregular

small ones near median line, lateral setae 8. Legs without any

divided spines, armature on anterior surface of fore and mid legs,

and on posterior surface of hind leg as in fig. 32, f. Guizzard with

2 strong denticles on the ventral teeth, a single one on each of the

dorsal teeth, the apex sometimes bifid, and sometimes 2-3 little

denticles on the posterior edge of the large tooth. Rectal gills

lamellate, about 50 lamellae to each hemibranch.

Brown, with a more or less distinct greenish tinge; rectal gills

white.

Localities.—Ceres (Ris, 9, printed in error as g); Palmiet River,

near Kleinmond (H. G. W., December 1932, 1933; K. H. B.,

December 1934); Hottentots Holland Mts. (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

January 1933); Berg River, Groot Drakenstein (K. H. B., March

1931, nymph shuck); Kaaiman’s River, George District (H. G. W.,

April 1933, nymph shuck, and January 1936, 1 9).

Remarks.—Correlated by means of a teneral 2? just emerged from

its shuck (H. G. W., Palmiet River, December 1933). In mid

December 1934 the shucks were very common on the rocks and on

the stems of the Palmiet (Prioniwm) in the same locality, and the

imagos were flying on the slopes of the nearby hills. A few living

nymphs were still to be found amongst the subEierees stems and

roots of the palmiet, and other vegetation.

Gen. Pantala Hagen.

Pantala flavescens (Fabr.).

While this paper was in the press, this dragon fly, and its nymph,

has been found within the 8.W. Cape region, viz. Letjesbosch, Beau-

fort West, and Olifants River, Clanwilliam.

A figure of the nymph is given by Needham (1904, Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus., xxvii, p. 712, pl. 40, fig. 5). A fuller description, with figures,

of the South African nymphs will be given on another occasion.

( 261)

13. A New Jenkinshelea (Dipt. Ceratopogonidae) from Southern

Rhodesia.—By Botua DE Meition, D.Sc., F.R.E.S. (South

African Institute for Medical Research, Johannesburg).

(With 1 Text-figure.)

JENKINSHELEA RHODESIENSIS sp. nov.

Female.

A MEDIUM-SIZED brown insect. Wing length: 2-5 mm., greatest

width 1-1 mm. Head: eyes widely separated. Occiput and clypeus

grey; basal segments of the antenne—all segments except the tori

and the first are missing—and mouth parts light brown. Segments

III, IV, and V of the palpi subequal. Mesonotum: slightly produced

over the head, without a frontal spine; very dark brown, covered

with dense, light brown, pubescence, and some scattered light brown

hairs. Scutellum paler brown than mesonotum. Paratergites not

unduly prominent. Halteres brown with darker crowns. Legs:

coxae very dark brown; femora brown; tibiae paler brown, not

swollen. First tarsal segment pale brown, shorter than tibiae on all

legs and two-thirds of that segment on the hind leg. Second tarsal

segment of the fore leg infuscated apically; third, fourth, and fifth

all dark brown; the second about as long as the fifth and slightly

longer than the third and fourth together; fourth more or less bell-

shaped; third slightly longer than broad; fifth elongate with at least

four black spines.

Claws equal, about one-third the length of the fifth tarsus, each

with a short basal tooth. Tarsi II-V are missing on the mid and hind

legs. Wung (fig. 1): Differs from all other species of this genus in

having only one radial cell, apart from this it closely resembles the

type of wing seen in accraensis Ing. and Macfie, and polyxenae De Meill.

Abdomen: Dark brown, especially the apical segments, the basal

ones apparently membranous.

The insect was securely glued on to a piece of pith, and as macera-

tion might easily have resulted in the loss of the only remaining

tarsal segments we did not dissolve it off. The finer tarsal measure-

262 Annals of the South African Museum.

ments and exact number of black bristles on the fore tarsal segment

cannot therefore be given.

This insect belongs to those genera in which the thorax is produced

over the head, namely, Jenkinshelea Macfie, Macroptilum Becker,

and Calyptopogon K. In spite of the fact that the wing has only

one radial cell the insect seems more nearly related to Jenkinshelea

than to the other two genera; as, for example, in the very broad wing

Fic. 1.—Jenkinshelea rhodesiensis, sp. nov., female wing.

with large anal lobe and prominent anal vein, short hind tarsus and

armed fifth tarsi.

Johannsen (1) has suggested that the characters which Kieffer

placed so much confidence in, namely, the production of the thorax

over the head, shape of the apex of the wing, and position of the

cross-vein, are not of generic value, and hence the closely related genera

Macropeza Meigen, Macroptilum Becker, Calyptopogon Kieffer, and

Paryphoconus Enderlein should all be sunk under Macropeza Meigen.

Macfie (2), however, recognises these characters. The genus Jenkin-

shelea Macfie chiefly differs from the above-mentioned ones by possess-

ing two radial cells. In the present species this character is shown

to be of no generic value; furthermore, the thorax is not pointed in

front and only very slightly produced over the head. In J. polyxenae

De Meill. the thorax is pointed but again hardly produced. On the

whole, the validity of both these features is open to doubt. The

Jenkinshelea so far described from Africa have the anal angle of the

wing well developed so that the wing is very broad at the base.

This feature is apparently not shared by the only other species

in which it is mentioned, namely, boliviensis Kieff. from South America ;

here Kieffer says: “Ailes . . . graduellement amincies a la base.”

A New Jenkinshelea (Dipt. Ceratopogonidae). 263

It would therefore seem that Jenkinshelea should also be regarded

as a subgenus of Macropeza and that it should contain setosipennis K..,

boliviensis K., and probably Macropeza similis Joh., and that a new

subgenus be erected for the Ethiopian species with enlarged basal

angle of the wing, namely, accraensis Ing. and Mac., polyrenae De

Meill., and the new species described above.

Holotype.—Female: Hippo Pools, Hartley, S. Rhodesia, 24th Feb-

tuary 1935. Taken as a prey of the Asilid Philodicus tenuipes Lw.

(W. L. Williams).

The collector writes as follows about the circumstances of capture:

“At ‘Hippo Pools’ in the River Umfuli, Hartley District, 24th

February 1935, the Asilid was observed with this prey. The captor

rested on bare ground under tall trees, and I was able to approach

it closely. I was surprised to see this tiny fly apparently being sucked

dry. The Asilids were in the early morning (about 8 a.m.) extremely

2 33

active and, as far as I could judge, very ‘hungry’.

I am greatly indebted to Mr. A. Cuthbertson of the Department

of Agriculture, Southern Rhodesia, for permission to describe this

interesting insect and to Mr. W. L. Williams for presenting it to the

Institute collection.

REFERENCES.

(1) JoHannsEN, O. A.—WMacropeza and its Allies (Chironomidae, Diptera), Ent.

Mitteil, vol xvi, p. 423. 1927.

(2) Macriz, J. W. S.—Report on a Collection of Ceratopogonidae from Malaya,

Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit., vol. xxviii, pp. 292-293. 1934.

Tae ee sani ai ‘ant ige fgobde

; I **

1 ih Ge PPA eee P Fist hil

Na at Cea Tan iden NM

Shae ce A FS. CN aL ve

becnase hy ya vette 6 Air are

Ceivine tah, «Asn

. 6

TOR at etal eh Lal "ht py vila ae

pa nn, i ae fu

ae ai

wie

Dae!

ao ee kn Hi

a roy ee Bee eset RA mh: r'

\ a. 4 i i be ?

é j F 4) Mio a Ag et Y aN) rf ‘ oe

\ 1 ek | is 7 f . : ie < ia

, L

af ‘* 4

eee,

HT Fj v

‘

= f

a f

‘

’

( 265 )

14. Report on Some Anthidiine Bees (Apoidea) in the South African

Museum.—By G. A. Mavromovustakis, Limassol, Cyprus.

THE present paper is based on a collection of Anthidiine bees loaned

by the South African Museum, through the kindness of the Director

and of Dr. A. J. Hesse. The type of the new species is placed in the

South African Museum.

Anthidium tuberculiferum Brauns.

NAMAQUALAND. Bowesdorp, 1 3, November 1931; Klip Vlei,

Garies, 2 $$, November 1931. This species was described by Brauns

from Willowmore; it is a member of Anthidium (s. str.).

Anthidium platyscepum Mavromoustakis.

S.W. Arrica. Kaross, 1 g¢, February 1925.

Anthidium poecilodontum Mavromoustakis.

NAMAQUALAND. Bowesdorp, 2 92 1 3, November 1931.

The type locality of this species is Matjesfontein.

Anthidium capicola Brauns.

Cape Province. Olifants River Valley, Clanwilliam, 8 92 2 33.

Similar to topotypical specimens in my collection, but differs as

follows :—

First abdominal tergite black; tergites 2 to 4 with a short linear,

central, pale yellow stripe interrupted in middle.

Dianthidium bruneipes (Friese).

Female.—Length 11:5 mm.

Black; lower margin of clypeus crenulate; pulvilli present; second

recurrent nervure out of second transverse cubital nervure; scutellum

normal and rounded; apical half of abdominal tergites 1 to 5 yellowish

brown; last abdominal tergite black, apical margin rounded and

sightly emarginate in middle.

266 Annals of the South African Museum.

Male.—Length 11-5 mm.

Black; similar to the female; clypeus yellow; face laterally,

clypeus, supraclypeal area and between antennae with somewhat

dense and shining white hairs; cheeks with shining white hairs;

vertex and occiput with pale yellowish brown hairs. Thorax with

pale yellowish brown hairs above and shining white hairs at sides;

wings clouded; sixth abdominal tergite with apical margin produced

in middle, and with a short and stout spine at sides; seventh tergite

with a curved spine laterally, and between these lateral spines tri-

angularly produced in a long spine (the spine rounded at the apex and

longer than the lateral ones); ventral segments black, apical margins

of sternites 1 to 4 yellowish brown; fifth ventral segment with a very

short tubercle in middle of apical margin; sixth ventral segment

polished and shining, base concave except laterally, apical margin

truncate.

NAMAQUALAND. Kamieskroon, 1 91 3, September 1930.

_ This species was described by Friese in the female sex (Zool. Jahrb.,

xxxv, Abt. f. Syst., p. 596), and it is a member of Dianthidium of the

group of Dianthidium rufocaudatum (Friese).

Anthidiellum polyochrum nu. sp.

Female.—Length hardly 5 mm.

Black with cream-coloured markings; clypeus shining, densely

punctured, cream-coloured; lateral marks on face nearly reaching level

of antennal insertions and a mark above each eye, cream-coloured; a

longitudinal cream-coloured stripe on sides of supra-clypeal area and

on each inner side of antennal insertions ; mandibles black with a

basal cream-coloured rounded spot; antennae black brown; vertex

and occiput moderately shining ; clypeus, sides of face and cheeks

with some very short and sparse shining white hairs. Thorax black;

mesonotum strongly and densely punctured, dullish, and with a cream-

coloured mark on each side near tegulae; tubercles sharply pointed,

cream-coloured; scutellum projecting, rounded at sides, apical margin

truncate in middle and without emargination; apical margin of

scutellum cream-coloured and broadly interrupted by black in middle;

tegulae very finely punctured, deep brown, with subhyaline margin

except behind; wings clear; second recurrent nervure out of second

transverse cubital nervure; thorax with some very short and sparse

white hairs above and shining white hairs at sides; femora and tibiae

black; apex of femora narrowly yellowish brown; anterior tibiae with

Anthidune Bees (Apoidea) in the South African Museum. 267

the basal cream-coloured stripe nearly reaching apex; middle and

hind tibiae with a basal cream-coloured stripe above; anterior tarsi

yellow brown; middle tarsi with nearly black brown basitarsi, small

joints yellow brown; hind tarsi with basitarsi cream-coloured, small

joints brown, last ones yellow brown; legs with shining white hairs;

hind basitarsi with short and dense golden hairs on inner side; spurs

yellowish; pulvilli present. Abdomen black and shining ; first and

second tergites finely punctured; third tergite finely and somewhat

sparsely punctured; first tergite with a lateral cream-coloured mark;

second tergite with a longer lateral cream-coloured mark; tergites 3

to 5 on each side of middle with a short basal cream-coloured stripe,

that on fifth longer; sixth tergite cream-coloured, sides basally black;

third tergite with a narrow cream-coloured mark at sides; sixth

tergite with very short white hairs; ventral scopa very light golden

white.

S.W. Arrica. Kaross, near Franzfontein Kaokoveld, 1 9 (type),

February 1925.

Related to Anthidium absonulum Ckll., but the latter has the

abdominal markings lemon yellow, the punctures of abdominal

tergites strong, and the tegulae black. This small species is a member

of the Anthidiellum zebra (Friese) group.

( 269 )

15. A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa.—By

R. F. Lawrence, Ph.D., Director, Natal Museum, Pieter-

maritzburg. |

(With 4 Text-figures.)

In December 1936, Dr. A. J. Hesse of the South African Museum,

Cape Town, sent me for identification two small mites collected by

himself and Mr. C. Thorne at Kamieskroon and Bitterfontein in

Namaqualand. These appeared at first sight to be EHrythraeus

plumipes L. Koch, but for various reasons which appear below, it has

been decided to describe them as a separate species, Hrythraeus

namaquensis.

This Namaqualand form in its appearance and habits very closely

resembles Hrythraeus plumipes L. Koch, a widespread species or group

of allied species, characterised by a peculiar feathery tuft of modified

hairs on the tibia of the last pair of legs. Dr. M. André has cleared up

the synonymy (1, 2), and given an account of the geographical dis-

tribution and habits (8) of H. plumipes in a recent series of very helpful

papers. According to him the distribution of the species is as follows:

Jersey, France, Switzerland, Spain, Northern Africa, Corfu, Russian

Armenia, and Turcomania.

The Namaqualand form of Hrythraeus described in this paper is

of unusual interest; though many Trombidiform mites have been

collected in various parts of South Africa, none resembling EL. plumipes

of the European and Mediterranean regions have hitherto been

discovered. The South African Museum has organised a number

of expeditions to Namaqualand during recent years; on at least

four occasions large collections of invertebrates, including. Acari,

have been made at Kamieskroon and Bitterfontein. On two of these

occasions I accompanied Dr. Hesse and Mr. Thorne and collected

numerous Trombidiform mites. More Acarine material has therefore

been taken in Namaqualand than in most other regions of South

Africa, so that this form of Erythraeus must, to say the least, be un-

common in South Africa. The discoverers, who have done intensive

collecting in South Africa for many years, stated that they had never

before seen an Arachnid anything like it.

270 Annals of the South African Museum.

HABITS.

Dr. Hesse has sent me an account of his observations on the mite

r which can be summar-

a ised as follows: In agree-

ment with the statements

of various authors, it is

a diurnal animal running

over the bare sand. The

specimens were captured

during the hottest time

of the day, one at noon,

the other in the early

afternoon; they were

found on reddish drift-

sand near a dried river

bed, and did not seem

to be associated with .

any special plant or type

of vegetation, though a

species of Mesembryan- :

themum was the common-

est plant in the vicinity.

_“Ttdoes not run straight,

but more or less in

circles.” With regard to

its running powers, Dr. |

Hesse says “it runs like |

a small Solpuga but even |

quicker,’ and “it runs

so quickly that the eye

has difficulty in following

it.” With regard to the |

position of the posterior

legs he says, “the two

feathery processes are

kept upright,” while the

specimen caught by Mr.

Thorne “had the last >

pair of legs projecting

straight backwards while

running.” In both cases there was an extremely rapid alternate

x ~

VOY 5

Sree

SS Lies

> Lz aN

SSS

SS Tet |

SSP ey

SS LL wg

thle

Iternately (see text).

The arrows indicate the arc through which the legs move a

ae!

Via. 1.—LHrythraeus namaquensis n.sp. Horizontal and erect positions of the posterior legs while running.

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa. 271

movement or vibration of these legs, as illustrated diagram-

matically in fig. 1, adapted from a sketch supplied by Dr. Hesse.

This account of the positions assumed by the last legs agrees with

the observations of various Kuropean authors which have been ably

summarised by M. André (8). Quoting Dr. André, the posterior

legs, according to Gessner (in 4), are trailed like caudal appendages,

while Luff (in 5), Tragardh (6), and Birula (7) describe them as being

carried erect in the air; this attitude is figured in M. André’s paper

on the distribution of E. plumipes (8). J. Millot (in 8) states they are

directed backwards at an angle of 45° to the body, while Cambridge

(8) describes them as being moved rapidly, the feathery tufts

resembling the dance of minute flies above the mite. Birula and

Tragardh also mention the ‘to and fro’ movements of the legs while

they were held aloft. All these attitudes, then, are substantially

the same as reported in the case of LH. namaquensis, and probably

represent different phases of the same movement of the legs.

The Function of the Modified Posterior Legs in Erythraeus.

With regard to the function of these curiously modified appendages

nothing is known. Lucas (9) has compared them to the tufts of silky

hairs on the legs of certain longicorn beetles. In advancing a tentative

and quite hypothetical explanation of the use to which these special-

ised legs are put, four possibilities may be considered: (1) a mechanical

function aiding locomotion; (2) a sensory function; (3) a defence

mechanism; (4) a sex character.

(1) A Mechanical Function Arding Locomotion.—Tragardh (6) is

inclined to regard them as balancing organs which enable the mite to

shift its centre of gravity while in motion. It seems also admissible

to suggest that these feathered legs may be used simply as sails to take

advantage of a following wind, the legs being lowered when the wind

is in an adverse direction, or when the mite has arrived at its temporary

goal; the movements of the legs may be used to test whether the wind

is favourable. This would partly explain the extraordinary speed

which the mite exhibits in running from place to place. It seems

difficult otherwise to account for such exceptional running perform-

ances, carried out with only three pairs of legs which are by no means

strongly constructed.

(2) A Sensory Function.—Tragardh (6), as an alternative to his

suggestion that the legs may serve as balancers, supposes that they

may be tactile organs for apprehending movements of the air, enabling

the animal to take refuge from strong winds. Dr. Hesse also con-

VOL. XXXII, PART 3. 19

272 Annals of the South African Museum.

siders that “‘they may be connected with a sense which enables the

mite to become aware of external sensations connected with weather,

such as wind movements, etc.” He says further, “it is possible that

the mites appear only just after or just before rain. The one specimen

was taken a day before thundery weather set in, the other a day or

two after a storm had passed over the spot. The ground was still

damp.” In this connection it may be noted that the flattened hairs

which form the feathery tufts of the posterior legs are covered with

large numbers of fine setae (fig. 2, f, g), a fact also noted by

Tragardh (6) in specimens captured in the desert near Cairo.

(3) A Defence Mechanism.—Tragardh (6) does not think that this

modification can be interpreted as a defence mechanism on account

of its delicate structure. In this connection one fact should be

mentioned which does not seem to have attracted comment from

any previous authors. In both specimens sent me, both of the

posterior legs had become detached, all four appendages having

broken off at the same point, the junction of the trochanter

and the trochantin; the remaining legs of both specimens were

all am situ. Dr. Hesse also remarks of the posterior legs, “they

are easily detachable, for the one specimen (captured by Mr. Thorne)

lost one of its appendages very easily.” This fact points to a specially

weakened joint at which the posterior legs can be easily thrown off.

Though this may not necessarily be considered a defence or escape

mechanism, as the legs may be discarded for other reasons, it is

difficult to avoid the suspicion that natural enemies such as sand-living

lizards would be more attracted by, and more lable to seize, the plumed

legs waving aloft than the mite itself. Desert-living lizards, which are

mainly insect feeders, would very readily snap at a small fast-moving

object, and might in this case easily mistake the vibrating tufts of

hair for a hovering insect. Other Arthropoda, like the centipede

Cryptops, lose the last pair of legs very easily; in members of this

genus the gonopods almost inevitably break off in captured specimens,

always at the same joint.

(4) A Sex Character.—There seems to be some justification for in-

ferring that these feathered legs in Hrythraeus plumipes and E£. nama-

quensis may have a sexual significance. A very similar condition is

found in many diurnal Solifuges, a group which is most usually found

in desert and sandy localities resembling those in which the plume-

footed mite has been captured. In the genus Solpuga, a distinct

“mane” of long silky hairs often adorns the distal segments of the

fourth leg, very conspicuous in South African species of diurnal habits

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa. 273

such as S. derbiana and S. chelicornis (11, figs. 2, 3, pl. ii); though quite

noticeable in the female this “‘mane”’ is more strongly developed in the

male, These Solifuges, when seen darting hither and thither during

the hottest time of the day, also have a rapid and erratic gait. The

writer (12, p. 262) has recorded his impressions of the males of

Solpuga sericea in South West Africa as follows: ‘The erect mane of

the hind legs, together with their erratic gait, gives them a striking

resemblance to a fluffy wind-blown seed.”

Of these four possible explanations, we have no information with

regard to (4); of the others (1) and (3) appear to me to have more in

their favour than (2); it is not impossible to suppose that these

specialised appendages may have a mechanical function while also

serving as a defence or escape mechanism.

If this view is taken, the plumed feather-like legs would in the first

place have been evolved as a purely mechanical device for taking

advantage of currents of wind; such a device would be of great value

in accelerating the speed of a small light animal in which the legs are

comparatively short and weak. If he were to judge from preserved

specimens only, a morphologist would hardly guess that this small

mite could rival the speed and activity of the Solpuga. In the second

place, the habit of holding the conspicuously feathered legs erect would

become a danger to their owner on account of their attraction for

predaceous animals. To meet this danger the joint between the two

trochanter segments, which allows the leg to be readily detached,

would have been developed as a secondary escape mechanism.

The Namaqualand form is described below in some detail, on account

of its close resemblance to the European form, and owing to the

confusion which has arisen from a lack of accurate figures and descrip-

tions by the older authors.

Famity ERYTHRAEIDAE Oudemans.

Gen. Hrythraeus Latr. 1806.

Erythraeus namaquensis n. sp.

Type, 1 specimen collected by Mr. C. W. Thorne and Dr. A. J. Hesse

at Kamieskroon, Namaqualand (November 1936).

Colour.—Body in general light reddish-brown, dark reddish or wine-

red in living specimens. The feathery tuft of hairs on the tibia of the

fourth leg blackish, individual hairs seen under the microscope yellow-

brown, the smaller tuft of hairs on the dorsal apex of the patella

entirely white, contrasting strongly with those of the tibia.

274 Annals of the South African Museum.

Body.—Body longer than broad, its anterior and posterior margins

truncate, widest between the anterior and posterior pairs of legs.

General body surface on the dorsum and sides with small flattened

pear-shaped hairs, ventral surface between the legs with normal

slender and pointed hairs. The pear-shaped hairs of the dorsal

surface seen under high power of the microscope (fig. 2, a) leaf-like, with

spicules on their dorsal surface and a main central darker axis which is

seen better when focussing a little downwards from the dorsal surface;

under surface entirely smooth; these modified hairs usually curved,

sometimes strongly so, the convexity directed upwards. Hairs of

dorsal surface very numerous, not arranged in rows but evenly spaced,

40-60 across the body, giving the skin a granulose appearance.

Two sessile eyes on each side, posterior to the middle of the crista,

anterior eye twice as large as posterior one; posterior enlargement

of crista with a pair of fine hairs of insignificant size, the anterior

enlargement with a row of 4—6 flattened and spiculated hairs on each

side, the proximal ones broad and short, the distal ones narrower and

longer; in addition a pair of fine smooth hairs in the middle, anterior

to the lateral flattened hairs.

Mouthparts.—Palpi as in fig. 2, b, the second joint with some enlarged

and flattened serrated hairs along its dorsal surface. Maxillary lobes

(fig. 2, b, c) more or less immovably attached to each other along the

middle line; they can, however, be easily separated. Hach internal

lobe ending anteriorly in a corolla-like suctorial organ composed of two

or more concentrically arranged rings of transparent, membranous,

modified hair-like structures resembling the petals of a flower (fig. 2, c).

Kach circle of hairs entire except for an opening in its inner side which

is continuous with a straight groove passing down the inner side of the

maxillary lobe, in which the mandible lies. Seen from above in an

undissected specimen, the closely contiguous rami of the mandibles

project slightly from the suctorial organ, the greater part of which,

while enclosing them, is situated laterally to them.

Mandibles styliform, seen from below (fig. 2, d), showing a portion of

the two main tracheal branches piercing the muscles attaching the

two halves of the mandible.

Legs.—All legs 7-jointed, I and II subequal, III longer than I and

II, IV much longer than III. Coxa I largest of the four, its posterior

apex forming an angle of 45°, the inner margins of the opposing coxae

vertical and parallel. All legs covered evenly with hairs, those of the

proximal segments short, fairly broad, blunt, and with distinct

spicules, those of the distal segments longer, narrower, sharply

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa. 275

pointed, and with indistinct spicules. All these hairs with a median

groove.

SOT (|

(6) pedipalp and

maxillary lobe; (c) apex of maxillary lobe, enlarged; (d) mandibles; (e)

tibia and tarsus, leg III; (f) modified hair, ventral surface of tibia IV; (g)

the same, dorsal surface of tibia IV.

Tibiae of legs I-III on their ventral surfaces with thickened, modi-

fied, spine-like hairs, fleshy pink in colour and provided with fine

accessory filaments (fig. 2,e); these hairs larger and more distinct in

276 Annals of the South African Museum.

II than in I, and more so in III than in II, I with 12-14 on the distal

two-thirds of its ventral surface, II similarly with 14-16, III with

16-18 (fig. 2,e). All tarsi, especially the first, swollen and short, I

about two-thirds, II half, III less than half as long as the preceding

tibial segment; tarsi I-III with a pad of numerous short sinuous

hairs on their ventral surfaces, these hairs provided with lateral

filaments longer than those of the remaining hairs of the legs. Claws

of all tarsi small and simple.

Leg IV as in fig. 3, about 34 times as long as body, tibia very long

and slender, provided along its entire length, except for a small basal

Fie. 3.—Hrythraeus namaquensis n. sp. Patella, tibia, and tarsus of leg IV.

portion, with modified hairs; these hairs much more numerous in

the basal than in the apical half, extremely flattened and leaf-like,

semi-transparent, and thickly covered with fine setae. The modified

hairs of the dorsal surface shorter, broader, and not so sharply pointed

(fig. 2, g) as those of the ventral surface (fig. 2,f). Tarsus (fig. 4, b)

incrassate, flattened, and sharply truncate apically, many times

shorter than the tibia, with a few more or less flattened hairs on its

dorsal surface. Dorsal apex of patella with a small cluster of

snow-white hairs, similar in shape but a little shorter than those on

the dorsal surface of the tibia (fig. 4, a).

Genital Opening.—In the smaller of the two specimens the genital

Opening is opposite the junction of coxae III and IV; it consists

of an oval longitudinal area enclosing a pair of smaller, dark, chitinous

plates, the whole area about as long as the distance between the first

pair of coxae. Anal opening situated considerably posterior to coxa

IV and not far from the posterior margin of the body. It is also oval

in shape and considerably smaller than the genital opening.

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa. 277

Dimensions.—Length of body 1-6, breadth 1-2, leg III 2-2, leg IV 6mm.

Dr. Hesse and Mr. Thorne also collected a second larger specimen at

Knegsvlakte, Bitterfontein, Namaqualand. This specimen is about

2mm. in length; legs, [ 2-7, If 2-6; III 3, 1V 7-5 mm.

Erythraeus namaquensis seems to resemble most closely the form

described by Tragardh under the name of Lucasiella plumipes from

EAA

{LL se.

Fic. 4.—Erythraeus namaquensis n. sp. (a) apex of patella and base of tibia,

leg IV; (6) apex of tibia, and tarsus, leg IV.

the neighbourhood of Cairo (6). Both forms have spines on the

under surface of tibia I and II; these are, however, also present on

the femora of legs II and III in Tragardh’s specimens, while absent in

the Namaqualand ones. The two forms also agree in the general

shape and structure of the tibial hairs of leg IV, which Tragardh

describes as “mit schwarzbraunen, langen, lanzettf6rmigen, fein

behaarten Haaren besetzt.’”? Though the differences between the

two forms are very small, it seems probable that minor distinctions

278 Annals of the South African Museum.

will be found to exist when specimens from the two localities can be

compared.

Tragardh’s form is again undoubtedly co-specific with Lucas’s types

and probably also with the specimens taken by various collectors in

the Mediterranean region (Malaga and Corfu). The appearance of

the fourth leg in #. namaquensis is, however, rather different from

that of Lucas’s specimens judging by the figure given by André

(1, p. 382, P.iv). The modified hairs in this figure are longer, narrower,

and more sinuous, there is no tuft of hairs at the apex of the patella,

and the tarsus is quite devoid of flattened hairs.

Still more apparent is the difference between the South African

and Swiss forms figured by Haller and reproduced by André (1,

p. 382, 1). Apart from the improbability of identical forms of

Erythraeus occurring in such widely separated and climatically

different regions as Namaqualand and Switzerland, the South African

species is obviously distinct from the Swiss form, if Haller’s figure

has any semblance of accuracy. The more obvious differences are

that in the latter the dorsal hairs of the body are much fewer and

larger; the pair of hairs on the posterior enlargement of the crista are

far longer and project beyond the sides of the body (in #. namaquensis

they are minute); the greater size of the mouthparts. Haller’s

specimens are also probably larger in body size, and the hairs of the

tibial tuft of leg IV appear to be longer and different in shape.

I have not been able to see Birula’s description and figures of his

Macropus plumifer, which according to André is also synonymous

with #. plumipes.

It would seem that all forms recently grouped by André (1, 2, 8)

under the name of Erythraeus plumipes L. Koch, and including the

one described in this paper, are very closely allied. They all have

the same flattened papillate hairs on the dorsal surface of the body,

and a cluster of peculiarly modified hairs on the tibia of the fourth leg.

It is, however, quite possible that, when actual specimens from the

various regions where they have been collected are compared, the

South-Russian, Swiss, Mediterranean, and Namaqualand forms may

be found to be distinct. They will, however, have to be separated on

other characters and for different reasons than those given by N.

Banks (10); the differences may be so slight that no more than a

recognition of varieties or local races of the one species will be justified.

The characters which appear to be most convenient for establishing such

differences are (1) the number of dorsal papillate hairs, (2) the mouth-

parts, (3) the size and shape of the modified hairs of the fourth tibia.

A New Species of Plume-footed Mite from South Africa. 279

The features which distinguish Hrythraeus namaquensis from other

members of the plumipes group are (1) the mouthparts, (2) the apical

tuft of hairs on the patella of leg IV, (3) the shape and size of the

flattened hairs of tibia IV.

I wish to tender my best thanks to Dr. Hesse and Mr. Thorne for

sending me these interesting mites and for the observations they have

made.

REFERENCES.

(1) AnpR&, M. Bull. Mus. nat. hist. nat., vol. xxxiii, p. 380, text-figs. 1-3, 1927.

(2) AnpRE, M. Bull. Mus. nat. hist. nat., 2° ser., Tome III, p. 351, text-figs. 1-3,

1931.

(3) AnpRE, M. Assoc. Fr. Avance. des Sciences, Nancy, p. 457, 1 text-fig., 1931.

(4) Hatter, G. Beitr. Kennt. Schweiz. Milbenfauna. Vier. Jahrs. Naturf. Gesell.

Zurich, vol. xxx, p. 82, pl. i. fig. 2, 1885. ,

(5) GzorGze,G.F. Science Gossip, vol. ii, p. 153, 1896.

(6) TracaRrpH, I. Res. Swed. Zool. Exped. Egypt and White Nile. N. 20, p. 68,

1905.

(7) Brruta, A. Horae Soc. Entom. Rossicae, vol. xxvii, p. 387, pl. vii, figs. 1-9,

1893.

(8) CamBRIDGE, O. P. P.Z.S. London, p. 939, pl. lv, 1897.

(9) Lucas, H. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 4 ser., iv, p. 206, 1864.

(10) Banks, N. The Canadian Entomologist, vol. xxxii, N. 2, p. 32, 1900.

(11) Hewirt, J. Ann. Transvaal Museum, vol. vii, pt. 1, pp. 1-76, pl. i—viii, 1919.

(12) Lawrence, R. F. Ann. S. Afr. Museum, vol. xxv, pt. 2, pp. 217-312, 1928.

VOheekextls PART 3. 20

iY Lt

m "i Pik Seis noes “4 GOS

soe ot 0 De ay IM

}

Ne i

ren , f , meee?

2 CSCS no re

eg) dss ae A SAE ERY ORE chs eT }

tbe wads f 4a) Pad era) Bids) its i Aibde) dy ae tae i

aN nee) .!

; Ae ; ive 2 f : ; ier

bins sano vith Ci ce Oe (itp. hn

f ‘ 5

”

f i. ps e

- | |

a >

e :

~ ; ;

‘

‘ [=

PARTS OF THE ANNALS: ge ISSUED Reh

Vol. I.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, out se fe

Vol, I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, out of print; Part 4

Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-;. Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, 3/—s Fart 2

Part 10, 7/-; Part ll, 3/-; Index, "Title, etc., 1/6. ‘v2

Vol. I1I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 1/6; Part 3, 5/6; Part 4, 3/3

5/6; Part 6, 7/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, 3/-; Part 9, 1/6; 3

Title, etc., 1/6. :

Vol. IV (containing ’Palacontological papers published in conjunction ke

Geological Survey).— -

Part 1, 11/-; Part 2, 7/-; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 416; Part 5

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14/—; Part 8, 8/-. |

Vol. V.—Part L, 4/6; Part °2, 8/6; Part 3 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, ‘9/3

Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 3/-; Part 8, 4/6; Part 9, 4/6; ‘Index, Title,

etc., 1/6. ee

Vol. VI. Pars 1, 13/6; Part 2, 4/6;° Part 3, 3/6; Part 4, 30/-; Index, Title, ee

etc., 1/6. tee

Vol. VII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjtian ee with the wees

Geological Survey).— eee

Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, 5/-; Part 4, 8/3 ‘Part 6, SE oe

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. ee

_ Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc., 1/6. 2 =

Vol. 1X.—Part_l, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, °10/—-; Part 4, 6/6: Part 5, 3165

Part 6, ll/—; Part.7, 9/-; Index, Title, et¢.,.1/6, cf

~~ Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-; Part 4, 3/-; Part 5, 20/-3 ay

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; Part 10, 2/65

Part 11, 20/-; Part 12, 7/|-. Complete. Title, etc, contained ine :

Part 11. Spee Mea

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; Part 2, 2h; oe 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, Tf- =

Part 6, 11/-; Index, Title, ete., and Plate ITI, 3/-. i =

Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological Papers published in conjunetion with ‘the =

Geological Survey).—

Part I, 15/6; Part 2,-3/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 3/-; Part 5, a5

- Part 6, 6/-;. Part 7, 20/-; Part 8, 20/-; Index, Title, ete., 1/6.5; = :

Vol. XIII.—Part L, 6/-;. Part 2, 2/6; Part 3; 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; Part os 1/85

Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 30/—; Part 8, 1/-; Index, Title, ete., 6s :

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, 21/-; Part Es ae

Part 6, 9/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. —- :

Vol. XV.—Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, 17/-; Part 3,14/-; Part 4, 12/6; Part By 5103.

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, ete., 1/6. es

Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, inded: etc.), 25. See ee

Vol. XVII.—Part 1, 12/—;_ Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, L/-5 Part. 5, ce os

Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XVIII.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/-; Part 4, 12/6; Sadex Title,

etc., 1/6. EE

Vol. XIX.—Part I, 22/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 11/-; Part 4, 5/6; Index, Title, :

etc., 1/6. se

Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part 4, 10/-; Part 5, sos Bee

Part 6 (with Title, etc.), 4/6. : pele

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/+; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-. : eae

Vol. XXIT (containing Palaeontological papers published in coujnntebtn: with the s = 3

Geological Survey).— es a

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/—; Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. ae vee

Vol. X XIIT.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), ao as

Vol. XXIV.—Part i: 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 11/-. a aes

~ - Vol. XXV.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 2 Part 3 (with Index, Eye ete. )» 10 Pee eee

Vol. XXVI. —Complete, 25/-. . .

Vol. XX VII.—Complete, 25/-. eee

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction. valle the ee

Geological Survey).— ee

Part 1, 10/-;. Part 2, 1/6; Part 3, 6/—; Part 4 (with Index, So

etc.), 10/-. ; .

Vol. XXITX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (arith Index, Title, etc.), 20/-. ae

Vol. XXX.—Part 1, 15/6; Part 2; 20/-; Part 3, 8/-; Part 4, 9/-; Part 5, $e acaba Sagar

Vol. XX XI (containing Palaeontological papers ‘published in conjaueues ‘with the kb? Fs

Geological Survey).— 23S ieee eae

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2. 13/6; Part 3, 17/6.

Vol. XX XII.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 17j-.

The Annals of the South African Museum will be issued at irregular intervals, SS

as maiter for ss eae is available. | Ss

t P

Copies may be obtained from—

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrp., Sy tae

2, 3, and 4 ArtHuR STREET, New Oxrorp Saas oe W.C. 2; or, BS

The LIBRARIAN, Souta Arrican Musrum, Care Town..

poate Moss

ANN ALGO ANTS 29

k SS

Wa ry 7)

> SAQA Lat > a

OF THE meee A eae

~SpOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXXII,

PART IV, containing :—

16. A new Genus and new Species and Subspecies of Mammals from

Little Namaqualand and the North-West Cape Province ;

and a new Subspecies of Gerbillus paeba from the Eastern

Cape Provinces— By G. C. Snorrripvce, Director,

Kaffrarian Mugeum, King William’s Town. (In collabora-

tion with DonaLp Carrer, Assistant Curator of Mammals

American Museum of Natural History.)

ISSUHD JULY 1938. PRICK 1s.

. PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.

( 281 )

16. A new Genus and new Species and Subspecies of Mammals from

Inttle Namaqualand and the North-West Cape Province ; and

a new Subspecies of Gerbillus paeba from the Eastern Cape

Province—By G. C. SHoRTRIDGE, Director, Kaffrarian

Museum, King William’s Town. (In collaboration with

DonaLD Carter, Assistant Curator of Mammals, American

Museum of Natural History.)

THis is the first report on the Cape Museums’ Mammal Survey of

the Cape Province. Owing to generous financial co-operation on.

the parts of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (at Harvard

University), the South African Museum, the Natal Museum, the Cape

Provincial Museums (at Grahamstown, Kimberley, Port Elizabeth,

King William’s Town, and Hast London), the Research Grant Board

of the Union of South Africa, and Dr. H. Merensky, it has been

possible to undertake, by means of two expeditions, a systematic

mammal survey of (1) the whole of Little Namaqualand, and (2)

the northern part of the Western Cape Province.

The preliminary scientific results of this mammal survey of the

Cape Province include the determination of a new genus of Golden

Moles, and the discovery of no less than three genera of mammals,

Platymops, Gliriscus, and Petromyscus, that were not known previously

to occur in the Cape Province.

An unexpected discovery is that of an alpine form of Bathyergus,

a genus hitherto thought to be restricted to coastal sand-dunes, on

the highest plateau of the Kamiesberg.

Besides the new forms herein described, further additions to the

Cape Mammal Fauna include two South-West African Bats, Cistugo

seabrae and typical Platymops haagneri; whilst the re-discovery in

the Cape Province of the rare Eptesicus megalurus, after nearly a

hundred years, is of considerable zoological interest.

No Mammal Survey of Little Namaqualand had been carried out

since the Rudd Expedition in 1903, when Mr. C. H. B. Grant collected

in the region between Port Nolloth and Klipfontein in the north-

western part of that territory.

Memorable results of the Rudd exploration included the discoveries

of Bathyerqus janetta and Herpestes ruddi, both of which were figured

VOL. XXXII, PART 4. 21

= ope

QG 1938

YAWN \

282 ‘Annals of the South African Museum.

in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1904, vol. i,

pl. vi).

The number of mammals already collected totals just over 3700

specimens, and full reports on the results of the expeditions, together

with field notes and short topographical details of the camping-

places, will be published in due course.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDAE.

Scotophilus angusticeps sp. n.

Two specimens 99 from near Citrusdal.

General colour above drabby umber-brown (rather as in EHptesicus

capensis), without gloss or sheen; below light drabby brown, centre

of abdominal and anal regions strongly washed with rufous, throat

tinged with sienna-brown; base of fur, above and below, dark seal-

brown; ears and flying membranes dusky black.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Adult female, original number

1937, collected 28th December 1937 at Hex River Estate, 10 miles

north of Citrusdal, N.W. Cape Province.

Co-type.—Adult female, original number 3308, collected 3rd January

1938. .

Dimensions of Type and Co-type.—H. and b., 77 (74); tl., 58 (57);

hf., 12 (11-5); ear, 18 (17-5); forearm, 53 mm.

Skulls —Total length, 20; basal length, 17 (17-2); zygomatic

width, 13:5; width of brain case, 10 (9-5); interorbital constriction,

4-5; length of palate, 9; upper dental series (from front of canine),

7 (7-5); lower dental series (from front of canine), 7-5 (8); mandible,

16 (15-5); height of brain case, 7-5 mm.

Skull flatter, less massive and with a markedly narrower zygomatic

width than in S. nigrita dingaani or S. n. herero; cranially S. n.

herero is in some respects intermediate between S. n. dingaani and

S. angusticeps, although much more closely resembling the former.

Fam. MOLossIDAE.

Platymops (Sauromys) haagneri umbratus subsp. n.

One specimen from Kliphuis, northern spur of the Cedarberg.

A Cape subspecies of P. haagneri, distinguished by its dark

coloration.

Colour above smoky seal-brown, a shade paler than in Nyctonomous

bocagei; under surface smoky-brown, several shades lighter than the

Mammals from Litile Namaqualand and N -W. Cape Province. 283

upper surface; ears and flying membranes almost black—as opposed

to comparatively pale horn-brown in typical haagnerv.

In typical haagneri (series from Goodhouse, lower Orange River,

examined, and a single specimen from Berseba, Great Namaqualand)

the colour above is drabby brown, paler and less cinereous than the

under surface of umbratus, and pale buffy, approaching whitish,

below.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Adult male, original number

2827, collected 7th December 1937 at Kliphuis, Pakhuis Pass, 11 miles

N.E. of Clanwilliam, N.W. Cape Province.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 61; tl., 31; hf., 8-5; ear, 15;

forearm, 37 mm.

Skull.—Basal length, 16-2; zygomatic width, 10; width of brain

case, 9; interorbital constriction, 3-7; length of palate, 5-5; upper

dental series (from front of canine), 6; mandible, 12-5 mm.

Genus new to the Cape Province.

Fam. MACROSCELIDIDAE.

P Macroscelides typicus isabellinus subsp. n.

One specimen from Port Nolloth (near township).

A markedly pale form of Macroscelides typicus.

Upper parts pale ashy-buff with only the faintest peppering caused

by dusky tips to the hairs; underparts white; tail buffy, bristles on

terminal half black above and below; hands and feet pale buff;

ears blackish, as in the other local race of typicus.

Type (in the Kaffrarian Museum).—Adult male, original number

1821, collected 3rd February 1937 at Port Nolloth (close to the sea).

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 114; tl., 122; hf. (s.u.), 36-5;

ear, 25 mm.

Skull.—Greatest median length, 33; basal length, 27-5; zygomatic

width, 20-5; width of brain case, 15:5; interorbital constriction, 6;

width across inflations, 18; length of nasals, 11; upper dental series

(including incisors), 16; lower dental series (including incisors), 15;

mandible, 25 mm.

I am regarding this specimen as representing a desert subspecies,

like the pallid coastal races of other mammals peculiar to the South-

West African Namib.

Four other specimens from the Port Nolloth hinteriand (only

10-15 miles inland) are indistinguishable from specimens provision-

ally referred to P. t. typicus from other parts of Little Namaqualand.

284 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. CHRYSOCHLORIDAE.

Cryptochloris gen. nov.

Type Cryptochloris zyli sp. n.

Size and shape of body foreshortened as in Hremitalpa, but with

relatively short, iridescent fur.

Claws of forefoot well developed and equal respectively in size to

those of Hremitalpa.

Skull, with 40 teeth in all, approaching that of Chrysochloris, but

interorbital region more expanded.

Cryptochloris zyli sp. n.

A small rather dark coloured Golden Mole, similar in form to

Eremitalpa granti, but with relatively short fur, as in Chrysochloris.

One specimen from near Lamberts Bay.

General colour above drabby lead colour washed with an inky

violet iridescence. Underparts drabby lead colour, hardly paler than

above. Base of fur dark slate throughout. A slight admixture of

pale hairs between the whitish-buff face markings—which are well

defined, as in Chrysochloris asiatica.

Type (in the Kaffrarian Museum).—Adult male, original number

3477, collected 13th January 1937 at Compagnies Drift, 10 miles

inland from Lamberts Bay, North-Western Cape Province.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 82; hf., 12 mm.

Skull.—Greatest length, 22; basal length, 17-5; greatest breadth,

15-5; interorbital breadth, 8-5; greatest height, 11; dental series

(front of incisors to back of posterior molar), 10; palate (across

posterior molars), 8 mm.

Chrysochloris wintont Broom should apparently be assigned to this

genus.

I have named this very distinct Golden Mole, the type of a new

genus, in honour of Mr. Gideon van Zyl, Compagnies Drift, to whom I

am indebted for much assistance during my visit to Lamberts Bay.

Chrysochloris concolor sp. n.

Two specimens g@ from Nieuwoudtville and Traveller’s Rest

(15 miles N.E. of Clanwilliam).

A silvery drab Golden Mole, much resembling pale individuals in

a series of C. namaquensis from the Kamiesberg, but without any -

trace of greenish or violet reflections.

Mammals from Litile Namaqualand and N.-W. Cape Province. 285

Upper parts pale drab with a satiny sheen; underparts pale drab

washed with greyish white; base of fur dusky slate throughout;

whitish buff cheek markings like those of C. asiatica, but with a more

profuse admixture of whitish hairs above snout.

Type (in the Kaffrarian Museum).—Adult male, original number

2500, collected 10th November 1937, 3 miles west of Nieuwoudtville,

N.W. Cape Province.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 110; hf., 13 mm.

Skull.—Greatest length, 23-5; basal length, 18; greatest breadth,

17-5; greatest height, 12; interorbital breadth, 8-5; palate (across

posterior molars), 9; dental series (front of incisors to back of posterior

molar), 10:5 mm.

Fam. PROTELIDAE

Proteles cristatus canescens subsp. n.

Specimens from Hselfontein, Witwater, Henriet, and Port Nolloth

(Little Namaqualand); Kliphuis and Klaver (N.W. Cape Province);

and from Oas and Sandfontein (South-West Africa—Gobabis Dist.).

A long-haired, uniformly dark grey race of P. cristatus, heavily

grizzled throughout.

General colour above iron-grey, individual hairs strongly annulated;

flanks similar in colour to dorsal crest, which tends to become tipped

with black on the rump only; black bands on flanks relatively ill

defined, owing to a profuse overlapping of long grizzled-grey hairs;

buttocks faintly washed with brownish rufous; head dusky, speckled

with buff; blackish region above almost bare muzzle three times as

wide as in typical cristatus (specimens from Kafiraria). Underparts

buffy, tinged with rufous; tail, individual hairs grey at base, tipped

with black; end of tail heavily blackened; forefeet black above, the

black extending outwardly 6 inches along the forearm; hindfeet black

above, thighs mottled (not striped) with black; ears, outside black,

narrowly but conspicuously edged with buff, inside whitish.

Type (in the Kaffrarian Museum).—Adult male, original number

1048, collected 11th December 1936 at Eselfontein (Kamiesberg),

Little Namaqualand.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 700; tl., 270; hf. 154; ear,

103 mm.

Skull.—Total length, 136-5; basal length, 130-5; palate, 71-5;

nasals, 37; zygomatic width, 85; width of brain case, 48; greatest

length of mandible, 101 mm.

286 Annals of the South African Museum.

In a specimen from Witwater (Kamiesberg) with worn fur and only

scattered long hairs on the flanks the side stripes contrast almost as

in typical cristatus, and the dorsal crest is tipped with black throughout

its length.

In two specimens, from Port Nolloth and Eenriet, the hairs of the

dorsal crest are everywhere uniform grizzled grey like the flanks.

In two newly born puppies, from Sandfontein and Klaver, the

dorsal lines and tails are entirely black, all individual hairs being

black from the base.

The approximate range of P. c. canescens appears to be the Western

Cape Province and South-West Africa—to at least as far north as

the Tropic of Capricorn.

Two specimens from the Kaokoveld (the extreme north-west of

S.W. Africa), referred to P. c. harrisoni of Angola, approach typical

cristatus in general coloration, the flanks being rich buffy, contrasting

with the grizzled dorsal crest.

Fam. MUSCARDINIDAE.

Gliriscus rupicola australis subsp. n.

Two specimens $Q from Kenriet; a third specimen (in alc.) since

received from Port Nolloth.

A southern subspecies of G. rupicola with a uniformly whitish tail—

below as well as above.

General coloration above a shade paler than in typical rupicola,

this being especially marked on the forehead; under surface also

paler, the ends of the hairs being more profusely white; tail paler

throughout, the individual hairs, below as well as above, more

uniformly tipped with white than in either of the two South-West

African subspecies; hands and feet white; colour of ears and ocular

markings as in typical rupicola and r. montosus.

Type (in the Kaffrarian Museum).—Adult female, original number

1522, collected 19th January 1937 at Eenriet, Little Namaqualand.

Co-type.—Adult male, original number 1320, collected 12th January

1937.

Dimensions of Type—H. and b., 115; tl., 86 (105 in co-type)

hf(su); 22> ear, 19 am,

Skull.—Total length, 32; basal length, 24; zygomatic width, 17-5;

width of brain case, 15; interorbital constriction, 5; length of palate,

9-5; upper dental series, 4; lower dental series, 3-7; mandible

(excluding incisors), 15 mm.

Mammals from Little Namaqualand and N.-W. Cape Province. 287

G. r. montosus from Brukaros Mountain, Great Namaqualand, the

darkest of the three races, with drabby feet, separates geographically

this slightly larger-eared Cape form from G. r. rupicola of Damaraland.

Genus new to the Cape Province.

Fam. MuRIDAR.

Taterona brantst namaquensis subsp. n.

Three specimens 3g 2 from Goodhouse, south bank of the lower

Orange River.

A desert-coloured race of Taterona brantsi.

T. b. namaquensis from the north of Little Namaqualand agrees

closely in colour with T. 6. perpallida from the Kalahari and Ngami-

land, but the pale, crescentic, somewhat shadowy ocular markings

are almost if not entirely absent. The uniform coloration of the

head thus serves to distinguish namaquensis from the geographically

distant perpallida.

General colour above pale sandy buff, slightly grizzled, below

white; tail pale speckled sandy buff above, white below; in two out

of three specimens (including the type) the terminal third of the tail

is white above; ears sandy buff, not differing in shade from the head;

hands and feet buff-white.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Adult female, original number

1088, collected 23rd December 1936 at Goodhouse (Raman’s Drift),

Lower Orange River.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 126; tl. 167; hf. (s.u.), 34;

ear, 21 mm.

Skull.—Total length, 36; basal length, 28; length of palate, 15;

zygomatic width, 18-5; length of nasals, 15; upper molar and

premolar series, 5-5; lower molar and premolar series, 6; mandible

(exclusive of incisors), 20 mm.

The range of T. b. namaquensis is separated from that of T. 0b.

perpallida by the whole of Great Namaqualand, in which no species

of Taterona has yet been discovered.

Poemys melanotis insignis subsp. n.

Specimens from Hselfontein.

A small, silvery grey, narrowly striped form of P. melanotis without

any trace of ocular markings, but with a dark frontal patch, almost

as well defined as in P. nigrifrons.

288 Annals of the South African Museum.

General colour above pale drab grey, closely approximating in

shade to that of P. m. capensis (typically from Wolseley, C.P.):

black dorsal stripe narrow, extending as far forward as in a specimen

I refer to P. m. melanotis from the Pirie Forest; a conspicuous dusky

black frontal patch; ocular markings obsolete; underparts drabby

white; ears dusky, not so dark as in typical melanotis; tail drab

grey above and below; hands and feet white.

Type.—Adult female, original number 843, collected 27th November

1936 at Eselfontein, Kamiesberg.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 70; tl., 75; hf. (s.u.), 16-5;

ear, 17-5 mm.

Skull.—Greatest length, 20-5; basilar length, 16; zygomatic

width, 10:5; width of brain case, 9:5; interorbital constriction, 3-5;

length of upper molars, 3-3 mm.

This Namaqualand form of Poemys melanotis may prove to be

restricted in range to the Kamiesberg.

Petromyscus barbourt sp. n.

Specimens from Witwater, Platbakkies, Eselfontein, and Henriet.

A small drab grey Petromyscus, at once distinguishable from all

other members of the genus by its bicoloured tail.

General colour above grizzled drab grey (about as in Mus musculus) ;

underparts white; tail markedly bicoloured, drab grey above, white

below; hands and feet white; ears drab grey. Mammae 4 (ing.);

no pectoral mammae.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Adult male, original number ~

253, collected 20th October 1936 at Witwater (Kamiesberg), Little

Namaqualand. 3

Co-type. Adult female, original number 146, collected 11th October

1936.

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 78; tl., 80; hf. (s.u.), 19; ear,

14 mm.

Skull.—Total length, 23; basal length, 17-3; zygomatic width,

11 approximately (of co-type 11); width of brain case, 11; inter-

orbital constriction, 4; length of palate, 9-2; upper molar and pre-

molar series, 3-5; lower molar and premolar series, 3:5; mandible

(exclusive of incisors), 11-5 mm.

This rather short-tailed species of Petromyscus, the most southern

representative of the genus, approaches the relatively long-tailed

P. shortridgei, the largest and most northern representative, most

Mammals from Little Namaqualand and N.-W. Cape Province. 289

closely in colour; but it is drabby cinereous instead of umber brown.

It may further be noted that in P. shortridge: the two pectoral

mamme are also usually but not invariably absent, whereas they

are present in all females of the P. collinus group collected, as well as

in the only known female of P. monticularis.

P. monticularis, which occurs in association with P. collinus

bruchus on Brukaros Mountain (Great Namaqualand), may be

distinguished from all of the other species by its short ears and

relatively thick tail.

Genus new to the Cape Province.

The genus Petromyscus and all of its previously known species and

subspecies were discovered by myself in South West Africa.*

To these may now be added Petromyscus barbouri and P. collinus

capensis, both from Little Namaqualand.

I am naming the above strikingly distinct new species in honour

of Dr. Thomas Barbour, Director of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Harvard University, who is so generously contributing towards

and associating himself with the Cape Museums Mammal Survey of

the Cape Province.

Petromyscus collinus capensis subsp. n.

Two specimens $3 from Goodhouse, northern Little Namaqualand.

A brownish-chestnut form of P. collinus, approaching the typical

Damaraland subspecies in colour, but separated from it by the

darker P. collinus bruchus of Great Namaqualand. Characterised by

a markedly hairy tail, the individual bristles being twice the length

of those in collinus and bruchus.

General colour above brownish chestnut; underparts white; tail

pale drabby, slightly darker above and still more so terminally (above

and below) owing to a thick pencilling of relatively long dusky

bristles; ears dusky brown, not tinged with rufous as in collinus and

bruchus; hands and feet buffy white.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Original number 1223, collected

5th January 1937. at Goodhouse (Raman’s Drift), lower Orange

River—south bank.

Dimensions of Type and Co-type.—H. and b., 87 (90); tl., 99 (98);

maeiseue). 17 (17); ear, 16-5 (17) mm.

Skulls —Total length, 26-5 (26); basal length, 20 (19); zygomatic

* P. shortridgei, typically from the Kaokoveld, has since been found to extend

into 8.-W. Angola.

290 Annals of the South African Museum.

~ width, 12 (12-5); width of brain case, 13-5 (12); interorbital con-

striction, 4-5; length of palate, 11-5 (10-5); upper molar and premolar

series, 3-5; lower molar and premolar series, 3-5; mandible (exclusive

of incisors), 13 mm.

The Orange River Valley presumably constitutes the southern

limit of the range of P. collinus and its subspecies, the genus being

represented farther south in Little Namaqualand by P. barbour.

Fam. BATHYERGIDAE.

Bathyergus janetta inselbergensis subsp. n.

Specimens from Hselfontein, Kamiesberg.

This mountain race of Bathyergus janetta differs from the typical

coastal subspecies in the general colour above being silvery buff

instead of drab grey, and thus the seal-brown dorsal and occipital

area, together with the dark forearms and thighs, contrasts much

more sharply with the flanks, which have an almost frosty appearance.

The tail hairs (above) are slaty black basally instead of pale brown,

and bufi-white terminally; the hairs on the forefeet are whiter, less

soiled looking, than in typical janetta.

Type (in the Kafirarian Museum).—Adult female, original number

977, collected 4th December 1936 at Hselfontein, Kamiesberg (altitude

4400 ft. approx.).

Dimensions of Type.—H. and b., 230; tl., 44; hf., 45 mm. Of a

large male (without skull), h. and b., 280; tl., 52; hf., 51 mm.

Skull.—Total length, 50-5; basal length, 44; zygomatic width,

33; width of brain case, 19-5; interorbital constriction, 9; upper

molar and premolar series, 10; lower molar and premolar series,

10-5; mandible (excluding incisors), 39-5 mm.

The discovery of Bathyergus in the Kamiesbergen at an altitude

of between 4000 and 5000 ft. was unexpectedly interesting, previously

known forms being only known to occur in low-lying coastal sand-

plains.

Fam. Muripas.

Gerbillus paeba exilis subsp. n.

Three specimens $¢? from Alexandria District (coast), Cape

Province.

A remarkably pallid race of G. paeba with fawn-white flanks,

white ocular rings and a white tail tip.

General colour above pale rufous fawn; flanks still paler, shading

Mammals from Little Namaqualand and N.-W. Cape Province 291

to white; cheeks and ring above eye white; underparts white; tail

very pale fawn above, white below, tail tuft white; hands and feet

white; ears pale fawn.

In the type and co-type there is no trace of dusky tips to the

hairs anywhere, but in a third specimen (original No. 102X—in the

Albany Museum) the dorsal region has a smoky appearance due to a

slight darkening of the ends of the hairs.

Type (in the Albany Museum).—Adult male, original number 100X,

collected 27th May 1937 at Paardevlei, Alexandria Dist. (coast),

by F. and W. Pannell. .

Co-type (in the Kaffrarian Museum, presented by the Albany

Museum).—Adult female, original number 101X, collected 13th

March 1934 at Sundays River Mouth, Alexandria Dist., by O. West.

Dimensions of Type and Co-type.—H. and b., 84 (80); tl., 108 (-);

hf. (c.u.) 27 (26) ; ear, 15 (12%) mm.

Skulls.—Total length, 29-5 (30); basal length, 21 (23); length of

palate, 12 (11:5); zygomatic width, 13-5 (—); interorbital constriction,

5 (5-5); width of brain case, 13 (13-5); length of nasals, 11-5 (12);

upper molar series, 4:5; lower molar series, 4:5; mandible,

14-5 (15) mm.

This eastern subspecies of G. paeba, from a region far from where

any other form of Gerbillus is known to occur, approaches most closely

in colour some bright orange-rufous specimens in a series of G. p.

brooms from Little Namaqualand, but it may at once be distinguished

by its almost white flanks, and by the white on the cheeks extending

in a broad ring round the eye.

Dr. J. Hewitt, Director of the Albany Museum, who has kindly

given me permission to describe this gerbil, records that it was

discovered amongst drift-wood just above high-water mark on the

east side of the Sundays River Mouth and also on adjacent sand-hills

at Paardevlei, Alexandria District.

Genus new to the Hastern Cape Province.

: Bi ieee Pel

es A ee rr oe ;

in oft by ce arN ix aes a

” :

PARTS OF THE ANNALS ‘PREVIOUSLY Issv1 Baa ee

Vol. I.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out of print; aa out of print.

Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3: out of print; Part 4,

“Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, 3/-7. Part, 9;

Part 10, 7/-; Part 11, ‘sh Index, "Title, ete., ‘1/6. sc

Vol. I11.—Part* 1, -2/6; — Part 2, 1/6; Part 3, 5/6; Part’ 4, 3f-3 Pe

5/6; Part 6,7 /-3 ‘Part’ 7, 1/6; Part 8, 38/-3 Part ‘9, 16; "3

: Title, ete., 1/6.

Vol. IV (contaming ‘Palaeontological papers published in conjunction

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 11/-; Part 2, 7/5 ‘Part 3, 4/6; Part: 4, 4/65 Part

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14j=3 Part 8, 8/-.

Vol. V.—Part i: 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part os 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part’

Part 6, 5/—; Part 7, Bi Part 8, 4/6; Part 9, 4/6; Index

etc., 1/6.

Vol: VI.—Part , 13/6; Part 2, 4/65. Part. ee 3/6; Part 4, 30/5. Index,

etc., 1 /6. ee

Vol. Vil (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction w

Geological Survey).— aa

Part.1, 3/—;. Part 2, out of print. Part 3, 5/-; Part 1 a ‘Part Pi

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. >

Vol. VIII,—Complete, out of print.. Index, Title, ete., 1/6.

Vol. 1X.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; Part 4, 6/6; Part 6 3/6:

Part 6, li/-3 Part 7, 9/-;- Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part: 3, 2/-; Part 4, Bie ‘Part, Bi oe *

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7,.10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; Part 10; 265 ;

Part 11, 20/-; Part 12, see Complete. “Title, pate contained

. Part 11. 5

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; Part 2, 2/-; Part 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6; Dag: 5: Ws

Part. 6, 11/-; Part 7, including = Index, Title, ete. Appendix and

Plate TLL, Bn 5

Vol. XII (containing Palacontological. papers published in conjunction with t

Geological Survey).— ~ eer

Part 1, 15/6; Daee 2, 3/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, os ay Wea

Part 6, 6/=;. Part 7, 20/3 Part 8, 20/-3 Index, Title, ebe.5 1/0." ee

Vol. XIII.—Part 1, 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part sp 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; Part. By

Part 6, 5/—;, Part-7, 30/-; Part 8, He: Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part & 6/-; Part 4, mule. ‘Part 5, 5}

Part 6, 9/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. .

- Vol. XV.—Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, 17/-; Part 3, 14/-; Part 4, “12/6; Part 5, 5/85 %e

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, etc., DG) oN as

Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, Thad: etc. \s 25). :

Vol. XVII.—Part ie 12/—; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, 15/3 Part 5, | -

Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. .

Cm XVIIL. cee 1, 20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/-;. Part 4, 12/6; Index, Title,

, 1/6.

Vol. KIX Park 1, 22/-;, Part 2, 17/6; Part Ds Hs Part 4, 5/65 Index, Tit 5

etc., 1/6. : oe, ae

- Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3 4/—; Part 4, 10/5 ‘Part 5 4p

Part 6 ‘(with Title, etc, ), 4/6. : ie tae coe ae

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/-; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-. ae ~ ;

Vol. XXII (containing Palaeontological papers eiblished. in conjunction with the

Geological Survey).— Sees eae

Part 1, 20/—; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. — Se aS Aka

Vol. XXITI.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), ne

Vol. XXIV.—Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 11/-; Part 5, 16/-. as

Vol. XXV.—Part ie 12/6; Part 2, 10/—; Part 3 (with Index, Title, ete.), 10. ie ep

Vol. XX VI.—Complete, 25/-. . ‘

Vol. XX VII.—Complete, 25/-. . Set. Sie ie =

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the e)

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, -10/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4 (pte Tndlex, ‘Mitte,

etc.), 10/-. : te: :

Vol. XXIX. —Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (with eee Title, etc.) » 20/-. :

Vol. XX X.—Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 20/-; Part 3, 8/-; Path 4, 9/-; Part 5; ce ae ee Sate

Vol. XX XI (containing Palaeontological papers published in cone ‘with the eae

Geological Survey).— Pin ese an Ose ice ers

Part 1, 20/—; Part 2, 13/6; Part 3, 17/6. —. Wey rg cree eee

Vol. XXXITI.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, Te; ‘Part 4, to: Es as :

Vol. XXXIV. —Complete, 40/-.

The Annals of the South African Museum will be. augue at “irregular intereals,

as matter for publication is available.

* Copies may be obtained from—

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lro., : Peg

2, 3, and 4 ArrHuR Street, New Oxrorp Sea Tomeoe W. 0. 25 or,

The LIBRARIAN, Sourn AFRICAN Muszum, Care Town. = i

ANNALS !

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXXII | Al

PART V, contarning :-—

11. The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay.—By ©. J.

VAN DER Horst, University of the Witwatersrand,

Johannesburg. (With 70 Text-figures.)

18. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. XII.

Further Additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and

Amphipoda, together with Keys for the Identification of the

hitherto Recorded Marine and Fresh-water Species.—By

K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director. (With

35 Text-figures. ) |

ISSUED FEBRUARY 1940. PRICE 20s.

. PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN

BY NEILL AND CO., LID.,

212 CAUSHWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH

( 293 )

17. The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay.—By C. J.

VAN DER Horst, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg.

(With 70 Text-figures.)

CONTENTS.

PAGE PAGE

Saccoglossus inhacensis Kapelus . 293 | Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp.

ps ie: ; and studiosorum n. sp. . . 335

Beg sclegoonstsn.'sp. Nag Ptychodera flava Eschscholtz San)

Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. . . 316 | Literature ; é i Se)

THE island of Inyack, in Delagoa Bay, Portuguese Hast Africa, is an

ideal place for collecting marine animals that live burrowing in the

soil in the tidal zone. The eastern side of the island is exposed to

the Indian Ocean, but along its northern, western, and southern

sides it faces the Bay, which is here very shallow. As the difference

between high and low tides can be over 3 metres, large flats and

sand-banks are exposed at low tide. In the more sheltered bays

these flats have a muddy soil; in places where a coral reef extends in

front of the flats the mud is mixed with coral debris, but in the more

exposed parts, where either the tidal stream or the action of the waves

is stronger, large banks of pure sand occur. This is a place where

one can expect Hnteropneusta, and they are found here in great

abundance. During the last few years I have visited Inyack

repeatedly and have collected a great number of Hnteropneusta.

Up till now I found six different species, only one of which had pre-

viously been described. Another species was recently described by

my student, Mrs. Kapelus, and in the following pages the description

of the other four species is presented.

SACCOGLOSSUS INHACENSIS Kapelus.

The small enteropneust, Saccoglossus inhacensis, described by Mrs.

Kapelus, occurs in countless numbers on the muddy flats west of the

island. In nearly every spadeful of sandy mud one can find one or

more specimens.

In a letter to “Nature” I described the characteristic burrow made

by this animal in the mud; and now, after some further observations,

VOL. XXXII, PART 5. 22

JUL yo te

294 Annals of the South African Museum.

I am able to supplement the previous remarks (fig. 1). At the place

where the animal occurs most abundantly the black mud is covered

by a layer, about 1 cm. in thickness, of yellow sand, and as this sand

does not hold together so well as the mud, I was at first unable to

detect the tube of the animal in the sand. But later I found it

extending from the surface to a depth of 4 to 7 cm. The upper part

| | of the burrow is irregularly

coiled, but deeper down it takes

the form of a regular spiral, con-

sisting of up to eight turns. The

direction of the main axis of the

spiral is variable; in the major-

ity it was found to be approxi-

mately vertical, but it may

even be horizontal. In the

dark mud this burrow is very

conspicuous because it is lined

by a thin layer of clear sand.

This in turn is covered by a layer

of slime, giving the inner surface

a smooth and shiny appearance.

As the sand is also cemented

together by the slime the spirals

are rather persistent; at least

as many were found that had

been vacated by the animals as

inhabited ones.

In the letter to “Nature” I

stated that no indication of the presence of the animal was

found on the surface during low tide. Subsequently I found

that this statement was wrong. Like other enteropneusts,

Saccoglossus inhacensis also makes heaps of coiled castings round

the entrance of its burrow. But these heaps are very small,

and the coils seem to be not so persistent as in Balanoglossus.

Only when there is no disturbance at all the heaps, which are about

1 cm. wide and 2 mm. high, will preserve their typical form and then

they cover the surface in great numbers at low tide. In order to

make these heaps of castings, the animals must protrude their hind-

ends, where the anus is, above the surface of the sand. Nevertheless,

when one finds the animals in their burrow by digging, they invariably

take up a position with the proboscis and anterior end of the body in

Fic. 1.—Burrow of Saccoglossus inhacensis

Kapelus. Nat. size.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 295

the irregularly formed upper part of the burrow, and the abdominal

region is found in the spiral. Therefore the animal must be able to

turn round in its burrow.

In miocene strata from different localities (Switzerland, Bavaria,

Maryland, California, Mexico) fossilised internal casts in the form of

spirals have been described under the name of Xenoheliz. Several

suggestions have been made about the origin of these spirals. Mans-

field was of the opinion that they owe their origin to some marine

plant; Heer supposes them to be the burrows of the mussel Mactrina.

Abel, in his book “ Vorzeitliche Lebensspuren,” expresses the opinion

that these spirals are the burrows of small crabs. Along tropical

shores a small crab, Mictyris,* may occur in countless numbers, and at

the approach of danger these crabs disappear in the mud by digging a

burrow in the form of a spiral. However, these burrows can be only

of a very temporary nature, and as Abel wrote me later he has given

up this opinion. The stratum in which these spirals are found was

formed in a shallow sea with a very level shore, where mangroves

grew in great abundance. It is exactly in such a place that the

spirals of Saccoglossus inhacensis are found, and as these spirals are

rather persistent, even when they are uninhabited, I venture to

suggest that Xenoheliz is the fossilised burrow of an enteropneust.

WILLEYIA DELAGOENSIS 2. Sp.

In November 1935, during a short stay on Inyack Island, I secured

a single specimen of a pure white enteropneust on the flats at the

west side of the island. It proved to belong to the genus Willeyza,

established by Punnett for an enteropneust from Zanzibar. This

genus is more or less intermediate between Glandiceps and Spengelia;

it agrees with Spengelia in having peripharyngeal cavities and with

Glandiceps in the absence of synapticula. As Punnett’s description

is not as extensive and accurate as it might have been, Spengel has

expressed his doubts about the validity of the genus. However, I

can corroborate Punnett’s observations by the study of this specimen,

and this leaves me in no doubt regarding the validity of the genus

Willeyia. In addition to some minor characters, the only specimen

that was collected at Inyack differs in one important feature from

Willeyia bisulcata Punnett, i.e. in the extension of the gonads into

the branchial region, a character which Punnett thought might be

* Mictyris has not been recorded from South African shores, but the closely

allied Dotilla is very common.—ED.

Annals of the South African Museum.

of generic importance. It is for this reason that I am describing

this specimen as belonging to a new species of the genus Willeyia.

296

EKaternal Features.

In its external appearance W. delagoensis closely agrees with

W. brsulcata according to Punnett’s description (fig. 2). The pro-

boscis is very elongated; in the fixed animal it has a length of 15 mm.

re )

SCR SEN Sa

]

left) and ventral (right)

Fic. 2.—Willeyia delagoensis n. sp. Dorsal (

views. x2.

and its greatest width is 5 mm.; in the living animal the proboscis

It also shows the longitudinal grooves

was considerably longer.

along the dorsal and ventral mid-lines. The collar is about 5 mm. long

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 297

and is broader behind than in front. The proboscis is flattened, but

the collar and the trunk, at least as far as the latter is present, are

nearly cylindrical. There is no trace of genital wings or folds, not

even behind the branchial region.

It is difficult to determine the length of the branchial region owing

to the fact that the minute branchial pores open into a narrow and

often deep groove, which fades away gradually in the anterior part

of the genital region. By counting the sections it was possible to

estimate that the branchial region is about 3cm. long. The specimen

was broken off in the genital region, so that it remains uncertain

whether Wealleyia has liver saccules or not. Punnett’s specimen was

also incomplete.

The animal, when alive, was of a pure white colour throughout.

Internal Anatomy.

Proboscis.—The epidermis of the proboscis consists of elongated

cells. I can confirm Punnett’s statement that the epidermis is

almost destitute of glands, particularly as special glandular cells

seem to be absent. A great number of the ordinary cells are swollen

in their peripheral part, exhibiting the features of slime cells. It

seems likely that all epidermal cells can secrete slime. As in W.

bisulcata, elongated nuclei are arranged in a distinct row in the middle

of the cells, and another layer of round nuclei is found in the basal

part of the epidermis; the latter are evidently the nuclei of the

nerve cells.

In W. bisulcata the circular muscle layer is about half as thick as

the nerve layer; in W. delagoensis, however, these layers are of about

the same thickness, except in the grooves where the nerve-fibre layer

is better developed (fig. 3). Sensory cells could not be found in the

epidermis of these grooves.

The muscle fibres are neither arranged radially nor in concentric

layers; they are only more crowded in the central part of the pro-

boscis than near the epidermis. It is well known that these longi-

tudinal muscle fibres are attached by both ends to the basal membrane

of the epidermis. Whereas the anterior end of each fibre pierces the

circular muscle and attaches itself to the basal membrane independent

of other fibres, one finds that in the posterior part of the proboscis the

longitudinal muscle fibres collect in bundles, where they pierce the

circular muscle layer and are attached to the basal membrane. In

cross-section it seems therefore that the circular muscle layer is

298 Annals of the South African Museum.

interrupted; in reality this muscle layer will have the appearance of

a network. The basal membrane is produced into an inwardly

directed point or crest where the longitudinal muscle fibres are

attached to it (fig. 4).

The proboscis coelomic cavity extends nearly to the top of the

proboscis. Over its whole length it is separated into a right and a

left part by a kind of dorso-ventral septum formed of connective tissue

and muscle fibres (fig. 3). Near the anterior end of the glomerulus

and again just in front of it there are a few openings in this septum by

means of which the right and the left coelomic cavities intercom-

municate. Punnett figures the right and the left coelomic parts as

of equal size in W. bisulcata, but in W. delagoensis the right part is

wider than the left, though taken together the two parts form a

symmetrical figure; the septum between the two has evidently

shifted towards the left side (fig. 3). -Owing to the fact that this

septum consists of fibres only and not of a limiting membrane, this

shifting does not seem to be of great importance and the difference

in size of the coelomic parts may not be of specific value.

The dorso-ventral muscle fibres go by way of this septum from the

dorsal to the ventral mid-line, so that they deviate somewhat from

the straight course. These fibres are thicker than those of the

longitudinal or circular musculature. They do not form a continuous

layer as they run separately; there may be one or more fibres visible

in a cross-section or none at all. At the dorsal side of the septum the

fibres are arranged in two longitudinal rows. Ventrally there is

usually one row, but if there are two rows these lie very close together,

except in the posterior part of the proboscis, just i. ont of the

glomerulus, where the two rows are more distant from each other

and can be easily discerned at the ventral side of the septum.

From the anterior to the caudal part of the proboscis the coelomic

cavity gradually increases in width. This cavity is surrounded by a

distinct epithelium which, as Punnett also mentions, is considerably

thickened on the septum. It is somewhat lower in the right and the

left angles of the cavities and it is very low along the dorsal and

ventral border, although here also it is clearly visible (fig. 3). This

epithelium does not seem to be of an excretory nature, as may be the

case in some other Enteropneusta.

The ventral proboscis septum, as in Glandiceps, reaches to the top

of the stomochord but leaves the vermiform process free. Its

attachment to the basal membrane of the epidermis, however, does

not reach so far forward, as a result of which the free edge of the

“£1941” TeIyUOA “MA “SUTOA srosoqoud ‘a ‘wingdoes ‘s ‘ornpeTnosnut Suid

roponu ‘wu ‘zoXe] orqy-oAdou “U “ornzeTNOSsnUr jeurpnyisuoy “7

JO UOTPOOS-SsOID B JO WRT “P “PE X

“Ud ‘“S{[oo OATOU JO

‘Kroqie Testop ‘yp *APLAwO oTUTO[IOD “Od ‘stutmopide jo ouvIqULoUr

"G1Z x ‘stosoqoad oy}

‘gues10 [e1yU0d oY JO JUOLF UL grosoqord yo woroos-ss01y “g “d

yeseq “wg

su sisuaobnjop vihantM—'P “& “SOL

vt)

Win,

i),

Bye

iw.

ad oF un yee fee

; OF Lay AAAI: a SO ean er

- elias b os o/h, Rd: ar

UME pe . re ® frtesg ¢ f ° “jy.

“ en ~ fe, hs 5.

_ Se. AY Sy . .

. se = Ate

ian

300 Annals of the South African Museum.

septum runs from the top of the stomochord to the epidermis in a

ventro-caudal direction. Probably on account of this the ventral

Fic. 5.—Willeyia delagoensis n. sp. Cross-section of anterior part of the central

organs of proboscis. x55.

au, auricle of pericardium. c, coelomic cavity. epd, epidermis. gl,

clomerulus. lm, longitudinal musculature. m, dorso-ventral muscle fibres.

nl, nerve-fibre layer. rm, ring musculature. st, stomochord. va, ventral

proboscis artery. vp, vermiform process. vs, ventral proboscis septum.

proboscis artery is not found in the septum; it runs from the top of

the stomochord freely through the coelom and directly to the epi-

dermis in a ventral direction (fig. 5). According to Punnett this

vessel, called by him the ventral recurrent vessel of the proboscis,

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 301

runs in the upper edge of the septum in W. bisulcata, and according

to his figure the ventral septum is exceedingly long in this species,

reaching to nearly the top of the proboscis. The ventral coelomic

blind-pouches are separated from each other throughout their whole

length by this septum; they have the form of narrow finger-like

canals, the epithelium of which is higher on the dorsal than on the

ventral side (fig. 8). Their caudal end is at the same level as the

caudal extremity of the ventral blind-sac of the stomochord; here

near their posterior end the ventral pouches are quite embedded in

the skeleton (fig. 6).

The right dorsal coelomic pouch ends blindly, but the left is con-

tinuous with a median end-sac (fig. 6) which opens by a left proboscis

pore to the exterior (fig. 7). The proboscis pore has the form of an

elongated fissure, the caudal end of which opens into the anterior

neuropore. The end-sac does not extend beyond the caudal end of

the pore and is surrounded by a thick limiting membrane, which

probably contains blood-vessels (fig. 7).

It is impossible for the right and the left halves of the glomerulus

to fuse in front of the pericardium or the stomochord because of the

presence of the dorso-ventral septum. The glomerulus reaches as

far in a frontal direction as the vermiform process, and that is not

far in front of the stomochord. It covers the stomochord to the

same extent as the pericardium and is found at the lateral side of

these structures only; it even remains at some considerable distance

from the dorsal and ventral mid-line. There is a triangular mass of

cells extending for a considerable length along the dorsal side of the

pericardium, but this mass does not seem to be a dorsal glomerulus as

no blood-vessels could be detected init; otherwise a dorsal glomerulus

seems to be present in all Spengeliidae. On the coelomic side the

glomerulus is covered by a rather thick layer of cells (fig. 5).

Immediately caudal to the mass of cells mentioned above, the

free dorsal wall of the pericardium is thrown into irregular folds, which

continue to where the pericardium attaches itself to the basal mem-

brane of the epidermis, and only then the pericardium assumes its

usual triangular form. Anteriorly the pericardium has two auricles

as in other Spengeliidae. These auricles, however, are small; they

do not reach to the top of the stomochord, but they are, as usual,

surrounded by the anterior portion of the glomerulus (fig. 5).

Anteriorly the pericardium is quite filled with a mass of cells; the

middle portion, on the other hand, is quite empty except for a

layer of cells along the wall; and in the posterior part, where the

302 Annals of the South African Museum.

<\"ti i

SGmISS. f < |

Dy Miran: LA

EPL NRARSSN NS

LOT TARR

SAN

Fics. 6-9.—Wiulleyia delagoensis n. sp. 6. Cross-section of proboscis neck.

7. Cross-section of proboscis neck caudal to that of fig. 6. 8. Cross-section

of proboscis neck frontal to that of fig. 6 (epidermis being much damaged is

not drawn in). 9. Dorso-median portion of a cross-section of anterior part

of collar. All x 45.

bl, central blood sinus. cc, collar coelom. dbv, dorsal blood-vessel. dpc,

dorso-lateral pouches of proboscis coelom. epv, efferent proboscis vessel.

es, end-sac. k, keel of skeleton. Jp, lateral blind-pouch of stomochord.

mc, nerve cord. , pericardium. pp, proboscis pore. sk, skeleton. st,

stomochord. sv, sinus venosus. v, proboscis vein. vbp, ventral blind-pouch

of stomochord. vbs, ventral blind-sacs of proboscis coelom.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 303

pericardium is connected with the epidermis, strong fibres are seen

connecting the two side walls.

Near the posterior end of the pericardium the two proboscis veins

unite at the right-hand side of the end-sac of the proboscis pore and

then communicate with the wide sinus venosus (fig. 6). This com-

munication pushes the posterior wall of the pericardium slightly

forward so that in the sections the pericardium is visible at both

sides of the blood-vessel.

As in all Spengeliidae, the stomochord is prolonged into a vermiform

process (fig. 5), but in W. delagoensis this process is extremely short,

being only 80 » in extent. In W. bisulcata its length is about two-

thirds of the length of the rest of the stomochord.

The anterior part of the stomochord is flattened; in cross-section

it is oval in shape (fig. 5). Farther caudally it becomes more

quadrangular. The lateral blind-pouches protrude somewhat in an

anterior direction before they connect with the main middle part of

the stomochord. The lumen, which is continuous throughout and

begins near the top of the stomochord (fig. 5), becomes very wide and

broad where the lateral blind-pouches connect with the middle part.

The rather regular epithelial wall of the stomochord is very distinct

in this region (fig. 8). More caudally, in the proboscis neck, the

stomochord becomes first narrower but higher, then it is divided by

the skeleton into a dorsal part, which is the neck of the stomochord,

and a ventral blind-pouch, which is quite embedded in the skeleton

(fig. 6). Except for the fact that ventrally an upgrowth of the

skeleton causes an inpushing in its wall, this portion of the neck is

nearly circular in cross-section (fig. 6), but farther caudally the neck

becomes more depressed (figs. 7 and 9). In the neck part of the

stomochord the epithelium contains numerous glandular cells, but

in the body such cells could not be found.

Near the level of the middle of the lateral blind-pouches the limiting

membrane at the sides of the stomochord increases in thickness, and

this constitutes the most anterior end of the proboscis skeleton

(fig. 8). The limiting membrane also becomes slightly thicker

ventrally to the stomochord and the coelomic blind-sacs. More

posteriorly these two lateral portions of the cup-shaped anterior end

of the skeleton are united across the mid-line by the dorsal side of the

cup, by which, as previously mentioned, the neck of the stomochord

is separated from its ventral blind-pouch (fig. 6). Furthermore, the

ventral wall of the cup has also thickened here considerably. At this

point a dorso-median ridge of the skeleton cuts into the ventral wall

oa ES A a ~

remap amen

ae ee ne eee

304 Annals of the South African Museum.

of the stomochordal neck. In the dorsal part of the proboscis neck

as well the limiting membranes have become very thick and the

whole may be considered as one skeletal mass in which the efferent

proboscis vessels, the dorso-lateral coelomic sacs, the posterior end

of the pericardium, the sinus venosus, and the end-sac are embedded

(fig. 6). On the other hand, chondroid tissue, otherwise so well

developed in the Spengeliidae, is hardly present in W. delagoensis.

Caudally to the ventral blind-pouch of the stomochord, where the

real skeleton becomes a solid structure, the more dorsally situated

limiting membranes become thinner again.

Anteriorly, 7.e. directly behind the anterior cup, the body of the

skeleton cannot be distinguished from the keel, but near the anterior

end of the collar coelomic cavities the skeleton is constricted by these

cavities, so that body and keel may be easily distinguished here

(fig. 7). The keel has here a pair of wings dorso-laterally; it is

large and broad though its dorso-ventral diameter is longer than its

horizontal diameter. At the level where the proboscis neck is

attached to the collar, the connection between the body and the

keel of the skeleton becomes broader again (fig. 16); here the crura

also become visible in the middle of the skeleton, thus the fused

crura are surrounded by secondary layers of skeletal material on all

sides. The skeleton now increases considerably in breadth, and the

keel is much broader than high (fig. 9). The crura reach to about

half the length of the collar, and their extremities are found in the

ventro-lateral angles of the buccal cavity, so that they surround this

cavity for about two-thirds of its circumference.

Collar.—The epidermal zones of the collar are quite distinct and

well differentiated from each other. The epidermis of the anterior

zone 1s rather low and it shows the usual nerve-fibre layer adjoining

the basal membrane; this is followed by a layer of round nuclei of

the nerve cells (fig. 10). Externally to this is a dense and thick layer

of elongated nuclei, which apparently belongs to the undifferentiated

epidermis cells; this layer reaches nearly to half the thickness of the

epidermis. In the peripheral part of the epidermis are found some

scattered, nearly round nuclei, which may belong to the glandular

cells. There are many glandular cells in the epidermis and they

seem to extend over the whole thickness of this layer. They are

not swollen over their entire length, but the swollen part of the cells

may be found at any level in the epidermis. In some patches the

swollen part of most if not all glandular cells is found near the surface,

in others near the base of the epidermis. In the latter case the oval

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 305

nuclei of the epidermis cells are displaced and found higher up in the

cells.

The greater part of the epidermis of the collar consists of a very

high epithelium formed by narrow, elongated cells (fig. 11). Here

Wal ivhole

Tah ear

———_._

»!

< “<b

= di

* o

! * |

! pS 7

2! i! }

ai tba

<n \e

DAE = 1 i

fi \4 L

a ~ :

ale ] '

*s y

ee h

Piles gah abl |

Whee t

7 igh 6

; “ BAL ALY

8 ~) BT]

4 et 1 |

°c) >

5 A! 4

Nerd i

| i

Ri |

8 E }

i bis > v7

= }

ll A !

¢ | ke |

pein Hi, ie

: pans,

a f « a

i) 9) Sea

Sh z

et } B

yi Zz

if Hy i

i bhgip

ahi bit

J nA » ‘

| 4 4

Fies. 10-12.—Willeyia delagoensis n. sp. 10. Epidermis of the anterior zone of

collar. 11. Epidermis of second zone of collar. 12. Epidermis of third zone

of collar. All x 220.

again are found the round nuclei of the nerve cells adjoining the nerve-

fibre layer. A few very elongated nuclei are found scattered over

the greater part of the epidermis, but these nuclei form a distinct

layer at about one-quarter of the total thickness of the epidermis from

the surface. In this part of the epidermis there are many glandular

cells, which are of two types. Some are as long as the epidermis is

thick, their content is granular and stains with haematoxylin. The

306 Annals of the South African Museum.

other type is found only near the surface, at least the part of the cell

containing the glandular product; this product is homogeneous and

stains with eosin. This zone is separated from the next one by a

narrow deep groove in which the cells are similar to those just

described except that they are not so elongated.

The next, rather narrow epidermal zone consists of a very charac-

teristic epithelium (fig. 12). It is somewhat lower than that of the

preceding zone, although the nerve-fibre layer is thicker. Next to

the fibre layer are found the round nuclei of the nerve cells. The

oval nuclei of the elongated epidermal cells are arranged in two

distinct rows; one is found slightly external to the nerve-cell nuclei

and the other higher up in the cells. Between these two rows of

nuclei the cells are coloured uniformly blue by haematoxylin.

External to the peripheral layer of nuclei and all starting at exactly

the same level, all cells are filled with a fine granular substance that

stains with eosin. The epidermis in this region therefore gives the

impression that it is formed by two layers of cells. The cilia of this

zone are very short, much shorter than in the two preceding zones.

The zone is sharply delimited from the next one.

The posterior part of the collar, just in front of the circular nerve,

is covered by a low epithelium containing many glandular cells and

not differing from the epidermis of the trunk.

The external longitudinal musculature of the collar is well developed

in the anterior half of the collar. It fills about half of the coelomic

cavity between the epidermis and the gut (fig. 13). Its fibres,

however, do not cross the body cavity in order to become attached

to the wall of the gut at their caudal end. They remain in the same

position near the epidermis throughout their whole length, and

caudally they are fixed to the basal membrane of the epidermis.

The external longitudinal musculature ends abruptly in about the

middle of the collar (figs. 14 and 15).

According to Punnett there is no layer of circular muscles outside

the longitudinal musculature. This is usually the case in Enterop-

neusta, as the external circular muscle of the collar is found inside

the external longitudinal musculature. This external ring-muscle

layer is very well developed in Glandiceps, but it is reduced in its

extent in Spengelia. In Willeyia I find this layer very poorly

developed and it is often interrupted (fig. 13). Furthermore, it is

restricted to the anterior part of the collar.

The internal longitudinal musculature consists of coarser fibres

than the external. It is, as in other Spengeliidae, fan-shaped.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 307

Starting anteriorly at the dorsal side of the gut, where it is attached

to the folds of the limiting membrane in which the efferent proboscis

vessels run (figs. 9 and 13), its fibres gradually spread out caudally

Fic. 13.—Willeyia delagoensisn.sp. Cross-section of anterior part of collar. x 35.

be, buccal cavity. dbv, dorsal blood-vessel. dm, dorsal mesentery.

elm, external longitudinal musculature. epv, efferent proboscis vessel. erm,

external ring musculature. ilm, internal longitudinal musculature. irm,

internal ring musculature. nc, nerve cord. ph, top of perihaemal cavity.

sk, skeleton. st, stomochord. wm, ventral mesentery.

towards the ventral side, reaching the ventral mid-line about in the

middle of the collar near the posterior end of the external longitudinal

musculature (fig. 15). In the posterior half of the collar the internal

longitudinal musculature is very strong, filling nearly the whole body

cavity. It is divided up in irregular bundles by strands of radial

308 Annals of the South African Museum.

muscle fibres (fig. 15). In the anterior part of the collar there is a

strong internal circular muscle layer round the buccal cavity (fig. 13).

The peripharyngeal cavities with their circular muscle fibres begin

in the anterior part of the collar near the dorsal side of the buccal

cavity, and as these cavities extend caudally they gradually surround

a greater part of the buccal cavity and replace the internal ring

musculature of the collar. The peripharyngeal cavities are rather

irregular, because the limiting membranes at their outside and inside

often coalesce locally, thereby interrupting the ring musculature in

the cavities (fig. 14). On the other hand, the ventral end of the

peripharyngeal cavities is not always closed, so that there are com-

munications between these cavities, which in reality form part of

the trunk coelom and the collar coelom. The ring muscles of the

peripharyngeal cavities are then directly continuous with the internal

ring musculature of the collar (fig. 15). In the anterior part of the

collar the ventral boundary of the peripharyngeal cavities follows,

as usual, the crura of the skeleton. From there the fold of the

limiting membrane, in which the efferent proboscis vessel runs,

extends somewhat more ventrally. The peripharyngeal cavities are

closed off ventrally up to the end of the crura, and it is only beyond

the crura that these communications occur.

At the dorsal side the peripharyngeal cavities do not extend below

the perihaemal cavities; they do not even reach the latter cavities.

Therefore, though there are ring-muscle fibres in the perihaemal

cavities, there is nevertheless an interruption in the whole ring-

muscle layer round the buccal cavity.

At their anterior end the perihaemal cavities diverge, so that here

only the dorsal blood-vessel separates the collar nerve cord from the

stomochord (fig. 13). The perihaemal cavities are also rather short,

as they do not reach the anterior end of the collar (fig. 16). The

septum between the right and the left perihaemal cavities is entire

throughout their whole length.

The dorsal and ventral mesenteries stretch uninterruptedly through-

out the whole length of the collar. In this species the ventral

mesentery reaches the anterior end of the collar, whereas, according

to Punnett, it is lacking in W. bisulcata.

At the front end of the collar nerve cord there is a deep anterior

epidermal depression (the “‘ vordere Vorhéhle”’ of Spengel). In Spen-

gelia alba and Gilandiceps hacksi there exists besides this anterior

depression another inpouching of the epidermis just dorsal to the

depression (‘‘ Epidermisgrube ” of Spengel). Willey interpreted the

ae eed

ll ee ee ss —

NAY

ieee

OE ANG URNA K

aie

abs

| LUN AP

Late a ASICS

iN TT

Fies. 14, 15.—Willeyia delagoensis n. sp. 14. Ventro-lateral part of a cross-

section of the collar. 15. The same, a few sections behind that shown in

fig. 14. Both x 52.

be, buccal cavity. elm, external longitudinal musculature. epv, efferent

proboscis vessel. ilm, internal longitudinal musculature. im, internal ring

musculature. pp, peripharyngeal cavity. wm, ventral mesentery.

WO. XXXIT, PART 5D. 23

310 Annals of the South African Museum.

depression and the pouch as the same structure, which he called

anterior neuropore. Spengel has pointed out that they are different

structures, but he was of the opinion that the depression could not be

called anterior neuropore, because its wall has an epidermal structure.

However, it must be noted that the dorsal wall of the collar cord

itself, if a central canal is present, may have an epidermal character,

and as epidermis and collar cord are continuous, it is often very

difficult to determine where the one stops and the other begins.

Therefore I think it best to call the opening of the depression the

neuropore; in a general way it corresponds with the neuropore of

vertebrates. The depression itself is then the central canal that is

present in the anterior part of the collar only. Thus, in addition to

the neuropore, there may be an epidermal pouch dorsal to it, or the

neuropore may be closed and the pouch present, or the pouch may

be absent as in most Enteropneusta.

In his fig. 10 on plate xli Punnett draws the neuropore only, but

in his fig. 15 on plate xli the infolding of the epidermis is partially

separated from the nerve cord and lying at its dorsal side. From

this figure and fig. 16 one gets the impression that both pouch and

neuropore are present in W. bisulcata, that the two are not completely

separated from each other, and that the pouch is the deeper of the two.

However this may be, in W. delagoensis there is no pouch dorsal

to the collar cord, but as a canal penetrates from the anterior end

deep into the collar cord there is an open anterior neuropore (figs. 9,

13, and 16). A similar canal penetrating into the collar cord at its

posterior end is hardly present; one may therefore conclude that the

posterior neuropore is closed. The nerve cord shows only a few

medullary cavities; in W. bisulcata it is quite solid. Punnett

mentions a well-marked ridge projecting up towards the dorsal

mesentery in the hinder portion of the nerve cord in W. bisulcata.

No trace of such a ridge could be found in W. delagoensis. Punnett’s

statement that there are oesophageal nerves connecting the cord

with the epithelium of the buccal cavity, called by him oesophagus,

~ seems doubtful to me, as nothing resembling these nerves could be

found either in W. delagoensis or any other enteropneust.

The collar canals fuse near their anterior ends with the first branchial

sac, which here is already reduced to the size of a canal. Therefore

what seems to be the collar canal is partly branchial pore, the inner

wall of this canal being formed by the epithelium of the branchial

sac (fig. 17). The dorsal or outer wall of the canal, which is slightly

thinner than the side walls, shows a deep, inwardly directed fold.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 311

The two lateral walls are very thick, and as in Glandiceps talaboti

and a few other Enteropneusta the cells are so numerous and narrow

that their nuclei, instead of being arranged in a single layer in the

middle of the cells, form a dense mass occupying nearly the whole

thickness of the epithelium (fig. 17).

Fies. 16, 17.—Willeyia delagoensis n. sp. 16. Dorso-median portion of a cross-

section of collar slightly in front of that shown in fig. 9. 17. Cross-section of

the collar canal. Both x 45.

bsl, wall of first branchial sac. bs2, second branchial sac. ce (fig. 16),

central canal of collar nerve cord. cc (fig. 17), collar coelom. cp, collar canal.

dbv, dorsal blood-vessel. dm, dorsal mesentery. elm, external longitudinal

musculature. epd, epidermis. epv, efferent proboscis vessel. erm, external

ring musculature. im, internal longitudinal musculature. nc, collar nerve

cord. sk, skeleton. st, stomochord. ic, trunk coelom.

The inner surface of the buccal epithelium is very irregular owing

to the presence of numerous small folds penetrating into this epi-

thelium (figs. 18, 14, and 15). There are numerous small glandular

cells, which occur only in these folds and are absent from the free

surface. They secrete a slimy substance in the form of long threads.

The threads of the separate cells coalesce into thicker strands, which

emerge from the folds into the buccal cavity. The whole is reminis-

cent of a byssus gland of a Lamellibranchiate.

Trunk.—The first few branchial sacs are situated far in front of

SS e——eEEEOEoEeEOEOEOEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeeeeEeEeEe een eeeeeaayanDn”DmwUEYUvrEEECrmOOOO

———EEe

LT eeeeeeeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeeeEeEeEeEeEEE————E——EEE

—-

312 Annals of the South African Museum.

their external apertures, so that these sacs are drawn out into long

canals leading to the pores (fig. 17). The total number of gills is

144 on each side of the body; Punnett, unfortunately, does not give

the number of gillsin W. bisulcata. The latter species is characterised

by the very short branchial bars, so that the branchial part of the

pharynx is much smaller in the cross-section than the digestive part.

Although the tongues are also short in W. delagoensis, the two parts

of the pharynx are of about equal size, the branchial part being even

a little larger than the digestive part. There is no indication even

of parabranchial ridges separating the two parts of the pharynx.

According to Punnett the first three gill pouches of W. bisulcata

are dorsally confluent, forming a chamber with a single external pore

into which opens the collar pore. A similar fusion of a few of the

anterior gill pouches is known in some other Enteropneusta. In

W. delagoensis, however, the anterior gill pouches have separate

pores, though the first and second pores touch each other. These

pores open into a very deep and narrow sublateral groove. In the

middle portion of the branchial region the groove becomes shallower

(fig. 18), but in the posterior part it is very deep again (fig. 19).

This accounts for one’s inability to see the small branchial pores

when studying the external features of the animal.

The absence of synapticula has been already mentioned as a char-

acter of the genus Willeyva.

The tongues are short and very thick, so that they fill up nearly the

whole of the branchial sacs (fig. 18). This is due to the fact that the

ciliary epithelium covering the anterior and posterior surfaces of

the tongues and septa is very high. It has the same character as

the epithelium of the collar canals, consisting of very high and narrow

cells, the nuclei of which fill up nearly the whole thickness of the

epithelium instead of forming a single row in the middle. In

Glandiceps talaboti the collar canals have a similar epithelium, but the

gills have the low ciliated epithelium as in most Hnteropneusta. On

the other hand, Harrimania kupfferi and a few other species belonging

to the Harrimaniidae have high epithelium like W. delagoensis both

in the collar canals and the gills. The nature of this epithelium in

W. bisulcata is not mentioned by Punnett. The back of the septa,

facing the pharyngeal lumen, is covered by a thin epithelium, while

that on the back of the tongues is higher.

Following the last gill there are two more rudimentary gills, each

consisting of a small sac and tongue only but having no opening to

the exterior (fig. 19). |

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 3138

The digestive part of the pharynx is covered by a very high

epithelium, the inner surface of which shows many irregular folds

(fig. 18). In the anterior part of the oesophagus the epithelium is

much lower and without folds (fig. 19).

The longitudinal musculature of the branchial region as well as

that of the genital region, as far as this could be studied in this speci-

men, is very well developed. It fills nearly the whole of the body

cavity, leaving only a narrow space around the intestine. There is

no special thickening of this musculature near the ventral mid-line;

it was only found that the fibres may be more crowded there (fig. 18).

An internal ring muscle around the ventral pharynx is well developed.

The ventral nerve cord projects very far inwards, a fact which has also

been observed by Punnett.

According to Punnett the branchial region of W. bisulcata is

probably devoid of gonads, or if gonads occur here then they are

found only in the most posterior portion. In this respect W.

delagoensis shows a marked difference from W. bisulcata. In the

former species the first gonopore is found near the 34th branchial

pore, which means that the row of gonads starts at about a quarter

of the total length of the branchial region away from the collar.

Punnett’s specimen of W. bisulcata was a male; the only specimen

of W. delagoensis available is a female, but as the extent of the

gonads is not known to show sexual dimorphism in any other

enteropneust it seems most unlikely that such a difference should

occur here.

_ The first gonads are small and have a well-pronounced gonoduct,

opening in the sublateral groove at the ventral side of the branchial

pores (fig. 18). Caudally they increase in size, thus gradually envelop-

ing the intestine as they extend towards the ventral side (fig. 19).

The specimen was broken off in the anterior part of the genital region,

and, as yet, the gonads had not increased sufficiently in size to cause

the body wall to protrude in the form of genital folds. As in W.

bisulcata, there are no median gonads, although the gonads project

forward around the posterior gill slit so as to appear on its medial

side (fig. 19).

Diagnosis of Willeyia delagoensis n. sp.

In the fixed state the proboscis is 15 mm. long and its greatest

width is 5 mm., the collar is 5 mm. long and broader behind than in

front, the branchial region is about 3 cm. long (the only specimen

collected is broken off near the frontal end of the genital region).

ay an poe oe

Read

: cx ~

BRASS

ESSN

~ N

Sew:

WWE \

Fias. 18, 19.— Willeyia delagoensisn. sp. 18. Cross-section of the branchial region,

composed of several sections, in order to show a tongue at one side and a

septum at the other; in reality two tongues are opposite one another. The

section is not through the middle of the tongue, showing the tongue coelom,

but through the anterior or posterior end of the tongue and the septum in

order to show the thick layer of crowded nuclei. x20. 19. Cross-section

of the posterior end of the branchial region. x 34.

bp, branchial pore. 6s, branchial sac. bt, tongue. dm, dorsal mesentery.

dn, dorsal nerve cord. dv, dorsal blood-vessel. ebr, epibranchial ridge.

g, gonad. gd, gonoduct. gp, genital pore. I/m, longitudinal musculature.

oes, oesophagus. ph, pharynx. rm, ring musculature. slg, sublateral

groove. ss, septal skeletal bar. ts, tongue skeletal bar. vn, ventral nerve

cord. wv, ventral blood-vessel.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 315

The proboscis is flattened, with a distinct groove in dorsal and ventral

mid-lines. The collar and the branchial region are cylindrical, no

trace of genital wings. The living animal is of a pure white colour.

Proboscis.—No special glandular cells in the epidermis of the

proboscis. Circular muscle layer of the proboscis about as thick as

the nerve-fibre layer; longitudinal muscle fibres do not show any

special arrangement. The proboscis coelomic cavity extends nearly

to the top of the proboscis and is separated into right and left parts

of unequal size by a dorso-ventral septum formed of connective tissue

and muscle fibres. Ventral proboscis septum does not extend farther

forward than the top of the stomochord. Ventral proboscis artery

free from ventral septum. Ventral coelomic blind-sacs separated

from each other throughout their whole length. Left dorsal coelomic

sac communicates with a median end-sac; proboscis pore on the left

side. Right and left half of the glomerulus not connected in front

of the pericardium or stomochord nor at their dorsal or ventral sides;

frontal end of glomerulus at both sides surrounding the auricles of the

pericardium. No dorsal glomerulus. Pericardium with two short

auricles. Vermiform process of stomochord very short. Stomo-

chord with wide lumen, extending to near the top, very wide where

the lateral pouches connect with central part. Hardly any chondroid

tissue, but skeleton very well developed, with deep anterior cup;

just behind the cup the body of the skeleton is nearly separated from

the keel by the collar coelomic cavities, farther caudally the skeleton

becomes broader, and keel and body are indistinguishable. Crura

reach to about half the length of the collar and surround the buccal

cavity for about two-thirds of its circumference. }

Collar.—First zone of collar epidermis low, second zone with very

thick epithelium and small superficial glandular cells, third zone

with thick epithelium and a distinct superficial layer of glands,

fourth zone low lke trunk epithelium. External longitudinal

musculature in anterior half of collar only, attached to the epidermis

at both ends. Thin external circular muscle layer, internal circular

muscle layer well developed ventrally to the peripharyngeal cavities;

these cavities do not reach the perihaemal cavities, the latter with a

layer of circular muscle fibres. The perihaemal cavities quite sepa-

rated from each other, their anterior ends diverge and do not reach

the anterior end of the collar. Dorsal and ventral mesenteries

complete. Central canal in anterior end of collar cord only; in the

rest a few medullary cavities. No epidermal pouch dorsal to the

anterior neuropore. No dorsal ridge on the nerve cord. Collar

316 Annals of the South African Museum.

canals with thick epithelium that is almost entirely filled by the

crowded nuclei.

Trunk.—Number of gills 144. Branchial part of the pharynx

about equal in size to digestive part. No parabranchial ridges. The

first gills open to the exterior by separate pores, though the first and

second pores touch each other. Sublateral groove narrow and deep

in anterior and posterior part of branchial region, shallower in middle

portion. No synapticula. Ciliated epithelium of tongues and septa

very high, with thick and dense layer of nuclei. Epithelium of

digestive part of the pharynx very high, much higher than that of

anterior portion of oesophagus. Row of gonads begins at one-quarter

the length of the branchial region. No median gonads.

GLOSSOBALANUS ALATUS Na. sp.

External Features.

In the material collected at Inyack in July 1934 was found a single

specimen of a Glossobalanus, broken off near the hind end of the

genital region (fig. 22). Two other specimens were found in November

1935, one of which was broken off shortly behind the liver region

(fig. 20) and the other in the genital region (fig. 21). The specimens

1 and 3 were cut into serial sections.

On account of its rather broad genital pleura it might be thought

to be a species of Balanoglossus, but its internal anatomy clearly

shows it to be a Glossobalanus. Gl. marginatus seems to have even

broader genital wings as can be seen from Meek’s figures, but other-

wise the genital pleura are not very pronounced and set off from the

body in the species of Glossobalanus. In Gl. mortensent and Gl.

ruficollis the pleura are absent altogether.

These genital wings are well set off from the body itself (fig. 22);

they start shortly behind the collar and reach their maximum width

near the end of the branchial region (figs. 36 and 37). In the genital

region they show hardly any decrease in size and they end well in

front of the liver region, so that, as in some species of Balanoglossus,

a transitional region is formed between the genital and hepatic

regions. In most species of Glossobalanus the branchial region is

short compared with that of Balanoglossus. In Gl. alatus it is

extremely short, measuring only 3:3 mm. of a total length of about

28 mm. for the whole branchio-genital region, or 34-5 mm. for the

distance between the collar and the liver region (fig. 20). This is

relatively and also absolutely shorter than in any other species of

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 317

Glossobalanus, with the exception of Gil. ruficollis, in which much

larger animal the branchial region measures about 8 mm. in a full-

Rees

Wood es

wis OSs

\ a hey. pie ‘

1 CS ia,

a ifesy Seeeuee

Figs. 20-22.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 20. Dorsal view, x3. 21. Dorsal

22. Lateral view, x 6.

erown specimen; the specimens of Glossobalanus alatus are full

grown also, as is shown by the well-developed gonads. Moreover,

318 Annals of the South African Museum.

Spengel has shown that during growth the branchial region becomes

relatively shorter in comparison with the genital region, but even in

the largest specimens of Gl. minutus Spengel found the branchial

region to have a length of one-fifth of the whole branchio-genital

region; here in Gl. alatus it is only one-tenth.

The epithelial ridges of the trunk are not so pronounced as in other

species, e.g. Gl. marginatus. The proboscis is 2 mm. long and 3 mm.

broad; the collar is 3 mm. long by a greatest width of 3-8 mm.

The total length of the genital pleura is 28 mm. and of the transitional

region 6-5 mm. The liver region is very short, 3-7 mm. only,

and well delimited both at the anterior and posterior ends. Only

14 liver saccules could be seen from the outside, and they are all

subequal in size. Over the whole length of the trunk, as far as could

be seen from the specimens, a regular row of small depressions is

clearly visible at both sides of the ventral nerve cord.

Internal Anatomy.

Proboscis.—The epidermis of the proboscis is of uniform thickness,

no longitudinal striae, as shown in Gl. mortenseni, being visible either

on the surface or in cross-sections. The nuclei are scattered in the

basal half of the epidermis outside the nerve-fibre layer; a few nuclei

may be found in the peripheral part (fig. 23). Many small glandular

cells occur in the peripheral part of the epidermis between the ordinary

epithelial cells.

A thin circular muscle layer, about half as thick as the nerve-fibre

layer, is found underneath the basal membrane of the epidermis.

Though no membrane could be detected along the inner side of the

circular musculature as in Gl. crozeri, there are in this place many

cells which, however, do not form a well-defined epithelium. In

Gl. mortensena both the membrane and the cells between the circular

and the longitudinal musculature are absent. The longitudinal

muscle fibres are accumulated in the central part round the proboscis

cavity; in the peripheral part a delicate network of connective tissue

is found with only a few isolated muscle fibres. The longitudinal

muscle fibres show a tendency to form bundles, and these bundles

again are more or less radially arranged, especially in the caudal

part of the proboscis near the central organs (fig. 23). A dorso-ventral

muscle plate, found in other species, is absent in Gl. alatus.

The central proboscis cavity is small and is confined only to the

posterior part of the proboscis round the central organs. It is also

jit

25 26

Fics. 23-26.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 23. Dorso-median segment of a cross-

section of proboscis. 24. Cross-section of proboscis neck. 25. The same, a

few sections caudal to that of fig. 24. 26. Cross-section of proboscis neck

where it fuses with the collar. All x 52.

bl, central blood space. cc, collar coelom. cf, connective tissue. dls,

dorso-lateral blind-pouch of stomochord. epd, epidermis. epv, efferent

proboscis vessel. es, end-sac. gl, anterior extremity of glomerulus. 4k, keel

of skeleton. Im, longitudinal musculature. , posterior end of pericardium.

pc, posterior end of right dorso-lateral proboscis coelom. pp, proboscis pore.

rm, ring musculature. sk, skeleton. st (figs. 24, 25), main lumen of stomo-

chord. s¢ (fig. 26), neck of stomochord. sv, sinus venosus. v, proboscis

vein. vbs, ventral proboscis blind-sac. vls, ventro-lateral blind-pouch of

stomochord.

320 Annals of the South African Museum.

very narrow, at the dorsal side it is even quite suppressed, the

glomerulus and the pericardium being here in direct contact with the

muscular and connective tissues.surrounding the cavity (figs. 23 and

27). The central cavity is therefore crescent-shaped in cross-section.

The ventral proboscis septum is very short. It connects with the

basal membrane of the epidermis only at the level of the lateral

blind-pouches of the stomochord; its attachment to the stomochord

extends slightly more frontally. The ventral proboscis artery runs

along its anterior edge (figs. 28, 29, and 30). The ventral coelomic

blind-sacs of specimen I| are very small, being found in only 7 sections

each 10 » thick. When they have disappeared in the cross-sections

one finds in the same position between the stomochord and the

epidermis a group of cells without a lumen. These cells are con-

tinuous with the wall of the blind-pouches. A few sections more

caudally, at the anterior end of the skeleton, there appears a median

lumen in this group of cells that becomes rather wide and can be

considered as a reappearance of the ventral blind-sacs (fig. 24). A

few sections farther on, this lumen is divided into two parts by the

keel of the skeleton (fig. 25), and when the keel becomes larger this

continuation of the ventral blind-sacs ends (fig. 26). In specimen 3,

however, an interruption of the ventral coelomic blind-sacs does not

occur; after fusing with each other, they continue backwards between

the body and the keel of the skeleton and disappear at the level

where the keel increases in size.

The right dorsal coelomic sac ends blindly as usual, only the left

being in communication with the rather irregular, triangular, median

end-sac. The proboscis pore is also median (figs. 24, 25, and 26). After

the two proboscis veins have fused with each other, they run along

the right-hand side of the end-sac and unite with the sinus venosus

along the caudal end of the pericardium (figs. 24 and 25). The sinus

venosus exhibits no particular features.

The anterior end of the stomochord is, except for some protrusions

into the central blood space, nearly cylindrical at first (fig. 27);

then the dorsal side becomes flatter, so that the stomochord is here

broader than high (figs. 28, 29, and 30). The lumen begins as a small

cavity near the top and is continuous throughout; in specimen 3 it is

a straight canal, but in specimen 1 it is often twisted, so that it may

be cut three times in one section. Two ventro-lateral blind-pouches

of the lumen occur in the ventral dilation of the stomochord (fig. 24).

In specimen 1 each of these blind-pouches has a separate narrow

sonnection with the main lumen that has here increased considerably

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 321

in size; they are also connected with each other by an equally narrow

canal (fig. 25). Asin specimen 3, these narrow canals are interrupted,

the pouches are here not connected with each other nor with the

main lumen. Besides the ventro-lateral blind-pouches, the stomo-

chord of specimen 1 has also dorso-lateral blind-pouches, which

otherwise are found only in some species of Balanoglossus (fig. 24).

They have a common communication with the central lumen (fig. 25).

Caudal to the level of fig. 25 the lumen in the dorsal part of the

stomochord disappears, leaving only the main central lumen in the

body. The tissue of this dorsal part remains, however, and is con-

tinuous with the neck of the stomochord. A new lumen appears

here which is connected with the main lumen of the body by a narrow

canal (fig. 26). The dorso-lateral blind-sacs are altogether absent

in specimen 3. There are hardly any glandular cells in the stomochord

except near its opening into the buccal cavity.

The pericardium reaches as far anteriorly as the stomochord in

specimen 1; in specimen 3 the stomochord extends in front of the

pericardium. In the anterior part of the pericardium there is a

thick layer of muscle fibres along its ventral wall (fig. 27), but even

before the pericardium has become attached to the epidermis these

fibres have disappeared (fig. 29). The pericardium of specimen 1

shows a remarkable peculiarity that has never before been recorded

in any other enteropneust. Alwaysin Enteropneusta the pericardium

is a completely closed vesicle, and no conclusion can be drawn as yet

as to whether it originates from the coelom or not. It is therefore of

interest that the pericardium of this specimen communicates with —

the proboscis coelom. In its anterior part the pericardium is closed

off completely from the coelom, and the limiting membrane between

the two is uninterrupted (fig. 27). But where the pericardium wall

begins to extend towards the dorsal side in order to attach itself to

the basal membrane of the epidermis, there appears a large opening

in the dorsal wall (fig. 28), which opening extends along the right wall

of the pericardium when the latter is in contact with the epidermis

(fig. 29). Further caudally the pericardium again is completely

closed off from the proboscis coelom (fig. 30). Through this opening

the connective tissue and even the longitudinal muscle fibres of the

proboscis coelom enter the pericardium. Such an opening has never

been described in any other enteropneust before; it may be quite

accidental in this specimen, but it is certainly not an artefact.

The glomerulus covers and surrounds the anterior ends of both

the pericardium and the stomochord. The glomerulus soon becomes

322 Annals of the South African Museum.

smaller and then disappears at the dorso-median side (fig. 27). At

this point it reaches nearly to the mid-ventral line, but as the stomo-

chord is small and the pericardium extends far ventrally, the greater

part of the glomerulus covers the sides of the pericardium (figs. 27

and 28).

The anterior end of the skeleton is U-shaped in cross-section and

surrounds the ventral dilation of the stomochord (fig. 24). It becomes

thicker when this dilation gets smaller (figs. 25 and 26), until it becomes

more of a solid mass (fig. 31). But also in this region it seems to be

composed of two symmetrical halves due to the presence of a dorso-

median groove and a deep narrow fissure extending from this groove

deep into the body of the skeleton. In specimen 1 it is only in a

few sections, near the posterior end of the keel, that the body appears

as a real unit. The keel begins shortly behind the anterior end of

the skeleton (fig. 25); it is small at first but then suddenly increases

in.size and it extends over nearly the whole length of the body;

caudally it ends rather abruptly. A very characteristic feature is

the separation of the keel from the primary body of the skeleton

nearly throughout its whole length. Only with the secondary body,

formed by the fusion of the crura, is the keel firmly united. Also,

extensions from the collar coelom and side branches from the efferent

proboscis vessels penetrate in between the body and the keel (fig. 26).

Coelomic tissue also invades the sides of the body itself, thus giving

it the appearance of chondroid tissue (fig. 31), which otherwise is only

poorly developed. In specimen 1 the secondary body, formed by

the union of the crura, begins immediately behind the posterior end

of the keel, but in the older specimen 3 the secondary body is much

longer and the keel extends along it over a considerable distance.

The free crura are short and thick, and extend straight in ventro-

lateral direction from the body. They surround the buccal cavity for

about half its circumference.

Collar.—The five epidermal zones of the collar are well demarcated

(fig. 82). The first, rather broad, zone is well supplied with large

vacuoles. The nuclei are found just outside the nerve-fibre layer,

below the vacuoles, but as many vacuoles reach as far down as the

nerve-fibre layer, the nuclear layer is rather irregular. A few scattered

nuclei may be seen in the more peripheral part of the epidermis.

There are small, short glandular cells filled with a granular substance

near the surface, and some narrow elongated glandular cells extending

deeper down in the epidermis, the content of which is darkly stained

and homogeneous.

beets e Pigs

tacit ap a

Gl We bese os

Regs

PANG.

Me aitigs SU Cag

wy Hak

Cir = =

Fics. 27-30.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 27. Cross-section through anterior part of

proboscis organs. 28. The same, caudal to that of fig. 27. 29. The same, caudal to

that of fig. 28. 30. The same, caudal to that of fig. 29. All x 100.

bl, central blood space. epd, basal membrane of epidermis. epv, efferent

proboscis vessel. gl, glomerulus. , pericardium. pc, proboscis coelom.

st, stomochord. va, ventral proboscis artery. vs, ventral proboscis septum.

324 Annals of the South African Museum.

The second zone is narrower than the first, but the epithelium is

about twice the thickness of that of the first zone. It consists of

very elongated, non-vacuolated cells, the oval nuclei of which are

situated in a row about in the middle of the cells. A layer of

SOGGY

Fic. 31.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. Every fifth cross-section, each

10 w thick, of the proboscis skeleton. x55.

round nuclei, apparently belonging to the nervous cells, les just

outside the nerve-fibre layer. Very small glandular cells with a

granular content are found just beneath the outer surface of the

epithelium. |

The third zone is a little broader and as thick as the second, and

has a few vacuoles in the peripheral part of the epithelium. The

whole basal half is filled with nuclei, and judging by the number of

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 325

nuclei the cells must be very numerous and consequently narrow.

This is the main difference between the second and the third zones.

There are a few small glandular cells near the free surface.

The fourth zone, forming the circular groove, is consequently narrow

and consists of a lowepithelium. It is a striking fact that the nerve-

fibre layer in this zone is very thin. Just above this layer is a single

row of nuclei, and a few more nuclei are scattered throughout the

epithelium. The cells must be rather broad here. There are large

vacuoles and long thin glandular cells that reach to near the basal

membrane. The cilia of this zone are much shorter than those of

the other zones.

The fifth and last zone is very similar to the first. The epithelium,

which is very vacuolated throughout its whole thickness, contains

small glandular cells near the surface. The majority of the nuclei

are found in the basal part underneath the vacuoles, only a few

scattered nuclei being observed nearer the surface.

As in other species of Enteropneusta, the dorsal mesentery of the

collar begins at the first or the second dorsal nerve root and is complete

from there to the posterior end of the collar. No trace of this

mesentery could be found in front of the first nerve root. A ventral

mesentery, on the other hand, is almost entirely missing, it being

only present over a short distance in the posterior end of the collar.

Furthermore, there are a few connections between the ventro-median

blood-vessels running along the intestinal wall and along the inner

side of the epidermis.

The collar canals have the usual form with only the dorsal wall

folded inwards.

As in Gl. mortensent the medullary cord has a continuous central

canal, but Gl. alatus differs from that species in the absence of an

anterior epidermal pouch dorsal to the anterior neuropore. There

are two dorsal nerve roots in specimen 1 and four in specimen 3, and

although the central canal sends a branch into these roots, they are

solid for the greater part of their length (fig. 33). The supraneural

blood-vessels are quite conspicuous.

The perihaemal cavities begin at the level of the proboscis pores.

Their anterior ends are adjacent to each other except where they are

separated by the dorsal blood-vessel. The mesentery separating the

two perihaemal cavities from each other is complete over the whole

length of the collar.

The epithelium of the buccal cavity shows a nearly uninterrupted

layer of glandular cells near the free surface. Their contents are

VOL. <x, PART 5. 24

326 Annals of the South African Museum.

darkly stained by haematoxylin. The nuclei are found just under-

neath the glands (fig. 33).

Trunk.—A wid-ventral groove accompanying the ventral nerve

cord is hardly indicated and then only in the anterior part of the

Fics. 32-35.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 32. Sections of the five epidermal zones

of the collar. x180. 33. Cross-section of the dorso-median part of the

collar. x40. 34. A more or less tangential section through the epidermis

of the branchio-genital region near the mid-ventral line, showing the ventral

nerve cord and two epidermal pits. x77. 35. A few of the cells forming

the bottom of the epidermal pits. x 735.

ce, central canal. cn, collar nerve cord. dr, dorsal nerve root. dv, dorsal

blood-vessel. epd, second epidermal zone. ph, perihaemal cavity. pp,

peripharyngeal cavity. w, wall of buccal cavity.

branchial region. The dorso-median groove is also shallow and

disappears altogether at the beginning of the genital wings. On the

other hand, the branchial groove is deep over the whole length of the

branchial region (figs. 36 and 37); anteriorly it is very narrow, but it

widens out at the beginning of the genital wings.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 327

The epidermis of the trunk contains a great many glandular cells

of two types. The larger ones are granular or at least not homo-

geneous and stained with haematoxylin; the smaller ones contain a

homogeneous substance stained with eosin. Both types of glandular

cells are found over the whole thickness of the epidermis, although

they are more numerous near the surface (fig. 36).

There is a row of peculiar epidermal depressions with a conspicuous

epithelium at both sides of the ventral nerve cord extending through-

out the whole length of what there was of the trunk in the two

specimens available. I have never seen anything similar in other

Enteropneusta, nor has it been described by other authors. Judging

from Spengel’s figures these depressions might be present in Gl.

hedley1, but in his very accurate and detailed description of that

species Hill does not mention nor figure them. In Gl. marginatus

Meek mentions a paired series of pigment spots which lie on each side

of the ventral median line of the branchio-genital region. In their

position these pigment spots quite agree with the epidermal pits of

Gl. alatus; in the latter species, however, no pigment was observed.

These pits are more or less oval depressions each of which is sepa-

rated from the next one by a ridge of much higher ordinary epidermal

epithelium (figs. 36-41). As this epithelium overhangs the depressions

on all sides, they appear like little niches, opening to the surface by

a rather narrow slit (fig. 34). In that part of the animal that was

bent (fig. 22), more or less tangential sections of the epidermis near

the ventral mid-line were obtained; here it could be seen that the

middle part of the bottom of the depression is slightly raised (fig. 34).

The product of the glandular cells of the epidermis fills the depressions

to some extent; at any rate, the epithelium here is to a large extent

covered by a substance that seems to be derived from these glandular

cells, viz. from those that stain with haematoxylin. Histologically

the epithelium forming the bottom of these pits differs greatly from

the rest of the epidermis. There are no glandular cells, but only

regular columnar cells, slightly swollen near the base where the

nuclei are found (fig. 35). The free surface of the cells shows small

protrusions, on some of which a small black point could be seen. The

protoplasm is accumulated in the peripheral part of the cells, while

in the basal half the protoplasm is only located along the cell walls.

The nuclei are very characteristic. In the nuclei of the ordinary

epidermis cells and also in those of the nerve cells the usual chromatin

network is present, but in these cells the nuclei have the form of an 8,

the middle of which is very darkly stained, so most of the chromatin

‘. w

ee ay

oly

‘ oy i,

RAL

LS SS)

Yas 5 to sats

g fpemcwtare sk

WN £Ae enki We pt

OS.

Oo”

ats

iy ron

2B S dit f

ae BRENT

ii eS GH

ie a

Fras. 36, 37.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 36. Cross-section of the branchial

region. x52. 37. Cross-section near the posterior end of the branchial

region. x 34.

bp, branchial pore. bs, branchial sac. Ot, branchial tongue. dg, dorsal

gonad. dm, dorsal mesentery. dn, dorsal nerve cord. dv, dorsal blood-

vessel. ebr, epibranchial ridge. g, gonad. gp, gonopore. /r, limiting ridge.

Is, lateral septum. pbc, anterior blind-sac of the postbranchial canal. phl,

branchial part of pharynx. ph2, digestive part of pharynx. v, blood-vessel

from branchial tongue. vg, ventral gonad. vn, ventral nerve cord. vv,

ventral blood-vessel.

ate

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 329

seems to be accumulated here. Below this dark part and at the side

towards the basal membrane the nucleus is slightly and evenly stained;

there may be chromatin here, but it does not form a network. The

peripheral part of the nucleus looks like a vacuole with a thick wall,

which is much thicker than a normal nuclear membrane. In this

part the nucleus is not stained at all. The base of each cell is con-

tinued into a thread-like process that penetrates into the nerve-fibre

layer, but nowhere could it be observed that this thread goes right

through the nerve-fibre layer in order to attach itself to the basal

membrane, a condition easily seen in ordinary epidermal cells. It

is thus possible that the thread-like base bends off into the nerve-

fibre layer; in other words, that the cells are continued into nerve

fibres at their bases. On the other hand, it must be borne in mind

that the nerve-fibre layer underneath these pits is much thinner

than in the surrounding epidermis.

About the nature of these pits with their peculiar cells nothing

definite can be said. They give one the impression of being nervous

or sensory and remind one of the epidermal sensory organs (lateral

line) of fishes. If they are sensory organs their position is rather

peculiar. They are found in the branchio-genital and liver regions,

thus far away from the proboscis, which with its abundant nerve

supply is the most sensitive part of the body, and also far behind the

mouth. Further, they are situated in a long row next to the ventral

mid-line, so that they are far removed from the branchial pores on

the dorsal side, while in the genital region there are no branchial

pores at all. Therefore these organs cannot be concerned with the

food or with the water for respiration. Their ventral position

precludes the possibility that they are organs for light perception.

There is no external circular muscle layer in the trunk. The layer

of longitudinal muscle fibres is slightly thicker than the epidermis,

except along the medial side of the genital wings, where this layer is

distinctly thinner than the epidermis (fig. 36). Also in the dorso-

median part, 7.e. between the two branchial grooves, this layer de-

creases in thickness near the end of the branchial region (fig. 37). In

the genital region the longitudinal muscle layer of the dorsal side is

much thinner than that of the ventral side (fig. 42). As in other

Ptychoderidae, with the exception of Gl. mortenseni, there are no

internal circular muscle fibres.

Both the dorsal and the ventral mesentery show many interruptions

through which the right and left coelomic cavities intercommunicate

(figs. 37 and 40).

“Bg -,

ow (Si

t——

Wiis

oy 7s

(

Hes Fe

ie ives

40 41

Figs. 38—41.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. 38. Cross-section just posterior to the last

gill slit. 39. Cross-section of the median part of the trunk a few sections caudal to

that of fig. 38. 40. The same, a few sections caudal to that of fig. 39. 41. The

same, a few sections caudal to that of fig. 42. All x 36.

dm, dorsal mesentery. dn, dorsal nerve cord. dv, dorsal blood-vessel. g, gonad.

ls, lateral septum. oes (figs. 39, 40, 42), anterior blind-sac of oesophagus. oes (fig. 41),

oesophagus. pbc, postbranchial canal. ph2, digestive part of pharynx. v, the

two valves containing blind-sacs of the coelom and projecting backwards into the

oesophagus. vn, ventral nerve cord. vv, ventral blood-vessel.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 331

The dorsal, branchial part of the pharynx is wider than the ventral,

digestive part. The limiting ridges, separating these two parts, are

not very pronounced.

The wall of the ventral pharynx is thinner than that of the buccal

cavity. There are many vacuoles in this epithelium, but they are

confined to the outer part of the cells facing the lumen (fig. 37). The

nuclei are found in the basal part of the epithelium. Many small

granular glandular cells occur near the surface, and long thin glandular

cells with a homogeneous, darkly stained substance extend through

the whole thickness of the epithelium of the ventral pharynx.

The number of gills is 24 on each side in specimen 3. This is a

very small number, corresponding with the shortness of the branchial

region. But even in Gl. ruficollis, which has an equally short branchial

region, the number of gills is 36. The exact number of gills in

specimen | could not be counted, owing to some irregularities. Several

septa had bifurcated, and on the left side there were more of these

irregular septa than on the right side.

The number of synapticula is 9.

In specimen 3 and on the left side of the body of specimen 1 the

first and second branchial pores were completely separated from each

other; on the right side of specimen 1, on the other hand, the two

pores had fused to form a single opening, and the epithelium of the

collar canal extended to the opening of the second gill.

The epithelium on the back of the tongues is high, that on the

back of the septa low; consegently the tongues protrude farther

into the lumen of the pharynx than the septa. There are many

glandular cells on the back of the tongues, and similar cells are

found also on the epibranchial ridge. Hill found in Gl. hedleys

numbers of gland cells occurring in the thin walls of the branchial

sacs. Similar cells are also present in the same epithelium of Gl.

alatus; they have a similar appearance to the granular cells of the

epidermis.

The postbranchial canal is very large in this species. It has, as

is usual in the genus Glossobalanus, a dorsal blind-sac extending

forwards above the last gills (fig. 37). As it extends to the level

of the fourth last branchial pore it is very deep, even for a species

of Glossobalanus. As in Gl. hedleyi and Gl. elongatus, the epithelium

of this blind-sac, as well as that of the whole postbranchial canal,

does not show irregular folds, but it is very high, consisting of regular,

thin, long cells, and by its darker stain it contrasts well with the

epithelium of the pharynx (fig. 38). Immediately behind the last

332 Annals of the South African Museum.

branchial pore the postbranchial canal is connected with the ventral

pharynx by a narrow vertical slit (fig. 38). The whole of the intestine

is here laterally strongly compressed with a dorsal wider part, which

Fig. 42.—Glossobalanus alatus n. sp. Cross-section of the trunk a few sections

behind that of fig. 40. x45. For lettering see preceding figure.

is the postbranchial canal, and an even wider ventral part. The

latter is the ventral pharynx and not the oesophagus, as is clearly

shown by the histological character of its wall. In specimen 1 the

connection of this part of the intestine with the oesophagus is quite

different from the usual condition in Glossobalanus that is also found

in specimen 3. In the majority of the Ptychoderidae the ventral

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 333

pharynx is directly continuous with the oesophagus; the ventro-

lateral corners of the oesophagus then turn upwards, and, reaching

the level of the postbranchial canal, they again turn inwards and

connect with the postbranchial canal, which here terminates. In

this way two valves, containing an extension of the coelomic cavity,

are formed and these valves extend for some distance backwards

into the oesophagus. In this specimen of Gl. alatus there first appears

a narrow cavity dorsal to the postbranchial part of the intestine

(fig. 39). By the nature of its wall this cavity proves itself to be

an anteriorly directed blind-sac of the oesophagus. At first it is

quite flat and horizontal, then it turns ventralwards on both sides

(fig. 40). It is here that the postbranchial canal terminates, and

the main intestinal canal is merely the prolongation of the ventral

pharynx. The ventro-lateral corners of the oesophageal blind-sac,

having arrived at a level ventral to the main intestinal canal, bend

inwards (fig. 42), and at the same time the main canal communicates

with the oesophageal blind-sac in the dorsal mid-line. Somewhat

farther on the ventral ends of the oesophageal blind-sac fuse with

each other in the mid-line and also with the ventral end of the main

canal (fig. 41). In this way two portions of the coelomic cavity are

cut off from the rest; they are surrounded by the wall of the intestine,

which medially exhibits the features of the wall of the ventral pharynx

and laterally of the oesophageal wall. These coelomic blind-pouches

extend as in other species for some distance into the oesophagus in

the form of a pair of valves that may prevent the food in the oeso-

phagus from passing back into the branchial pharynx. The epithelial

wall of the oesophagus is very thin and contains many darkly stained

glandular cells.

The first genital pore is situated on both sides behind the ninth

or tenth branchial pore. In specimen 1 this first pore is on one

side only, the opening of a short gonaduct, there being no real gonad.

There are more of these pores without gonads farther back, as well

as immature gonads that have not yet reached the full size. This

may be an indication that the number of gonads is still increasing

in this specimen. The gonopores are situated exactly on the edge

of the genital wings (fig. 36), so that there is no empty, sterile part

of the genital wings as in Gl. marginatus. In correspondence with

the broad genital wings, the gonads are very elongated, reaching to

about the middle of the branchial bars. In general they have the

form of long sacs, the inferior part of which is broadest and shows

irregular protrusions. The gonad can also be branched, especially

334 Annals of the South African Museum.

in the posterior part of the branchial and the anterior part of the

genital regions.

The lateral septum reaches far into the branchial region, beginning

even in front of the fifth branchial pore. Nevertheless, the dorsal

coelomic cavity remains devoid of gonads for a long distance, the

first dorsal branch of a gonad being found at about the level of the

20th branchial pore. There is no doubt, however, that dorsal gonads

are found in the branchial region (fig. 37).

As in nearly all species of Glossobalanus, there is a ciliated groove

on the left side of the intestinal wall only. This groove begins in

the genital region, but it cannot extend far into this region. The

specimen (fig. 22) must have been broken off at the hind end of the

genital region, because the available part of the pleura is 25 mm.

long, and in the other somewhat larger specimen, broken off behind

the liver region, the pleura are 28 mm. long; also the gonads are

very small near the end of the series of sections.

Diagnosis of Glossobalanus alatus.

Genital pleura very broad, like wings, beginning shortly behind

the collar, reaching their maximum width in the hinder end of the

branchial region, decreasing hardly in size, and disappearing well in

front of the liver region. Branchial region very short, 4, the total

length of the thorax. In the smaller specimen the proboscis is

1-7 mm. long, the collar about 2 mm., the branchial region 2-5 mm.,

and the branchio-genital region 25 mm. In the larger specimen the

proboscis is 2 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, the collar has a length of

3 mm. and a greatest width of 3-8 mm., the branchial region is

3°3 mm. long, the genital pleura 28 mm., the transitional region

6-5 mm., and the liver region 3-7 mm. The liver region is well

delimited both at its anterior and its posterior ends; all liver saccules,

14 of which are visible externally, are approximately of equal size.

Proboscis.—Ventral proboscis septum very short, connecting with

the epidermis at the level of the ventro-lateral blind-pouches of the

stomochord. Ventral proboscis blind-sacs deep, extending between

body and keel of skeleton. Only left dorsal coelomic sac connected

with a median end-sac. Proboscis pore median. Lumen of stomo-

chord continuous throughout; two ventro-lateral blind-pouches in

stomochord; they may be connected with the main lumen and inter-

communicating, or there are at least indications of these connections.

Small dorse-lateral blind-pouches of stomochord may be present

with common opening into main lumen. Glomerulus surrounds the

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 335

anterior ends of pericardium and stomochord; farther caudally the

glomerulus covers the pericardium to a greater extent than the

stomochord. Keel of skeleton separated from the primary body

nearly over its whole length; keel begins on U-shaped anterior part

of skeleton, increases suddenly in size, extends nearly over whole

length of body, and ends rather abruptly; crura short, surrounding

about half the buccal cavity.

Collar.—Second and third epidermal zones of collar with much

higher epithelium than the first, fourth, and fifth zones. Dorsal

mesentery complete from first or second dorsal nerve root to end

of collar. Ventral mesentery only present in extreme caudal end of

collar. Collar canals with dorsal fold only. Perihaemal cavities

begin at the level of the proboscis pore; their anterior ends adjacent

to each other; the mesentery between them entire over whole length.

Medullary cord with continuous central canal and 2-4 dorsal roots;

no anterior epidermal pouch.

Trunk.—V entro- and dorso-median grooves present only in anterior

end of branchial region; branchial grooves deep. A row of small

epidermal pits with an epithelium quite different from that of the

epidermis, at both sides of ventro-median line over whole length

of trunk. No external nor internal circular musculature in the

trunk. Dorsal and ventral mesenteries often interrupted. Dorsal

pharynx wider than ventral; limiting ridges feebly developed.

About 24 gills and 9 synapticula; first and second branchial pores

may be fused. Post-branchial canal with large anterior blind-sac.

First genital pore behind the ninth or tenth branchial pore; gono-

pores on edge of genital wings; no sterile part in genital wings;

gonads large, branched, extending to middle of branchial bars.

Lateral septum begins near fifth branchial pore; dorsal gonads

present in posterior end of branchial region. Ciliated groove on left

side of alimentary canal only, extending slightly into the genital

region.

Two New Species oF BALANOGLOSSUS: B. HYDROCEPHALUS

AND B. STUDIOSORUM.

Occurrence.

Balanoglossus is most abundant on the muddy flats along the

western side of Inyack Island. Part of these flats is formed by

sand mixed with mud; another part, however, in front of which

extends a coral reef, contains a great amount of coral debris, which

336 Annals of the South African Museum.

makes digging with a spade there impossible. By digging in the

sandy mud a fair number of specimens was procured, but not one

that was quite intact. When, however, a place was found in the

coral gravel, where, judging from the castings, Balanoglossus was most

abundant, digging was also attempted there, although most of it

had to be done with the hands. We started to make a circular

furrow about a foot deep. Scooping the water from this furrow

made the central part more or less dry, so that it was less easy for

the animals to escape, and also one could see where one was digging.

From this furrow we proceeded to remove the gravel towards the

centre; undermining proved to be better than digging from the top

layer. In this way we collected quite a number of entire specimens.

By following this same method some entire specimens ‘were also

collected in the sandy mud later on. In one respect one has to exercise

care when digging out the specimens. When the abdominal part is

seen first, it is better to leave it alone, even when it disappears in

the sand or the gravel, because, when touched, this part of the body

invariably breaks off. But when the head end is seen first, it is

quite safe to take it in the hand and to dig out the rest of the body

carefully. Once the hepatic region has been exposed in this way,

one can slowly pull out the whole abdominal region from the

burrow without breaking it. This was also observed by Stiasny in

B. clavigerus.

It was at once clear that the Balanoglossus from the gravel was

different from that living in the sand. I will describe in the following

pages the Balanoglossus from the gravel, the proboscis of which is

very large, under the name of B. hydrocephalus, and as my students

helped me so much in collecting this material I wish to name the

species from the sandy mud Balanoglossus studiosorum.

The existence in gravel or in sandy mud is not the only difference

in habitat between these two species. Though the flats, where they

live, are nearly level, so that there is hardly any difference in length

of exposure at low tide, B. hydrocephalus occurs most abundantly

near the shore, and in certain patches a great number of specimens

are crowded together; in an area of about half a square metre we

found 21 specimens. On the other hand, B. studiosorum lives in

the mud at some distance from the shore, and the specimens are

scattered and isolated from each other, so that by adopting the

procedure described above only one specimen was procured at a time.

It is possible that a third species of Balanoglossus lives on these

flats. Judging from its castings, which are heaps of coiled mud

)

Segaiutese

Dyn

Enea

AR os hii

(ainsi:

edeanyeveria

LvOSOTUM

B¢

345

O33

ines) (©)

ae =

ol S)

ins}

xe)

5 fel

wm oO

eae

Bot

Fic. 43.—Balanoglossus

n. sp. (right).

338 Annals of the South African Museum.

about 10 cm. high, this species must be one of great dimensions.

Though I tried more than once, I did not succeed in procuring even

a small piece of a specimen. LHvidently they burrow very deep down

into the mud, over two feet at least, and they have disappeared

before one is able to dig a furrow as deep as that.

Katernal Features.

Though the two species, B. hydrocephalus and B. studiosorum, occur

very near each other and are of about equal size, they are easily

distinguished from each other. On the whole, B. hydrocephalus is

the more slender and B. studiosorum the stouter of the two. The

most obvious difference is shown by the relation between the pro-

boscis and the collar. There are some species of Balanoglossus

(e.g. B. clavigerus) in which the proboscis is well developed and longer

than the collar, the latter is then about as long as broad. In other

species (e.g. B. carnosus) the proboscis is greatly reduced in size and

protrudes hardly beyond the elongated collar. The two species from

Inyack exhibit this difference in a very marked way. B. hydrocephalus

has a very large proboscis; in the living animal it can easily reach

a length of over 2 cm., though it changes its form and thereby its

length continually; it has a larger proboscis than any other known

species of Balanoglossus. But the collar is short; it is at most as

long as it is broad. On the other hand, in B. studiosorum the pro-

boscis is greatly reduced in size, it never protrudes more than a few

millimetres out of the collar, and often in the living as well as in the

preserved animal it is quite retracted into the collar. But the collar

is very elongated, it reaches a length of about 2 cm., and is about

twice as long as it is broad.

This difference in size of proboscis and collar is correlated with

a difference in the locomotion of the animals. On the whole B.

studiosorum is a more sluggish, B. hydrocephalus a more active animal.

All parts of the body and especially the abdominal region can contract

considerably, and though they may help in it, yet the proboscis and

collar are the principal organs of locomotion in Enteropneusta. But

in B. studiosorum the small proboscis can hardly be an organ for

locomotion. It is constantly protruded from and retracted into the

collar and it moves in all directions. It may help to loosen the sand,

but its principal function seems to be that of a sensory organ, some-

what similar to the tongue of a snake. Locomotion is effected

especially by the collar, and it is more likely that the animal eats

rather than bores its way through the sand. In B. hydrocephalus

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 339

the condition is quite different. In this animal the proboscis is an

active and powerful boring organ. Waves of contraction start at the

top and move from there backwards, but the base of the proboscis

maintains about the same diameter, as the waves do not quite reach

the base. Hach wave takes from 5 to 9 seconds td travel over the

proboscis, and 9 to 10 movements are made per minute (fig. 44). If

the animal is very active, several waves are present at the same time

and each wave needs only 3 seconds to cover the length of the pro-

boscis; up to 26 contractions were then counted in one minute (fig. 45).

The branchio-genital region also exhibits some characters which

help in the differentiation of the two species. In B. hydrocephalus

the hind end of the branchial basket is clearly marked by a depression,

but in B. studiosorum it is very difficult, in some specimens even

impossible, to demarcate the branchial from the genital region. In

both species the genital wings start immediately behind the collar;

anteriorly the wings are fused with the posterior rim of the collar.

In B. studiosorum the wings in this region already attain a consider-

able breadth, so that their free edges touch each other in the mid-line,

and as a rule they are bent over the dorsal side of the body. Over

their whole extent a canal, which is open only at the caudal end of

the wings, is thus formed between them and the body. When spread

out it appears that the wings increase rapidly in breadth behind the

collar and that they keep the same breadth over the greater part of

their length; only near their posterior end they become narrower.

In B. hydrocephalus, on the other hand, the wings are not so broad

near their anterior end, so that there is a gap between their free edges.

When the wings are bent over the dorsal surface of the body, their

edges touch each other except just behind the collar, where a small

triangular opening is left. But mostly the wings are spread out in

the living animal, and if not, they are easily spread out, which is not

the case in B. studiosorum. In B. hydrocephalus the wings reach

their maximum breadth near the hind end of the branchial region

and from there they decrease gradually. In one respect the two

species correspond, and that is that the wings end abruptly just at

the beginning of the liver region. They do not extend into that

region as in B. clavigerus, nor is there a transitional region between

the genital and liver regions as in B. carnosus.

In regard to the liver region there is a great difference between

these two species of Balanoglossus. In B. hydrocephalus we find much

the same arrangement of the liver saccules as in B. carnosus. The

liver region is here very long; the anterior end is well marked off;

340 Annals of the South African Museum.

a few smaller saccules are found here that rapidly increase in size

and then the saccules reach their maximum breadth. They form a

very regular row at each side of-the dorsal nerve cord and each saccule

extends over the whole breadth of the row. In the first half of the

AHO

45 46

Fics. 44—-46.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. 44. Successive stages of con-

traction of the proboscis of a slowly moving animal. 45. Forms of the

proboscis of a quickly moving animal. 46. The caudal region and part of

the abdominal region. x 4-5.

liver region the saccules hardly decrease in size, but then they gradually

become smaller. At the posterior end of the row they become so

small that in many specimens it is hardly possible to determine the

posterior end of the liver region, especially as the row of saccules are

often continued into two dark lines that extend some distance into

the abdominal region. In B. clavigerus the smaller saccules near the

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 341

posterior end of the rows are situated at some distance from each

other, which distance increases towards the posterior end. This is

not so in B. hydrocephalus; all saccules over the whole extent of the

region are closely applied to each other; only when the animal is

stretched out very much the saccules may be slightly separated from

each other. The number of saccules is very great; there may be

about 200 of them.

The liver region is quite different in B. studiosorum, where it is

short and compact. Each row consists of a number of irregularly

arranged saccules that on the surface at least hardly ever extend

over the whole breadth of the row, most saccules being considerably

narrower. ‘The anterior end of the rows is well defined, the posterior

end may be so. But often the broad row of irregular saccules comes

to a rather sudden end and is then continued into a short row of

much smaller but regularly arranged saccules that gradually decrease

in size towards the posterior end.

Like the whole body, the abdominal region of B. hydrocephalus is

more slender than that of B. studiosorum. A separate caudal region

could not be discerned in either species.

On the whole the colour of B. studiosorum is dulland uniform. The

proboscis is pale yellow and the collar dull yellow. The genital wings

are yellow shading into orange-brown. The anterior part of liver

region is more of a bright orange-brown, and the larger posterior part

greenish brown. The abdominal region is colourless; faint trans-

verse striae may be seen here, owing to the presence of the usual

glandular ridges, which do not show a regular arrangement.

On the other hand, B. hydrocephalus is vividly coloured, and a great

variation in the colour was found in different specimens. The

proboscis is always yellow; the collar can be yellow like the proboscis

or more yellow-brown. In the branchio-genital region the body

itself shows a brown colour and the genital wings are often bright

brick-red; they may, however, be dark or light brown, or their

anterior part is dark brown and their posterior part gradually

becomes lighter, hardly differing from the colour of the collar. The

anterior part of the liver region, about 1 cm. long, is dark brown,

almost black; the rest of the liver saccules is greyish brown. The

abdominal region shows a very characteristic colour scheme, by which

it is possible to recognise even small detached pieces of the abdominal

region as belonging to this species (fig. 46). On a greyish-yellow

background occur regular rings of a dark brown to black pigment,

which are only broken up into small dots near the mid-dorsal line.

VOL, Skat. PART 5, 25

342 Annals of the South African Museum.

In many places it can be seen that darker rings alternate with

lighter ones, and the darker rings show a very well-defined hind limit

but they fade away anteriorly.

The dimensions of the various body parts in Enteropneusta are

always somewhat dubious, because during life these animals are

capable of considerable expansion and contraction. Furthermore,

during fixation the regions of the body contract in varying degrees.

The proboscis and the abdominal region are especially liable to great

extension and contraction, and as the relative lengths of the proboscis

and collar are of great importance, and the length of the long abdominal

region determines the total length of the animal to a great extent,

one has always to bear in mind that these dimensions have to be

taken cum grano salts. When one pulls an animal out of its burrow

in the way described above, the abdomen may be stretched to a

length of 20 cm., and when the contents of the intestine are emptied

this same abdomen may not be longer than 4 cm. The proboscis of

B. hydrocephalus, when fully extended, may be well over 2 cm. long;

on the other hand, it can be contracted to 5 mm.

The following are the dimensions in mm. of some living animals:—

Prhoses eallee Branchial Genital Liver Abdominal

: g region. region. region. region.

Balanoglossus hydrocephalus.

12 7 22 38 3D —

12 5 15 20 20 30

15 6 30 40 3D 50

15 a 40 30 3D 30

15 6 30 40 30 —

Balanoglossus studiosorum.

3 20 160 10 70

5 18 132 10 —

These animals were measured the day after they had been collected

and when they were already partly anaesthetised; in all the intestinal

contents were emptied and therefore the abdomen is contracted, but

by pulling it carefully it can easily be extended to a much greater

length. Also, the proboscis is shorter than it usually is. The normal

length of living specimens of both species is about 30 cm.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 3438

If one wants fully extended fixed specimens, one has to kill the

animals very carefully. I anaesthetised the animals, but did not

dare to go so far that they did not show any movements at all, as a

dead animal disintegrates and becomes a slimy mass almost at once.

Therefore the partly anaesthetised animals were arranged on a dry

board so that they had about the natural dimensions. Nowit appears

that the most sensitive parts of the body are the tip of the proboscis

and the end of the tail, As soon as the preserving fluid touches either

of these regions they are contracted to their smallest dimensions.

Thereby the top of the proboscis is often invaginated to such an

extent that there seems to be an opening, which Kowalevsky thought

to open into the proboscis coelom. For this reason I started the

fixation in the liver region and proceeded from there towards both

ends by adding the fixation fluid drop by drop. In this way the

abdominal region is fixed, and is incapable of further contraction when

finally the end of the tail is reached. With the proboscis, one has to

do this even more slowly. It will not contract when the fluid reaches

its base, but even when half the proboscis is killed off, the top will

contract immediately when it is reached by the fluid. Therefore the

fixative must penetrate the proboscis from its base only, and then

one can obtain specimens with the proboscis well extended.

The dimensions in mm. of some of these preserved animals are as

follows :—

Balanoglossus hydrocephalus.

Branchial Genital Hepatic Abdominal

Proboscis. Collar. region. region. region. region.

13 7 44 82 54 107

11-5 S 59 67 95 137

12 5:5 25 25 44 80

6:5 4-5 20:5 fie5 20:5 10

The maximum distance between the free edges of the outstretched

genital wings is 16-5 mm. in the first specimen of this list and 21 mm.

in the second, and in the latter the minimum distance that is found

near the hind end of the wings is 11 mm. The proboscis is not

flattened, it is more or less conical; its maximum width in the

first specimen is 5-5 and in the second 6-5 mm. The anterior rim of

the collar is extended funnel-like round the base of the proboscis.

344 Annals of the South African Museum.

Behind this extension the collar is often greatly contracted in the

living animal as well as in the preserved, so that its diameter here

can be considerably less than near its posterior end. For instance,

in the first specimen of the above list the diameter of the collar is

7 mm. anteriorly and 8-5 mm. posteriorly.

Balanoglossus studiosorum.

Proboscis. Collar. Branchial | Genital Hepatic Abdominal

region. | region. region. region.

0 12 116 16 80

2 8 93 20 120

2 8 215 22 106

The maximum distance between the free edges of the outstretched

genital wings in these three specimens is 20, 19, and 21 mm. respectively.

But in the third specimen one wing was much broader than the other,

the greatest half-breadth being 14mm. The collar, though somewhat

constricted in the middle, has about the same diameter anteriorly

as posteriorly; in the second and third specimens of the above list

this diameter 1s 7 and 8 mm. respectively.

In 1908 Gilchrist described a species of Balanoglossus under the

name of Ptychodera natalensis from Durban Bay. Unfortunately

Gilchrist gives the external characters of this species only; though

these are described rather accurately, they are not sufficient to identify

the species beyond doubt, especially as the description 1s not accom-

panied by a figure of the animal. Furthermore, Gilchrist’s specimens,

from which the description was made, cannot be found. At first I

expected that one of the species from Inyack would be identical

with Balanoglossus (Ptychodera) natalensis. It is clear that B. studio-

sorum is certainly different from B. natalensis, but B. hydrocephalus

agrees in some respects with it. According to Gilchrist the proboscis

of B. natalensis is relatively short and was not observed to vary

much in the living animal. It was about 11 mm. in length and in

the preserved condition 9-5 mm. Judging from the other dimensions ©

given by Gilchrist, his specimen must have been large for B. hydro-

cephalus, and then the proboscis should have been considerably longer

than 11 mm. As previously mentioned, the proboscis can easily

reach a length of 2 cm. during life; I have a preserved specimen in.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 345

which it is still 19-4 mm. long. The dimensions of the collar, 6 mm.

long and 8-5 mm. broad, agree with those of B. hydrocephalus. In

his description of the branchio-genital region Gilchrist obviously

makes a mistake. He says that this region was broken up into four

pieces, respectively 90, 56, 42, and 16 mm. long, so that the total

length of this region was a little over 200 mm. Having described

the first and second fragments, Gilchrist says that the third and

smallest fragment includes part of the liver region, that a few hepatic

coeca occur in a small part of the pleural (i.e. genital) region over

a length of about 6 mm., and further, “the fourth fragment was 42 mm.

in length, and was covered with the hepatic coeca.” Therefore it

seems that the branchio-genital region was 156 mm. in length and

not 200 mm., of which the branchial region measures 45 mm. The

length of the liver region agrees with that of B. hydrocephalus, but

in B. natalensis the hepatic coeca are arranged at first in a single

row on each side and are hardly compressed, becoming towards the

centre larger, crowded together, and arranged in an irregular mass,

and this is different from what is shown by B. hydrocephalus. On

the other hand, both species have the pigmented annular rings, which

are broken up into isolated patches along the dorsal side, in the

abdominal region, and also the coloration of the rest of the body

of B. natalensis is similar to that of B. hydrocephalus. The only

internal character of specific value mentioned by Gilchrist is that

there appears to be one nerve root only, and this is not the case in

B. hydrocephalus. If everything in Gilchrist’s description is taken

into consideration, I think that it is better to describe the specimens

from Inyack as belonging to another species—Balanoglossus hydro-

cephalus.

Internal Anatomy.

Proboscis.—In B. hydrocephalus the nuclei of the epidermal cells

are situated in the basal half of the cells (fig. 47), whereas in B. studio-

sorum they form a thick layer in the middle of the epidermis (fig. 50).

In the latter species all ordinary epidermis cells seem to contain

mucus that fills the peripheral and basal parts of the cells and is

discharged at the surface in great quantity. On the other hand, in

B. hydrocephalus special glandular cells occur in between the un-

differentiated epithelial cells; these glandular cells are very narrow,

extend over the greater part of the thickness of the epidermis, though

they do not reach the nerve layer; they stain very darkly with

haematoxylin. In both species small glandular eosinophil cells are

346 Annals of the South African Museum.

found; they occur especially in the outer part of the epidermis;

towards the nerve layer they become less numerous; the glandular

Fic. 47.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. Cross-section of a part

of the proboscis.

Fic. 48.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp. The same.

Both x 38.

c, centre of proboscis. cm, circular musculature. ct, connective

tissue. epd, epidermis. I/m, longitudinal musculature. nl, nerve-fibre

layer. pc, proboscis cavity.

part of these cells is almost round or oval, and they often show a

narrow tube-like extension to the surface. In B. studiosorum a

dense layer of nuclei, apparently the nuclei of the nerve cells, is

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 347

situated just outside the nerve-fibre layer; in B. hydrocephalus there

are not so many nerve-cell nuclei. The layer of nerve fibres has

about the same thickness in both species.

In B. studiosorum the layer of circular muscles is very thin, it is

not thicker than about one-third of the nerve-fibre layer (fig. 48). In

B. hydrocephalus, on the other hand, the circular musculature is very

conspicuous and reaches to a thickness equal to that of the nerve-fibre

layer (fig. 49). A sphincter at the base of the proboscis, such as

occurs in B. clavigerus, is missing in both species.

The longitudinal muscle fibres are especially numerous in the

peripheral part of the proboscis in B. hydrocephalus; towards the

centre they become less concentrated and show a tendency to arrange

themselves in small bundles (fig. 47). They are split up radially,

as is usual in the Ptychoderidae, and it is clearly shown that the

radial cracks are pre-established. Strands of fine connective-tissue

fibres intersect the longitudinal musculature in a radial direction,

and it is along these strands that the radial cracks occur. This

was clearly shown in one specimen of B. hydrocephalus, in which

the muscles had not contracted so much as they usually do, so that

some radial strands of connective tissue were quite intact, others

were torn up over a short distance, and some split up over their

whole length.

In B. studiosorum the longitudinal muscle fibres show quite a

different arrangement, and, moreover, they are far less numerous

(fig. 48). They are concentrated along the central core of connective

tissue, and hardly any fibres occur in the peripheral part of the

proboscis. They are not arranged in little bundles, and the radial

cracks are very irregular and do not reach the central connective

tissue. Also, the fibres apparently do not follow an almost straight

course; most of them are cut across in the cross-sections and run

therefore in fronto-caudal direction, but others are seen following

a radial and even a tangential course. Strands of fibres overbridge

the radial cracks; these, of course, were running nearly radially,

but have been pulled aside by the occurrence of the cracks.

A dorso-ventral muscle plate is well developed in B. hydrocephalus,

but it does not extend in front of the central proboscis organs (fig. 49).

On the other hand, in B. studiosorum such a muscle plate is almost

entirely absent; only a few muscle fibres are seen running along the

sides of the pericardium.

On the whole, the proboscis musculature is very strong in B. hydro-

cephalus and poorly developed in B. studiosorum, as was anticipated.

348 Annals of the South African Museum.

A very large central proboscis cavity was found in B. hydrocephalus

(fig. 47). It extends over the posterior two-thirds of the proboscis

and has a regular conical form with the point directed anteriorly.

In front of this cavity and also surrounding its anterior part, where

the longitudinal muscles are not so strongly developed as in the

posterior part of the proboscis, a very loose connective tissue is

found; more posteriorly the muscle fibres extend to the cavity.

No cells could be seen surrounding the cavity, only a regular layer

of connective-tissue fibres. I have never seen so large a proboscis

cavity in any other species of Balanoglossus. On the other hand, in

B. studvosorum there is practically no proboscis cavity at all, an open

space being found in the ventral blind-sac and near the proboscis

pore only (fig. 48). A central core of connective tissue extends over

the whole length of the proboscis, and the glomerulus and other

proboscis organs are quite enveloped by this tissue.

_ The ventral proboscis septum of B. hydrocephalus starts somewhat

in front of the ventral dilation of the stomochord, and except for

some perforations in its anterior part it is complete to the end of

the ventral coelomic blind-sacs, which therefore are entirely separated

from each other. The anterior part of the septum lying in the

ventro-dorsal muscle-plate is very thin, and the ventro-median

proboscis vessel running along its anterior edge is very inconspicuous.

The posterior part of the septum is very thick and swollen, because

many cells have penetrated into the septum, giving it a spongy

appearance (fig. 50). The ventral coelomic blind-sacs are rather

narrow, and end at the level of the caudal end of the ventral dilation

of the stomochord. ‘These blind-sacs have not the regular epithelial

wall as in most other species, but are filled with cellular tissue (fig. 50).

At their hind end they break up into chondroid tissue, which extends

into the skeleton and separates the end-plate from the keel of the

skeleton in much the same way as in B. clavigerus according to

Spengel’s description.

In B. studiosorum the ventral proboscis septum is short; it starts

about midway between the top of the stomochord and its ventral

dilation, or even farther backwards, and it stops already near the

frontal side of the ventral dilation. The ventral proboscis artery,

which should run through the septum, was not visible. So the ventral

coelomic blind-sacs have fused to a single cavity over a great extent

(fig. 58). This ventral blind-sac is large compared with other species

of Balanoglossus, and, as in Ptychodera, protrudes at the ventral

surface of the proboscis neck without, however, forming a racemose

“nt

’

< x OO TE 0 Wath

\y . " tae

Was Y\ 1 At i tent Nile

{ lay et ‘

‘

i Im

‘t

‘

wth Whey

tals Gita tess

WAL Wee Me

\ peg Hd ey

Whelan CSM A Pg

as ‘an be witty

ah,

PARKS

' Lath

‘

Fies. 49-51.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. 49. Median part of a cross-section through the

proboscis at a level near anterior end of proboscis organs. x24. 50. Cross-section of the ventral

proboscis septum. x110. 51. Cross-section of the proboscis neck. x 40.

bm, basal membrane of the epidermis. cc, collar coelom. cm, circular musculature. ct, cellular

tissue filling the ventral coelomic blind-sacs. da, dorsal proboscis artery.. dg, dorsal glomerulus.

epd, epidermis. epv, efferent proboscis vessel. gl, glomerulus. h, central blood space. lm (fig. 49),

longitudinal musculature. Jm (fig. 50), limiting membrane surrounding the stomochord. mp, dorso-

ventral muscle-plate. p, pericardium. ph, perihaemal cavity. pp, proboscis pore. pv, proboscis

veins. sk, end-plate of skeleton. st, stomochord. sv, sinus venosus. va, ventral proboscis artery.

vbs, ventral coelomic blind-sac. vs, ventral proboscis septum.

350 Annals of the South African Museum.

organ. The sac is almost circular or rectangular in cross-section;

at any rate it is as high as broad. In caudal direction it extends

well beyond the end-plate of the skeleton, and there occupies the

place of the keel. It is surrounded here, mostly along its lateral

sides, by chondroid tissue, and it ends just where the skeletal keel

protrudes farthest, the caudal end making a small indentation in

the anterior surface of the keel (fig. 59). B. hydrocephalus differs

from B. studvosorum in that in the latter species the ventral proboscis

blind-sac is lined by a regular layer of cells and shows an open cavity

(fig. 58).

As is usually the case, only the left dorsal coelom is connected by

way of an end-sac with the proboscis pore in both species. There

is not even the slightest indication of an opening at the right side

neither in the end-sac nor in the coelom. In other species, e.g.

B, stephensoni, the end-sac has a forward extension on the right side,

or, when the opening is on the right side as in B. capensis, a forward

extension is found on the left side. In B. hydrocephalus the end-sac

is rather small and not prolonged beyond the caudal end of the pore.

The pore itself is also small and situated on top of a dorso-median

or slightly left tubercle (fig. 51). In B. studzosorum the end-sac is

long and narrow, corresponding with the form of the pore and the

end-sac has a small prolongation beyond the posterior end of the

dorso-median pore (fig. 52). ,

The stomochord of B. hydrocephalus is well developed. Its anterior

part is nearly round in cross-section (fig. 49). At the place of its

ventral dilation it becomes much broader, but its dorso-ventral

diameter hardly increases. In the whole body of the stomochord a

central lumen is absent; there are, however, numerous isolated small

cavities. But the ventro-lateral blind-pouches are large, although

they are not connected with each other and, of course, neither with

the main lumen, as this is not yet present at this level (fig. 53). There

are no dorso-lateral blind-pouches. The main lumen appears only in

the neck of the stomochord, and even here it may be interrupted

and irregular in outline, although in one of the specimens it is con-

tinuous throughout the neck. Towards the posterior end, in front

of its communication with the buccal cavity, the lumen widens out

considerably (fig. 54). As the crura of the skeleton stand out nearly

at right angles, the stomochord communicates with the buccal cavity

by a very large opening, which shows a frontally directed narrow

median slit between the basal parts of the crura. The neck of the

stomochord has two dorso-median blind-sacs, directed frontally, and

ccna

o ra

Ryn y

Y, »

Aww

Fic. 52.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp. Cross-section of the proboscis neck. x 21.

Fies. 538-55.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. 53. Cross-section of the proboscis at level of the

blind-pouches of the stomochord. x35. 54. Cross-section of the dorso-median part of the collar at

the level of the opening of the stomochord into the buccal cavity. x21. 55. Cross-section of the

dorso-median part of the collar at level where the proboscis neck has fused with the collar. x 21.

aep, anterior epidermic pouch. bc, buccal cavity. 61, dorsal blind-sac of the neck of the stomo-

chord. 6p, ventro-lateral blind-pouch of the stomochord. dc, dorsal coelomic cavity. dv, dorsal

blood-vessel. env, epineural vessel. epd, epidermis. epv, efferent proboscis vessel. es, end-sac.

ilm, internal longitudinal musculature. k, keel of skeleton. mc, nerve cord. pp, pericardium.

pc, proboscis coelom. ph, perihaemal cavity. pp (fig. 52), proboscis pore. pp (fig. 54),

peripharyngeal cavity. pv, proboscis vein. sk, skeleton. st, stomochord. vbs, ventral coelomic

blind-sac. vs, ventral septum.

352 Annals of the South African Museum.

in the epithelium of this part of the stomochord occur many glandular

cells of the same type as are found in the wall of the buccal cavity

(fig. 55).

In B. studvosorum the stomochord is different from that of B. hydro-

cephalus, and agrees more with that of B. numeensis described by

Maser, which is also a species with a very small proboscis and a large

collar. The anterior part is round (fig. 52), and in the region of the

ventral dilation the cross-section of the stomochord is nearly square.

Furthermore, there is no main lumen in the body, but small isolated

cavities which are surrounded by numerous glandular cells that stain

dark blue. The ventro-lateral blind-pouches are small and not

connected with each other (fig. 58). There is an indication of dorso-

lateral blind-pouches in B. studiosorum; in B. numeensis these are

well developed, but in B. hydrocephalus, as previously mentioned,

they are quite absent. In B. studiosorum there is just a dorso-lateral

extension of the stomochord, but a real lumen, as in the ventro-

lateral pouches, could not be detected here, only some isolated cavities

surrounded by glandular cells being present. The neck of the stomo-

chord, like this whole part of the proboscis, is very short. The anterior

part of the neck especially is very irregular; outgrowths from the

skeleton penetrate into it and may cut it up entirely. In this respect

B. studiosorum resembles B. carnosus, another species in which the

proboscis is reduced. The lumen accordingly is here greatly reduced,

and it is only in the posterior part of the neck, caudal to the skeletal

outgrowths, that a well-developed main lumen appears in the stomo-

chord, which opens into the buccal cavity. As the keel of the

skeleton protrudes caudally the anterior part of the opening of the

stomochord is forked (fig. 59).

The pericardium does not exhibit anything in particular in either

species. Only in one specimen of B. hydrocephalus is the frontal point

of the pericardium pushed in by the muscle plate, with the result

that the pericardium extends slightly more in frontal direction

lateral to the muscle plate than in the mid-line, thereby forming

a pair of short horns. These pericardial horns, however, are not

so pronounced as in Gl. ruficollis or the Spengeliidae; at the best

they are like those of B. misakiensis, in which species the top of the

pericardium is pushed in in the mid-line by a dorsal extension of the

stomochord.

The central blood-space also does not show anything of particular

interest; it may extend freely in the anterior part of the pericardium

as described by Hill for B. australiensis.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 358

The glomerulus is larger in B. hydrocephalus than in B. studiosorum.

Besides that it extends well in front of the pericardium and the

stomochord and stops only at the level of the ventro-lateral blind-

pouches of the stomochord in the former species, whereas in the latter

Fic. 56.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. Proboscis skeleton from

a wax model, ventral side. x 33.

++ does not extend in front of the stomochord and stops in front of the

blind-pouches, it is also much broader and its vessels are thicker in

B. hydrocephalus than in B. studiosorum (fig. 49). The function of

the glomerulus is not quite known. That it is an excretory organ is

beyond doubt, but besides it may help in extending the proboscis

by secreting water into the proboscis cavity. Its greater size In

B. hydrocephalus would then be in correspondence with the size of

the proboscis. In this species the two lateral halves of the glomerulus,

although extending in front of the pericardium, are separated here

354 Annals of the South African Museum.

from each other by the fibres of the dorso-ventral muscle plate.

Farther caudally the glomerulus covers the lateral walls of the

pericardium for the greater part and hardly, if at all, extends on to

the sides of the stomochord. But where the fibres of the dorso-

ventral muscle plate run along and are fixed to the sides of the peri-

cardium, these fibres separate the glomerulus from the pericardial

walls. Besides these two lateral parts, forming the main glomerulus,

B. hydrocephalus has also a dorsal glomerulus, covering the free

dorsal side of the pericardium, and although it is narrow this dorsal

glomerulus is very elongate; it is present already at the top of the

pericardium and stops only shortly in front of the main glomerulus,

where the dorsal edge of the pericardium connects also with the basal

membrane of the epidermis (fig. 49).

An interesting point of difference between the two species in question

is formed by the skeleton, which supports the stomochord, strengthens

the connection between the proboscis and the collar, and serves as a

base of attachment for the inner longitudinal musculature of the

collar. In correspondence with the size and function of the pro-

boscis, the skeleton is well developed in B. hydrocephalus, and in

general it does not greatly differ from the form usually found in

Enteropneusta (fig. 56). The convex end-plate has a small projecting

rim surrounding the ventro-lateral blind-pouches of the stomochord;

it also shows a short dorso-median point that projects forwards

between the neck and the ventral dilation of the stomochord.

Though the outside of the end-plate has the tapering form of a funnel,

the inside has not, because the centre is very thick and projects

forwards. The body of the skeleton is well developed and shows

two pairs of short wings, one at the anterior end and one in the middle.

The keel is very large and, covered by the epithelium, it projects

far into the mouth-opening (fig. 55). Anteriorly the keel is separated

from the end-plate by the ventral proboscis blind-sacs, therefore its

anterior end points freely forwards. In caudal direction it decreases

gradually in size, nevertheless its posterior end is detached from the

body of the skeleton and points freely backwards; this point does not

reach the level where the crura separate from each other. The crura

at first hardly deviate from the longitudinal direction, only a narrow

slit by which the stomochord connects with the buccal cavity being

found between them (fig. 54). But then they turn suddenly and

stand out from the longitudinal axis nearly at right angles; in one

specimen they are even turned forward, but in the other the more

lateral parts of the crura bend slightly in caudal direction; neverthe-

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 355

less in this specimen the whole of the crura are also situated near the

anterior end of the collar.

In B. studiosorum, with its small proboscis, the skeleton is corre-

spondingly poorly developed even more than in B. numeensis, another

species with a small proboscis (fig. 57). The end-plate has an up-

standing rim round the ventro- and dorso-lateral extensions of the

stomochord and its central part is very convex, with a prominent

dorso-median point protruding between the neck of the stomochord

and its ventral dilation. But unlike B. hydrocephalus, the end-

plate is rather thin, as its under side is concave and follows more or

less its frontal surface. But the whole body of the skeleton is missing,

the end-plate being connected dorsally and ventrally directly to the

erura; at best the dorsal connection could be considered as a very

short secondary body (fig. 58). The ventral connection is very narrow

and paired, as there is a large opening at the middle of the ventral

side between the end-plate and the keel. This opening extends to

the central part of the skeleton and separates here the dorsal from

the two ventral connections, and by this opening in the centrum of

the skeleton the right and left coelomic cavities of the collar, filled

with muscle fibres, communicate with each other; it occurs where the

body of the skeleton should be. The keel, otherwise an elongate

structure, is very short; it is hardly more than a point that protrudes

considerably into the mouth-opening. The anterior surface of this

keel is hollowed out and in this hollow is situated the caudal end of

the ventral coelomic blind-sac of the proboscis (fig. 59). Being

separated from the end-plate, the keel has only a narrow lateral

connection with the crura. B. nuwmeensis hardly seems to have a

proper keel; Maser writes that only “Seitenplatten” are present;

these “Seitenplatten”’ may correspond to the connections between

the keel and the crura of B. studiosorum. The crura stand out at

right angles and are the best developed part of the skeleton, although

they are thin. They have a very characteristic form, more or less

like two very deep spoons fused in the mid-line and with the handles

turned to the lateral sides and extending only into the dorsal wall of

the buccal cavity. The plate of the spoons is very broad and its

deeply concave surface is facing anteriorly. As aforementioned,

the proboscis is connected to the collar about in the middle of the

latter, and therefore the crura are situated about in the middle of the

length of the collar. The longitudinal musculature is very strong in

the anterior half of the collar, and the muscle fibres find a base of

attachment in the broad, concave, anterior surface of the crura.

Annals of the South African Museum.

356

‘OP x

*(MOTOq) Opis [es1Op ‘(oAOq*) opIs [vsjzUAA ‘fopour xvA\ B

WOIF WOJOTOYS stosoqorg ‘ds “u wnsosorpnys snssojbounjoy—' LG *OLiT

iY Te A

Gah “Nin , \

ih ity, * ea ia

3 Z I oP Za

eh MAG

> wes Whi

< Fe .>

}

P A\

NINO SRA,

Wine “a,

= <

Fics. 58, 59.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp. 58. Cross-section of the dorso-

median part of the collar at level where the proboscis neck has fused with the

collar. 59. Cross-section of the dorso-median part of the collar shortly in front

of the opening of the stomochord into the buccal cavity. Both x 21.

bp, ventro-lateral blind-pouch of stomochord. dnr, dorsal nerve root.

dv, dorsal vessel. ecm, external circular musculature. elm, external longi-

tudinal musculature. env, epineural vessel. ep, end-plate of skeleton. epd,

epidermis. ilm, internal longitudinal musculature. hk, keel of skeleton.

mc, nerve cord. ph, perihaemal cavities. pp, peripharyngeal cavity.

sk (fig. 58), secondary body of skeleton. sk (fig. 59), crus of skeleton. st,

stomochord. vbs, ventral coelomic blind-sac of proboscis.

VOR. KXMIT, PART 5. 26

358 Annals of the South African Museum.

Collar.—The epidermis of the collar shows the different zones as

usually present, but I do not find them well differentiated from each

other in either species.

Concerning the musculature a the collar there is a great difference

between B. hydrocephalus and B. studiosorum, as could be expected

in accordance with the difference in size and function of this part of

the body. In the former species the muscles show the arrangement

usually found in the Ptychoderidae. Along the outside of the collar,

just under the basal membrane of the epidermis, we find the outer

longitudinal muscles, and inside them, at least in the anterior part of

the collar, is the layer of the external circular musculature (fig. 60).

Both layers, the longitudinal and the circular musculature, are well

developed and of about equal thickness in the anterior part of the

collar that encloses the proboscis neck; farther caudally the circular

musculature disappears altogether and the external longitudinal

muscle layer becomes very thin, much thinner than the internal

musculature along the wall of the buccal cavity. The latter is, as

usual, interrupted along the dorsal side of the collar nerve cord; the

muscles of the perihaemal cavities at the ventral side of the nerve

cord here supplement the internal longitudinal musculature (fig. 54).

Dorsally the internal longitudinal muscle fibres are attached to the

proboscis skeleton, and here the collar coelom sends forward two

finger-like extensions, filled with longitudinal muscle fibres, that

penetrate deeply into the proboscis neck (fig. 51). To the proboscis

skeleton are also attached the muscle fibres that spread out along the

anterior funnel-like surface of the collar and here form an internal

longitudinal muscle layer. This layer is only thin in B. hydrocephalus,

at most as thick as either the external longitudinal or external circular

layer at the same level. An internal circular layer along the anterior

surface of the collar could not be found. The radial muscle fibres,

traversing the coelomic cavity between the outside of the collar and

the funnel-like anterior surface or, more posteriorly, between the

epidermis and the wall of the buccal cavity, are not very numerous

and rather thin in B. hydrocephalus.

In B. studiosorum the anterior part of the collar in front of the

connection between the proboscis and the collar has not the form of

a funnel but more that of a hollow cylinder surrounding the proboscis.

The external longitudinal and circular muscle layers are slightly

stronger than in B. hydrocephalus (fig. 61). The internal longitudinai

musculature, however, is very strong, not only in the posterior part

of the collar along the buccal cavity but also in the anterior cylinder-

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 359

like part. Here the internal longitudinal musculature forms a layer

at least as thick as the external longitudinal and circular together.

Usually in Enteropneusta the internal longitudinal muscle fibres stop

at the vascular fold surrounding the buccal cavity, and the internal

fibres along the anterior funnel-like wall of the collar form another

set, spreading out from the proboscis skeleton. Butin B. studiosorum

the internal longitudinal musculature does not stop at the vascular

fold, but is continuous with the layer along the inside of the cylinder.

Only at the dorsal side the broad thin crura of the skeleton intersect

this muscle layer, and the fibres are attached to both sides of the

erura. Finger-like extensions of the collar coelom into the proboscis

neck, in which otherwise a great part of the muscle fibres arise, are

absent in B. studiosorum, not only because there is no real proboscis

neck, but also because of the continuity of the internal longitudinal

musculature in front of and behind the attachment of the proboscis.

As in B. numeensis and B. aurantiacus, longitudinal muscle fibres as

well as radial fibres are also found dorsally to the nerve cord, though

the layer here is not very thick. The radial musculature between

the inner and the outer wall of the cylinder is much stronger in B.

studiosorum than in B. hydrocephalus. Not only are the fibres

thicker but they are also more numerous. In the peripheral half

of their course they form irregular bundles and there are open

spaces between the bundles, whereas in the central half they run

independently and are embedded in connective tissue. These open

spaces, filled with coelomic fluid which probably is just water,

apparently make the action of the musculature easier. In B. hydro-

cephalus the whole coelomic cavity is filled with loose connective

tissue (fig. 60). The action of the radial musculature seems to be

antagonistic to both the circular and longitudinal musculature. Upon

contraction of the radial fibres the outer and inner walls of the

cylinder approach each other, so that the cylinder either has to

become longer or get a greater diameter. The first will happen if

the circular musculature is contracted and the longitudinal relaxed,

and the second if the longitudinal is contracted and the circular

relaxed.

As in many Ptychoderidae the dorsal mesentery of B. hydrocephalus

is absent in the anterior part of the collar and starts only at the back

of the first dorsal nerve root. But whereas in one specimen it 1s

complete from there to the end of the collar, in the other sectioned

specimen it stops again some way behind the last nerve root and is

reduced then to a broader or narrower vascular fold along the dorsal

360 Annals of the South African Museum.

side of the collar nerve cord, and only over a short distance near the

hind end of the collar is it complete again. In this same specimen

also the ventral mesentery is represented by a broad vascular fold

hanging down from the wall of the buccal cavity, and it is only in

the posterior part of the collar that this fold attaches itself to the

basal membrane of the epidermis, thereby forming a complete

ventral mesentery. In the other specimen the vascular fold extends

over a shorter distance and therefore the ventral mesentery is

longer.

In B. studiosorum the dorsal mesentery is greatly reduced. In

the long anterior part of the collar it is absent altogether, neither

does it start at the back of one of the dorsal roots. There is a

vascular fold, containing the epineural vessel, caudal to the last

nerve root, and this vessel gives off a few side branches that run free

through the coelomic cavity to the epidermis; only near the posterior

end of the collar a dorsal mesentery is present. In the ventral mid-line

a broad and complicated vascular fold hangs down from the wall of

the buccal cavity, but it connects with the basal membrane of the

epidermis only near the posterior end of the collar, thereby establishing

a short ventral mesentery.

The tops of the perihaemal cavities, applied to each other, are

found at the level or slightly in front of the proboscis pore in B.

hydrocephalus (fig. 51). Except for some small openings ventral to

the dorsal vessel the two cavities are quite separated from each other

(fig. 55). In B. studtosorum the perihaemal cavities also reach the

level of the proboscis pore, but on account of the absence of a pro-

boscis neck, the pore is situated far forwards in respect to the other

proboscis organs; the perihaemal cavities extend in frontal direction

quite a distance along the dorsal side of the pericardium and therefore

well in front of the sinus venosus (fig. 52). There is hardly a sinus

venosus in this species; the dorsal blood-vessel of the collar is directly

continuous with the dorsal vein of the proboscis that is situated -

between the anterior ends of the perihaemal cavities and splits up

into two dorso-lateral veins in front of these cavities. Near the

posterior end of the pericardium this dorso-median vessel gives off

two branches that connect along the sides of the pericardium with the

central blood space. As in B. hydrocephalus the perihaemal cavities

of B. studiosorum are only connected with each other along a narrow

opening at the ventral side of the dorsal vessel (fig. 58).

In B. hydrocephalus the peripharyngeal cavities, surrounding the

buccal cavity, are quite separated from the perihaemal cavities

BD»

a K\

itty

ce)

coca ot

(

Tanner A

Fie. 60.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. Part of a cross-section through the

x 50.

Fics. 61-63.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp.

x 50. 62. Cross-section of the collar

anterior region of the collar.

61. Part of a cross-section

through the anterior region of the collar.

nerve cord and surrounding structures. x36. 63. Median section of the

proboscis and collar. x 3.

be, buccal cavity. bm, basal membrane of the epidermis. cc, collar

coelomic cavity. cts, collar-trunk-septum. dv, dorsal vessel. ecm, external

circular musculature. elm, external longitudinal musculature. env, epineural

vessel. g, branchial basket pulled high up into the collar. «im, internal

longitudinal musculature. nc, nerve cord. p, pericardium. pc, proboscis

coelom. ph, perihaemal cavity. pp, peripharyngeal cavity. rm, radial

muscle fibres. sk, skeleton. st, stomochord.

362 Annals of the South African Museum.

(fig. 54). They extend to the dorsal mid-line along the ventral side

of the perihaemal cavities, and here a distinct limiting membrane

can be seen between the peripharyngeal and perihaemal cavities. In

B. studiosorum, on the other hand, the peripharyngeal cavities have

fused with the perihaemal cavities (fig. 62). The circular musculature

of the former can be seen running along the ventral wall of the latter.

In one of the two sectioned specimens the peripharyngeal cavities

widen out along the lateral sides of the perihaemal cavities, and some

longitudinal muscle fibres are found here in the peripharyngeal

cavities. A distinct limiting membrane separates the cavities here,

but this membrane does not reach the ventral wall.

The collar pores of both species have the usual appearance found

in the Ptychoderidae, so that their wall is not very thick and the

nuclei in the cells form approximately a single row. The dorsal fold

of the pore is apparent in both species, only in B. hydrocephalus this

fold is much deeper than in B. studiosorum.

An anterior epidermic pouch, dorsal to the place of the anterior

neuropore, is quite distinct, although shallow, in B. hydrocephalus

(fig. 55), but in B. studiosorum there is no trace of such a pouch.

As in nearly all species of Balanoglossus a central canal in the

collar nerve cord is absent, but there are medullary cavities, and

these are wider and more numerous in B. hydrocephalus than in

B. studiosorum. Also at the anterior end of the cord there is no

trace of a canal, and therefore also the anterior neuropore is absent.

A central canal with a posterior neuropore is present in both sectioned

specimens of B. studiosorum and in one of B. hydrocephalus; in the

other specimen of the latter species the nerve cord is solid up to its

posterior end. This canal is present before there is any indication

of the splitting up of the collar nerve cord into the dorsal nerve of

the trunk and the circular nerves, therefore it cannot be considered

to be a simple epidermic depression. In the two specimens of

B. hydrocephalus there are 3 and 4 dorsal nerve roots, all of which

are rather thin. The fourth root of the second specimen is very

far back near the caudal end of the collar. In one specimen of

B. studiosorum I find 2 nerve roots, the anterior of which is very

thick and has a wide central canal that ends blindly at both sides.

In the other specimen there are 3 nerve roots, the first and last of

which also have a similar central canal. The first nerve root is

situated far anteriorly, at the anterior end of the nerve cord.

In a species like B. hydrocephalus with a short collar, the anterior

surface of which is funnel-shaped, there is no doubt about the position

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 368

of the mouth opening. It is found at the bottom of the funnel,

where the proboscis neck is fixed to the collar or more exactly where the

stomochord opens into the buccal cavity. Here the epidermis of the

anterior surface of the collar is continued into the wall of the buccal

cavity, and there is a sudden change in the character of the epithelium.

Whereas the epidermis is very thin and the nuclei of the cells are

scattered over the whole thickness of the epithelium, the wall of the

buccal cavity is very thick and the nuclei are found in a thin layer

near the surface; a few very small glandular cells, stained very darkly

by haematoxylin, are found near the surface (fig. 54). In B. studi-

osorum, on the other hand, the proboscis is connected with the collar

about in the middle of the latter, and the part of the collar in front

of this connection is not funnel-shaped but cylindrical (fig. 63). In

general form, therefore, there is hardly any difference between the

part of the collar in front of and behind the connection, and it would

at first sight be possible to maintain that the mouth opening is

situated at the anterior end of the collar. But in B. studiosorum

there is a sudden change in the character of the epithelium at the

level of the opening of the stomochord, and this clearly indicates the

position of the mouth opening. Not only is the wall of the buccal

cavity again much thicker than the epidermis at the inside of the

anterior end of the cylinder, but the nerve-fibre layer, which as

usual is rather thick in the epidermis of the collar, suddenly becomes

very thin just where the buccal epithelium begins.

_ Trunk.—In many Enteropneusta, e.g. B. stephensoni, there is a

more or less deep groove along the ventral and dorsal mid-line in the

branchial region, and the dorsal and ventral nerve cords are found

under these grooves. In B. hydrocephalus there is such a groove in

the dorsal mid-line, but the nerve cord, with the cell layer covering

it, is at least as thick as the epidermis alongside of it (fig. 64). In

the ventral mid-line there is not even a groove at all, and the nerve

cord protrudes. On the other hand, the ventral nerve cord of

B. studiosorum is found in a median groove and, together with the

covering cell layer, is much thinner than the adjacent epidermis

(fig. 65). There is also a shallow groove in the dorsal mid-line in this

species, but the nerve cord here is not thinner than the epidermis at

its sides, and as the glandular cells in the epidermis are swollen

considerably, the nerve cord may even protrude here, when the

glandular cells are not hypertrophied.

The epidermis of the branchial region contains many glandular

cellsin both species, some of which are darkly stained by haematoxylin

364 Annals of the South African Museum.

CON

NES

Cf eens

Va RS

/ oe ue

HN Ny

ANAT

Fic. 64.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. Cross-section of the branchial

region, partly (branchial basket and gonad at side) composed from a number

of sections. x 12.

bp, branchial pore. bs, branchial sac. bt, branchial tongue. dg, dorsal

branch of gonad. dn, dorsal nerve cord. dph, dorsal pharynx. dv, dorsal

vessel. er, epibranchial ridge. gp, genital pore. lg, lateral branch of gonad.

Im, longitudinal musculature. Js, lateral septum. br, parabranchial ridge.

ppbv, parabranchial vessel. s, branchial septum. vg, ventral branch of gonad.

vn, ventral nerve cord. wph, ventral pharynx. vv, ventral vessel.

_——~

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 365

and are found in the external one- or two-thirds of the epidermis only.

In B. studiosorum especially these cells form a nearly continuous layer

in the epidermis. In this species deep slits occur in the epidermis

running at regular intervals from fronto-dorsally to caudo-ventrally

Fic. 65.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp. Cross-section of the branchial region,

partly (branchial basket, blind-sac at right side, and gonad at left side of figure)

composed from a number of sections. x 8.

bl, blind-sac of branchial sac. bp, branchial pore. 6s, branchial sac.

bt, branchial tongue. cm, circular musculature. dn, dorsal nerve cord.

dph, dorsal pharynx. dv, dorsal vessel. er, epibranchial ridge. gp, genital

pore. lg, lateral gonad. Im, longitudinal musculature. br, parabranchial

ridge. s, branchial septum. vg, ventral branch of gonad. wn, ventral nerve

cord. vph, ventral pharynx. vv, ventral vessel.

(figs. 65 and 67). Darkly stained glandular cells are found along these

slits, and these reach the basal membrane because the nerve-fibre

layer underneath the slits is reduced to a minimum. These slits are

so deep that the basal membrane of the epidermis assumes a wavy

course. There are also many eosinophil cells in both species, and

these are found throughout the whole thickness of the epidermis.

366 Annals of the South African Museum.

The dorsal side of the body and the inside of the genital wings are

even richer in glandular cells than the outside of the wings and the

ventral side of the body, and at the dorsal side the cells stained with

haematoxylin extend over the whole thickness of the epidermis.

The external circular muscle layer is better developed in B. studi-

osorum than in B. hydrocephalus. It is not only slightly thicker in

the former species, but it is also continuous and quite distinct

along the inside of the genital wings, whereas in B. hydrocephalus

it becomes so thin that only here and there can a few fibres be distin-

guished. The longitudinal musculature also is better developed in

B. studiosorum than in B. hydrocephalus, especially on the ventral

side of the body and the outside of the wings. On the dorsal side

of the body of B. studiosorum the layer of longitudinal muscle fibres

reaches about half the thickness of that of the ventral side of the

body, whereas in B. hydrocephalus it is of about equal thickness

dorsally and ventrally. As usual, the longitudinal musculature is

poorly developed on the inside of the wings in both species. The

muscle fibres in B. studzosorum are thinner but by far more numerous

than in B. hydrocephalus. :

The dorsal mesentery presumably is absent in the greater part

of the branchial region in both species. As, however, the whole

branchial region was not sectioned, this cannot be said with

certainty, but near the hind end of the branchial region the dorsal

mesentery is complete. The dorsal vessel in the branchial region

runs along the inside of the epidermis, and the connections between

this vessel and the branchial vessels go freely through the coelomic

cavity. The ventral mesentery is complete in B. hydrocephalus, but

in B. studiosorum it is not complete throughout; sometimes it is

attached to the alimentary canal only, leaving an opening between

the right and left coelomic cavities near the epidermis, and sometimes

it is attached to the basal membrane of the epidermis only and free

from the alimentary canal.

In B. studiosorum the ventral, digestive part of the pharynx is

wider than the dorsal branchial part (fig. 65). The wall of the ventral

pharynx is very thick throughout, and much thicker than the para-

branchial or limiting ridges between the dorsal and ventral parts.

Therefore the limiting ridges are not very conspicuous in this species.

On the other hand, in B. hydrocephalus the limiting ridges are well

pronounced (fig. 64). In the smaller of the two specimens of this

species the dorsal pharynx is about twice the size of the ventral, but in

the larger specimen the ventral part has at least the same dimensions

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 367

as the dorsal (fig. 64). The wall of the ventral pharynx exhibits a

noteworthy peculiarity in B. hydrocephalus. According to a figure

of B. clavigerus, given by Spengel, the dorso-lateral walls of the

digestive pharynx are much thinner than the ventro-lateral walls,

the whole of this part of the alimentary canal being about quad-

rangular, and the transition between the thicker and thinner epithelium

is very sudden at the lateral edges of the canal. In his description

of the species Spengel does not mention this difference in thickness.

A similar condition occurs in B. hydrocephalus, in which the ventral

pharynx is also nearly quadrangular in cross-section. But B. hydro-

cephalus differs from B. clavigerus in that the ventro-lateral walls

are thin and the dorso-lateral thick (fig. 66). In the ventral mid-line

is a groove and here the wall is thicker than the ventro-lateral wall.

This difference in thickness was especially clear in the small specimen;

in the bigger one the dorso-lateral walls are also rather thin except

near the limiting ridge and along the lateral edges (fig. 64). At

regular distances a narrow strip of thicker epithelium crosses the

thin ventro-lateral wall between the lateral edge and the ventral

mid-line. This thicker epithelium does not protrude into the lumen

of the pharynx but into the coelomic cavity; it resembles the beams

supporting a floor. In the larger specimen it appeared that these

strips are in reality deep and very narrow grooves, but as they run

in the transverse plane it is difficult to see this in transverse sections.

In both species the branchial pores are too small to be visible

externally, therefore it was not possible to count the number of

gills directly. But by counting the number of pores in the serial

sections it was found that in B. studiosorum there occur 32 pores

over a length of 4-5 mm. of the branchial region. In the larger

specimen of B. hydrocephalus 21 pores were counted in a length

of 4 mm., but in the smaller specimen the gills are by far more crowded

as 21 pores were counted in only 1-65 mm. This cannot be due to

contraction only, although it may have been possible that the smaller

specimen was more contracted than the larger. Apparently the

branchial region extends during growth, not only by an increase in

the number of gills at the posterior end of the row, but also by an

increase in size of the individual gills, which results in an increase

in the distance between the succeeding pores. The estimation of the

total number of gills from the numbers given above is rather un-

reliable, but itis the only method of approach. In the well-preserved

and large specimen of B. hydrocephalus the branchial region has a

total length of 58 mm., and with 21 pores in 4 mm. this would give

368 Annals of the South African Museum.

a total number of about 300 gills. In B. studiosorum it becomes

even more difficult, because, as previously mentioned, it is hardly

possible to distinguish the posterior end of the branchial region in

this species. In a large specimen, in which this could be done, this

region was only 22 mm. long, and that would give a total number

of about 160 gills.

The epibranchial ridge of B. hydrocephalus is made up of a high,

convex epithelium (fig. 64). In the middle of the ridge is a number

of small glandular cells stained by haematoxylin; in the large specimen

this row of glandular cells is broader than in the small one. This

central strip with glandular cells is flanked by rows of undifferentiated

high epithelial cells, and here the nuclei are situated in a regular row

near the free ends of the cells, with some scattered nuclei in the basal

half of the epithelium. In B. studiosorum the epibranchial ridge is

much thinner than in B. hydrocephalus and it is hardly convex

(fig. 65); glandular cells occur over the whole breadth of the ridge,

and all nuclei are scattered.

As usual, the tongue protrudes farther into the pharyngeal cavity

than the septum. The septa are narrow, and the epithelium on

their back is lower than that on the backs of the tongues; in B. hydro-

cephalus the thickness of this epithelium on the tongues reaches even

twice the thickness of that on the septa; in B. studiosorum the

difference isless. In conformity with the structure of the epibranchial

ridge, glandular cells are found over the whole breadth of the back

of the tongue in B. studiosorum, whereas in B. hydrocephalus there

are two rows of glandular cells separated from each other by a central

row of undifferentiated cells. On the narrow backs of the septa a

few glandular cells are also found.

The number of synapticula is the same in both species; it is

about 20.

The branchial sacs of B. hydrocephalus are rather spacious, and

although the wall between these sacs and the coelomic cavity is very

much folded, ventral blind-sacs to the branchial sacs are absent

(fig. 64). In B. studiosorum, as in B. numeensis and some other

species, these blind-sacs are well developed and reach the ventral

wall of the digestive part of the pharynx (fig. 65). Also, at the dorsal

side of the branchial sacs blind-sacs are formed that extend into the

base of the genital wings, lying there in between or external to the

gonads (fig. 68). Small glandular cells occur in the thin walls of the

branchial sacs of both species; in B. hydrocephalus these glandular

cells appear to be more numerous than in B. studiosorum. The

369

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay.

‘[OSSOA [RIZUOA “Aa ‘xudreyd peryuoa “yda ‘peuos Jo yoursq [vryuoa “ha “ows-pul[q [Bestop oy}

pue UOIsue}xo [e107R[-OSIOp OY} W9oArjod uotoouuo0d [edjzUOA “92 “OATVA [BI}UOA ‘a -‘aSpla perpouvaqeaed “gd *vanydes

yeroyey ‘S7 ‘gA0019 osaoAsueT) ‘46 “[OSSeA [esIOp ‘ap ‘xudieyd JerjUoA JO UOISU04xXO ['B107e]-OSLOp ‘yp + “peuos jo youemq

jesaop ‘bp ‘assoa [einssTuULoo ‘aga ‘onsuo4 TeIpouriq 4qQ ‘oes [VTYOUBIG ‘sq ‘*peueo [erpourrqysod jo ovs-pul[q [es1op 19

"6X ‘po}jturO 918

SSUIM [eyIUOD oY} SUOTFISUBIY [ejtues-oryouvsq oY} JO [OAS] OY} 7B uorqyoos-ssorg, “ds “U wnsosoLpnys snssopbounjog— L9 “SI

‘gp x ‘*xudseyd jo qaed [eIyUIA OY} JO WOTPDOS-SSO1) ‘ds ‘u snpoydaooouphy snssopbouvjog—'99 “OT

Stg&N~N

pe. Ni

‘ a ;

. if wy,

fons oe

370 Annals of the South African Museum.

branchial pores of B. hydrocephalus are very small, and a short canal,

piercing through the longitudinal musculature, connects the branchial

sac with the pore. In B. studiosorum such a canal is absent; the sac

itself touches the epidermic basal membrane directly, and the Paes

on the whole are wider than in B. hydrocephalus.

In B. studiosorum the first two gills, with the collar canal, open

to the exterior by acommon pore. The peripheral part of the septum

between the first two gills is missing, and in this way these two sacs

communicate with each other. Similarly in B. misakiensis the first

four gill-sacs are connected and have a common pore. In B. hydro-

cephalus, as in most species of this genus, the first branchial sacs do

not communicate with each other and each sac has its own pore.

As in B. carnosus, the first pore in both species is situated at the

inside of the incipient genital wing, whereas in B. capensis and some

other species this pore is at the outside of the wing and all the sub-

sequent pores are at the inside.

The postbranchial canal exhibits some features of interest, all the

more so as the two species differ from each other in this respect. In

B. hydrocephalus the branchial pores are at the bottom of a deep

groove, except at the posterior end of the branchial region, where the

pores are higher up at the medial side of the groove. This branchial

groove comes to a sudden end; it is even slightly prolonged at its

caudal end as a small blind-sac, in which the last gill opens. Near

the posterior end of the row the gills gradually become smaller, as a

result of which the epibranchial and parabranchial ridges approach

each other and finally fuse behind the last gill-pore. As the para-

branchial ridges are lying close to each other in the branchial region, a

narrow median slit-like extension of the wide ventral pharynx is the

result of the fusion of the three ridges, much in the same way as

described and figured by Maser for B. clavigerus. This narrow dorso-

median part of the gut corresponds to the postbranchial canal of

other Ptychoderidae. The wall of this postbranchial canal retains

the same structure as the parabranchial ridges and is therefore much

thicker than the wall of the ventral pharynx or oesophagus. In

B. clavigerus the postbranchial canal has a small blind-sac dorsal

to the posterior gills; in other Ptychoderidae, as in most species of

Glossobalanus, this blind-sac is much larger than in B. clavigerus.

In B. hydrocephalus there is no trace of such a blind-sac. In the

posterior part of the branchial region the lateral edges of the ventral

pharynx turn in a dorsal direction and form two narrow dorsal

extensions of this part of the gut as is shown in all Ptychoderidae.

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 371

These extensions become higher and higher, then their tops turn

suddenly in medial direction and fuse with the dorsal end of the post-

branchial canal. In this way there is formed on each side a coelomic

blind-sac that extends into the oesophagus and that probably acts

as a valve in the alimentary canal. The commissural vessels exhibit

nothing of particular interest; they are simple transverse connections

between the lateral and dorsal blood-vessels, running in the lateral

septum and over a short distance, dorsal to the postbranchial canal,

free through the coelom.

In B. studiosorum the hind end of the branchial region and the

postbranchial canal are more complicated than in B. hydrocephalus.

Further, the deep branchial groove does not gradually become shallower

towards the posterior end of the branchial region, but it is suddenly

separated from the surface and from there it continues in a caudal

direction over a rather long distance in the form of a blind-sac.

Quite a number of gills open into this blind-sac. In fig. 67, where

some of the last gills are still visible, the blind-sacs have already

disappeared; farther frontally they le between the gills and the

dorso-lateral extensions of the ventral pharynx. The postbranchial

canal has a well-developed blind-sac, lying dorsal to the posterior

gills and extending slightly beyond the caudal end of the branchial

region. This blind-sac is clearly defined from the epibranchial and

parabranchial ridges, because in the latter small glandular cells are

found near the surface of the epithelium, whereas the epithelium of

the blind-sac is darkly stained by numerous very narrow glandular

cells extending over its whole thickness. The dorso-lateral extensions

of the ventral pharynx form ridges increasing in height as in B.

hydrocephalus; finally, they nearly reach the basal membrane of the

epidermis. Already in the posterior end of the branchial region the

dorsal blind-sac makes a connection with the two dorso-lateral

extensions; this connection is, however, made at about the middle

of the height of the extensions, so that a considerable part extends

freely farther dorsally. By these connections there is formed a

pair of coelomic blind-sacs, in which a part of the posterior gills is

still visible (fig. 67). Just behind the branchial region the dorsal

ends of the extensions turn to the mid-line and fuse with the top of

the dorsal blind-sac, so that another pair of coelomic blind-sacs,

lying dorsally to the first, is formed. Both pairs of coelomic blind-

sacs protrude backwards into the oesophagus, but as they are small

and the oesophagus here is wide, they can hardly act as valves. In

B. hydrocephalus these valves really block up the whole lumen of the

372 Annals of the South African Museum.

oesophagus. Hach commissural vessel makes two connections with

the dorsal blood-vessel. |

As only one specimen of each species was cut into serial sections

at the level of the postbranchial canal, it is difficult to be certain

about the specific value of the form of the postbranchial canal and

the valves. B. hydrocephalus is almost in complete agreement with

B. clavigerus in this respect, and there seems to be no doubt that the

form of the postbranchial canal, as described above, is characteristic

for the species. The two pairs of coelomic blind-sacs, as found in

B. studiosorum, are not known to exist in any other species. But

the animal is quite symmetrical, which makes it at least likely that

the two pairs of blind-sacs are a normal feature and of specific value.

The lateral septum of B. hydrocephalus extends very far forwards

into the branchial region (fig. 64). In most species of Balanoglossus

the lateral septum extends only over a very short distance into the

branchial region; for instance, in B. capensis 1t stops already at the

level of the 10th gill-slit from behind. In B. stephensoni, with its

very short branchial region, the lateral septum reaches about the

middle of that region. But in B. hydrocephalus this septum extends

over nearly the whole length of the branchial region. As previously

stated, there may be 300 gills in this species, and I found the anterior

end of the dorsal coelomic chamber and therefore of the lateral septum

at the level of the 13th branchial pore. How far the septum extends

into the branchial region of B. studiosorum has not been ascertained.

In the two series of sections of the anterior part of the body, which

extends a good distance into the branchial region, no lateral septum is

present, but it was found over the whole length of a series of the

branchio-genital transitional zone.

The row of gonads in B. hydrocephalus begins already a short

distance behind the collar, the first genital pore being found near the

8th branchial pore. The gonads of the branchial region are very

slender, having much the same form as those of B. clavigerus; they

do not nearly fill the open coelomic space of the genital wings (fig. 64).

The lateral lobe of the gonad nearly reaches the edge of the genital

wing, therefore the peripheral part of the wing is rigid and not turned

in as in B. stephensona and especially in Glossobalanus marginatus,

as described by Meek. The ventral genital lobe goes down into the

body cavity to about half of the height of the branchial basket. A

distinct though narrow lumen could be seen in the ovary of the

larger specimen, containing many ripe eggs. In the small specimen

only a few egg-cells were present, but a great amount of yolk filled

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 3738

the whole gonads, so that no lumen was visible. In the posterior

part of the branchial region the gonads are much larger and fill up

the whole coelomic space in the wings. The gonads are also lobed

here, whereas more anteriorly they consist of simple lateral and ventral

branches. But secondary genital pores, as are found in some other

species of Balanoglossus, are absent in B. hydrocephalus. In most

species of Balanoglossus dorsal branches of the gonads, lying in the

dorsal coelomic chamber, occur only in the genital region and in the

most posterior part of the branchial region. But just as the lateral

septum extends so far forward in B. hydrocephalus, the gonads have

dorsal branches nearly from the anterior end of the row (fig. 64).

The first dorsal branch, although small, was found at the level of the

25th branchial pore. As the genital pores are rather high up on

the inside of the genital wings and consequently the lateral septum is

rather broad and the dorsal coelomic chamber rather wide, these

dorsal branches of the gonads soon reach a considerable size. The

gonads have here three branches, a dorsal, a lateral, and a ventral.

In other species of Balanoglossus these three branches can be found

in the genital region. But in this region only two branches, the

dorsal and the lateral, occur in B. hydrocephalus. In cross-sections

the lateral septum from its insertion to the intestinal wall can be

seen going in lateral direction, and then, closely applied to the inside

of the external longitudinal musculature, it enters the wing and

follows this course up to the level of the genital pore. Here it turns

to the inner side of the wing, where it is inserted along the row of

genital pores. Therefore branches of the gonads are found only

peripherally to the genital pores and in the dorsal coelomic chamber.

The row of gonads begins in B. studiosorum at the same level as in

B. hydrocephalus, i.e. near the 8th or 9th branchial pore. A very

small gonad was observed in front of the first genital pore in one

specimen, but this gonad does not seem to open to the exterior, at

least no pore could be found. The ovaries of the branchial region are

much stouter than in B. hydrocephalus; there is hardly any room left

in the coelomic cavity between the gonads and the longitudinal

musculature (fig. 65). But the testes are more slender and repeatedly

branched, whereas the ovaries form only blunt lobes. Although the

gonads do not quite reach the peripheral end of the genital wings, the

top of the wing, nevertheless, is not turned inwards like a loose flap;

because of the thickness of the longitudinal muscle layer this part of

the wing is rigid. In a ventral direction the gonads reach nearly to

the level of the digestive part of the pharynx. But in the frontal end

VOL. XXXII, PART. 5. 27

374 Annals of the South African Museum.

of the row the ventral branch of the gonad is small and short, as its

place is occupied by the blind-sacs of the gills (fig. 65). In the

female I find the genital pore much nearer the base of the wing

than in the male or than in B. hydrocephalus. Secondary genital

pores could not be found in the region of the branchio-genital transi-

tion. In conformity with most species of Balanoglossus, but distinct

from B. hydrocephalus, the gonads have well-developed ventral

branches here; the lateral septum could be followed from its insertion

in the intestinal wall peripherally, where it lies between the ventral

and dorsal branches of the gonads.

When the testes are quite ripe and full of spermatozoa they exhibit a

remarkable form in B. studiosorum (figs. 68 and 69). They are profusely

branched, and each branch or duct ends in a swollen vesicle filled with

spermatozoa. These end vesicles are all turned towards the medial

side of the wing, the ducts are along the lateral side applied to the

external longitudinal muscle layer along the lateral wall of the genital

wing. The yolk cells are well separated from the primary genital cells;

the former are found in the ducts and the part of the wall of the

end vesicle near the ducts, the rest of the wall of the end vesicles

being formed by genital cells. In B. misakiensis a similar clear

separation between the yolk and the genital cells was found, but here

the yolk cells are away from the ducts, and the genital cells form the

wall at the side of the ducts.

As I wanted to make out what causes the regular dark rings that

make the abdominal region of B. hydrocephalus so conspicuous, a

part of this region with the caudal region was cut into serial sections.

It was found that the epidermis shows here alternating regions that

are quite different from each other (fig. 70). In some parts the

epidermis is very thin and composed of almost cubical cells. Suddenly

these very thin stretches become continuous with parts in which the

epidermis is much higher, about five times as high as the thin parts.

In these thick regions of the epidermis the nuclei form a dense regular

layer in the middle of the cells, and many glandular cells are found

in the outer half of the epidermis. The circular musculature under

the basal membrane of the epidermis is quite distinct and about

as thick as the thin regions of the epidermis; it is continuous and of

equal thickness over its whole course. The longitudinal musculature

exhibits a remarkable arrangement. It forms a rather thick layer

underneath the thick epidermal parts, but it is absent underneath

the thin epidermis. It does not even quite reach the edges of the

thick epidermal zones. The dark rings, visible externally, are most

RAW cA Nir

OSES:

oe tM

ey Ub U4 ny

He msscnn

. )

i hy,

iar ein sanytttens Dine “J

HB peer a iis

wy"

"(Nl

NNN

‘AN

y MLTR

Figs. 68, 69.—Balanoglossus studiosorum n. sp.

68. Cross-section of a genital

region. x 30.

circular musculature.

epithelium. gp, genital pore.

sp, spermatozoa.

wing of male. x10. 69. Part of testis of fig. 68 further enlarged. x 50.

bl, blind-sacs of the branchial sacs. bp, branchial pore. cg, ciliary groove.

dv,

Fic. 70.—Balanoglossus hydrocephalus n. sp. Cross-section of the abdominal

cm,

dorsal vessel. g, testis. ge, germinal

lm, longitudinal musculature. pg, pygochord.

vv, ventral vessel. y, yolk cells.

376 Annals of the South African Museum.

likely formed by the thick epidermis with its many glandular cells;

therefore the longitudinal musculature is broken up into rings, which

are separated from each other by stretches without these muscle

fibres.

A dorsal mesentery is entirely absent in the caudal end of the

animal, and the place of the ventral mesentery is occupied by the

pygochord. So the latter structure is not confined to the caudal

region, but is also found over some length in the abdominal region.

It is not separated from the intestinal wall by a limiting membrane,

and it exhibits much the same form as that described by Dakin in

Ptychodera flava (Pt. pelsarti) but differs in that it is not swollen

ventrally. The pygochord does not show any interruptions, and it

is only absent at the extreme caudal end of the animal.

A ciliated groove is conspicuous at one side of the intestine only,

occurring for some distance on the right and for some distance on

the left side. On the other side it is only indicated by a thickening

of the intestinal wall, where the free surface of the epithelium is

undulated. This thicker undulating epithelium extends into the

caudal region, and finally near the anus it forms the whole wall of

the intestine.

Diagnosis of Balanoglossus hydrocephalus.

Total length about 30 cm. Proboscis conical, long, up to 20 mm.,

collar less than half the length of the proboscis, and at most as long

as it is broad; branchial region and genital region of about equal

length, 30-40 mm.; liver region long, as long as or longer than

branchial region. Posterior end of branchial basket well indicated.

Genital wings fused with posterior rim of collar, wings narrow at

their anterior end, so that their free edges are separated by a short

distance from each other; they reach their maximum breadth near

the hind end of the branchial region, and decrease gradually from

there; they end abruptly at the beginning of the liver region; no

transitional zone present. The liver region is well delimited anteriorly;

the saccules in two regular rows, each saccule extends over the whole

breadth of the row. At the anterior end the liver saccules soon reach

their maximum size and in the first half of the region they hardly

decrease in size; in the second half they gradually become smaller,

but they are closely applied to each other; itis often hard to determine

the hind end of the liver region; there may be about 200 liver saccules.

Abdominal region with regular dark rings.

Proboscis.—Circular muscle of equal thickness as nerve-fibre layer;

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 377

it does not form a sphincter at the base of the proboscis. Longitudinal

musculature strongly developed, fibres more numerous in peripheral

than in central part of proboscis. Dorso-ventral muscle-plate well

developed, but not extending in front of the central proboscis organs.

Large open proboscis cavity in posterior two-thirds of proboscis.

Ventral septum extends to end of coelomic blind-sacs. Only left

dorsal coelom opens by proboscis pore. No central lumen in body of

stomochord ; large ventro-lateral blind-pouches not connected with

each other; no dorso-lateral blind-pouches. Glomerulus large, extend-

ing in front of stomochord and caudally to level of ventro-lateral

blind-pouches; the two halves separated from each other by the

dorso-ventral muscle-plate; dorsal glomerulus present. Skeleton well

developed, with long and prominent keel and thick end-plate.

Collar.—External longitudinal and circular musculature of about

equal thickness. Longitudinal musculature along anterior surface

of collar thin, and circular muscles here absent. Radial muscle fibres

thin and not very numerous. Coelomic cavity almost entirely filled

with connective tissue. Dorsal mesentery starts at first dorsal nerve

root; from there it may be complete or not to the end of the collar.

Ventral mesentery not complete, of varying length. Perihaemal

cavities reaching to proboscis pore, almost entirely separated from

each other. Peripharyngeal cavities separated from perihaemal

cavities. Collar pores with thin epithelium and deep dorsal fold.

Nerve cord with anterior epidermic pouch, no anterior neuropore,

posterior neuropore may be present, with numerous medullary

cavities and 3 or 4 dorsal nerve roots.

Trunk.—No grooves in dorsal and ventral mid-line of branchial

region. Hxternal circular muscle layer thin, hardly present on inside

of genital wings. Longitudinal musculature on dorsal side of body

of about equal thickness as that of the ventral side; muscle fibres

thick and not very numerous. Dorsal mesentery absent in anterior

part of branchial region, present in posterior part; ventral mesentery

complete. Parabranchial ridges well pronounced; ventral pharynx

smaller than or equal to dorsal pharynx; ventral pharynx with thin

wall and thick cross-bars formed by deep grooves along ventro-lateral

sides. Number of gills probably about 300; 20 synapticula. Epi-

branchial ridge high and convex with a strip of glandular cells in the

middle. Tongues more protruding than septa; no ventral blind-sacs

to the branchial sacs; branchial pores very small; first branchial sacs

open to the exterior independently of each other. Postbranchial

canal without dorsal blind-sac. Lateral septum extends nearly over

eee

378 Annals of the South African Museum.

whole branchial region, begins near 13th branchial pore. First genital

pore near 8th branchial pore; lateral lobe of gonads nearly reaches

the edge of the genital wing; no secondary genital pores; in the

branchial region the gonads have dorsal, ventral, and lateral branches;

no lateral branches in genital region.

Diagnosis of Balanoglossus studiosorum.

Total length about 30 cm. Proboscis short, extending a few mm.

only from the collar; collar long, up to 20 mm., and about twice as

long as broad; branchial region short, 22 mm., but hind end of

branchial region hardly distinguishable; whole branchio-genital

region about 150 mm. long; liver region short, 10-20 mm. long.

Genital wings fused with posterior rim of collar; they are here already

so broad that their free edges touch each other; they increase rapidly

in breadth, keep the same breadth over the greatest length, and become

narrower only near their hind end; wings end abruptly just at begin-

ning of liver region; no transitional region present. Liver saccules

of irregular form; anterior end of liver region well defined; posteriorly

the broad row of saccules ends suddenly but may be followed by a

row of small, regularly arranged saccules that gradually become

smaller. |

Proboscis.—Circular musculature very thin, about one-third of nerve-

fibre layer; it does not form a sphincter at the base of the proboscis.

Longitudinal musculature poorly developed, concentrated along

central core of connective tissue. Dorso-ventral muscle-plate almost

entirely absent. Proboscis cavity greatly reduced, only in ventral

blind-sacs and near proboscis pore. Ventral septum short and not

reaching the end of the ventral blind-sacs; the latter large and

extending beyond the end-plate of the skeleton; only the left dorsal

coelom opens by proboscis pore. No central lumen in body of stomo-

chord; ventral blind-pouches small, not connected with each other;

dorso-lateral blind-pouches may be present; neck short and of

irregular form. Glomerulus small; no dorsal glomerulus. Skeleton

poorly developed; end-plate thin; body absent or very small; keel

short but prominent; crura broad, thin, anteriorly concave.

Collar.—External longitudinal and circular musculature well

developed and of equal thickness. Internal longitudinal musculature

very strong, at least as thick as external longitudinal and circular

together in anterior part of collar. Radial muscle fibres numerous

and thick. Coelomic cavity rather open; connective tissue only in

The Enteropneusta from Inyack Island, Delagoa Bay. 379

central part. Dorsal and ventral mesenteries only present near

posterior end of collar. Perihaemal cavities reaching to proboscis

pore, almost completely separated from each other. Peripharyngeal

cavities not separated from perihaemal cavities. Collar pores with

thin epithelium and small dorsal fold. Nerve cord without anterior

epidermic pouch; without anterior but with posterior neuropore;

with few medullary cavities and 2-3 dorsal nerve roots.

Trunk.—A groove in ventral mid-line of branchial region present,

but hardly in dorsal mid-line. External circular muscle layer well

developed also on the inside of the wings. Longitudinal musculature

on the dorsal side of the body of about half the thickness of that of

the ventral side; muscle fibres thin and very numerous. Dorsal

mesentery absent in anterior part of branchial region, present in

posterior part; ventral mesentery not complete everywhere. Para-

branchial ridges thin; ventral pharynx wider than dorsal pharynx;

ventral pharynx with very thick wall. Number of gills probably

about 160; 20 synapticula. Epibranchial ridge thin and rather flat,

with glandular cells over whole breadth. ‘Tongues more protruding

than septa; branchial sacs with large ventral blind-sacs, extending

also dorsally into base of genital wings; branchial pores rather small;

first 2 gills with common pore. Postbranchial canal with dorsal

blind-sac; 2 pairs of valves formed by postbranchial canal. First

genital pore near 8th or 9th branchial pore. Testes much branched,

ovaries lobed. Lateral branch of gonad does not quite reach the

top of the genital wings; no secondary genital pores; gonads with

dorsal, lateral, and ventral branches in the genital region.

PTYCHODERA FLAVA KEschscholtz.

Ptychodera flava, ubiquitous in the tropical Indo-Pacific region,

occurs also near Inyack Island, and this is the most south-westerly

locality in which it has been found up till now. It occurs on a flat,

to the south-west of the island, that is dry at low tide. A great

number of small specimens were procured here by turning over

stones.

LITERATURE.

ABEL, O., Vorzeitliche Lebensspuren. Jena, 1935.

Daxin, W. J., ““A New Species of Enteropneusta, Ptychodera pelsarti, from the

Abrolhos Island,”’ Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. xxxiii, 1916.

Gitcurist, J. D. F., ““On Two New Species of Ptychodera (P. proliferans and

P. natalensis),’”? Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, 1908.

380 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hitz, J. P., ““On a New Species of Enteropneusta (Ptychodera australiensis) from

the Coast of New South Wales,”’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 2nd ser., vol. x, 1894.

——, “The Enteropneusta of Funafuti,’”» Mem. Australian Mus., vol. iii, 1897.

Horst, C. J. vAN DER, “‘ West-Indische Enteropneusten,” Bijdragen tot de Dier-

kunde, vol. xxiii, 1924. .

——, ‘“‘Quelques observations anatomiques sur l’entéropneust Glandiceps talaboti

(Marion),” Bull. Soc. Sc. Nat. du Maroc., vol. ix, 1929.

——, *‘Observations on Some Enteropneusta,’’ Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk naturh.

Foren., vol. lxxxvii, 1930.

——, “‘The Burrow of an Enteropneust,’”’ Nature, vol. cxxxiv, 1934.

——., “Ona New South African Species of Balanoglossus and a Comparison between

it and Balanoglossus capensis (Gilchrist),’”’ Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxxii, 1937.

Kapewus, F. Froorxo, “The Anatomy of the Enteropneust Saccoglossus inhacensis

sp. n., Ann. Natal Mus., vol. viii, 1936.

Kowatevskry, A., ‘““Anatomie des Balanoglossus Delle Chiaje,”” Mém. de lAcad.

Imp. des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg, VII® ser., vol. x, 1866.

Maser, O., “Uber Balanoglossus carnosus (Willey) und eine ihm nahestehende

neue Art von Neucaledonien,”’ Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., vol. xxxiii, 1913.

Meer, A., “‘Glossobalanus marginatus : a New Species of Enteropneusta from the

North Sea,”’ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc., vol. Ixvi, 1922.

Punnett, R. C., “The Enteropneusta,” The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive

and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii, pt. 2. Cambridge, 1903.

SPENGEL, J. W., “Die Enteropneusten des Golfes von Neapel,” Fauna und Flora

des Golfes von Neapel, Monogr. 18, 1893.

——, “* Hine neue Enteropneustenart aus dem Golf von Neapel, nebst Beobachtungen

tiber den postbranchialen Darm der Ptychoderiden,” Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Anat.,

vol. xx, 1904.

——, “‘ Studien iiber die Enteropneusten der Siboga-Expedition nebst Beobacht-

ungen an verwandten Arten,” Uitkomsten Siboga-Expeditie, Monogr. 26.

Leiden, 1907.

Strasny, G., “Zur Kenntniss der Lebensweise von Balanoglossus clavigerus Delle

Chiaje,”’ Zool. Anz., vol. xxxv, 1910.

WiteEy, A., “Enteropneusta from the South Pacific, with Notes on the West

Indian Species,”’ Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. iii. Cambridge, 1899.

( 381 )

18. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. XII.

Further Additions to the Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda,

together with Keys for the Identification of the hitherto Recorded

Marine and Fresh-water Species—By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc.,

F.L.S., Assistant Director.

(With 35 Text-figures.)

THIS paper contains records of new localities, and of species new to

the fauna-list, and descriptions of new species. The new material in

the South African Museum is due partly to collecting by members of

the staff, and partly to correspondents. Professor T. A. Stephenson,

of the University of Cape Town, in the course of ecological work has

submitted many specimens, including the very interesting addition

to the fauna-list of a species of the Amphipodan family Ochlesidae.

Mr. H. W. Bell-Marley, of Durban, has added several species to the

fauna-list.

One of Professor Stephenson’s collecting localities was Port Nolloth,

from which there are very few previous records. In addition to the

records given below under various species, the following Isopods were

also collected at this locality. Sphaeramene polytylotos, and Paridotea

ungulata, rubra, reticulata, and fucicola.

Although many more additions may confidently be expected, it

would seem that keys to the identification of the recorded species

might be of some value to South African students. An attempt has

therefore been made to provide such means of identification. While

the aim has been to make the keys as simple as possible, it should

be emphasised that a modicum of knowledge of the chief forms of

Isopods and Amphipods, and of the terminology employed in

describing them, is necessary.

TANAIDACEA.

Fam. TANAIDAH.

Tanais gracilis Heller.

1866. Heller, “Novara”? Exp., vol. 11, p. 133, pl. xu, fig. 3.

1905. Stebbing, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Rep. Suppl., 23,

p. 3, pl. i, fig. D.

382 Annals of the South African Museum.

1914 (Feb.). Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 198, pl. xvii,

fig. A (spongicola).

1914 (July). Vanhéffen, D. Siidpol. Exp., vol. xv, p. 468, fig. 6.

1925. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. XX, p, sole

Additional Localities.—(West coast) Lambert’s Bay (Professor

Stephenson, 1938), Table Bay (K. H. B.); (south coast) Simon’s Bay

(Vanh6ffen), Buffels Bay, False Bay (K. H. B.), Still Bay and East

London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson).

Distribution.—St. Paul and New Amsterdam, Ceylon.

Fam. APSEUDIDAE.

Apseudes austro-africana nom. nov.

1920. Barnard, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 322, pl. xv, fig. 2

(australis, non Haswell, 1881).

ISOPODA.

Fam. GNATHIIDAE.

1926. Monod, Les Gnathiidae, Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. xiii,

pp. 1-668, 1 pl. and 277 text-figs.

Gnathia cryptopais Brnrd.

1925. Barnard, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), vol. xv, p. 417.

1926. Monod, loc. cit., p. 625.

This species was originally likened to elongata (Kréyer) (syn.

cerina Stimpson), which, as Monod shows, is very like antarctica

(Studer). The type specimen is more slender than Monod’s figure

of the latter species, but with only one specimen available a detailed

comparison is not possible.

Fam. ANTHURIDAE.

1925. Barnard, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxxvi, p. 109, revision.

Gen. Haliophasma Hasw.

1925. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxv, p. 385.

A point to which perhaps more attention might be paid (in the

whole family) is the junction of the telson with the 6th pleon segment.

With one exception, in the species of this genus already described

and in those to be described below, the junction between the two is

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 383

always clearly marked by the hind margin of the 6th pleon segment

forming a more or less pronounced ridge, the telson being at a lower

level than that of the 6th pleon segment. In pseudocarinata, however,

the telson and 6th pleon segment are completely fused, there is no

transverse ridge, and the level of the telson is flush with that of the

6th pleon segment.

Haliophasma hermani n. sp.

(Fig. 1.)

Integument not strongly indurated, not pitted. Dorso-lateral

keels feeble, dorso-lateral grooves distinct. Medio-dorsal pits deep.

Kyes well developed. Pleon segments 1-5 with indistinct sutures.

Fic. 1.—Haliophasma hermanin. sp. a, hind margin of 6th pleon segment, with

telson, and sagittal and cross-sections of latter. 6, peraeopod 1. c, outer

ramus of uropod.

Telson arising beneath the arcuate hind margin of 6th pleon

segment; obovate, apex semicircularly rounded, upturned, ventral

surface evenly but rather strongly convex, dorsal surface concave,

with sharp medio-dorsal keel.

Flagellum of antenna | a single joint, with minute setiferous apical

rudiment of a 2nd joint; flagellum of antenna 24-jointed. Maxilliped

5-jointed. |

Peraeopod 1, 4th joint very broad, 5th with lower apex slightly

projecting, 6th not as wide proximally as the 4th, tapering distally,

palm straight.

Pleopod 1 not indurated, outer surface smooth.

Uropod, inner ramus slightly longer than wide, apex rounded, not

reaching to level of telsonic apex, outer ramus folding over telson,

384 Annals of the South African Museum.

ovate, apically obliquely truncate, outer margin finely serrulate, with

fringe of plumose setae.

20mm. Cream coloured, with faint greyish stippling in the hollows

beneath the dorso-lateral margins into which peraeopods 2-7 can be

folded, eyes black.

Localhity.—Hermanus, from cavity in the root-stock of an Allopora

coral (April 1932, 1 immature ? 9). |

Remarks.—Kasily distinguished from the other species of the genus

by the telson, but nearest to dakarensis in this respect. The hand of

peraeopod 1 is unusually feeble.

Haliophasma foveolata n. sp.

(Fig. 2.)

Integument strongly indurated, with numerous large foveolae.

Dorso-lateral keels feeble, dorso-lateral grooves distinct. Medio-

dorsal pits obsolete. Eyes well developed. Pleon segments 1-5

with sutures indistinct. Hind margin of 6th pleon segment distinct

but not projecting strongly over base of telson.

Telson broadly ovate, the distal half narrowing rather abruptly,

apex narrowly rounded, dorsally with 3 longitudinal subparallel

ridges which do not coalesce basally, the intervening grooves foveolate,

ventral surface slightly concave.

Flagellum of antenna 1 7-jointed, the distal joints with sensory

filamentous setae; flagellum of antenna 2 6-jointed. Maxilliped

5-jointed, inner plates small but distinct.

Peraeopod 1 robust, 3rd joint unusually long, lower apex of 5th sub-

acute, 6th subtriangular, palm expanded at base; outer surface of

2nd, 3rd and 6th joints with scattered foveoles.

Pleopod 1, outer surface of outer ramus with a medio-longitudinal

groove, another groove on outer margin distally, between the two

grooves a few large foveoles.

Uropod, inner ramus subtriangular, longer than its basal width,

not reaching telsonic apex, outer ramus folding over basal lateral

portion of telson, ovate, with sinuous outer margin, apex acute,

outer margin serrulate, with plumose setae.

12-5x1:5 mm. Creamy-white with faint grey speckling on dorsal

surface, eyes black.

Locality.—Port Elizabeth, amongst corallines, worm-tubes, etc.,

under stones (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, July 1936, 1 immature ? 9).

Remarks.—Like the @ co-type of the Australian purpurea (Barnard,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 385

J. Linn. Soc., vol. xxxvi, p. 132), this specimen has the integument

strongly pitted or foveolate. The telson agrees with that of purpurea

in being noticeably wider in the proximal than in the distal half;

but it agrees with that of the South African tricarinata in that the

3 dorsal keels do not coalesce basally. There is, however, a difference

in the shape of the telson in cross-section: biconvex in tricarinata,

concavo-convex in foveolata. Perhaps the wider body, the pitted

integument, and the telson proximally widened and concavo-convex

Fig. 2.—Haliophasma foveolata n. sp. a, maxilliped. 6b, peraeopod 1.

c, telson, with cross-section.

in cross-section are female characters. [am inclined to suspect that

this is so, and that this species is only the female of tricarinata.

‘A comparison with coronicauda (fig. 3, d) on the other hand shows

that in cross-section the telson is nearly the same; there is even a

very slight indication of a median ridge in coromcauda; but the thin

tim of the telson shows no sudden narrowing as in the present

specimen.

In view of this perplexity, all the specimens of the three forms

being immature, and until some definite evidence of sexual dimor-

phism is forthcoming, it seems clearly advisable to institute a full

specific name for this foveolate specimen.

As coronicauda has not been figured previously, a figure of the

telson is given here for comparison.

Haliophasma pseudocarinata n. sp.

(Fig. 3, a—c.)

Integument strongly indurated, not pitted. Dorso-lateral keels

feeble, dorso-lateral grooves distinct. Medio-dorsal pits shallow

and ill-defined. Eyes well developed. Pleon segments 1-5 with

386 Annals of the South African Museum.

sutures indistinct, but indicated ventro-laterally by pale (non-

pigmented) lines.

Telson fused with 6th pleon segment, without any transverse

dividing ridge or suture, surface flush with that of 6th pleon segment;

ovate, sides slightly sinuous, apex rounded; dorsally apparently

smooth when viewed in liquid, but when dried there is seen a shallow

median pit basally, a pair of shallow depressions laterally (into which

Fic. 3.—Haliophasma pseudocarinata n. sp. a, maxilliped. 6, 3rd—5th pleon

segments, fused 6th segment and telson, with cross-section of latter. c, ex-

ternal view of outer ramus of uropod.

Haliophasma coronicauda Brnrd. d, telson, with cross-section.

the statocysts open), and three very feeble longitudinal keels, one

median, and one on each side nearly parallel with the lateral margin,

but gradually coalescing with the margin apically; ventral surface

concave.

Flagellum of antenna 1 8-jointed, of antenna 2 6-jointed. Mazxilli-

ped 5-jointed.

Peraeopod 1, 6th joint robust, proximally much wider than the

preceding joints, subtriangular, palm straight, unguis short.

Pleopod 1 feebly indurated, outer ramus with slight median and

lateral grooves.

Uropod, inner ramus ovate, apex extending slightly beyond apex

of telson, outer ramus folding inwards, but so narrow as not to overlap

on to telson when thus infolded, ovate, outer (upper) margin slightly

sinuous, serrulate, with plumose setae.

18x2-3 mm. Creamy, the dorsal surface of head, peraeon, pleon,

telson, and peduncle of uropods mottled with brown, eyes black.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 387

Locality.—Port Elizabeth, under stones (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

July 1936, 1 immature 9).

Remarks.—The telson of this species is a good example of the danger

of examining a specimen in liquid only; the sculpturing is so slight

as to be easily overlooked. It bears a very strong resemblance to

that of coronicauda (fig. 3, d), and this form may eventually prove

to be the 2 of the last-mentioned species. The shape of the tail-fan,

however, which can scarcely be said to form a cup owing to the

narrowness of the outer rami of the uropods; and the complete fusion

of the telson and 6th pleon segment seem to indicate the necessity

of a separate specific name.

Ezxanthura macrura Brurd.

19252 Barnard, loc. cit., p. 131.

Additional Locality.Lambert’s Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1938,

1,2).

Apanthura sandalensis Stebb.

1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 141.

Additional Locality East London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, July

1937).

Fam. EURYDICIDAE.

1930. Monod, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., ser. 10, vol. xii, pp. 129-183

(Cirolanidae).

Gen. Hurydice Leach.

1914. Vanhéffen, Deutsch. Stidpol. Exp., vol. xv (Zool. vii),

p- 505.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 350 a.

1925.. Id., abid., vol. xx, p. 381.

1931. Nierstrasz, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxii ¢, p. 147.

Hurydice latistylis Vanhoffen (non Dana) is obviously not an

Eurydice (which has the 5th pleon segment free laterally), and is

perhaps an Argathona or a young Cirolana cranchii (syn. vicina Brurd.).

Eurydice natalensis Vanhéffen also is clearly not a member of this

genus, but belongs to Pontogelordes as I suggested in 1925, or to

Excirolana (see infra). . This genus contains therefore only the one

species in South Africa, viz. HL. longicornis (Studer).

Gen. Hzcirolana Richardson.

1912. Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xl, p. 201.

1931.. Nierstrasz, loc. cit., p. 148.

388 Annals of the South African Museum.

Excirolana natalensis (Vanh6ffen).

(Fig. 4.)

1914. Vanhéffen, loc. cit., p. 506, fig. 42.

1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 381.

1931. Nierstrasz, loc. cit., p. 149.

A single 9 resembles P. latipes very closely. It possesses the same

clypeus and frontal lamina, bifoveolate telson with the median row

Fic. 4.—Eacirolana natalensis (Vanh6ffen). a, 6, peraeopods 1 and 7, with ungues

further enlarged. c, uropod. d, Ist free side-plate (on segment 2) of right

side.

of little pits, pleopods with accessory laminae, acorn-like Ist and 2nd

joints of peduncle of antenna 1, 4-jointed peduncle of antenna 2,

and free margins of 5th pleon segment. The differences, however,

are as follows:—

Antenna 1 extending to end of 3rd peraeon segment, antenna 2 to

middle of 6th segment; joints of peduncle of antenna 2 not so broadly

laminar, 4th joint distinctly longer than 3rd.

Side-plates shallower, especially the anterior ones, side-plate 1

(z.e. Ist free plate, on segment 2) being twice as long as deep.

Uropod, inner apex of peduncle not so quadrate, slightly tapering,

inner ramus with small notch slightly proximal to middle of outer

margin.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 389

Peraeopods not so robust (fig. 4, a, 6).

Mandibular palp 3-jointed, slender, inserted behind level of molar

process (as in P. latipes).

10x43 mm. Pale straw colour, a few black stellate specks on

head, and a single series across each peraeon and pleon segment.

Locality.—Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931. 192 washed up

on ocean beach near mouth of Keurbooms River).

Remarks.—Whether this specimen is really the same as Vanhoffen’s

Port Natal (Durban) species is uncertain, because Vanh6ffen did not

dissect the mouth-parts of his single specimen, and left several other

features undescribed; unfortunately also his figure of the pigmenta-

tion shows the hinder side-plates instead of the anterior ones.

The antennae fit in with natalensis as regards the length, but the

peduncle of antenna 2 in my specimen is more robust (but not so

robust as in latipes); possibly Vanhéffen’s specimen was a 3, though

in latipes there is no sexual difference in the antennae.

The figure of natalensis shows the outer margin of inner ramus of

uropod without any notch.

Both Vanhdéffen’s and the present specimens have the telson

shorter relatively to its breadth than in orentalis (Dana).

Gen. Pontogeloides Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 355 a.

- 1930. Monod, loc. cit., pp. 174 sqq. (subgen. of Excirolana).

ial id... Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol. xxi, p. 3:

1931. Nierstrasz, loc. cit., p. 149 (subgen. of Hxcorolana).

Nierstrasz included japonica Thielemann, 1910, because the figure

shows a 2-jointed mandibular palp, though this is not mentioned in

Thielemann’s text. The character of the peduncle of lst antenna,

however, fits in with Hzcirolana, all three joints being subequal.

Pontogeloides latipes Brurd.

| (Fig. 5.)

1914. Barnard, loc.-cit., p. 356 a, pl. xxx, fig. C.

1930. Monod, loc. cit., p. 179, figs. 28 F, 31, 32.

Wsliokd.; loc. cit., p.'d:

The statement in my original description that the peduncle of

antenna 2 is 5-jointed is incorrect; it is impossible to distinguish

two fused joints in the first free joint, and thus in practice the peduncle

must be regarded as 4-jointed.

VOL. XXXII, PART 5D. 28

390 Annals of the South African Museum.

I also overlooked the fact that the telson is bifoveolate, a character

which makes the resemblance of H. carangis van Name to latipes all

the greater. The whole integument is very sparsely pitted, but on

Fic. 5.—Pontogeloides latipes Brnrd. a, 1st free side-plate (on segment 2) of

right side. 6, telson. c,d, e, f, g, pleopods 1-5 respectively. h, inner (dorsal)

view of inner ramus of pleopod 1. 7, inner ramus of pleopod 2, ¢.

the median region of the telson between the two foveae, a number

of them form a single more or less regular medio-longitudinal line.

The suture between the rostral point of the head and the anterior

upturned end of the frontal lamina is distinct and on the dorsal

surface.

The pleopods are interesting (cf. Monod, 1930, loc. cit., fig. 31).

The peduncle of all 5 pairs has a laminar expansion (? epipodite) of

the outer margin (cf. Calman in Lankester’s Treatise Zool., 1909,

fig. 127, Nerocila). Further, the inner ramus of all the pleopods

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 391

bears a lobe at its inner basal corner (cf. Calman’s figure), which

lobe is usually folded back on the inner (7.e. the dorsal surface) of

the ramus. The outer ramus of pleopod 1 also bears a lobe on its

inner basal corner. All these lobes, especially that on outer ramus

of pleopod 1, are larger in the 9 than in the g. The ¢ stylet on

pleopod 2 is densely covered with minute adpressed spinules.

Side-plates deep; side-plate 1 (on segment 2) a little longer than

deep (if dissected; prior to dissection the anterior corner is concealed

under peraeon segment 1, and the side-plate appears to be as deep

as long).

Monod (1924, Parasitolog. Maurit. Bull. Com. d’Et. Hist. Sc. Afr.

Occid. Fr., vol. 1, p. 68, fig. D, and loc. cit., 1930, 1931) makes carangis

van Name (1920, Bull. Amer. Mus., vol. xliu, p. 49, figs. 1-5) a synonym

of this species, and gives its distribution as from Rio de Oro (Sahare

Occidental) to South Africa. The Ist antennae are much longer in

carangis than in latipes, and in my opinion the identity of the former

with the latter requires confirmation from a comparison of actual

specimens.

Locality—Keurbooms River estuary, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B.,

Jan. 1931, numerous specimens on the sandbanks in the estuary,

collected at low tide).

Gen. Gnatholana Brurd.

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., vol. xvui, p. 352.

Monod in his monograph of the Gnathidae (1926, loc. cit., pp. 639

sqq.) has discussed the relationship of the fossil Urda, from the

Jurassic of Solenhofen, to the Gnathidae and Cymothoids; and

regards Gnatholana as a living representative of the Urdazdae.

Without having seen any of the actual fossils of Urda (Rektur), or

even the original descriptions (e.g. Kunth, 1870, Zeitsch. Deutsch.

Geol. Ges., vol. xxii), I make no comment except that the figure of

U. rostrata (Monod, loc. cit., fig. 274 after Kunth) shows many re-

semblances to the Cymothoids, especially some juveniles, and none

to Gnatholana. And without throwing the slightest doubt on the

interpretation of the falcate processes in front of the head as being

really mandibles, one may remark that some juvenile Cymothoids

have falcate dactyli and that the first pair of legs might have been

pushed forward prior to fossilisation. One assumes, however, that

a fossil specimen clearly showing the ventral surface has been

examined. Nevertheless I feel some doubts as to the propriety of

392 Annals of the South African Museum.

uniting the living Gnatholana with the fossil Urda in one and the

same family. *

Gen. Oinslana Leach.

1925. Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. xlix, p. 129.

1930. Monod, loc. cit., pp. 130 sqq., 141, 142.

1931. Nierstrasz, loc. cit., pp. 149 sqq.

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvu, p. 308.

One character, to which insufficient attention has been paid, is the

form of the penial processes or papillae. Wanhoffen (1914, loc. cit.),

‘ a i ‘ b i

Fic. 6.—Cirolana, penial processes. a, venusticauda Stebb. 6, cranchit Leach

(vicina Brnrd.). c, theleceps n. sp. d, cingulata. e, meinerti Brnrd.

f, sulcata Hansen. g, palifrons Brnrd.

however, is an exception among authors, and has given figures for

all the species described by him, except hirtvpes, of which species

apparently he had no gg. The reason for this exception may be

due to the fact that in this species there are no upstanding papillae,

the vasa deferentia opening by pores flush with the surface of the

sternum (Barnard, 1935, loc. cat., p. 309).

As far as ¢ material is available, the South African species fall

into the following groups (fig. 6):—

hirtipes.

vorilis.

undulata.

No papillae, pores flush with surface Ps,

| littoralis.

[pleonastoca not 8. Afr.].

No papillae, pores flush with surface but : venusticauda and var.

a very slight transverse ridge sumplex.

cranchw (vicina Brnrd.).

theleceps.

[welleyz not S. Afr.].

Papillae very short, mammilliform

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 393

mernertt.

Papillae well developed, at least twice as iets ulata.

long as broad ; son ie ifrons.

sulcata.

rugicauda.

Clearly this character is worth incorporating in the description of

a species.

Cirolana virilis n. sp.

(Ries Ts d:)

Superficially resembling hirtipes. Antenna 2 extending back to

beginning of 4th peraeon segment. Side-plates with oblique ridges

slightly more distinct than is normal in hirtipes, thus differing from

borealis (where they are obsolete). Postero-inferior corner of side-

plate 4 (on 4th peraeon segment) quadrate. On the head the im-

pressed punctate line is confined to the hind margins of the oblong

eyes and is not continuous across the median area. Frontal lamina

and peraeopods as in hirtipes. Vasa deferentia opening by pores

flush with the surface. Apex of telson with 16 spines in addition to

the plumose setae.

Stylet on pleopod 2, g, very stout and strongly curved, even more

so than in borealis (see Hansen, 1890, Cirolanidae, pl. 1, fig. 1, £),

and absolutely different from the slender, straight stylet of hirtipes

(Hansen, pl. i, fig. 2, f). 13-5 mm.

Locality.—33° 59’ 8., 25° 43’ E. (Algoa Bay), 33 fathoms (s.s.

“Pieter Faure,” Nov. 1898, 1 3).

Cirolana natalensis n. sp.

In general appearance similar to hortvpes. Eyes subrotund. A

small rostral point almost meeting the frontal lamina and separating

the bases of Ist antennae. An obscure impressed line on hind

margin of eyes, but not continued across the median area. Side-

plates 1-4 with postero-inferior corners distinctly rounded. Telson

about as long as its basal width, apex somewhat pointed (cf. neglecta,

Hansen, loc. cit., pl. i, fig. 3, a), with 12 spines among the plumose

setae.

Antenna 2 extending back to end of peraeon segment 3. Frontal

lamina as in hirtipes.

Peraeopods 1-3 more slender than in hirtipes, with a less con-

Spicuous spine on outer apex of 4th joint, and more slender spines

394 Annals of the South African Museum.

on inner margins of 4th-6th joints. Peraeopods 4-7 more robust

than in hirtipes, the inner margins of 3rd—5th joints undulate and

crenulate rather than definitely notched (cf. Hansen, loc. cit., pl. i,

fig. 2, d), and with more numerous and longer spine-setae; 2nd joint

eS Se |

Fic. 7.—Cirolana luciae n. sp. a, dorsal view of front of head. 6, frontal lamina.

c, telson. Cirolana virilis n. sp. d, pleopod 2, g. Cuirolana theleceps n. sp.

e, dorsal view of head and Ist peraeon segment. ff, frontal lamina. g, telson

and uropod, with cross-section of telson, and apex further enlarged.

of peraeopods 5-7 more broadly oval, in peraeopod 7 its greatest

width in the middle of the joint (not in distal third), but with fringe

of long plumose setae as in hirtipes. Up to 13 mm., but no adult gg

or ovigerous 99.

Locality.—Illovo, Natal (H. W. Bell-Marley, 1934, ““An enemy of

fishes, and anglers’ béte noire’’).

Remarks.—The shape of the eyes, the stouter and more spinose

hinder peraeopods, and the hind angle of the 4th side-plate dis-

tinguish this species from hirtipes; the telson also is more pointed.

The shape of the 2nd joint of peraeopod 7 seems to distinguish this

species from other species belonging to this group (borealis, japonensis,

etc.), in all of which the greatest width is towards the distal end.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 395

Cirolana undulata Brurd.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 353 a, pl. xxx, fig. A.

Additional Locality.—Port Nolloth (Professor Stephenson, 1938).

Cirolana fluviatilis Stebb.

1902. Stebbing, 8. Afr. Crust., pt. 2, p. 52.

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 346, pl. xv, fig. 19 (frontal lamina).

1924. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 882, pl. Ix, fig. 2

(pleonastica, non Stebbing).

1926. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxviii, p. 180, fig. 2 (pleonastica, non

Stebb.).

1935. Barnard, zbid., vol. xxxvii, p. 310, fig. 19.

The vasa deferentia open by pores flush with the ventral surface.

The apex of the telson is rather broadly rounded in the young and

half-grown, but assumes a narrow-rounded shape in the adult,

slightly more narrow in ¢ than in @ (fig. 19 in Barnard, 1935).

Additional Localities. —St. Lucia Bay, Zululand (H. W. Bell-Marley,

1919, 1 3); Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

3S, 92, from submerged rotting logs and timber in the estuary);

Knysna River (K. H. B., Nov. 1938).

Distribution.—Chilka Lake, India; Talé Sap, Siam.

Cirolana theleceps n. sp.

(Figs. 6, c, 7, e-g.)

Body smooth, coarsely but sparsely punctate, convex, sublinear in

outline. Head without rostral point, slightly produced over the

contiguous bases of Ist antennae, dorsal surface in ¢ with 4 rounded

tubercles, 2 near the anterior margin feeble, 2 near the hind margin

much stronger; in 2 quite smooth. Frontal lamina a trifle more

than twice as long as wide, elongate pentagonal.

Peraeon segment 1 in ¢ with 2 small tubercles approximately in

the middle of dorsum (easily overlooked unless specimen is examined

dry). Side-plates shallow, 4-7 with oblique ridges. Lateral margins

of pleon segment 5 overlapped by segment 4. Telson triangular,

longer than basal width, apex rather broadly rounded, with 4-5

strong teeth on either side of median line, 3-5 setae arising from each

notch, except the proximal ones where there is only 1 seta, dorsal

surface not very convex, with broad shallow median longitudinal

groove of nearly even width from base to apex, and with minute

scattered setules.

396 Annals of the South African Museum.

Antenna 1 short, reaching to hind margin of third peraeon seg-

ment, flagellum 5-6-jointed. Antenna 2 reaching to middle or end of

peraeon segment 4, peduncle 5-jointed, 4th and 5th joints subequal,

flagellum about 23-jointed, with brush-like hemi-whorls of setae,

stronger in ¢ than in Q, on the proximal joints.

Mouth-parts normal. Second joint of palp of maxilliped very

broad, subcircular.

Peraeopod 1 stout, 3rd joint with a very stout blunt spine on inner

apex, 4th not strongly produced on outer apex, with 5 similar stout

blunt spines on inner margin, 5th very short, underriding 6th, latter

with 1 stout conical spine on inner apex, 7 with very short blunt

spine at base of unguis. Peraeopod 7, 2nd joint oval, half as long

again as broad.

Penial processes on 7th sternite short and stout. Stylet on pleopod

2, 3, slender, straight, arising from base of, and extending slightly

beyond, inner ramus.

‘Uropod, inner ramus extending beyond telsonic apex, apex rounded

with about 8 teeth, the intervening notches with 2-5 setae rather

longer than those on telson, outer ramus slightly shorter, apex rounded

with 4-5 teeth, intervening notches with setae. 7-8 x 2-5 mm.

Pale yellowish, with transverse series of dendritic or stellate dots,

3-4 rows across each peraeon segment, a single row across each

pleon segment.

Locality.—Durban and Illovo (H. W. Bell-Marley, June 1930 and

July 1934, gd, 29).

Remarks.—The strong teeth on the margins of the telson and the

uropods are a feature of this species, though paralleled by hansens

Bonnier, 1896 (see also Hansen, 1905, J. Linn. Soc. London, xxix); the

uropods of Neocirolana obesa Hale, 1925, also are somewhat similar.

The presence of tubercles on the head in the g is reminiscent of the

genera Corallana and Lanocira, but the mouth-parts of the present

species are typical of Cirolana. The presence of a secondary unguis

on some or all of the peraeopods (Neocirolana Hale, 1925) can scarcely

be considered of generic importance; it occurs in varying degrees of

prominence in quite a number of species of Cirolana.

Crrolana luciae n. sp.

(Fig. 7, a—c.)

Body smooth, convex, oval in general outline. Head without

rostral point, bases of Ist antennae contiguous. Frontal lamina

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 397

oblong, about twice as long as middle width, widening slightly in

front to the gently rounded anterior margin, which is free and visible

beyond the Ist antennae in dorsal view.

Side-plates shallow, 4-7 with oblique ridge. Pleon segment 5

laterally overlapped by segment 4. Telson triangular, length a little

less than basal width, smooth, apex rounded, sides convex, margin

with closely set short plumose setae, but no spines.

Antenna 2 extending to end of peraeon segment 3, 5th peduncular

joint very slightly longer than 4th.

Peraeopods 1-4, 4th joint not produced. Peraeopods 5-7, 2nd

joint nearly linear, not expanded, not strongly setose. Uropod, inner

ramus extending beyond telsonic apex, apex subacute, distal margin

with plumose setae and 9 widely spaced spines, outer rami lost.

9x35 mm. ;

Locality.—St. Lucia Bay, Zululand (H. W. Bell-Marley, Oct. 1919,

1): |

Remarks.—In association with fluviatilis, with which species it

closely agrees in the shape of the frontal lamina.

The frontal lamina appears to be similar also to that of arcuata

Hale, 1925, but there it does not project so as to be visible in dorsal

view as in the present species. The same remark applies to zndica

Nierst, 1931, which species has an even shorter telson.

Crrolana rugicauda Heller.

(Fig. 8.)

1868. Heller, Reise der “‘Novara”’ Crust., p. 142, pl. 12, fig. 18.

1890. Hansen, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., ser. 6, Bd. v, p. 358.

1914. Vanhéffen, loc. cit., p. 503, fig. 40.

The present specimens agree with Heller’s description as supple-

mented by Vanhéffen’s account of specimens obtained at the type

locality. The explanation of Heller’s figure, which shows (apparently)

two knobs on the telson, seems to be that the artist mistook a pale

dot in the otherwise dark pigmentation for a knob; such a pale dot

is present in nearly all the South African examples between the real

knob and the base of the telson. The knob is not present in a young

specimen 3 mm. in length, but is present in one of 4-5 mm.

The whole integument is coarsely and rather closely pitted, a

feature mentioned by Heller for the telson (“‘grob puntiert’’). Van-

hoffen says the telson is “gek6drnelt” and that the whole surface is

covered with hexagonal markings, from each of which arises a bristle:

——-

eeeeeEE—Ee

“asian i \ Seeelees Gooec: ee

398 Annals of the South African Museum.

which is likewise correct for the South African specimens, the bristles

being mostly on the pleon and telson.

The anterior margin of the clypeus is free and prominent. The

bases of the lst antennae are contiguous. The anterior margin of

the head is costate, and there is a very small rostral point.

Vanhéffen mentions that the 3rd pleon segment overlaps laterally

the 4th segment, but in his figure this overlapping is not so marked as

in the present specimens, where the point of segment 3 overlaps as

Fic. 8.—Cirolana rugicauda Heller. a, pleon, telson, and uropod. 6, c, d, ventral,

frontal, and dorsal views of head front of, showing clypeus, frontal lamina,

bases of antennae, and rostral point.

far as the basal lateral swelling of the telson and is almost contiguous

with the peduncle of the uropod. This feature is very distinctive

and might be utilised to subdivide (subgenerically) the genus Cirolana.

Penial processes on 7th sternite well developed (see figure in Van-

hoffen).

Up to 14mm. Colour as described by Vanh6ffen.

Locality.—Port Nolloth (several specimens ex Natal Museum).

Type Locality.—St. Paul Island (southern Indian Ocean).

Remarks.—The discovery of this species on the west coast of South

Africa, within the influence of the cold west-drift (Benguella) current,

is very interesting. Heller noted (loc. cit., p. 269) two Crustacea

common to St. Paul and the Cape: the crayfish Palinurus lalandei and

the Isopod ‘‘Sphaeroma”’ (= Parisocladus) perforata. He might have

added Neptunus sanguinolentus, as appears from his table of species

on p. 256. Further species common to the two regions are Tanais

gracilis Heller and Dynamenella huttona (syn. brunnea Vanhoffen

and kraussi Brnrd.).

This species was not found by Professor Stephenson at either Port

Nolloth or Lambert’s Bay, but has recently (February 1939) been

collected by him at Steenbergs Cove, St. Helena Bay.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 399

Cirolana incisicauda, n. sp.

(Bie. 9. .¢,.0.)

The remarkable species here figured agrees in all essentials with

venusticauda-simplex except as regards the telson and the prominently

acute side-plates on segments 4-7.

C d

Fic. 9.—Cirolana incisicauda, n. sp. a, frontal lamina, profile and ventral view.

' 6, telson.

Cirolana bovina n. sp. c, frontal lamina and bases of Ist antennae. d, pleon,

telson, and uropod (setae on telson and uropods plumose).

The frontal lamina agrees with that of the species just mentioned.

The hinder peraeon segments are crimped (with short longitudinal

ridges and furrows), and the pleon segments are rugulose as in

simplex. The telson is thin, slightly upturned at the apex which is

shallowly notched, with 4 spines on each side in the notch. The

dorsal surface is finely rugulose (best seen when dried), with minute

and short, scattered setules. The inner ramus of uropod has 7

strong spines on inner margin and 5 small spinules on outer margin;

the outer ramus is considerably shorter than the inner, and carries

7 strong spines on inner margin and 7 spinules on outer margin.*

Length 17 mm. Creamy-white, with faint brown dendritic mottling

and dots.

_ * Since this was in print I have seen 4 more specimens, which show that this

is not a casual aberration but a valid species.

400 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities. —Port Elizabeth and Port Alfred (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

1936 and 1939). Inhabits the tubes of the Polychaet Gunnarea;

the tail-fan forms an effective “operculum,” as in the case of

Exanthura macrura Brnrd.

Cirolana bovina n. sp.

(Hig..9, ic\hds)

Anterior margin of head evenly convex, without rostral point, with

submarginal impressed line. Bases of lst antennae in contact, first

two joints of peduncle not clearly distinct, flagellum 10-12-jointed.

Second antennae reaching to about end of 4th peraeon segment.

Frontal lamina pentagonal, half as long again as broad, sides straight,

distal margins meeting in an obtuse angle, apex not freely projecting.

Peraeon segments smooth, sparsely punctate, no transverse im-

pressed lines, hind margins of posterior segments (6 and 7, or 5-7)

feebly crenulate or denticulate. An oblique ridge on side-plates 4—7;

the hinder side-plates with a few long setae. No fringes of long setae

on 2nd joints of peraeopods. |

Pleon segments 2—5 with denticulate hind margins; hind margin of

segment 4 arcuate, with median excision, and a slightly enlarged

submedian denticle on either side; segment 5 with 2 large submedian

conical tubercles. The lateral margin of segment 4 is posteriorly

angular (not rounded as in fluviatilis); an oblique ridge on segment

4, a much feebler one on segment 3. :

Telson triangular, sides slightly concave, apex narrowly rounded,

with 3 spines (sometimes 4 on one side) on each side hidden amongst

the dense fringe of plumose setae; dorsal surface with a conical

denticle overhanging the insertion of uropod, and a pair of strong

submedian, backwardly projecting conical or spiniform tubercles

near base, rest of surface smooth with rather long scattered setae.

Uropods, inner ramus broadly rounded, with 7 (6-8) spines on inner,

and 2 on outer, distal margin; outer ramus narrow ovate, with 4

spines on inner distal margin and about 6 on outer margin; all spines

hidden in the dense fringe of plumose setae.

Ovig. 9 9x4 mm., juv. but no adult g present. Creamy-white

with greyish mottling, eyes black.

Locality.—Kast London, “‘shelly beach” (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

July 1937).

Remarks.—Nearest to pleonastica Stebb. (see Barnard, Rec. Ind.

Mus., vol. xxxvii, p. 309, fig. 18, a, 1935), but distinguished by the

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 401

broader frontal lamina, absence of transverse impressed lines on

peraeon segments, and sculpture of telson.

The specific name in allusion to the Buffalo River, Kast London, and

the two prongs on the telson.

Fam. AEKGIDAE.

Aega semicarinata Miers.

1875. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 115.

1879. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. London, vol. clxviu, p. 201, pl. 11, fig. 1.

1911. Bouvier, Ann. Inst. Ocean., ser. 1, vol. 111, p. 39, pl. 2, figs. 3-5.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 367, pl. 32, fig. A (wrotoma).

1916. Jd., Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 106 (corrigendum).

1919. Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 334.

Remarks.—Bouvier gives photographic reproductions of specimens

from the type locality Kerguelen, but the figure of the ventral surface

does not show the frontal lamina. Stebbing records the species from

the Falkland Islands.

The species is common off Cape Point and N.W. of Table Bay in

130-200 fathoms (stock-fish grounds). When alive the animal is

pale salmon-coloured, with ruby-red eyes.

A. truncata Rich. (1910, Bur. Fish. Wash., Doc. No. 736, p. 14,

fig. 13) from the Philippine Islands, and A. bicavata Nordenstam

(1930, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez and Haster Is., vol. iii, p. 547, pl. 20,

fig. 11, and text-fig. 11) from Juan Fernandez, are both very closely

allied to one another and to semicarinata, and a direct comparison of

specimens of all three forms might prove them to be conspecific,

Aega momlis Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 365, pl. xxxi, fig. C.

Several other specimens have been obtained from off Cape Point

and Table Bay, as far north as Saldanha Bay. Some of the specimens

were found in Leuconia-like sponges..

The transverse rows of granules are sometimes very obscure except

on the pleon and posterior peraeon segments.

Gen. Syscenus Harger.

1923. Stebbing, Fish. Mar. Surv. Spec. Rep., 3, p. 9.

Differs from Rocinela in the total absence of eyes, the pleon

distinctly narrower than the peraeon, the absence of a linguiform

process on the mandible, the 6th joint of the 3 anterior pairs of

402 Annals of the South African Museum.

peraeopods not expanded, with abruptly curved dactylus, and the

longer 6th joint of the posterior 4 pairs of peraeopods.

Besides infelox, two other species of the genus have been described:

latus Richardson (1909, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxvi, p. 85,

fig. 11) from the N.W. Pacific, and intermedius Richardson (1910,

Bur. Fish., Doc. 736, p. 17, fig. 16) from the Philippine Islands.

Syscenus infex Harger.

1897. Sars, Crust. Norw., vol. 1, p. 67, pl. xxvii, and 1899, izbid.,

Appendix, p. 247, Suppl., pl. 1.

1905. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 212, figs. 216, 217.

1910. Id., Bur iish Doe: Tob... wie

1923. Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 9. |

There is a typ. err. in Stebbing (p. 10); “5th” and “4th” peraeopods

should read 7th and 6th respectively. Stebbing gives no other

details, except the length 17 mm. The flagellum of the 1st antenna

in Sars’ figures of enfeliz is 5 (juv.)—7 (adult)-jointed; in zntermedius

10-jointed, and in latus 13-jointed. In these two latter species the

apex of the telson is rounded, not pointed as in infeliz.

Locality.—Natal coast, in a coral.

Distribution.—Atlantic coast of N. America; Norwegian, Danish,

and British coasts; Japan; Philippine Islands.

Fam. CYMOTHOIDAE.

Gen. Nerocila Teach.

1924. Monod, Parasit. Maurit. Bull. Com. Hist. Sci. Afr. Occid.

frang., pp. 75 sqq.

1931. Id., Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol. xxi, pp. 5 sqq.

1936. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvii, p. 163.

In the second paper Monod admits that the forms which in 1924

he called rhabdota are not the rhabdota of Koelbel, thus recognizing

the validity of my observations (1925, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xx,

pp. 390, 391) that “‘rhabdota” as figured by him in 1924 and

cephalotes were connected by transitional forms and were conspecific.

Very little diagnostic value can be attached to the extent of the

prolongation of the hind corners of peraeon segments 6 and 7, and it

should certainly not be compared relatively to the pleon segments

(Monod, 1924, pp. 83, 84), because the pleon segments are subject

to a variable amount of contraction according to the method of

preservation.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 403

The shape of the side-plates on segments 2 and 3 seems to be a

better criterion, and judged by it all the South African Museum

specimens, except two, clearly fall into orbignyi. One of these two,

a 29-mm. 2 “rhabdota”’ form, has side-plates 2 and 3 slightly out-

standing and can scarcely be counted as an exception, but is

interesting as leading on to the second one. This specimen is a

98-mm. @ “‘rhabdota” from Algoa Bay with side-plates 2 and 3

acute, outstanding and upturned, but only the left-side corner of

peraeon segment 3 is slightly produced. It might well be claimed

as a transition to armata Dana; it is very similar to Monod’s fig. 4

(1931).

Nerocila orbignyi (Gueér. Mén.).

1829-32. Guérin-Méneville, Iconogr. Regne Anim., pl. xxix, figs. 3,

a—e (Ichthyophilus orbignyt).

1832. Id.. Crust. Exp. sci. Morée, p. 47 (Ichthyophilus o.).

1881. Schioedte and Meinert., Naturh. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xiul,

p- 60, pl. iv, figs. 16-18 (cephalotes).

1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. 1, p. 55 (cephalotes).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 371 (rhabdota, non Koelbel).

1920. van Name, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xhii, p. 53,

figs. 6-9 (cephalotes).

1921. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., vol. iii, p. 23 (armata, non Dana).

1923. Id., Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. Spec. Rep., 3, p. 10, pl. xv (Rosca

rogans). ;

1924. Monod, loc. cit., pp. 436 (75) sqq. figs. (cephalotes and rhabdota,

non Koelbel).

1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 390 (armata, non Dana).

1926. Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, p. 206, figs. 4, 5,

(macleayiv).

1931. Monod, loc. cit., p. 10, figs. 5-11 (references and synonymy).

1936. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 165, footnote.

1937. Schuurmans, Stekhoven. Mem. Mus. Roy. Belg. (2), fase. 9,

p. 25, figs. 19-22.

Although Stebbing, in describing Rosca rogans in 1923, refers to the

character of the incised pleurae of the pleon segments as distinguishing

Nerocila from Rosca, the figure of his specimen corresponds so exactly

with Nerocila orbignyr that there can be little doubt that he over-

looked the incisions, which are often small and inconspicuous, on the

first two pleurae (he says the “dissection of the mouth-organs in

December fogs was unsuccessful’’).

404 Annals of the South African Museum.

There is in the South African Museum an exactly similar specimen,

25 mm. in length, with the last three peraeon segments broader than

the anterior ones, but without any brood-plates (see Barnard, loc. cit.,

1936). | | |

There are also two gd, 25 and 26 mm. in length, with the inner

ramus of uropod triangular, widening to the truncate distal margin.

When the change to the ? stage occurs, the inner distal corner of the

ramus shifts proximally and forms the tooth on the inner margin of

the now nearly parallel-sided ramus.

To the list of hosts (Barnard, loc. cit., 1925, p. 391) may be added

the Snoek (Thyrsites atun).

Gen. Anilocra Leach.

1936. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxviii, p. 165, fig. 7.

Certain differences between capensis and leptosoma are noted and

figured.

| | Gen. Codonophilus Hasw.

1881. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. v, p. 471.

1883. Schioedte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xiii,

p- 322 (Ceratothoa, non Dana, 1853).

1893. Stebbing, History of Crustacea, London, p. 354 (Meznertia).

1900. Id., Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. i, p. 57 (Mewnertia).

1910. Id., Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 424 (Mezinertia).

1926. Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, p. 223.

1931. Nierstrasz, loc. cit., p. 131.

Hale’s examination of the type of Haswell’s Codonophilus argus

has shown that it is a young form of Meinertia imbricata, and as

Haswell’s name antedates Stebbing’s the generic name must be

changed. C. imbricata remains the only species recorded from South

African waters.

Fam. SPHAEROMIDAE.

HEMIBRANCHIATAE.

Gen. Sphaeroma Bosc.

Sphaeroma terebrans Bate.

1879. Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1878, p. 846, pl. iv, fig. 13

(tuberculato-crimtum).

1908. Budde-Lund, Voeltzkow’s Reise., vol. u, p. 304, pl. xvii,

fig. 55 (begranulatum).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 405

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 358.

1921. Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 217.

1926. Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, p. 247, pl. xxxviii,

figs. 11-13.

1931. Monod, Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. xxix, figs. 22 B,

42 A, 43 J, K, L.

Additional Localities —Mouth of Mtunzini River, Zululand (H. W.

Bell-Marley, 1926); Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B.,

Jan. 1931. 33, 99, juv. in water-logged timber at Whisky Creek,

5 miles from mouth, limit of tidal water); Knysna River, at tidal

limit (K. H. B., Nov. 1938. 46,-99, juv.).

Distribution.—Mozambique (Hilgendorf), Zanzibar (Budde-Lund),

Madras, Ceylon, Queensland, Florida, Brazil.

Remarks.—There can be little doubt that Hilgendorf’s and Budde-

Lund’s species are synonymous. S. retrolaeve Rich., 1904, and

peruvianum Rich., 1910, are very closely allied to one another, but

appear to differ from terebrans in the broadly rounded or rounded-

truncate telsonic apex.

Sphaeroma walkeri Stebb.

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 360.

1928. Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. lu, p. 49.

1931. Monod, loc. cit., p. 36, figs. 5, 23 A, 43 A, B.

ian barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvm, p. 178, fig. 13, bd

(epistome).

1937. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’ Egypte, vol. xxxiv, p. 13.

Distribution.—Ceylon, Suez, New South Wales.

Sphaeroma annandaler Stebb.

fit Stebbing, Rec. Ind..Mus., vol. vi, p. 181, pl. x.

1956. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvi, p. 178, fig. 13, ¢

(epistome).

Stebbing’s description and the distinctness of this species from

walkert are fully confirmed.

Front margin of head with distinct raised rim. A short transverse

ridge in the middle of peraeon segment 4, and a longer one on each

of segments 5, 6, and 7, on the 6th and 7th segments the ridge tends

to break up into a series of transversely elongate tubercles (see

Stebbing’s figure). Similarly the tubercles on the anterior portion

of the pleon are transversely elongate. The apex of the telson is

VOU. KNIT, PART ). 29

406 Annals of the South African Museum.

broadly rounded, with an upturned rim, but not so strongly marked

as in walkert. The arrangement of the tubercles on the telson is as

Stebbing describes.

The epistome is wider across the arms (embracing the upper lip)

than in walkeri, and the raised margins narrower (see Barnard, 1936,

figs.). The inner lobe of maxilla 2 broad and subquadrangular as

in the Indian examples. The inner plate of maxilliped is certainly

narrower and more pointed than in walker, but the actual shape

depends a lot on the view-point and whether the appendage is

flattened under a cover-slip; Stebbing’s figures of the maxillipeds

of the two species are not, I think, strictly comparable. Up to

1 imaimar

Locality.—Mouth of Mtunzini River, Zululand (H. W. Bell-Marley,

1926).

Distribution.—Port Canning, and Ganges Delta, India.

Gen. Hxosphaeroma Stebb.

Ezosphaeroma hylecoetes n. sp.

(Fig. 10.)

1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. 1, p. 69 (gigas, non Leach).

1910. Id., Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 428 (gegas part, non Leach,

No. 81, A).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 375 (gigas part, non Leach).

Integument matt, with minute scattered setules. Head with

slightly thickened rim on sinuous front margin. Telson a little

broader than long, more so in g than Q, sides in ¢ subtending an

angle of about 60°, rather strongly convex, smooth, sides gently

concave near the somewhat truncate apex, which is narrow in ¢ but

considerably broader in 9; ventral surface with low semicircular

ridge, and in g a shallow transverse groove.

Hpistome triangular, bluntly pointed anteriorly, surface evenly

convex. Maxilliped with 2nd—4th joints of palp lobed on imner

margins.

Anterior peraeopods not differentiated, without natatory setae.

Uropod, rami lamellate, more so in § than in 2, inner ramus not

quite reaching telsonic apex, outer reaching very slightly beyond,

outer margin crenulate proximally, gradually becoming serrate

distally, apex acute, a few minute serrulations on inner distal margin,

outer margin of outer ramus and apices of both rami setulose, inner

margin of outer ramus densely setose (furry); the Cape specimens

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 407

have the outer ramus apically blunt, and only 3-4 crenulations

distally on outer margin.

Up to 6-5 mm. (Keurbooms R.), 11-5 mm. (Cape Town).

Brownish or slaty-grey, with paler mottling, the most constant

being patches in the mid-dorsal line on the pleon and base of telson.

Fic. 10.—Hxosphaeroma hylecoetes n.sp. a, telson and uropod, J, dorsal view on

right, ventral on left, with diagrammatic sagittal section. 0, telson, 2, with

section. c¢,epistome. d, outer ramus of uropod of Keurbooms River specimen

’ (left) and Cape specimen (right). e, palp of maxilliped (setae omitted).

Localities.—Salt River, near Cape Town (W. F. Purcell, Jan. 1902,

3d, 29, juv. 14 miles from mouth, §.A.M. Reg. No. 9869); Keurbooms

River estuary, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931, gd, 29, juv.

in water-logged timber in the tidal area, S.A.M. Reg. No. A7848);

Buffalo River, East London (Stebbing; also coll. R. M. Lightfoot, 1914).

Remarks.—The telsonic apex in the larger Cape specimens is un-

usually thickened, more so in ¢ thanin 9. The palp of maxilliped

and the peraeopods are of the Exosphaeroma type, but as Monod

(loc. cit., 1931, pp. 11 sqq.) points out, there is a series of species

ranging from typical Sphaeroma to typical Exosphaeroma which

makes a sharp differentiation of these two genera wellnigh impossible.

Like other estuarine and log-loving species, the integument of this

species is usually more or less concealed under a coating of fine

particles of foreign matter. Evidently Stebbing did not clean the

specimens he examined, and consequently missed the characteristic

serration on the outer rami of the uropods.

408 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ezosphaeroma laeviusculum (Heller).

(Hig. 11, a-c.)

1843. Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 65 (juriniz, non Audouin).

1868. Heller, Reise Novara, ii, Crust., p. 138, pl. xii, fig. 7.

1905. Hansen, Q.J. Microsc. Sci., vol. xlix, p. 117 (no opinion on

generic status).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 375 (gigas part, non Leach).

Integument nitidulous, with sparse and shallow punctae. Front

Fic. 11.—Hxosphaeroma laeviusculum (Heller). a, dorsal view of telson and

uropod, g, with section. 6, epistome. c, ventral view of apex of telson, 9.

Hxosphaeroma truncatitelson n. sp. d, telson and uropod, 3g, with section.

é, epistome.

margin of head with very feebly raised rim. Epistome with straight

sides, apex triangular, surface evenly convex.

In ¢g a series of very low and inconspicuous granules on hind

margin of each of peraeon segments, 2 submedian ones on hind margin

of first division of pleon; 2 submedian on telson and a series of

5—6 in an arc on either side; in 9 these granules obsolete.

Telson broader than long, in ¢ triangular, nearly straight sides

subtending an angle of about 80°, apex acute; in @ sides convex and

apex rather broadly rounded, in juvenile still more so; ventral

surface with well-marked semicircular ridge. Distance between tips

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 409

of inner rami of uropods about 34 times in 3, 2 in Q, in length of

telson. }

Uropod in ¢ lamellate, apically rather broadly rounded, in 9

narrower, outer ramus extending beyond telsonic apex.

Penial processes relatively short and stout.

Spines on outer margins of all peraeopods as long as width of the

joints. Upto 10 mm.

Lighter or darker slaty-grey or bluish-black (according to habitat),

move or less mottled. ! et:

Localities —Port Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, 1935); Lambert’s

Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938); Table Bay, Mouille Point, and

Hout Bay, littoral (R. M. Lightfoot, 1896; J. Drury, 1914; K. H. B.,

1914); Dyer’s Island (J. Drury, 1915); Keurbooms River, Plettenberg

Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931, coast near “Cathedral Rocks’’).

Nistribution.—Java; but the “Novara” locality has never been

confirmed by later records.

Remarks.—Through the kindness of the then (1914) Director of

the Vienna Museum, I was enabled to examine the types of Heller’s

species (5 gg, 19,2 juv.). The very minute granules on the peraeon,

pleon, and telson, which are only to be seen with certainty in a dried

or semi-dried specimen, correspond exactly in the types and the Cape

specimens. The largest Cape 3¢ have the apex of the telson slightly

more acute, and the rami of the uropods rather more broadlylamellate,

but otherwise a side-by-side comparison reveals no differences.

The Lambert’s Bay specimens are particularly smooth, only the

submedian pair of granules on the telson being perceptible.

Exosphaeroma varicolor Brurd.

HOI Barnard, loc. cit., p. 379, pl. xxxu, C.

1926. Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, p. 259.

1929. Hale, Crust. 8. Austr., pt. 2, p. 276.

Distribution.—Baker says: “‘They [Cymodoce unguiculata] were

taken . . . in 5 fathoms at Beachport, South Australia, accompanied

by a species so close to Exosphaeroma varicolor that I hesitate to

separate it.” The South African and South Australian forms should,

in my opinion, be directly compared before finally accepting their

identity.

Exosphaeroma planum Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 380, pl. xxxu, F.

Locality.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

410 Annals of the South African Museum.

1 juv. from debris washed up on ocean beach); Port Nolloth (Prof.

Stephenson, 1938).

Remarks.—In the original description it should perhaps have been

stated that in juveniles the uropods do not reach to the telsonic apex.

Even juveniles, however, are easily recognized by the depressed

shape, the granulations and rugae, and the epistome. The smaller

Californian species amplicauda (Stimpson) appears to be very much

of the same general shape, but has tubercles on the peraeon segments;

probably several other differences would appear if the two species

were compared side by side.

Exosphaeroma truncatitelson n. sp.

(Fig. 11, d, e.)

Integument nitidulous, with sparse and shallow punctae. Rim of

front margin of head very slightly thickened and raised only near

the rostral point. Hpistome with very slightly concave sides and

bluntly poimted apex, surface evenly convex. No trace of any

granules on peraeon, pleon, or telson. |

Telson broader than long, apex broadly truncate, apical margin

very slightly convex in 3, nearly straight in 9 and juv.; ventral

surface with semicircular ridge. Distance between tips of inner

rami of uropods 1-75 times in length of telson.

Uropod lanceolate, outer rami extending slightly beyond telsonic

apex.

Penial processes relatively short and stout. Spines on the

peraeopods as long as width of the joints.

Up to8 mm. Biscuit colour, more or less speckled with greyish.

Localityn—Kleinmond, near Hermanus, Cape Province (K. H. B.,

Heb lo2iei5s 2 jan.)

Remarks.—Both sexes of this form bear a close resemblance to the

2 of laeviusculum, but are quite distinct from the ¢ of the latter

species. Up to the present it has not been collected in any other

locality.

Exosphaeroma pallidum n. sp.

(Big. 12, a—c.)

Integument nitidulous, with rather numerous punctae. Front

margin of head with raised sinuous rim. LEpistome pentagonal, sides

concave, surface flat or slightly concave, anterior margin projecting

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 411

freely, with a deeper-lying bluntly triangular extension meeting the

rostral point. Peraeon, pleon, and telson quite smooth.

Telson broader than long, triangular, sides subtending an angle

of about 70°, apex rounded-truncate, dorsal surface evenly convex;

ventral surface with semicircular ridge. Distance between tips of

inner rami of uropods about 2-6 times in length of telson.

Fie. 12.—Hxosphaeroma paliidum n.sp. a, telson and uropod, 3, with section.

6, frontal view of rostral point and epistome. c, epistome, with sagittal

section.

Exosphaeroma antikraussi n.sp. d, telson and uropod, g. e, frontal view of

rostral point and epistome. ff, epistome, with sagittal section.

Uropods ovate, apices subacute, inner ramus not reaching level of

telsonic apex, outer ramus extending to or very slightly beyond it.

Penial processes relatively short and stout.

Up to 13 mm. Colour (as preserved) uniform pale pinkish, eyes

reddish.

Locality.— Woodstock Beach, Table Bay (R. M. Lightfoot, Apr.

1908, 33).

Remarks.—The epistome has the somewhat shovel-like shape, with

freely projecting front margin (or, in other words, a subapical trans-

verse ridge) as is found in antvkrauss: and kraussi.

The late Mr. R. M. Lightfoot told me that the specimens were

412 Annals of the South African Museum.

collected amongst seaweed and debris washed up on the beach

(sandy) after a storm, and that when alive they were uniformly pale

in colour. I have never collected it myself on any of the rocky

portions of the foreshore around Table Bay.

Exosphaeroma kraussiw Tattersall.

1910. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi (Cat. 8. Afr. Crust.),

p- 428 (lanceolatum, non White).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 375, pl. xxxui, D (synonymy).

Remarks.—Since my 1914 paper some specimens from St. Sebastian

Bay, collected by the s.s. “Pieter Faure,’ have been found in the

South African Museum, which are, without reasonable doubt, part

of the lot (No. 132) sent to Stebbing by Dr. Gilchrist and recorded

in 1910. I have always suspected that Stebbing’s specimens were

kraussw, and this is now confirmed.

‘The St. Sebastian Bay specimens have a more strongly granulate

integument than the majority of examples, the micro-granulate

texture being particularly noticeable on the posterior margins of the

peraeon segments, and on the pleon and telson; but I have seen

similar examples from Table Bay and Dyer’s Island.

The shape of the epistome is constant, but in my description I

omitted to mention an important feature of it: the front margin

projects freely, and there is a deeper-lying rounded triangular portion

which connects with the rostral point, as in antikraussi and pallidum.

Additional Localities.—(West coast) Port Nolloth and Lambert’s

Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938), Dassen Island; (south coast) Dyer’s

Island, Port Elizabeth, Port Alfred. The species therefore ranges,

as at present known, from Lambert’s Bay to Hast London.

Ezosphaeroma antikraussi 0. sp.

(Fig. 12, d-.)

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 375 (gugas-lanceolatum, part).

Integument granulate, more strongly so than in the micro-granulate

form of kraussi (supra). Rim of front margin of head slightly

thickened. Epistome quadrate, sides straight, surface flat, anterior

margin truncate, projecting freely and visible beyond the antennae

in dorsal view, with a deeper-lying rounded extension connecting

(or almost so) with the rostral point. Peraeon and pleon without

any traces of tubercles. Telson broader than long, triangular, sides

subtending an angle of about 70° in g, 75° in 9, apex acute; dorsal

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 4138

surface with a pair of short and feebly raised ridges proximally, and

an indistinct median keel distally (less strongly marked than in

normal kraussi); ventral surface with semicircular ridge. Distance

between tips (outer angles) of inner rami of uropods 14-14 in length

of telson.

Uropod, inner ramus parallel-sided, «nner apical angle rounded,

outer apical angle rectangular or slightly acute, reaching to level of

telsonic apex, outer ramus ovate-lanceolate, proportionately broader

in g than in 9, apex acute and uncinately curved outwards, extending

slightly beyond level of telsonic apex.

Penial processes relatively short and stout.

Up to 8 mm. Pale buff or whitish, more or less speckled with

grey, often the head and anterior four peraeon segments grey, the

rest pale. -

Localities.—Mouille Point, Cape Town (K. H. B., 1913, 3d, 29);

Oudekraal, near Camps Bay, west coast Cape Peninsula (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1934, 1 3); Reef Bay, Port Elizabeth (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1936, 33, 99).

Remarks.—This is the form mentioned in 1914 as having been

considered by Dr. Tattersall as lanceolatum (White), but on which

I preferred to suspend my own opinion pending confirmatory evidence.

At a hurried glance it might be confused with krausswi. The epistome,

however, is quite constant and distinct, and together with the uropods

forms a ready means of distinguishing the two species.

Ezxosphaeroma gigas (Leach).

(Fig. 13, a-—f.)

1900. Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 553, pl. xxxix

(references and synonymy).

1909. Chilton, Subantarctic Islands, N.Z., vol. ii, p. 652 (part).

1918. Nierstrasz, Zool. Med., vol. iv, p. 123 (remarks under

calcareum).

1925. Memoria Annual, 1924, Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, pl. xxxv,

fig. 1 (fig. of lanceolatum ex Giambiagi, Ann. Soc. Cient.

Argent., 1925).

1931. Monod, Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. xxix, p. 69, figs. 23 L,

25°, 304,37 .C; I.

In 1902 Stebbing took the view that it was better to keep gigas

(Leach) and lanceolata (White) specifically separate, “although it may

not be absolutely certain which of the forms Leach had before him.”’

414 Annals of the South African Museum.

It seems impossible to settle the matter without a direct appeal

to the types (if extant), but I have endeavoured to place the South

African forms, which hitherto have been regarded as gigas-lanceolatum,

on a definite taxonomic basis. A comparison with a few specimens

from New Zealand, given me by the late Dr. Chilton, and also some

Tasmanian examples from the South Australian Museum, has been

of considerable help. Although all the New Zealand examples were

regarded by Chilton as gigas, I am of opinion that two distinct species

should be accepted, and that the Tasmanian examples represent a

third species.

The distinguishing characters are to be found (g¢ in all cases) in

the presence or absence of a frontal ridge on the head (mentioned by

Stebbing, 1900, loc. cit., p. 536), the epistome, the ventral surface of

the telsonic apex, and the surface texture of the integument. The

shape of the telson and the uropods, previously employed in descrip-

tions, are of course also of diagnostic value.

The specimens from Auckland Is., New Zealand, a g and a 2 (with

embryos) 21 mm., and a juvenile 14 mm. in length, are in agreement

with Stebbing’s Falkland Is. specimens (1900) in having a nearly

straight frontal ridge on the head. Chilton also noticed this in his

larger specimens. Stebbing’s figures of the telson and epistome seem

to have been drawn somewhat foreshortened; as both structures are

convex a slight difference in the angle from which they are viewed

may account for the small discrepancies between Stebbing’s figures

and mine.

The ratio of the length to breadth of telson is: 1: 1-41 (g), 1: 1:57

(2), 1: 1-68 (Gjuv.). The ratio of the distance between the tips of

inner rami of uropods to length of telson is 1: 2-4 (3), 1: 1-86 (9),

1: 1-6 Gjuv.). Thus the telson is relatively longer in the adult than

in the young, and the apex is more broadly rounded in the 9 and

juv. than in the 3.

On the ventral surface of the telson there is a feeble semicircular

ridge separating the proximal portion of telson, in which the pleopods

lie, from the distal portion.

As regards the epistome Stebbing draws a second line within the

margin. In view of the Tasmanian form mentioned below, where

there is a definite raised margin, this method of draftsmanship is

ambiguous. In the present case, however, one may assume that in

the Falkland Is. specimens the surface of the epistome was evenly

convex, not sunken and concave in the middle.

Stebbing’s description of the penial processes (on 7th sternite)

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 415

Fig. 13.—Hzosphaeroma gigas (Leach). Auckland Is., New Zealand. a, dorsal

view of head. 6, portion of integument (lst peraeon segment). c, telson and

uropod, ¢ (21 mm.), with section. d, ventral view of apex of telson, juv.

(14 mm.). e, ventral view of apex of telson, 3. ff, epistome, with sagittal

and transverse sections.

Exosphaeroma sp. Carnley Harbour, Auckland Is., and Dunedin, New Zealand.

g, dorsal view of head. h, portion of integument. 7, telson and uropod, 3,

with section. j, ventral view of apex of telson. k, epistome, with sagittal

and transverse sections.

Exosphaeroma sp. Tasmania. /, telson and uropod, ¢ (26 mm.), dorsal view on

right, ventral on left, with section. m, apex of telson, juv. (15 mm.). n,

portion of integument. 0, epistome, with sagittal and transverse sections.

416 Annals of the South African Museum.

as “about 4 times” as long as broad is not quite in accordance with

his figure unless one measures the breadth very near the tip.

The surface of the integument is smooth and nitidulous, with

shallow and moderately closely set punctae.

The following may serve as a diagnosis of this form: integument

nitidulous, shallowly punctate; head with nearly straight transverse

frontal ridge; epistome anteriorly more or less pointed, surface

evenly convex; telson broader than long, evenly convex dorsally,

apex rounded; the distance between the tips of inner rami of uropods

slightly over twice in 3, slightly less than twice in 9, in length of

telson; ventral surface of telson subapically with a low semicircular

ridge; uropods apically subacute or narrowly rounded, the outer

ramus extending beyond telsonic apex; penial processes relatively

short and stout; outer margins of 2nd and 3rd joints and apex only

of inner margin of 3rd joint of peraeopod 1 furry (inner margins of

4th-—6th joints in all peraeopods furry); spines on outer margins of all

peraeopods few and stout (less than width of joints).

Distribution. — Falkland Is. (Stebbing); Auckland Is., New

Zealand (Chilton); Kerguelen. :

No South African specimens have been collected which conform

to the above diagnosis or resemble the above Auckland specimens.

I have seen specimens from the Falkland Is. and Kerguelen (ex. Brit.

Mus.) which agree entirely with the Auckland Is. specimens.

Although I leave the naming of the following two forms to some

other carcinologist, I propose to outline briefly some of the characters

distinguishing them from the above form which is regarded as

gigas.

Carnley Harbour, Auckland Is., New Zealand, and Dunedin Harbour,

New Zealand (2 33 from each locality, don: Dr. Chilton).

(Fig. 13, g-k.)

13-145 mm. Integument nitidulous, with closer and stronger

punctae; front margin of head with a slightly raised rim, sinuous,

and not forming a straight transverse ridge; epistome anteriorly in

ventral view apparently truncate, but with a triangular point which

curves strongly dorsally to meet the rostral point, the longitudinal

profile therefore strongly convex; telson broader than long, evenly

convex dorsally, apex more narrowly rounded, the distance between

tips of inner rami of uropods is 2:5-2-7 times in length of telson;

ventral surface of telson with the semicircular ridge so well developed

medianly as to form a definite transverse groove on its distal side;

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 417

uropods apically subtruncate, the outer projecting only very slightly

beyond telsonic apex; penial processes more slender and longer

relatively to length of animal.

Tasmania (2 gg and 1 juv., don: South Australian Museum).

(Fig. 13, l-o.)

26-27 mm., juv. 15mm. Integument matt, with very shallow and

irregularly vermiculate impressions; frontal margin of head as in the

Carnley Harbour specimens; epistome bluntly pointed anteriorly,

the central portion slightly sunken and surrounded by a gently

raised rim; telson more depressed, broader than long, triangular,

sides straight, subtending an angle of approx. 75°-78°, apex acute;

distance between tips of inner rami of uropods about 12 times in

length of telson; ventral surface of telson with transverse ridge and

groove; uropods apically somewhat bluntly rounded, the outer

extending beyond telsonic apex; penial processes relatively short

and stout (as in gigas).

Exosphaeroma porrectum Brurd.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 382, pl. xxxiu, E.

The @ is similar to the g in sculpturing, but the telson does not

project so far beyond the inner rami of uropods, the distal portion

is not narrowed, though the apex is acutely pointed, and the outer

rami of uropods are not so broadly lanceolate.

Additional Localities.—Port Elizabeth (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1936,

1 9); Lambert’s Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1938, 1 3).

Gen. Pseudosphaeroma Chilton.

1909. Chilton, Subantarc. Is., New Zealand, vol. i, p. 653.

1931. Monod, Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. xxix, p. 73.

Pseudosphaeroma barnardi Monod.

1931. Monod, loc. cit., p. 78; figs. 62-66, 67 A—D, 68-71.

Localities —Hout Bay, in stream (Monod); Keurbooms River,

Plettenberg Bay (K. H.B., Jan. 1931, 33, 99, Juv. in water-logged

timber at Whisky Creek, limit of tidal flow); estuary of Klip Drifts

Fontein stream, Potteberg, Bredasdorp district (A. C. Harrison,

May 1936); Palmiet River lagoon, Kleinmond (K. H. B., April 1937,

under stones, swims on surface at night).

418 Annals of the South African Museum.

Zuzara furcifer Brurd.

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 361; pl. xv, figs. 26, 27.

Juveniles of 4 mm. in length have a short blunt apical telsonic

_ projection, and a blunt (truncate) process on 7th peraeon segment

extending to end of the composite pleon segment.

Additional Localities—Kleinmond, near Hermanus (K. H. B.,

February 1927, 1 3); Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B..,

January 1931, 2 $3, 3 juv. from debris washed up on ocean beach).

Cymodoce valida (Stebb.).

1902. Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. i, p. 67; pl. xu, A.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 388; pl. xxxiu, C.

A young specimen, 9 mm. in length, is creamy-white in colour, with

black spots arranged very nearly in the same pattern as in Stebbing’s

original figure, except that the largest and most conspicuous spot is

not on the anterior part of the pleon, but on the base of the telson;

a small ovate spot on inner ramus of uropod.

Cymodoce unguiculata Brord.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 394, pl. xoav, /B:

1926. Baker, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, p. 259.

1929. Hale, Crust. 8S. Austr., part 2, p. 285.

Distribution.—Beachport, South Australia (Baker).

Parisocladus perforatus (M. Edw.).

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 402, plizceqmyaee

Additional Localities—(West coast) Port Nolloth and Lambert’s

Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson); (south coast) Dyer’s Island (J. Drury),

Port Alfred (Albany Mus.), Hast London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1937).

Remarks.—In the 99 from Lambert’s Bay the telson, instead of

having 2 submedian ridges or humps each with 1-2 minute points

(Barnard, loc. cit.), has 2 pairs of submedian very distinct tubercles,

and the 2 tubercles on the 4th pleon segment are also much more

distinct than usual.

EKUBRANCHIATAR.

Dynamenella dioxus Brurd.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 419; pl. xxxiv, fig. K.

Additional Localities.—Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1938).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 419

Dynamenella scabricula (Heller).

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 411; pl. xxxv, fig. A.

Additional Localities.—(West coast), Port Nolloth (Natal Mus.),

Lambert’s Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1938), to Table Bay and west

coast of Cape Peninsula; (south coast), St James, False Bay and

Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B.).

Dynamenella huttoni (Thomson).

1879. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xi, p. 204; pl. x, a, fig. 6.

1909. Chilton, Subantarc. Is., N.Z., vol. ii, p. 657 (comparison with

eatont).

1914. Vanh6ffen, loc. cit., p. 516, fig. 49 (brunnea).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 415; pl. xxxv. B (kraussv).

1916. Id., loc. cit., p. 106 (corrigendum = huttonz).

1917. Nierstrasz, Zool. Med., vol. iii, p. 109.

O18. Id., abod., vol. iv, p. 122; pl. ix; figs. 14, 15 (kraussi).

1931. Monod, Senckenbergiana, vol. xiii, p. 25.

Chilton’s distinctions (based on Calman) between this species and

eatont are confirmed except the last one; if by the “sinuous transverse

groove” is meant the suture between the Ist and 2nd pleon segments,

I find this present in both species. The raised rim of the front margin

of head in eatonz, and the shape of the animal (both juv. and adult)

are clearly marked distinctions. In huttont the body is nearly

parallel-sided and very convex, the side-plates being nearly vertical,

the height of the body half the width (cross-section semicircular).

The slot at end of telson is proportionately narrower in huttoni than

in eatont.

I have seen South African specimens up to 18 mm. in length.

Monod remarks on the curious fact that eatont occurs at Kerguelen

and South America, whereas huttonz occurs in South Africa and New

Zealand. If brunnea be proved (by comparison of Vanhéffen’s types)

to be the same as huttonz, the distribution becomes even more curious.

Localities.—As shown by additional records the species occurs along

the whole South African coast from Port Nolloth, Lambert’s Bay, and

Table Bay (Melkbos Strand) to Natal.

Distribution.—New Zealand, Chatham Is., Kermadec Is.; St Paul

Is. (Indian Ocean) (brunnea).

Dynamenella macrocephala (Krauss).

1914. Barnard, loc. cat., p. 418, pl. xxxv, C.

In adult 3 the 7th peraeon segment is noticeably longer in middle

420 Annals of the South African Museum.

line than the preceding segments, with convex hind margin, and is

slightly gibbous, overhanging base of pleon.

This species is further distinguished from huttona by having a

shghtly raised rim on the front margin of head.

Additional Localities.—Port Elizabeth (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

1936); Hast London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1937).

Dynamenella ovalis Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, loc. qt., p. 418, pl. xxxv, D,

This species has a very slightly raised rim on front margin of head.

The integument is a little more strongly shagreened or micro-

granulate than in eaton, but in spite of this and the feeble rim on the

head, there is a possibility that ovalis should be regarded as merely a

dwarf form of eatoni.

Additional Localities.—Mouille Point and Oudekraal (west coast of

Cape Peninsula); Still Bay, East London.

Dynamenella australis Rich.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 414, pl. xxxv, E.

This species seems to be rare, as since 1914 I have only seen 2 99

from Sea Point (K. H. B.), and 8 specimens from Lambert’s Bay

(Prof. Stephenson, 1938). As Miss Richardson pointed out, the 2

does not differ in the ornamentation of the pleon from the 4g, the

granules and the prominent tubercle in front of the apical notch being

equally well developed.

Dynamenella australoides n. sp.

(Fig. 14.)

Body nearly parallel-sided, convex, glabrous; head, peraeon and

anterior part of pleon with very feeble granulation and rugae (best

seen when the specimen is partially dried). Posteriorly the granules

become slightly more distinct. Telson distinctly granulate-tuber-

culate, but the arrangement differing from that in australis, no

prominent median tubercle immediately in front of the apical notch.

Epistome wider than in australis, and with evenly sinuous margins,

anteriorly more pointedly produced than in huttone.

Uropod, inner ramus sinuous and slightly narrowing apically as in

australis, but with less acute apex; outer ramus oblong-oval, with

bluntly rounded apex (not ovate with subacute apex as in australis).

9x5 to 10:5x5-5 mm. Reddish or greyish brown, more or less

mottled, the granules on telson and uropods pale. .

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 421

Locality. St. James, False Bay, littoral (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

August 1936, 29).

Remarks.—This species on a cursory glance looks like hutton, but

is easily distinguished (especially if dried) by the granules on the

Fie. 14.—Dynamenella australoides n. sp. 7th peraeon segment, and pleo-telson;

epistome.

telson; it resembles australis in the shape of the inner ramus of

uropod, but differs in the shape of the outer ramus; the sculpturing

of the telson is different, and the body is not setose.

Dynamenella taurus ni. sp.

| (Fig. 15.)

Head strongly bigibbous, front descending steeply to the rim-like

anterior margin, rostral point blunt, meeting the epistome.

Peraeon broad, nearly parallel-sided, markedly convex, but the

height not half the width (24 times in the width), segments smooth

and unsculptured, segment 7 rather prominently convex in centre;

VOL. XXXII, PART 5. 30

422 Annals of the South African Museum.

epimera very broad, measured ventrally to insertion of peraepods

about ¢ total width of segment (distance between insertions of the

two peraeopods on a segment half the total width of the segment).

Telson triangular, apex narrowly truncate, ventrally notched, but

notch not showing in dorsal view, surface strongly convex, with two

rounded ridges.

Fic. 15.—Dynamenella taurus n. sp. a, lateral view of head, lst peraeon segment,

and Ist antenna. 06, ventral view of head and epistome (flagellum of antenna

2 not completely drawn in). c, dorsal view of 7th peraeon segment, pleo-

telson, and uropod. d, posterior view of telson. e, ventral view of apex of

telson.

First antenna, Ist and 2nd peduncular joints robust, flagellum

short, 6-7-jointed. Second antenna, flagellum 12—14-jointed.

Uropod, inner and outer rami broadly oval, apices rounded,

extending to, or the outer ramus slightly beyond, telsonic apex.

6x4 mm. Reddish or pinkish, with a more or less conspicuous

dark-margined, pale, hourglass-shaped dorsal patch on peraeon, the

projecting anterior corners of Ist and 2nd peduncular joints of first

antennae, the lateral margins of the Ist peraeon segment (both

dorsally and ventrally), and the peduncle and outer ramus of uropod

chalky white; legs pale, with a brownish mark at base of 2nd joints

near insertions; apices of mandibles also white.

Localities —East London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, July 1937, 3

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 423

immature specimens); Port Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, Aug. 1938,

1 immature specimen).

Remarks.—A very distinct species, with an even more gibbous and

bull-like head than macrocephala; hence the specific name. Distin-

guished by the oblong-oval shape from navicula. The coloration

also appears to be distinctive.

Dynamenella navicula n. sp.

(Fig. 16.)

Body boat-shaped, in dorsal view nearly symmetrically lenticular,

in lateral view strongly convex; the legs can be completely with-

drawn within the margins. Surface smooth and glabrous.

Head (2) strongly gibbous dorsally, less strongly so in the juveniles.

Epimera on segments 2-7 faintly demarcated.

Pleon segment 1 not concealed, though only faintly indicated

medianly. No ornamentation on any of the pleon segments.

Telson strongly convex, triangular with truncate apex, the apical

margin very feebly concave, with scarcely any groove ventrally.

First antennae, Ist and 2nd joints stout, with a few short plumose

setae on the anterior surface, 3rd joint short and narrower; flagellum

6§-jointed, the last 3 or 4 joints with sensory setae. Second antennae,

flagellum 9-jointed.

EKpistome with short quadrangular projection meeting the apically

truncate rostral point which separates the bases of the Ist antennae.

Marsupial lamellae overlapping in middle line, brood developed in

internal pouches.

Third pleopod with unjointed outer ramus. Fourth and fifth

pleopods with strong pleats on both rami.

The uropods can lie horizontal, or can be folded vertically so that

when the animal is grasping a stem of seaweed the outer edges of

the uropods are applied to the seaweed, leaving a terminal gap

through which water can enter to the pleopods: a groove on the

ventral surface of the telsonic apex is thus unnecessary. When

horizontal, the inner apex of inner ramus almost reaches the telsonic

apex, outer ramus much smaller, oval.

5x2-25 mm. As preserved (after about one month in formalin)

dull crimson (probably brighter in life), with faint pale patches

dorsally on the peraeon segments, uropods pale, legs pale with grey

dendritic dots, eyes black.

- Locality.—Port Elizabeth, amongst a miscellaneous lot of Amphi-

424 Annals of the South African Museum.

pods and Isopods collected from seaweed (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

1936, 2 ovig. 99, 2 juv.); Hast London (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1937,

1 ovig. 9).

Cc d

Fic. 16.—Dynamenella navicula n. sp. a, b, dorsal and lateral views of whole animal.

c, epistome and Ist antenna. d, ventral view of apex of telson and uropod.

Remarks.—It is rather unfortunate that no ¢ of this noteworthy

little Sphaeromid is present. It would not be surprising if the head of

the $ were found to be even more prominent thaninthe?. A swollen

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 425

head, though less developed and without any marked sexual di-

morphism, is found in two other South African Sphaeromids: Dyna-

menella macrocephala (Krss.) and Cymodoce amplifrons (Stebb.):

and a comparison is invited by Baker’s figure of an unnamed and

undescribed Sphaeromid from the Gt. Barrier Reef (1926, Tr. Roy.

Soc. 8. Austr., vol. 1, pl. 47, figs. 10, 11, explanation, p. 279).

The smaller juvenile, 2-3 mm. in length, although scarcely differing

in size (7 inch) from Stebbing’s specimen of Cymodocella algoense

(cf. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 421, 1914), shows no

resemblance, the relative lengths of the telson and uropods being as

in the adult.

Although not found in situ, there can scarcely be any doubt that

this little boat-shaped Isopod lives on seaweed, and by closely

examining handfuls of weed future collectors might be rewarded by

the discovery of the exact habitat, and also the male.

PLATYBRANCHIATAE.

Artopoles natalis Brurd.

(Fig. 17, a-c.)

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 377.

This opportunity is taken to give a figure of this Sphaeromid. The

rostral point is small and blunt; ventrally it is pinched in to form a

slight median ridge which connects with the spiniform anterior

process of the epistome.

Stathmos n. g.

Body oblong, moderately depressed, the side-plates broad and

neatly horizontal, margins not ciliate. Head laterally enclosed in

Ist peraeon segment. Peraeon segment 7 not quite as wide as 6th,

but forming part of the lateral margins. Telson at base much

narrower than anterior portion of pleon, triangular. Epistome

projecting in front, visible in dorsal view. First 2 joints of antenna

1 expanded. Fourth to 6th joints of maxilliped inwardly produced.

Peraeopods normal, the hinder ones becoming slightly more slender;

the anterior 3 pairs with rather long spine-setae (not natatory plumose

setae). Inner ramus of pleopod 1 almost twice as long as (basally)

wide. Both rami of pleopod 3 with plumose setae, the outer ramus

2-jointed. Both rami of pleopods 4 and 5 without transverse folds,

the outer rami 2-jointed, feebly setose. Uropods not reaching

telsonic apex, but both rami well developed.

426 Annals of the South African Museum.

Stathmos coronatus n. sp.

(Fig. 17, d-k.)

Female.—Surface minutely granulate. Head with small rostral

point, slightly raised front margin, 2 low rounded submedian tubercles,

and a low rounded transverse ridge between the eyes. Hach of the

h i bh J

Fic. 17.—Artopoles natalis Brnrd. a, whole animal. 6, c, ventral and lateral views

of epistome and rostral point.

Stathmos coronatus n. g.,n. sp. d, whole animal. e, f, g, pleopods 3, 4, and 5

respectively. h, epistome. 7, palp of maxilliped (setae omitted). Jj,

peraeopod 1. k, spine from inner apex of 5th joint of peraeopods 5-7. .

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 427

peraeon segments with a low median longitudinal ridge, ending on

the hinder segments in a slightly projecting tubercle. Anterior

portion of pleon with 2 slight submedian tubercles. Telson tri-

angular, apex acute, margin slightly concave where the inner rami

of uropods abut against it, 2 faint submedian keels proximally,

passing into a low median keel distally.

Kpistome projecting conically in front, apex truncate, ventrally

smooth, dorsally grooved between 2 ridges which converge towards

the rostral point on head.

Antenna 1, first 2 joints triangularly expanded, the antero-

distal angles sharp, an oblique ridge on dorsal surface of Ist

joint, 3rd joint small, flagellum 7-jointed. Antenna 2, flagellum

10-11-jointed, extending to end of lst peraeon segment. Maxilliped,

4th—6th joints inwardly expanded, 4th rather broadly, 5th and 6th

narrowly.

Peraeopods normal, the hinder ones, especially the 7th, more

slender than the anterior ones; the 3 anterior ones with rather long

simple spine-setae on lower margins of 4th—6th joints.

Pleopod 1, inner ramus subtriangular, nearly twice as long as wide;

3 coupling-spines on peduncle of both pleopods 1 and 2. Pleopod 3,

both rami with plumose setae, outer ramus 2-jointed, 2 coupling

spines on peduncle. Pleopod 4, outer ramus 2-jointed with a few

short setae on outer margin, and some short plumose setae around

apex; inner ramus non-setose, but with a single rather short and

stout plumose seta on apex. Pleopod 5, outer ramus 2-jointed, the

suture somewhat indistinct in the middle, outer margin with 2 short

setae; inner ramus apically truncate, with a few short setae on outer

margin distally.

Uropods, not nearly reaching telsonic apex, inner ramus sub-

quadrangular, apex truncate, slightly emarginate, outer ramus ovate-

lanceolate, apex turned outwards.

6 (not incl. epistome) x3-5 mm. White, eyes black.

Locality.—Oudekraal, near Camps Bay, west coast of Cape Peninsula

(Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1934, littoral, 1 non-ovigerous Q).

otaduos =a cattle-pen (kraal).

Fam. ASTACILLIDAE.

Gen. Arcturella Sars.

1925. Monod, Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc., vol. v, p. 76 (validity of

genus).

428 Annals of the South African Museum.

Arcturella brevipes Brnrd.

(Fig. 19.)

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 396, pl. 16, fig. 27.

Further specimens from a specimen of Gorgonia albicans from

Table Bay, 2 up to 11 mm. in length, 3-75 mm. in width.

One immature 3, 6 mm. in length, has the 4th peraeon segment

1-3 mm. in length and just under 1 mm. in greatest width. In

dorsal view this segment is somewhat bottle-shaped, the anterior

quarter being narrower and forming the neck; the width across

posterior margin is much less than that of segment 5. There are

2 small rounded tubercles in the mid-dorsal line.

Fam. IDOTEIDAE.

Cleantis natalensis Brnrd.

- 1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 394.

1936. Id., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvin, p: 186, fest

First described from juveniles which probably reached the Natal

coast in drift-weed by the agency of the Mozambique current. The

adult, and the tubular case it inhabits, are described in the second

paper quoted above.

Distribution.—Bay of Bengal.

Synidotea variegata Clige.

1917. Collinge, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xiii, p. 2, pl. 1.

1924. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 891, fig. 10 and pl. lx,

fig. 6.

1927. Omer-Cooper, Tr. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xxu, p. 205 (? hor-

tupes).

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvu, p. 313.

1936. ld. cbed-. vol. scomyims yp. 185, nes lb:

A young specimen has been compared with Indian specimens,

and appears to agree in all respects.

Locality.—Port Elizabeth, amongst seaweed (Prof. T. A. Stephen-

son, 1936, 1 juv.).

Distribution.—Coasts of India and Ceylon; Suez Canal.

Paridotea ungulata (Pallas).

1910. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 433.

1914. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 430.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 429

Additional Localities.—(West coast) Walfisch Bay to Table Bay;

(south coast) False Bay to East London.

Paridotea rubra Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 426, pl. xxxvu, fig. A.

Additional Localities.—Port Nolloth and East London (Prof. T. A.

Stephenson).

Glyptidotea lichtensteini (Krss.).

1910. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust., p. 434.

Additional Localities.—Port Nolloth and East London (Prof. T. A.

Stephenson).

Gen. Engidotea Brnrd.

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 203.

The definition of the genus requires a slight modification: the

side-plates on segments 2 and 3 in the Q are not as long as their

segments, thus resembling Paridotea. In fact these two side-plates

are not as long as the length of their segments in the 3 if the length

of the segment be taken in the mid-dorsal line; it is only the peculiar

intersegmental notching which develops in the J, and bevels off the

postero-lateral corners of the segments, which permits the original

statement to be regarded as correct.

Juveniles and females are typical Paridotea, as regards the side-

plates, and the two genera are certainly very close. On account of

the sexual dimorphism I am inclined to let Engidotea stand.

Engidotea lobata (Miers).

(Fig. 18.)

1881. Miers, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xvi, p. 57, pl. u1, figs. 8, 9 (3).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 204, pl. 17, C (3).

Figures of both sexes are given here to show the different shapes.

The telson is not quite so widely notched in females and juveniles.

The coloration is remarkable. The mid-dorsal pale line, expanding

into an oval spot on segments 1, 4, and 7, is characteristi® of all

specimens, from 4 mm. upwards, which I have seen, though it fades

in alcohol. The margins of the peraeon segments are pale, especially

around the postero-lateral corners. In the ¢ these corners become

bevelled off as growth proceeds, but the pale margin remains narrow.

In the 2, however, no structural alteration takes place, but the pale

margin becomes a broad, more or less triangular, pale patch at the

430 Annals of the South African Museum.

postero-lateral corners. Consequently when a fresh female is placed

on a pale background, the coloration produces the effect of incised

lateral margins simulating the actually incised margins in the 3.

Length of ovig. 9 17 mm., greatest width (across 3rd peraeon

segment) 5mm. The ground colour may be deep maroon, greenish,

Fic. 18.—Hngidotea lobata (Miers), showing how the morphological alteration in

the male (left) follows the line of demarcation between the pigmented and

unpigmented areas in the female (right). The pigmentation on head and

telson not shown.

brown, or buff according to the colour of the seaweed and other

surroundings amongst which the animals live.

Additional Localities.—St. James and Buffels Bay (False Bay)

(K. H. B., 1914, 1915); Sea Point and Melkbos Strand (Table Bay)

(K. H. B., 1913 and 1927); Port Elizabeth (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

1936, 1 ovig. 2); Lambert’s Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1938,

Gig A PUN)

Fam. STENETRIIDAE.

Gen. Stenetruum Hasw.

1920. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 398 (references).

1925. Monod, loc. cit., p. 238.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 431

Stenetrium bartholomei n. sp.

(Fig. 19.)

Very like diaz: Brnrd. at first sight, but with the following differ-

ences. Rostrum triangular, as long as basal width, apex subacute.

Ventral keel with forwardly directed point on each of segments 1-3,

and backwardly directed point on segments 6 and 7, obsolete on

segments 4 and 5. Antenna 1, 2nd joint shortest, $ length of Ist,

{

ed /

Z SES

Fie. 19.—Arcturella brevipes Brnrd. (left). Dorsal view of 3rd—5th peraeon

_ segments of immature ¢.

Stenetrium bartholomei n. sp. (right). Hand of peraeopod 1.

drd $ length of Ist. Peraeopod 1, 3g, elongate, 2nd joint longer than

3rd—5th together, slender at base and without tooth, 6th joint 2

length of 2nd, broadly subtriangular, palm transverse, defining tooth

strong, palm with one rather long slender tooth and 3 smaller teeth,

finger robust, overlapping and closing down on inner side of palm,

apex subacute; in 2 as in dzaz. .Pleopod 1 as in diaz but outer

margins of rami less angular.

3 5-5 mm., 2? 6-5x3 mm., length of peraeopod 1 (base of 2nd joint

to palm) 5 mm. Creamy-white, with greyish-brown mottling, chiefly

on lateral corners of head, a small medio-dorsal spot on peraeon

segments 2-7, and the anterior half or two-thirds of the pleon,

the latter with pale apex, and pale lateral and medio-dorsal spots,

eyes dark.

Locality—Still Bay and Port Elizabeth, littoral (Prof. T. A.

Stephenson, 1932, 1 3, 1 ovig. 2, 9 juv., and 1936, 1 $, 1 9 respectively).

432 Annals of the South African Museum.

Stenetrium syzygus nN. sp.

(Fig. 20.)

Body nearly parallel-sided, dorsally smooth, but the hinder peraeon

segments feebly grooved transversely, surface finely hirsute.

Head with antero-lateral angles acute, but not strongly produced;

rostrum prominent, acute. Hyes reduced to 3-4 separate ocelli.

Antero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 1 not prominent, nor acute.

Ventral keel not prominent on any of the segments, distinct on

segments 1 and 2, but not raised into processes or denticles. Pleon

slightly longer than broad, the anterior 2 segments distinct.

Antenna 1 short, scarcely as long as length of head, and not ex-

tending beyond 4th peduncular joint of antenna 2, flagellum

apparently composed of only one joint. Antenna 2, 1st joint not

produced on outer apex, scale on 3rd joint short and broad, 6th joint

slightly longer than 5th, flagellum longer than peduncle, multi-

articulate. Mouth-parts normal; 2nd joint of maxilliped not so

elongate as in crassimanus Brurd. (1914, pl. xx).

Peraeopod 1 not elongate, outer apex of 3rd joint blunt, of 4th

acute, 6th short and broad, outer margin strongly convex, inner

margin straight, palm transverse, with stout defining spine at angle,

outer margin with dense fringe of long setae curving over on to inner

surface. Peraeopods 2—7 biunguiculate.

Penial processes on 7th peraeon segment curving towards one

another, apices nearly touching.

Pleopod 1 fused, peduncles very short, rami elongate ovate.

Pleopod 2, 3, normal, outer ramus 2-jointed, 2nd joint short, with one

strong subapical seta, inner ramus with apical setae, and a short

subapical appendage. Pleopod 3, outer ramus operculiform, 2-jointed,

inner ramus shorter, narrow, with a few apical setae. Pleopod 4,

outer ramus narrow, 2-jointed, apically incurved, inner ramus oval,

shorter and broader. Pleopod 5 with a single ovate ramus. Uro-

pods, peduncle short, outer ramus shorter than inner, both with

simple setae.

6x1-5mm. Creamy-white, ocelli faintly reddish.

Locality.—Still Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1932, ovigerous and

non-ovigerous specimens).

Remarks.—The reduction of the eyes to 3 or 4 feebly pigmented

ocelli gives this Isopod the appearance of a deep-sea form; it

was, however, collected under rocks and among worm-tubes,

ascidians, etc.,in the littoral zone. Except for the eyes it is a normal

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 433

Stenetrium, though the peduncles (fused) of the Ist pleopods are

unusually short.

There is one most remarkable feature of these specimens. In all

Fig. 20.—Stenetrium syzygusn.sp. a, whole animal. 6, antennal. c, antenna 2.

d, hand of peraeopod 1. e, uropod. f, penial processes of 7th sternite, and

lst pleopods. g, pleopod 2. h, pleopod 4.

of them the pleopods are of the same structure characteristic of the

3 of Stenetrrwm, but some of the specimens have well-developed

brood-plates and carry ova or embryos. This extraordinary fact is

confirmed by Dr. Th. Monod (in litt. 23/10/35), to whom I had

forwarded specimens.

434 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. JAERIDARE.

Gen. Austrofilius Hodgson.

1910. Hodgson, Nat. Antarct. Exp., vol. v, p. 51.

1914. Vanhoffen, loc. cat., p. 554.

Austrofilius serrata (Brnrd.).

21914. Vanhoffen, loc. cat., p. 554, fig. 81 (Austrofilius furcatus, non

Hodgson).

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 433, pl. xxxvili, A (Jaera s.).

I have a strong suspicion that Vanhéffen’s Simonstown material

and my Jaera serrata are the same species; possibly the Kerguelen

specimens are also the same, but I doubt whether the South African

specimens should be assigned to Hodgson’s antarctic species.

In any case serrata would seem to be more happily placed in

Austrofius than in Jaera. These minute Asellota are very difficult

to examine and usually the material is very scanty. There is a great

likeness between Vanhoffen’s figure of pleopod 1, 3g, and mine.

Jaeropsis curvicorms (Nicolet).

1914. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 224, pl. xx, fig. C (¢).

Additional Localities —Sea Point, Table Bay (K. H. B., 1914),

Lambert’s Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1938).

Fam. PHREATOICIDAE.

Phreatoicus capensis Brurd.

1914. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 233, pls. xxi, xxiv.

1927. Id., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., vol. xiv, pp. 141 sqq., pls. viax,

and text-figs. 1-6 (general biology, and vars. abbreviatus

and depressus) (January).

1927. Sheppard, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 109 (April).

In my 1927 paper the following correction should be made in the

legend to fig. 6: for “Kogelberg” read “Steenbras”; figs. 6 and d

represent the var. depressus.

The following additional character of var. abbreviatus may be

noted: uropods with numerous setae as well as the typical spines.

var. penicillatus n.

Side-plates and lateral portions of head strongly setose. Hand of

gnathopod (peraeopod 1) in the largest gg as large as the head in

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 435

lateral view, robust, palm scarcely longer than hind margin; in 2

and juv., however, palm distinctly longer than hind margin (cf.

Barnard, 1927, fig. 4, b).

Antenna 2, lower surfaces of 2nd—5th peduncular joints strongly

setose, flagellum with dense whorls of setae.

Telson strongly setose, setae on lateral margin long, 2 apical spines

and often one lateral on each side, sometimes a subapical pair on

dorsal surface (as in var. depressus); all the spines more slender than

in the typical form.

Uropods with spines as in typical form, but outer ramus with

3 apical spines and inner ramus with 3 or 4; peduncle and rami in

addition strongly setose, most of the setae, especially the distal ones,

at least twice as long as the spines; 9 not so strongly setose as 3.

Locality. Hermanus (K. H. B., Nov. 1935).

Remarks on the Locality—The specimens were found in a stream

issuing from the base of a cliff in an amphitheatre immediately to the

west of the Riviera Hotel, which stands on the 60-70 ft. sea-cut

terrace. This amphitheatre or basin was formerly a lagoon opening

to the sea, but the mouth is now completely closed by a sand-bar,

and it has become merely a marsh overgrown with rushes, palmiet,

etc. Although Phreatoicus has not been collected in the coastal

mountains behind Hermanus, its occurrence there is to be expected.

Evidently the animals have been carried down to their present

habitat by flooding of the mountain streams, or possibly by more or

less subterranean channels. As the habitat can only have been

formed after the major and minor uplifts (Haughton) * the establish-

ment of this colony is of quite recent geological age. The occurrence

of Phreatoicus at an altitude very little above sea-level has therefore

no particular significance, and the details of the habitat are given

merely because the habitat was somewhat unexpected.

Remarks on the Riversdale Locality.—This locality (recorded without

details in 1927, loc. cit., p. 148) was also rather unexpected. It lies

on the northern dip slope of the Langeberg Range, a short distance

west of the north end of Garcia’s Pass (through which the Riversdale-

Ladismith road runs). A small stream rises on the Table Mt.

Sandstone of the Langeberg and loses itself on the Bokkeveld Beds,

which are banked up against the T.M.S. and form the nearly level

plain stretching northwards towards Ladismith. The Crustaceans

were living amongst clumps of the liverwort Aneura fastiqiata

(K. H. B., Oct. 1926). The stream apparently is not perennial, and

* Geol. Cape Town. Explan. sheet 247, p.41. Geol. Surv. Union S. Afr., 1933.

436 Annals of the South African Museum.

it would be interesting to visit the locality at the end of the summer

to see whether the stream really is perennial, and if not what happens

to the animals.

Fam. BOPYRIDAE.

Gen. Scyracepon Tattersall.

1905. Tattersall, Fish. Ireland Sci. Invest., 1904, vol. i, p. 35.

Female broadly oval. Peraeon segments, except the first one,

each with a medio-dorsal boss, increasing in size posteriorly. The

first five pleon segments with the pleurae produced in long digitate

processes, decreasing in length posteriorly; sixth pleon segment with

very short lateral processes. All seven pairs of peraeopods present

on both sides, ending in a short claw. Pleopods biramous, the outer

rami elongate and digitate like the pleural processes, the inner rami

short and ovate. Uropods uniramous, elongate, digitate.

_ Male with the first 3 pleon segments more or less distinctly marked

by lateral indents. A ventral median boss on each of the peraeon

segments and on the first 2 pleon segments. Pleopods and uropods

absent.

Remarks.—One of the reasons for differentiating this genus, viz.:

the ventral bosses in the male, does not hold good, as they are found

in other allied genera (e.g. Grapsicepon). And as regards the dorsal

processes in the female, there are species in which they are more or

less distinct on all the segments, and others in which they are re-

stricted to the posterior segments. The specimens described below

show a distinct median carina on all the segments in the young female,

but only three distinct bosses on the hinder segments in the ovigerous

female. This character, therefore, is of little generic value (cf.

Stebbing, 1904, F. and Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Archip., vol. ii, p. 716,

and 1910, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xiv, pp. 112-115).

Morphologically it is not at all easy to separate many of the genera,

and one of the reasons for multiplying genera and species in the past

has been the theory that each different host must have a different

parasite; a theory which is not free from criticism.

Scyracepon levis n. sp.

(Fig. 21.)

Female—Young 92 symmetrical, ovigerous Q asymmetrical. In

the former there is a medio-dorsal keel on each peraeon segment,

gradually increasing in height posteriorly; in the ovigerous 92 the

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 437

keel is obsolete on the 1st-4th segments and is present as an elevated

tubercle on 5th—7th segments, that on 7th segment being the highest.

Anterior rim of head smooth, postero-lateral angles rounded. Ovarian

bosses moderately well developed. All the plates forming the brood-

pouch, including the last pair, smooth, not tuberculose, the last two

pairs fimbriate on their posterior margins. Pleural lamellae and outer

a b 3

Fie. 21.—Scyracepon levisn.sp. a, dorsal view of ovigerous 2. 4, profile of

dorsum of young 9. c, dorsal view of ¢.

rami of pleopods crenulate on one edge and digitate on the other

edge, or digitate on both edges, with more numerous digitations than

in S. tuberculosa.

Male—Medio-ventral bosses on first 2 pleon segments obscure.

Lateral portions of pleon segments ventrally gibbous, but without

actual projecting lobes (rudimentary pleopods).

Leneth, 29, 63-5 mm.; breadth, 9 7-5, ¢ 1:25 mm.

Locality. Off Table Bay and Cape Point, in the branchial cavity

of Scyramathia hertwigi Doflein.

Remarks.—Scyramathia hertwigi is very closely allied, perhaps only

a subspecies, of the Northern Atlantic S. carpenteri, and the parasites

of the respective crabs are also very much alike. The northern

MOM, XXXII, PART 5. 31

438 Annals of the South African Museum.

parasite has the last pair of marsupial plates tuberculose, whereas

the southern form has them smooth; and the latter seems to have

more digitations on the pleural lamellae and outer rami of the pleopods

in the &. )

Fam. TYLIDAE.

Tylos granulatus Krss.

1932. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, p. 217, fig. 11, a and 6.

In this paper it was stated (p. 216) that no actually ovigerous female

had been examined: In February 1937 two ovigerous females were

dug up at the mouth of the Schusters River, west coast of Cape

Peninsula. |

In the position of the brood-pouch they resemble those woodlice

which completely roll themselves up into a ball (loc. cot., pp. 225, 226,

fig. 13, 6, c), that is: the 5 pairs of oostegites (peraeon segments

1-5) lie perfectly flat, simulating the sterna, while the developing

ova and brood press the true sterna inwards against the dorsal body-

wall. Inthe present case this squeezing of the internal organs between

the sternal and dorsal plates is carried to such an extreme that these

organs appear to be quite degenerate. The chitinous stomach in

the head segment remains, but behind this no intestine can be traced,

and the hepatic glands are gone also. In fact it would seem im-

probable that the mother could recover after the escape of the brood.

Each oostegite has two supporting rib-like thickenings and the

margins are non-setose. The anterior margin of one overlaps the

hind margin of the one in front of it. Cotyledons are developed.

Kggs, and young nearly ready to escape, were found together in the

brood-pouch of both these females.

AMPHIPODA.

Further records of distribution and notes on some South African

species, in addition to those quoted below, will be found in my report

on the Amphipods of the John Murray Expedition (vol. iv, 1937).

Fam. LYSIANASSIDAE.

Stomacontion capense Brnrd.

1916. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 109, pl. xxvii,

HOS 2M iaOr

1937. Id., John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 140, fig. 1.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 439

Distribution.—South Arabian coast.

Remarks.—Monod (1937, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, vol. xxxiv, pp. 6, 10,

figs. 1-3, 4, a—c, 5, 6, a) describes a species prionoplax from the Suez

Canal, very close to pepina (Stebb.). The John Murray Expedition

obtained a specimen in the Red Sea which I identified as pepinir

(loc. cit., swpra, p. 140).

Lysivanassa ceratina (Wlkr.).

1900. Chevreux, Res. Sci. Camp. Monaco, vol. xvi, p. 16, pl. v, fig. 1.

1912. Chilton, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., vol. xlviii, p. 464, pl. i,

fig. 5 (cubensis, non Stebb.).

1916. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 120 (cubensis, non

Stebb.).

1925. Chevreux and Fage, Faune de France, Amphip., p. 42, fig. 23.

1925. Schellenberg, Beitr. Kenntn. Meeresf. Westafr., vol. iii,

pe 13, fie?) 1.

1926. Id., Deutsch Siidpol. Exp., vol. xviii (zool. x), p. 250.

1928. Id., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xxii, p. 633 (part references).

1938. Ruffo, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoa, vol. lx, p. 154, fig. 1.

Additional Localitves.—Luderitzbucht and Simon’s Bay (Schellen-

berg); Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938);

Port Elizabeth (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1936); Hast London (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1937).

' Remarks.—I am not prepared to admit cinghalensis Stebb., 1897;

into the synonymy of this species, as Walker and Schellenberg have

done, in view of conghalensis having an enlarged Ist joint in the lst

antenna. The Ist antennae admittedly tend to be stouter in the

3 than in the 9, but in a 9 collected by the John Murray Expedition

(1937, Barnard, J. M. Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 142) I found the Ist joint

of antenna 1 was enlarged as in Stebbing’s figure of the $ conghalensis.

Moreover, in the South African examples now referred to ceratina,

the 2nd and 3rd uropods are stouter, the 2nd with the inner ramus

more strongly constricted, the 3rd with stronger (3) or much stronger

(2) keel on the peduncle, than in cinghalensis.

I also do not think Walker was correct in making uwrodus a

synonym of cinghalensis and thus of ceratuna; but probably he and

Schellenberg are right in not distinguishing bispynosa as a separate

species.

Distribution.—Atlantic to Senegal; Canary Is.; Mediterranean,

Red Sea, and East Africa.

440 Annals of the South African Museum.

Orchomenella plicata Schell.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 119, fig. 3 (chilensis).

1926. Id., p. 292, fig. 28 (chilensis forma plicata).

Localities.—Luderitzbucht, Simon’s Bay (Schellenberg). Port

Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, 1938); Oudekraal, west coast of Cape

Peninsula (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1934).

Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck.

1926. Schellenberg, p. 244 (references).

1926a. Id., Deutsch. Tiefsee Exp., vol. xxun, p. 210, pl yee,

and text-figs. 2, b, 5, a, b.

Locality.—_S.W. of Cape Agulhas.

Cyphocaris challenger Stebb.

1926. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 243 (references).

1926a. Id., loc. cit., p. 212, pl. v, fig. 3 and text-figs. 2, d, 6-10.

- Locality.—S.W. of Agulhas.

Gen. Hurythenes 8. I. Smith.

1891. Sars, Crust. Norw., vol. i, p. 85 (Huryporeia).

1905. Chevreux, Bull. Inst. Océan. Monaco, No. 35, p. i (Katius).

1927. Schellenberg, Nord. Plankton, Lf. 20, Amphip., p. 678 and

p. 681 (Katius).

3932. Barnard, Discovery Rep., vol. v, p. 55 (Kateus) and p. 58

(discussion of identity of the two genera).

1933. Stephensen, Medd. Gronland Komm. Vidensk. Unders.

Gronl., vol. lxxix, no. 7.

Eurythenes gryllus (Licht.) Mandt.

1926a. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 217, fig. 26, d (Katius obesus).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 56, fig. 21, and pl. i, fig. 1 (coloured)

(Katius obesus).

1933. Stephensen, loc. cit., p. 12, figs. 4-7.

1937. Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 144.

Since my 1932 exposition of the likenesses between the two genera,

Stephensen from an examination of abundant material in the Copen-

hagen Museum, has furnished the proof that not only are the two

(monotypic) genera identical, but also the two “species” are really

one: Katius obesus being the $ and juvenile form, and Eurythenes

gryllus the &.

Locality._S.W. of Cape Agulhas (Schellenberg), a record over-

looked by me in 1982.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 441

Gen. Bathyamaryllis Pirlot.

1933. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiii c, p. 123.

Distinguished from Amaryllis by the pronounced rostrum, and

differences in the relative lengths of peduncular joints of Ist antenna.

Amaryllis conocephala Brnrd. (1925, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xx, p. 324)

is transferred to Bathyamaryllis.

Gen. Chironesimus G. O. Sars.

1891. Sars, Crust. Norw., vol. i, p. 108.

1908. Holmes, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxv, p. 498 (Lakota).

1926a. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 219.

Lakota rotundatus Brnrd., 1925, is also to be transferred to this

genus.

Chironesimus adversicola (Brnrd.).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xx, p. 327 (Lakota a.).

1926a. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 219, fig. 13.

Locality.—S.W. of Cape Agulhas (Schellenberg).

Microlysias zenokeras Stebb.

1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., vol. ii, p. 64, pl. x.

Locality—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay, in “red-bait”

(ascidian) washed ashore on ocean beach (K. H. B., Jan. 1931, several

99 and juv.).

Remarks.—No adult 3 is present. The branchial lamellae are

pleated on both sides. The 5th joint of gnathopod 1 is not so long

as represented by Stebbing, the lower apex forming a narrow pro-

jecting lobe (cf. Orchomenopsis nodimanus Wlkr.), and the 6th joint

has a slight notch with 2-3 setae in middle of lower margin. Epistome

in profile slightly concave above, its lower half together with the

upper lip forming an even convex curve. Both lobes of maxilla 2

narrow.

Remarks on genus, and description of a second species (from

Arabian coast): 1937, Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 144.

Fam. AMPELISCIDAE.

Gen. Ampelisca Kroyer.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 120 (key to West African species).

4.42 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ampelisca spinrmana Chevr.

1900. Chevreux, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, vol. xvi, p. 39, pl. vi,

fig. 2.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 127 (forma aspinosa).

Locality.—Luderitzbucht.

Ampelisca palmata Brnrd.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 127.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 85.

Localities.—Luderitzbucht, Walfisch Bay, Angola, extending to

French Congo and Senegal (Schellenberg).

Ampelisca brevicornis Costa.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 130 and p. 133 (forma platypus).

1928. Id., Trans. Zool. SOE. Lond., vol. xxii, p. 634 (size and

distribution).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 84.

Localitves.—Luderitzbucht, extending to Belgian Congo, Loango,

Cameroon, and Dahomey (Schellenberg).

Fam. PHOXOCHEPHALIDAE.

Gen. Pontharpinia Stebb.

1899. Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), vol.iv, p. 207 (Parharpinia).

1922. Tattersall, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxxv, p. 4.

1930. Barnard, Terra Nova Exp. Amphip., p. 335 (Protophozus).

1932. d=. loexc7i. ps LO:

1932. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxii b, p. 59 (diagnosis

of genus and synopsis of species).

Pontharpima villosa (Hasw.).

1922. Tattersall, loc. cit., p. 4, pl. 1, figs. 7-14.

1926. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 300.

1931. Id., Swed. Antarct. Exp., vol. 11, p. 75.

1932. Pirlot, loc. cit., p. 60 (villosa auctorum, non Haswell).

Localhity.—Simon’s Bay (1 juv.) (Schellenberg).

Remarks.—According to Schellenberg (1931) and Pirlot, villosa

auctorum, non Haswell is an insufficiently known species. Under this

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 443

heading Schellenberg includes his own 1926 record and Tattersall’s

record. The Simon’s Bay example, being young, may for the time

being be referred to stimpson: Stebb., already recorded from South

Africa.

Gen. Cyproidea Hasw.

1904. Walker, Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Rep., vol. xvii,

p- 256 (Gallea).

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, pp. 157, 723.

1906. Id., zbid., p. 723 (Gallea).

1924. Spandl, Zool. Anz., vol. lxi, p. 243 (Gallea).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xx, p. 341.

When my 1925 paper was written I was unaware of Spandl’s

paper. Spandl contents himself with the opinion that Gallea is

more nearly allied to the Amphilochidae than to the Leucothoidae,

but suggests that it may possibly be regarded as representing a

separate family. On the contrary, it seems that Gallea cannot be

separated from Cyproidea. Both Walker and Spandl made the

same mistake of transposing gnathopods 1 and 2.

Cyproidea ornata (Hasw.).

% 1904. Walker, loc. cit., p. 256, pls. ii and vii, fig. 16 (G. tecticauda).

1924. Spandl, loc. cit., p. 243, fig. 2 (G. crinita) (fig. 2, G. tecticauda

for comparison).

- 1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 341.

1927. Hale, Tr. Proc. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. li, p. 314, fig. 3

(as Stenothoe valida. Corrected Hale 1929, see next reference).

1937. Sheard, Tr. Proc. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. lxi, p. 20.

1938. Schellenberg, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handb., vol. xvi, p. 18.

Spandl separated his crinita from tecticauda mainly on the different

shape of the 5th joint of gnathopod 2 (gn. 1 in Walker and Spand)),

and its armature; he also says the 3rd and 4th side-plates are fused

in tecticauda, a statement apparently based on Walker’s figure,

because Walker himself does not actually say they are fused.

Whether enough reliance can be placed on the difference in shape

of the 5th joint of gnathopod 2 is doubtful, and it is possible that

Walker overlooked the fringe of setae on its lower margin in his

specimens. There seems little doubt, however, that Spandl’s crimta

is synonymous with Haswell’s ornata: the South African specimens

agree with both.

Schellenberg has no doubts about the synonymy.

444 Annals of the South African Museum.

Additional Localities.—Port Alfred (Spandl); East London (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1937).

Distribution.—S. Australia, Ceylon, Suez, Bismarck Archipelago.

Fam. METOPIDAKE.

Proboloides rotunda (Stebb.).

1917. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 39, pl. vu, B (S. Afr.

Crust., pl. xcvi, B).

Examination of the type slide shows that Stebbing was mistaken

in regarding the palp of maxilla 1 as being 1-jointed (as in Metopa);

actually it is 2-jointed, and the species should therefore be transferred

to Proboloides. There is no accessory flagellum.

Fam. AMPHILOCHIDAE.

Gen. Hoplopeon Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 105.

The genotype is Peltocoxa australis Brnrd., 1916.

Hoplopleon medusarum Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 105, fig. 54.

Locality. Saldanha Bay, in medusae (R.R.S. “ Discovery”’).

Gitanopsis pusilla Brnrd.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 140.

Additional Localitves.—Luderitzbucht, Swakopmund (Schellenberg) ;

Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938); Still Bay,

(Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1935).

Remarks.—Chilton (1923, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. xiv, pp. 82 sqq.)

united this species with Amphilochus neapolitanus Della Valle, a

synonymy with which neither Schellenberg nor myself agree.

Fam. PHLIANTIDAE.

1936. Sheard, Rec. 8S. Austr. Mus., vol. v, p. 456.

Gen. Palinnotus Stebb.

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 202.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 445

Palinnotus natalensis n. sp.

(Fig. 22.)

Resembling P. thomson Stebb. so closely that scarcely any char-

acters, which might be considered of specific value, can be found.

(See Stebbing, 1899, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. vii, p. 417, pl. xxxv, A).

Fie. 22.—Palinnotus natalensis n.sp. a, dorsal view, 3rd and following pleon

segments bent underneath, with margin of anterior side-plates further enlarged.

b, margin of side-plate of young. c, telson and uropods, with apex of ramus

(the same for both uropods | and 2) further enlarged. d, antennal. e, maxilli-

ped. f, peraeopod 5. g, pleopod 3, setae omitted.

In fact the greater expansion of the 2nd joint of peraeopod 5 in the

largest specimen is the only apparent difference; in the juveniles the

expansion is no greater than in Stebbing’s species.

The margins of the first four side-plates are very feebly crenulate

in the 9, with minute setules; in the juveniles, however, there are

numerous longer setae.

Nevertheless I am reluctant to identify these Natal specimens

with a species which has only been found in New South Wales. If

446 Annals of the South African Museum.

the specimens had been found actually in Durban harbour one might

perhaps call in the agency of dispersal by ships (cf. Chilton, 1911,

Tr. N.Z. Inst., vol. xliii, p. 131) as an explanation of their occurrence

in South Africa, but the locality is some 20 miles south of Durban.

Barring accidental capture, these small Amphipods are only likely

to be collected in the course of intensive investigations such as

Prof. Stephenson has been carrying out, and of which there is great

need in many parts of the world.

Length (incl. pleo-telson) 4 mm., greatest width 2 mm. Creamy,

the gut showing through the integument as a deep red streak, as if

the animal had been sucking blood, eyes black.

Locahity.—Isipingo, Natal (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1936, 1 2 and

2 juv. from algae, littoral).

Temnophlias capensis Brnrd.

1916. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 158, pl. xxvi, figs.

25-35.

Additional Localities.—(South coast) Still Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephen-

son, 1932); (west coast) Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof.

Stephenson, 1938).

Fam. OCHLESIDAE.

1910. Stebbing, Mem. Austral. Mus., vol. iv, p. 581.

Gen. Ochlesis Stebb.

1910: Stebbing, loc. cxt., p. Sei.

1932. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxi 6, p. 105.

1932. Id., Ann. Inst. océan., vol. xii, pp. 24, 26, 29, 30, fig. 17.

1936. Id., Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxili e, p. 298.

General appearance like that of Odius or Iphimedia. Integument

indurated. Head strongly rostrate. Hyes present. Peraeon and

first three pleon segments carinate. Pleon segment 4 elongate, 5th

short but distinct from 6th. Side-plates 1-3 much deeper than long.

Telson entire. Antennae short but with the normal number of

peduncular joints; flagella reduced to 1-3 joints, no accessory

flagellum. Upper lip elongate. Lower lip with narrow pointed

lobes, no inner lobes, mandibular processes short, acute. Mandibles

broad at base, tapering to an acute apex, secondary cutting-plate,

spine-row and molar absent, palp set far back, slender, 1-3 spinules

at apex. Maxilla 1 with small unarmed inner plate, outer plate

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 447

narrow, with 5 apical spines (or 4 and a subacute apical process),

palp absent or a minute rudiment. Maxilla 2, both plates narrow,

with a few apical spines. Maxillipeds, inner plates very narrow,

separate, with a few spinules on inner margin and apex, outer plates

ovate, closely adjacent, palp absent. Gnathopod 1 simple, from the

rather elongate 3rd joint onwards slender. Gnathopod 2, complexly

subchelate, the 5th joint being produced in an acute process below

the 6th (in the Australian species). Peraeopods 1-5 stout, 7th joints

strong, uncinate. Pleopods not reduced. Uropods 1-3 biramous.

Remarks.—The above diagnosis is drawn up from the Australian

species (hitherto the only known species) and the South African one

_ described below. The two species are obviously congeneric. In the

latter the 2nd gnathopod is not known. Stebbing was unable to

distinguish the 5th from the 6th pleon segment; they are here clearly

separate, though the 5th is dorsally very short and more or less

telescoped into the 4th segment.

The remarkable feature of this genus is the absence of the palp

of the maxilliped, a feature unknown in any other member of the

Gammaridea at that time, but found in certain Caprellidea (Cyamidea)

in the adult, and throughout the Hyperidea (Stebbing, p. 582). The

nearest approach was the rudimentary 2-jointed palp in Laphystius.

Since then, however, the genera Thoriella Steph., Chevreuaiella

Steph., and Danaella Steph. have been discovered. These three

genera are aberrant bathypelagic Lysianassids in which the outer

plates of the maxillipeds are operculiform (as in Laphystius and

Ochlesis) with a remnant of the palp in the first two named genera,

but with no trace of it in Danaella.

Pirlot (Ann. Inst. océan.) has given a comparative study of the

degeneration of the palp of the maxilliped in various Gammaridea,

showing a complete transition to that of the Hyperiwdea, amongst

which certain forms approximate to the former. Pirlot believes

that this degeneration of the palp and the expansion of the outer

plates to form an operculum closing the mouth below is an adaptation

to an inquiline or parasitic mode of life.

Ochlesis lenticulosus n. sp.

(Fig. 23.)

Integument indurated, surface of peraeon and pleon closely and

finely pitted. Rostrum strong, moderately deflexed, apically acute.

Antero-lateral angles of head rounded-quadrate. Eyes small, circular.

448 Annals of the South African Museum.

Peraeon and pleon segments 1-3 dorsally carinate; peraeon segment

7 and pleon segments 1 and 2 ending posteriorly in a blunt medio-

dorsal projection; pleon segment 3 with an upstanding triangular

process about in middle of its length; pleon segment 4 dorsally

Fia. 23.—Ochlesis lenticulosus n.sp. a, whole animal. 6, c, d, side-plates 1-3

(anterior margin to right). e, dorsal and lateral views of telson. f, upper lip.

g, mandible. h, maxilla 1, with apex of outer lobe further enlarged. 72, maxilla 2.

j, maxillipeds. kk, lower lip. /, gnathopod 1, with apex further enlarged.

m, 2nd—4th joints of peraeopod 1. n, 2nd—4th joints of peraeopod 3. 0, inner

view of 2nd—4th joints of peraeopod 5.

rounded; segment 5 dorsally very short, segment 6 with a dorso-

lateral keel projecting almost horizontally on either side. Postero-

inferior angles of pleon segment 3 sharply upturned. Side-plates

1-3 increasing in depth, anterior margin strongly concave, antero-

basal angle slightly projecting in side-plate 1, more so in 2, still more

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 449

so in 3, extending almost to anterior margin of 2; 4 shallower than 3,

its basal anterior corner overlapping 3, anterior margin concave;

5-7 moderately shallow, 5 with anterior projecting point, 6 quadrate,

hinder lobes of 5 and 6 deeper than anterior lobes, 7 oblong. Telson

rather elongate, oval, apically narrowly rounded, entire, equal in

length to peduncle of 3rd uropod, with strong medio-ventral keel.

Antennae short and stout; 1st antenna with spinous projection

on distal lower margin of Ist and 2nd joints, flagellum very short,

l-jointed (with an obscure minute terminal joint); antenna 2,

flagellum half length of 5th peduncular joint, obscurely 3-jointed,

apical joint minute. Upper lip elongate, apically acute. Mandibles

with apices acutely pointed, palp elongate, slender, 3rd joint almost

as long as 2nd, armed with only a single apical spinule. Maxilla

1 acute, apex with a few minute adnate hooked spinules, inner lobes

small, palp absent. Maxilla 2, both lobes narrow, with a few apical

spinules. Maxilliped, outer and inner plates well developed, the

latter separate from base, palp absent. |

Gnathopod 1 simple, slender, 6th joint longer than 5th. Gnathopod

2, distal joints missing on both sides. Peraeopod 1, 2nd joint stout,

strongly expanded distally, 4th expanded, twice as broad as 3rd, the

upper proximal corner somewhat projecting, heel-like. Peraeopod

2 stout, but 4th joint not strongly expanded, upper proximal corner

rounded. Peraeopods 3-5, 2nd joint stout, expanded (in peraeopod

4 more elongate in proportion to width than in the figure of peraeopod

3), anterior margin of 6th joint with a series of spinules, and a pair

of slightly larger ones at apex. Seventh joints in peraeopods 1-5

stout and strong. Peraeopods unarmed except for the spinules on

6th joints.

Uropod 1 longest, rami shorter than peduncle, outer slightly shorter

than inner. Uropod 2, rami subequal to peduncle, outer ramus

slightly shorter than inner. Uropod 3 a little shorter than 2nd,

outer ramus distinctly shorter than inner.

Length.—About 8 mm.

Colour.—(As preserved after 2 days in formalin) bright orange,

paler laterally, where there is a transverse red or crimson stripe on

each peraeon segment, continued below on to the side-plate, on each

of pleon segments 1-3 three such stripes, all the stripes ending

dorsally in a lateral crimson stripe, rather sharply demarcated on

its lower edge, but passing gradually into the orange colour above:

ord peduncular joint and flagellum of antenna 1, flagellum of antenna

2, and the 7th joints of peraeopods 1-5 white; eyes red; cheek red

450 Annals of the South African Museum.

with corner or antero-lateral angle white. The red or crimson

markings were said to be violet or mauve before preservation.

Locality. Simonstown, littoral (coll. Dr. and Mrs. T. A. Stephen-

son, 11/6/32, 1 specimen).

Remarks.—Closely allied to O. innocens Stebb., 1910, but distin-

guished by the Ist antennae, the flagellum of which is shorter than

the 3rd peduncular joint (instead of vice versa) and the 1st peraeopod.

The telson in innocens is described as having a “process or stout

spine’? on ventral surface; in the present species it is keeled from

base to apex, the keel expanding in basal third into a triangular

projection.

The known distribution of innocens is now (1936, Pirlot, loc. cit.)

extended to the Aru Islands, Kast Indies.

Fam. ACANTHONOTOZOMATIDAE.

Iphimedia capicola Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 118, fig. 66.

Locality.—Off Saldanha Bay, 4 fathoms (R.R.S. “ Discovery”).

Panoploea excisa Brurd.

1932; Barnard, loc. cit., p. 129, fis. 73:

Locality. Off Saldanha Bay, 4 fathoms (R.R.S. “ Discovery”).

Fam. LILJEBORGIIDAE.

Inleborgia proxuma Chevr.

1916. Barnard, loc. cot., p. 167.

1938. Schellenberg, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handb., vol. xvi, p. 31, fig. 15.

Liljeborgia kinahani Bate var. capensis Brnrd.

1894. Sars, Crust. Norw., vol. i, p. 532, pl. clxxxvii, fig. 1.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 142, fig. 81, a.

Locality.—Simon’s Bay (R.R.S. “Discovery”’).

LIiljeborgia epistomata Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 144, fig. 83.

Locality.—_Saldanha Bay (R.R.S. “Discovery”’).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 451

Fam. CALLIOPIIDAE.

Gen. Calliopiella Schell.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 147.

Calliopiella michaelsend Schell.

(Fig. 24.)

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 147.

Localities—Swakopmund (Schellenberg). Table Bay (K. H. B.,

5/10/14).

Fic. 24.—Calliopiella michaelseni Schell. a, hand of gnathopod 2. 6, uropod 2.

c, telson and uropod 3, with apex of inner ramus of latter further enlarged.

Remarks.—A single 3 specimen, 8 mm. in length, was collected at

Mouille Point, Cape Town. As it was a singleton and would not

fit in with Stebbing’s key to the rather heterogeneous family Callio-

pudae, it was reserved for future study. No more specimens have

452 Annals of the South African Museum.

come to hand, but the 1914 specimen is clearly referable to Schellen-

berg’s species. The accessory flagellum is absent. The telson has a

slight apical indent.

Fam. PONTOGENEIIDAE.

Paramoera capensis (Dana).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 183 (references, except magellanica).

1918. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., vol.u, p. 66, pl. ix, C —

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 149.

1926. Id., loc. cit., p. 363 (forma capensis).

1926. Id., Zool. Anz., vol. Ixxxv, p. 280 (fissicauda Dana var.

capensis).

1931. Id., loc. cit., pp. 194, 197 ( fissicauda).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 209, figs. 118, », 128.

Additional Localities. Siest coast) Luderitzbucht, Redford Bay,

Possession and Pomona Islands, Swakopmund (Schellenberg); Port

Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1935 and 1938);

Saldanha Bay (K. H. B., 1912); (south coast) Still Bay (Prof. Stephen-

son); Port Shepstone, Natal (H. C. Burnup).

Paramoera bidentata Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cot., p. 210, figs. 118, m, 129:

Localities.—Kalk Bay (8.A. Mus.). Oudekraal, west coast of Cape

Peninsula (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, July 1934). Still Bay (Prof.

T. A. Stephenson, 1932). :

Remarks.—The length of the type specimen should have been given

as 13 mm., not 15 mm.

A second specimen, also a ¢, measuring 12 mm., was found at Still

Bay; as preserved it is pure white (probably translucent when alive),

with maroon or crimson patches as follows: a stripe on postero-

lateral margin of head (next to the lower part of peraeon segment |

and upper part of its side-plate), and on the postantennal angle,

along the lower margins of Ist and 2nd joints of antenna 1, junctions

of 3rd and 4th, and 4th and 5th peduncular joints of antenna 2, and

junction of 5th joint and flagellum, apices of mandibular palps,

maxillae and maxillipeds, 4th joints and palm of 6th joints of gnatho-

pods 1 and 2; eyes dark reddish-brown.

The Oudekraal specimen is a very fine ovigerous 2 measuring

HO Misamae

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 453

Fam. GAMMARIDAKE.

Gen. Megaluropus Hoek.

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 420.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 151.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 145 (Phylluropus).

Megaluropus agilis Hoek.

tes, Della, Valle, fF. Fl. Neapel, vol. xx, p. 695, pl. m, fig. 9;

pl. xxxiv, figs. 1-17.

1904. Walker in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Rep., vol. xvii, p.278.

1925. Chevreux and Fage, loc. cit., p. 226, figs. 236, 237.

1925. Chevreux, Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 1, p. 304.

1928. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 644.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 146, figs. 84, 85 (P. capensis).

Locality False Bay (R.R.S. “ Discovery’’).

Distribution.—North Sea, Mediterranean, Port Said, Ceylon, Canary

Islands.

Remarks.—As Dr. Schellenberg has pointed out to me, the

“Discovery” specimen should probably be identified with this

European species. A second species, longimerus (fig. 14 is labelled

“Tongumanus’’), was described by Schellenberg in 1925 from Lagos.

Gen. Hriopisella Chevr.

1920. Chevreux, Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. xlv, p: OE:

1925. Chevreux and Fage, loc. cit., p. 220.

1933. Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. xix, pp. 408, 409.

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvil, p. 284.

This genus is separated from Hriopisa by the acute antero-inferior

angle of side-plate 1, the very slender mandibular palp, inner plate

of maxilla 1 with 2—3 setae at apex only, inner plate maxilla 2 narrow,

without setae on inner margin, and the short almost styliform 2nd

joint of outer ramus of uropod 3.

It includes seychellensis (Chevr.) 1901, pusilla Chevr. 1920, and

capensis (Brurd.) 19t6.

Melita subchelata Schell.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 153 (fresnelit var. subchelata).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 211, fig. 130.

Localities.—Luderitzbucht (Schellenberg), Walfisch Bay (R.R.S.

“Discovery ’’).

WOi. MXXIt, PART 5. 32

aed

454 _ Annals of the South African Museum.

Melita orgasmos n. sp.

1916. Barnard, Ann.S. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 191 (part inaequistylis,

non Dana).

Surface nitidulous, with scattered but rather deep pits. Peraeon

segments and pleon segments 1-3 smooth, non-dentate; pleon segment

4 produced in a slender median tooth; segment 5 with 2 submedian

denticles on each side, with a seta between each pair. Side-plate 1

triangular, strongly expanded forwards, the lower margin as long as

the hind margin, with only 2-3 setules, and scarcely any indent near

the hind corner. Side-plate 6 in 2 hooked (as in palmata and zey-

lanica). Postero-inferior angle of pleon segment 3 rather strongly

produced (cf. aculeata or obtusata, and also festiva Chilton, loc. cit.,

infra), the lower margin with feeble indents.

Gnathopod 1 in § more like that of coronini than that of palmata

(see Chevreux and Fage, Faune de France, Amphip., figs. 240 and 241,

1925), with upper apex produced in a lobe overhanging base of

dactylus which impinges against an oblique setose surface.

Gnathopod 2 in ¢ also like that of coroninu, 6th joint broadly

oval and in fully-grown specimens somewhat wider distally, but

not so strongly expanded as in the figures of palmata given by

Chevreux and Fage (loc. cit.) or Sars (1894, Crust. Norw., vol. 1,

pl. clxxix).

Gnathopods | and 2 in 9 as in palmata.

Peraeopods 3-5, 2nd joints spinulose but not serrate on front

margin, with feeble indents on hind margin; 4th joints not markedly

wider than 5th joint.

Length and coloration as in Barnard, 1916.

Localities—Sea Point, Table Bay; St. James, False Bay; Klein-

mond, near Hermanus (K, H. B., Feb. 1927); Dyer’s Island (J. Drury,

1915); Still Bay (Prof. Stephenson); Port Elizabeth (1 3); Port

Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, 1938); Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson,

1938).

Remarks.—My views on the identity of the South African specimens

formerly assigned to Dana’s species have changed. In the first place

my statement that side-plate 5 in 9 is not hooked is perfectly correct,

but without specific import; side-plate 6 in 2 7s hooked, as in palmata

and zeylanica.

Closer examination has shown that two distinct forms were con-

fused; one with, and one without, a toothed carina on pleon segment

4; with further differences in the hind angle of pleon segment 3,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 455

and the first gnathopod in ¢ together with its side-plate. The non-

carinate form is recorded below as zeylanica.

The carinate form now appears to me to be quite distinct from

palmata, and is certainly not the tenwicornis of Walker (1904). In

spite of Chilton’s (1909) remarks, I think that wnaequistylis remains

in the category in which Stebbing (1906) left it: a species inquirenda.

At any rate South Africa should be excluded from the distribution as

given by Chilton (1921, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 535) and Schellen-

berg (1931, Res. Swed. Ant. Exp., vol. 11, p. 203, as M. gayi Nicolet).

The South African form is close to the Australasian M. festova

(Chilton) (1916, Tr. N.Z. Inst., vol. xlviui, p. 359, figs. 1, 2) but differs

in the ¢ gnathopods. Side-plate 1 is even more markedly triangular

in the South African form than in festiva. Also Chilton says the

5th pleon segment in festiva is dorsally produced into two small

teeth, whereas in the South African form there are two teeth on each

side of the median line (four in all).

The specific name refers primarily to the expanded Ist side-plate.

The Lambert’s Bay examples (4) agree in all respects except in

having no tooth on pleon segment 4.

Melita zeylanica Stebb.

21904. Walker in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Rep.,

vol. xvii, p. 273, pl. v, fig. 33 (tenwcornis Dana).

1904. Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. 11, p. 22, pl. v.

1916. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 191 (part onaequistylis,

non Dana).

21921. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 535 (enaequistylis).

Peraeon and pleon segments dorsally non-dentate; 5th pleon

segment dorsally with a few spinules. Side-plate 1 broadly rounded

below, slightly wider than at base, but not markedly produced for-

wards, lower margin setose; side-plate 6 in 9 hooked (as in palmata).

Postero-inferior angle of pleon segment 3 quadrate, with a short point

(cf. palmata). Gnathopod 1, 3, 6th joint oblong, without an apical

lobe overhanging base of finger, which is terminal and closes against

a setose lobe. Hand of gnathopod 2 in full-grown g widening distally,

but not strongly expanded asin palmata. Front margin of 2nd joints

in peraeopods 3-5 with widely spaced spinules, but not serrate as

represented in Stebbing’s figures; 4th joints also not so broad.

Up to 13 mm. Greenish-brown, somewhat mottled, the hind

margin of most of the segments somewhat darker.

456 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities.—Little Brak River (Mossel Bay) (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

33, ovig. 92); Keurbooms River estuary (K. H. B., Jan. 1931);

Wilderness lagoon, George District (K. H. B., Jan. 1931); Port

Elizabeth; East London (R. M. Lightfoot); Klaasjagers Lagoon,

West Coast of Cape Peninsula (K. H. B., March 1938).

Distribution.—Lake Negombo, Ceylon (Stebbing).

Remarks.—I have little doubt that this is the same as Stebbing’s

species. Those I have seen alive agree in coloration. Two small

points of difference in the hinder peraeopods are noted above. The

Port Elizabeth and East London specimens were probably also

collected in an estuarine or brackish-water habitat, as in the other

localities.

Although Chilton (1909, Subant. Is., New Zealand, vol. u, p. 630)

expressed the view that the Ceylonese specimens described by Walker

and Stebbing were identical with Dana’s New Zealand species

(inaequistylis), I feel that further study would be welcome. Walker’s

description of the 4th pleon segment as having a double carina ending

in two teeth is curious, and quite possibly may not be a chance

variation, but a constant specific character (in spite of Chilton’s and

’ Norman’s remarks).

At present I am not prepared to go farther than to identify the

South African specimens with Stebbing’s species.

Gen. Ceradocus Costa.

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 430.

Ceradocus aviceps n. sp.

(Fig. 25.)

Integument strongly pitted. None of the peraeon or pleon seg-

ments dorsally dentate. Hyes dumb-bell shaped. Side-plates 1-3

very feebly notched at lower hind corner, side-plate 4 deeper than 5,

hind margin slightly excavate, a small denticle at lower hind corner,

lower hind margin of 7 feebly serrate. Postero-lateral corner of

pleon segments 2 and 3 quadrate with a small point, the hind margin

feebly crenulate, with a few outstanding setae. Telson cleft to base,

lobes divergent, apically notched, with a spine in the notch.

Antenna | extending back to middle of pleon, slender, accessory

flagellum 11-12 jointed. Antenna 2 slightly shorter than antenna 1,

not quite so slender, but not stout, 4th and 5th peduncular joints

subequal, flagellum half as long again as 5th joint.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 457

Mandibular palp slender, 3rd joint very slightly longer than 3rd,

tipped with 2-3 setae. Inner plates of maxillae 1 and 2 strongly

setose on inner margins.

Gnathopod 1, 5th joint slender, about 34 times as long (measured

along upper margin) as wide, 6th joint narrow, about 23 times as long

Fic. 25.—Ceradocus aviceps n. sp. a, 4th and 5th side-plates. 6, postero-inferior

angle of 3rd pleon segment. c, gnathopod 1. d, gnathopod 2, 3, inner view,

with finger further enlarged. e, gnathopod2,°. ff, 2nd joint of peraeopod 5. -

g, telson. h, uropod 3.

as wide, widening slightly to the transverse palm, finger matching

palm.

Gnathopod 2, 3, equal on both sides, 5th joint broader than long,

6th robust, as long as the other joints together, oblong-oval, lower

distal surface minutely scabrous, with a short blunt ridge apically;

finger not hinged dorso-ventrally, but folding inwards on to inner

surface of 6th joint, short, stout, strongly hooked, with subacute

rudimentary unguis. In Q 5th and 6th joints of normal shape,

6th with oblique palm almost as long as hind margin, with 3 spines at

junction but without well-marked defining angle, finger matching palm.

Peraeopods 3-5, 2nd joint broader proximally than distally, lower

hind corner quadrate, not lobed, hind margin weakly serrate,

in peraeopod 3 evenly convex, but in 4 and 5 slightly concave in

distal half.

458 Annals of the South African Museum.

Uropod 38, peduncle extending not quite to apices of uropods 1

and 2, rami extending far beyond these, both rami elongate oval,

with rounded apices, upper margin with spaced spinules, apices and

lower margin (especially that of lower or inner ramus) setose.

14-15 mm. Uniform greyish brown.

Locality. Palmiet River lagoon, near Kleinmond, under stones at

junction of river and tidal areas (K. H. B., March 1937, 3, 9).

Remarks.—Agrees with Ceradocus as regards 1st and 2nd maxillae,

and mandibular palp, but 4th side-plate better developed than in

C. rubromaculatus and the other species, and 1st gnathopod unusually

slender.

The 2nd gnathopod of ¢ is remarkable for the torsion of the articula-

tion between 6th joint and the finger, whereby the latter closes

against the inner surface of the former, instead of against the apical

margin usually termed the palm. A partial overlapping of the finger

on to the inner surface is seen in C. semiserratus (Chevreux and Fage,

Faune de France, Amphip., fig. 247, 1925). In the actual shape of

6th joint and finger, the nearest approach to the present form is

that of Melita festiva (Chilton) (Chilton, Tr. N.Z. Inst., vol. xlviu,

‘p. 359, fig. 1, 1916). The specific name in allusion to the bird’s-head

appearance of the finger of gnathopod 2, 3.

Ceradocus rubromaculatus (Stimpson).

1922. Tattersall, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxxv, p. 6, pl. 1, figs.

15, 16.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 154.

1936. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiii e, p. 305.

1937. Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 160, fig. 9.

1937. Monod, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, vol. xxxiv, p. 10, fig. 6, b-g.

1938. Schellenberg, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xvi, p. 63.

Additional Locahities.—Luderitzbucht, Swakopmund (Schellenberg) ;

Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1935 and 1938).

Gen. Maera Leach.

1938. Schellenberg, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xvi, pp. 37, 39

(discussion of characters).

Schellenberg has shown that there is but one decisive character

by which to separate the several species which have been placed in

the genera Maera and Elasmopus, to wit: the mandibular palp.

Species with a slender palp, the 3rd joint of which is straight and

tipped only with a few setae, are assigned to Maera.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 459

The following South African species, formerly placed in Elasmopus,

are consequently transferred to Maera: subcarinatus (Hasw.), boecki

(Hasw.), and levis Brnrd. The last mentioned species while in the

genus Hlasmopus was liable to confusion with laevis Holmes, 1905,

though it might be claimed that levis is not actually preoccupied by

laevis.* On transference to Maera, however, it conflicts with Maera

levis 8. I. Smith, 1874, and the name is herewith changed to Maera

vagans nom. nov.

M. subcarinata is easily distinguished from all the other South

African species by the double keel on pleon segment 4.

Maera grossimanus (Mont.).

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 435.

1925. Chevreux and Fage, Faune de France, Amphip., p. 239,

figs. 248, 250.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 155.

Locality.—Swakopmund. Also Senegal.

Remarks.—Schellenberg is inclined to unite hirondellei with grossi-

manus, and suspects that my Saldanha Bay specimens (referred to

hirondeller, 1916, loc. cit., p. 194) are identical with his material.

Chevreux and Fage employ a character to separate inaequipes and

hirondelle: on the one hand from grossimanus on the other, which is

not considered by Schellenberg, viz. the projecting lower hind corner

of 2nd joint of peraeopods 4 and 5. As my specimens have this

projecting lobe, I am inclined to retain them as hirondeller. For

figure of gnathopod 2 of hirondeller see Monod, 1937, loc. cit., p. 10,

ngs. 1, €, 10, c.

Maera vagans nom. nov.

1910. Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 457 (bruzelii, non

Stebbing, 1888).

1912. Chilton, Tr. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xlviu, p. 510 (mastersi1, non

Haswell, 1879).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 200, pl. xxvu, fig. 15 (Hlasmopus

levis).

Additional Locality.—Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938).

* The Zoological Record gives the spelling of Holmes’s species as laevis. I have

not seen the original paper and can check neither the spelling nor the actual date

of publication.

460 Annals of the South African Museum.

Maera boeckw (Hasw.).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 199, pl. xxyn, figs. 13, 14

Further specimens (gf and juv. Still Bay, Prof. Stephenson, 1932)

confirm the description of the form identified as Haswell’s species.

The convexity of the hind margin of 2nd joint of peraeopod 4 is

intermediate between that of peraeopods 3 and 5. The mandible

was compared with Walker’s figure of that of sokotrae, but it should

have been stated that only the trunk is thus short and stout, the palp

being considerably longer than in Walker’s figure, more like that

figured by Stebbing for bruzelii (Challenger Rep., pl. xcvii). The 3

gnathopod 2 is quite like that of the 9, only slightly heavier.

Maera subcarinata (Hasw.).

1910. Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 457 (references).

- 1922. Tattersall, loc. cit., p. 9.

1931. Stephensen, Res. on Voy. liad Or. Neerland, vol. i, p. 11.

1936. Pirlot, loc. cit., p. 317, figs. 136-145.

{ 2

Fic. 26.—Maera subcarinata (Hasw.), mandibular palp and hand of gnathopod 2, 3

ae omitted).

Two specimens ($ 2) from Natal. The mandibular palp is very

slender, and, contrary to Walker’s statement and Stebbing’s figure

(Challenger Rep., pl. xcevill, persetosus), the 3rd joint is distinctly

shorter than the 2nd, with only 2 apical setae (cf. Pirlot’s figures 137,

143). The hand of gnathopod 2, 3, is in general agreement with

Walker’s figure.

Gen. Llasmopus Costa.

1932. Stephensen, Annot. Zool. Jap., vol. xiii, p. 487 (synopsis of

species. LH. latebrachium is listed under wrong heading).

1936. Schellenberg, Zool. Anz., vol. cxvi, p. 153.

1938: id. loe. cts pp. ot, o2.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 461

Mandibular palp robust, its 3rd joint more or less faleate, and with

a comb-like row of spine-setae.

After the transference of subcarinata, boecki and levis (v. supra =

vagans) there are only two South African species to be assigned to

this genus.

Elasmopus pectenicrus (Bate).

O06. Barnard, loc.‘cdt., p. 197, pl. xxviii, fig. 33.

1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., vol. i, p. 446 (brasiliensis, non

Dana).

1928. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 647.

1936. Pirlot, loc. cit., p. 312.

1937. Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 161.

There is often a small denticle at base of dactylus in 2nd gnathopod,

$, fitting in between the hinge and the tooth on palm. Colour:

peraeon and pleon purplish-grey with white speckling, a dark medio-

dorsal spot on hind margin of peraeon and pleon segments (sometimes

only on peraeon, or only on peraeon segments 1-4), a dark lateral

spot anteriorly on pleon segments 2-4, dark spots on distal joints of

peraeopods 3-5, the 2nd joints pale, eyes black with a yellowish

mark behind them.

Additional Localities.—Still Bay and East London (Prof. Stephenson,

1935 and 1937).

Distribution.—Indian Seas, East Indies. Also West Indies.

Elasmopus japonicus Steph.

1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 358 (spinimanus, non Walker).

1932. Stephensen, loc. cit., p. 490, figs. 1, 2.

The fact that the South African specimens have a dorsal keel

(albeit rather low) on pleon segment 4 excludes them at once from

being Walker’s spinimanus. Comparison with Stephensen’s figures

leaves no doubt as to their correct identity.

Additional Localities.—Isipingo, Natal; Port Elizabeth (Prof.

Stephenson). |

Distribution.—Japan.

Parelasmopus suluensis (Dana).

1888. Stebbing, Challenger Rep., vol. xxix, p. 1029, pl. c.

1904. Walker in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Rep., vol. xvii,

p. 278, pl. vi, fig. 38.

462 Annals of the South African Museum.

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvii, p. 286, fig. 6.

1936. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiii e, p. 311.

1938. Schellenberg, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handb., vol. xvi, p. 62,

Two 36 from Still Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1932, littoral) are

white with violet markings and speckling on head, peraeon and pleon,

spots and bands on antennae, legs and uropods, the posterior half

of the 2nd joint of peraeopods 3-5 also violet; eyes black.

Distribution.—Sulu Sea, Marshall and Solomon Is., Indian Seas to

N.W. Australia, Red Sea, British East Africa. Stebbing (1922)

records a young specimen from Angola.

Gen. Gammarus Fabr.

1916. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 202.

1926. Schellenberg, D. Sudpol. Exp., vol. xviii, p. 367 (Para-

melita).

| 1927. Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., vol. xiv, pp. 167 sqq.

1937. Schellenberg, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. lxix, pp. 469 sqq.,

esp. pp. 472, 480, 481.

Schellenberg in his latest paper, comprising very valuable critical

remarks on the fresh-water Gammarus species of the world, maintains

Paramelita as a full genus. He considers that it has affinities with

Melita rather than with Gammarus, and that it may in fact be derived

from Melita-like marine ancestors, thus avoiding the supposition of

a very ancient cosmopolitan distribution of Gammarus-like forms.

The argument is considerably weakened by the presence of admittedly

typical Gammarus forms in parts of Australia.

The taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Gammarus are beset

with so many difficulties that, pace the high authority of Dr. Schellen-

berg, I am unwilling as yet to admit Paramelita to more than sub-

generic rank.

The particular features of Paramelita appear to be inner margins

of inner lobes of lst and 2nd maxillae with long setae or bristles only

distally (proximally there are usually shorter and very fine setae

which pass gradually into the longer distal setae; in Gammarus sensu

stricto the whole inner margin of these lobes is fringed with long

setae or bristles); palm of lst gnathopod, 3, with only a few spines;

presence of accessory branchiae; dactylus (7th joint) of 1st—5th

peraeopods with several (usually) spines on inner margin (reduced to

1 or 2, or absent altogether, in auricularius); inner ramus of 3rd

uropod considerably shorter than outer ramus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 463

Individually these characters, or some of them, are not decisive,

but taken in combination they may serve to indicate that the South

African representatives are not quite typical Gammarus.

Fam. DEXAMINIDAKE.

Polycherva atolli Wlkr.

1905. Walker, Fauna Geogr. Mald. Laccad. Arch., vol. ii, p. 926,

pl. Ixxxvini, figs. 1-5.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 211 (antarctica, non Stebbing).

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 157.

1930. Barnard, Terra Nova Exp. Zool., vol. viii, p. 390.

Additional Localities.—Luderitzbucht (Schellenberg); Lambert’s

Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938); Still Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson,

1932).

Distribution.—Maldives, Seychelles, and British East Africa.

Fam. TALITRIDAE.

Gen. Talitrus Latr.

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 524 and p. 527 (Tali-

trovdes).

1925. Hunt, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc. Plymouth, vol. xii, p. 854.

1934. Schellenberg, Zool. Anz., vol. cv, p. 159.

1934. Burt, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. xviu, p. 181 (subgen. Talitropsis).

Hunt discussed the various characters which have been used to

differentiate the terrestrial species from the typical saltator, and came

to the conclusion that two groups could not be differentiated.

Schellenberg is in favour of retaining the terrestrial species in a

genus separate from the typical littoral species, and shows that

Talitriator Meth. falls into the synonymy of Talitroides (Bonnier)

Stebb. It would seem that Burt’s subgenus should also become a

synonym.

Apparently the decision as to which of these two courses should be

adopted rests on the value to be attached to the shape of the joints

of the maxilliped palp and its armature, a character to which Hunt

drew attention (loc. cit., p. 857, fig. 2). TT. saltator seems to be unique

in having the joints (including the outer plate) broad and densely

set with stout spines; in the other species they are narrower and bear

only a few slender spine-setae near the apices. No transitional state

464 Annals of the South African Museum.

has been recorded (except perhaps in 7. gulliveri. See Barnard,

1936, Ann. Natal Mus., vol. vii, p. 12).

On the other hand transitions or variations have been observed in

all the other characters, especially in the pleopods.

I suggest therefore that the maxilliped palp and the 2nd joint of

peraeopod 3 be regarded as the diagnostic features of Talitrus (s.s.)

and that, following Schellenberg, all the other species be grouped

together either generically or subgenerically.

Gen. Talitroides (Bonnier) Stebb.

1898. Bonnier in Willem. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belge, vol. xlii, p. 208.

1906. Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 527.

1913. Methuen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 109 (Taltriator).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 222 (Talitriator).

1917. Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vol. xix, p. 330 (April).

1917. Chilton, Trans. New. Zeal. Inst., vol. xlix, p. 294 (Aug.).

1934. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 159.

Genotype: T. alluaudi Chevr., 1896, Seychelles.

After my 1916 identification of specimens from numerous localities

as belonging to Methuen’s species, Stebbing (1917) on the basis of

some Natal specimens came to the conclusion that eastwoodae was

identical with Bate’s africanus. A revision of my former material,

together with a lot of new material, shows unfortunately that the

matter is not quite so simple.

The expansion of the 5th joint of gnathopod 1 was noted by

Methuen, and incorporated in my diagnosis and Hunt’s table (loc.

cit., p. 860). Bate’s figure, however, shows a linear (or cylindrical)

5th jot. One might pass over this detail in the figure of the whole

animal, but Bate has also given an enlarged figure of this joint, in

which the linear shape is unmistakable. Amongst my material

there are specimens in which this joint is linear, but not one of these

specimens comes from a locality east of 26° H.long. All the specimens

from Natal, including some from Stella Bush, Durban (Port Natal

was the old name for Durban), Zululand and the Hastern Cape

Province have the expanded 5th joint as found in eastwoodae.

On the other hand they all agree with Bate’s description and figure

as regards the length of the lst antennae, and the pleopods are just

long enough to show their tips below the pleurae as in Bate’s figure;

the 2nd joint of peraeopod 3 in his figure, however, is too broad for

our specimens.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 465

Although I admit that there is much justification for Stebbing’s

view, I prefer to wait until specimens from the type locality showing

a linear 5th joint in gnathopod 1 are available, before deciding definitely

on the position of Bate’s species; and in the meantime to retain

Methuen’s specific name.

Whether all the South African forms should bear this name is a

question which has been considerably complicated by the study of

all the material now at hand.

The eastern form is clearly demarcated by the characters given

below, and cannot be separated from Talitrus except on the two

characters given above (mxp. palp and 2nd joint peraeopod 3); the

pleopods are neither degraded nor even reduced in size, and the

length of the Ist antennae is connected by intergrading forms with

the very short antennae of 7. saltator. This form I have called

eastwoodae forma typica.

All the specimens from the western Cape Province exhibit shorter

lst antennae and stouter pleopods, the latter with a varying degree

of degradation, at least of the inner rami. As regards the 5th joint

of gnathopod 1 it is linear in specimens from some localities, and

expanded in those from other localities. I have separated off four

forms; no doubt with still more detailed study of further material

other forms, races or local varieties, could be distinguished, but for

the present I think discrimination has gone far enough.

Reference must be made to the very curious form with enlarged

ungues in the peraeopods, which up to now has only been found in

one locality in the-S.W. Cape mountains.

Talitroides eastwoodae (Meth.).

(Fig. 27.)

#303. Methuen, loc. cit., p..110, pls. x, xi.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 223.

1917. Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 330.

Forma typica.

(Fig. 27, a-d.)

The 5th joint of gnathopod 1 expanded, 1.e. the inner margin more

or less prominently rounded, the length (along upper margin) not

more than twice the greatest width. 6th joint ovate, with indistinct

palm (eastwoodae), but in larger and mature specimens more parallel-

sided, with very short but distinct palm.

466 Annals of the South African Museum.

Antenna 1 extending at least to half length (cotypes of eastwoodae,

and samples from Pinetown, Natal) of 5th peduncular joint of

Fic. 27.—Talitroides eastwoodae (Meth.). Forma typica. a, 5th—7th joints of

enathopod 1, immature. 6, the same, adult. c, pleopod 1. d, pleopod 3.

Forma cylindripes. e,gnathopod 1. f,9,h, pleopods 1-3. Forma macronyz.

2, gnathopod 1. Jj, 6th and 7th joints of peraeopod 4 (peraeopod 5 similar).

antenna 2, usually to 2 or #, or even to end of peduncle

(Durban).

Pleopods slender, elongate, outer margin of peduncle even (nearly

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 467

straight) with numerous close-set plumose setae along whole length

(cotypes eastwoodae), or along distal half, or only a few at distal 4

(Durban); the rami subequal (the outer slightly the longer), more or

less distinctly jointed.

Localities —Transvaal: Woodbush (eastwoodae).

Natal: Pietermaritzburg, Howick, Pinetown, Kark-

loof, Durban.

Zululand: M’fongosi.

Eastern Cape Province: Port St. Johns, Doornnek

(Alexandria Div.). Gt. Winterberg, 7000 ft. (Fort

Beaufort Div.).

All these localities are east of about 26° E. long.

Forma cylindripes.

(Fig. 27, e-h.)

The 5th joint of gnathopod 1 more or less parallel-sided, length

(along upper margin) at least 24 times, usually 3 times, the width,

inner margin nearly straight or only very slightly convex. 6th joint

elongate, ovate, tapering, with very feeble, scarcely developed, palm.

Antenna 1 extending } to 4 length of 5th peduncular joint of

antenna 2, usually 4-4.

Pleopods stout or moderately stout, peduncle distally more or less

swollen, outer margin sinuous, with plumose setae on distal half or

third; rami stout, more or less distinctly unequal (the outer the

longer), not jointed.

Localities —S.W. Cape Province: Cape Peninsula, Sir Lowry

Pass, Houw Hoek, Mossel River (Hermanus), Gt. Winterhoek Mts.,

3500 ft. (Tulbagh).

Forma setosa.

The 5th joint of gnathopod 1 expanded (as in eastwoodae).

Antenna 1 extending +-4 (usually 4) along 5th peduncular joint

of antenna 2.

Pleopods stout, peduncle with close-set, plumose setae along whole

of sinuous outer margin, rami subequal or distinctly (though not

greatly) unequal.

Localities—S.W. Cape Province: Cape Peninsula, Stellenbosch,

Tulbagh and Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Somerset West, Ceres, River

Zonder End Mts., Onderberg Vlei (Clanwilliam).

A variety of this form occurs in Orange Kloof, Table Mt., in which

the peduncle of the pleopods is setose only on the distal third.

468 Annals of the South African Museum.

Forma calva.

As in forma setosa, but the peduncle of pleopods non-setose, the

rami unjointed, but the incisions marking the limits of the fused

joints very deep, so that the ramus becomes a series of subglobose

segments.

Localities.—Western Cape Province: Cape Peninsula, Wellington,

Swellendam Mts., northern slopes of Matroosberg (Hex River Mts.),

George, Knysna, Zwartberg Range at Meiring’s Poort (Oudtshoorn

Distr.).

Forma macronye.

(Rig sie e.4.)

The 5th joint of gnathopod | ovate, inner margin subparallel with

outer margin, almost straight or only slightly convex; 6th oblong,

parallel-sided, palm distinct though short (equal to basal width of

7th joint), transverse, with rounded angle bearing 2 very strong spines

and a smaller one; 7th joint bearing an unusually strong spinule on

inner apex; unguis elongate, twice as long as 7th joint.

Ungues of peraeopods 1-5 longer than their 7th joints.

Antenna 1 extending half-way along 5th peduncular joint of an-

tenna 2.

Pleopods stout, peduncle setose along whole of outer margin, rami

stout, subequal (outer slightly the longer), not jointed.

Locality.—S.W. Cape Province: Hottentots Holland Mts., 4000 ft.

(Somerset West) (Jan. 1916, K. H. B.).

Gen. Talorchestia Dana.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 215.

1917. Chilton, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. xlix, p. 293 (N. Zealand

species).

1922. Stebbing, Goteb. K. Vetensk. Vitt. Handb., vol. xxv, no. 2,

pao:

1922. Tattersall, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. vi, p. 454.

Tattersall has given a key to some of the species, including two of

the South African ones. He has, however, transposed ancheidos and

australis, and assumed that in the latter (“‘ancheidos” in his key)

‘‘side-plates 2-4” are without a well-marked lobe on hind margin,

whereas my description referred to side-plate 2 only (“side-plate

. . 2 without a strongly produced lobe”). As a matter of fact

this character should not be used; the lobe in question is present in

australis but not nearly so prominent as in the other species.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 469

A synopsis of the four South African species is given below (p. 536)

which permits the identification not only of $3, but also of 99.

A very interesting feature has been noted in ancheidos, which was

Fic. 28.—Talorchestia capensis (Dana). a,gnathopod1,g. 6, hand of gnathopod

2, 5, immature. c, the same, adult (inner view). d, cross-section of 2nd joint

of gnathopod 2, 3 (outer side to right). e, distal joints of gnathopod 2, 9.

f. 9, 2nd joints of gnathopod | and 2 respectively, 2 (anterior margin below).

h, 2nd joint of peraeopod 5. 7, pleon segments 1 and 2, g. j, pleon segment

3, 0:

entirely overlooked in my original description. viz.: the minute

corrugations or ridges on the lower margins.of pleon segments 2 and

3 (in both sexes), causing an appearance of crimping. It occurs

also in Orchestia floresiana Weber. See: Stephensen, 1935, B. P.

Bishop Mus. Bull., vol. exlii, p. 24, and Barnard, 1935, Rec. Ind. Mus.,

vol. xxxvii, p. 288, fig. 7; but see also Schellenberg’s remarks on

VOL. XXXII, PART 5. 33

470 Annals of the South African Museum.

Stephensen’s and my identifications (Zool. Anz., vol. cxvi, pp. 155,

156; 1936).

T. tricornuta Shoemaker, 1920, from both sides of the Congo River

mouth, is near quadrispinosa, but has only 3 dorsal spines, and

differently shaped gn. 2 and prp. 4 in ¢.

T. skoogi Stebb., 1922, from Port Alexandra, has a distinctive 2nd

gnathopod in g.

T. landanae Schell, 1925, from Portuguese West Africa, is near

ancheidos, but differs in the palm of gn. 2, 3, and the hind margin of

2nd joint of prp. 5.

Talorchestia capensis (Dana).

(Fig. 28.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 216.

Locality.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

33, 22 on ocean beach); Port Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, 1935, gd,

ovig. 92, juv.).

Talorchestia quadrispinosa Brurd.

(Fig. 29.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 217, pl. xxvul, figs. 29-32.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 159.

Localities. —Luderitzbucht, Prince of Wales Bay, Walfisch Bay

(Schellenberg); Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson,

1938).

Talorchestia australis Brurd.

(Fig. 30.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 220, pl. xxvu, figs. 33, 34.

Locality. Kleinmond, mouth of Bot River (Caledon Division)

(Kee Bevan: Lote so eo):

Talorchestia ancheidos Brurd.

(Fig. 31.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 221, pl. xxvu, figs. 35, 36.

Localities.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan.

1931, 33, 22 under logs, dead Zostera and other debris on margins

of estuary); Masiene (near Chai Chai), Portuguese Hast Africa (R. F.

Lawrence, 1924, gd, 2).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 471

Fic. 29.—Talorchestia quadrispinosa Brnrd. a, gnathopod 1, g. 6, gnathopod 2, 3

(inner view). ¢, cross-section of 2nd joint of gnathopod 2, g. d, gnathopod

2,2. e, 2nd joint of peraeopod 5. ff, pleon segment 3.

Fic. 30.—Talorchestia australis Brnrd. a, gnathopod 1, g. 6, gnathopod 2, ¢

(inner view). c, cross-section of 2nd joint of gnathopod 2, g. d, gnathopod

2,2. e, 2nd joint of gnathopod 2, 2 (anterior margin below). ff, 2nd joint of

peraeopod 5, with hind margin further enlarged. g, pleon segment 3.

472 Annals of the South African Museum.

Remarks.—The Masiene specimens have a slightly more robust

6th joint on gnathopod 2, 3, and a slightly broader 6th joint on gnatho-

Cc e

Fie. 31.—Talorchestia ancheidos Brnrd. a, gnathopod 1, g. 6, gnathopod 2, g.

c, 2nd joint of gnathopod 2, 2 (anterior margin to right). d, 2nd joint of

peraeopod 5, with hind margin further enlarged. e, pleon segment 3. f,

enathopod 1,¢. g, gnathopod 2, g. h, cross-section of 2nd joint of gnathopod

2,4. (f, 9, h, specimens from Masiene, Portuguese Hast Africa.)

pod 1, 3, so that the finger extends only to the base, not the apex, of

the apical lobe.

Gen. Parhyale Stebb.

1906. Stebbing, Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 556.

1934. Iwasa, J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido, Zool., vol. ii, p. 1.

Parhyale inyacka (Brurd.).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 233, pl. xxvii, fig. 4 (Hyale 7.).

1925. Chevreux, Bull: Soc. zool. France, vol. J, p. 370, fig.-17

(Hyale 1.).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 473

1933. Stephensen, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. lxiv, p. 441, figs.

3, 4 (Hyale 7.).

Specimens from Senegal (Chevreux) and from Bonaire Is., Dutch

West Indies (Stephensen), have been identified with this species.

Stephensen showed the presence of a rudimentary inner ramus on

uropod 3, the same has been confirmed in Chevreux’s specimens by

Fage and Monod (1936, Arch. Zool. Exper. Gen., vol. lxxviii, p. 105,

figs. 3-7); and it is present also in the types of inyacka although

entirely overlooked by me in 1916. All these specimens therefore

are correctly transferred to the genus Parhyale. Fage and Monod,

however, refer them all to the West Indian fasciger Stebb., 1897.

As P. fasciger has been recorded from Cameroons (Schellenberg, 1925),

there is perhaps some justification for suspecting that all the Atlantic

records of wnyacka are referable to Stebbing’s species. Stebbing’s

figure of the 2nd gnathopod, 2, however, is quite different from that

of the type of inyacka (and from Stephensen’s 1933 figure).

Until a long series of all stages of both sexes from Delagoa Bay and

Atlantic localities has been compared, I prefer to keep wnyacka as a

separate species, especially as the hind margin of 2nd joint of peraeopod

5 is more strongly serrate than in Stephensen’s figure, and much more

strongly so than in the figures of Stebbing and of Fage and Monod.

Gen. Parorchestia Stebb.

1906. Stebbing, Das Teirreich, vol. xxi, pp. 557, 735.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 226.

1922. Stebbing, Goteb. K. Vet. Vitt. Handl., vol. xxv, no. 2, p. 9.

The finding of some specimens at a locality intermediate between

Cape Town and Hast London (the extreme west and east localities

recorded by me in 1916) has led to the re-examination of all the

material, and I have come to the conclusion that the species formerly

identified as the New Zealand tenwis should really be regarded as a

separate species.

Parorchestia rectipalma n. sp.

(Fig. 32.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 226 (tenuis, non Dana).

It is unfortunate that the adult ¢ of the New Zealand tenuis has,

apparently, never been figured. Thomson’s Allorchesies recens is

regarded as synonymous with tenuis, and the hand of the gnathopod

2 of the immature South African $ corresponds fairly closely with

474 Annals of the South African Museum.

Thomson’s figure (Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., vol. xvi, pl. 13, figs. 2-5, 1884).

But if Thomson figured an adult 3, then there is considerable difference

between his species and the South African one.

Chilton (1909) described four new species from the New Zealand

region alone, and a fortiort it seems very unlikely that one species

should inhabit both New Zealand and South Africa. I therefore

Fic. 32.—Parorchestia rectipalma n. sp. a, gnathopod 1, g. 6, gnathopod 2, 3

(adult). c, gnathopod 1, 9. d, gnathopod 2, 9.

propose a new specific name for the South African specimens, and

give figures of the lst and 2nd gnathopods in both sexes.

Locality.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

3d, ovig. 99 and juv., beneath logs and debris washed up on the banks

of the estuary); estuary of Klip Drifts Fontein stream, Potteberg,

Bredasdorp District (A. C. Harrison, May 1936).

Parorchestia dassenensis Brnrd.

1916. Barnard) loc: citi p 220 uplexxvains ties. lege

1922. Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 10, pl. iv (tenuis, non Dana).

Stebbing’s statement that gnathopod 2, 3, “makes a near agreement

with G. M. Thomson’s figure” is incompatible with his own figure of

this imb. On the contrary the palm with its two notches is very

similar to that of dassenensis, except that the proximal notch is

deeper in Stebbing’s figure. I have no doubt that the two forms are

conspecific.

Locality.—Dyer’s Island, near Danger Point (Stebbing).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 475

Hyale saldanha Chilton.

(Fig. 33.)

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 229, pl. xxvii, fig. 37.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 162.

Localities. — Luderitzbucht (Schellenberg); Port Nolloth and

Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson); Dyer’s Island (S.A. Museum).

Fic. 33.—Hyale saldanha Chilton. Palp of maxilliped, ? on left, g on right.

Remarks.—Neither Chilton, nor myself, nor Schellenberg have

referred to the notable sexual difference in the palp of the maxilliped

(fig. 33). The example figured is an extreme case; usually the palp

is not quite so much larger in the ¢ than in the 9, but nevertheless

the difference is always noticeable. So far as I am aware such a

feature has not been recorded for any other species of the genus,

though in camptonyx the apical seta is stated by Stebbing (Das

Tierreich, vol. xxi, pp. 561 (key), 570) to be very long in 3, implying

that it is longer in 3 than in 9.

Gen. Allorchestes Dana.

1906. Stebbing, loc. cit., pp. 581, 736.

1926. Chilton, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. lvi, p. 515.

476 Annals of the South African Museum.

The character distinguishing this genus from Hyale is the small

lobe of the 5th joint of gnathopod 2 in ¢ (fig. 34). The 99 of the two

genera appear to be indistinguishable.

A recent examination of the examples previously referred to Hyale

grandicornis (1916, Barnard, loc. cit., p. 230), together with further

material, has shown that in some samples the gg had the lobed

5th joint characteristic of Allorchestes. The lobe was found to be

present in the youngest specimens recognizable as gg, and was as

Fie. 34.—Hyale grandicornis (Kroyer). a, hand of gnathopod 2. Allorchestes

inquirendus n. sp. 6, hand of gnathopod 2. c¢, process of 5th joint of

gnathopod 2.

well developed as in 99, extending to the lower apex of the 4th joint.

In later stages the lobe tended to become smaller, extending only

about half-way along the distal margin of 4th joint. But even in

the largest and fully adult gg it was present as a thin plate set trans-

versely between the 4th and 6th joints, with an apical fringe of

plumose setae. ,

In other lots, however, there was only a very small conical knob

forming the outer apex of 5th joint, as is found in other species of

Hyale; even in the youngest $¢ only this knob and no trace of a

setigerous lobe was found.

It seems, therefore, that two species, assigned to different genera,

must be recognized, until perhaps breeding experiments can show

whether the character has any diagnostic value. In other respects

the two forms are indistinguishable, though there is a tendency for

the 2nd antennae to be slightly longer in Hyale grandicornis, and for

spines to be absent from the outer ramus of Ist uropod in the

Allorchestes specimens.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 477

On the other hand, my remarks (loc. cit.) on the variability of

characters holds good. All the Allorchestes come from localities in

the Cape Peninsula, east and west sides, except one lot from Port

Elizabeth; Hyale grandicornis occurs as far east as Natal, and has

not yet been found on the west side of the Cape Peninsula, as the

following list of localities will show :—

Allorchestes. | H. grandicornis.

Table Bay . x

West side of Cape | Oudekraal . %

Peninsula Hout Bay . x

Near Cape Good Hope. x

Kast side of Cape { :

Peninsula Kalk Bay and St. James x x

(False Bay) Bufiels Bay 3 x

Kleinmond (Caledon

Dives) ae x

Stull Bay . aa x

South and south-}‘Keurbooms R. , Pletten-

east coast berg Bay ; ce x

Port EKlizabeth . x

Kast London Ga x

Port Shepstone, Natal. ya x

Allorchestes inquirendus n. sp.

(Fig. 34, 6, c.)

To the features given for Hyale grandicornis (1916, loc. cit., p. 231)

may be added:

Gnathopod 1, ¢, similar to Stebbing’s figure of that of A. humilis

(ieee. trans: Linn. Soc. Lond., vol.°vii, pl. xxxni, D) the 2nd

joint strongly expanding from a narrow base, the hind margin

convex. |

Gnathopod 2, 4, fig. 34, 6. The lobe of 5th joint relatively larger

in younger specimens.

In the 2 gnathopods 1 and 2 as in Stebbing’s figures (loc. cit., pl.

xxxii, A, B), the hind margin of 2nd joint in gnathopod 1 being

convex asin the 2.

Peraeopods 3-5. Cf. Chilton’s figure of peraeopod 3 in A. now-

478 Annals of the South African Museum.

zealandiae (loc. cit., fig. 3, e), but the spines on hind margin of 4th

joint usually set in a tuft of setules, and 6th joint relatively longer.

Palp of maxilla 1 reaching to bases of the apical spines of outer

lobe.

Telson cleft to base, apices of lobes subacute.

Fam. AORIDAE.

- Aora typica Kroyer.

1916. Barnard, loc. cot., p. 236 (references).

1926. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 372, fig. 59 (forma anomala).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 220, fig. 135 (forma gibbula).

Localities.—False Bay (Schellenberg; R.R.S. “Discovery”’); Port

Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof. Stephenson, 1938).

Lembos leptocheirus Wlkr.

1909. Walker, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xu, p. 338, pil.

x, Ae |

1926. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 373.

1928. Id., loc. cit., p. 662.

Locality.—Simon’s Bay (Schellenberg).

Distribution.—Port Said; Suez; British East Africa.

Lembos hypacanthus Brurd.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 166.

Locality.—Swakopmund.

Lembos hirsutipes Stebb.

1895. Stebbing, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. xvi, p. 207, pls. viii,

ix. |

1925. Chevreux, Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 1, p. 373.

Distribution.—Dakar, Senegal.

Gen. Grandidierella Coutiére.

1904. Coutiére, Bull. Soc. Philom., ser. 9, vol. vi, pp. 166, 173.

1908. Stebbing, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. 11, p. 120.

1921. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 548.

1922. Tattersall, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. vi, p. 455.

1925. Chevreux, Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol. 1, p. 392.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 166.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 479

1933. Stephensen, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. lxiv, pp. 434, 446.

1935. Shoemaker, J. Wash. Ac. Sci., vol. xxv, p. 65.

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvii, p. 295.

1936. Schellenberg, Zool. Anz., vol. cxvi, p. 154.

1938. Id., K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xvi, p. 90 (transferred to

Corophidae).

Grandidierella lignorum Brurd.

1935. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 300, fig. 14.

Locality.—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay (K. H. B., Jan. 1931,

3S, 22 under water-logged tree-trunks and driftwood in estuary);

Zoetendal Vlei, Bredasdorp Division (A. C. Harrison, July 1937).

Fam. PHOTIDAE.

Photis uncinata Brurd.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 243, pl. xxviii, fig. 26 (longicaudata, non

Bate and Westw.).

1932. Id., loc. cit., p. 223, fig. 138.

Photis longimanus Wlkr.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 175.

Locality.—Luderitzbucht.

Eurystheus palmoides Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 231, fig. 144.

Locality.—Simon’s Bay (R.R.S. “ Discovery’’).

Eurystheus immunens Brurd.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 250, pl. xxvii, fig. 12.

1937. Id., John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 165, fig. 11.

Distribution.—Red Sea.

Eurystheus afer (Stebb.).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 249, pl. xxviu, fig. 11.

1928. Schellenberg, Tr. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xxii, p. 662.

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 165, fig. 12.

Distribution.—Gulf of Suez and Zanzibar area.

Remarks.—Cf. Monod, 1937, Mem. Inst. d’Egypte, vol. xxxiv,

p. 10, fig. 10, 6.

480 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cheiriphotis megacheles (Giles).

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 167, fig. 14 (references and synonymy).

Distribution.—Bay of Bengal, Ceylon, Hast Indies.

Fam. AMPITHOIDAE.

Ampithoé ramondi (Audouin).

1826. Audouin, Expl. Pl. Crust. Descr. Hgypte, vol. i, p. 93.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 253 (vacllantic) (references).

1928. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 665.

1937. Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 170.

1938. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxili f, p. 346.

Additional Localities.—Port Nolloth and Lambert’s Bay (Prof.

Stephenson, 1938).

Distribution.—Atlantic to Azores, Mediterranean; Indian Ocean,

Southern Pacific.

Ampithoé falsa Brnrd.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 255, pl. xxvii, fig. 34 (brevipes, non

Dana).

1932. Id., loc. cit., p. 240.

IOSt ld loc. sert.. p. V0; ae. 6,

Localhity.—Still Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1935).

Disiribution.—Gulf of Aden, and Central Arabian Sea, on drift-

weed.

Gen. Cymadusa Sav.

1816. Savigny, Mem. An. sans Vert., vol. i, p. 109.

1868. Czerniavski, Syezda Russ. Est. Syezda I. Zool., p. 103

(Grubia).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 257 (references) (Grubia).

1938. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiu f, p. 348.

Cymadusa australis (Brurd.).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 258.

Locality— Knysna Lagoon (C. W. Thorne, 1938).

Macropisthopous stebbing: Brunrd.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 260, pl. xxvii, figs. 15-17.

Localities—Sea Point, Table Bay (K. H. B., March 1928); Still

Bay (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, 1935).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 481

Fam. JASSIDAE.

Ischyrocerus gorgoniae n. sp.

(Fig. 35.)

3.—Body strongly triquetral in cross-section anteriorly; in dorsal

view resembling a member of the family Phliantidae. Head not

Fig. 35.—Ischyrocerus gorgoniae n. sp. a, animal, 3, with gnathopod 2.

b, peraeopod 1. c, peraeopod 5.

carinate. Peraeon smooth, medio-dorsally carinate on segments

1-6; the keel on segment 1 moderate, those on segments 2-5 strong,

and that on segment 6 feeble. Peraeon segment 7 and pleon not

carinate. Side-plate 1 small, deeper than long, subtriangular; 2 very

large, much deeper than long, ovoid; 3 and 4 deeper than long,

oblong, antero-inferior corner rounded, postero-inferior corner

quadrate; 5 with deep incision between the lobes, the hind lobe

much the smaller; 6 similar to 5 but smaller; 7 small, ovoid. Postero-

inferior angle of pleon segment 3 rounded. Telson broader than long,

apically obtuse, a spinule on each lateral margin.

Antenna | with 2-jointed accessory flagellum, the 2nd joint minute,

flagellum missing. Antenna 2 missing. Mouth-parts typical.

Gnathopod 1 asin megalops Sars (Crust. Norw., vol. i, pl. 210, fig. 2):

Gnathopod 2, 2nd joint very long, curved, margins entire, antero-

distal corner moderately lobed, 3rd with anterior margin lobed,

6th elongate ovate, upper margin convex, lower margin straight,

with a narrow subacute tooth near hinge, finger a thin cultrate plate,

482 Annals of the South African Museum.

lanceolate, unguis indistinguishable (the finger may be abnormal in

shape, the hand of the other gnathopod is missing).

Peraeopods 1 and 2, 2nd joint flask-shaped, antero-distal margin

expanded.

Peraeopods 3-5 slender, 2nd joint rather broadly oval, 6th joint

relatively longer than in any of Sars (loc. cit.) figures.

Uropods typical.

Length.—4:5 mm.

Colour.—(As preserved) chalky-white, eyes darker.

Locality.—Somerset Strand, False Bay. 1 3, Sept. 1926, found on

a piece of Red Fan-coral, Gorgonia flammea.

Remarks.—This species is remarkable for its Phliantid appearance

in dorsal view, and the dorsal carination, which is much stronger

than in carinatus Brurd.

Fam. COROPHIIDAE.

Gen. Corophium Latr.

1934. Shoemaker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. xlvii, pp. 23 sqq.

Corophium acherusicum Costa.

1916. Barnard, loc. cot., p. 272.

1917. Stebbing, Ann. Durban Mus., vol. i, p. 448.

1928. Schellenberg, loc. cit., p. 672.

1931. Id., Swed. Antarct. Exp., vol. u, p. 259, footnote.

1934. Shoemaker, loc. cit., p. 24.

Schellenberg identifies the European acherusicum with the earlier

cylindricum Say, but Shoemaker does not accept this on the ground

that Say’s species is not recognisable with certainty.

Corophium triaenonyx Stebb.

1904. Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. u, p. 25, pl. vi, A.

1921. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 555.

1935. Barnard, Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxxvi, p. 305.

Locality—Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay, in water-logged

tree-trunks and drift wood, in the estuary and as far up as the river

is tidal (Whisky Creek) (K. H. B., Jan. 1931, 3, ovig. 29, and juv.);

Knysna River (K. H. B., Nov. 1938, 3g, ovig. 99); estuary of Klip

Drifts Fontein stream, Potteberg, Bredasdorp district (A. C. Harrison,

May 1936),

Distribution.—Ceylon; Chilka Lake; Cochin and Travancore coasts.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 483

Cerapus abditus Templ.

ite. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 271.

1938. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiii f, p. 349, figs. 157,

158 (detailed figures).

Fam. PODOCERIDAE.

Gen. Podocerus Leach.

1937. Barnard, John Murray Exp. Rep., vol. iv, p. 174. (Key to

species of the Indian region.)

ot. Podocerus cristatus (Thomson).

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 276.

1925. Schellenberg, loc. cit:, p. 188.

1926. Chilton, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. Ivi, p. 513, fig. 2.

Locality.—Swakopmund (Schellenberg).

Podocerus inconspicuus (Stebb.).

1888. Stebbing, Challenger Rep., vol. xxix, p. 1194, pl. cxxxi.

fein Das Tierreich, vol. xxi, p. 702.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 277, pl. xxviii, fig. 23 (palinurt).

1937. Id.,loc.cit., p. 175, fig. 18 (growth changesin gn. 2, 3) (palinurt).

1938. Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxii f, p. 356, fig. 160.

Locality.—Port Nolloth (Prof. Stephenson, 1938, littoral, under

stones).

Distribution.—South Arabian coast, Bay of Bengal, East Indies,

Port Jackson.

Podocerus africanus Brurd.

1916. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 278, pl. xxviii, figs. 24, 25.

P25. 1d, loc. cit., p. 367.

1937. Id., loc. cit., p. 176, fig. 19 (urop. 1, and growth changes in

on. 2, 3).

Distribution.—South Arabian coast.

Fam. VIBILITDAE.

Vibilia chuni Behn. and Wolt.

1912. Behning and Woltereck, Zool. Anz., vol. xli, p. 8.

1913. Stewart, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vol. xii, p. 251, pl. vi

(hodgsont).

484 Annals of the South African Museum.

1925. Behning, Deutsche Tiefsee Exp., vol. xix, p. 496, figs. 68-79.

1925. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 376 (hodgsont).

1925. Stephensen, Rep. Dana Exp., vol. u, D 5, p. 246 (2 chun).

1927. Behning, Deutsche Siidpol. Exp., vol. xix, p. 120.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 262 (hodgsoni, sp. dubia).

Although Behning does not refer either in 1925 or 1927 to Miss

Stewart’s species, I think Stephensen is correct in identifying it

with chuni; as Behning says, the 7th peraeopod is very distinctive.

Distribution.—EKquatorial and Southern Atlantic.

Fam. PHRONIMIDAE.

Phromma atlantica Guérin.

1901. Vosseler, Hyperiidae Plankton Exp., vol. ii, p. 21, pl. u,

figs. 1-10.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 285.

Locality.—Several 99 and 2 $¢ washed ashore at Durban, 9/7/32

(H. W. Bell-Marley).

Distribution.—Cosmopolitan.

Phronima colletia Bov.

1887. Bovallius, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xi, p. 25.

1887. Giles, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lvi, p. 215, pl. iu, figs. 1, 2

(bucephala).

1901. Vosseler, loc. cit., p. 32, pl. 11, figs. 8-10, pl. iv, figs. 1-3.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 286.

Locality.—One 3 along with the previous species, Durban, 9/7/32

(H. W. Bell-Marley).

Remarks.—Bovallius (1889, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xxu, p. 378)

gives the date of Giles’ species as 1888, though on pp. 346 and 351

he gives it correctly as 1887. Bovallius’ paper was received at the

British Museum (Nat. Hist.) library in October, whereas Giles’ paper

was not published until November 2nd, so there is no question as to

the priority of Bovallius’ name.

Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic 41° N. -35° S., Indo-Pacific.

Phronimella elongata Claus.

1887. Giles, loc. cit., p. 217, pl. i, fig. 3 (heppocephala).

1888. Stebbing, Challenger Rep., vol. xxix, p. 1362, pl. clxu1.

1889. Bovallius, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xxi, p. 389, pl. xvi,

figs. 51-67.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 485

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 286.

Locality One 3, 6 92 washed ashore at Durban, 9/7/32 (H. W.

Bell-Marley).

Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic 43° N.-37° S., Indo-Pacific,

Antarctic.

Fam. OXYCEPHALIDAE.

Oxycephalus clausi Bov.

1887. Bovallius, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xi, p. 35.

1890. Id., The Oxycephalids, p. 60, pl. i, figs. 19-24, pl. u1, fig. 1.

1923. Stebbing, Fish. Mar. Surv. Spec. Rep., 3, p. 11.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 294.

Localities.—One 2 Algoa Bay (s.s. “Pieter Faure’); one 2 washed

ashore at Hout Bay, Cape Peninsula, 1917; several gg and 922° washed

ashore at Durban, 9/7/32 (H. W. Bell-Marley).

Oxycephalus latirostris Claus.

1879. Claus, Gatt. Platysceliden, p. 193.

1887. Id., Die Platysceliden, p. 71, pl. xxiv, fig. 1.

1890. Bovallius, loc. cit., p. 66, pl. 11, figs. 7-12, and text-fig. 84.

The rostrum is more acute than in Bovallius’ figure (pl. 11, fig. 7).

The telson extends to the level of the apex of outer ramus of

uropod 3, and almost to that of the inner ramus.

Locality—One 2 washed ashore at Durban, 9/7/32 (H. W. Bell-

Marley).

Distribution.—Subtropical Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

Glossocephalus milne-edwardsi Bov.

1887. Bovallius, loc. cit., p. 35.

1888. Giles, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lv, p. 250, pl. vi (Elsia

indica).

1890. Bovallius, loc. cit., p. 106, pl. v, fig. 5, and text-figs. 6, 6a, 71.

1931. Barnard, Gt. Barrier Reef Exp., vol. iv, p. 131.

The lower (hind) margin of 6th joint of peraeopods (gnathopods)

1 and 2 is smooth, as in Walker’s Ceylon specimens, and those from

the Barrier Reef.

Locality—One § washed up at Durban, 9/7/32 (H. W. Bell-

Marley).

Distribution.—Mediterranean, tropical Atlantic, Indian Ocean.°

VOL. XXXII, PART 5. 34

486

1887.

1888.

1925.

1932.

1938.

Annals of the South African Museum.

Streetsia pronoides (Bov.).

Bovallus, Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., vol. xi, no. 16, p. 36.

Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 1603, pl. cevii (challengeri).

Stephensen, Dan. ocean. Exp., vol. ii, D 5, p. 194, fig. 75

(growth-changes and synonymy) (challengeri).

Barnard, loc. cit., p. 295 (challengeri).

Pirlot, Siboga Exp. monogr., vol. xxxiii f, p. 369 (synonymy).

Locality.—One immature 2 washed up at Durban, 9/7/32 (H. W.

Bell-Marley).

Distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic, 41° N.-19° S., Indo-Pacific.

Rhabdosoma whitei Bate.

1927. Spandl, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., vol. xix (zool. xi), p. 208,

fig. 31, af (typo. error, withe?).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 296.

1933. Schellenberg, Zool. Anz., vol. ciii, p. 154, figs. 1-4 (brood-

lamellae).

Locality Many specimens washed ashore at Durban, 9/7/32

(H. W. Bell-Marley).

Distribution.—Atlantic, Indo-Pacific.

Fam. CAPRELLIDAE.

Gen. Pseudaeginella Mayer.

1890. Mayer, F. u. FI., Golf, Naples, vol. xvu, p. 37.

Pseudaeginella tristanensis (Stebb.).

1932. Barnard, Discovery Rep., vol. v, p. 300, fig. 166.

Locality.—Kast London, littoral (Prof. T. A. Stephenson, July 1937,

3 3d, 3 99).

Distribution.—Tristan d’Acunha.

Remarks.—The largest § (6 mm.) is larger than any specimens yet

recorded, but the hand of gnathopod 2 does not differ from my 1932

figure, except that there is a distinct tooth on the distal anterior

margin of the 2nd joint. This tooth is much less distinct in the 9

(ovig. 2 3-5 mm.).

This one difference, without more material from both localities,

scarcely justifies specific separation.

() BI)

KEYS TO THE IDENTIFICATION OF SOUTH AFRICAN

TANAIDACEA, ISOPODA (Marine anp FresHwatTerR), AND

AMPHIPODA.

NoTES ON THE Keys.

In the family keys where a family contains more than one (South

African) genus and/or species the page number is given on which will

be found the key to the genera and/or species; and similarly in the

case of genera containing more than one species. Where a family,

or genus, contains only one genus, or species respectively, the student

is referred to the list of species. |

In the Isopoda the only important family not represented in South

African waters is the Serolidae. Some minor families allied to the

Eurydicidae and Corallanidae are not included in the key, although

it is quite possible that eventually they will be found in the warmer

waters of Natal and Portuguese Hast Africa.

In the Gammaridea the two families Pleustidae and Sebidae are

included [in square brackets], although not yet definitely recorded

from South Africa. Certain other families of minor importance are

not included, mainly for geographical reasons; for these families,

see Stebbing, Das Tierreich, xxi, 1906.

' All the families of Phronimidea (Hyperudea), except a few aberrant

ones like the Mimonectidae and Chuneolidae, are included, because

many of these pelagic forms are likely to be found, sooner or later,

within the South African region. References to such species not

yet recorded from South African waters and to the relevant literature

will be found in Spandl, 1927 (German South Polar Expedition reports),

Barnard, 1930 (“Terra Nova’ reports), and Barnard, 1932

(“Discovery ”’ reports).

In the Gammaridea and Cyamidea it is customary to reckon the two

anterior pairs of legs as gnathopods, so that the seven pairs of legs

comprise: gnathopods | and 2, peraeopods 1-5. In the Phronimidea

(Hyperiidea), however, owing probably to the fact that the anterior

legs are so frequently simple and in no way prehensile (subchelate or

chelate), it is customary to speak of peraeopods 1-7.

As the Amphipoda are perhaps the more difficult group to identify,

a few explanatory figures are given to illustrate particular differential

characters utilised in the keys.

488 Annals of the South African Museum.

j A distinct carapace embracing the true head and first two peraeon

segments, and overhanging laterally to form a branchial

chamber. Maxilliped with an epipodial process lying in the

branchial chamber. First pair of the 7 pairs of peraeopods

chelate. Uropods slender and terminal . : : . Tanaidacea

( =Chelifera).

No distinct carapace, the apparent “‘head’’ composed of the true

head plus the Ist (rarely also the 2nd) peraeon segment

coalesced. Maxilliped usually without epipodial process; the

| latter when present not in a branchial chamber . ; 2.

Dorso-ventrally depressed (in Phreatoicidae the pleon is jateneler

compressed). Pleopods, when present, lamellar, branchial in

function (heart in the pleon) . : : . : . Isopoda.

Laterally compressed (except the Cyamidae, whale-lice). Branchiae

attached to bases of some of the peraeopods (heart in the

peraeon). Pleopods, when fully developed, divided into two

sets, the first 3 pairs natatory, the last 2 pairs similar to the

uropods, with unsegmented rami : i : ; . Amphipoda.

Inst of South African Tanaidacea (=Chelifera).

Tanaidae. — manais philetaerus Stebb.

», annectens Brnrd.

» (Anatanais) gracilis Heller (syn.: spongicola Brnrd.).

Paratanais euelpis Brnrd.

Leptochelia savignyt (Kroyer) (syn.: dubia Kroyer).

Haplocope oculatus Stebb.

Agathotanais ingolfi Hansen.

Heterotanais (?) capensis Vanh6ffen.

Apseudidae. 4 pseudes grossimanus N. and 8.

agulhensis Brnrd.

avicularia Brunrd.

ee austro-africana Brurd. (=australis Brnrd., non Haswell).

Trichapseudes tridens Brnrd.

Sphyrapus malleolus N. and 8.

Key to the families of Tanaidacea

(after Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, 1905).

Body scarcely attenuated behind. First antenna with only

one flagellum. Mandible without palp. First maxilla

with only a single lobe and a 1-jointed palp; second

maxilla quite rudimentary. Epipod of maxilliped

narrow, falciform . , : ; é ; . Tanaidae, p. 489.

Body narrow, elongate. First antenna with 2 flagella.

Mandible with 3-jointed palp. First maxilla with

2 lobes and a 2-jointed palp; second maxilla well

developed and setose. Epipod of maxilliped large,

laminar. Second peraeopod with large, broad, flat

hand . : ; 5 : : ; : . Apseudidae, p. 489.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

Key to the genera of Tanaidae.

Three pairs of pleopods. Uropods uniramous. Brood

pouch formed of only one pair of plates, arising from

1 bases of 5th peraeopods. Eyes present : :

Five pairs of pleopods. Brood pouch normal. (In Agatho-

tanais pleopods absent and brood pouch sani

Uropods biramous .

2; Uropods rudimentary. ens 2 radimentary yes

absent

Rami of uropod cabal: beth 2- jointed. First neraoopud

similar in both sexes , :

Outer ramus of uropod very small, inner ramus with Saeral

joints. First peraeopod dissimilar in ¢ and 2

Pleopods biramous

| Pleopods uniramous (@) . : :

Peraeopod 1 ¢ slender, elongate, chelate, 6th ‘gin with fOr:

[ wardly produced “‘thumb”’ ‘

ae 1 robust, imperfectly chelate, 6th jin with back:

wardly directed process : : J :

Key to the species of Tanais.

Six pleon segments (Anatanais). Uropod 5-6-jointed. 6th

1 joint of maxilliped narrow : : :

Five pleon segments (T'anais s.s.). Uropod 4-jointed

f Carapace broader than long. 6th joint of maxilliped ovate

\ Carapace longer than broad

Key to the genera of Apseudidae.

Six free peraeon segments. Antenna 2 with scale at end of

1 2nd joint : ‘ ‘ ‘

Five free peraeon segments. Antenna 2 without scale

Neither the small mandibular palp nor the maxilliped

fringed with plumose setae. Five (normally) pairs of

2 pleopods

Both the large Sanabria pe ae the See | fea

\ with plumose setae. Three pairs of pleopods

Key to the species of Apseudes.

Rostrum tridentate

i. simple

if Rostrum with acute apex and sinuous, entire margins.

| Rostrum with straight, serrate margins : :

{ Pleon segments 1-5 laterally with spiniform processes

Pleon segments laterally obtuse é :

Telson apically obtuse

4~ Telson apically acutely minduceds 6th leon oumen with

2 acute tubercles

489

Tanais, p. 489.

Agathotanais.

Paratanais.

Haplocope.

Leptochelia.

Heterotanais.

gracilis.

annectens.

philetaerus.

Sphyrapus.

Apseudes, p. 489.

Trichapseudes.

grossimanus.

deltoides.

austro-africana.

agulhensis.

avicularia.

490 Annals of the South African Museum.

List of South African Marine and Freshwater Isopoda.

(For Terrestrial Isopoda see Barnard, 1932, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xxx.)

Flabellifera or Cymothoidea.

Gnathiidae.

Gnathia africana Brnrd.

» spongicola Brnrd.

bi . var. minor Brnrd.

» disjuncta Brnrd.

» eryptopais Brnrd.

» aureola Stebb. (juv. =Praniza form).

Anthuridae.

Exanthura macrura Brnrd.

8 filformis (Lucas).

Haliophasma tricarinata Brnrd.

be coronicauda Brnrd.

Be hermani Brnrd.

Les foveolata Brnrd.

Aes pseudocarinata Brnrd.

Malacanthura linguicauda (Brurd.).

Anthelura remipes Brnrd.

Cyathura carinata (Kroyer) (syn. estuarius Brnrd.).

Apanthura sandalensis Stebb. (syn. dubia Brnrd.).

56 africana Brnrd.

Panathura serricauda Brnrd.

Mesanthura catenula (Stimpson).

Leptanthura laevigata (Stimpson) (syn. fawret Brnrd.).

Paranthura punctata (Stimpson).

Pseudanthura lateralis Richardson.

Eurydicidae (Cirolanidae auct.).

EHurydice longicornis (Studer).

Excirolana natalensis (Vanhoffen).

Pontogeloides latipes Brnrd.

Gnatholana mandibularis Brnrd.

Cirolana hirtipes M. Edw.

a virilis Brnrd.

x5 natalensis Brnrd.

se sulcata Hansen.

Pe parva Hansen.

45 cranchii Leach (syn. vicina Brnrd. and ? Hurydice

latistylis Vanhoffen, non Dana).

ne meinerti Brnrd.

ss undulata Brnrd.

a venusticauda Stebb.

”» 59 var. simplex Brnrd.

aS littoralis Brurd.

$9 fluviatilis Stebb.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 491

Cirolana theleceps Brnrd.

a rugicauda Heller.

ae cingulata Brnrd.

eS palifrons Brurd.

sn luciae Brnrd.

ee bovina Brnrd.

as incisicauda Brurd.

Conilorpheus scutifrons Stebb.

Corallanidae.

Corallana africana Brnrd.

Lanocira gardinert Stebb. (syn. capensis Brnrd.).

Bathynomidae.

Parabathynomus natalensis Brnrd. (1924, Fish. Mar. Biol.

Surv. Union S. Afr. Rep., 4, p. 2, figs.).

Aegidae.

Aega webbii (Guérin).

» semicarinata Miers (syn. urotoma Brnrd.).

», monophthalma Johnston.

5, gracilipes Hansen.

», monilis Brnrd.

» antillensis Sch. and Mein.

Rocinela dumerilii (Lucas).

a orientalis Sch. and Mein.

- granulosa Brnrd.

Cymothoidae.

Nerocila orbignyi (Guér. Mén.).

is serra Sch. and Mein.

3 trichiura (Miers).

» phaeopleura Blkr.

Anilocra capensis Leach.

ae leptosoma Blkr.

Codonophilus imbricata (Fabr.).

Cteatessa retusa Sch. and Mein.

Cymothoa borbonica Sch. and Mein.

Irona melanosticta Sch. and Mein.

Cinusa tetrodontis Sch. and Mein.

Livoneca raynaudu M. Edw.

Limnoriidae.

Limnoria lignorum (Rathke).

Sphaeromidae.

Sphaeroma terebrans Bate.

c walkeri Stebb.

~ annandalei Stebb.

Exosphaeroma hylecoetes Brnrd.

_ planum Brnrd.

a brevitelson Brnrd.

Be varicolor Brnrd.

492 Annals of the South African Museum.

Exosphaeroma laeviusculum (Heller).

= truncatitelson Brnrd.

be antikraussi Brnrd.

= kraussii Tattersall.

- pallidum Brnrd.

ae porrectum Brnrd.

Pseudosphaeroma barnardi Monod.

[Isocladus tristensis (Leach). Tristan d’Acunha.]

Zuzara furcifer Brnrd.

Parisocladus stimpsoni (Heller).

- perforatus (M. Edw.).

Sphaeramene polytylotos Brnrd.

Dynoides serratisinus Brnrd.

Paracilicaea mossambicus Brurd.

Cilicaea latreillei Leach.

Cymodoce tuberculosa Stebb. var. tripartita Rich.

Sy falcata Brnrd.

Pe uncinata Stebb.

Pe unguiculata Brnrd.

= umbonata Brurd.

AS amplifrons Stebb.

se acanthiger Brnrd.

- africana Brnrd.

7 valida (Stebb.).

Bs comans Brnrd.

5 setulosa (Stebb.).

os cryptodoma Brnrd.

= tetrathele Brnrd.

5 japonica Rich. var. natalensis Brnrd.

es cavicola Brnrd.

- excavans Brnrd.

Dynamenella dioxus Brnrd.

BD scabricula (Heller).

af bicolor Brnrd.

ee australis Richardson.

2 australoides Brnrd.

5 macrocephala (Krauss).

a taurus Brnrd.

% huttoni (Thomson).

as ovalis Brnrd.

By navicula Brnrd.

Cymodocella sublevis Brnrd.

be pustulata Brnrd.

ses cancellata Brnrd.

35 algoensis (Stebb.) (species dubia, juv.).

Cassidias africana Brnrd.

Parasphaeroma prominens Stebb.

Artopoles natalis Brnrd.

Stathmos coronatus Brnrd.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

Idoteidae

Idoteoidea or Valvifera.

Idotea metallica Bose.

» mdica M. Edw.

Euidotea peronii (M. Edw.).

Paridotea ungulata (Pallas).

bs reticulata Brnrd.

» rubra Brnrd.

“a fucicola Brnrd.

Engidotea lobata (Miers).

Synidotea hirtipes (M. Edw.).

ae setifer Brnrd.

ba variegata Clige.

Glyptidotea lichtensteinii (Krauss).

Cleantis natalensis Brnrd.

Pseudidoteidae.

Holidotea unicornvis Brnrd.

Astacillidae.

Astacilla mediterranea Koehler.

os bacillus Brnrd.

493

Arciurella corniger (Stebb.) (syn. hirsuta Brnrd. and Astacilla

setosa Vanhoffen).

» =} var. subglaber Brnrd.

- lineata (Stebb.).

e pustulata Brnrd.

5 longipes Brnrd.

- brevipes Brnrd.

a lobulata Brnrd.

Arcturina hexagonalis Brnrd.

Antarcturus kladophoros Stebb.

$s similis Brnrd.

Neoarcturus oudops Brnrd.

Pleuroprion chuni (zur Strassen).

Idarcturus platysoma Brurd.

Asellota or Aselloidea.

Stenetriidae.

Jaeridae.

Stenetrium crassimanus Brnrd.

x diazi Brnrd.

ee bartholomei Brnrd.

a . dagama Brnrd.

a dalmeida Brnrd.

wi saldanha Brnrd.

s3 syzygus Brnrd.

Jaera pusilla Brnrd.

Austrofilius serrata (Brnrd.)(? syn. A. furcatus Vanh6ffen,

non Hodgson).

494 Annals of the South African Museum.

Jaeropsis curvicornis (Nicolet).

Janira capensis Brurd.

» angusta Brnrd.

» exstans Brard.

Laniropsis palpalis Brnrd.

Iais pubescens (Dana).

Haploniscus dimeroceras Brnrd.

Pseudojanira stenetrioides Brnrd.

Protojanira prenticei Brnrd. (freshwater).

Munnidae.

Paramunna laevifrons Stebb.

os concavifrons Brurd.

os capensis Vanhéften.

Kuphomunna rostrata Brnrd.

Antias uncinatus Vanhéffen.

Munnopsidae.

Munnopsurus mimus Brurd.

Pseudomunnopsis beddardi (Tattersall).

Eurycope sulcifrons Brnrd.

Ss quadrata Brnrd.

fusiformis Brnrd.

Ilyarachna affinis Brnrd.

sR crassiceps Brnrd.

Desmosomidae.

Eugerda sp.

Ilychthonos capensis Brunrd.

Macrostylis spiniceps Brnrd.

Rhabdomesus bacillopsis Brnrd.

Phreatoicidea.

Phreatoicidae.

Phreatoicus capensis Brnurd.

a z var. abbreviatus Brnrd.

ae zs var. depressus Brnrd.

$5 “a var. penicillatus Brnrd.

Bopyroidea or Epicaridea.

Bopyridae.

Scyracepon levis Brnrd. On Scyramathia.

Pseudione munidae ee On Galatheiden.

= crenulata Sars.

Ss sp. On Upogebia africana.

Palaegyge plesionikae Brnrd. On prawns.

Bathygyge grandis Hansen On Glyphocrangon.

Paragigantione papiliosa Brnrd. On Galatheidea.

Hemiarthrus nematocarcini Stebb. On prawns.

Epipenaeon japonicum Thielemann. On prawns.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 495

Dayjidae.

Zonophryxus quinquedens Brnrd. On prawns.

Cryptoniscidae.

Cyproniscus crossophori Stebb. On Ostracoda.

Clypeoniscus stenetrit Brnrd. On Isopoda.

Aegoniscus gigas Brnrd. On Isopoda.

Inriopsis sp. (Brady, 1914, Ann. Durban Mus.,i). On parasitic Cirripedes

on hermit-crabs.

Incertae sedis.

Microniscus ornatus Vanh6offen (a free-swimming larval stage, adult ?).

Gen. et sp. incert. (Barnard, 1920, fig.). On Isopoda.

Key to the suborders of Isopoda.

(Modified after G. O. Sars, Crustacea Norway, ii, 1896.)

1 { Uropods lateral : ‘ : : : Soe

Uropods terminal or eetecitial : : 3.

Uropods forming together with the last pleon Comer harans

a caudal fan ; : : ; : : : . Cymothoidea or

Flabellifera, p. 495.

: Uropods valve-like, ae dd ventrally and arching over the

pleopods . ; : : : : : , . Idoteoidea or

Valvifera, p. 506.

i Pleopods modified for air-breathing. Terrestrial, inland and

littoral, forms . : : : . Oniscoidea.

Pleopods not modified for air- Hehe Marine and fresh-

water forms : 4,

Pleopods usually covered by a thin Speedie pine (ie moaited

Ist pair of pleopods) . : : : : : . Aselloidea or

Asellota, p. 509.

Pleopods never covered by an opercular plate : : aes?

Pleon laterally compressed. Free-living, fresh-waterforms . Phreatoicidea.

Pleon depressed. Parasitic forms, with free-swimming larval

stages, marine . ‘ : : : : : . Bopyroidea or

Epicaridea, p. 513.

For descriptive account, with keys, of the Oniscoidea (Woodlice)

see Barnard, 1932, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xxx; additional species, Ann.

Mata) Wus., vill, p. 155, 1937.

Key to the families of Cymothoidea (flabellifera)

(after Richardson, 1905, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54).

Adult with 5 free peraeon segments and only 5 pairs

(2nd—6th) of normal peraeopods; peraeopod | modi-

fied, peraeopod 7 wanting. Juvenile stage uae

on fishes. é . Gnathidae, p. 496.

Adult with 7 free peraeon eriaclite wail are 7 pairs of

peraeopods : : : ‘ 3 : sf Bt

496 Annals of the South African Museum.

Body narrow, cylindrical. Uropod with outer ramus

arching dorsally over the telson. (Pseudanthura has

rudimentary outer ramus, but the body-form

throughout the family is distinctive) . d . Anthuridae, p. 497.

[eas normal, depressed. Uropod normal, outer ramus

lateral 3.

{ Pleon usually composed of 6 segments. 4,

\Pleon composed of 2-4 segments. 9.

Uropod with both rami well developed, sige lamellar 5.

4+ Uropod with outer ramus rudimentary, more or less ungui-

form. Boring in piles and floating timber . . Limnoriidae.

Palp of maxilliped free, margins of last 2 joints more or

less setose, never armed with hooks . 6.

eiapalp of maxilliped embracing the cone formed by ‘ie

mouth-parts; apex armed with hooks, never setose. 8.

No plumose branchial tufts on bases of pleopods. Eyes

(when present) dorsal or lateral. : : 2 as

Plumose branchial tufts on bases of pleopods. Eyes con-

fined to the ventral surface . : : ; . Bathynomidae.

Mandible with distal half stout and conspicuous, molar

7 prominent . ; ‘ . Lurydicidae, p. 498.

Mandible with distal half narrow, more or ts eoanearea

| by the upper and lower lips, molar much reduced . Corallanidae, p. 500.

Body symmetrical. Both antennae with well-defined

peduncles and flagella. Pleopods setose. Rami of

uropod large, more or less foliaceous . : . Aegidae, p. 500.

8‘ Body often distorted. Both antennae reduced, without

clear distinction between peduncle and flagellum.

Pleopods not setose. Rami of uropod long or short,

but always narrow. : : : ' . Cymothoidae, p. 501.

Pleon of 2 segments. Uropod with inner ramus

9: immovable : ‘ ‘ ‘ : : . Sphaeromidae, p. 501.

| Pleon of 4 segments. Both rami of uropod movable . [Serolidae.]

For an account of the Serolidae, a family confined to the Southern

Hemisphere (with one exception), but which has not yet been found

in South African waters, see Sheppard, 1933, “Discovery”’

Reports, vil.

Key to the species of Gnathia.

Frontal margin semicircularly produced forwards and

downwards between bases of mandibles. 5th

1 (4th free) peraeon segment not constricted medio-

dorsally . : 3 ‘ : : : . cryptopais.

Frontal margin transverse . : : 5 : oN 2h

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 497

Fifth (4th free) peraeon segment in § not divided medio- %

dorsally. Anterior margin of head in 2 not notched africana.

Z Fifth peraeon segment in ¢ divided medio-dorsally.

Anterior margin of head in 2 notched . ; suinebe

Mandibles in g denticulate on the straight inner margin . spongicola and

3 var. minor.

Mandibles with entire, convex inner margin. : . disjuncta,

G. aureola is founded on the juvenile or ‘‘ Praniza”’ form.

Key to the genera of Anthuridae

(see Barnard, J. Linn. Soc. London, xxxvi, 1925).

{Mouth-parts normal (lower lip with rounded lobes,

mandible with dentate cutting-edge, and maxilla

1 with conspicuous spine-teeth). Statocysts

paired, but sometimes absent. : ee

: Mouth-parts modified (lower lip with acute ‘Tones

mandibles apically acute, maxilla | slender, lancet-

like). Sometimes a a statocyst, but usually

none : oy ko:

9 { Fifth joint of Biter ial 47 not hidacemane 6th aren:

Fifth joint of peraeopods 4—7 underriding 6th . ele

{ Maxilliped 4-jointed * 4 : : ; : se 4.

\Maxilliped 5-jointed : ; se

{ Pleon segments distinct . : : : : . LExanthura, p. 497.

\ Pleon segments fused t : d 5 : . Haliophasma, p. 498.

{ Eyes present . : : : ; ; : 7 ae

|Eyes absent . : ; : ; : . Anthelura.

[ Unguis of peraeopod 1 hie ¢ : ; : . Haliophasma, p. 498.

\ Unguis of peraeopod 1 long : ; : : . Malacanthura.

{ Maxilliped 4-jointed 5 ; : ; ; . Cyathura.

\ Maxilliped 5-6-jointed : : : ; se

Pleon segments distinct . ; z é . sO.

| Pleon segments fused : : : : ; . Mesanthura.

Maxilliped 5-jointed : : ; : : . Apanthura, p. 498.

| Maxilliped 6-jointed : . : . . Panathura.

10 fine: ramus of uropod rudimentary . ‘ : . Pseudanthura.

Outer ramus of uropod well developed é : Lu,

(With statocyst. 5th joint of peraeopods 4—7 ange!

riding 6th 3 : : F 5 : . Leptanthura.

No statocyst. 5th joint of peraeopods 4—7 not under-

riding 6th : : : 3 ; : . Paranthura.

Key to the species of Hxanthura.

Telson widening distally, truncate. : : . macrura.

ice ovate, with a median longitudinal keel _. . filiformis.

* The basal joint, which is ankylosed to the head, is included.

498 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the species of Haliophasma.

f Telson tricarinate " : ‘ ; ‘ ‘ , “ee

{ Telson not tricarinate me : ‘ ‘ ; 2 iee

9 Integument not pitted : : : ‘ : : . tricarinata.

Integument pitted . : : ‘ : : ; . foveolata.

( Telson obovate, apically upturned, with median keel . . hermani.

3, Telson ovate, dorsal surface wholly convex, with raised central

| portion like a flat hat, more or less surrounded byarim . 4.

Telson distinct from 6th pleon segment : : : . coronicauda.

Telson fused with 6th pleon segment . : : : . pseudocarinata.

Key to the species of Apanthura.

With eyes. Outer ramus of uropod apically indented . . sandalensis.

Eyes absent. Outer ramus of uropod not indented : . africana.

Key to the genera of Hurydicidae.

Fifth pleon segment with free lateral margins . 2.

Lateral margins of 5th pleon segment overlapped by shoe of

the 4th segment. Inner apex of peduncle of uropod pro-

duced. Peduncle of antenna 2—5-jointed ; : 2, ae

rest of antenna at right angles to it. Mandibular palp

3-jointed. Inner plate of maxilliped without coupling-

hooks. Pleopods without accessory lobes. Inner apex of

peduncle of uropod not produced . : : . LHurydice.

First joint of peduncle of antenna | not at right angles ie rest

of antenna. Inner plate of maxilliped with coupling-

First joint of peduncle of antenna 1 extended straight in front,

| hooks. Pleopods with accessory lobes. Inner apex of

‘ peduncle of uropod produced 5 ; 2 : = ios

3 Mandibular palp 3-jointed . : : é : A . LHxcirolana.

Mandibular palp 2-jointed . : , é 5 ; . Pontogeloides.

Mandibles very stout, projecting forwards. Frontal lamina not

distinct from median process of head. ; : . Gnatholana.

(iviemnaattes not prominent. Frontal lamina distinct 5 ~ NOE

Antenna 2 distinctly longer than antenna 1. Frontal lamina

not projecting prominently in front. Inner ramus of

pleopod 1 broad. In ¢ stylet on pleopod 2 attached near

| base . : : s . Cirolana, p. 499.

Both antennae anoee sea Hot atid ieee than arate

Frontal lamina projecting prominently in front. Inner

ramus of pleopod 1 narrow. In ¢ stylet on pleopod 2

attached far from base é ; : : ; . Conilorpheus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South

Key to the species of Cirolana.

Pleon segment 3 laterally overlapping both 4th and 5th

1 segments .

Pleon segment 3 not Pe cre ing 4th, bee 4th seeelanpiee sth

Anterior margin of frontal lamina not free or produced

Anterior margin of frontal lamina free, somewhat produced,

but not in the shape of a prominent horn or knob. 2nd

joint of peraeopods 6 and 7 without long plumose setae .

Frontal lamina very narrow, linear. 2nd joints of peraeopods

6 and 7 with long plumose setae . :

Frontal lamina broad, pentagonal or scneeaereL: 2nd

joints of peraeopods 6 and 7 without long plumose setae

fa plate 4 with postero-inferior angle quadrate .

fa plate 4 with postero-inferior angle rounded .

— line on hind margin of eyes continuous across the

head. In ¢ stylet on pleopod 2 slender, straight .

Impressed line on head not continuous. In ¢ stylet on

pleopod 2 robust and strongly curved .

Telson with median longitudinal furrow

6. Telson dorsally smooth

Telson with 2 submedian basal eperies Ries Gotan

Telsonic furrow strong. Apices of telson and uropods pointed

fe furrow shallow :

J Apices of telson and uropods Rinee”

| Apices of telson and uropods rounded, with notches

Telsonic apex broadly rounded, with 8 spines ;

Telsonic apex narrowly rounded or subacute, with 13- 4

spines

Telsonic apex wakinly rounded, Hie 7-8 spines; 2

setae on dorsal surface

i@eontal lamina subquadrate, as broads as, OF broudes ie lene

Frontal lamina linguiform, rounded in front and slightly wider

than at base : : :

Frontal lamina smooth. Melo with eurmdets median

longitudinal keel : :

Frontal lamina with transverse ridge near ious apex at a

lower level and meeting rostral point of head

Pleon and telson unsculptured

9 Z

ere of

Pleon segments with transverse series of iemibles: Telson

with median series of denticles and several others basally

and laterally : : ‘ ‘ . :

Pleon as in venusticauda. Telson with a single median

denticle near base

Telson apically incised 2 : :

Head and peraeon with transverse grooves A impressed

lines of punctae :

134 Head smooth. Hinder peraeon Conye wath dente or

rugae

Head, peraeon and bison smooth

Africa. 499

rugicauda.

vise

10.

natalensis.

hirtipes.

virilis.

Tie

bovina.

sulcata.

palifrons.

theleceps.

parva.

cranchit.

meinerti.

11.

13.

undulata.

12.

littoralis.

venusticauda.

venusticauda

var. semplex.

incisicauda.

congulata.

fluviatilis.

luciae.

500 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the genera of Corallanidae.

Bases of the antennae, at least the Ist joint, visible from

above. 2nd joint of maxilliped much longer than broad. Corallana.

Bases of both antennae hidden by rostral projection of head.

2nd joint of maxilliped very little longer than broad . 2.

Maxilla 1 strongly faleate : ; : : : . Lanocira.

~|Maxilla 1 unguiform, moderate . ; ; ‘ : . [Argathona}.

Argathona is included owing to the likeness of Hurydice latistylis

Vanh6ffen, 1914 (non Dana), to a species of this genus.

Key to the genera of Aegidae.

Head with median point wholly or partly separating bases of

Ist antennae. Frontallamina usually large. Maxilliped

i] not less than 6-jointed ‘ : ' . Aega, p. 500.

|x more or less covering bases of Ist Be anaes Frontal

lamina small.. Maxilliped not more than 4-jointed os per

Eyes present. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon . Rocinela, p. 500.

ee absent. Pleon abruptly narrower than peraeon . . Syscenus.

Key to the species of Aega.

(First 2 joints of peduncle of antenna 1 much dilated, flattened;

2nd joint apically as Frontal lamina flat or

concave . 2.

First 2 joints of podanele of bien I eylindeae wi

| dilated; 2nd joint not apically produced. Frontal

lamina convex or compressed and elevated . : es

ae of Ist antennae partly separated by rostral point Sup ce

ae of lst antennae completely separated by rostral point monophthalma.

Inner apex of 6th joint of peraeopods 2 and 3 with a linguiform

process. webbit.

Inner apex of 6th joitit of Pecacnnde 2 en 3 aoe ee %

process . : : : . : : : Sle

All Telson truncate , ; 3 ; ; ; : . semicarinata.

*\"Telson pointed. detente ‘ : ‘ : : . antillensis.

Peraeopods very slender. Frontal lamina forming a trans-

verse projecting plate. Side-plates acutely produced

5 posteriorly : ‘ : : i ‘ : . gracilipes.

Peraeopods not very slender. Frontal lamina forming a

rounded knob. Side-plates not acutely produced. - moniilis,

Key to the species of Rocinela.

| Front of head with prominently produced subtriangular

process over bases of antennae . : : : . dumerilii.

ere of head not strongly produced . ; ; 2.

Flagellum of antenna 2 14-16-jointed. Outer ramus of

uropod apically rounded . : . orventalis.

Flagellum of antenna 2 10—12-jointed. SOnter ramus of

uropod lanceolate, apically acute : : - . granulosa.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 501

Key to the genera of Cymothoidae.

Head not immersed in Ist peraeon segment. Anterior margin

| of latter trisinuate. Body symmetrical : ‘ eae

: Head immersed in Ist peraeon segment. Anterior margin of

latter not trisinuate. Body more or less distorted Bese

oJ Head broadly rounded in front . F : F : -. Nerocila, p. 501.

eiiicad distinctly narrowed in front Z : : F . Anilocra, p.501.

3) Bases of lst antennae contiguous F : : . 4,

* | Birst antennae not dilated, their bases eraraiel ‘ 5.

Antenna 1 much dilated. Ungues of peraeopods ations,

| stout. Inferior margin of side-plates 6 and 7 concave . Codonophilus.

Antenna 1 compressed. Ungues long, strongly curved.

Inferior margin of side-plates 6 and 7 convex : . Cteatessa.

f Pleon manifestly distinct from peraeon : ; ; EEG:

Pleon and peraeon continuous . Pate : aes

Bases of Ist antennae widely senekated ‘ ‘ . . Cymothoa.

Bases of Ist antennae narrowly separated . : , . Cinusa.

Pleon very little immersed in peraeon : : : . ILrivoneca.

ros deeply immersed in peraeon . : : : « Lrona.

Key to the species of Nerocila.

Inner ramus of uropod terete, slender, acute; outer ramus

elongate . : , : 2.

Inner ramus of uropod Teondox. margins ie a oath

on inner apex; outer ramus not much longer thaninner. 3.

Outer ramus of uropod very long. Side-plates rounded

behind; segments rounded postero-laterally . : trichiura.

Outer ramus of uropod elongate. Side-plates and deitaayts

acute behind . : 2 5 : : ; . phaeopleura.

Postero-lateral angles of all peraeon segments acutely pro-

| duced. Outer margin of inner ramus of uropod serrate . serra.

3 Postero-lateral angles of only the 4 posterior segments more

| or less acutely produced. Outer margin of inner ramus

of uropod smooth . E . sie : . orbignyi.

Key to the species of Anilocra.

Antenna 1 geniculate, the flagellum distinct from peduncle

owing to enlargement of 3rd joint of latter . : . leptosoma.

Antenna | undifferentiated : : ‘ ; é . capensis.

Key to the groups of Sphaeromidae.

Pleopods 4 and 5 with transverse pleats on the inner

rami only, the outer rami thin and membranous . Hemibranchiatae, p. 502.

Pleopods 4 and 5 with pleats on both rami ‘ . Eubranchiatae, p. 505.

Pleopods 4 and 5 with both rami membranous . . Platybranchiatae, p. 506.

VOL. XXXII, PART 5. 35

502 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the genera of Hemibranchiatae.

Telsonic apex in 9 without a notch, rounded or some-

what produced, more or less.acute; in ¢ generally

as in 2, but sometimes much produced in the shape

of a median process narrowed at its base. Mouth-

parts in adult 2 not modified . : 2.

Telsonic apex in both sexes with a notch, ee

stronger in ¢, frequently divided by a median lobe.

1 Mouth-parts in adult 2 modified.* Maxilliped

with 4th-6th joints lobed. Outer ramus of

pleopod 3 2-jointed. Marsupialplates overlapping

in middle line . ‘ 6.

Telsonic apex entire in Q, in 3 San a aiedinn slit,

frequently widening anteriorly to a foramen.

Mouth-parts in 2 not modified. Maxilliped with

4th-6th joints lobed : : ‘ ofc edeSe

‘ Maxilliped with 4th—6th joints not lobed. Peraeopods

1-3 slender, with long natatory setae. Outer

ramus of pleopod 3 l-jointed. Outer margin of

outer ramus of uropod distinctly serrate. Mar-

supial plates overlapping in middle line. . Sphaeroma, p. 503.

Maxilliped with 4th—6th joints lobed. Peraeopods 1-3

without long setae. Outer ramus of pleopod 3

2-jointed. Outer margin of outer ramus of uropod

not or only indistinctly serrate. Marsupial plates

not reaching middle line

Peraeon segment 7 unarmed in both sexes

34 Peraeon segment 7 with a process in § (sometimes also

in 9) s : 5 : : ; : - Oe

Outer ramus of uropod well developed, subequal to

4 menaere : . Exosphaeroma, p. 503.

Outer ramus ot stoped mie smallen chara inner . Pseudosphaeroma.

Telsonic apex similar in both sexes, pecrne! produced,

with a ventral groove : : . Isocladus.

Telsonic apex somewhat produced in 9, ateonaly pro-

duced in § with process narrowed at base, scarcely

any ventral groove . 5 : : : . Zuzara.

( Both rami of uropod well developed. Pleon segment

4 without median process. ‘ : : . Cymodoce, p. 504.

Inner ramus of uropod very short . : 2 5 es

Pleon segment 4 with median process in 3 : . Cilicaea.

Pleon segment 4 without process. ‘ . . Paracilicaea.

* Mandibles lose their dark, strongly chitinised apices, other appendages

bluntened and non-setose. See Hansen, Q.J. Microsc. Sci., n.s., No. 193, vol. 49,

pt. 1, p. 82, 1905.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 503

Outer ramus of 3rd pleopod 2-jointed. Telsonic slit

widening toaforamening. dg appendages on 7th

segment separate . 2:

Outer ramus of 3rd pleopod \. aainteds Melanie slit

not widening to aforamen. J appendages on 7th

segment fused basally : : : ; . Dynoides.

Peraeon segment 7 in § with, in 2 with or without, a

median process : : : . Parisocladus, p. 505.

Peraeon segment 7 unarmed in vba sexes - . Sphaeramene.

Key to the species of Sphaeroma.

ae triangular, apex pointed. Epistome flat . :

ae. spoon-shaped, apex broadly rounded. Epistome concave

— on peraeon circular. On telson the 2 submedian series

of tubercles diverge slightly and continue nearly to apex

Tubercles on peraeon transversely elongate. On telson 2 pairs

of submedian tubercles, followed by a single median one

Key to the.species of Hxosphaeroma.

- Nocona minutely setulose. Outer ramus of uropod fringed

with setae, especially on inner margin

“| including uropods glabrous. :

Epistome somewhat like a shovel, its anterior margin peek pro-

jecting. Telsonic apex acute or narrowly pointed

Epistome without freely projecting anterior margin, its apex

curving over to meet rostral point .

er smooth, evenly convex. Inner ramus of open narrow-

ing to a pointed apex

34 Telson with a pair of low (often snateeRnet) slges seoheasiy wa

a median keel distally. Inner ramus of aes more or less

truncate apically . : :

Inner ramus of uropod with outer acer. corner soundea! oatee

ramus serrulate on outer margin distally.

Inner ramus of uropod with outer distal corner sharply anand:

outer ramus with apex uncinately curved outwards .

Body very depressed. Uropods very large, lamellate. Epi-

stome with a concavity ‘ : : :

piety moderately depressed. Uropods romeeiate. Epistome

not concave . - :

aedson considerably broader ea long, in ey not extending ie

apices of uropods .

Telson only slightly, if at all, pidadee fia ieee or sage ite

broad, extending at least to level of apices of uropods

Inner ramus of uropod quadrangular (parallel-sided). Telson

longer than broad, narrowing to a very acute apex .

Inner ramus of uropod ovate-lanceolate

8 ae apically broadly rounded-truncate

ee apically narrowly rounded or subacute

terebrans.

walkeri.

annandalet.

hylecoetes.

pallidum.

kraussit.

antikrausst.

planum.

brevitelson.

porrectum.

truncatitelson.

= See a i ha + ee

504 Annals of the South African Museum.

Telson extending beyond apices of inner rami of uropods.

varicolor.

Telson not extending beyond apices of inner rami of uropods;

in g with 2 minute submedian granules and 10-12 other

eranules in an arc submarginally

Key to the species of Cymodoce.

($d only.

to their proper species.)

First peduncular joint of antenna 1 denticulate on front

margin

First peduncular joint of antenna 1 not denticulate

Median lobe of telsonic apex ¢ dorsally with either a re-

2 curved hook or a round button-like knob

Median lobe of telsonic apex without either hook or knob .

fTelsonic apex with a knob

Telsonic apex with a hook

Pleon segment 4 without tubercles

Pleon segment 4 with 2 submedian tubercles

‘Hook very long. Tubercles on pleon stronger than shot

on telson. Hind margin of pleon segment + es

5 strongly setose

Hook short. Tubercles on foleen aiionner nine (hore on

pleon

Head strongly imed

ape not inflated

Both rami of uropod ee rs acute oe

segment 4 with submedian processes or tubercles

Rami of uropod not tapering to acute points; or if one of

them is acute (lanceolate) then nears segment 4 without

\ tubercles :

he segment 4 with 2 icone caline dan processes

"pleae

Pleon segment 4 with 2 tubercles

-| Body glabrous. Peraeon without tubercles.

+ blue or black spots .

| Body more or less pilose or setulose . .

Outer ramus of uropod not distinctly alter fen inner

Often with

10, ramus : ‘ ‘

Lone: ramus of uropod ranch amailles feat inner ramus

Anterior peraeon segments glabrous.

uropod subacute.

lobe subacute .

114 Whole body thickly setose.

acute.

Outer ramus of

Telsonic apex deeply trifid, median

Outer ramus of uropod apically

Telsonic apex shallowly trifid, median lobe

broad, truncate

12 Uropods not extending beyond telsonic apex

Uropods extending beyond telsonic apex .

laeviusculum.

It is often impossible to assign isolated 9° or juveniles

tuberculata var.

tripartita.

7).

umbonata.

unguiculata.

falcata.

uncinata.

amplifrons.

acanthiger.

africana.

valida.

10.

12:

comans.

japonica var.

natalensis.

13.

14.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 505

‘Pleon segment 4 without tubercles or bosses. Median and

lateral lobes of telsonic apex acute, the lateral ones

13 curved outwards : é : : : : . cavicola.

Pleon segment with 2 submedian tubercles. Lobes of

telsonic apex blunt. j setulosa.

(Telson with 2 submedian bosses followed bis 2 wiaicdl

tubercles . : tetrathele.

14) Telson with 2 submedian hides or léneiendacelly elenmaned

bosses é : : : . eryptodoma.

\Telson with 2 Se nmediai eta iabebeles : 5 : . excavans.

Key to the species of Parisocladus.

short. Telsonic slit in g widening very little anteriorly . stimpsoni.

Process long, apically entire in J; 2 without process. Telsonic

slit in § widening to a circular or transverse foramen . perforatus.

Key to the genera of Hubranchiatae.

Peraeon. usually without processes. Telsonic apex with

either a notch, or a narrow slit widening anteriorly,

with or without a median lobe ‘ ‘ Zz

Peraeon without processes. Telson with the ee

margins bent downwards and inwards to form a tube Cymodocella, p. 506.

aS 3S on peraeon segment 7 in 4 short, apically bifid; in 9 very

3 |

Uropods normal . : 2 : : : ‘ . Dynamenella, p. 505.

2, Inner ramus of uropod in § rudimentary, outer ramus very

| long . é : : ‘ : : : . Cassidias.

Key to the species of Dynamenella.

{Peraeon segment 7 in g with 2 strong submedian processes.

; Telsonic slit widening anteriorly, with a median lobe . dioxus.

Whole peraeon without processes . ; oe i

Telsonic apex with a slit widening xeuaeeiy es a foramen,

without medianlobe. One or more of the peraeon segments

tuberculate . ; : : = 3

Telsonic apex with a Phiek not adenine aikeui ely: or apex

truncate. Peraeon segments not tuberculate . : 6.

Mouth-parts elongate. Telsonic slit widening to a cette

transverse foramen. 2 submedian longitudinal ridges on

middle of telson, with a shorter pair between them basally.

Inner ramus of uropod oblong, apically rounded. Peraeon

with tubercles on all segments (more or less distinct) . scabricula.

Mouth-parts not elongate. Telsonic slit not widening to a

foramen, with a tubercle just in front of the slit : «: Ae

Inner ramus of uropod oblong, apically broadly rounded.

| Peraeon with tubercles on all segments . : bicolor.

4) Inner ramus of uropod sinuous, narrowly apically. Peenend

| with tubercles only on segment 7, either distinct or very

obscure : : : : : :

506 Annals of the South African Museum.

Tubercles on peraeon segment 7 distinct. A prominent median

tubercle immediately in front of apical notch . australis.

ae very obscure. No median tubercle inmedinitelyeie in

front of apical notch australoides.

| Telsonic apex with a notch . he

(eae apex truncate. Body boat- shaped Head dinoueae

inflated , ‘ ; . navicula.

a strongly inflated. Relsna aah 2 ieee Only base of 2nd

joint of peraeopods dark : ‘ . taurus.

Head rather inflated. Telson with 2 low Paberctes: Whole of

2nd joint of peraeopods dark . _macrocephala.

rss notinflated. Telson quitesmooth. 2nd re ofp peraeo-

pods not dark : 8.

{ Body convex, nearly japallelended huttont.

8 ;

Body depressed, oval . : ovalis.

Key to the species of Cymodocella.

| Peraeon without tubercles or ridges ‘ : a OR

Peraeon with tubercles and ridges giving a Sneaate appear-

‘| ance. Telson with 2 large submedian processes . cancellata.

Telson and pleon segment 4 both with 2 obscure submedian

| tubercles : : : : : : . sublevis.

Telson with 6 tubercles. Peraeon segment 7 posteriorly bilobed,

at least in 3 pustulata.

Key to the genera of Platybranchiatae.

Eyes lateral. Head not sunk in Ist peraeon segment.

Uropods biramous Parasphaeroma.

Basal joints of

Head sunk in

Body vaulted. Basal joints of antenna 1 not expanded.

Body depressed, more or less éilipsical:

antenna 1 expanded. Eyes dorsal.

Ist peraeon segment . : : 2.

Seventh peraeon segment excluded fate the lateval

margin.

Seventh peraeon segment forming part of the lateral

margin. Outer ramus of uropod well developed

Outer ramus of uropod apparently obsolete Artopoles.

Stathmos.

Key to the families of Idoteoidea (Valvifera).

‘Ramus of uropod small. Pleopod | often modified in ¢.

A single penial process . : 2.

1 Ramus of uropod large. Pleopod | never riptiifead in in

Usually a pair of penial processes. Body depressed.

Peraeopods more or less prehensile, the anterior

4 pairs often subchelate

Body narrow, cylindrical, rarely se caba: Aesiee

| 4 pairs of peraeopods directed forwards, not pre-

hensile, slender, with long setae

[Boss broad, depressed. Anterior 4 pairs of paracpods

normal, prehensile, not setose

Idoteidae, p. 507.

Astacillidae, p. 508.

Pseudidoteidae.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

Key to the genera of Idoteidae.

| Eyes dorsal. Maxilliped 7-jointed. Pleon with 2 com-

plete sutures and one incomplete

| Eyes lateral

Side-plates distinct.

2, Side-plates not distinct.

\ Maxilliped 5-jointed

3 Pes irvca 6-jointed

Maxilliped 7-jointed :

{ Pleon with one incomplete and 2 enters sitet:

\Pleon with 3 incomplete sutures . ;

Pleon with one complete and 2 incomplete sutures.

5. Pleon completely fused, with 3 incomplete sutures.

| with low medio-dorsal longitudinal keel .

{ Side-plates contiguous in both sexes

\ Side-plates widely separated in 3.

A pair of penial processes

A single penial process.

Body

Key to the species of Sunes

Side-plates on segments 2 and 3 rounded. Telson with

postero-lateral angles rounded. Peraeopods strongly

setose. Uropod with 2 oblique ridges on peduncle

Side-plates on segments 2 and 3 angular. Telson with

| postero-lateral angles acute. Peraeopods not strongly

‘ setose. Uropod without ridges on peduncle 2

Peraeopods strongly setose. Ne with 2 oblique ridges

on peduncle

Peraeopods not strongly setose. Uabped aioe abique

ridges on peduncle

Key to the species of Idotea.

Colour blue. Pelagic

Rhlaen apically truncate.

Colour variable :

Telson apically emarginate.

Key to the species of Paridotea.

Body very narrow and elongate. Ramus of uropod longer

2 than broad .

erty not verynarrow. Ramus of uropod a Tonge then

broad .

‘ Posterior margins of sterna straight or convex. Pedusisle

of uropod without longitudinal keel. Antenna 2 with

3rd—5th joints not produced. Lateral margin of

Q¢ telson thin, not grooved : : :

Posterior margins of sterna concave. Peduncle of uropod

with longitudinal keel. Antenna 2 with inner apex

of 3rd—5th joints produced. Lateral margin of telson

thick, grooved . :

Ramus of uropod distinctly ie dudes Shin ee Bastend:

3 lateral angles of telson subacute :

Ramus of uropod very little broader than long. Passer

lateral angles of telson acute

Cleantis.

Synidotea, p. 507.

Idotea, p. 507.

Euidotea.

Glyptidotea.

Paridotea, p. 507.

Engidotea.

setifer.

hirtipes.

variegata.

metallica.

indica.

fucicola.

reticulata.

rubra.

ungulata.

508 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the genera of Astacillidae.

Body cylindrical or only slightly depressed

Body strongly depressed, not bent. Peraeon segment 4

not elongate. 3 pairs of marsupial plates. Side-

plates distinct. All pleon segments and telson com-

pletely fused ‘ : A ‘ :

ie pairs of marsupial plates. Peraeon segment 4 in J,

and to a less extent in 9, elongate. Body bent be-

tween segments 4 and 5. Side-plates distinct .

Three pairs of marsupial plates

Peraeon segments in ¢ without any veel processes.

Segment 4 in 2 without lateral wing-like expansions.

Pleopod 1 in 3 modified

"| Peraeon segment 4 in 9 laterally expabdee Bikoped lin

6 not modified

Peraeon segment 4in both sexes, but more in ¢ than in 9,

4 elongate. Body bent between segments 4 and 5

Peraeon segment 4 not elongate. Body not bent .

| Peraeopod 1 stout, patent. Peraeopods 2-4 slender.

Peraeon segment 4 often very elongate in §

Peraeopods 1-4 short and stout, peraeopod 1 latent, con-

cealed in a buccal chamber formed by downward pro-

| jections of lateral margins of head and peraeon seg-

ment 1. Peraeon segment 4 not so very longing .

Side-plates distinct. Pleon with 3 segments in front of

telson. Body not spinose

Plsideentee not distinct. Pleon with one een in n fone

of telson. Body spinose

Idarcturus.

Antarcturus, p. 508.

Arcturella, p. 508.

Astacilla, p. 509.

Arcturina.

Neoarcturus.

Pleuroprion.

Key to the species of Antarcturus.

Peraeopods 2—7 serrate or spinose. Body granulate in J,

spinose in 2. A pair of long ue on head, knobbed

in g, spinulose in 2 :

Peraeopods smooth. Head and peraeon ceeicnts each

| with 2 submedian tubercles forming 2 longitudinal

ridges down the body

Key to the species of Arcturella.

much less. Body in both sexes subcylindrical.

Flagellum 2nd antenna 2-3-jointed

Width of segment 4 2 greater than length, considezable

less than lengthin §. Body in both sexes depressed.

\ Flagellum 2nd antenna 1-jointed :

| Width of peraeon segment 4 9 less than length, in 3 very

kladophoros.

similis.

First pair of pleopods in 3 counied with the oid: formas

a large operculum; peduncles of Ist pair elongate,

the rami often obscure. 2nd pair large. 3rd pair

not forming an operculum in either sex. Ist pair in

Q large fused, opercular :

Posterior 3 peraeopods not natatory. Byes vsually

9 present :

Posterior 3 peraeopods eihise acto or Sede Eyes

absent

* But see Stenetrium syzygus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 509

A small ventral process on 3rd segment ¢. Body 92

9 normally hirsute and strongly tuberculate corniger.

No ventral process. i, Q glabrous and feably

| tuberculate . ‘ . lineata.

Antero-lateral angles Ist segment 9 not anmeatee Lateral

margin 4th segment ° straight or nearly so 4.

Antero-lateral angles Ist segment distinct, acute. Lateral

margin 4th segment lobulate (only 2 known) . lobulata.

ra Segment 4 tuberculate (only 2 known) . pustulata.

*| Segment 4 not tuberculate . : : ee

(Outer margin 2nd joint antenna 2 entire. Peraeopod 5 9

2nd joint longer than all others together. 4th

segment g with median hooked tubercle near hind

5 margin longipes.

Outer margin 2nd ‘aint siesta 2 watohed: petseapad 5

2nd joint shorter than all others together. Segment

4 $ with 2 tubercles in middle line. brevipes.

Key to the species of Astacilla.

Smooth, glabrous, very slender in §. Segment 4 in Qa

little less, in $a little more than half the total length,

smooth in both sexes. Amongst the spines on

_Echinoids : ‘ : : : : . bacillus.

° granulate. Head spinose. Segment 4 much less than

half total length, with a large median tubercle in

front, and a smaller one behind mediterranea.

Key to the families of Aselloidea (Asellota).

(Marine species. If the specimen is freshwater see Protojanira

under Jaeridae).

First pair of pleopods in § not coupled with the 2nd pair,

their peduncles short and fused, rami distinct. 2nd

pair small. 3rd pair in both sexes forming an oper-

culum. Ist pair in 9 small, fused, forming a small

operculum * : : . Stenetriidae, p. 510.

ee ee

a a a

510 Annals of the South African Museum.

Peraeon segments 5-7 not marked off from the rest, nor

| smaller. Eyes (when present) dorsal or dorso-lateral,

but not pedunculate. Bases of Ist antennae not

3 widely separate . :

\Peraeon segments 5-7 sharply ea off from, be

| smaller than, the rest. Eyes (when present) on

lateral pedunculate processes. Bases of lst antennae

widely separate . ‘

Posterior 3 peraeopods slender, nomorinies with long

| spines, but none of the joints enlarged .

Posterior 3 peraeopods with enlarged and flattened joints

bearing long plumeose setae .

Key to the species of Stenetrium.

1 Eyes well developed and pigmented

Eyes reduced to 3-4 feebly pigmented ocelli

Outer apex of Ist joint of antenna 2 produced into an acute

9 process : ‘ : :

ae apex of Ist caine of Siena acute ae not produces or

dentiform .

Finger of peraeopod 1 3 itewaer. ena Vonea eal

3 present on all peraeon segments

Finger of peraeopod | ¢ robust, not tapering. Voutenl bart

| absent on segments 4 and 5.

‘Rostrum longer than broad. 6th joint of Hote ie li in Ee as

broad as long, in 9 scarcely widening distally; 2nd joint

45 in ¢ without basal tooth : : : A

Rostrum broader than long. 6th joint of peraeopod 1 in 9,

\ widening distally

| Second joint of peraeopod 1 in 3 aah bel tooth 6th joint

longer than wide. Ventral keel on all segments

5° Second joint of peraeopod | in ¢ without basal tooth; 6th iain

| as broad as long. Ventral keel present only on segments

3,4and7.

Rostrum quadrate, heahaats than rays "6th aaa of pareeoned

lin g as broad as long F ;

Rostrum triangular, longer than ee an 6th joint of

peraeopod | in g longer than broad

Key to the genera of Jaerdae.

Freshwater. First pleopods in ¢ abnormal for the family,

consisting of 2 foliaceous rami arising from a short

1 basal piece, and overlapping the 2nd yoke. (not

| coupled with them to form an operculum) ;

Marine. First pleopods normal .

. Jaeridae, p. 510.

. Munnidae, p. 511.

. Desmosomidae, p. 512.

. Munnopsidae, p. 512.

SYZYGUS.

bartholomei.

CrTASSUMANUS.

diaz.

dalmeida.

dagama.

saldanha.

Protojanira.

————eE

a. a

a ee ee a

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 511

multiarticular. Mandible with prominent molar.

Uropods with rami : :

Antenna 2 short, peduncle alilateas Aeolian saditientaiyy

Mandible with molar obsolete. Uropods minute,

\ nodular, rami obsolete .

a Eyes distinct

*) Byes absent

Antenna 1 very ara: iplettores, 2-3- sanaiea: lueetiods

short . :

... 1 well deve loged Uikopaus malt degelagad

No rostral process. Peraeopod 1 not subchelate

A rostral process. Peraeopod 1 subchelate

gf Third joint of antenna 2 without scale (spine)

Third joint of antenna 2 with a scale

| Maxilliped with 4th and 5th joints very mah idahetod:

| Antenna 2 long, peduncular joints not dilated, flagellum

Peduncles and rami of pleopod J in § fused and dilated

Maxilliped with none of the joints much enlarged.

Peduncles and rami of pleopod 1 in § usually not

fused or dilated

Apex of mandible in ¢ not printed. Hiya eaéh stirerai

ocelli. Peraeopod 1 usually more or less modified for

8 prehensile purposes 3

Apex of mandible’in § much roland. Each eye con-

sisting of only 2 lenses. All peraeopods alike .

Key to the species of Janira.

Third joint of antenna 2 with scale. Maxilliped with 3rd—

5th joints broad. Anterior margin of head not

strongly produced : : 2 : ;

1) Third joint of antenna 2 without scale. Maxilliped with

all joints narrow. Anterior margin of head strongly

produced. 3rd joint of peraeopod 1 in § with trans-

verse rugae . : : 5 ; : :

Body not very narrow. 5th joint of peraeopod 1 in 3

narrow, more than twice as long as broad

Body very narrow. 5th joint of peraeopod 1 in ¢ oval, not

twice as long as broad .

Key to the genera of Munnidae.

l es minute. Mandible with small palp .

Uropods well developed

Mandible with palp. Head not Sepa ina ated in

3S. Ist peraeon segment in $ not gibbous L

Mandible without palp. Headin grostrate. Ist peraeon

segment in § gibbous : ,

Jaeropsis.

Haploniscus.

Pseudojanira.

Jaera.

Austrofilius.

Laniropsis.

Janira, p. 511.

Tais.

exstans.

capensis.

angusta.

Paramunna, p. 512.

Antias.

Kuphomunna.

512 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the species of Paramunna.

Lateral margin of pleon serrulate . . : Be . capensis.

Lateral margin of pleon entire |. : . i os Be

Front of head evenly convex ‘ : : . laevifrons.

Front of head quadrately produced : ‘ ‘ . concavifrons.

Key to the genera of Desmosomidae.

Pleon consisting of one segment. Body moderately elon-

gate. Peraeon segment 1 not laterally produced . 2.

1< Pleon consisting of 2 segments. Body very elongate.

Peraeon segment | laterally ee ii forwards, seg-

\ ments 4 and 5 very long : : : . Rhabdomesus.

Uropod biramous. Mandible with nein ; : . Hugerda.

Uropod uniramous : : ‘ . oe

Mandible with a feeble pabbie Weoped hoki : , . ILlychthonos.

Mandible without palp. Uropodlong . : : . Macrostylis.

Key to the genera of uae

f Antenna 2 with scale on 3rd joint ; oy ee . Munnopsurus.

| Antenna 2 without scale on 3rd joint . : x oan

Head produced between bases of Ist antennae, =o are

, widely separated . : 3.

Head truncate in front, bases of 1st Selena aloes iectne: Ilyarachna, p. 512.

Posterior part of body abruptly narrower than the anterior

part. Uropoduniramous . : : . Pseudomunnopsis.

Posterior part of body not narrower she anterior part.

Uropod biramous . : ‘ 5 ; : . Hurycope, p. 512.

Key to the species of Ilyarachna.

Posterior margin of peraeon segment 6 nearly straight,

segment 6 medio-dorsally longer than 7 . ‘ . afinis.

Posterior margin of peraeon segment 6 concave, segment

7 medio-dorsally longer than 6 : f ‘ . crassiceps.

Key to the species of Hurycope.

Head produced between bases of Ist antennae ? oy ae

fae concave in front, not produced . : fusiformis.

Head very shortly produced. Antero-lateral wneiea of

peraeon segments 5-7 and of pleon acute; segment 7

longer than either 5 or 6 : ‘ . quadrata.

Head strongly produced. Antero-lateral sees hin peraeon

segments 5—7 and of pleon rounded; segment 6 longer

than either 5 or7. : : : : : . sulcifrons.

eS ee

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 518

Key to the families of Bopyroidea (Epicaridea).

Q with true peraeopods and some or all of the other appen-

dages. g differing from the last larval stage of 9 .

Q asimple sac, without peraeopodsand with most or all ape

the other appendages absent. 4 resembling the last

larval stage ofthe 9. Oralcone without disc. Basal

joint of antenna 1 expanded, usually with spiniform

teeth. Side-plates (coxal-plates) pectinate (except

Iiriopsis). Peraeopods | and 2 shorter and thicker

than the others, the former prehensile, the latter

slender, -with setiform dactyli. Outer ramus of

uropod shorter than inner. Parasitic on various

other Crustacea . ‘ , : : F . Cryptoniscidae, p.514.

Q distinctly segmented, more or less asymmetrical. 7

pairs of peraeopods, all except 1st sometimes obsolete

on one side. Pleopods usually present. 4 with 7

distinct peraeon segments. Last larval stage with

oral cone simple, basal joint of antenna 1 entire,

flagellum of antenna 2 4-jointed, peraeopods all

alike, and inner ramus of uropod shorter than outer.

Parasitic on Decapod Crustacea . : : . Bopyridae, p. 513

2< 2 symmetrical, segmentation (if present) visible only on

the dorsal side. 5 pairs of peraeopods. Pleopods

rudimentary or absent. 4 with 6 free peraeon seg-

ments (the Ist segment fused with head). Last

larval stage with oral cone ending in a sucking disc,

basal joint of antenna 1 with spiniform process,

flagellum of antenna 2 5-jointed, peraeopod | shorter

and thicker than the others, and rami of uropod sub-

equal. Parasitic on Decapods and Schizopods . Dajidae.

Key to the genera of Bopyridae.

Q asymmetrical, but not greatly swollen on one side. 7

peraeopods on both sides. Uropods present . ee

Q greatly swollen on one side. Only lst peraeopod

present on the swollen side. Uropods absent. 5 |

pleon segments. 4 with pleon segments completely

fused ‘ : i : E : : . Hemiarthrus.

a! Uropods of Q uniramous . : : : : seioe

a iieopads of Qbiramous . : oe |

Pleurae and outer rami of weoaeds of 2 Bioneatel digitate. |

6 with medio-ventral boss on all peraeon segments;

and pleon segments partly distinct : é . Scyracepon.

Pleurae and pleopods of 2 not elongate or digitate. ¢

without medio-ventral bosses, and with all pleon

{ segments distinct : : : é ‘ . 4. |

4 ae of 2 tuberculate or warty . : : . Pseudione, p. 514.

Pleopods of 2 smooth ; ‘ ‘ ‘ : . Palaegyge.

514 Annals of the South African Museum.

Epimera of 2 not enlarged. Pleon segments in ¢ distinct . Paragigantione.

5, Epimera of 2 considerably or greatly enlarged, and separate.

| Pleon segments in g fused . : P : ee

Lateral parts of pleon segments in ? not Heveloped : . Bathygyge.

64 Lateral parts of pleon segments in 2 well developed, but

| only 5 segments visible ‘ ; P , ‘ . Hpipenaeon.

Key to the species of Pseudione.

{ Epimera of 2 rounded, pleura acute . . ‘ i . crenulata.

\Epimera of 2 acute, pleura rounded. : : 5 . munidae.

Key to the genera of Cryptoniscidae.

Body of ¢ consisting of 2 sacs connected by a narrow neck,

without attachment cord. dg with eyes, and epimera and

basal joint of antenna 1 entire. Parasitic on rhizo-

1 ot ae

cephalous Cirripedes on Hermit-crabs . : Liriopsis.

Body of @ consisting of a single sac. 4 without eyes, ua

epimera and basal joint of antenna 1 pectinate : Di

First larval stage without a ventral plate. Parasitic on

Ostracods . 4 Cyproniscus.

Qnotattached. Ventral sae with a slit Jocea be wale like

flaps. First larval stage with a ventral plate. Parasitic

on Isopods. ; 3.

Body slightly lobulate Teteralles nanone distin: seomontatem Clypeoniscus.

Body distinctly lobulate, the segmentation extending nearly

from mid-dorsal line to mid-ventral line. ¢ and larval

stages unknown . é : ‘ : é F . Aegoniscus.

| Q attached to host by a cord. Ventral surface without slit.

List of South African Amphipoda.

Gammaridea.

Lysianassidae.

Trischizostoma remipes Stebb.

“5 paucispinosum Brnrd.

ss serratum Brnrd.

Stomacontion capense Brnrd.

Acidostoma obesum (Bate).

Phoxostoma algoense Brnrd.

Paravalettia chelata Brnrd.

Euonyx biscayensis Chevr.

Amaryllis macrophthalma Hasw.

Bathyamaryllis conocephala (Brnrd.).

Cyphocaris richardi Chevr.

ee anonyx Boeck.

5 challengeri Stebb.

ae faurei Brnrd.

Lysianassa variegata (Stimps.).

Ps ceratina (Wlkr.) (syn. cubensis, non Stebb.).

| a ee ee ee ee ee Se

Se _

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 515

Aristias symbiotica Brnrd.

Hippomedon longimanus (Stebb.).

Microlysias xenoceras Stebb.

Ichnopus taurus Costa. (syn. macrobetomma Stebb.).

Socarnopsis crenulata Chevr.

Orchomenella plicata Schell.

Uristes natalensis Brurd.

» tnduratus Brnrd.

Cheirimedon pectenipalma Brnrd.

Tryphosa onconotus Stebb.

Chironesimus adversicola (Brurd.).

oe rotundatus (Brnrd.).

Eurythenes gryllus (Licht.).

Stegocephalidae.

Stegocephaloides australis Brnrd.

a attungens Brnrd.

Parandania boecki (Stebb.).

Ampeliscidae.

Ampelisca brevicornis (Costa).

a anomala Sars.

a chiltoni Stebb. (? =eschrichtii Kréyer).

“ fusca Stebb.

Bs diadema (Costa).

ss miops Brnrd.

2 natalensis Brnrd.

a palmata Brnrd.

= excavata Brnrd.

5 spinimanus Chevr.

se byblisoides Brnrd.

Bypblis anisuropus Stebb.

>» gaimardi (Kroyer).

Triodos insignis Brnrd.

Haustoriidae.

Urothoé pulchella (Costa).

Platyischnopus capensis Brurda.

Phoxocephalidae.

Harpinia excavata Chevr.

Pontharpinia stimpsoni Stebb. (? syn. villosa juv. Schell.).

Amphilochidae.

Gitanopsis pusilla Brnrd.

Hoplopleon australis (Brnrd.).

Le medusarum Brnrd.

Cyproidea ornata (Hasw.) (syn. Gallea crinita Spandl.)

a = eee x est

516

Annals of the South African Museum.

Leucothoidae.

Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abildg.).

a richiardii Less.

es dolichoceras Brnrd.

se ctenochir Brnrd.

Metopidae.

Proboloides rotundus (Stebb.).

Stenothoidae.

Stenothoé adhaerens Stebb. (only 2 known).

Za gallensis Wlkr.

x dolichopous Brnrd.

Be assimilis Chevr.

Phliantidae.

Plioplateia triqueter Brnrd.

Temnophlias capensis Brurd.

Palinnotus natalensis Brnrd.

Colomastigidae.

Colomastix pusilla Grube.

Ochlesidae.

Ochlesis lenticulosus Brnrd.

Pardaliscidae.

Nicippe tumida Bruz.

Halice anacantha Brnrd.

Acanthonotozomatidae.

Iphimedia capicola Brnrd.

Panoploea excisa Brnrd.

Inljeborguidae.

Liljeborgia dubia (Hasw.).

a consanguinea Stebb.

Fs proxima Chevr.

ES kinahani Bate var. capensis Brnrd.

2 epistomata Brnrd.

Oedicerotidae.

Halicreion (?) ovalitelson Brunrd.

Bathymedon palpalis Brnrd.

Oediceroides cinderella Stebb.

zs plumicornis Brnrd.

Aceroides limicola Brnrd.

Perioculodes longimanus (B. and W.).

Synchelidium (? tenuamanus Norm.).

—————— ss -—

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 517

Tironidae.

Tiron australis Stebb.

Bruzelia diodon Brnrd.

Syrrhoites tenellus Brnrd.

Austrosyrrhoé crassipes Brurd.

Calliopiidae.

Calliopiella michaelseni Schell.

Paramphithoidae.

Epimeria cornigera (Fabr.).

= semiarmata Brnrd.

5 longispinosa Brurd.

Lepechinellidae.

Lepechinella chrysotheras Stebb.

Atylidae.

Nototropis homochir (Hasw.).

5 granulosus (Wlkr.).

Eusiridae.

; Eusiroides monoculodes (Hasw.).

ELusirus minutus Sars.

Cleonardopsis carinata Brnrd.

Rhachotropis palporum Stebb.

5 kerguelent Stebb.

3 grimaldii Chevr.

by paeneglaber Brnrd.

= anomala Brnrd.

’ Pontogenevidae.

Paramoera capensis (Dana) (? syn. schizurus Stebb.).

ed bidentata Brnrd.

Gammaridae.

Megaluropus agilis Hoek (syn. Phylluropus capensis Prnrd.).

Melita fresneli (Aud.).

,, subchelata Schell.

» zeylanica Stebb.

>> orgasmos Brnrd.

Maera inaequipes (Costa).

>» mastersii (Hasw.).

» hamigera (Hasw.).

>» hirondellei Chevr.

ss grossimanus (Mont.).

> oOruzelit Stebb. 1888.

» vagans Brnrd. (syn. bruzeliz Stebb. 1910, non Stebb. 1888.

levis Brnrd., non S. I. Smith).

» subcarinaia (Hasw.).

» boeckii (Hasw.).

VOL, XXxil, PART 5. 36

518 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ceradocus rubromaculatus (Stmpsn.).

. aviceps Brnrd.

Elasmopus pectenicrus (Bate) (syn. brasiliensis Stebb. non Dana).

5 japonicus Steph.

Parelasmopus suluensis (Dana).

Elasmopoiaes chevreuxi Stebb.

Hriopisella capensis (Brnrd.).

Eucrangonyx robertsi Meth.*

Gammarus (Paramelita) capensis Brurd. (syn. P. ctenodactyla

Schell.).

es ae nigroculus Brnrd. and var. persetosus

Brnrd.

Ee 2 crassicornis Brnrd.

AB A auricularius Brnrd.

a Ag tulbaghensis Brnrd.

_ x seticornis Brnrd.

5 ye kogelensis Brnrd.

of Me aurantius Brnrd.

= un spinicornis Brnrd.

f me granulicornis Brnrd.

Dexaminidae.

Polycheria atolli Wlkr.

Guernea laevis Chevr.

Talitridae.

Talitroides eastwoodae (Meth.) (?=T. africana Bate).

formae cylindripes, setosa, calva, macronyx.

99 99

Talorchestia capensis (Dana).

ss quadrispinosa Brnrd.

a australis Brnrd.

zs ancheidos Brnrd.

BS (?) africanus Bate (species dubia).

Neobule reynaudi (M. Edw.) (species dubia).

Parhyale inyacka (Brnrd.).

Chiltonia capensis Brnrd.

Parorchestia rectipalma Brnrd.

53 dassenensis Brnrd.

Hyale saldanha Chilton.

», hirtipalma (Dana).

», macrodactylus Stebb.

» grandicornis Kroyer.

», maroubrae Stebb.

», diastoma Brnrd.

Allorchestes inquirendus Brnrd.

Parhyalella natalensis (Stebb.).

Orchestia excavata Chevr. (Upper Zambezi.) -

Pes 2 platensis Kroyer. Tristan d’Acunha. |

* Retained in Crangonyx by Schellenberg, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., xix, p. 482,

1937.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 519

Aoridae.

Aora typica Kroyer.

Le » torma anomala Schell.

ws » gibbula Brnrd.

Lembos hirsutipes Stebb.

» leptocheirus Wlkr.

>» hypacanthus Brurd.

Lemboides afer Stebb.

fs acanthiger Brnrd.

- crenatipalma Brurd.

Grandidierella lignorum Brnrd.

Photidae.

Photus dolichommata Stebb.

» longimanus Wlkr.

, uncinata Brnrd.

Cheiriphotis megacheles (Giles) (syn. walkeri Stebb., durbanensis

‘ Brnrd.)

Eurystheus afer (Stebb.).

2 atlanticus (Stebb.).

53 holmesi Stebb.

& imminens Brnrd.

ae semidentatus Brnrd.

Es palmoides Brnrd.

am (?) scissimanus Brnrd.

Chevalia aviculae Wlkr.

Ampithoidae.

Ampithoé ramondi (Aud.).

us falsa Brnrd.

Ps africana Brurd.

Exampithoé natalensis Brnrd.

Cymadusa australis (Brnrd.).

Macropisthopous stebbingi Brnrd.

Jassidae.

Jassa falcata (Mont.).

Ischyrocerus anguipes Kroyer.

S carinatus Brnrd.

a gorgoniae Brnrd.

Isaeopis tenax Brnrd.

Corophiidae.

Camacho bathyplous Stebb.

Ericthonius brasiliensis (Dana).

Siphonoecetes orientalis Wlkr.

x dellavalleit Stebb.

Corophium acherusicum Costa.

5 triaenonyx Stebb.

Cerapus abditus Templ.

520 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cheluridae.

Chelura terebrans Phil.

Sebidae.

Seba saundersit Stebb. (Doubtfully S. African.)

Podoceridae.

Laetmatophilus purus Stebb.

R- tridens Brnrd.

7 durbanensis Brnrd.

Podocerus cristatus (Thomson).

a africanus Brnrd.

- multispinis Brnrd.

“a aA ae var. levis Brnrd.

55 brasiliensis (Dana).

Bs inconspicuus (Stebb.) (syn. palinurt Brnrd.).

Phronimidea (Hyperiudea).

Lanceolidae.

Scypholanceola vanhoeffeni Wolt.

Vibiliidae.

Vibilia armata Bov. (syn. gracilenta Bov.).

,5, Chuni Behn. and Wolt.

Cystisomatidae.

Cystisoma africanum Brnrd.

Hyperiidae.

Hyperia galba Mont. (syn. gaudichaudit).

» promontorit Stebb. (syn. schizogeneios).

Hyperoche cryptodactylus Stebb.

Parathemisto (Euthemisio) gaudichaudii (Guer.).

Phronimidae.

Phronima sedentaria (Forsk.).

Se atlantica Guer.

Be collettti Bov.

Phronimella elongata Claus.

Phrosinidae.

Phrosina semilunata Risso.

Primno macropa Guer.

Pronoidae.

Parapronoé crustulum Claus (syn. Parapronoé clausi Stebb. and.

Amphipronoé cuspidata Bate).

Brachyscelidae.

Brachyscelus rapax Claus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 521

Oxycephalidae.

Oxycephalus tuberculatus Bate.

ea claust Bov.

a latirostris Claus.

Glossocephalus milne-edwardsi Bov.

Streetsia pronoides (Bov.).

Rhabdosoma whitei Bate.

Calamorhynchus rigidus Stebb.

Platyscelidae.

Hemityphis tenuimanus Claus.

Paratyphis maculatus Claus.

4 promontorit Stebb.

Tetrathyrus forcipatus Claus.

Cyamidea.

Caprellidae.

Caprella penantis Leach (syn. acutifrons Latr.).

> » » var. porcellio Mayer.

>» >> », var. natalensis Mayer.

ied equilibra Say.

= scaura 'Templ.

an solitaria Stimpson (species dubia, ? =scaura).

is cicur Mayer.

» falsa Mayer.

3 laevipes Mayer.

f triodous Stebb.

- danilevskii Czern.

Caprellina longicollis (Nicol.).

ud spiniger Brnrd.

Phtisica marina Slabber.

Metaprotella makrodaktylos Stebb.

Metaproto novaehollandiae (Hasw.).

Paradeutella serrata Mayer.

Orthoprotella mayeri Brnrd.

Pseudaeginella tristanensis (Stebb.).

Cyamidae.

Cyamus ovalis R. de V.

Paracyamus erraticus R. de V.

sé gracilis R. de V.

38 boépis Liitken.

Synopsis of the three sub-orders of Amphipoda.

(After Stebbing. Das Tierreich, xxi, 1906.)

1. Normal Amphipoda, usually not pelagic, usually opaque

and more or less pigmented. Head not fused with Ist

peraeon segment. Palp of maxilliped 2—4-jointed

(absent only in Ochlesis). Peraeon with 7 pairs of legs,

522 Annals of the South African Museum.

Srd joint, a

normal

gnathopod simple

gnathopod subchelate

minutely chelate gnathopod chelate

gnathopod 2

J WY

entire emarginate notched cleft

lower = 9 Le es

inner lobes obsolete principal lobes notched

inner lobes present

neon = Caprellidae

ciara oo peraeopod 1 SSeS

reduced ~__

Phronimidea

and joint of peraeopod 5

branchia

Oust cuter orn Phronimidea

peraeopod 7

rudimentary S

Amphipoda. Figures (schematic) to illustrate some of the differential

characters utilized in the Keys.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 523

the Ist joints of which form well developed side-

plates. Pleon usually consisting of 7 free segments,

carrying 3 pairs of pleopods and usually 3 pairs, at

least 1 pair, of uropods; uropod 1 always biramous . Gammaridea, p. 523.

2. Pelagic Amphipoda, usually semitransparent or feebly

pigmented. Head not fused with lst peraeon seg-

ment. Palp of maxilliped absent. Peraeon with 7

pairs of legs, the Ist joints (side-plates) small or want-

ing. Pleon usually consisting of 7 free segments,

carrying 3 pairs of pleopods and 3 pairs of uropods;

rami of the latter often evanescent. Eyes usually

large . ’ : ; : : : ; . Phronimidea

(Hyperiidea), p. 526.

3. Slender, elongate, cylindrical Amphipoda, modified for

living among weeds (Skeleton-shrimps); or short and

depressed and ectoparasitic on whales (Whale lice).

Head fused with Ist peraeon segment. Palp of

maxilliped 1-4-jointed. Peraeon often with less than

7 pairs of legs, the lst joints (side-plates) absent.

Pleon and its appendages rudimentary. Eyes small Cyamidea

(Caprellidea), p. 527.

A fourth sub-order, Ingolfiellidea, is accepted (see Hansen, 1903,

J. Linn. Soc. London, xxix, and Calman, 1909, in Lankester’s Treatise

on Zoology, pt. 7); but no representatives of it have yet been found

in South Africa. .

Key to the families of Gammaridea.

(Adapted from Stebbing. Das Teirreich, xxi, 1906. Gnathopods

1 and 2, and peraeopods 1-5 are reckoned.)

Ant. 1 Ist joint stout,* accessory flagellum

present; mandible with cutting-edge almost

smooth,t with palp; gn. 2 with 3rd joint

elongate ‘ ‘ : : Lysianassidae, p. 527.

(* Except Amaryllis. + Except Paravalettia.)

‘These characters not combined : : 2.

Body plump; ant. 1 with accessory flagellum;

a (1) > mandible without molar and without palp Stegocephalidae, p. 529.

| These characters not combined ‘ : seals Ss

Head tapering, truncate; eyes, when present,

simple, usually 4; ant. 1 without accessory

flagellum; telson more or less cleft . . Ampeliscidae, p. 529.

These characters not combined : : be ete

3 (2)

524 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ant. 1 with accessory flagellum; mandible with

4 (3) palp normal; prps. 3-5 with joints ex-

panded for burrowing 5.

These characters not combined 6.

5 (4) { Prp. 4 not greatly longer than prp. 5 Haustoridae, p. 530.

\ Prp. 4 greatly longer than prp. 5 j . Phoxocephalidae, p. 530.

| Upper lip incised; mxp. normal; urop. 3

6 (4) < biramous; telson elongate and entire Amphilochidae, p. 530.

These characters not combined a eae

Ant. 1 without accessory flagellum; mxp. more

7 (6) or less abnormal; telson entire 8.

| These characters not combined les

8 (7) ( Gnathopod 1 chelate Leucothoidae, p. 531.

\ Gnathopod 1 not chelate y.

9 (8) { Uropod 3 biramous 10.

\ Uropod 3 uniramous ne

10 (9) { Mxp. with palp Colomastigidae.

Mxp. without palp Ochlesidae.

11 (9) { Mandible with palp Metopidae.

Mandible without palp . 12.

12 (11) { Mxp. outer plate obsolete Stenothoidae, p. 531.

) Mxp. with both plates developed : ;

Mandible with molar weak or wanting; telson

Bh ((7)) | more or less divided : :

These characters not combined

Mxp. inner plate well developed

14 (13

ince inner plate small .

5 (1 Ae 1 and 2 simple

Gnathopods 1 and 2 strongly BaDaReTaeee

Eyes, when present, dorsally contiguous or con-

fluent

Eyes, when present, feral 4

Ant. 1 without accessory flagellum; ard ‘oint

mandibular palp large; prp. 5 much longer

than prp. 4; telson entire :

Ant. 1 with accessory flagellum; 3rd ‘cin man-

dibular palp small; prp. 5 not much longer

than prp. 4; telson cleft (except in Bruzelia

of the Tironidae) .

Prps. 1 and 2, 4th and sth ine aninted

18 (17) (pelagic) ‘

Prps. 1 and 2, 4th and sth one Hot dilated

Side-plate 4 usually excavate behind; prp. 1

and 2 not glandular; telson variable;

animal usually not domicolous

Side-plate 4 usually not excavate behind; prp. i

animal

and 2 glandular; telson entire;

usually domicolous.

Phliantidae, p. 531.

14.

16.

Acanthonotozo-

matidae, p. 531.

15.

Pardaliscidae, p. 531.

Liljeborgudae, p. 531.

17.

USS

Oedicerotidae, p. 532.

18.

[Synopidae].

Tironidae, p. 532.

20.

29.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 525

Mandible with palp

Mandible without palp .

Telson variable, usually cleft; ant. 1 usually

with accessory flagellum .

20(19){

ey Telson entire

Telson cleft .

Rostrum weak

eae) ee well marked ‘ : ‘

Side-plates 1-4 rounded; ant. 1 longer than

ant. 2 : ‘ ; , :

Side-plates 1-4 angular; ant. 1 shorter than

ant. 2

{ Pleon segments 5 and 6 coalesced .

| Pleon segments 5 and 6 not coalesced

ae (24)

23 (22)

24 (21).

Lower lip with inner lobes obsolete.

Lower lip with well developed inner lobes

{ Urop. 3 not greatly elongate .

\ Urop. 3 greatly elongate

27 a

26 (25)

Gnathopods | and 2, hands eee

Gnathopods 1 and 2, hands not powerful

ie co 3, both rami well developed .

op. 3, one ramus very small or wanting

|Uropods 2 and 3 well developed ‘

29 (19), Uropods 2 and 3, one or other wanting or rudi-

mentary

30 (29 Grandidierella) ,

(29) Pleon usually depressed; urop. 3 uniramous

(except Chelura)

31 (30) Uropod 3 not uncinate .

Uropod 3 outer ramous uncinate

pieaethopod 1 larger than gnathopod 2

Br enathopod 1 not larger than gnathopod 2

i compressed; urop. 3 biramous (except

33 (31) f Lower lip with principal lobes notched

| Lower lip with principal lobes not notched

Ant. 2 with flagellum not spatulate; urop. 3

uniramous, terete (or inner ramus very

minute)

Ant. 2 with spatulate dagelinsie urop. 3 inner

ramus minute, outer ramus foliaceous

\ (wood-boring)

| Both gnathopods chelate; gn. 2 with 3rd hae

rather long :

35 (34), Gnathopods not chelate (gn. 9 sorotns com-

plexly subchelate, 5th joint prolonged); gn.

2 with 3rd joint short :

34 (30)

yall

28.

Gammaridae, p. 533.

22.

24.

Calliopiidae.

23.

[ Pleustidae].

Paramphithoidae, p. 532.

25.

27.

Atylidae, p. 533.

26.

Lepechinellidae.

[Melphidippidae].

Eusiridae, p. 533.

Pontogenevidae, p. 5338.

Dexaminidae, p. 535.

Talitridae, p. 535.

30.

Podoceridae, p. 539.

31.

34.

32.

33.

Aoridae, p. 537.

Photidae, p. 537.

Ampithoidae, p. 538.

Jassidae, p. 539.

35.

Cheluridae.

[Sebcdae].

Corophiidae, p. 539.

- ———————— ee ee eee ee

526 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the families of Phronimidea (Hyperidea).

(Adapted from Bovallius, K. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl.,-xxi, No. 5, 1887.)

(Peraeopods 1-7 are here reckoned.)

Ant. 1 straight, 1st joint of flagellum large, the

rest inserted terminally; ant. 2 straight in

both sexes

1 Ant. 1 curved, Ist com of aseeiitan Lane ‘te

rest inserted subterminally; ant. 2 in ¢

angularly folded (in Lycaeopsidae rudi-

mentary in 4, absent in 9)

| Ant. 1 flagellum few jointed .

2(1) ) Ant. 1 flagellum in ¢ many jointed, filiform, in

| 9 very small, rudimentary or absent

3 eee not swollen .

Head large, swollen; roe ethore anf

Ant. 1 flagellum elongate, styliform; mandible

without palp; inner rami of urops. fused

with peduncles, outer rami rudimentary in

urops. 1 and 2, small in urop. 3

Ant. 1 flagellum short, terete or laminar;

mandible with palp; all rami of urops. well

developed, the inner rami not fused with

4 (3)

peduncles .

Ant. 1 terete; last prp. rena dactyl ees

af unguiform

Ant. 1 flagellum ee aga or janiceolae

(terete in the Antarctic Cyllopus); last prp.

at more or less reduced in length, dactylus

blunt, digitiform

f Ant. 1 flagellum elongate, soliton Gnee forms

reaching 70-80 mm.)

Sx3) Ant. 1 flagellum oval or lanceolate (small reente

up to 15 mm.)

Urops. normal, with rami; last prp. normal

7 (2) 4 Urops. foliaceous, without rami; last prp.

| reduced

sin Mandible without palp .

Mandible with palp

All peraeopods simple

“ 5 with enlarged prehensile hand

a Prp. 6, 2nd joint not operculiform, the following

joints articulated terminally

Prp. 6, 2nd joint operculiform, the following

joints articulated subterminally

‘ Ant. 1 attached to anterior surface of head; prp.

11 ( 10)) 5 very slender; prp. 6 robust .

Cer 1 attached to inferior surface of head

10.

[Scinidae].

Lanceolidae, p. 540.

Vibiliidae, p. 540.

Cystisomatidae.

[ Paraphronimidae].

Phrosinidae, p. 541.

Hyperudae, p. 540.

[ Dairellidae}.

Phronimidae, p. 540.

ile

14.

[Lycacopsidae].

12.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 527

Head not (or very slightly) beanies in a rostral

point

Head more or less ee aceed: in a Cssteal point

Prps. 1 and 2 simple ;

13 (12), Prps. 1 and 2 prehensile, the sepaaded sth one

| forming a chela with the dactylus

f Prp. 5, 2nd joint normal

| Prp. 5, 2nd joint operculiform

| Prp. 7 normal

2 (11);

14 (10)

[Pep. 7 rudimentary

Oxycephalidae, p. 541.

[Lycaeidae].

Brachyscelidae.

Pronoidae.

15.

[Thyropidae

( = Parascelidae) |.

Platyscelidae, p. 541.

Key to the families of Cyamdea.

Body elongate, cylindrical; both pairs of

antennae well developed (free-living, among

weed, coral, etc.) ; : ‘

Body short, depressed; 2nd antennae rudi-

\ -mentary (ecto-parasitic on whales)

Caprellidae, p. 542.

Cyamidae, p. 548.

Key to the genera of Lysianassidae.

Mouth-parts greatly projecting below, more or

1 { less styliform. : ,

Mouth-parts not styliform ; ,

Hyes and gn. 1 strongly developed. Telkon

2 (1) { entire : A

Eyes and gn. 1 not eonaly: deteloped

3 (2) Uropod 3 biramous

“ \Uropod 3 uniramous

4 (3) { Maxilla 1 palp rudimentary

Maxilla 1 palp 2-jointed

5 (1) ee 1 chelate

Gnathopod | not chelate ‘ ; :

Gn. 2 chelate. Telson entire. Uropod 3 uni-

ramous .

biramous

Maxilla 1 without eit :

Maxilla 1 with 2-jointed palp.

Rostrum scarcely developed .

Rostrum well developed

Side-plates 1 and 2 very small

Side-plates 1 and 2 not very small .

0 (9) Telson entire. Gnathopod 1 simple

| Telson cleft .

Side-plate 1 almost corupletoliy cwatealed be

ll ‘ek : ; : ;

9 (7)

side-plate 2

Side-plate 1 not concealed

on ot subchelate. Telson cleft. Urop. 3

Trischizostoma, p. 528.

Stomacontion.

Acidostoma.

Phoxostoma.

Paravalettia.

Luonyx.

Amaryllis.

Bathyamaryllis.

Cyphocaris, p. 528.

10.

Lysianassa, p. 529.

LL.

Aristias.

12:

528 Annals of the South African Museum.

al Branchial lamellae pleated on both sides.

Branchial lamellae pleated on one side only

mt eo lamellae simple, not pleated

13 (12) oe 1 subchelate

Gnathopod | simple

Prp. 5 longer than prp. 4. Urop. i inner ramus

strongly constricted distally

Neh 5 not longer than prp. 4. Urop. 2 inner

ramus not constricted

Mandible, palp attached behind iotomtmalis to)

molar

Mandible, palp aftached not behind molar

Gnathopod 1 imperfectly subchelate

Gnathopod | distinctly subchelate .

Gnathopod 1, 6th joint distally widened .

Gnathopod 1, 6th joint not distally widened

Maxilla 2, inner plate not much shorter than

outer plate .

Maxilla 2, inner plate much anOrter fea outer

plate

16 (15)

i Gn. 2, 6th joint widening distally. iiveer lip

with forwardly projecting lobe

n. 2, 6th joint not widening, slender.

tome and upper lip rounded in front,

neither of them strongly projecting.

9 (18)) G Epis-

13.

Hippomedon.

15.

Microlysias.

14.

Ichnopus.

Socarnopsis.

Orchomenella.

16.

Uristes, p. 529.

17;

Cheirimedon.

18.

Tryphosa.

19;

Chironesimus, p. 529.

ELurythenes.

Key to the species of Trischizostoma.

Palm of gnathopod 1 with numerous minute spinules or

i denticles

remipes.

Palm of gnathopod 1 aneeth - 2

Gn. 1 inner margin of finger denticulate; pains inne pro-

duced : . serratum.

les 1 inner margin of hagas noes panned anole not pro-

duced pauci-spinosum.

Key to the species of Cyphocaris.

Prp. 3, 2nd joint, hind ete serrate, not han into a

sharp point or spur

Prp. 3, 2nd joint, lower hind corner arodiieedl ina shary wenn

or spur :

Prp. 3, 2nd joint sroducedl in a shows point the margin labore

2 and below serrate ‘ ; ‘ :

Prp. 3, 2nd joint produced in a oe spur .

f Spur very long, the margin above with a few serrations.

| Spur moderately long, the margin above smooth.

richardi.

anonyx.

challengert.

faurei.

wee Ave

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 529

Key to the species of Lysianassa.

its upper corner, lower corner rounded. Telson apically

notched. Urop. 3, peduncle feebly keeled . ‘ . variegata.

P segment 3, postero-lateral lobe rounded at both corners.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral lobe with a minute tooth on

Telson apically truncate, entire. Urop. 3, peduncle

strongly keeled on upper margin. : 5 : . ceratina.

Key to the species of Uristes.

Body not indurated. Telson oblong, lobes divergent. Side-

plate 1 not very small, widening distally, oblong . . natalensis.

Body indurated. Telson lanceolate, lobes contiguous. Side-

plate 1 very small, semicircular . ‘ : : . imduratus.

Key to the species of Chironesimus.

f Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle acutely produced . adversicola.

| Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle rounded . ; . rotundatus.

Key to the genera of Stegocephalidae.

Telson entire. Mandible not denticulate . Z . Parandania.

eee cleft. Mandible denticulate : ; . MStegocephaloides, p. 529.

Key to the species of Stegocephaloides.

Prp. 5, 2nd joint with postero-inferior apex rounded, hind

margin feebly serrate . : . australis.

Prp. 5, 2nd joint with postero-inferior apex karate: hind

margin distinctly serrate : : : : . attingens.

Key to the genera of Ampeliscidae.

1{ Pleon without tufts of setae . : : : : se gu ee

jena with tufts of setae ‘ : ' .. Uriedos.

2| Prp. 5, 6th joint foliaceous, 7th dnnceokite : : . Ampelisca, p. 529.

ae 5, 6th joint narrow, 7th spiniform . : : . Byblis, p. 529.

Key to the species of Byblis.

Uropod 3 not extending beyond uropods 1 and 2. Telson

not deeply cleft . . gaimardt.

Uropod 3 extending much iepenid reap i and 2.

Telson deeply cleft. ‘ : : P ‘ . anisuropus.

Key to the species of Ampelisca.

1 f Prp. 5, 3rd joint shorter than 4th joint . : sel) ioe

| Prp. 5, 3rd joint longer than 4th joint. ; iG:

2 (1) es 5, 7th joint spiniform asin Byblis . : . byblisoides.

Prp. 5, 7th joint lanceolate . : . : Snitas

530

Annals of the South African Museum.

2) Prp. 5, 2nd joint postero-distally excavate excavata.

Prp. 5, 2nd joint not excavate 4,

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral margin Danate brevicornis.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral margin not bisinuate 5.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle quadrate chiltoni.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle rounded . fusca.

Peraeon segments 5—7 with ventral hooks . diadema.

Peraeon segments without ventral hooks . Tee

Antenna 2 not much longer than antenna | (the slain

4 lengths may vary in the two sexes) 8.

Antenna 2 much longer than antenna | 10.

Gn. 1, palm with spines. Prp. 5, 4th joint with fsa

apex produced. Corneal lenses small 9:

Gn. 1, palm without spines. Prp. 5, 4th joint not pro-

duced. Corneal lenses large : : . anomala.

Gn. 1, palm with numerous spines. Prp. 5, 4th joint

9 (8) : strongly produced : : : ; . palmata.

Gn. 1, palm with about 6 spines. Prp. 5, 4th ay

slightly produced spinimmanus.

Corneal lenses 4. Pleon segment 3 sHontlsy produced natalensis.

10.7 Comeat lenses 2. Pleon segment 3 strongly produced mops.

Key to the genera of Haustoridae.

Head elongate. Prp. 4 and 5 with 4th and 5th joints

strongly expanded Platyischnopus.

Head slightly produced. Prp. 4 nel 5 eas 4th anal

5th joints not greatly expanded Urothoe.

Key to the genera of Phoxocephalidae.

Prp. 3, 2nd joint linear

Eyes absent.

Prp. 3, 2nd joint expanded

Eyes present.

Harpinia.

Pontharpinia.

Key to the genera of Amphilochidae.

1 Opposing margins of side-plates 3 and 4 not exactly fitting. Gutanopsis.

Opposing margins of side-plates 3 and 4 exactly fitting 2.

f Mandible, molar absent, palp present Cyproidea.

| Mandible, molar present, palp absent Hoplopleon, p.530.

Key to the species of Hoplopleon.

Prp. 4 (and 5), 2nd joint with hind margin straight. Finger

of gn. land 2 strongly ctenate : i . australis.

Prp. 4 (and 5), 2nd joint with hind margin convex. Finger

of gn. 1 and 2 not ctenate medusarum.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

Key to the species of Leucothoé.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle produced, with sinus

above the point

f Palm of gn. 2 minutely serrate

| Palm of gn. 2 with a comb-like row of aes

Palm of gn. 2 feebly denticulate. Antenna 1 not Bening

beyond peraeon :

Palm of gn. 2 strongly aenvivilbite:

pleon segment 3

{ Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral angle quadrate

nbusies 1 reaching to

Key to the species of Stenothoé.

Uropod 3 geniculate.

crenulate

Uropod 3 not Raunt!

joint entire

Gn. 2 g, palm with 2 teeth idfore phen one at the ines

hinge. * Gn. | greatly elongate

Gn. 2 3, palm with only one tooth at the fuser: eines

4 Gn. | not greatly elongate

S. adhaerens known only from Q.

Gn. 2 g, lower margin of 4th joint

Gn. 2 3, lower te of 4th

Key to the genera of Phliantidae.

if Body not depressed. Telson transverse .

| Body depressed. Telson pyriform. f

Side-plates small, separated. Head not sunk in oe peraeon

| segment -

Side-plates 1-4 large, Dae wonk

peraeon segment :

ese sunk in Ist

Key to the genera of Pardaliscidae.

Cutting edge of mandible and 2nd joint of palp of maxilla 1

| greatly expanded. Maxilliped, inner piates small, palp

very large

Cutting edge of jaendible aa 2nd some of male of reesei i

| not greatly expanded. Maxilliped, plates

obsolete, palp not very large

inner

531

spinicarpa.

ctenochir.

richiardii.

dolichoceras.

gallensis.

dolichopous.

assimilis.

Plioplateia.

Temnophlias.

Palinnotus.

Nicippe.

Halice.

Key to the genera of Acanthonotozomatidae.

Palp of maxilla 1 reaching beyond apex of outer plate

Palp of maxilla 1 not reaching apex of outer plate

Key to the species of Liljeborgia.

Pleon segment 1 without any dorsal teeth. Epistome

strongly projecting in an acute point ‘

ee segment | with at least one dorsal tooth. Epistome

not very strongly projecting

Iphimedia.

Panoploea.

epistomata.

532 Annals of the South African Museum.

9 ee segments 1, 2, 4 each with 1 medio-dorsal tooth 5. ese

Pleon segments 1 and 2 with more than one tooth . Aaa

Side-plates 1-3, postero-inferior angles not notched . . proxima.

2 Sides 1-4, postero-inferior angles notched. Side-

plate 4 with 4 teeth on hind margin. ; : . consanguinea.

Pleon segments 1 and 2 quinquedentate . ; ‘ . dubia.

4 Pleon segments | and 2 tridentate . é 5 : . kinahani var.

capensis.

Key to the genera of Oedicerotidae.

Gn. 1 and 2, process of 5th joint very long and slender . Perioculodes.

Kyes completely confluent without any line of demarcation,

Ditneer not completely confluent. Gn. 1 and 2, process of 5th

joint not very long : ; : : : enya

9 { Gn. 2, hand elongate, chelate : ; : : . Synchelidium.

\Gn. 2, hand not elongate, not chelate . : : . Bs

Uropod 3 much longer than uropods 1 and 2 . : . Halicreion.

ee 3 not much longer than uropods 1 and2 . -

Eyes wanting or not placed on the rostral projection. - OF

ee or ocular pigment placed on rostral projection . . Ocediceroides, p. 532.

ey Peraeopods 1 and 2 with widened joints . : : . Aceroides.

°) Peraeopods 1 and 2 without widened joints . : . Bathymedon.

Key to the species of Oediceroides.

‘Antenna 1, 2nd joint not plumose. Peraeopod 5, 2nd joint

oval . : ‘ : : ‘ . cinderella.

Antenna 1, 2nd joint ‘iuoees Peraeopod 5, 2nd joint

pyriform : : : : 5 : 4 . plumicornis.

Key to the genera of Tirondae.

f Telson entire : : : : : : : . Bruzelia.

| Telson cleft . , : : : : we

oS Eyes 4. Telson deeiety spinose . ‘ ; : » Lorene

Eyes 2, coalesced, separate, or none. Telson not spinose. 3.

Side-plate 3 scarcely widened below. Gn. | and 2 feeble,

3 imperfectly subchelate . : , . Syrrhoites.

Side-plate 3 widened below. Gn. 1] and 9 simples I stouter

than 2 . i , : é ‘ ; ; . Austrosyrrhoe.

Key to the species of Epimeria (Paramphthoidae).

Side-plate 5 acutely produced é : ‘ : Sao

ee plate 5 not acutely produced . : : . semiarmata.

Peraeon segments 5-7, as well as pleon, ceneae : . cornigera.

\ Only the pleon carinate and dentate : : ‘ . longispinosa.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 533

Key to the species of Nototropis (Atylidae).

Branchial lamellae simple ‘ : ; : . homochir.

Branchial lamellae pleated . : ‘ : : . granulosa.

Key to the genera of Husiridae.

Gn. | and 2, 6th joint attached to the produced apex of 5th

i jemi. : ; . Lusirus.

Gn. 1 and 2, 6th joint an canal attaclineas ‘ mas

9 Gn. 1 and 2, 5th joint small, cup-shaped. : ‘ ae

Gn. 1 and 2, 5th joint large, triangular . : : . Cleonardopsis.

3 . stout . ‘ ; 3 : : ‘ . Lusiroides.

Peraeopods slender é : ; : d : . Rhachotropis, p.533.

Key to the species of Rhachotropis.

Prp. 5, Znd joint with strong process on hind margin.

Maxilliped with elongate palp . , . palporum.

s 5, 2nd joint without process on hind margin. Balp of

maxilliped not very long d ; ; P eas

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral margin not serrate . . anomala.

Pleon segment 3, postero-lateral margin serrate : no

oJ Prp. 5, 2nd joint acute at lower hind corner . ‘ . kerguelent.

herp. 5, 2nd joint not acute at lower hind corner . . 4.

al Pleon segment 3 with the dorsal keels ending in teeth . grimaldu.

*) Pleon segment 3 with the keels not ending in teeth . . paeneglaber.

Key to the species of Paramoera (Pontogeneiidae).

Pleon dorsally without teeth. Postantennal angle of head

rounded-quadrate . : ; . capensis.

Pleon segments |] and 2 each with a flat devil acute Post-

antennal angle of head acute . , ; : . bidentata.

Key to the genera of Gammaridae.

l f Telson emarginate. (Fresh-water. eel i : . Eucrangonyz.

Telson cleft . 3 i es:

9 Urop. 3, rami large, tiecoue! en, 1 Sane : : . Megaluropus.

Urop. 3, rami not foliaceous. Gen.1subchelate . si Be

3 Urop. 3, outer ramus elongate, its 2nd joint unusually long Hriopisella.

Urop. 3, 2nd joint of outer ramus very short . : . A,

4 Mandible, 2nd joint of palp shorter than Ist . : . Parelasmopus.

Mandible, 2nd joint of palp longer than Ist . : 2 Ds

. with dorsal groups of spinules on pleon. (Fresh-

water. Cape Province) . : : . Gammarus.*

a ieae without groups of spinules on lea (Marine) ; 16%

* For key to the species of Gammarus see Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr.,

vol. xiv, p. 167, 1927.

WOb. XXkih PART: 5, 37

534 Annals of the South African Museum.

Urop. 3, rami very unequal . ; 3 ' ; . Melita, p. 534.

Urop. 3, rami not very unequal . ‘ : : a ihe

- { Maxilla 1 and 2, inner plates very setose. , : ye

sMaxilla 1 and 2, inner plates not very setose . ‘ ctu

Urop. 3, rami greatly developed, elongate. Mandible, 3rd

| joint of palp as short as lst. : : . Ceradocus, p. 534.

Urop. 3, rami short. Mandible, 3rd joint of palp rae

[ longer than Ist. : : : : : . Elasmopovdes.

9 eerie palp robust 3 : ‘ . : . Elasmopus, p. 534.

Mandibular palp slender : : ‘ : ‘ . Maera, p. 534.

Key to the species of Melita.

n. 2 in 4, one of the pair very robust, chelate. Prp.5, 2nd

joint widest proximally . ; j : : . fresnelir.

Gn. 2in g subchelate . : 5 : » 2a

Gn. 2 in 4, one of the pair very Fanta Pep: 5, 2nd joint

af widest distally : : . subchelata,

Gn. 2in § moderate. Prp. 5, 2nd fie dee proximally 3.

Pleon segments non-dentate dorsally. Side-plate 1

oblong . : : . zeylanica.

Pleon segment 3, poker: stateriok ainclle oe produced.

Pleon segment 4 with one dorsal tooth, segment 5 with

2 pairs of denticles. Side-plate 1 triangular, produced

\ forwards , : : . : : 5 . Orgasmos.

: | Pleon segment 38, postero-inferior angle shortly acute.

Key to the species of Ceradocus. |

Pleon segments dorsally dentate. 6th joint gn. 1 broadly |

ovate . ; ‘ : é : . rubromaculatus.

Pleon segments not serene 6th joint gn. | narrow,

. .

cylindrical . : : : : A : . aviceps.

Key to the species of Hlasmopus.

Pleon segments without dorsal! keel : : : . pectenicrus.

Pleon segment 4 with a single keel. : : : . japonicus.

Key to the species of Maera.

Pleon segments without dorsal keels : : : 2 | De

ae segment 4 with a pair of keels : : . subcarinata.

Urop. 3 scarcely or not at all extending beyond urop.1 . 3.

5 Urop. 3 extending much beyond urop. 1. : maT

Prp. 4 and 5, 2nd joint not prolonged at lower hind corner . grossimanus.

3 Prp. 4 and 5, 2nd joint lobed at lower hind corner . ie

Side-plates 1 and 2 serrate on lower margin . . . bruzelit.

4 Side-plates 1 and 2 not (or scarcely) serrate . : e258 3

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 535

Gn. 2, palm defined by one tooth . : 6.

54 Go 2 2, palm defined by a pair of teeth, 2 palm ath a motoh

between two teeth . : . hironieller.

Gn. 2, palm ¢ transverse, with neESk, 9 slightly abhgne: |

regularly crenulate. Postero-inferior angle pleon seg-

ment 3 with short point and notch above it (hind

margin sinuous) . : : 3 : . maequipes.

6< Gn. 2, palm § oblique, an Postero-inferior angle

pleon segment 3 acute (hind margin evenly concave) . vagans.

Gn. 2, palm ¢@ oblique, with 4 strong teeth (incl. one at

defining angle). Postero-inferior angle pleon segment

3 quadrate with very small point (hind margin straight) boeckit.

“s if Body extremely slender : : : ; : . hamigera.

\ Body not extremely slender . ‘ : : 5 . mastersit.

Key to the genera of Dexaminidae.

imperfect chela with the finger ‘ : . Polycheria.

oe joint of all peraeopods distally expanded, forming an

Sixth joint of peraeopods not expanded, slender ; . Guernea.

Key to the genera of Taltridae.

iF Maxilliped, 4th joint of palp wanting or pega size

| Maxilliped, 4th joint of palp distinct. or

Gay) ‘simple in ¢2. Gn. 2 feebly ener in Of.

(Terrestrial. Inland) . : : . Talitroides.

Gn. 1 subchelate in f9. Gn. 2 ceetee ehohelate in 6,

feebly chelate in 2. (Littoral) s . Orchestia.

Gn. 1 subchelate in 3, simple in 9. Gn. 2 feouniy sub-

Ke chelate in g, feebly chelate in 9. (Marine. Littoral) Talorchestia, p. 536.

alt Urop. 3 consisting of a single joint . : ‘ . Chiltonia.

*) Urop. 3 consisting of a peduncle and at least oneramus . 4.

Urop. 3 with two rami (the inner one, or both rami, very

| small) . : : ‘ ‘ : , : ao

Urop. 3 with one ramus ; ‘ ‘ : ‘ 26,

fTelson divided. : : ‘ : : . Parhyale.

| Teton entire : : : : . Neobule.

ME entire (or raaanely mateo) : E : sovile

i divided . : 8.

Maxilliped, 4th joint of nailer not auernifontt: Yen 1 ap:

chelate. Gn. 2 strongly subchelate in g, feebly

chelate in 2. Gn. 2 3g, 5th joint not lobed : . Parorchestia, p. 536.

Maxilliped, 4th joint unguiform. Gn. 1 and 2 subchelate,

stronger in fg thanin 2. Gn. 2, 5th joint lobed below. Parhyalella.

Gn. 2, 5th joint not lobed or produced between the 4th and

6th joints in g 3 . Hyale, p. 537.

Gn. 2, 5th joint produced heeween 4th ane 6th joints in

both sexes. ‘ é : : : : . Allorchestes.

536 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the species of Yalorchestia.

Gnathopod 1 3g, 4th joint without (scabrous) lobe on inner margin in all the

species, including the West African species.

A. Postero-inferior corner pleon segment 3 rounded. Gn.1 J,

5th joint without lobe on inner apex. Gn. 1 2 2nd joint

broad, hind margin convex. Gn. 2 3, 6th joint with large

excision on palm in adult. Gn. 2 9, 2nd joint anterior

margin evenly convex ; ; : ‘ 5 . capensis.

B. Postero-inferior corner pleon segment 3 quadrate, some-

times with more or less acute, shortly produced point.

Gn. 1 3, 5th joint with lobe on inner apex.

1. Adult $ with pairs of dorsal spines on pleon seg-

ments land 2. Gn. 2 g, 6th joint with excision

on palm. Gn. 1 9, 2nd joint broad, hind margin

convex. Gn. 2 9, 2nd joint anterior margin

evenly convex, 5th joint widest at base. Peraeo-

pod 4 3g, long, 2nd joint expanded . : . quadrispinosa.

2. Adult g without dorsal spines. Gn. 2 3, 6th joint

with evenly convex palm. Gn. 1 9, 2nd joint

nearlylinear. Gn. 2 9, 5th joint with lower mar-

gin expanded into a broadly rounded lobe. None

of the peraeopods unusually long, or with ex-

panded joints in g.

a. Lower margin pleon segments 2 and 3 not

sculptured. Peraeopod 5 2nd joint hind

margin with comparatively few serrations.

Gn. 2 3, 6th joint widening to palm which

is only slightly convex. Gn. 2 9, 2nd

joint not strongly expanded on anterior

margin, anterior and posterior margins

subparallel . : :

b. Lower margin pleon segments 2 and 3 witha

series of minute ridges appearing as if

crimped. Peraeopod 5 2nd joint hind

margin with very numerous crenulations.

Gn. 2 g, 6th joint oval usually widest in

basal third, palm distinctly convex. Gn.

2 9, 2nd joint strongly expanded on

proximal half of anterior margin . . ancherdos.

australis.

Key to the species of Parorchestia.

Gn. 1 J, 6th joint subtriangular, widening distally. Gn.2,

palm oblique, straight, well-defined . ; é . rectipalma.

1 Gn. 1 3, 6th joint cylindrical. Gn. 2 g, palm not very

oblique, rounded with 2 shallow notches, ill-defined.

\ Qunknown . 5 : : ; : u . dassenensis.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 587

Key to the species of Hyale.

Antenna 1, Ist joint with projection on lower apex, g2 . saldanha.

a 1, Ist joint without projection . : : eee

n. 2 g, hind margin * of hand extremely short : aoe

cn 2 3, hind margin of hand not extremely short . . 4,

. 1 g, hand as wide as long, palm transverse . : . maroubrae.

n. i 6, hand oval, palm oblique . : é . macrodactylus.

n. 2 J, finger strongly constricted at ase ; : . diastoma.

n. 2 g, finger not constricted at base. : ; eo

eS 2, flagellum strongly setose ‘ : : . hirtipalma.

Antenna 2, flagellum not strongly setose . ; : oes

Prp. 5, hind margin of 2nd joint strongly serrate : . inyacka.

ie 5, hind margin of 2nd joint entire (or only feebly crenu-

late) F : : 3 ; A : : . grandicornis.

Key to the genera of Aorzdae.

J Urop. 3 biramous . s : 3 : : g sban

‘\Grop. 3 uniramous. iy 7 : ‘ . Grandidierella.

.1 3, 4th joint immensely pugiteed ; : : esha.

. 1 g, 5th joint not produced 4 a ; 5%

n. 1 g, 5th and 6th joints subequal in width : : . Lembos, p. 537.

. 1 g, 5th joint much wider than 6th . : 4 . Lemboides, p. 537.

Key to the species of Lembos.

No ventral spines. Gn. 2, 2nd joint not hooked 4 oie

Ventral spines on peraeon segments 3-7 in g. Gn. 2, 2nd

joint hooked at front apex : : . hypacanthus.

Prp. 2, 4th joint setose. Gn. 2, hand ee more fiers twice as

long as broad . : . hirsutipes.

Prp. 2, 4th joint not balcese Gn. 2, had very sicnddes,

nearly 4 times as long as broad . : : . leptocheirus.

Key to the species of Lemboides.

No ventral spines . : : : : eae

1 :

Ventral spines on peraeon re 3-7 ; , : . acanthiger.

Gn. 1, palm oblique . : é 4 : : Ofer:

2 :

Gn. 1 J, palm transverse : : ; : ; . crenatipalma.

Key to the genera of Photidae.

1 Urop. 3 with inner ramus rudimentary . ; A . Cheiriphotis.

Urop. 3 withtworami . : ; 3 : ; Qe

9 Urop. 3, rami unequal, the inner ramus minute. . . Photis, p. 538.

Urop. 3, rami subequal, the inner not minute . : os

3 Gn. 2 stronger in g than in 9, with 5th joint relatively small Eurystheus, p. 538.

Gn. 2 alike in both sexes, with large 5th joint . : . Chevalia.

* Exclusive of the palmar portion against which the finger closes.

538 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the species of Photis.

Ocular lobes very long . : ‘ ; : : . dolichommata.

oat lobes not very long. : ; seats

Gn. 2 3, defining tooth of hand and the lobe of 3rd joint

[ pointing inwards. : . longimanus.

(e 2 g, defining tooth of — Seta dotnet aS

3rd joint not lobed ‘ : ; ; : . uncinata.

Key to the species of Hurystheus.

Prp. 3-5, hind margin of 2nd joint strongly dentate . . holmesi.

ve 3-5, hind margin of 2nd joint not strongly dentate . 2.

9 ie lageniform or oblong ‘ : : : epee

Eyes horizontally or obliquely anal : : : ee

f Eyes lageniform . ; : : : : : . atlaniicus.

| Eyes oblong . : . : 5 ; : ‘ oi He

Gn. Z 3, hand ovoid, palm with several smalllobes . ~ afer:

6 2 3, hand ovoid, palm with 2 large lobes. é . imminens.

Gn. 2 3, hand oblong, palm transverse with deep incision . scissimanus.

None of the segments dorsally dentate. Gn. 2, finger

shorter than palm, closing on to inner surface of hand . palmoides.

Pleon segment 4 with 3, segment 5 with 2 dorsal teeth, Gn. 2,

finger matching palm and closing on toitsedge . . semideniatus.

Key to the genera of Am~pithoidae.

f Antenna 1 without accessory flagellum . : : 1 ee

\ Antenna 1 with small, 1-jointed accessory flagellum . . Cymadusa.

Peraeopod 5 enormously enlarged . : 3 : . Macropisthopous.

ee 5 not enlarged : 5 : : Set

Side-plates deep. Mandibular palp stout. Prp. 3-5, 6th

joint not expanded apically. 5 : . Ampithoé, p. 538.

Side-plates shallow. Mandibular palp slendee Prp. 3-5

6th joint apically expanded to form a distinct palm . Hxampithoé.

Key to the species of Amprthoé.

Gn. 2 3, palm deeply excavated, defined by a conspicuous

tooth . ; ‘ . ramondi.

Gn. 2 3, palm not deeply Seine not defined ee a con-

spicuous tooth , ; : 5 2.

Antenna 2 not densely setose. Prp. 1 and 2, 2nd eee

strongly expanded. Prp.3 and4very stout. . falsa.

Antenna 2 densely setose. Prp. 1 and 2, 2nd joint not

strongly expanded. Prp. 3 and 4 not very stout . africana.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 539

Key to the genera of Jassidae.

l Prp. 1-5, 6th joint not prehensile. : : aoe

Prp. 1-5, 6th joint prehensile . : A . Isaeopsis.

Gn. 2 3, hind margin of 6th joint ‘rodubedil in a fatale

9 Gn. 2 Q much larger than gn. 1 . ' . Jassa.

Gn. 2 3, hind margin of 6th joint not armed. aes 2°

not much larger than gn. 1 ; : ‘ . Ischyrocerus, p. 539.

Key to the species of Ischyrocerus.

None of the peraeon segments keeled ‘ : . angurpes.

1) Some of the segments dorsally keeled in g . A nee

a Peraeon segments 1, 2, 6 and 7 keeled 5 : . carinatus.

~) Peraeon segments 1-6 keeled . ; ; : . gorgoniae.

Key to the genera of Corophidae.

1 Mandibular palp 3-jointed : : : : side

Mandibular palp not 3-jointed . : : E . 4,

if Urop. 3, inner ramus distinct but very minute . . Camacho.

Urop. 3, inner ramus wanting, or not articulated bi eb

Urop. 2 biramous . ; 5 ‘ . : . Ericthonius.

Urop. 2 uniramous . ; . Cerapus.

Mandibular palp 1- jointed. nitions 2 ae very stout Siphonoecetes, p. 539.

Mandibular palp 2-jointed. Antenna 2 very stout . Corophium, p. 539.

Key to the species of Siphonoecetes.

fAntenna 1, flagellum 7-jointed . . ? ; . dellavallei.

|Antenna 1, flagellum 10-14-jointed . : : . orventalis.

Key to the species of Corophium.

Pleon segments 4-6 coalesced. Gn. 2, dactylus with

feeble decumbent denticles. ; : : . acherusicum.

Pleon segments 4-6 distinct. Gn. 2, dactylus with

strong outstanding denticles : é P . triaenonye.

Key to the genera of Podoceridae.

Pleon with only 5 distinct segments in front of the

telson. Two pairs of uropods . : 3 . Laetmatophilus, p. 539.

Ree with 6 distinct segments in front of telson. Three

pairs of uropods : ; : : ‘ . Podocerus, p. 540.

Key to the species of Laetmatophilus.

1 Gn. 2 3, palm with 3 teeth 3 : ‘ : . tridens.

Gn. 3 g, palm with 2 teeth : : : : «Be

9 Gn. 1, 6th joint widened . , : : : . purus.

Gn. 1, 6th joint not widened . : ; ; . durbanensis.

540 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the species of Podocerus.

Body not carinate . ; , : : : <a

Body carinate. . te ae. : : Bo

Body with spiniform ites cles? : : : . multispinis.

Body without spiniform tubercles. : ; abe

ifeceg 1 and 2, 2nd joint linear . : brasiliensis.

34 Prp. 1 and 2, 2nd joint with process on asia front

\ margin . : , africanus.

3 peraeon segments 6 and 7, sine Sioa deuenonts 1 and 9

| carinate . : . erristatus.

3 head, peraeon and Bison sebnaonts 1 and 2 carinate . inconspicuus.

Key to the genera of Lanceolidae.

Eyes small and indistinct . A ‘ : ‘ . [Lanceola].

Two large concave ‘‘reflectors”’ on each side of head . Scypholanceola.

Key to the species of Vabilia.

together . ; : . armata.

7 lg 7, 2nd joint shorter than the following joints

Prp. 7, 2nd joint longer then fib following joinistoperhe chuni.

Key to the genera of Hyperiudae.

Prp. 2 (gn. 2), 5th joint produced in a long knife-like

process opposing, and as long as, the 6th joint . Hyperoche.

Prp. 2, 5th joint not produced in a long thin process, but

with a spoon-shaped lobe . : ee

Prp. 3 and 4, 5th joint not expanded. Prp. 4 not ex-

Prp. 3 and 4, 5th joint expanded. Prp. 5 very jeve . Parathemisto.

{ cessively long . : : A : : . Hyperia, p. 540.

Key to the species of Hyperia.

Head not longer than peraeon segments | and 2 together.

All the peraeon segments distinct. 12-30 mm. . galba.

Head large, equal to first 4 segments together. Peraeon

segments 1 and 2 (usually) fused in ¢ (antennae

long), segments 1-3 (or 4) fused in Q (antennae

short), 24mm. . : ‘ ; ‘ . promontorit.

Key to the genera of Phronimidae.

Body not very slender. Peraeon segments 1 and 2 dis-

tinct. Peraeopods not very elongate. Urop. 2

well developed . : i ‘ : . . Phronima, p. 541.

Body very slender. Peraeon segments 1 and 2 coal-

escent. Peraeopods very elongate and slender,

Urop. 2 rudimentary or absent . A : . Phronimella.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 541

Key to the species of Phronima.

1 Q (antenna 1 very short) . : ; : 3 eae 4

§ (antenna 1 well developed) . 5 : . 4,

Pleon segments 1-3, postero-lateral arbi acutely

pointed. 15-40 mm. : ieee

Pleon segments 1-3, postero- rataset angles Ehiacaly

rounded. 5-1U mm.. ; . colletti.

erp: 5, hand 4 length of 2nd ae Suin very oblique,

finger with swelling on inner margin . : . sedentaria.

Prp. 5, hand subequal to 2nd joint, palm transverse,

finger with inner margineven . atlantica.

Antenna 2 rudimentary. Pleon segments 1-3 3, pasdard:

lateral angles subacute : : sedentaria.

Antenna 2 well developed. Pleon ome 1 -3, pos-

| tero-lateral angles rounded. : : ‘ fd.

Prp. 5, finger overlapping palm. : : : . ailantica.

a. 5, finger matching palm . ; : : . colletir.

Key to the genera of Phrosinidae.

1 chelate . : , g : . Phrosina.

Prp. 2 normal. : 3 2.

All the peraeopods simple, sxtbet 5th, whieh": is seen

sile. Uropods lanceolate . ‘ : ; . Primno.

Prp. 3-5 subchelate ; Prp. 5 very stout. Uropods

broadly oval . : z : : ‘ . [Anchylomera].

. 2 reduced to the 2nd joint ee Prp. 3-6 sub-

: ee

Key to the genera of Platyscelidae.

Prp. 1 and 2 chelate : , : 5 . Hemityphis.

{ Prp. 1 and 2 minutely oe ae : : : . Tetrathyrus.

Prp. 1 and 2 simple : 5 : ‘ ; . Paratyphis, p. 541.

Key to the species of Paratyphis.

Prp. 7 with a distinct terminal joint attached to the 2nd

joint. Urop. 3, outer ramus 3? length of inner . promontorii.

~ Prp. 7 reduced to the 2nd joint and a minute rudiment

of another joint. Urop. 3, outer ramus not more

than half length of inner . : 2 : . maculatus.

Key to the genera of Oxycephalidae.

Body extremely elongate, rod-like. Prp. 7 reduced toa

single oval sac-like joint . ; ; . Rhabdosoma.

Inner rami of some of the uropods ee with their .

peduncles. : 3.

None of the inner rami of aropnds. faced wath their

peduncles. ; E : : : : «bythis

{seas moderately elongate. Prp. 7 normal : rs

542 Annals of the South African Museum.

S| Inner rami of urop. 3 fused with peduncle . : . Calamorhynchus.

a) Inner rami of uropods 2 and 3 fused with peduncles . Oxycephalus, p. 542.

| Head acutely rostrate in front, not constricted into a

neck behind . , : . . Streetsia.

peas bluntly rostrate in front, pee ai into a neck

behind . : F ; : 5 : . Glossocephalus.

Key to the species of Oxycephalus.

Lower (hind) margin of 6th joint of prp. 1 and 2 strongly

serrate. Lower margin of pleon segments 1-3 each

with a sharp tooth . F b . claust.

{ Lower margin of 6th joint of prp. 1 aad 2 smooth.

Lower margin of pleon segments 1-3 rounded,

without teeth . : ‘ . tuberculatus.

Lower margin of 6th joint oa prp. 1 and 2 pectinate.

Lower margin of pleon segments 1-3 without teeth Jlatirostris.

Key to the genera of Caprellidae.

(Adapted from Mayer, Siboga Exp. monogr., xxxiv, 1903. Mayer

reckons paraeopods 1-7, but here gnathopods 1 and 2 and

peraeopods 1-5 are reckoned.)

1 ii Three pairs of branchiae (on segments 2-4) _ . : oy ae

| Two pairs of branchiae (on segments 3 and 4) . oe

Prp. 1 and 2 normal. Prp. 3 with 5 free joints ; eae

st Prp.land2absent. Prp.3with4freejoints. Mandibular

palp 3-jointed : : é ; : . Caprellina, p. 542.

Pleon ¢ with 3, 2 with 2 distinct ial one indistinct pairs of

appendages . : : . Phtisica (Proto).

Pleon of g and 2 with aula one pair of anpendanes : . Metaproto.

Prp. land 2absent . 5.

{Pe 1 and 2 each pounced 4 to a singe sei (Ges p: 522).

Mandibular palp 3-jointed : : - 108

f Mandibular palp 3-jointed . ; : ‘ : . Pseudaeginella.

| Mandibular palp absent : ; : : : . Caprella, p. 542.

Pleon § with 1 pair of appendages. Pleon segments 6 and 7

| fused . : : : . Metaprotella.

Be 3 with | pair of 9. souutedl Appeidags ; : . Orthoprotella.

Pleon g with 2 pairs rudimentary appendages . : . Paradeutella.

Key to the species of Caprellina.

Body smooth : : ‘ : ; F : . longicollis.

Body spinose : F . : : : ; . spiniger.

Key to the species of Caprella.

'Prp. 3-5, 6th joint parallel-sided, without clasping spines

near base. Gn. 2 ¢ inserted posteriorly on segment 2. 2.

Prp. 3-5, 6th joint subtriangular, more or less expanded

basally, and with clasping spines’. ‘ : aes:

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 543

Gn. 2, 2nd joint longer than the not very long 2nd segment

9 of peraecon . ; . laevipes.

Gn. 2, 2nd joint phonter than the very eae ond segment of

peraeon : : : : : : : . danilevskir.

all Gn. 2, 2nd joint equal to length of 2nd segment, or nearly so 4.

*) Gn. 2, 2nd joint distinctly shorter than segment 2 . - dD.

Head with strong forwardly directed rostral point . . scaura.

ae rounded in front . ‘ é : : : . triodous.

Head with short rostral point ; : ‘ ; a OS

{Heed rounded or feebly quadrate infront. A ventral spine

between bases of gn.2 . : : : : . equilibra.

f A ventral spine between bases of gn.2 . 5 A . crcur,

65 No ventral spine . : 2 : : ‘ . penantis and vars.,

\ and falsa.

Key to the genera of Cyamidae.

Maxilla 2 with outer lobes. Unguis of gn. ] not distinct

| from dactylus : : 3 3 é ee

1) Maxilla 2 without outer isbes: Unguis of gn. 1 distinct

from dactylus. Maxilliped, lobes fused, palp absent.

Branchiae on segments 3 and 4 single ‘ ‘ . [Lsocyamus].

Maxiiliped, palp fully developed in adult. Branchiae on

i segments 3 and 4 single or double . : : . Cyamus, p. 548.

Maxilliped, palp well developed only in young, rudimentary

| in adult. Branchiae on segments 3 and 4 single . Paracyamus, p. 548.

Isocyamus, not yet recorded from the South African region, occurs

on dolphins, black-fish, Grampus and Pseudorca.

Key to the species of Cyamus.

Body narrow, parallel-sidedin J, more ovalin 2. Branchiae

{ Body broadly ovate. Branchiae double (atleastin adult) . ovalis.

single . ; : : : : : ; . [balaenopterae].

Key to the species of Paracyamus.

Body ovate . : Be

i Body parallel-sided. No ventral embed abenuiens in ilies

sex ‘ ; : ‘ : ; ‘ , - gracilis.

Ventral pointed tubercles on segments 5-7, in 2 one pair

each on segments 5 and 7, 2 pairs on aan 6,in Jd

2 one pair oneachofthesegments . 3 . erraticus.

Ventral pointed tubercles on segments 5-7, in 9 one pair

on each segment, in f one pair each on segments 6 and 7. bodpis.

oT A ln’, ey

"on oA cas 7"

en cathe ae

by . if f

‘aume

ae ey" ty by Sei hs re a, eat iy

PARTS OF THE ANNALS aS i IsSUED— |

Vol. I.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, out «

- Vol. IL.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, out of print;

Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, ahs

Part 10, 7/-; Part 11, 3/-; Index, Title, ete., 1/6. ate

Vol. I1I.—Part 1, 2/6; Part ’2, 1/6; Part 3, 5/6; ‘Part.-4,,.3)

5/6; Part 6, 7/-; Part 7, rahe ‘Part 8, 3/-3 Part 9,

- Title, etc., 1/6. Be Vel

Vol. LV (containing DEbeautolneedl papers published | ay conjunc ion

Geological Survey).— ae

Part 1,:11/-; Part 2; 7/-; Part 3, 4/6; eae 4, 4/6;

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14j-; Part 8 (with Index, ' Title, etc.),

Vol. V.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part 3, 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; Pa

Part 6, Wes Part'.7, 3/-; Part 8, 4/6; Part Pir ac ba fi

etc., 1/6.

Vol. VI.—Part 1, 13/6; Part 2, 4/6; Part 3, 3/6; ‘Part 4, 30/-3 “Inde:

etc., 1/6.

Vol. VIL (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction

Geological Survey).— eK noe Sut

Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, 5-3 Part 4, Bie P one

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc. 6,

Vol. [X.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; Part 4, 6/6; Part

Part 6, 11/—; Part 7, 9/-; Index, Title, etess 1G sae ~

Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-; Part 4, 3/-; Part 5 Le

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part. 9, 5/-;. Part 10, 2/6;

Part 11, 20/-; Part 12, 7/-. Complete. Title, etc, contained in

Part 11. f

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; ee 2, 21-5 Part 2 13/65 Sra 4, N65 Part 5,

Plate ILL, 3

Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction n with sth

Geological Survey).— ;

Part 1, 15/6; Pace 2s: SiG Pant a, 4/6; Part 4, 3/-; Pati 5 ae

Part 6, 6/—; Part 7, 20/-: Part 8, 20/-; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. eee

Vol. XIII.—Part 1, 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; “Part 5, 16

Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 30/-: Part 8, 1-3 Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/—; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, ‘17/6; Part 5, 8-5

Part 6, 9/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XV.—Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, 17/-; Part i 14/3 Part 4, 12/65 Part 5, 5/65

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. ‘

Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, Index: tea. 25 a Wea

Vol. XVII.—Part i 12/-; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, AS); Part ff 15)-

Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XVIII. ee if 20/3 Part 2,-7/6; Part 3, 30/-3 Part 4, 12/6; Index, Title

, 1/6.

Vol. XIX.—Past 1, 22/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 11/-; Part 4 Gale Index, Title

etc.), 5/6. | ;

Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part 4, 10/3 ‘Part 5 As 4

Part 6 ‘(with Title, etc.), 4/6. ey

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/-; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-. " Ay

Vol. XXII (containing Palaeontological papers published | in conjunction with see a

Geological Survey).— = eo ae

- Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. = uae

Vol. XXIII.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), 9/—

Vol. XXIV.—Part if 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, L/-;3 Part 5 (ia

Index, Title, etc.), 16)

Vol. XXV.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, ete. ds 10).

Vol. XXVI _—Complete, 25/-.

Vol. XX VII.—Complete, 25/-. ; et

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 6/—; Part 4 (with Index, Title

peecey 10/-. scott ta

Vol. XXIX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (ith Index, Title, etc.), 20/-.

Vol. XX X.—Part ie 15/6; Part 2, 20/-; Part 3, 8/-; Part 4, 9/-; Part 5 w

Index, Title, etc.), Oi, ae

Vol. XX XI (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the

Geological Survey).— . ask

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 13/6; Part 3, 17/6.

Vol. XX XII.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6; Partis: 17/-3 Part 4, 1/-; Part 5, 20/--

Vol. XX XITI.—Part 1, 35/-. 2

Vol. XXXIV. —Complete, 40/-. sae “qh aed Me

INDEX, Subjects and Authors, to Vols. L xR 1/-.

The Annals of the South African Museum will be issued at ih cges & interes

as matter es publication is available. .

Copies may be obtained from— i

Ness WHELDON & WESLEY, Lxp.,

1 3, and 4 EARNSHAW STREET, NEw OXFORD STREET, Lonpon,

wet

“OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXXII.

PART VI, containing : _-

eo,

Butterfly from the Cape Peninsula, and a List of ‘some

recently determined Food-plants of some other South

African Butterfues—By C. G. C. Dickson. (With

> Plates XVIII, XIX.)

“ae

LAWRENCE, Ph.D., Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg.

(With 47 Text-figures.)

F.L.S., Assistant Director. (With 19 Text-figures.)

_G. A. Mavromovustaxis, Limassol, Cyprus. (With 1

Text-figure.) _ :

Title Page and Index to Volume XXXII.

Bees.

: ey : / Ry

ie : :

---—«ISSUED AUGUST 1940. PRICE 10s

hes : : Eh aye PRINTED FOR THE 3 |

S81 BES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN.

Re ets BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

Ee es 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH

19. Ne otes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim., a Lycaenid

he 20. The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. By R. F.

aL, Additional Records, and Descriptions of New Species, of South

; _ African Alder-flies (Megaloptera), May-flies (Ephemerop-

ie tera), Caddis-flies (Trichoptera), Stone-flies (Perlaria), and —

Dragon-flies (Odonata).—By K. B. Barnarp, D.8c.,

ae 2. Deseriptions of New African Anthidunae (Apoidea).—By

" ¢ >

* | é

;

}

8g pho

LA huh

;

oh ne

eae

3 j ,

% :

2) 4

( 545 )

19. Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim., a Lycaenid

Butterfly from the Cape Peninsula, and a List of some recently

determined Food-plants of some other South African Butterflies.

—By C. G. C. Dickson.

(With Plates XVIII, XIX.)

THE genus Phasis constitutes one of the largest groups of the South

African Lycaenidae, being represented in the Union by about thirty

known species, a number of which are peculiar to the country.

Despite the fact that many of these insects are abundant (though

generally local), particularly in the Western Districts of the Cape

Province, the life-histories of the great majority of them are still

unknown.

The species whose early stages are outlined in these notes was

described by Trimen in the Transactions of the Entomological Society

of London, 1904, p. 233, and recently redescribed and figured by the

Rev. Desmond P. Murray in “South African Butterflies: A Monograph

of the Family Lycaenidae,” p. 108, and coloured illustration, No. 55.

I am very much indebted to my friend, Mr. Gowan C. Clark, of

Port Elizabeth, to whom I forwarded examples of the egg and larva

of the insect in March 1937, for the loan of a set of beautifully executed

enlarged paintings, some of which are reproduced in half-tone on

Plate XIX, and for furnishing me with an interesting description of

the action and function of the retractile tubercles of the larva.

Near Milnerton on 20th April 1936 a female of Phasis felthami

was kept under observation for the purpose of procuring eggs of the

species and ascertaining the food-plant. The butterfly was followed

for some time until it eventually selected a suitable spot for ovipositing,

this proving to be a collection of dead leaves and other debris, which

had accumulated under a low succulent-leaved shrub (Zygophyllum

sessilifolium L., Plate XVIII), which grows commonly in the sandy

ground bordering the coast-line. The insect alighted under the bush

_and immediately commenced ovipositing, crawling about for short

distances and laying eggs singly at fairly frequent intervals on the

withered leaves, small twigs, and among particles of loose sand.

VOL. XXXII, PART 6 38

546 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hight or more eggs were laid before it moved off again into open

ground. The eggs were deposited at about 3.30 p.m.

The egg (Plate XIX) is about -8 mm. in diameter, subglobular in

shape, flattened at the base, and creamy-white in colour. The

crown is somewhat compressed and the micropyle sunken. The

surface is sculptured with a fine network of ridges, the interstices

being extremely small round the centre of egg and attaining a

maximum size on the sides.

The egg-stage lasted 20 days—cold weather prevailing during this

period—and a single larva hatched out on 10th May. Prior to

emergence a portion of the crown of the egg is eaten away, and

before long a few hairs of the larva appear through the opening thus

formed.

The larva on emergence (Plate XIX) is about 1 mm. in length,

proportionately broad and considerably flattened. Ground colour

dull yellow. Upperside sparsely speckled with black and marked

longitudinally with broken reddish streaks. Head of moderate size;

black. A broad area on first segment and a disc on anal segment

hardened; dark brown or blackish. Surrounding body is a ridge,

set with prominent, mostly curved, bristles. On the 10th segment

dorsally is a pair of long branched spines, normally prostrate but at

times directed upwards. Setae, forming a double row on dorsal

surface, appressed. Pair of retractile tubercles on 11th segment.

The larva feeds on the leaves of the food-plant, devouring the fleshy

interior substance and the overlying cuticle. Feeding occurs between

long intervals of rest, when the larva remains motionless in some

chosen resting place. The rate of growth in captivity was remarkably

slow, though this may have been caused by the change to winter

conditions usual in the month of May. Unfortunately the single

larva obtained was lost, due to falling off a sprig of the food-plant, a

month after emergence. It was then still in the first instar.

Mr. Clark succeeded in rearing a larva from the egg to the end of

the third instar and has supplied me with the following record, which

may perhaps be taken as typical of the normal rate of development

of the larvae :—

Duration of first instar . 10 days,

7 ,, Second ,, Bele ask

u ,, third e . 12. ,, (larva died while moulting).

After the first moult the form of the larva closely approximates to

that ultimately assumed. The pair of branched spines are lost, the

Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim. 547

lateral bristles are increased in number, most of the more prominent

longitudinal lines (which are dull light-red at this stage) and some

other principal markings of the mature larva are recognisably distinct,

and, as Mr. Clark has pointed out to me, the honey gland now appears

on the 10th segment. The ground-colour of the larva is white at

this period, but in time changes to a stone-coloured tint.

On 6th June a small colony of 15 larvae, ranging in size from

5 mm. to 13 mm., was found in the original locality at the base

of one of the food-plants. The larvae were associated with ants

(a species of Cremastogaster) and were afforded cover and concealment

among a mass of debris consisting of withered leaf and other vegetable

fragments mixed with numerous grains of sand, small pebbles and a

few small snails’ shells. This accumulation was loosely bound to-

gether with silken web, being partially attached to the bottom of the

stem, and at one point extending below the surface of the ground.

A few larvae were found below ground-level in a little cavity at the

side of the stem, and two others were seen some distance up the stem

within reach of the leaves. It was obvious that the larvae were

engaging the attention of the ants, the source of attraction being the

honey-gland, a characteristic feature of many of the larvae of the

Lycaenidae. The actual act of “milking” on the part of the ants

was not observed on this particular occasion, though the retractile

tubercles in close proximity to the gland came into action whenever

the larvae were disturbed. Similar ants were previously seen under

the Zygophyllum bush when the butterfly was ovipositing.

The larvae were collected and later placed on a young food-plant

growing in a pot, a light framework of sticks being secured over the

top and covered with mosquito netting. A portion of the original

“nest”? was attached to the bottom of the stem.

In captivity the larvae existed independently of ants and the

majority ultimately pupated, but their development was very slow,

and it was not until 2nd August that pupation of the largest specimen

took place. The larvae were very sluggish in their movements, and

when not engaged in feeding continued to assemble together on the

side of the stem and among the debris. When the larva is inactive

the head is retracted into the first segment. At a later date further

larvae in smaller groups, and at times occurring singly, were dis-

covered below the food-plants, and occasionally in fissures that had

formed between the stems. Zygophyllum flecuosum EH. & Z. (Plate

XVIII) and Z. morgsana L. were found to be additional plants used

by the species.

548 Annals of the South African Museum.

The full grown larva (Plate XVIII, larva about 80 per cent. full

grown; Plate XIX, lateral view of 7th segment) measures 16-17 mm.,

is broad, and ventrally flattened. Dorsum slightly arched; ridge

surrounding body crenate on sides and upswept on first segment,

curving round in front of well chitinised dorsal portion; last segment

much flattened and sloping to anal extremity, with a circular dorsal

area chitinised like upper surface of first segment. Numerous small

stud-shaped spines (Plate XIX), perceptible as such only under a

strong lens, are distributed over upper surface of body and over ridge

(these contributing towards producing pattern of upperside); spines

variously coloured: black, white, or more or less of the ground-colour

of body. Bristles on sides of body and round extremities brownish

grey, the majority darkening appreciably towards base, of various

lengths and considerably more numerous and relatively shorter than

on newly emerged larva.

Ground colour of body above, stone-coloured; often tinged in parts,

especially on dorsal surface, with salmon-pinkish. Ventral surface

(including prolegs) pale green to greenish-grey, tinged extensively

with pale vinous. Head black, tinged on clypeus with dull reddish;

division between lobes whitish; basal section of antennae red.

Greater portion of dorsal area of first segment blackish. Longitudinal

lines reddish brown to blackish; all except a barely separated very

dark medio-dorsal pair, decidedly sinuous or irregular. Narrow

space between sub-dorsal line and a series of very dark markings,

creamish; line above spiracles, separated from the latter series by a

broad strip, darker (often considerably darker) than general back-

ground; the lowest line of upperside between spiracles and margin of

lateral ridge. Large areas of last three segments, particularly 11th and

terminal ones, blackish. Underside of body bordered below ridge

with deep maroon. Thoracic legs brown, for most part very dark;

fleshy portions of the ground colour of ventral surface.

In regard to the honey-gland (situated between a greenish false

gland and a dull red bulge) and retractile tubercles (Plate XIX),

Mr. Clark in a letter to me states :—

“The tubercles of the Lycaenidae, at one time an unexplained

organ, can now I think be described as a sentinel of the honey gland.

“In the case of Myrina ficedula Trim. it is merely a small warning

projection. In the smaller species of the genus Cupzdo it is more

developed and is a larger projection crowned with barbed and pointed

spines, the larvae of telicanus Lang. sometimes using the partially

extended tubercle as a brush. The larvae of Phasis osbecki Aur. and

Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim. 549

felthami Trim. definitely use the tubercle as a brush or whip and sweep

the vicinity of the honey-gland with quick, determined lashes.

“Dealing with Phasis felthami, the tubercle is present in the newly

hatched larva and can be made to function by touching the larva

with a hair of a paint brush. This organ is level with the body and

difficult to detect until it functions. The honey-gland is not apparent

in the first stage.

“ After the first moult the tubercle is encased in a prominent black

cylindrical mole and is shot out on being disturbed and remains

stationary for some seconds. It resembles a white club with seven

spines, three on each side and one on top, the seven being in one row.

“After the second moult the cylindrical mole containing the

tubercle develops a semicircle of spokes round the rim and these act

as a protection to the protruding hairs; the remaining portion of

the circle is open to allow the tubercle to function.

“The tubercle from this stage on consists of a piston fitted with

three hairs on top and two more on each side near the top, working

in and out of the cylindrical case.

“As the piston is protruded the three top hairs strike out and with

the bending of the piston strike the vicinity of the honey-gland.

The two hairs on either side shoot out with the rest but as the piston

is extended their position on the side makes them sweep through an

arc, the one to the side, the other to the rear on each side. In this

way a large field is dusted.

“The beats are very rapid, vibrating at the rate of some two or

three strokes per second, and are preceded by fretful tremblings of

the unextended tubercle.

“Any small insects attempting to approach the honey-gland meet

with a whirl of beating hairs and retreat. In this way the honey is

reserved for the larva’s protectors.”

In captivity pupation was in most instances effected on the surface

of the pile of debris, at the base of the food-plant.

The pupa (Plate XVIII) is 9-10 mm. in length, being relatively

full in diameter; colour very dark brown. Front of head rounded;

thorax distinctly convex dorsally; wing bases protuberant; abdomen

wide to about middle, then tapering, curving downwards to extremity

and terminating obtusely. Cremastral hooks small, golden-brown,

disposed beneath, and over end of terminal segment. Pair of small

protuberant patches above eyes and first one or two small pro-

tuberant spiracular patches, pale buff; remaining spiracular patches

terra-cotta. Last few segments narrowly marked at edges (principally

550 Annals of the South African Museum.

in dorsal and lateral regions), and the anal segment rather prominently

beneath with terra-cotta.

The pupa derived from the larva previously mentioned as pupating

on 2nd August produced a male imago on 6th September, i.e. 35 days

later. An example bred by Mr. Clark remained in the pupal state

for 21 days. The majority of the butterflies emerged earlier in the

season than would have been the case under natural conditions, and

all were below the usual average size of the species.

The zmago (Plate XVIII) does not normally appear in any numbers

before October, remaining out until the middle or end of December.

It reappears.in February and continues up to the beginning of May.

A badly worn specimen, however, has been noted as late as 27th May.

The insect is very local, but not uncommon where it occurs. It is

often found frequenting plants of Munda spinosa DC. (Schilpadbessie)

and on one occasion this shrub was used for ovipositing, a single egg

‘being laid, but a larva which was subsequently offered the plant as

food refused to feed upon it. The species was discovered by the late

Mr. H. L. L. Feltham in the Cape Peninsula, October—February,

1900-1902.

Distribution.—Localities in Cape Town district: Retreat; Ronde

Vlei; Strandfontein; Durbanville; near Milnerton; Melkbosch

Strand; near Brakfontein (on road to Mamre).

Further locality: Near Montagu.

The larva of Phasis felthami bears a close superficial resemblance

to that of Phasis thysbe L. (an abundant species in most of the above

localities), but may be distinguished from this by the longer bristles

on body and round tubercles, the better defined longitudinal lines,

the absence of a pair of small white protuberances (composed of

minute closely set flower-shaped spines) on first segment, and the

different form of some of the markings on the three rear segments.

It should be noted, however, that a colour variety of the larva of

thysbe sometimes occurs in which green replaces the usual brownish-

grey hue of the upper surface of the body.

Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim. 551

A List oF RECENTLY DETERMINED FOOD-PLANTS OF A FEW

SoutH AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES’ LARVAE.

By C. G. C. Dickson and Gowan C. Cuarx of Port Elizabeth, who

has kindly supplied the names of food-plants (with notes) of all

species marked with an asterisk.

SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES. FooD-PLANTS AND NOTES.

Danaida chrysippus L. Stapelia variegata L. (Asclepiadaceae).

Pseudonympha hyperbius L. Ehrharta (Gramineae): Eggs laid

singly on leaf-blades.

P. vigilans Trim. = Restio cincinnatus Mast. (Restionaceae):

Eggs laid singly on stems.

Leptoneura mintha Geyer. Ficinia (Cyperaceae): Butterfly drops

eggs while fluttering in middle of

clump of grass. (Observed by Mr.

P. R. Robertson and myself.)

Acraea horta L. Asclepias curassavica L. (Garden shrub

introduced from West Indies) (As-

clepiadaceae): Food-plant noted by

Mr. N.S. Pillans, to whom I am also

indebted for the identification of

several other plants.

Pyrameis cardui L. Arctotis, cultivated (Compositae): Eggs

laid singly on stems and leaves.

eS Precis (Junonia) cebrene Trim. Barleria pungens L. (Acanthaceae):

Eggs laid singly, hidden between

leaves of young shoot.

* Cupido lysimon Hubn. | Amaranthus deflexus L. (Amaran-

thaceae).

Tribulus terrestris L. (Zygophyllaceae):

Eggs laid singly under leaf.

C. lingeus Cram. Salvia species (Labiatae): Eggs laid

singly on leaves.

C. thespis L. Saxifraga species (introduced from

Europe) (Saxifragaceae).

Phylica imberbis Berg. (Rhamnaceae):

Eggs laid singly on flower-heads and

leaves.

Lycaenesthes definita Butl. Rhus species (Anacardiaceae).

Acacia saligna Wendl. (Port Jackson

willow, introduced) (Leguminosae):

Eggs laid singly on young flower-

heads and leaves.

* Deudorix antalus Hopff. Schotea speciosa Jacq. (Leguminosae):

Eggs laid singly. Larvae remain in

pod, eating the bean.

552 Annals of the South African Museum.

SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES.

Phasis zeuxo L., small dark sub-

species.

P. felthami Trim.

P. pyroeis Trim.

P. thysbe L., and var. osbecki Aur.

P. thysbe, variety with blue area of

male much reduced (principally in

forewing) in comparison with that

of ordinary form (hind-margins

dentate).

P. thysbe, variety resembling osbecki

but with blue area in forewing of

male reduced (hind-margins non-

dentate).

P. thero L.

P, wallengreni Trim.

P. malagrida Wllg.

* Terias brigittu Cram.

FOOD-PLANTS AND NOTES.

Osteospermum moniliferum L. (Com-

positae): Eggs laid singly on under-

side of leaves (observed on only one

occasion).

Zygophyllum sessilifolium L.

Z, flecuosum E. & Z.

Z. morgsana L. (Zygophyllaceae): Eggs

laid singly under plant. Larva

associated with ants (Cremastogaster

species).

Zygophyllum species and association of

larva with ants as above.

Zygophyllum sessilifolium L.

Z. flecuosum EH. & Z.

Z. morgsana L.: Eggs laid singly on

younger stems and underside of

leaves. Larva associated with ants

(Cremastogaster peringuey: Emery).

| Aspalathus spinosa L. (Leguminosae).

Zygophyllum species as above, also

association with ants.

Osteospermum moniliferum L.:

laid singly on stems and leaves.

Eggs

Melianthus major L. (Melianthaceae):

Ascertained by the Rev. D. P.

Murray since the publication of his

work.

Rhus species. In case of latter food-

plant a single egg was seen being

deposited in cleft between flower-

bearing and leaf stems.

Senecio pubigerus L. (Compositae): Eggs

laid in small batches on stems.

Spinous scales from butterfly’s abdo-

men adhere to surface of egg.

Ifloga laricifolia Less. (Compositae).

Aspalathus species: Eggs laid singly

or in pairs on stems. Numerous

scales adhere to surface of egg.

Cassia mimosoides L. (Leguminosae):

Eggs laid singly near tip of young

frond.

Notes on the Early Stages of Phasis felthami Trim. 553

SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES. FooD-PLANTS AND NOTES.

* Preris zochalia Boisd. Maerua triphylla Thunb. (Capparideae):

Eggs laid singly, generally on upper

side of leaf.

* P. mesentina Cram. Capparis oleoides Burch.

Maerua triphylla Thunb. (Capparideae):

Eggs laid in cluster, generally on

underside of leaf or near terminal

of young shoot.

* P. gidica Godt. Capparis citrifola Lam.: Eggs laid

singly on leaf of young shoot.

* P. severina Cram. Maerua triphylla Thunb.

Capparis oleoides Burch.

C. zeyhert Turez.: Eggs laid in cluster,

generally on underside of leaf.

* Herpaenia eriphia Godt. Maerua triphylla Thunb.: Eggs laid

in small clusters on leaf.

* Teracolus eris Klug. Capparis oleoides Burch.: Eggs laid

singly, generally under young leaf.

* T. omphale Godt. \ Capparis citrifolia Lam.

* T. antigone Boisd. | fee juncea Harv. (Capparideae):

In each case eggs laid singly on

young shoot.

* Hronia buquetii Boisd. Azma _ tetracantha Lam. (Salvado-

raceae): Eggs laid singly on young

shoot.

Kedestes lenis Riley. Imperata arundinacea Cyr. var. thun-

berg Hack. (Gramineae): Eggs

laid singly on leaf-blades.

Parnara mohopaani Wlig. Food-plant and egg-laying as above.

(Observed by Mr. P. R. Robertson.)

A number of the above plants were kindly identified for me at the Bolus

Herbarium, Kirstenbosch, and at the Herbarium of the South African Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Prate XVIII. Phasis felthami Trim.

(Plate of black and white drawings by C. G. C. Dickson.)

Pupa, <3.

Larva, <3 (about 80 per cent. full grown).

Imago, <1, male and female.

Food-plants, Zygophyllum sessilifolium L. and Z. flexuosum EK. & Z. (ant

associated with larva on tip of former).

554 Annals of the South African Museum.

PurateE XIX. Phasis felthami Trim.

(Half-tone reproductions of coloured drawings by Gowan. C. Clark.)

Egg, x20, and section of surface highly magnified.

Larva on emergence, x 40, cross-section of same, and outline of last two segments

showing position of tubercles and pair of branched spines.

Lateral view of 7th segment of full-grown larva (from right side).

Stud-shaped spines.

Tubercle (half extended). :

Tubercle (fully extended) and position of spiracle.

Dorsal view of last three segments, showite position of honey gland (indicated

by arrow) and tubercles.

Plate XVIII.

Ann. §. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII.

PHASIS FELTHAMI TRIM.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

C. G. C. Dickson, del.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXXII. Plate’ XPX.

PHASIS FELTHAMI TRIM.

G. C. Clark, pinz. Neill & Co., Lid.

( 555 )

20. The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa.

By R. F. Lawrence, Ph.D., Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg.

(With 47 Text-figures.)

THE genus Selenops has for some time stood in need of revision owing

to the large number of undescribed forms which occur in South Africa.

An exceptionally large number of new species has been discovered in

the collections of the various Museums of South Africa, and the writer

is indebted to the Directors of these institutions for the loan of their

material. The revision of the genus is based on specimens from the

South African Museum, where the great majority of the types are

housed, the Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, the Albany Museum,

Grahamstown, and the Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg.

Most of the species of Selenops in South Africa have a comparatively

limited distribution and each subregion differs in its fauna from the

others. The species which is best represented in tropical Africa and

which appears to have the widest distribution of all African forms of

Selenops, viz. S. radiatus Latr., is poorly represented in the South

African region. This species appears to undergo a process of breaking

up into a number of closely allied subspecies as it passes over from

the tropical African to the temperate South African zone. On the

other hand the smaller forms of Selenops, with a larger number of

tibial spines than is the case in radiatus, are abundant, both

numerically and with regard to the large number of species into

which they break up. All members of the genus seem to be typical

eryptozoic and nocturnal forms, living in retreat under logs and

stones during the day, but often attracted by bright light into houses

at night, where they can be seen resting on the walls of rooms.

The following abbreviations have been used throughout the paper

to indicate the Institutions where the types and other specimens are

to be found: —

S.A.M. South African Museum, Cape Town.

T.M. Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

N.M. . Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg.

A.M. Albany Museum, Grahamstown.

556 Annals of the South African Museum.

The following key may be used for distinguishing the main groups

of species of Selenops found in the South African region :—

Group A.—Metatarsi of anterior legs with 2 pairs of inferior

spines, tibiae with 3 pairs of inferior gia (Simon’s

radiatus group) ; p- 556

Group B.—Metatarsi of anterior legs with 3 pairs of sateen

spines, tibiae with 4—7 pairs of inferior spines (Simon’s

atomarius group) . p. 564

Sub-group B,: Anterior tibiae with 4 pairs of sna

spines’ . : . ‘pr spGe

Sub-group B,: Anterior tibiae with 5 pairs of inferior

spines . : . See oer

Sub-group B;: Anterior tibiae with 6 pairs of inferior

spines. : ; . pe oer

Sub-group By: Anterior tibiae with 7 pairs of inferior

Spines . p-. 604

GROUP A.

Key to the species of Selenops of the radiatus group.

oe.

1. Vulva with two lobes meeting in the middle line; tibiae of a with black

bands . : : : 2 Sy eee

Vulva without lobes, with a Aieapilat more or tess roused opening; tibiae of

legs uniformly blackish-brown : : 5 i 5.

2. Anterior opening of vulva rounded, a little wider tian ee

radiatus radiatus, radiatus peryensis.

Anterior opening of vulva triangular, considerably wider than long = diseee

3. Opening of vulva much wider than long, lateral lobes not completely separated

radiatus damaranus.

Lateral lobes completely separated . : : . : : . oe

4. Anterior median eyes more than their diameter apart . . radiatus krugeri.

Anterior median eyes less than their diameter apart . radiatus ovambicus.

5. A line touching the upper surfaces of anterior median eyes passing below the

centres of the posterior medians : : ; rhodesianus.

A line touching the upper surfaces of sileniGt saedian eyes passing above the

centres of the posterior medians : 2 é : : : sye'¢aGs

6. Opening of vulva wider than long : : : : : : a

Opening of vulva longer than wide . ; ; 3 j é ee

7. Opening of vulva subquadrate . ; : ‘ : . brachycephalus.

Opening of vulva rounded . ; : ‘ : : . zuluanus.

8. Anterior median eyes less than their aiatnetis apart. : : lesnet.

Anterior median eyes more than their diameter apart . ; . tenebrosus.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 557

3d.

1. Pedipalp tibia with two widely separated processes é ‘ : abwin Be

Pedipalp tibia with two processes close to each other . ; : Ba 'cbi3

2. Processes of pedipalp tibia almost equal in size . ‘ radiatus krugert.

Processes of pedipalp tibia unequal in size . é , radiatus radiatus.

3. Tibia of pedipalp longer than patella, subequal to tarsus : é lesnet.

Tibia of pedipalp shorter than patella, much shorter than tarsus . zuluanus.

Selenops radiatus damaranus n. subsp. (fig. 1).

Type, 1 2, Sandfontein (185 miles east of Windhoek), South West

Africa (S8.A.M., B. 5637).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown with a number of short black

stripes radiating from the fovea but well

removed from it, cephalic area a little darker

than thoracic area, its boundaries defined

by darker lines; mandibles dark reddish

brown, darker than carapace; abdomen

mottled with dark brown spots and smaller

dots on a yellow background, the whole

appearance not dark; femora of legs mottled,

tibia banded with distinct blackish markings,

under surface of anterior femora entirely

dark, metatarsi entirely dark brown. Du aR seat eae

; amaranus n. subsp.

Hyes.—Medians weakly recurved, a line Q, vulva.

touching the upper surfaces of the anteriors

passing well above the centres of the posterior medians, anterior

medians # the diameter of the posterior medians, their own diameter

apart, and a little less than a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians half the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians a little more than a radius from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth separated by

their basal width.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 3 pairs, anterior metatarsi with 2 pairs

of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 1.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-2, width of carapace 6-2, total

length 14 mm.

Other Speciomens.—1 9, Loangwa Valley, N. Rhodesia (S.A.M., 9494).

Selenops radiatus ovambicus n. subsp. (fig. 2).

Type, 1 2, Ongandjera, Ovamboland, 8.W. Africa (S.A.M., B. 6221).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, cephalic portion a little darker

558 ~ Annals of the South African Museum.

than thoracic portion, defined at its posterior apex by two short

blackish stripes, a narrow incomplete blackish stripe in the middle;

thoracic portion with some submarginal spots, radiations from the

thoracic stria short and ill-defined, the stria itself deeply grooved and

blackish; mandibles blackish brown, ocular area dark; abdomen

much macerated; femora of anterior legs with 2 distinct blackish

bands on their anterior surfaces, these confluent along the under sides;

anterior tibiae with 2 black and 2 lighter bands; labium blackish

brown, sternum narrowly margined with black.

Eyes.—Median eyes slightly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing between the centres and the upper

surfaces of the posterior medians; anterior

medians a little smaller than the posterior

medians, a little less than their own diameter

apart, and about half their radius from the

posterior medians; posterior medians about 3

the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians 3 their diameter from the edge of the

clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate

_ equal-sized teeth separated by their basal width

Fie, 2-—Selonpe red from each other

subsp. 9, vulva. Vulva as in fig. 2 differing somewhat in detail

from damaranus and the typical form of radiatus.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 3, anterior metatarsi with 2 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-2, width 5-9, total length 13-4

mm. This specimen was designated as a typical radiatus by the

writer in Ann. S.A. Mus., vol. xxv, pt. 1, p. 41, 1927.

Selenops radiatus krugeri n. subsp. (fig. 3).

Types, 1 2, Sabie Reserve, Transvaal (S.A.M., B. 5735); 1 g, Sabie

Reserve (S.A.M., B. 7164), coll. HE. L. Gull.

2 Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, cephalic portion dark reddish

brown; fovea strongly, radiations faintly marked; mandibles reddish

black; abdomen rubbed above, mottled with brown spots and specks;

anterior femora with 3 faint dark bands, tibiae with fairly strong

dark bands.

Eyes.—Median eyes weakly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing through the centres of the posterior

medians; anterior medians 3 the diameter of the posterior medians,

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 559

more than their diameter apart, and a radius from the posterior

medians; posterior medians $—2 the diameter of the posterior laterals;

anterior medians a little less than their diameter from the edge of

clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 strong equal-sized teeth, less

than their basal width from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 3, a.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines, metatarsus I

and ITI with 2 pairs of inferior spines; no lateral spines.

Fic. 3.—Selenops radiatus krugeri n. subsp. a, 9, vulva. 6, c, tibia of

pedipalp, g, from in front and from outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 7, length of abdomen 9-8 mm.

3 Colour as in description of 2, except that the tibiae of legs are

entirely dark except at base and apex.

Eyes and chelicerae as in description of 2, the teeth on inferior

margin of chelicerae their basal width apart.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 3 pairs of inferior spines, anterior

metatarsi with 2 pairs, tibia I with a lateral spine on each side near

the base, tibia II without lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 outer, 3 superior spines near the apex,

patella without spines; tibia distinctly longer than patella but shorter

than tarsus; process of tibia as in fig. 3, 6, seen from in front, fig. 3, ¢,

seen from outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6, total length 12-7 mm.

Other Specimens.—1 9, Potgietersrust, Transvaal (T.M., 1853);

19, Kuruman (S.A.M., 13176); 19, Lake Ngami (8.A.M., 13354),

560 Annals of the South African Museum.

Selenops radiatus radiatus Latr.

The species is not common in the South African region and only

occupies the northern fringe of it. The South African Museum has

specimens from the following localities: 1 9, Salisbury, 8. Rhodesia

(2045); 1 9, Windhuk, 8.W. Africa (B. 5169); 1 9, Otjituo, S.W.

Africa (B. 5028); 1 9, Namakunde, S.W. Africa (B. 5028). Lessert

also records it from Portuguese H. Africa (Chemba, Nova Choupanga,

Sinjal) and Angola.

Selenops radiatus peryensis Lessert.

S. radiatus peryensis Lessert, Rev. Suisse. Zool., vol. xliu, p. 263,

figs. 57-59, 61, 1936.

The types, Q and 3, were described from Vila Pery, Portuguese

HK. Africa.

Selenops rhodesianus n. sp (fig. 4).

Type, 1 9, Salisbury, Rhodesia (S.A.M., B. 3284).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown with a distinct narrow blackish

margin, decorated with indistinct markings, eyes surrounded by black;

mandibles ‘reddish brown; abdomen

mottled blackish brown, almost black

posteriorly; legs with moderate fuscous

markings, these not very clearly defined.

Eyes.—Medians not strongly recurved,

a line touching the upper surfaces of the

anteriors passing a little below the

centres of the posterior medians; anterior

medians $ the diameter of the posterior

medians, 14 times their own diameter

Hig. d= Scenes ene ae apart, and a httle more than a radius

n.sp. 9, vulva. from the posterior medians; posterior

medians half the diameter of the pos-

terior laterals; anterior medians a little less than their diameter

from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal one a little

larger than the apical one, from which it is separated by its basal

width.

Legs.—Tibiae of anterior legs with 3 pairs, metatarsi of anterior

legs with 2 pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 4.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 561

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-4, width of carapace 6, length

of abdomen 6:3 mm.

Other Specumens.—2 29, Mokeetsi, E. Transvaal (T.M., 6411).

Selenops brachycephalus n. sp. (fig. 5).

Type, 1 9, Salisbury, Rhodesia (S.A.M., 3292).

Colour.—Carapace brown with some darker markings radiating

forwards and sideways from the thoracic stria, those on the cephalic

portion more strongly defined; man-

dibles uniform reddish brown, hardly

darker than carapace; abdomen above

dark mottled brown, a few white

speckles among the predominating

brown ones; legs brown with some

vague infuscations.

Eyes. — Median eyes weakly re-

curved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing well 4, sale ayes cache. ohne

above the centres of the posterior n.sp. 9, vulva.

medians; anterior medians 2 the

diameter of posterior medians, their own diameter or a little more

apart, and a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians

4-2 the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians about a

- radius from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal slightly larger

than the apical one, separated by less than the greatest width of the

basal tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines, metatarsus I

and II with 2 pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 5.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-7, width of carapace 6-7, length

of abdomen 6 mm.

Selenops zuluanus un. sp. (fig. 6).

Types, 1 3, 2 22, Ingwavuma, Zululand (N.M., 2398).

2 Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, darker anteriorly, with a

blackish marginal border, some ill-defined radiations from the thoracic

stria, and an indistinct dark stripe bisecting the cephalic area; man-

dibles much darker than carapace, almost black; abdomen above

almost uniformly black, speckled with some minute light dots, those

WOE, XxX. PART 6, 39

562 Annals of the South African Museum.

near the anterior margin larger; legs almost black, the anterior

surfaces of femora a little lighter (especially near the base), remaining

segments uniformly black except tarsi which are dark brown.

Eyes.—Median eyes weakly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing well above the centres of the posterior

medians, anterior medians 4—2 the diameter of the posterior medians,

their own diameter apart, and a little less than their diameter from

the posterior medians; posterior medians half the diameter of the

b c

Fic. 6.—Selenops zuluanus n. sp. a, 2, vulva. b,c, tibia of pedipalp, J,

from in front, and from outer side.

posterior laterals; anterior medians % their diameter from the edge

of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal one distinctly

larger than the apical one, separated from it by its basal width.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 3, anterior metatarsi with 2 inferior

pairs of spines. 7

Vulva as in fig. 6, a.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6-2, width of carapace 7-6, length

of abdomen 10 mm.

& Colour.—Carapace light yellow brown, without distinct markings;

mandibles reddish brown, a little darker than the carapace; abdomen

above blackish at the sides and posteriorly, the anterior two-thirds

of the middle portion light yellow brown, enclosing a blackish tree-like

marking; legs lighter than in the 9, femora olive green below, lighter

anteriorly, remaining segments dark brown.

Eyes.—Medians forming a weakly curved row, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing half-way between the centres

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 563

and upper surfaces of the posterior medians; anterior medians ? the

diameter of the posterior medians, a little more than their own

diameter apart, and a little more than a radius from the posterior

medians; posterior medians half the diameter of the posterior laterals;

anterior medians a little more than a diameter from the edge of the

clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequal teeth separated by

14 times their basal width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines, I with 2 lateral

spines on each side and 2 superior spines, II with 2 lateral spines on

each side and 1 superior spine; metatarsus I and II with 2 pairs of

inferior spines, a lateral spine on each side near the base.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner and 3 superior spines in distal half

above, patella with O spines above; tibia distinctly shorter than

patella and less than half as long as tarsus when seen from above;

tibial process as in fig. 6, b, seen from in front, fig. 6, c, seen from the

outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-6, width 6-6, total length

12-3 mm. This seems to be a fairly widely distributed form. The

South African Museum has examples from Insiza, Pungwe River,

and Umtali, all localities in Rhodesia; and Kaapmuiden and

Potgietersrust in the Transvaal. The pedipalp resembles that of

lesnei Lessert (Rev. Suisse. Zool., vol. xlii, p. 266, fig. 64, 1936) in

the external processes of the tibia, but differs in having this segment

much shorter than the tarsus, while in lesnei it is subequal to it.

The vulva, on the other hand, resembles that of annulatus Simon (see

Lessert’s figure, Rev. Suisse. Zool., vol. xxxvi, p. 124, fig. 12, ¢,

1929).

Selenops tenebrosus n. sp. (fig. 7).

Types, 2 99, Gravelotte, N.E. Transvaal (T.M., 2228).

Colour.—Carapace rich dark reddish brown with a conspicuous

pattern of markings in addition to the fovea, foveal radiations, and the

boundaries of the cephalic area; mandibles reddish black; abdomen

almost entirely black above with 1 or 2 pairs of light spots in its

anterior half, ventral surface yellow brown, the sides and posterior

margin black, spinners almost encircled with black; legs uniformly

black, a little lighter towards their bases; coxae, sternum, and mouth-

parts reddish brown.

Eyes——Median eyes weakly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors would pass a little above the centres of the

564 Annals of the South African Museum.

posterior medians; anterior medians ? the diameter of the posterior

medians, more than their own diameter apart (14 times), and % their

diameter from the posterior

medians; posterior medians

half the diameter of the

posterior laterals; anterior

medians about 2 their diameter

from the edge of the clypeus.

Cheloicerae.—Inferior margin

with 2 large subequal teeth

separated by less than their

basal width.

Fic. 7.—Selenops tenebrosus n. sp. 2, vulva. Legs.—Ill, II, TVs + Th

considerably longer than I;

tibiae I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines, metatarsi I and II with

_ 2 stout pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 7, resembling that of S. zuluanus.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 8-3, width of carapace 9-7, length

of abdomen 13-4mm. Total length of second type specimen 23 mm.

Other Specomens.—1 9, Olifants River District, Transvaal (T.M.,

6364); 1 9, Louis Trichardt, Transvaal (B. 7187, 8.A.M.).

Selenops lesner Lessert.

S. lesner Lessert, Rev. Suisse. Zool., vol. xli, p. 265, figs. 60, 62-64,

1936.

The types, 2 and 3, were described from Mouvia-Sare on the

Zambesi (2), and Inhafoune near Canxixe (3), both localities in

Portuguese EH. Africa.

GROUP B.

SUB-GROUP By.

Key to the species of Selenops with 4 pairs of wnferror tubsal spines.

29.

1. Anterior median eyes their diameter apart . ; ‘ : natalensis.

Anterior median eyes more than their diameter apart . . : ia

2. Vulva] plate not large, circular, without lateral lobes. : lycosiformis.

Vulval plate very large, with lateral lobes . : 3 ‘ . parvulus.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 565.

Selenops lycosiformis Lawrence.

S. lycosiformis Lawrence, Ann. Natal Mus., vol. viii, pt. 2, p. 246,

text-fig. 18, 1937.

The type came from the Nkandhla Forest, Zululand, and was based

on an adult 2 specimen.

Selenops natalensis n. sp. (fig. 8).

Types, 2 99, 1 3, Estcourt, Natal (N.M., 1717).

2 Colour.—Carapace blackish brown at the sides, with a median,

more or less parallel, yellow marking (as wide as the darkened area on

Fic. 8.—Selenops natalensis n. sp. a, 2, vulva. 6, pedipalp, 3,

from in front.

each side); this lighter marking with crenulated sides and constricted

behind the thoracic stria, reaching from the ocular area to the posterior

margin and containing a blackish median stripe with a pair of lateral

branches, one just in front of the stria and one in the middle of the

cephalic area; darkened areas at the sides with a submarginal broken

row of lighter spots; mandibles as light coloured as the middle of the

carapace, their inner margins and apices darkened, a dark dot on the

outer side near the base; abdomen above dark brown, a pair of long

oval lighter markings on each side of the anterior half, a pair of

smaller oval light spots above the spinners; under surface of abdomen

with a considerable part of the sides and posterior portion blackish

brown, the spinners surrounded by the darkened area; sternum

narrowly bordered with black and with a few blackish dots in the

middle. Legs almost uniformly dark brown, the black bands absent

566 Annals of the South African Museum.

or barely visible; inferior surfaces of anterior femora black in front

and quite light behind, posterior femora spotted black above, their

anterior and posterior surfaces black with a fine yellow longitudinal

line.

Eyes.—Medians not strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter of the posterior

medians, their own diameter apart, and 2 their diameter from the

posterior medians; posterior medians 2 ithe diameter of the posterior

laterals; anterior medians a little less than their diameter from the

edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth separated by

their basal width.

Vulva as in fig. 8, a.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 4 pairs of inferior spines, anterior

_metatarsi with 3 inferior pairs, no lateral spines, anterior tibiae

unusually short and stout.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3 3, total length 8 mm.

3 Colour as in 9, anterior femora white below, posterior femora

blackish below with a fine longitudinal yellow stripe on anterior and

posterior sides.

Eyes and chelicerae as in 9.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 4 pairs of inferior spines and in addition

2 lateral spines on each side and 2 superior spines in the middle of the

segment; anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of inferior spines and 2

lateral spines on each side.

Pedipaly.—Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, 1 outer spine in distal

half, patella with 1 inner spine; tibia much shorter than tarsus and

distinctly shorter than patella, seen from above; tarsus and tibial

process as in fig. 8, 6, seen from in front.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 2-7, total length 5-9 mm.

Selenops parvulus Pocock.

S. parvulus Pocock, A.M.N.H. (7), vol. vi, p. 352, 1900.

The type came from Port Elizabeth and was based on an adult 2

specimen. No figure was given of the vulva which, however, seems

characteristic, being described as situated on a very large plate and

with lateral lobes.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa.

SUB-GROUP B,.

22.

. Teeth on inferior margin of chelicerae their basal width apart

567

Key to the species Selenops with 5 pairs of inferior tibial spines.

Teeth on inferior margin of chelicerae more than their basal width apart 10.

. Anterior medians a little less than their diameter apart

Anterior medians a little more than their diameter apart

. Anterior medians half as large as posterior medians

Anterior medians more than half as large as posterior medians

. Tibiae of legs with 2 dark and 2 light bands

Tibiae of legs with 1 dark and 1 light band

. Vulva with a median tongue-like selerite

Vulva without a median tongue-like selerite

. Posterior medians subequal to posterior lateral eyes

Posterior medians half the diameter of posterior lateral eyes

. Vulva without lateral sclerites .

Vulva with distinct lateral sclerites

. Lateral sclerites meeting in the middle line

Lateral sclerites not meeting in the middle line

. Vulva as in fig. 17

Vulva as in fig. 23

. Vulva extremely small, body size an

Vulva usually large, body size larger .

. Posterior medians half the diameter of posterior ieee

Posterior medians subequal to posterior laterals .

. Vulva with two incurved arms at its base .

Vulva different, much smaller; body size smaller

. Vulva with an elongate quadrate opening .

Vulva without elongate opening

. Anterior medians a radius from posterior medians ,

Anterior medians less than a radius from posterior medians .

. Vulval plate rounded

Vulval plate not rounded

. Vulva with a median septum

Vulva without a median septem

. Vulva narrowed anteriorly

Vulva not narrowed anteriorly .

dd.

. Tibia of pedipalp equal or subequal to tarsus in length

Tibia of pedipalp much shorter than tarsus

. Tibial apophysis of pedipalp with 4 short processes

Tibial apophysis of pedipalp with 3 longer processes

. Processes of tibial apophysis slender, subequal

minor.

barnardi.

namaquensis.

civicus.

caledonicus.

karrooicus.

broomi.

hesset.

. maculosus.

. atomarius.

LY.

13.

. schonlandi.

hewitti.

thornet.

=, d4:

helenae.

15.

bechuanicus.

16.

longipes.

17.

purcelli.

. lignicolus.

: 4,

hewitti.

. atomarius.

broomi.

Processes of tibial co ana strong and differing wher; in length and thick-

ness

568 5 Annals of the South African Museum.

4. Tibia of pedipalp longer than patella ‘ ‘ namaquensis.

Tibia of pedipalp sometimes equal to, usually are re patella .. ee

5. Anterior tibiae of legs without lateral spines : ; ; : _ *

Anterior tibiae of legs with lateral spines . : : : : : a

6. Body length 6-8 mm. . : : : : : . . alticolus.

Body length 5-2 mm. : : 5 : : ; . . minutus.

7. Anterior tibiae with superior spines . ; A ‘ : : : 8.

Anterior tibiae without superior spines : 10.

8. The processes of tibial apophysis widely Seek like fons Ae thuiab

pococki.

The processes of tibial apophysis close together . : d : : o:

9. Pedipalp tarsus seen from in front more or less rounded : . lignicolus.

Pedipalp tarsus seen from in front oval (fig. 21, a) ‘ : lesserti.

10. Anterior metatarsi without lateral spines . : ; : . smitherst.

Anterior metatarsi with lateral spines : : : é : « pad.

11. Anterior metatarsi with 2 lateral spines on each side . ; bechuanicus.

Anterior metatarsi with less than 2 lateral spines on each side. Bees

12. Anterior metatarsi with a lateral spine on each side . : immaculatus.

Anterior metatarsi with lateral spines on posterior surface only . ang, eke

13. Processes of tibial apophysis far apart like a forefinger and thumb minor.

Process of tibial apophysis close together . ‘ : ; z BAIL

14. Tibial apophysis as in fig. 20, b,c. : ; ; : . karrooicus.

Tibial apophysis as in fig. 15, b,c. : : : : : civicus.

Selenops alticolus n. sp. (fig. 9).

Type, 1 3, Ingwavuma, Lebombo Mts., Zululand (N.M.,

2423).

Colour.—Carapace light brown with some darker patches along the

lateral margins, eyes surrounded by black; mandibles reddish brown,

darker than carapace, the inner half of their anterior surfaces blackish

brown; abdomen brown, variegated with some minute light dots and

blackish markings; legs with very weak bands and spots, the strongest

being a longitudinal bar near the base of the infero-anterior surface

of femur I and II.

Eyes.—Medians not strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing through or a little below the centres

of the posterior medians; anterior medians not much smaller than

posterior medians (? their diameter), their own diameter apart, and

a little less than a radius from the posterior medians; posterior

medians 2 the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians

a radius from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate subequal teeth,

about twice their basal width from each other.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5 pairs of rather weak inferior spines,

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 569

no lateral or superior spines; anterior metatarsi with 8 pairs of

inferior spines, no lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur above with 1 inner (subapical) and 1-2 superior

spines in distal half; patella without spines; tibia much shorter than

tarsus and shorter than patella, seen from above; tarsus and process

Fic. 9.—Selenops alticolus n. sp. a, pedipalp, 3, from in front. 0, tibia of

pedipalp from the side.

of tibia as in fig. 9,a, seen from in front, process of tibia from outer

side as in fig. 9, b.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3, total length 6-8 mm.

Selenops atomarius Simon (fig. 10).

S. atomarius Simon. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii, p. 466,

1887.

2 Colour.—The specimens much bleached, legs with fairly distinct

dark bands, abdomen yellow, its dorsal surface with chevron markings,

the sides with numerous minute blackish dots increasing in number

and size posteriorly. |

Hyes.—Medians strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors only cutting a small part of the posterior

medians; anterior medians about 3 the diameter of the posterior

medians, a little more than their own diameter apart, and less than

half a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians a little

more than half the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians

= their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

570 Annals of the South African Museum.

Chelicerae with 2 moderate subequal teeth, twice their basal width

from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 10, a, resembling that of S. hewitte and remarkable

for its extremely small size.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions. — Length

of carapace 3-7, total

length 9-5 mm.

3d Colour as in the 9,

the legs, however, with-

out, or with weaker

markings, median eyes

differing less in size than

in the 9, anterior medians

a b :

Ay ba their own diameter apart.

Fic. 10.—Selenops atomarius Simon. a, 9, vulva. ; ,

b, tibia of pedipalp, g¢, from outer side. Chelocerae. — Inferior

margin with 2 teeth, the

basal one a little smaller and 2-3 times its width from the apical tooth.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5 inferior pairs of spines, II with 1

posterior lateral spine in addition, anterior metatarsi with 3 inferior

pairs of spines, O lateral spines.

Pedipalp.cFemur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior and O outer spines in

its distal half; patella with 1 inner and 1 superior (apical) spine;

tibia subequal to tarsus and distinctly longer than patella, with 3

processes on the outer side, two directed forwards and one downwards

and forwards, fig. 10, 6. This figure agrees substantially with that

of Simon in “ Hist. Nat. des Araignees,”’ vol. 1, p. 27, text-fig. 23, 1897.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-7, total length 8 mm. |

Specimens.—3 99, 1 3, Port Elizabeth (S.A.M., 4524). Pocock

records it from Grahamstown.

Selenops barnardi n. sp. (fig. 11).

Type, 1 9, Pokwani, South Rhodesia (S.A.M., 14667).

Colour.—Carapace fairly dark reddish brown, cephalic a little

darker than thoracic portion, ocular area black, radiations from the

thoracic stria not strongly marked, a number of submarginal spots

subjoined to form a wavy band; mandibles a little darker than

cephalic area; abdomen above blackish brown, with some ill-defined

symmetrical markings; legs with well-defined and fairly strong bands.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa, 571

Eyes.—Medians well recurved, a line touching the upper surfaces of

the anteriors passing well below the centres of the posterior medians;

anterior medians about half as

large as posterior medians, their

own diameter apart and less than

a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians % the diameter

of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians their diameter, or a little

less, from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with

2 equal-sized teeth separated by

their basal width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, ~.

metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs

of inferior spines. Fic. 11.—Selenops barnardi n. sp.

Vulva as in fig. 11. uaa

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:9, width of carapace 5-6, total

length 10-3 mm.

Selenops bechuanicus n. sp. (fig. 12).

Types, 12,1 3, Vryburg, Bechuanaland (S.A.M., 14506).

2 Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown, narrowly bordered with black

and prettily variegated with symmetrical brown markings, an oval

patch on each side of the thoracic stria without markings; mandibles

light yellow-brown, a narrow inner and outer dark stripe on their

anterior surfaces; abdomen yellow-brown with indistinct symmetrical

markings; legs with distinct dark bands, those of the femora mottled

and irregular, those of the tibiae clearly defined.

Eyes.—Median eyes moderately recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing well below the centres of the posterior

medians; anterior medians ? the diameter of the posterior medians,

their own diameter apart, and half a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians 3—3 the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequai teeth separated by

14 times their width.

Vulva as in fig. 12, a.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-6, length of abdomen 6-5 mm,

572 Annals of the South African Museum.

$.—Dark bands of the legs not as well defined asin the 2. Tibiae and

metatarsi of anterior legs with 2 lateral spines on each side in addition

to the inferior ones. Otherwise as in description of 9.

Pedipalp.—Femur above with 1-4 spines in distal half; patella

with 1 superior and | inner spine; tibia a little shorter than patella,

less than half as long as tarsus, seen from the outer side with process as

b c

Fic. 12.—Selenops bechuanicus n. sp. a, 2, vulva. 6, c, tibia of pedipalp, J,

from in front, and from outer side.

in fig. 12, c, seen from in front fig. 12, b. Tarsus seen from in front

with style describing an almost complete circle on the outer periphery.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:5, total length 9-5 mm.

Selenops broomz Pocock (fig. 13).

S. broomi Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. vi, p. 331, 1900.

The type was a 9 from Garies, Little Namaqualand, no figure being

given of the vulva.

2 Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, the thoracic stria black and

strongly defined, continued on to the cephalic portion as a very fine

black line, radiations from thoracic stria long, fine, but distinct;

mandibles darker than carapace; abdomen light brown, with some

short (longitudinal) black bars and spots, a wavy transverse blackish

band above the spinners; legs with dark bands, those on the femora

poorly defined. especially the posterior ones, those of the tibia well

defined.

Eyes.—Median eyes not strongly recurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing between the centres and lower

surfaces of the posterior medians; anterior medians 3 the diameter

of the posterior medians, a little more than their diameter apart, and

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa, 573

their radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians half the

diameter of the posterior laterals, which are large and prominent;

anterior medians } their diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelacerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal one distinctly

larger than the other and separated from it by its width.

Vulva as in fig. 13, a.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6-6, length of abdomen 8-1 mm.

Fic. 13.—Selenops broomi Pocock. a, 9, vulva. 6, ¢, tibia of pedipalp, g,

from outer side, and from in front.

$ Colour.—Much lighter than in 9, carapace and mandibles yellow;

legs yellow, without markings.

Eyes.—Anterior medians half the diameter of posterior medians and

their radius or a very little more from the edge of clypeus; otherwise

as 1n the 9.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth, 1} times their

basal width from each other.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5 inferior pairs of spines, 2 lateral spines

on each side and 3 superior spines; anterior metatarsi with 3 inferior

pairs of spines, I with 2 lateral spines on each side in basal half, II

with 2 lateral spines on each side in basal half and 2 superior spines

in basal half.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, and 1 outer spine in

distal half, patella with 1 inner and 2 superior spines, tibia with 1 inner,

2 superior, and 1 very strong outer spine; tibia subequal to tarsus |

but longer than patella, with 3 processes at its outer apex, seen from

in front as in fig. 13, c, and from the outer side, fig. 13, b.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:8, total length 9-8 mm.

Specimens, 499, 2 33, Kleinzee, Little Namaqualand (S8.A.M., 8871).

574 Annals of the South African Museum.

Selenops caledonicus n. sp. (fig. 14).

Types, 2 99, Caledon, Cape Province (8.A.M., 150421).

Colour.—Carapace light ‘yellow-brown with a Y-shaped darker

marking formed by the thoracic stria and posterior boundaries of the

cephalic area, a few small dark spots half-

way between the stria and lateral margins;

mandibles similar in colour to the carapace;

abdomen above with 3 pairs of short curved

blackish bars; well-defined brown bands on

femora and tibiae of all legs.

Eyes.—Medians moderately recurved, a

line touching the upper surfaces of the

anteriors passing half-way between the

Fic. 14.—Selenops caledoni- centres and lower surfaces of the posterior

MISE medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter

of the posterior medians, their own dia-

meter apart, and a radius from the posterior medians; posterior

medians ? the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians

a little less than their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelocerae.—Inferior margin with 2 strong teeth, the basal a little

stouter than the apical one and its own width from it.

Vulva as in fig. 14.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-3, total length 7-8 mm.

Selenops civicus n. sp. (fig. 15).

Type, 1 2, Burghersdorp (8.A.M., B. 76).

Colour.—In general resembling that of karrooicus, the markings of

the carapace forming a fairly well-defined crenulated submarginal

band, sides with a narrow blackish margin and between this and the

submarginal band some blackish-brown spots; foveal radiations

indistinct, legs with markings as in karrooicus; abdomen above with

some indistinct brown markings on the posterior half, including some

indistinct A-shaped markings.

Eyes.—Median eyes distinctly recurved, a line touching the upper

boundaries of the anteriors passing well below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians a little more than their diameter

apart, their radius from the posterior medians and two-thirds as large

as these; posterior medians less than half the diameter of the posterior

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 575

laterals; anterior medians a little less than their diameter from the

edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequal teeth separated by a

distance equal to their width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Fic. 15.—Selenops civicus n. sp. a, 9, vulva. 6, c, tibia of pedipalp, J,

from in front, and from outer side.

Vulva as in fig. 15, a.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4-8, width of carapace 5-8, total

length 12-5 mm.

Other Specimens.—2 992, 4 juveniles, and 2 g¢ from Smithfield,

O.F.S. (S.A.M., B. 465).

The following is a description of one of the two males from

Smithfield :—

3 Colour.—Much lighter than in the 9, the markings of the legs

almost absent; teeth of inferior margin of chelicerae separated by

twice the basal width of the apical tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines; I with 1

anterior lateral, 2 posterior lateral, and 1 superior spine in addition;

II with 2 anterior lateral, 2 posterior lateral, 2 superior spines in

addition; metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines and 1

posterior lateral spine near the base.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, and 1 outer spine in

distal half, the inner and outer spines much weaker than the others;

tibia subequal to patella and much shorter than tarsus, as in fig. 15, b,

seen from in front, fig. 15,c, seen from outer side; 3 long spines on

its inner side.

Dimensions. —Length of carapace 4-2, width 4-5, total length 7-5 mm.

576 Annals of the South African Museum.

Selenops helenae n. sp. (fig. 16).

Type, 1 9, St. Helena Bay, Cape Province (S.A.M., 11717).

Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown, ornamented with minute

black specks and larger blackish spots, a tuft of white hairs above and

overhanging the anterior median

eyes; mandibles the same colour as

the carapace; abdomen above brown

with some rather ill-defined sym-

metrical darker markings; anterior

legs with brown bands, posterior

ones without.

Eyes.—Median eyes moderately

recurved, a line touching the upper

. surfaces of the anteriors passing well

Fic. 16.—Selenops helenae n. sp. below the centres of the posterior

) WELT: medians; anterior medians half, or

a little more, the diameter of the

posterior medians, a little more than their own diameter apart and a

radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians subequal to

posterior laterals; anterior medians about ? their diameter from

the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 strong subequal teeth separated

by twice their width.

Vulva asin fig. 16.

Legs.—Tibiae I and II “ue 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-5, length of abdomen 4 mm.

Other Specimens.—2 juveniles, Stompneus, St. Helena Bay (S.A.M.,

11677), and 1 adult 2 from the same locality (S8.A.M., 11666).

Selenops hesser n. sp. (fig. 17).

Type, 1 9, Matjesfontein, Cape Province (S.A.M., 1665).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown with a fine blackish marginal

border, cephalic portion darker than the thoracic portion; thoracic

stria and its radiations distinct, the remaining markings somewhat

vague; chelicerae dark reddish brown, abdomen rubbed but

apparently with a number of blackish-brown spots near the spinners;

femora of legs with ill-defined banded markings, those of the tibiae

more distinct, metatarsi dark brown.

Eyes.—Median eyes distinctly recurved, a line touching the upper

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 577

margin of the anteriors passing well below the centres of the posteriors;

anterior medians a little more than half the diameter of the posterior

medians, more than their own

diameter apart and aboutaradius

from the posterior medians;

posterior medians half the dia-

meter of the posterior laterals;

anterior medians a little less than

a diameter from the edge of the

clypeus.

Chelicerae. — Inferior margin

. Fic. 17.—Selenops hessei n. sp.

by the width of the basal tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 17.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-5, width of carapace 6-4, length

of abdomen 8-3 mm.

Other Specimens.—3 22, Matjesfontein (S.A.M., 13119); 1 2, Prince |

Albert (S.A.M., 3919).

Selenops hewitts n. sp. (fig. 18).

Types, 3 292, Grahamstown (Albany Museum).

2 Colour.—Carapace light brown with a narrow black margin; stria

and some fine radiations from it black, some spots close to the lateral

margins black, a pair of short anteriorly diverging black bars behind

the posterior median eyes; mandibles light reddish brown; abdomen

above with two transverse black recurved markings in its posterior

half, area above the spinners blackish; legs with strong black bars,

especially on the femur and base of tibia, these much fainter in the

posterior legs.

Eyes.—Anterior row strongly recurved, a line joining the upper

surfaces of the anterior medians passing well below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians $ the size of the posterior medians,

3 their own diameter apart and about half a radius from the posteriors;

posterior medians half as large as posterior laterals; anterior medians

about their radius from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large subequal teeth, 14 times

their width from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 18, a.

VOL. XXXi1, PART 6, 40

578 Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsi I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-2, total length 9-4 mm.

Other Specomens.—1 3, 2 99, Grahamstown (B. 8274, S8.A.M.); 1 2,

Grahamstown (S8.A.M., 5755). The Transvaal Museum has 2 99 from

the same locality (8280).

The following is a description of an adult 3 from Grahamstown

(5755).

3 Colour.—Carapace (bleached) light yellow-brown, thoracic stria

long and narrow, continued on to the cephalic area as a fine median

Fic. 18.—Selenops hewitti n. sp. a, 2, vulva. 0, c, tibia of pedipalp, 3,

from in front, and from outer side.

line, a few faint radiations from the stria; mandibles a little darker

than carapace; abdomen above with some ill-defined symmetrical

markings, legs apparently without spots or bands, light yellow.

Eyes.—Median eyes fairly strongly recurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing half-way between the lower

surfaces and centres of the posterior medians; anterior medians

subequal to posterior medians (more than 3 their diameter), their own

diameter apart and almost touching the posterior medians (less than

half a radius from them); posterior medians a little more than half

the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians a little less

than their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth distinctly

smaller than those of the superior margin, 14-2 their width from each

other.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral

spines on each side, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines

and without lateral spines.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 579

Pedipalp.Femur above with 1 inner, 3 superior, 0 outer spines;

patella with 1 inner basal, 1 apical and 1 basal superior spines; tibia

long and parallel-sided, subequal to or a little longer than tarsus, with

process as in fig. 18, 6, seen from in front, and fig. 18, c, from outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-8, total length 8 mm.

Selenops ammaculatus n. sp. (fig. 19).

Type, 1 3, Florida, Transvaal (S.A.M., B. 4505).

Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown, thoracic stria and some very faint

radiations from it a little darker, eyes surrounded by a blackened

area; mandibles yellow-

brown; abdomen yellow

with a few blackish brown

spots; legs without mark-

ings except for two very

faint brown bands on the

anterior tibiae.

Eyes.—Medians moder-

ately recurved, a_ line

touching the upper sur-

faces of the anteriors Fic. 19.—Selenops immaculatus n. sp. a, b, tibia

of pedipalp, g, from in front, and from outer

side.

a b

centres of the posterior |

medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter of the posterior medians,

a little less than their own diameter apart, and less than a radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians 3 the diameter of

the posterior laterals; anterior medians about 2 their diameter from

the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequal teeth separated by

14 times their width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral

spines on each side, metatarsus I and II with 3 inferior pairs and 1

lateral spine on each side.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 outer, 3 superior, and 1 inner spine in

apical half; patella with 1 outer and 1 inner spine near its base above,

_and 1 superior apical spine; process of tibia as in fig. 19, a, seen from

in front, and fig. 19, b, seen from the outer side. Tibia subequal to

patella, less than half the length of tarsus.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-9, total length 8-5 mm.

580 Annals of the South African Museum.

Selenops karroowcus n. sp. (fig. 20).

Types, 7 99, 4 $$, Hanover, Cape Province (S.A.M., 9499).

2 Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown, sides narrowly bordered

with black, ocular area blackish, thoracic portion with irregular

Fic. 20.—Selenops karrooicus n. sp. a, 2, vulva. 6, pedipalp, g. c, d, tibia

of pedipalp from outer side, and from behind.

stripes and spots, the radii from the thoracic stria blackish but in-

complete; cephalic portion bordered by narrow blackish lines and

bisected by a narrow line; mandibles reddish brown; abdomen dull

white or yellow dorsally, with symmetrical light-brown markings in

the middle line, a darker —“~-shaped transverse marking just above

the spinners. Legs yellow, strongly banded with black except on their

ventral surfaces; femora with 3 black bands, patellae with 1 basal

band, tibiae with 2 bands.

Eyes.—Medians well recurved, a line touching the upper surfaces of

the anteriors passing well below the centres of the posterior medians;

anterior medians 2 the diameter of the posterior medians, a little

more than their own diameter apart and a little less than their radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians half or a little less

than half the diameter of posterior laterals; anterior medians 2 their

diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

‘Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth separated by

their basal width. |

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 581

_ Abdomen large, subquadrate, truncate anterior and posteriorly,

wider behind than in front.

Vulva as in fig. 20, a.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-6, width 6-6, total length

17-4 mm.

3 Colour much lighter than in 9, legs without strong black bands.

Inferior margin of chelicerae with 2 teeth, the apical one a little

larger, 1} times its width from the basal tooth. Eyes as in 9.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 inferior pairs of spines and 2 lateral

spines on their posterior surfaces (occasionally also on the anterior

surfaces); sometimes in addition 1 or 2 superior spines; anterior

metatarsi with or without 1—2.lateral spines on their posterior surfaces

and 3 pairs of inferior spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, but no outer spine

in apical half; tibia subequal to patella, much shorter than tarsus,

with 2 long spines on its inner surface; apophysis of tibia bilobed

as in fig. 20, b, seen from in front, fig. 20, c, seen from the outer side,

and fig. 20, d, seen from behind.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:6, width 5-2, total length

9 mm.

Other Specumens.—From the same locality, 1 2, 1 3 (S.A.M., 11945);

2 3 (S.A.M., 11875); 1 9 (S.A.M., 11853); from Naauwpoort, 3 36,

5 99 (B. 1594, 8.A.M.).

Selenops lesserti n. sp. (fig. 21).

Type, 1 3, Touws River, Worcester, Cape Province (S.A.M., B. 7541).

Colour.—Carapace orange-yellow with the thoracic stria and its

radiations a little darker; mandibles much darker than carapace,

reddish brown; abdomen light yellow-brown above, with minute

scattered black dots and a wavy transverse black stripe above the

spinners; legs apparently without markings or bands of any kind.

Eyes,—Medians not strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians about ? the diameter of the

posterior medians, a little less than their own diameter apart, and

about half a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians

half or even less the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians a little more than their radius from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 strong equal-sized teeth separ-

ated by 1-14 times their basal width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of extremely long inferior spines,

582 Annals of the South African Museum.

2 lateral spines on each side, and 3 superior spines in proximal half;

metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of long inferior spines and 2 lateral

spines on each side in proximal half.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 3 superior, 1 outer spines in distal

half; patella without spines; tibia shorter than either patella or

tarsus, with processes as in

fig. 21, a, seen from in front,

and fig. 21, b, seen from the

outer side. Pedipalp unusu-

ally large for a species of

Group B.

Dimensions. — Length of

carapace 5-2, total length

10-2 mm.

Selenops lignicolus Lawrence.

S. lignicolus Lawrence.

Ann. Natal Mus:, vol) vu,

pt. 2, p. 239; tsa

1937.

The types were described

from Hluhluwe, Zululand,

Fic. 21.—Selenops lesserti n. sp. a, pedipalp, and were based on 2 0° and

6, from in front. 6, tibia of pedipalp

from outer side. a gd specimen.

Selenops longipes n. sp. (fig. 22).

Types, 2 99, 1immature 3, Johannesburg (S.A.M., 150495).

Colour.—Specimens somewhat bleached. Carapace light yellow-

brown with indistinct spots and mottling, boundaries of cephalic

area and stria a little darker, areas surrounding the eyes blackish,

mandibles not darker than carapace; abdomen above with indistinct

spots and mottling in the anterior half, two black bow-shaped trans-

verse bars in posterior half; legs with indistinct blackish brown

bands, those at the bases of the anterior tibiae and femora well defined.

Eyes.—Medians forming a weakly recurved row, a line joining the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing through or just below the

centres of the posterior medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter of

the posterior medians, their own diameter apart, and a little less than

a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians about ? the

diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians a little less than

their diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 583

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate subequal teeth

(smaller than those of the superior margin), separated by twice their

width.

Vulva as in fig. 22.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4-7, total length 9-5 mm.

Other Speciomens.—1 9, Johannesburg (8.A.M., 4206).

Fig. 22.—Selenops longipes n. sp. Fig. 23.—Selenops maculosus n. sp.

Q, vulva. Q, vulva.

Selenops maculosus, n. sp. (fig. 23).

Types, 2 99, Willowmore District (S.A.M., 12931).

Colour.—Carapace with well-defined radiations from the thoracic

stria and crenulated submarginal bands, a well-defined but narrow

blackish marginal marking; mandibles reddish brown with some

darker markings; abdomen above dirty yellow, with some ill-defined

brownish spots and a number of minute dots scattered over its surface;

legs with fairly well-defined bands.

Eyes.—Median eyes well recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing half-way between the centres and the

lower surfaces of the posteriors; anterior medians # the size of the

posterior medians, a little more than their own diameter apart, and

less than their radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians

half the diameter of posterior laterals; anterior medians about a

radius from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large subequal teeth separated

by a little less than their basal width.

584 _ Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 23.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4-7, width 5-3, length of abdomen

6-4 mm.

Other Specimens.—4 99, Beaufort West (B. 1634, B. 1930, S.A.M.).

Selenops minor un. sp. (fig. 24).

Types, 12,1 3, Empangeni, Zululand (T.M., 6389).

2 Colour.—Carapace brown with a very broad blackish-brown

marginal band, crenulated along its inner margin and including some

a b c

Fic. 24.—Selenops minor n. sp. a, 9, vulva. 6, c, tibia of pedipalp, 3,

from in front, and from outer side.

light brown spots; the lighter inner portion of the carapace without

distinct radiations from the thoracic stria, a V-shaped blackish

marking behind the eyes, the cephalic portion with a narrow blackish

margin; mandibles blackish brown; abdomen blackish, variegated

with a few symmetrically arranged lighter spots, a large pair just

anterior to the posterior margin, some minute black spots at the sides

of the under surface; femora of legs with only one complete well-

defined band in the middle, the other two bands represented by

blotches and spots.

Eyes.—Median eyes recurved but not strongly so, a line touching

the upper surfaces of the anteriors passing below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians 3 the posterior medians, a little

less than their own diameter apart, and a radius from the posterior

medians; posterior medians about ? the diameter of the posterior

laterals; anterior medians about a radius from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 strong subequal teeth separated

by their basal width.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 585

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines, metatarsus

I and IJ with 3 pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 24, a.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-1, width 3-4, length of abdomen

4-2 mm.

$ Colour as in the 2 but a little lighter, legs without black bands;

tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral spines on

their posterior surfaces; metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior

spines and no lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 outer, 1-2 superior, and 1 inner spine in

apical half; patella with 1 or 2 spines; tibia shorter than patella and

about half the length of tarsus, with 4 superior spines; tibial apophysis

as in fig. 24, b, seen from in front, as in fig. 24, c, seen from the outer

side.

Dimensions.—Total length 5-2 mm.

Selenops minutus n. sp. (fig. 25).

Type, 1 3, Grahamstown (8.A.M., B. 2409).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, with some confused submarginal

markings, thoracic stria continued as a V-shaped marking, cephalic

area divided by a very faint narrow blackish

stripe, eyes surrounded by blackened areas;

mandibles reddish brown; abdomen light

brown, a broad, sharply defined, procurved

band above the spinners, this transverse

band whitish and contrasting strongly with

the remainder of abdomen; legs with some ,. 5B gee gia

confused mottlings but no definite bands. n. sp. Tibia of pedipalp,

Eyes.—Medians not strongly recurved, a a = i. Atk Lt

line touching the upper surfaces of the

anteriors passing well below the centres of the posterior medians;

anterior medians 14 times their own diameter apart and a radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians 2 the diameter of the

posterior laterals; anterior medians a little less than a diameter from

the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate equal-sized teeth,

2-3 times their width from each other.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines; no lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with | inner apical and 3 superior spines, patella

without spines; tibia much shorter than tarsus but subequal to the

586 Annals of the South African Museum.

patella, external process seen from in front as in fig. 25, b, from outer

side as in fig. 25, a.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 2:3, total length 5-2 mm.

Selenops namaquensis n. sp. (fig. 26).

Types, 1 9,1 3, Lekkersing, Little Namaqualand (S.A.M., B. 8493).

2 Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown, the cuneiform thoracic

stria with fine long black radiations from 11, a short black bar behind

Fic. 26.—Selenops namaquensis n. sp. a, 2, vulva. 5, ¢, tibia of pedipalp, 3,

from outer side, and from in front.

each posterior lateral eye, an indistinct row of brown submarginal

dots; mandibles a little darker than carapace; abdomen above light

brown, darker posteriorly, with minute scattered black dots and a few

large symmetrical spots above the spinners; legs differing from all

the other species of this group in having one instead of two black

bands on the tibiae, occupying the basal two-thirds of the segment,

femora with vague brownish blotches; sides of patellae black, the

remainder brown; anterior metatarsi black, the posterior ones lighter.

Eyes.—Medians weakly recurved, a line touching the upper surfaces

of the anteriors passing through or a little below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians half the diameter of the posterior

medians, a little more than their own diameter apart, and a radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians half or even a little

less the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians # their

diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large equal-sized teeth, their

basal width from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 26, a.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5, anterior metatarsi with 3 inferior

pairs of spines.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 587

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4-8, total length 11 mm.

3S Colour in general yellow; mandibles dark reddish brown, con-

trasting strongly with the carapace; abdomen above with minute

scattered black dots; legs yellow, anterior metatarsi distinctly darker

than remaining segments.

Eyes as in 9, the anterior medians a little less than their diameter

apart, and less than their radius from the posterior medians; posterior

medians less than half the diameter of the posterior laterals.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth, 2-23 times

their basal width from each other.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5 pairs of inferior spines, 2 lateral

spines on each side, and 3 superior spines; anterior metatarsi with

3 inferior pairs of spines, and 2 lateral spines on each side.

Pedipalp.—Femur above with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, and 1 outer

spine in apical half; patella with 3-4 long setae; tibia with 4 long

spines, 1 outer and 3 inner; tibia longer than patella but distinctly

shorter than tarsus, with the external process as in fig. 26, c, seen from

in front, and fig. 26, 6, seen from outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:8 mm., total length 9-2 mm.

Selenops pococki n. sp. (fig. 27).

Type, 1 3, Lydenburg, Transvaal (T.M., 2372).

Colour.—Carapace dark brown with numerous darker spots and

radiations, ocular area black; mandibles a little darker than carapace;

abdomen yellow’ with

blackish-brown symme-

trical markings; legs with

weak, ill-defined, and

confused markings, those

of the femora strongest,

those of the posterior legs

almost obsolete. a b

Eyes.—Median eyes not Fic. 27.—Selenops pococki n. sp. Tibia of pedi-

palp, g. a, from in front, and b, from outer side.

strongly recurved, a line

touching the upper surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below

the centres of the posterior medians; anterior medians a little more

than half the diameter of the posterior medians, their own diameter

apart, and about half a radius from the posterior medians; posterior

medians a little more than half the diameter of the posterior laterals;

anterior medians 2 their diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

588 Annals of the South African Museum.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal one a little

larger, 14 times its width from the other tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines, 2 lateral

spines on each side, and 3 superior spines; metatarsus I and II with

3 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral spines on each side.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, and 1 outer spine in

distal half, patella and tibia with long spine-like setae; tibia dis-

tinctly shorter than patella and much shorter than tarsus, with its

external apophysis as in fig. 27, a, seen from in front, fig. 27, b, seen

from outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4-2, total length 9-4 mm.

This species closely resembles S. minor, from Empangeni, Zululand,

in the tibial apophysis of the $ pedipalp.

Selenops purcelli n. sp. (fig. 28).

Type, 1 2, Montagu Baths, Cape Province (S.A.M., 12675).

Colour.—Specimen probably rather faded. Carapace yellow-

brown with a blackish marginal border, thoracic stria brown, a

number of short blackish stripes near

the lateral margins directed towards,

but not connected with the stria,

cephalic portion defined posteriorly by

a blackish V-shaped marking; from

posterior apex of cephalic portion to

just behind the anterior median eyes

a very fine black stripe bisecting the

ae a ro carapace; mandible with 2 or 3 longi-

“n.sp. 9, vulva. tudinal blackish stripes; abdomen

blackish brown above, rather rubbed,

but with a clearly defined broad V-shaped marking above the

spinners; legs with large black blotches on the antero-inferior

surfaces of the anterior femora, and wide brown bands on the tibia,

these markings becoming fainter in the posterior legs.

Eyes.—Medians strongly recurved, a line joining the upper surface

of the anterior medians passing a little above the lower surfaces of

the posterior medians; anterior medians 3 as large as posterior

medians, 14 times their own diameter apart, and a little less than

their radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians equal

to the posterior laterals in size; anterior medians a little less than

their diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 589

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 rather small subequal teeth,

separated by about 14 times their width.

Vulva as in fig. 28.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-1, total length 8 mm.

Selenops schonlandi Pocock (fig. 29).

Saeschonland: Pocock. A.M.N.H., ser. 7, vol. x, p. 22, pl. im,

fig. 15, 1902.

The 9 type was from Jansenville, Cape Province.

cephalic portion a little darker than thoracic portion, a crenulated

submarginal marking on _ thoracic

portion blending anteriorly with the

darker cephalic portion; thoracic stria

cuneiform and dark, with fine blackish

radiations, cephalic portion bisected

by a fine black line, a branch from

the middle of this line running to

the base of each posterior median

eye; mandibles as dark as the Fic. 29.—Selenops schonlandi

cephalic area; abdomen above thickly acne years

covered with blackish-brown symmetrical blotches and markings,

the sides more dotted, a broad transverse bow-shaped light mark-

ing above the spinners, separated from them by a black wavy

transverse bar; legs with strong black bands, as strong on the

posterior as on the anterior legs, the bands on the lower surfaces

of femora tending to coalesce, forming a continuous stripe in

femur IV.

Eyes.—Median eyes not strongly recurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anterior passing a little below the centres of

the posterior medians; anterior medians a little more than half the

' diameter of the posterior medians, a little less than their own dia-

meter apart, and more than half a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians half the diameter of posterior laterals which are

very large and prominent; anterior medians 3 their diameter from

the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large equal-sized teeth, twice

their basal width from each other.

590 Annals of the South African Museum.

Vulva as in fig. 29. Pocock’s figure apparently does not represent

the colouring correctly.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 5, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:2, total length 12-8 mm.; a

smaller adult specimen with total length 10-4 mm.

Specomens.—3 99, Graaff Reinet, Cape Province (8.A.M., 12573).

Pocock also records it from Pearston and Graaff Reinet.

Selenops smithersi n. sp. (fig. 30).

Type, 1 3, Morigate, Basutoland (S.A.M., 14424).

Colour.—Carapace yellow, variegated with brown markings, a

narrow black marginal border; mandibles a little darker than the

carapace; abdomen above mottled

brown, ornamented with numerous

blackish blotches and dots; legs

with faint irregular markings and

bands.

Eyes.—Median eyes not strongly

recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing

panes just below the centres of the pos-

Fic. 30.—Selenops smithersi n. sp. : : : :

Tibia of pedipalp, g. a, from in terior medians; anterior medians

front, and 6, from outer side. 2 the diameter of the posterior

medians, their own diameter or slightly less apart, and half a radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians half the diameter of

the posterior laterals; anterior medians 2 their diameter from the

edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal one a little

smaller, separated by 2-24 times the width of the apical tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of inferior spines and 1 lateral

outer spine near the base, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior

spines but without lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur above with 1 inner, 3 superior, 1 outer spines in

its distal half; patella with 1 inner and 1 superior apical spine; tibia

with some long spines on the inner side near its base; tibia distinctly

shorter than patella or tarsus, as in fig. 30, a, seen from in front, and

fig. 30, 6, seen from the outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-2, total length 6 mm.

a b

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 591

Selenops thorner un. sp. (fig. 31).

Type, 1 2, Cedarberg Mts., Cape Province (S.A.M., 5867).

Colour.—Carapace light yellow-brown, a broad margin on each side

a little darker, thoracic stria and boundaries of cephalic area clearly

defined, the latter bisected by a fine dark

line; mandibles infuscated near their apices

on anterior surface; abdomen infuscated

above, becoming darker posteriorly, a narrow

median light stripe in anterior two thirds,

and two small, well-defined, circular, whitish

patches above the spinners, each containing

a minute brown dot; legs without bands but

almost the entire anterior surface of femur

I (less so in remaining femora) blackish Fic. 31.—Selenops thornei

brown. n.sp. Q, vulva.

Eyes.—Median eyes moderately recurved, a line touching the lower

surfaces of the anteriors passing below the centres of the posterior

medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter of posterior medians, their

own diameter apart, and less aie a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians fully equal to the posterior laterals in size; anterior

medians a diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal distinctly

larger than the apical one, separated by twice the width of the basal

tooth.

Vulva as in fig. 31.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 5 pairs of weak inferior spines, metatarsus

T and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 2-4, total length 7-3 mm.

SUB-GROUP Bs.

Key to the species of Selenops with 6 pairs of inferior tibial spines.

92.

1. Vulva with distinct lateral sclerites divided by a median septum . Oe

Vulva without lateral sclerites, usually a large plate with rounded opening 6.

2. Vulva with a broad median septum . ; : : : - kraussi.

Vulva with a narrow median septum ; é : : : a.

3. Anterior median eyes more than their diameter apes Z . braunsi.

Anterior median eyes less than their diameter apart . , ; ee Ae

4. Lateral sclerites almost touching in middle line . : : - montanus.

Lateral sclerites further apart .. ; : 3 : : : SB!

592 Annals of the South African Museum.

5. Anterior medians subequal to posterior medians . ' : - capensis,

Anterior medians half the diameter of posterior medians. sexspinatus,

6. Teeth of inferior margin of chelicerae 4 times their width from each other

regalis.

Teeth of inferior margin of chelicerae nearer to each other . : AAC

7. Vulval plate not longer than wide and not subquadrate ‘ : ; 8.

Vulval plate longer than wide, subquadrate ‘ ; A ; : 2:

8. Inferior teeth of chelicerae their width apart ‘ é : . stauntoni.

Inferior teeth of chelicerae 3 times their width apart . ; . amatolae.

9. Vulval plate a little longer than wide P ; E ; : ae 10;

Vulval plate considerably longer than wide ; . ; ‘ sy ML

10. Vulva with a subquadrate anterior opening ; ; ; . tuckerv.

Vulva without such an opening : : : : ‘ . reservatus.

11. Opening of vulva rounded : : : : é . barbertonensis.

Opening of vulva not rounded . : ‘ : : . __ transvaalicus.

dd.

1. Femur of pedipalp not longer than patella+tibia, with a patch of spines on

its inferior surface : ‘ ; : ; : ; . stridulans.

Femur of pedipalp longer than patella tibia, without a patch of spines on its

inferior surface . : : ; : , ‘ : , : 2.

2, Anterior tibiae with 2 lateral spines on each side ‘ ; : Sie merch

Anterior tibiae without lateral spines on each side , : : i a Ae

3. Anterior metatarsi with lateral spines , : : : fitezsimonsi.

Anterior metatarsi without lateral spines . : : : . stauntoni.

4. Tibia of pedipalp less than half length of tarsus . : : : - gullr.

Tibia of pedipalp more than half length of tarsus : , . capensis.

Selenops amatolae n. sp. (fig. 32).

Type, 1 9, Hogsback, Amatola Mts., Cape Province (S.A.M., 2416).

Colour.—Carapace finely bordered with black, dark brown with

long blackish radiations from the thoracic stria, the latter appearing

as a wedge-shaped dark marking pointed posteriorly; mandibles

similar in colour to carapace; abdomen above rubbed; femora and

tibiae of anterior legs with broad brown bands.

Eyes.—Medians moderately recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors would cut a small portion of the posterior

medians; anterior medians 2 the diameter of posterior medians, a

little more than their own diameter apart, and a full radius from the

posterior medians; the oval anterior laterals unusually large and

conspicuous; posterior medians subequal to the posterior laterals;

anterior medians less than their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate subequal teeth

separated by almost 3 times their width.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 593

Vulva as in fig, 32.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6 pairs of strong and very long spines

(the longest about a third the length of tibia I), metatarsus I and II

with 3 pairs of even longer spines (the longest about half the length of

metatarsus I).

Fig. 32.—Selenops amatolae n. sp. Fic. 33.—Selenops barber-

9, vulva. tonensis n. sp. &, vulva.

Selenops barbertonensis n. sp. (fig. 33).

Type, 1 2, Barberton, Transvaal (S.A.M., 4194).

Colour.—Carapace light brown with spots and dashes of brown,

thoracic radiations faint, thoracic stria and sides of cephalic area

defined by brown stripes, cephalic area bisected by a faint median

stripe, which at half-way gives off a branch to each posterior median

eye; mandibles light brown, their inner apices darkened; abdomen

light brown, finely speckled with some larger indistinct bars and spots;

legs in general with irregular blotches and dots, femora with an

inferior fuscous longitudinal stripe, anterior tibiae with well-defined

blackish bands.

Eyes.—Medians fairly strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anterior medians passing about half-way between the

centres and the lower surfaces of the posterior medians; anterior

medians about half the diameter of the posterior medians, their

diameter apart, and less than a radius from the posterior medians;

posterior medians 2 the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior

medians a little less than a diameter from the edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth separated by

13-2 their width.

— Vulva as in fig. 33.

VOL. XXXIt,; PART 6, 4]

594 Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-9, total length 8-4 mm.

Other Specimens.—2 9°, between Badplaats and Barberton, Trans-

vaal (N.M., 2468).

Selenops braunsi n. sp. (fig. 34).

Type, 1 2, Willowmore, Cape Province (8.A.M., 12911, Coll. H.

Brauns).

Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown, thoracic stria well defined,

with some fine lines radiating from it, a line from the stria bisecting

the cephalic area and bifurcating

behind the anterior median eyes;

mandibles a little darker than

carapace; abdomen rubbed, yellow

above but with some darker spots

and blotches above the spinners;

legs with the dark bands very

faint, almost invisible.

Eyes.—Medians moderately re-

curved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing

Fic. 34.—Selenops brawnsi n. sp. half-way between the centres and

2, vulva. the lower surfaces of the posterior

medians; anterior medians half the

diameter of the posterior medians, a little more than their own

diameter apart, and a radius from the posterior medians; posterior

medians § the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians a

little less than their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequal teeth (smaller than

those of the superior margin), separated by 3 times their width.

Vulva as in fig. 34. |

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5:3, total length 12 mm.

Selenops capensis n. sp. (fig. 35).

Types, 19,1 3, Cape Town (S.A.M., 8970).

2 Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown with darker radi from the

thoracic stria, cephalic portion a little darker than thoracic portion;

mandibles reddish brown; abdomen above yellow-brown with small

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 595

scattered blackish dots, darker towards the posterior apex, especially

at the sides and just above the spinners; legs not strongly banded,

tibiae with 2 light and 2 dark bands.

Eyes.—Medians fairly strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors passing through the centres of the posterior

Fic. 35.—Selenops capensis n. sp. a, normal, and 6, abnormal, form of vulva, 9.

c, d, tibia of pedipalp, 3, from in front, and from outer side.

medians; anterior medians a little smaller than posterior medians, a

little less than their own diameter apart, their radius from the posterior

medians; posterior medians half the diameter of the posterior

laterals; anterior medians their radius or a little more from the

edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth separated by more than

the width of the apical tooth, the basal a little smaller than the apical

tooth.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6 pairs of inferior spines, metatarsus I

and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines.

Vulva as in fig. 35,a. This is the usual type of structure found in

this species, while fig. 35, b, represents an abnormal form from the

same locality (Signal Hill, Cape Town).

596 Annals of the South African Museum.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6, width 6-6, length of abdomen

7-8 mm.

3 Colour and eyes as in the description of the 9; chelicerae with

the two teeth of the inferior margin distant 3-4 times the width of

the apical tooth from each other. Tibia and metatarsus of anterior

legs without lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Tibia about 3 the length of tarsus and subequal to

patella, seen from in front as in fig. 35, c, seen from outer side as in

fig. 35,d. Dorsal surface of femur with a spine in the middle and a

transverse row of 3-4 spines between this spine and the apex of

segment; tibia with 3 stout spines on its inner surface.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6-3, width 6-8, total length

13-3 mm.

Other Localitves.—2 99, Kalk Bay (S8.A.M., 1173 and 4602); 1 9,

Steenbraas River, Gordons Bay (8.A.M., 3348); 3 99, Sir Lowry’s

- Pass, Somerset West (S.A.M., 6072); 1 3, 2 99, Clifton, Cape Penin-

sula (S.A.M., 4181); 1 9, Table Mountain (S.A.M., 4602); 1 2, Her-

manus (S8.A.M., 8488); 2 92, Matroosberg Mountains (4000-6000 ft.)

(S.A.M., 3454); 2 99, Kirstenbosch, Cape Town (B. 8305-8306,

S.A.M.).

Selenops fitzsimonsi n. sp. (fig. 36).

Type, 1 3, Barberton, Transvaal (T.M., 2439).

Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown, without radiations from thoracic

stria, a lighter parallel-sided broad yellow area behind the eyes as

a wide as the ocular row,

bisected by the stria

which is continued as a

brown stripe on to the

cephalic area; the broad

median area of carapace

bordered at the sides by

a wavy brown line; eyes

Fic. 36.—Selenops fitzsimonsi n. sp. Tibia of dado leks

pedipalp, ¢. @, from in front, and 6, from SUfTounde ¥ ack;

outer side. mandibles yellow, with

a blackish-brown stripe of uniform width along their inner anterior

margins; abdomen yellow above with a few indistinct brown mark-

ings ; under surface and legs yellow, legs without black bands.

Eyes.—Median eyes fairly strongly recurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors, passing a little below the centres of

the posterior medians; anterior medians about 3 the diameter of

~—

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 597

posterior medians, less than their own diameter apart, and almost

touching the posterior medians (less than 4 their radius from them);

posterior medians ? the diameter of ere: laterals; anterior

medians their radius from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate subequal teeth,

separated by more than twice their basal width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral

spines on each side, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines

and 2 lateral spines on each side.

Pedipalp.—Femur above with 1 spine in the middle and a trans-

verse row of 4 spines between this spine and apex of segment; patella

above with 2 spines, tibia with 4 spines above. Tibia with two

widely separated processes, as in fig. 36, a, seen from in front, and

fig. 36, 6, seen from the outer side. Palp in general resembling that

of minor from Empangeni, Zululand, to which this species is allied.

Dimensions. wbety of carapace 3-8, width of carapace 4-2, total

length 8-6 mm.

Selenops gilli n. sp. (fig. 37).

Types, 2 33, Hell’s Gate, Uitenhage, Cape Province (S.A.M.,

8448).

Colour.—Specimens doubtlessly bleached. Carapace light reddish

brown, a little darker anteriorly, thoracic stria brown, with some fine

long radiating lines from it,

cephalic area bisected by a light

brown line which is duplicated

for most of its length; man-

dibles a little darker than cara-

pace; abdomen above with some

brown spots and wavy cross-bars

over most of its surface, near its

posterior extremity a transverse,

procurved, fairly broad black Fic. 37.—Selenops gilli n. sp. Tibia of

stripe, followed behind by a pedipalp, g. a, from in front, and

slightly broader light transverse o,tnom outer side:

marking; legs yellow entirely without spots or dark bands. _

Eyes.—Medians moderately recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anterior medians passing a little below the centres

of the posterior medians; anterior medians % the diameter of the

posterior medians, a little less than their own diameter apart, and a

little less than a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians

598 . Annals of the South African Museum.

about # the diameter of a posterior lateral; anterior medians a radius

from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate equal-sized teeth

(distinctly smaller than those of the superior margin), separated by

3-34 times their width.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines; no lateral spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner, 2 superior, 1 outer spine near apex;

patella with a superior apical spine; tibia subequal to patella and

less than half the length of tarsus, with outer process seen from

in front as in fig. 37, a, and from the outer side as in fig. 37, b.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-5, total length 6-8 mm.

Selenops krausst Pocock.

S. krausst Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. u, p. 350, fig. 3, 1898.

The type came from “‘Cape Colony” and was based on an adult 9.

It is without doubt closely allied to S. capensis, but differs from it in

the general form of the vulva, which has a wider median area

between the lateral lobes.

Selenops monianus n. sp. (fig. 38).

Type, 1 2, Clanwilliam, Cape Province (S.A.M., 5347).

Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown with distinct radii from the

thoracic stria, one of these passing straight forwards and terminating

behind the median eyes; areas

surrounding the eyes _ blackish;

mandibles reddish brown, a little

darker than the carapace; abdomen

above with a number of minute

brown dots becoming more numerous

posteriorly, otherwise uniformly

light yellow; legs with black bands

on tibiae, more distinct on the

anterior legs, femora without mark-

ee ings except at the base below.

Fic. 38.—Selenops montanus n. sp. Hyes.—Median eyes moderately

2, vulva. recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors, passing well

below the centres of the posterior medians; anterior medians % the

diameter of the posterior medians, a little less than their own diameter

apart, and less than a radius from the posterior medians; posterior

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 599

medians $ the diameter of the posterior laterals; anterior medians

little more than a radius from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate subequal teeth

separated by twice their width.

Vulva as in fig. 38.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6 pairs of extremely long and strong

inferior spines; metatarsus I and II with 3 similar pairs of spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 6-3, total length 14-5 mm.

Other Specimens.—1 9, Gt. Winterhoek Mts., 4000-5000 ft. (S.A.M.,

2731 and 2828); 2 99, Matroosberg Monrtamae (S.A.M., 3454 and

3519) (S.W. Cape Province).

The mandibles much swollen and rounded in this species which is

closely allied to S. capensis, differing from it, however, in the form of

the vulva.

Selenops regalis n. sp. (fig. 39).

Type, 1 9, Knysna, Cape Province (N.M., 1910), coll. Rex.

Colour.—Carapace brown, a roughly circular patch in the middle

of the posterior half much lighter, a few fine radiations from the

thoracic stria, eyes surrounded by a

blackened area; mandibles dark

reddish brown, much darker than

carapace; abdomen above mottled

brown; all legs with well-defined

and distinct dark bands on both

femora and tibiae.

Eyes.—Medians weakly recurved,

a line touching the upper surfaces

of the anteriors passing below the

centres of the posterior medians; Ree es ee ae i ia

anterior medians ? the diameter of

the ae medians, a little more than their own diameter apart,

and about 2 their diameter from the posterior medians; posterior

medians Edius to posterior laterals; anterior medians a little less.

than their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 subequal teeth, far removed

from each other by about 4 times their basal width, or the distance

between the basal and the apical tooth of the superior margin.

Vulva as in fig. 39. |

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 6, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

600 Annals of the South African Museum.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5:4, width 5-5, length of abdomen

6-5 mm.

Selenops reservatus Lawrence.

S. reservatus Lawrence. Ann. Natal Mus., vol. vi, pt. 2, p. 241,

text-fig. 15, 1937.

The type was described from Hluhluwe, Zululand, and was based

on an adult 9.

Selenops sexspinatus n. sp. (fig. 40).

Type, 1 2, Concordia, Little Namaqualand (S.A.M., 5353).

Colour.—Specimen doubtlessly much bleached. Carapace light

yellow-brown, darker anteriorly than posteriorly; thoracic stria, the

boundaries of the cephalic area, and

the areas surrounding the eyes

brown, darker than the remainder;

_ radiations from the stria faint;

* mandibles light reddish brown,

? darker than the carapace but not

darker than the areas surrounding

the eyes; abdomen above bleached

Fic. 40.—Selenops sexspinatus n. sp. or rubbed, yellow; all legs with

2, vulva. distinct bands, especially on the

tibiae.

Hyes.—Medians fairly strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surface of the anterior medians cutting the posterior medians a little

above their inferior surfaces; anterior medians half or less than half

the posterior medians in size, their own diameter or a little less apart,

and 4 their radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians 2

the diameter of the posterior laterals or a little less. Anterior medians

their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large subequal teeth, a little

less than twice their width from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 40.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5, length of abdomen 9-3 mm.

Selenops stauntont Pocock.

S. stauntont Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. x, p. 330, 1902.

S. elusus Lawrence. Ann. Natal Mus., vol. viii, pt. 2, p. 242,

text-fig. 16, a—c, 1937.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 601

The type which was based on an adult 9, came from Durban. No

figure was given of the vulva. Various localities are given for the

species by Lawrence in “Ann. Natal Mus.,” vol. vii, pt. 3, p. 492,

1938.

The South African Museum has it from Kentani (13079), Bashee

River (13103), Grahamstown (B. 5691), and East London (2441).

Selenops stridulans n. sp. (fig. 41).

Type, 1 3, Steinkopf, Little Namaqualand (S.A.M., B. 8852).

Colour.—Carapace pale yellow, almost without markings, a few

indistinct darker spots near the lateral margin, a dark bar behind each

Fic. 41.—Selenops stridulans n. sp. a, 6, tibia of pedipalp ¢, from in front, and

from outer side. c, femur of pedipalp, outer and inferior surface.

posterior lateral eye containing two spines; eyes surrounded by large

black areas; mandibles pale yellow, the inner two-thirds of their

anterior surfaces somewhat darkened; abdomen yellow, a few minute

spots at the sides of the posterior extremity; legs yellow with a few

indistinct blackish spots and stripes. _

Eyes.—Median eyes strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors, passing a little above the lower surfaces

of the posterior medians; anterior medians half or a little less than

half the diameter of the posterior medians, a little less than their

own diameter apart, and less than half a radius from the posterior

medians; posterior medians about half the diameter of posterior

laterals; anterior medians 4—3 their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 moderate teeth, the basal

one a little larger than the apical one and separated from it by its

own basal width.

602 Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6 pairs of inferior spines, some of them

extremely long, 2 lateral spines on each side and 4-5 superior spines;

metetarsus I and II with 3 pairs of inferior spines and 2 lateral spines

on each side in basal half.

Pedipalp.—Femur differing from those of all other species of the

genus 1n being short and globose (equal to, or a little shorter than the

combined patella and tibia, while in other species it is distinctly

longer and subparallel), and in having a patch of strong black spines

and teeth on the outer side of the inferior surface (text-fig. 41, c).

This perhaps represents a stridulating organ, as the inner surface of

the trochanter of leg I also bears a fairly large number of minute

chitinous teeth and spines which may represent the opposing surface

of friction. Femur with 1 inner, 1-2 superior, and 1 outer spine in

basal half, patella with 1 inner and 2 superior spines, the distal one

the stronger, tibia with 2 unusually strong inner spines and | superior

spine; tibial apophysis as in fig. 41, a, seen from in front, and fig.

41, 6, seen from the outer side.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4, total length 7-8 mm.

This species is characterised by the large number of strong spines

on the legs and pedipalp, and by the peculiar patch of short spines

and teeth on the pedipalp femur.

Selenops transvaalicus n. sp. (fig. 42).

Types, 2 99, Lydenburg, N.W. Transvaal (S.A.M., 13171).

Colour.—Carapace reddish brown, cephalic portion hardly darker

than the rest, with a trident-shaped marking in the middle behind

the median eyes; thoracic portion with the radiations of the stria

ill-defined, each bearing a blackish dot in the middle, a few brown

dots near the marginal border which is not well defined; mandibles

reddish brown with a narrow black stripe along their inner margin

and an apical black marking; abdomen with some large ill-defined

blackish-brown markings above; legs with weak and ill-defined

dark bands.

Eyes.—Median row not strongly recurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below the centres of

the posterior medians; anterior medians half as large as posterior

medians, their own diameter apart, and less than a radius from the

posterior medians; posterior medians 2 the diameter of the posterior

laterals; anterior medians a little less than their diameter from the

edge of the clypeus.

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 603

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth, 13-2 their

width from each other.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

inferior spines. ,

Vulva as in fig. 42.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4:8, width of carapace 5-5, total

length 11-4 mm.

Other Specimens.—1 92, Lydenburg (S.A.M., 13555); 1 9, Komati-

poort, KE. Transvaal (8.A.M., B. 4363).

Fic. 42.—Selenops transvaalicus n. sp. Fic. 43.—Selenops tuckert

Q, vulva. n.sp. 9, vulva.

Selenops tuckeri nu. sp. (fig. 43).

Type, 1 2, Junction of Crocodile and Marico Rivers, Transvaal

(S420 1B. 3718), Coll., R. W. Tucker.

Colour.—Carapace light reddish brown with indistinct markings,

thoracic stria and sides of the cephalic area darker, a faint stripe in

the middle of the cephalic area bifurcating half-way between the eyes

and the stria, eyes surrounded by black areas; mandibles lighter than

the carapace except on their inner anterior surfaces; abdomen light

yellow with symmetrical brown markings; legs without bands

except for 3 on inferior surface of femur I, and some fainter ones on

inferior surface of femur II.

Eyes.—Median eyes moderately procurved, a line touching the

upper surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below the centres of

the posterior medians; anterior medians } the diameter of posterior

medians, their own diameter or slightly more apart, and a radius

from the posterior medians; posterior medians subequal to the

604 Annals of the South African Museum.

posterior laterals; anterior medians 2 their diameter from the edge

of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth, the basal distinctly

larger than the apical one, separated by 14 times the width of the

basal tooth.

Vulva as in fig. 438.

Legs.—Tibia I and II with 6, metatarsus I and II with 3 pairs of

long inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-6, total length 10-3 mm.

SUB-GROUP By.

Key to the species of Selenops with 7 pairs of inferior tibial spines.

29.

1. Vulval plate large, black, subquadrate : ; : : - spencert.

~ -Vulval plate not large or black . : : : : 2.

2. Vulva with lateral lobes partly meeting in ‘ie nals fine : - : 3.

Vulva without lateral lobes meeting in the middle line . ‘ : ge es

3. Total body length 18 mm. . ! : : : : : . basutus.

Total body length 9 mm. . : ; ; 3 ; : rubicundus.

4, Plate of vulva wider than long . : : : : : . decoratus.

Plate of vulva longer than wide . Avie ls ‘ : . septemspinatus.

3S.

1. Apophysis of pedipalp tibia with 2 processes 5 : 2 . decoratus.

Apophysis of pedipalp tibia with 4-5 processes. Br) ate

2. Apophysis of pedipalp tibia with 5 processes, the Inter process bifimeato

septemspinatus.

Apophysis of pedipalp with 4 processes, the lateral process not bifurcate 3.

3. No angular prominence at base of pedipalp tarsus : , - whiteae.

An angular prominence at base of pedipalp tarsus : : . marshalli.

Selenops basutus Pocock.

S. basutus Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. vii, p. 288, 1901.

The type was based on a 2 from Teyateyaneng in Basuotland.

No figure was given of the vulva. The species is unusual for its

large size, 18 mm. in total length.

Selenops decoratus n. sp. (fig. 44).

Types, 5 99, 1 3, Ingwavuma, Zululand (N.M., 2422 and 2424).

2 Coleur.—Carapace brown, narrowly margined with black,

decorated with spots and short bars of black, including a row of

> is il

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 605

black spots along the lateral margin, and a large one on each side of

the stria along the posterior margin; mandibles brown, their inner

margins black, a black dot on the outer side near the base; abdomen

mottled with black spots and bars, the whole effect dark brown;

Fic. 44.—Selenops decoratus n. sp. a, 6, vulva, 2. c, pedipalp, g, from in

front. d, tibia of pedipalp from outer side.

all legs with very clearly defined black blotches and bands, the pos-

terior surfaces of femora white, metatarsi with 2 distinct black

bands.

Eyes.—Medians very strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

surfaces of the anteriors would not cut the posterior medians; anterior

medians small, less than half the diameter of the posterior medians,

a little more than their own diameter apart, and a radius from the

posterior medians; posterior medians $ the diameter of the posterior

laterals; anterior medians a little less than their diameter from the

edge of the clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 equal-sized teeth distinctly

smaller than those of the superior margin, 24 times their basal width

from each other. .

Vulva as in fig. 44, a and 0.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 7, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3-3, total length 9 mm.

$ Colour.—Carapace light brown, with ill-defined markings; eyes

surrounded by deep black areas, a curved black bar behind the

posterior lateral eyes, a black marginal spot on each side above the

606 Annals of the South African Museum.

mandibles; mandibles almost white, a broad black band at their

apices and a narrow black stripe along their inner sides; abdomen

above mottled blackish brown; legs with fairly distinct blackish

bands and blotches, these, however, not nearly so well defined as in

the 9.

Eyes and chelicerae as in description of the 9.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 7—9 pairs of inferior spines and a labaral

spine on each side near the base, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 1 inner and 1-2 superior spines in distal

half, patella with 1 inner and 2 superior spines; tibia shorter than

patella and much shorter than tarsus seen from above; tarsus and

tibial process as in fig. 44, c, seen from in front, tibial process seen from

outer side as in fig. 44, d.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 3, total length 6-2 mm.

One of the female specimens which agrees with the types in colour,

eyes, chelicerae, and the number of spines on the anterior legs, differs

markedly in the form of the vulva (fig. 44, 6). I presume that this

figure represents the vulva at a later, perhaps more mature stage.

Selenops marshalli Pocock.

S. marshallt Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. x, p. 21, fig. 6, 1902.

The type was a ¢ from Estcourt, Natal. Other localities: 1 2,

Durban (N.M., 2183). The total length of the type was 11 mm.

Pocock records a ¢ of S. spencers from Estcourt, so that it seems

likely that these two species, spencerr and marshalli, may be

synonymous.

Selenops rubicundus n. sp. (fig. 45).

Type, 1 2, Witpoort, near Belfast, Transvaal (T.M., 1155).

Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown, cephalic area not darker than

thoracic area, a marginal and submarginal row of ill-defined blackish

spots, thoracic stria continued on to the cephalic area as a fine blackish

median line with a lateral branch on each side; eyes surrounded by

blackened areas; mandibles with their inner halves blackened, the

remainder coloured as in the carapace; abdomen with a symmetrical

pattern of black spots intermixed with red hairs; femora of legs with

black irregular spots tending to merge into each other as stripes;

tibiae and metatarsi with weakly defined dark bands, that at the base

of each tibia strongest.

Eyes.—Medians not strongly recurved, a line touching the upper

The Genus Selenops (Araneae) in South Africa. 607

surfaces of the anteriors passing a little below the centres of the

posterior medians; anterior medians 3 the diameter of the posterior

medians, a little more than their own diameter apart, and 2 their

diameter from the posterior medians; ee

posterior medians #? the diameter of the

posterior laterals; anterior medians 2 their

diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 teeth,

the basal one distinctly larger than the

apical one and 14-2 its basal width from it.

Vulva as in fig. 45.

Legs.—Tibia J and II with 7, metatarsus Fic. 45.—Selenops rubi-

I and II with 3 inferior pairs of spines. ee ee

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 4, total length 9 mm.

Selenops septemspinatus Lawrence.

S. septemspinatus Lawrence. Ann. Natal Mus., vol. viii, pt. 2,

p. 243, fig. 17, a—c, 1937.

The species was based on 3 $¢g and 5 99° from Kosi Bay, Zululand.

Selenops spencer Pocock (fig. 46).

S. spencert Pocock. A.M.N.H. (6), vol. xvu, p. 55, figs. 8, 8a, 1896.

The type 2 was from Durban, Natal.

Other Localities.—1 2, M’fongosi, Zululand (8.A.M., 4166); 1 9,

Umtata, C. Province (8.A.M., 9256); 1 9, Manubi Forest, Transkei,

C. Province (S.A.M., 14509); 1 2, Blue Chiff,

Uitenhage, C. Province (8.A.M., 5710); 1 9,

Grahamstown (S.A.M., B. 8283); 2 29, Port

ni. Johns, C..Provinee (S.A.M., 11735): 1.9;

Winkel Spruit, Natal (N.M., 1798); 1 ¢ from

Estcourt, Natal (4000 ft.), has also been

recorded by Pocock (A.M.N.H., ser. 7, vol. ii,

p. 224, 1898).

Vulva of one of the 2 specimens from Port

_ St. Johns as in fig. 46.

oe Glee oo The average total length (6 adult 99

measured) was 14:5 mm.; the type was 11

mm. in length. Pocock unfortunately did not describe or figure the

male specimen which he recorded from Estcourt (loc. cit.), and it is

possible that his S. marshalli is the male form of this species.

608 Annals of the South African Museum.

Selenops whiteae Pocock (fig. 47).

S. whiteae Pocock. A.M.N.H. (7), vol. x, p. 21, fig. 7, 1902:

The type was a g from Grahamstown; the following is a

description of the 2 based on an adult 9 and ¢ from the Pirie Forest,

Kingwilliamstown, Cape Province (N.M., 1516).

Colour.—Carapace light yellow in the thoracic region, with a number

of ill-defined darker lines radiating from the stria; cephalic portion

darker, light reddish brown, bisected by a

discontinuous median blackish stripe; ocular

area in general blackish brown; mandibles

yellow, blackish towards their apices; abdomen

brown with some darker broad chevron

markings; femora with blotched markings;

tibiae with ill-defined brown bands, metatarsi

with strong blackish bands (a black band at

apex and base, a yellow between them).

Hits agi aserename Lyes.—Median eyes strongly recurved, a line

whiteae Pocock. touching the upper surfaces of the anteriors

Yale just cutting the lower edges of the posterior

medians; anterior medians very small, less than half the diameter

of the posterior medians, their own diameter or a little less apart,

and less than a radius from the posterior medians; posterior medians

subequal to posterior laterals; clypeus unusually high and concave

so that the anterior medians project over it; anterior medians about

twice their diameter from the edge of clypeus.

Chelicerae.—Inferior margin with 2 large subequal teeth about twice

their basal width from each other.

Vulva as in fig. 47, occupying a large subquadrate plate and rather

resembling that of S. spencer Pocock.

Legs.—Anterior tibiae with 7, anterior metatarsi with 3 pairs of

inferior spines.

Dimensions.—Length of carapace 5-2, total length 13-7 mm.

Other Specimens.—1 3, Port St. Johns, Cape Province (S.A.M.,

13072).

( 609 )

21. Additional Records, and Descriptions of New Species, of South

African Alder- flies (Megaloptera), May-flies (Ephemeroptera),

Caddis- flies (Trichoptera), Stone-flies (Perlaria), and Dragon-

Jlies (Odonata).—By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant

Director.

(With 19 Text-figures.)

Tuis is the eleventh report on the Fauna of the Mountain Ranges of the

Cape Province, for the investigation of which I have received grants

from the Royal Society of South Africa and the Research Grant

Board.* My thanks and acknowledgments are herewith tendered

to these bodies. I have also to thank Dr. Hewitt, Director of the

Albany Museum, and Dr. Lawrence, Director of the Natal Museum,

for submitting material; and to Mr. H. G. Wood (H. G. W.) and Mr.

C. W. Thorne (C. W. T.) for their help and co-operation in the field-

work. :

MEGALOPTERA.

With the exception of a n. sp. of Platychauliodes, and some additional

localities for the other species, no great advance has been made in our

knowledge of the Cape Alder-flies since my 1931 paper (Trans. Roy.

Soc. 8. Afr., vol. xix, 2, 1931). A 3d and 2 Leptosialis africana have

been collected, and their genitalia are described; but the larva still

remains undiscovered. No larvae or pupae of the Taeniochauliodes

type have been found which might be assigned to the genus Platy-

chauliodes.

The discovery of the common Cape genus, Taeniochauliodes, in the

Drakensberg in Natal, not only greatly increases the known distribu-

tion of the genus, but indicates that the mountain streams in Natal

have an Alder-fly fauna hitherto unsuspected.

* Previous reports: 1. ‘‘ Freshwater Crustacea,’ Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., vol.

xiv, 1927. 2. ‘Colophon (Coleoptera),”’ ibid., vol. xviii, 1929. 3. “‘Alder-flies,”’

ibid., vol. xix, 1931. 4. ‘‘May-flies,” 2bzd., vol. xx, 1932. 5. “Terrestrial Isopoda

(Woodlice),”’ Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1932. 6. “Further New Species of Colo-

phon,” Stylops, vol. i, pt. 8, 1932. 7. ‘““A new Corduline Dragonfly,” ibzd., vol. ii,

pt. 7, 1933. 8. “‘Caddis-flies,’’ Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., vol. xxi, 1934. 9. “‘Stone-

flies,” Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1934. 10. “Dragon-flies,” 2bid., vol. xxxii,

1937.

VOL. XXXII, PART 6, 42

610 Annals of the South African Museum.

Chloromella peringueyi HK. P.

1931. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 171.

Localitves.—French Hoek Pass (head-waters of River Zonder End)

(13th December 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W., 1 3); same locality

(October 1933, H. G. W., larva); Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts.

(September 1933, H. G. W., larva); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh

(November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W., larva); Kaaiman’s River,

near George (January 1936, H. G. W., 1 9).

The French Hoek $ has fewer costal cross-veins in the fore-wing,

viz. 23; the 5th cross-vein is at the point of origin of Rs, and the 9th

at the first cross-vein R—Rs.

The @ genitalia resemble those of Taeniochauliodes, but, owing to

the abdomen of the single specimen not being in good condition, the

presence of mobile apical papillae on the lower appendages could not

be determined with certainty.

Platychauliodes capensis Brnrd.

(ie aia.)

1931. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 175.

Localitves—Bosch Kloof, Keeromberg, Worcester (January 1933,

H. G. W., 13); Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (26th February 1931,

H.G. W.,2 3g; 4th April 1931, H. G. W., 1 ovig. 2; 14th February

1933, 082 ie Beand sei Ge Weel gala ®)e

Gemtalia 9.—A figure is given which applies to all three species

of this genus. The genital plate on the 8th segment is ovate and

strongly chitinised, with an apical membranous projection. The

subanal plate (lower appendages) is divided into two halves, separated

by a groove with membranous lining; the apical lobes have no mobile

papillae, such as are found in Taenochauliodes and Leptosvzalis

(v. wnfra).

Platychauliodes wood: Brurd.

(Biss c.)

LOSie barnande |oc..es) peli de

Locahities.—Palmiet River (December 1932, H. G. W., 2d);

Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts. (January 1933, H. G. W., 14,

19; and January 1934, 13); Meiring’s Poort, Zwartberg Range

(January 1935, H. G. W., 1g); Kaaiman’s: River,’ mearpGreonge

(January 1936, H. G. W., 3 3d).

Genitalia §.—An additional figure is given here to show the subanal

lobe (or penis), the apex of which is subpentagonal and shield-like.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 611

Fie. 1.—Platychauliodes capensis Brnrd. a, 6, lateral and ventral views of 8th

and 9th abdominal segments, 9, in b the more strongly chitinised areas dotted.

Platychauliodes woodi Brnrd. c, g genitalia viewed from behind and slightly

froin below, for comparison with d.

Platychauliodes thornei n.sp. d, 3 genitalia, from same viewpoint asc. e, pro-

jections of the genital plate viewed from above, for comparison with fig. 8, c,

in Barnard, loc. cit., 1931.

Platychauliodes sp. micropterous 9. f. meso- and meta-thoracic segments with

winglets, and one winglet further enlarged.

612 Annals of the South African Museum.

Platychauliodes thornez n. sp.

(Big. L,.wyie.}

Locality.— Hottentot Holland Mts. (January 1933, K. H. B. and

H&G. Wo ls ee):

Similar to the other two species, but larger and distinguished by

the ¢ genitalia. The latter are of the same general structure as in

woodi, but, as may be seen by comparing the figures here given,

show several differences. The superior appendages are more falcate

and the patch of spinules on inner (ventral) surface is less strongly

developed. The median projections of the genital plate are much

broader, triangular when viewed from behind, but strongly cowl-

shaped asin woodi. The lateral projections do not differ very much,

but are feebly spatulate, only the top margin being curled over

slightly. A subanal lobe, which may function as penis or intro-

mittent organ, ends in a strongly chitinised triangular point.

Fore-wing 6 27 mm.,92 42mm. _

Named after Mr. C. W. Thorne, of the South African Museum, who

has accompanied Mr. Wood and myself on many collecting expeditions

in the Cape mountains.

It is possible that the large @ described and figured on p. 178

(loc. cit., 1931) belongs to this species.

? Platychauliodes sp.

Micropterous form, or aberration.—In the Gt. Winterhoek Mts.,

January 1939, Mr. C. W. Thorne found a 9, 28 mm. in length, which

is remarkable for having greatly reduced wings. All four winglets

are alike; each consisting of a roughly semicircular membrane,

spoon-like, 7.e. convex above and concave below, without trace of

venation except a costal and (?) subcostal thickening meeting at the

rounded apex. The length of each winglet is about 4 the width of

the thoracic segment (fig. 1, f).

The winglets are considerably smaller than the wing-pads of a

normal pupa of Taeniochauliodes, and the unexpanded wings con-

tained therein; moreover, they show no evidence of being normal-

sized wings which have failed to expand on emergence.

Judging by the shape of the head and the labrum, and the position

of the ocelli, the specimen appears to belong to the genus Platy-

chauliodes; the lower appendages, however, have mobile papillae

at their apices as in Taeniochauliodes.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 613

Although of frequent occurrence among the Stone-flies (see Barnard,

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, p. 576, and also infra, p. 658), I am not

aware of any record of a micropterous Alder-fly.

Taeniochauliodes ochraceopennis H. P.

fel. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 179.

Localities—French Hoek Pass (River Zonder End _ system)

(December 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Palmiet River (December

1932, H. G. W.); River Zonder End Mts., 1500-4000 feet (January

1933, H. G. W., pupae and imagos, and January 1934, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); George, Outeniqua Mts. (January 1931,

K. H. B., larva); Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Mts. (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Kalk Bay Mts., Cape Peninsula (May 1933,

A. C. Harrison, young larvae); Cathkin Peak, Drakensberg, Natal,

6000 feet (R. F. Lawrence, January 1938).

The largest 2 yet collected has the fore-wing 38 mm. in length.

The 2 genitalia resemble those of Platychauliodes, but the sub-

genital plate is transverse, broader than long, without definite

membranous distal projection; and the lower appendages have an

apical mobile papilla as in Leptosvalis.

Leptosialis africana E. P.

(Fig. 2.)

1931. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 184.

Localities —Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (3rd November 1932,

K. H. B., 1 3); Hottentots Holland Mts. (23rd November 1932,

C. W. Thorne, 1 2); Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (8th October

1937, C. W. Thorne, 1 9).

The wings are not held roof-like over the body when at rest, but

curled round the body as in Taeniochauliodes and other local Cory-

dalids.

In both these specimens the junction of M and Cu, in fore-wing is

more proximal, only slightly distal to the level of origin of Rs. In

the hind-wing the fork of Cu, is slightly proximal to the cross-vein

M344 — Cu.

As the $ comes from the type locality there is no reason to doubt

its identity with africana, of which the genitalia have not been de-

scribed (they are missing in the type specimen). It is unlikely, but

nevertheless just possible that a second species may exist in the

614 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hottentots Holland Mts., although the 2 shows no differences in

venation. | .

Genitalia g. Superior appendages lateral in position, short, in-

curved, clasper-like, hollowed on inner lower surface; supra-anal

Fic. 2.—Leptosialis africana E.P. a, b, c, lateral, dorsal and ventral views of

6 genitalia. d, supra-anal lobe viewed from behind or flattened, not fore-

shortened asinbandc. e, lateral view of 7th, 8th and 9th abdominal segments

9, with portion of integument further enlarged. /f, dorsal view of apical

segment 9. g, ventral view 9, the more strongly chitinised areas dotted.

lobe (210th tergite) triangular, with narrow apical cleft, the two

apical points curved downwards and strongly chitinised; subgenital

plate broadly rounded.

2. Subgenital plate on 7th segment broadly rounded, with minute

median notch; superior appendages short, rounded-conical; subanal

plate divided into two halves by a groove, and ending in a blunt lobe

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 615

with a mobile papilla on lower apical surface; the lining of the groove

is feebly chitinised and the two halves of the lobe can be moved to

and fro, and evidently serve to place the ova in position.

The whole surface of the integument (in both sexes) is minutely

hirsute (fig. 2, e) in addition to the larger setae.

EPHEMEROPTERA.

Since the publication of my 1932 paper (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr.,

vol. xx, pt. 3) numerous additional locality records have accumulated

as the result of continued collecting. A few more dried specimens

have been found in the 8.A. Museum, and small collections have been

submitted for identification by Mr. H. K. Munro of the Etomological

Department, Pretoria, Dr. J. Hewitt, Director of the Albany Museum,

and Dr. R. F. Lawrence, Director of the Natal Museum.

Three undescribed species also have been collected; and a nymph

which appears to be the true nymph of Elassoneuria trimeniana has

been discovered.

Mr. A. C. Harrison has observed another case of longevity, and

proved the ovoviviparity of the Red Border Wing (Cloeon lacunosum).

A large Polymitarcid from Natal has been described by me in Ann.

Natal Mus., vol. vin, 1937.

Some unfortunate typographical errors occurred in the 1932 paper

and are herewith corrected :—

Weaation, figs. 1, 2, 4,5, 17, 19, 42. For “1R,, 1R,, IMA, 1M,

1Cu (but not 1A),” read “I (=intercalary) R,, IR, etc., re-

spectively.”

Pages 204, 208, and 244, line 32. For “‘westermanni”’ read “dis-

locans.”’

Page 245, fig. 35b. For “‘westermanni”’ read “‘dislocans’’; fig. 35c,

for “dislocans”’ read “auriculata.”

Page 217, fig. 7. For “‘perkensi”’ read “‘perkinst.”

Page 220. Delete last sentence at bottom of page: “‘the nymph

. . . discovered.”

Page 230, line 1. For “‘access”’ read “assess.”

Page 246, line 12. For “long stalk of MA” read “long stalk of M.”

Page 252. Delete last sentence of first paragraph: “Other similar

Ha October 1951.’

Taxonomy.—Dr. Ulmer (Stettin. Entomol. Zeit., xciii, 1932,

pp. 204-219) has briefly commented on the new genera proposed by

me. In his opinion ELuthraulus, Austrocaenis, and Austrocloeon are

616 Annals of the South African Museum.

of doubtful validity, but he declines to express an opinion as to

whether nymphal characters alone are sufficient to justify generic

separation (p. 216).

For my part I feel that the nymphal stage has very strong claims

for recognition in classification, although its full value cannot be

estimated until the nymphal stages of all the known species of imagos

have been correlated. As examples of the value of nymphal charac-

ters one may refer to Torleya Lest., Ephemerellina, and Lzthogloea,

Aprionyx and Atalophlebia, Epeorus and Iron (see Ueno. Annot. Zool.

Japon, xiii, 3, 1931, p. 192), and Acentrella (v. infra). Tillyard (Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S.W., lviii, 1933, p. 2) speaks in favour of founding new

genera on nymphal characters alone; and in 1934 (Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc.

Tasman. for 1933) he describes the nymph of the genotype of the

genus Atalophlebia as having denticulate claws, thus confirming the

validity of the genus Aprionyz.

_ Genotypes.—It is usually understood that when a new genus con-

taining more than one species is proposed, and the genotype is not

specifically designated, the first species listed or described is to be

reckoned as the genotype. In view, however, of the resolution of

the Budapest Congress of 1927 (see Entomol. Monthly Mag., December

1932), Austrocloeon africanum (EH. P.) and Aprionyx tabularis (Haton)

are herewith designated as the genotypes of their respective genera.

The other new genera proposed by me were monotypic.

Hot Springs—Nymphs of Baetis bellus and Centroptilum sud-

africanum have been found at the stream issuing from the Warmbaths

near Citrusdal. At the spot where the nymphs occurred the water

would be a few degrees lower than 108° to 110° F. (see “South African

Caddis-flies,”’ Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xxi, p. 297).

Fam. PROSOPISTOMATIDAE.

1921. Lestage in Rousseau, Larves et Nymphes Aquatiques, 1,

p. 177 (Prosopistomidae).

1932. Lieftinck, Tijdschr. Entomolog., Ixxv, suppl. p. 44

(references).

The remarkable May-fly nymph (only one subimago has ever been

discovered) known as Prosopistoma has been recorded from Europe,

Madagascar, and Java. Recently (August 1939) I have seen a speci-

men taken from a trout stomach in Kenya.

It seems therefore worth while to mention the occurrence of

Prosopistoma in Africa, in the hope that some day it will be found in

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 617

South Africa. According to Lieftinck the Javanese species lives in

the crevices on the undersides of boulders in fast-flowing streams.

Fam. POLYMITARCIDAE.

Polymitarcys savignyi (Pict.).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 209.

Ulmer (1932, loc. cit., p. 208, and in litt. 26/5/32) points out that

the vein labelled in my figure 1 as Cu, is really only a branch of Cu,,

and that the true Cu, is the vein labelled 1a.

Gen. EXEUTHYPLOCIA Lest.

1918. Lestage, Rev. Zool. Afric., vi, p. 74.

1933. Ulmer, Peking Nat. Hist. Bull., vii, p. 197.

1937. Barnard, Ann. Natal Mus., viii, p. 275.

Distinguished from Polymitarcys by the subparallel sigmoid cross-

veins in the anal area of the fore-wing.

Ezeuthyplocia sampsoni Brnrd.

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 276, fig.

Localities—Umzimkulu River (28th October 1936); Yarrow and

Mooi Rivers (Mid-October 1933); Mooi River, Nottingham Road

(6th November 1933). (All in Natal.)

Nymph provisionally assigned to Exeuthyplocia sampsont.

(Fig. 3.)

On the 25th October 1939 Dr. B. Sampson found a single empty

nymph-shuck floating in an eddy on the Umzimkulu River, Natal.

No imagos were seen, and Dr. Sampson says there was no hatch

between 22nd and 30th October.

From the size of the nymph one suspects it to be the nymph of

E. sampsoni, which is the largest and bulkiest May-fly in the Natal

fauna, excepting perhaps Hatonica schoutedent.

It resembles the EHuthyplocia nymph described by Eaton (Trans.

Linn. Soc. London, 2nd ser., zool., ili, p. 37, 1883, and pl. 29, 1884),

and also Palingenia, in the 3-jointed maxillary and labial palps;

but differs in having a small, non-fimbriate gill on the Ist abdominal

segment. In the latter character it resembles Ephemera, Hexagema,

and Polymitarcys. The 2nd-7th gills, however, are not like those of

Polymitarcys.

618 Annals of the South African Museum.

Safe ONS) ore eee

Peg cy =

—

Tra

s ae

eee

———

Y wulalls, = .

Ss ar SS yy \

a : Sea f V1 TTX

SNL Ss 9 Malin

POT yi oR

if Adele 3

cs Wig \'

LES Uh ~

Ad a= wer Rena Wik /

Saw, ae as)

— 5 vay WY)

pa SST Wh

Law Wie eee:

Lif > ees — mer}

~ / ’ QOS r

(Feed

> U7,

F Pte

* ee)

SEE LETT

td SS Le 73 Y, ?

Fic. 3.—Nymph provisionally assigned to EHxeuthyplocia sampsoni Brnrd.

a, nymph drawn from empty shuck, showing split in middle line of thorax;

left wing-cases cut away to show small Ist gill; cerci cut off. 6, ventral view

of left mandible, and molar portion of right mandible. c, dorsal view of

apex of left mandible, setae omitted. d, maxilla. e, labium. f, ventral

view of fore-leg. g, ventral view of apex of tibia of middle leg, only a few of

the long setae shown. A, Ist gill. 7, 2nd gill.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 619

Front of clypeus to end of abdomen 25 mm., cerci 12-13 mm.

(apparently complete).

Clypeus projecting horizontally, setose. Mandibles triquetral,

thickly setose on inner and outer margins, outer margin with short

spinules, a line of spinules on upper margin, double proximally,

becoming a single series distally.

Tibia of fore-leg with lower surface flattened and spinules along

inner and outer margins, upper surface convex, densely setose. Claw

of fore-leg short, almost concealed in a thick bunch of short blackish

spines and bristles on apex of tarsus. Tibia of middle leg cylindrical,

spinose and densely setose on outer surface, long setae also on outer

distal portion of lower surface, inner apex with a tuft of stiff bristles.

Femur of hind leg broadly ovate, flattened but not specially so on

lower surface, both margins and upper surface densely setose, inner

(front) margin in addition with spinules, which are inserted ventrally

to the long setae. Hind tibia expanding distally, densely setose on

hind (outer) margin, inner margin with long setae and stiff bristles,

the latter especially numerous and densely packed distally.

Abdomen in cross-section trapezoidal, the dorsal surface narrower

than the ventral surface, the former marked by a dorso-lateral setose

ridge on segments 3-7; on segments 8 and 9 there is a fringe of setae

but no very definite ridge. A single transverse fringe of setae on

segments 1, 2, and 8, near hind margin on segments | and 2, anterior

on 8; on segments 3-7 two transverse fringes of setae.

Gills, 7 pairs; the Ist pair very small, bilamellate, non-fimbriate

and non-setose; 2nd—7th pairs elongate, gently curved with very

numerous (far more numerous than represented in the figure, especi-

ally on anterior margin of upper lobe) long slender filaments. Owing

to the dorsal transverse and dorso-lateral fringes of setae on the

abdominal segments, it is doubtful if the gills are held curved over

the back in life; apparently they can be folded against the sides and

more or less protected between the dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral

fringes of setae.

Fam. EPHEMERIDAE.

Eatonica schoutedeni (Navas).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 210.

Locality.—Nelspruit, Transvaal (November), H. K. Munro.

620 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. OLIGONEURIIDAE.

Elassoneuria tromeniana (McLach.).

(Fig. 4.)

1932. Barnard, p. 212, fig. 4 (references).

Lestage (1916, Rev. Zool. Afric., iv, p. 314, figs. 1-5) described a

nymph (20 mm. in length, excl. cerci) from the Belgian Congo,

resembling in general that of Oligoneuria rhenana (see Lestage,

Larves et Nymphes Aquatiques, i, p. 214, fig. 54, 1921). The head

was not figured, but part of the description says, “bord antérieur

finement cilié et offrant sur la partie médiane une saillie longitudinale

caréniform bien visible légerement prolongée en avant et formant

comme un petit nez procéphalique.’’ In this respect it differs from

Oligoneurra (loc. cit., 1916, p. 318).

In 1917 (Rev. Zool. Afric., v, p. 122, fig. 1) Lestage assigned this

nymph to £. trimeniana, and gave a figure of the whole animal showing

the head with its anterior point and dorsal keel.

The two nymphs (13 mm. in length, excl. cerci) before me, from

Cathkin Peak, 6000 ft. alt., Drakensberg, Natal (Dr. R. F. Lawrence,

January 1938), differ in the shape of the head which is rounded in

front, without any longitudinal keel or ridge, widest in front of eyes

instead of across the postero-lateral angles, and in the shorter antennae

(as in Oligoneuria).

Since HL. trimeniana was originally described from Natal, there is

the greatest probability that this is its true nymph. In which case,

either the Congo nymph belongs to another species whose imago is

as yet unknown, or the &. trimeniana of Ulmer (1916, Arch. Naturg.,

Ixxi, 1915, Abt. A, p. 4) is not the true tromeniana of McLachlan.

The further alternative that the carinate and pointed head and the

longer antennae are assumed only in nymphs larger than, say, 13 mm.

does not seem at all likely.

This latter statement is confirmed by some nymphs, 13-19 mm.

in length, from Kenya, which I have recently examined. These have

the head widest across the postero-lateral angles, without medio-

dorsal keel or anterior point, antennae short as in the Natal specimens,

but the median cercus at least half the length of the lateral ones.

It seems probable that more than one species will eventually be

recognised in Africa.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 621

Fig.

4,.—Elassoneuria trimeniana (McLach.). a, whole animal, with seta from fore-

leg, and claw of middle and hind legs further enlarged (the claw of fore-leg is

without denticles). 6, ventral view of head, showing maxillary gills projecting

from under the labium (setae omitted). c, labrum. d,.mandible. e, hypo-

pharynx. f, maxilla, the submarginal row of bristles is on the outer (ventral)

surface. g, labium, inner (dorsal) view, with cross-sectiqn of palp. h, one of

the lateral gills in dorsal view.

622 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fam. BAETIDAE.

Cloeon lacunosum Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 214.

Longevity.—Mr. Harrison records a further case (cf. Barnard,

p- 214). A Q subimago emerged at 8 p.m. on 15th July 1932, and

transformed to the imago during the night 16th-17th. She lived

until 8 p.m. on 7th September 1932, 7.e. for 54 days after emergence

from the nymph. Although $¢ were supplied, she died unfertilised,

as in the case previously recorded.

Ovoviviparity.—On 12th December 1932 Mr. Harrison was able to

prove that this species is ovoviviparous like C. dipterum. “A female

alighted on the water with wings flat out, and as she lay there a stream

of larvules left her. After placing in a tube of water a few more

larvules came away. Immediately afterwards a second female

alighted and was promptly placed in a tube, when the larvules

streamed out and swam fast in all directions.”’

The larvules possess two cerci and the buds (anlagen) of the seven

pairs of gills.

Localities.—Reservoir, Platteklip stream, Cape Town (26th Novem-

ber and 26th December 1932, 99, K. H. B.); Orange Kloof, Table

Mt. (Ist March 1933, 99, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); St. James (21st

January 1933, A. C. H., gg, “swarming”); Muizenberg Reservoir

(December 1932, A. C. H., 99, with larvules); Diep River, near

Philadelphia, Cape Div. (26th April 1932, K. H. B., nymphs).

Cloeon chaplint Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 216.

Locality.—Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (November 1931, F. G.

Chaplin, nymphs).

Cloeon aeneum Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 216. |

Localities —Palmiet River mouth (3lst July 1932 and 25th

December 1932, H. G. W.); French Hoek Pass (Ist October 1933,

K. H. B.); Upington (November 1920, Father Sollier). The latter

mutilated specimen in the 8.A. Museum collection seems to be this

species.

Cloeon perkinsi Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 216.

Locality.—East London (March, H. K. iunkey

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 623

Austrocloeon africanum (E. P.).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 218.

Localities.—S.A. Museum grounds, Cape Town (12th April 1932,

8th May 1933, and 7th December 1932, Dr. E. L. Gill); Welgemoed

Farm, east of Ceres (February 1922, K. H. B.); Swellendam Mts.

(October 1925, K. H. B.); Platteklip stream, Table Mt. (26th April

1933, K. H. B.); Meirings Poort Mts. (February 1932, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); Boschluis Kloof, Zwartberg Range (February 1932,

ie. and H. G. W.).

Austrocloeon virgiliae Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 219.

Localities.—Reservoir, Platteklip stream, Cape Town (26th

December 1932, K. H. B.); Ida’s Valley, Stellenbosch (20th February

1932, A. C. H.); Boschluis Kloof, Zwartberg Range (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Meirings Poort, Zwartberg Range (January

1935, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Near Cango Caves, Oudtshoorn Distr.

(September 1933, K. H. B.); Willow R., north slopes of Cockscomb

Peak (Uitenhage Div.) (K. H. B., October 1938).

Austrocloeon nymphs.

Locality.—Drieling’s Kloof, between Laingsburg and Ladismith

(February 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.).

Pseudocloeon vinosum Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 220.

Localities.—Orange Kloof, Table Mt. (1st March 1933, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); French Hoek Pass (Ist October 1933, K. H. B.); Hotten-

tot Holland Mts. (January 1933, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); du Toits

Kloof, Rawsonville (25th March 1932, K. H. B.); Seven Weeks

Poort, Ladismith, Cape (February 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.);

Upper Olifants R., north of Ceres (October 1937, K. H. B. and

Caan. I).

Pseudocloeon magae Brnrd.

1952. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 221.

Localities.—Orange Kloof, Table Mt. (Ist March 1933, K. H. B. and

H. G. W., 33, 1 2); Silvermine Stream, Kalk Bay Mts. (12th March

#955, A.C. H.).

624 Annals of the South African Museum.

Baetis harrisont Brurd.

(Fig. 5, a).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 229.

Localities.—Groot Drakenstein (25th October 1933, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); French Hoek Pass (1st October 1933, H. G. W.); Platte-

klip stream, Cape Town (26th April 1933, K. H. B.); du Toits Kloof,

Cer! iJ

AS Cac

Song .

<= '

\ ’ A .

ee or

~, shane Ven X eather: tan

u L J ¥ 3 i

a b c

Fic. 5.—Baetis harrisom. a, apex of abdomen of nymph, with subimago ready to

hatch.

Acentrella capensis. b, c, apex of abdomen of nymph and of imago.

Rawsonville (25th March 1932, K. H. B.); Seven Weeks Poort, Ladi-

smith, Cape (September 1933, K. H. B., nymphs); Near Cango Caves,

Oudtshoorn Distr. (February 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W., nymphs,

and September 1933, K. H. B., imagos); Fairy Glen, Worcester (12th

August 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Porterville (August 1937,

A.C. H.); Upper Olifants R., north of Ceres (October 1937, K. H. B.

and C. W. T.).

Baetis bellus Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 222.

Localities. —Great Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (November 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Warmbaths, Citrusdal (September 1932,

K. H. B., nymphs); Platteklip stream, Cape Town (26th April 1933,

K. H. B.); Blinkwater stream, above Camps Bay, Cape Peninsula

(21st August 1932, K. H. B.).

Baetis sp.

Nymphs of what seems to be a different species of Baetis were found

at Meirings Poort mountains, Zwartberg Range (February 1932,

Ko BB. and Ee .G. W.):

— ee

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flces, etc. 625

Acentrella capensis Brurd.

(Bia. 551b,6):

ma2q barnard, loc. cit., p. 259,

It seems impossible to separate with certainty the adults of this

species from those of Baetis harrisont except by breeding. Unless

examined when freshly caught the abdominal coloration is liable to

be inconclusive. The short branch of the fork 1 A may be clearly

disconnected, or it may be almost connected. In any case this

feature is variable among the species of Baetis, as Dr. Ulmer has

kindly pointed out to me (in lett. 26/5/32), and should not be used as a

specific character.

Figures are here given of the apex of the abdomen of the nymph

and the adult. For comparison a figure is also given of the abdomen

and cerci of a nymph of Baetis harrisonz, showing the subimago ready

to hatch. The median cercus is fully developed in the nymph, but

in the final instar the enclosed adult cercus degenerates and becomes -

detached near the base, remaining behind in the empty shuck after

emergence of the subimago.

Localities. —Naudesberg, Worcester (August 1932, K. H. B. and

H. G. W., nymphs); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (November 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W., nymphs).

Centroptilum sudafricanum Lest.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 224.

Localities.—Orange Kloof, Table Mt. (lst March 1933, K. H. B.

and H. G. W.); Platteklp stream, Cape Town (26th April 1933,

K. H. B.); Blinkwater stream, above Camps Bay (31st January,

21st March, and 21st August 1932, K. H. B.); Hottentots Holland

Mts. (January 1933, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Gt. Winterhoek Mts.,

Tulbagh (November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Warmbaths,

Citrusdal (September 1932, K. H. B., nymphs); Farm Ezelfontein,

7 miles east of Ceres (September 1933, K. H. B.); Prince Albert,

mouth of the Zwartberg Pass (September 1933, K. H. B.); Palmiet

River, Kleinmond (March 1932, H. G. W.); Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch

(14th February 1933, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Oudebosch, River

Zonder End Mts. (September 1933, H. G. W.); Groot Drakenstein

(25th October 1933, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Meirings Poort, Zwart-

berg Range (February 1932, K. H. B. and H.G. W.); du Toits Kloof,

Huguenot (31st March 1934, H. G. W.).

VOL. XXXII, PART 6, 43

626 Annals of the South African Museum.

Centroptilum excisum Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 224.

Localities.—Meirings Poort, Zwartberg Range (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Onderbokfontein, Cold Bokkeveld, north

of Ceres (September 1932, K. H. B.); M’fongosi, Zululand (April

1917, W. E. Jones).

Centroptiloides bifasciatum (H.-P.).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 226.

Locality.—Yarrow River, Karkloof, Natal (18th March 1934,

L. A. Day).

Fam. BRACHYCERCIDAE.

Austrocaems capensis Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 227.

Localities.—Diep River, Philadelphia, Cape Div. (26th April 1932,

K. H. B., nymphs); Palmiet River (March 1932, H. G. W., nymph);

du Toits Kloof, Rawsonville (25th March 1932, K. H. B.); Seven

Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape (February 1932, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); Boschluis Kloof, Zwartberg Range (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); near Cango Caves, Oudtshoorn Distr.

(September 1933, K. H. B., nymphs, imagos).

Austrocaenis sp.

A g imago caught at Groot Drakenstein (25th October 1933,

H. G. W.) is smaller and much darker than the normal capensis.

Length of wing 3:25 mm. Head and thorax dark Vandyke brown,

abdomen strongly suffused with sepia, legs normal, but the dark

streaks almost black, Sc and R brown, cerci white. Also 2 $3 from

Umzimkulu R., Natal (Dr. B. F. Sampson, October 1937).

Gen. TRICORYTHUS Eaton.

Ulmer (1932, loc. cit., p. 215) remarks that T. discolor, with its

peculiar nymph, is not typical of the genus Tricorythus. If that is

so, possibly a new genus may later be required for the South African

species.

The characteristic nymphs have been found at the following

localities: Hogsback, Amatolas, King Wilhams Town Div. (February

1933, R. F. Lawrence); Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape

(September 1933, K. H. B.); Cathkin Peak, 6000 feet, Drakensberg,

;

}

ee ee ee ee a a

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 627

Natal (January 1938, R. F. Lawrence); Bushmans and Umzimkulu

Rivers, Natal (Dr. Sampson).

Tricorythus reticulatus Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 232.

Locahty.—Pretoria, at light (February 1934, H. K. Munro, 99)

(one with egg-mass), wings, 6-5-7 mm.

Fam. LEPTOPHLEBIIDAE.

Gen. APRIONYx Brnrd.

1934. Tillyard, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasman. for 1933, pp. 5, 6

(discussion).

Aprionyx petersenr (Lest.).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 236.

Localities —Du Toits Kloof, Rawsonville (25th March 1932,

K. H. B.); Lemoenshoek, Langeberg Range (November 1927,

K. H. B.); Palmiet River, Kleinmond (March 1932, H. G. W.);

Klands Kloof, Citrusdal (5th March 1933, H. G. W.); French Hoek

Pass (December 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Oudebosch, River

Zonder End Mts., 1500 feet (January 1933, H. G. W., and January

1934, K. H. B.); Tulbagh Valley and Gt. Winterhoek Mts. (February

1934, K. H. B.); Meirings Poort, Zwartberg Range (January 1935,

cee Band H..G. W:).

Aprionyx intermedius Brunrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 238.

Localities.—Fairy Glen, Worcester (12th August 1932, K. H. B.

and H. G. W.); Groot Drakenstein (12th September 1932, A. C. H.);

Ruiterbosch, Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Range (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Great Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (September

io2 ak. EL. B.).

Aprionyx rubicundus Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 239.

Localities.—Hottentots Holland Mts. (east side of Spitzkop)

(November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Witte River, Wellington

Mts. (1st October 1933, H. G. W.); French Hoek Pass (1st October

1932 and 1933, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Oudebosch, River Zonder -

End Mts., 1500 feet (December 1931 and January 1933, H. G. W.,

and January 1934, K. H. B.); Fairy Glen, Worcester (12th August

628 Annals of the South African Museum.

1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh

(November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Upper Olifants R., north

of Ceres (October 1937, K. H. B. and C. W. T.).

When freshly caught most specimens are considerably darker

than would appear from the description; in fact, when settling on

white stones in the sunlight the flies look quite black. Wing length

of 22 9-10 mm.

Aprionyx pellucidulus (K. P.).

(Mie G5a,)

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 239.

Localitves.—Hottentots Holland Mts. (January 1933, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); River Zonder End Mts., 3500-4500 feet (January 1933,

H. G. W., and January 1934, K. H. B.); Gt. Winterhoek Mits:,

Tulbagh (November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W., nymphs and

adults).

Nymph.—With smooth claws, and other features as in diagnosis

of Aprionyx. Front tibia and tarsus as in petersent, without the

fringe of long hairs found in tabularis.

Mottled brown, antennae and cerci ochraceous. Femora banded.

Gills greyish-white, tracheae blackish. Abdomen pale yellowish

or ochraceous, segments 1-9 each with narrow transverse dark band

on hind margin, segment 6 slightly suffused on anterior margin,

segments 7-9 with anterior half suffused but leaving a narrow pale

median line, on either side of which is a small pale spot (fig. 6, a).

Females are rather more strongly suffused, the transverse bands being

enlarged at both ends into a small dark spot; the whole abdomen is

deeper in colour owing to the eggs developing inside.

The suggestion that the Zwartberg nymph (loc. cit., fig. 29, c) might

be the nymph of this species is herewith withdrawn.

Aprionyx argus Ni. sp.

(Fig. 6, d-f.)

Imago.—8-9 strong cross-veins before bulla, 9-10 in pterostigmal

area, oblique, straight or nearly so, only occasionally forming forks

at costal margin or anastomosing. Hind-wing with Sc extending

nearly to end of wing, 4-6 cross-veins in subcostal area. Penis

3S thin dorso-ventrally, broad, apically notched, with the openings

of the vasa deferentia laterally at apex. Clasper with inner margin

angularly curved proximally. Ventral plate 2 apically indented.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 629

Body $ 10 mm., 9 12 mm.; wing 3 10-11 mm., 2 12 mm.

g. Head and thorax dark Vandyke brown. Legs ochreous,

femora with dark band in middle and at apex. Abdomen brown,

Pipes RS Os es

pits

Fic. 6.—Aprionyx pellucidulus (E.P.). a, abdomen of nymph.

Aprionyx natalica (Lest.). 6, penis and clasper g. c, segment of abdomen.

Aprionyx argusn.sp. d, penis and clasper, with lateral view of former. e, seg-

ment of abdomen. /f, fore-wing.

segments 1, 9, and 10 unicolorous, segments 2-8 each with a pair of

large pale spots at base dorsally, pale spots laterally and ventrally.

Neuration dark fuscous-brown, some specimens more heavily marked

than in the specimen figured. Cerci whitish, annulated. Penis pale,

apices (or only inner apical margin) of claspers whitish. @ similar.

Locality.—Cathkin Peak, 6000 feet, Drakensberg, Natal (R. F.

Lawrence, January 1938).

630 Annals of the South African Museum.

Remarks.—Somewhat like natalica but more heavily veined, and

reminiscent of the Cape species petersent. A figure of the penis and

clasper of natalica (fig. 6, 6), from the above same locality, is given

for comparison. Both the Natal species differ from all the Cape

species in the shape of the penis.

Adenophlebia auriculata Eaton.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 242.

Localities.—Stutterheim (September, H. K. Munro); Hogsback,

Amatolas, King Wiliams Town district (February 1933, R. F.

Lawrence); Kaaiman’s Gat, near George (April 1933, H. G. W.);

Howieson’s Poort, near Grahamstown (October 1933, J. Hewitt).

Adenophlebia peringueyella Lest.

~ 1932. Barnard, loc; cit... p. 942).

Localitues.—Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape (February 1932,

K. H. B. and H. G. W., also September 1933, K. H. B.); Gt. Winter-

hoek Mts., Tulbagh (September 1932, K. H. B.); Schoemann’s Poort,

Cango, Oudtshoorn Distr. (September 1933, K. H. B.); Huis River,

between Cango and Calitzdorp (September 1933, K. H. B.).

Three small gg from Seven Weeks Poort, February 1932, appear

to be this species. Wing-length 8 mm.; in two of the specimens

there are 8 cross-veins between R,,; and MA,, and also between MA,

and M,,.,, in the third specimen 9 cross-veins. The wings are rather

heavily spotted, but not so much as in the wing dissected from a

Zwartberg Pass nymph (loc. cit., fig. 31). Another ¢ caught on the

same occasion has wing-length 8-5 mm.; 9 cross-veins on either side

of MA; veins no more enlarged or spotted than in auriculata (loc. cit.,

fig. 30).

In the extreme western Cape peringueyella is a spring fly and does

not seem to last on until the summer. It is possible that these small

forms may be a later brood (the typical perongueyella with wing-

length 10-12 mm. occurs in the same locality in September), but it

must be remembered that the Zwartberg Range may get some heavy

rainfalls in summer, so that a marked diminution in the flow of the

streams and consequent lessening of the food supply cannot be in-

voked to explain the small size of these later forms. If it were

possible, observations throughout a whole year at Seven Weeks Poort

would prove very interesting.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 631

Adenophlebia dislocans (Wlkr.).

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 244.

Localities.—Platteklip stream, Cape Town (3rd January 1932 and

26th April 1933, K. H. B.); Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts.

(September 1933, H. G. W., and January 1934, K. H. B.); Fouches

Hoek, Mosterts Hoek (Breede River valley) (17th April 1933,

K. H. B.); du Toits Kloof, Huguenot (31st March 1934, H. G. W.).

Adenophlebia nymphs.

Locality.—Ezelfontein, east of Ceres (September 1933, K. H. B.).

Gen. CASTANOPHLEBIA Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 244.

1932. Ulmer, loc. cit., p. 214.

This genus appears to be accepted by Ulmer. Unfortunately Ulmer

received a reprint of my paper with the typographical error “long

stalk of MA” instead of “long stalk of M” (see corrigenda).

The beautiful May-fly described below is a typical Castanophlebia

as regards the imago, but shows remarkable features in the nymph,

which necessitate an emendation of the generic diagnosis.

Nymph.—Maxillary palp with 3rd joint either short, its junction

with 2nd joint transverse, or elongate with oblique junction. Gills

seven pairs, either double or single, but always slender and narrow

lanceolate.

The reduction of the inner lamina of the 7th gill and its occasional

complete absence in calida, seems to indicate the course of evolution

of the new species.

Genotype: C. calida Brurd.

Castanophlebia albicauda nu. sp.

(Fig. 7.)

Imago.—7-8 cross-veins before bulla, 10 ($) 14-15 (9) in ptero-

stigmal area, the latter oblique, straight or slightly sigmoid, with

occasional Y-forking on costa; subcostal 16-17 (2); between R,.;

and MA, 8 (3) 9-10 (2); between MA, and M,., 9 (g) 9-10 (9);

1-3 (4) cross-veins between IMA and MA, and MA, (not counting

proximal connecting veins); IR, usually not connected with Rs.

Hind-wing as in calida (not always so many cross-veins in subcostal

area as represented in fig. 36, 6). Tenth sternite, penis, and forceps

632 Annals of the South African Museum.

3S as in calida, each lobe of the penis with a small knob in middle,

which appears as if it could be extruded into an acute process as in

calida. Ventral plate of 2 short, broader than long, with deep excision

as in calida.

Fore-wing: ¢ 9 mm., 29 11 mm.

Castaneous, occiput, and prothorax slightly paler; a dark brown

bar on lateral margin of scutum as in calida; abdominal segments

Fie. 7.—Castanophlebia albicauda n. sp. Fore-wing (2), and maxilla.

1-6 3g, 1-7 @ castaneous, the junctions of the segments and the

pleural junctions of tergites and sternites pale, segments 7-9 3,

8 and 92 pale fawn. Legs and cerci pale fawn, uniform. Neuration

fulvous-castaneous, costal and subcostal areas in pterostigmal region

semi-opaque. Neuration in $ much paler and less conspicuous than

in 9, the cross-veins especially faint.

Subimago similar but paler.

Nymph.—As in calida, but the labrum more angular, the spines

on front margins of femora acute. The maxillary palp as figured,

the junction of 2nd and 3rd joints oblique, 3rd greatly elongate,

with dense brush of setae along its inner margin, most of the setae

apically falcate, with extremely minute setules on inner margin.

Labial palp with 3rd joint not so slender relatively to the 2nd as

figured for calida (even for calida fig. 87, g, shows the 3rd joint too

slender). Seven pairs of gills, each gill consisting of a single narrow

lamina, with unbranched trachea.

Up to 10-11 mm., cerci 15-18 mm.

Fulvous-castaneous, mature nymphs deep castaneous, pro- and

meso-thorax slightly mottled dorsally. Abdominal segments 1-7

castaneous, segments 8-10 pure ivory-white. Ventral surface of

thorax and abdominal segments 1-7 pale brownish, usually with the

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 633

3 dark spots as in calida. Femora ochraceous, tibiae and tarsi paler.

Cerci white. Anterior gills greyish, with dark tracheae, the posterior

ones white with inconspicuous tracheae. Maxillary palp with 2nd

and 3rd joints pale.

Localities —Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh, 4000-5000 feet (end

September 1932, nymphs, K. H. B., beginning of November 1932,

nymphs and adults, K. H. B. and H.G. W.); Witte River, Wellington

Mts. (October 1933, H. G. W., nymphs); Bosch Kloof, Keeromberg,

Worcester (end of January 1933, half-grown nymphs, H. G. W.).

Remarks.—A larger and apparently more local fly than the

“Chestnut Dun” (C. calida). It is easily recognised by the white

or pale apex of the abdomen, which is very conspicuous in the nymph

(cf. similar coloration in nymphs of Lithogloea harrisoni, and Agrionid

Dragon-fly nymphs from the Gt. Winterhoek Mts.).

Under a hand-lens the head of the nymph with its maxillary palps

projecting forwards resembles a dust-pan with a pair of hand-brushes;

and the palps evidently function as brushes to sweep up particles of

food-stuff into the mouth.

The fly may be known as the Larger Chestnut Dun.

Castanophlebia calida Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 246, figs. 36, 37.

Localities.—Hottentots Holland Mts. (November 1932, K. H. B.,

H.G. W., and C. W. T.); Tradouw Pass, Langeberg Range (February

1932, K. H. B., H. G. W., and C. W. T.); Meirings Poort, Zwartberg

Range (Mebruary 1952, K. H. B., H. G. W., and C. W. T.); Gt.

Winterhoek Mts. (September 1932, K. H. B., H. G. W., and C. W. T.);

Porterville (August 1937, K. H. B. and A. C. H.); Upper Olifants R.,

north of Ceres (October 1937, K. H. B. and C. W. T.).

Fam. EPHEMERELLIDAE.

The discovery of a second species of Lithogloea necessitates another

alteration in the family diagnosis, as the nymph of this n. sp. has only

four pairs of gills on segments 1-4.

Gen. EPHEMERELLINA Lest.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 347.

1932. Ulmer, loc. cit., p. 214.

The generic diagnosis may be completed thus: fore tarsus ¢ slightly

longer than tibia, which is twice as long as femur; Ist tarsal joint very

634 Annals of the South African Museum.

short, 2nd longest, 3rd—5th decreasing, claws alike. Ventral plate 9

broader than long.

In the subimago the fore-leg of 3 is no longer than that of the 9.

Although the fly has not actually been bred, further collecting,

especially on Table Mt., leaves no doubt that the nymph described

and figured by me (loc. cit., p. 252, fig. 43, d-g) is correctly assigned.

Both nymphs and flies have been found in the Gt. Winterhoek Mts.

and on Table Mt.; and nymphs in several other localities, including

the river system in which the type locality is situated.

Whether there is more than one species in the Cape mountains is a

moot point. The $¢ from the Gt. Winterhoek Mts. have a much

more strongly bilobed penis than the single ¢ from the Wellington Mts.

Ephemerellina barnardi Lest.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 251, fig. 42, e, and p. 252, fig. 48, d-g

(nymph).

Imago.—Some specimens collected in the Gt. Winterhoek Mts.,

4000 feet (beginning November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.), are

a b

Fic. 8.—Ephemerellina barnardi Lest. a, ventral plate, 9. 6, penis. c, d,

dorsal abdominal spinules of imago, lateral view and cross-section.

very much darker than the original specimens. The whole body

is dark Vandyke brown, with lighter marks laterally on the meso-

thorax. Wings hyaline, slightly milky along the costal margin,

longitudinal veins dark brown or sepia, the cross-veins very 1mcon-

spicuous. |

Penis somewhat hour-glass shaped, apically deeply bilobed.

Ventral plate 2 broader than long, lateral margins feebly angular,

and distal margin slightly concave. .

Abdominal segments 2-6 each with a small transverse shicledaitie

in the middle of the tergite, each bearing 2 small conical tubercles or

spinules.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, ete. 635

Fore-wing ¢ 9 mm., 2 10 mm.

These specimens are smaller than the Gt. Winterhoek 2 (November

1916), but barring the colour are exactly similar. The ventral plate

and the abdominal spinules were not mentioned in my description.

The $3 differ in the penis from the Wellington Mts. ¢ figured

by me. A subimago from this locality (Ist January 1934, H. G.

Wood) confirms this figure, though a comparison between subimago

and imago is not too reliable. The abdomen in the latter specimen

is too mutilated to determine the presence of the spinules.

Some 9° from Table Mt. (5th January, 2nd February, and 29th

December 1933, K. H. B.) agree in the shape of the ventral plate

and other features, but the coloration is distinctly castaneous or

rufous. Fore-wing 10-11 mm.

The original pair described by Lestage is not in the S.A. Museum

(Barnard, loc. cit., footnote, p. 202), so that further comparison must

wait until more material is obtained from the type locality.

Nymph.—Nymphs similar to that described from the Cedarberg

Mts. have been found in the Gt. Winterhoek Mts., end September

1932, K. H. B.; in the head-waters of the Palmiet River (Groenland

Mts., south side of Viljoen’s Pass, Elgin, 29th October 1931, K. H. B.,

and Hottentots Holland Mts., November 1932 and January 1933,

K. H. B. and H. G. W.); French Hoek Pass (head-waters of River

Zonder End) December 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.; Table Mt.,

August-September 1933, K. H. B., half and three-quarters grown.

The Elgin nymph is a large one measuring 12 mm., cerci 9 mm.,

3 mm. across the wing-cases and 2:75 mm. high at the same level. The

largest from the Gt. Winterhoek Mts. is 10 mm. in body length, and

is evidently in a younger stage as the projecting tips of the wing-cases

are not so prominent.

The larger nymphs are very solidly built, plump and high; they

can be picked off the rock with thumb and finger without damage.

They inhabit only those portions of the mountain streams which are

shallow and where the water is always rushing tumultuously over the

rocks and stones.

Gen. LirHociora Brnrd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 252.

The diagnosis stands, except that the penis is not always broad in

contrast with that of Ephemerellina, and that gills are present in the

nymph on segments 1-6 or 1-4.

The confusion of two species under the name harrison: was due to

636 Annals of the South African Museum.

my collecting very young nymphs from Table Mt. streams and

referring them without actual breeding to the Drakenstein specimens

bred by Mr. Harrison. We were led to think that there might be

two species in the Drakenstein material by differences in coloration;

but this was definitely proved not to be so, as stated on p. 255,

lines 5-6. This has been further confirmed by breeding from nymphs

of another different colour-pattern.

Barring a slight difference in size, and the penis of the dg, there is

no distinction between the imagos of the two species; but the nymphs

are quite distinct.

Genotype: L. harrison: Brnrd.

Inthogloea harrison Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 253, figs. 42, a-d, 44 (harrisoni part;

not the young nymph described and figured).

The locality Table Mt. should be deleted, as the true harrisoni has

not yet been found in the Cape Peninsula.

Add the following localities: Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh

(November 1932, K. H. B. and H. G. W.); Palmiet River, Kleinmond

(December 1932, H. G. W.); Hottentots Holland Mts. (November

1952; Ke Be B. and. Ba Ge W.):

In the nymph the following colour varieties have been observed:

From Stellenbosch Mr. Harrison has collected nymphs of a uniform

very dark Vandyke brown, almost black. In the Gt. Winterhoek

Mts. nearly all the nymphs have definite white spots; the ground

colour in the younger nymphs is mottled as originally described

(p. 255), but in the larger ones becomes very dark sepia, almost

black. The following parts are pure white: 2 small dots on head

behind lateral ocelli and contiguous with inner margins of eyes, a

large oval median spot on anterior part of mesonotum, whole of

10th tergite and the lateral projections of the 9th segment, the

distal ends of all the femora, and the distal half of the cerci except

the extreme tips. In life the contrast between the blackish ground-

colour and the white thoracic spot, 10th abdominal segment and

“knees”? is very striking. The nymphs are very conspicuous on the

stones and are not in the least protectively coloured as are the nymphs

of the following species.

It is interesting to note that in the same locality the nymphs of one

of the Agrionid Dragon-flies has the same scheme of coloration:

blackish with white terminal segment and white knees; and also the

nymphs of Castanophlebia albicauda (cf. supra).

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 637

Lnthogloea penicillata n. sp.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 255, fig. 43, a-c (harrisont part, young

nymph).

Imago.—As in harrisoni, but slightly smaller, and penis narrower

(cf. fig. 42, e, of EL. barnardi). Ventral plate 2 as in harrisoni.

Fic. 9.—Lithogloea penicillata n. sp. Nymph. a, 6, left and right mandibles.

c, d, e, gills on 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments, ventral view, the external margin

on the left in each case.

Body ¢ 5-6 mm., 2 6 mm.; fore-wing $ 5-5-6 mm., 2 6-5 mm.

Nymph.—Full-grown nymph resembling the young described and

figured. Abdomen triquetral in cross-section, medio-dorsally slightly

carinate, but none of the segments raised or imbricate. Only three

pairs of lamellate gills, those on segments 2 and 3 being double, that

on segment 4 single. Guill on segment 1 as in harrisons. Mandibles

even more oblong than in the young, the apices being squarely

truncate, the outer angle usually worn quite blunt. Cerci feebly

setose.

Up to 5-6 mm.

638 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ochraceous or straw-coloured, with faint darker markings on

thorax, abdomen with a series of dark spots dorso-laterally, that on

segment 2 being the largest and most conspicuous.

Localities.—Streams on slopes of Table Mt. (Blinkwater, Platteklip,

and Skeleton Ravines, Orange Kloof) (November to March, K. H. B.);

Amandel River, Hex River, Worcester (October 1931, mature nymphs

from trout stomachs, A. C. H.); Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh

(September 1932, K. H. B., and November 1932, K. H. B. and

H. G. W.); Porterville (August 1937, A. C. H.); Seven Weeks Poort,

Ladismith, Cape (September 1933, nymphs and subimagos, K. H. B.);

Prince Albert, mouth of Zwartberg Pass (September 1933, nymphs,

KeUEE RS:

Fam, ECDYONURIDAE.

Afronurus peringuey? (EK. P.).

(1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 255.

Localities.—Yarrow River, Karkloof, Natal (18th March 1934,

L. A. Day); Umzimkulu River (April 1936, nymphs, Dr. Sampson);

Cathkin Peak, 6000 ft., Drakensberg, Natal (January 1938, nymphs,

Dr. R. F. Lawrence).

Afronurus harrisont Brurd.

1932. Barnard, loc. cat., p. 257.

Localities—Du Toits Kloof, Rawsonville (25th March 1932, 9

imago, K. H. B.); Michell’s Pass, Ceres (September 1932, nymphs,

K. H. B.); Seven Weeks Poort, Ladismith, Cape (September 1933,

nymphs, K. H. B.); Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (October

i9o1, 2 imate; kK. EL B))-

TRICHOPTERA.

A considerable amount of material has accumulated since the

publication of “South African Caddis-flies”” (Barnard, Trans. Roy.

Soc. 8. Afr., xxi, pt. 4, 1934), comprising undescribed species and

numerous new locality records due to collecting by Mr. H. G. Wood

and myself. Only the most important localities are recorded, namely,

those extending the already recorded distribution or linking up

widely separated localities.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flres, etc. 639

INAEQUIPALPIA.

Fam. SERICOSTOMATIDAE.

Gen. GorRopES Ulmer.

1907. Ulmer, Cat. Coll. Selys. fasc. 6, p. 37.

1927. Martynov, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sci. U.R.S.S., xxvii, p. 471

(Crunobiodes).

1939. Mosely, Ruwenzori Exp. (Brit. Mus.), 111, p. 4.

This genus is characterised by a fold in the fore-wing of the 3, and

a certain type of genitalia.

As the South African species conform with the genus Groerodes as

redefined, Mosely (loc. cot., swpra, p. 2) has transferred it, together

with other African species, to Goerodes, leaving Crunoeciella with a

single Madagascan species.

Goerodes caffrarvae (Brnrd.).

(Fig. 10.)

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 302, fig. 2 (3) (Crunoeciella c.).

Imago 2.—Fore-wing narrower and more oval than in g, covered

with hairs only, no scales. Venation similar to that of sjoestedti Ulmer,

Fic. 10.—Goerodes caffrariae (Brnrd.). a, fore- and hind-wings 9, dotted line

representing forking of R, in one of the specimens. 8, c, lateral and ventral

views of 2 genitalia.

but fork of Cu, midway between distal cross-vein of thyridial cell

(M,,,—Cu,) and cross-vein Cu,,—Cu,. Basal cross-vein Cu, —Cu,

perpendicular and situated at the fork of M and Cu, (this cross-vein

640 Annals of the South African Museum.

was omitted in the figure of the g). Hind-wing as in sjoestedti; Sc

and R separate throughout (as is probably the case in sjoestedti,

though the figure shows them fused proximally). One specimen has

R, forked in both fore-wings, as indicated by dotted lines in fig. 10, a.

On the membrane the cross-vein R;—M, is surrounded by an oval

clear space, and a clear space along M and M,,,, with a slight expansion

at forking of M,,, and M,,,. Coloration as in g.

Fore-wing 6-6-5 mm.

Genitalia, terminal tergite projecting rather prominently, in dorsal

(or ventral) view rounded-truncate; terminal sternite apically tri-

lobed; penultimate sternite forming a flat semicircular plate.

Locality.— Grahamstown (Carl’s Rust and Paradise Kloof) (J.

Hewitt, 2 99).

Dyschimus collyrifer Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 306, fig. 5, a-e.

- Locality.—Malgas River, George (K. H. B., November 1938, 1 3).

Dyschimus ensifer Brnrd.

(Fig. 11.)

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 306, fig. 5, fEk (3).

Imago, 2.—Venation; in fore-wing Cu,, complete to margin, cross-

vein from fork of Cu, nearly straight to margin, joining Cu, and 1A,

neither of the latter veins continued to margin. In hind-wing distal

portion of Sc running obliquely upwards and forwards to C (not

recurved as in 3g), R incomplete basally and distally, discoidal cell

present, fork 3 shortly stalked. Genitalia, supra-anal plate prominent,

in dorsal (or ventral) view broadly subtriangular with apical notch;

subanal plate small, longer than wide, apically rounded.

Fore-wing 10 mm.

Colour as in ¢, antennae dark umber.

Locality.— Grahamstown (Carl’s Rust) (J. Hewitt, 1 9).

Remarks.—In the venation of the hind-wing and the genitalia, in

both sexes, this species is somewhat isolated from the other two species

of the genus. |

Rhoizema montanum Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 311, fig. 8.

Locality.—Prince Alfred’s Pass, Avontuur, Outeniqua Range,

3500 feet (K. H. B. and C. W. T., January 1940, 1 3).

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 641

Petroplax phleophila Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 319, fig. 14, a-g.

Locality.— Willow R., north slopes of Cockscomb Peak (Uitenhage

Div.) (K. H. B. and C. W. T., October 1938).

Fie. 11.—Dyschimus ensifer Brnrd. a, fore- and hind-wings, 2, dotted line in

fore-wing representing a fold. 6, c, lateral and ventral views ° genitalia.

Petroplax anomala n. sp.

(Fig. 12.)

Imago, §.—Head and thorax dark umber with blackish hairs. Legs

and antennae fuscous, the latter unicolorous. Wing membrane with

the anastomosis and a streak along M clear white; hairs on fore-wing

sepia-brown with golden-brown hairs intermixed, androconia blackish;

hairs on hind-wing sepia, fringe blackish.

Fore-wing 7 mm.

Venation.—M prolonged basally and without apparent connection

with Cu,; between these two veins a fold forming a deep groove on

lower surface; on anterior side of Cu, at base on lower surface a series

of androconia, extending about 1 mm. in length; Cu, and 1A obsolete,

represented by a fold which does not extend more than 4 length of

wing; thyridial cell resembling that of the 9 of the other species; two

of the branches of M forming a reversed fork or cell which is sym-

metrical in both right and left wings. Hind-wing with an indication

of a cross-vein between M and Cu,,.

VOL. XXXII, PART 6. 44

642 Annals of the South African Museum.

Gemtaha, 9th and 10th tergites fused, the portion representing the

9th somewhat raised and medianly scabrous, the distal portion (10th)

apically cleft, the lower lateral margins with fine recurved serrulations;

penis with 2 stout subterminal spiniform processes, whose apices are

slightly upturned, the membranous apex bilobed; clasper spatulate,

hollowed on inner side, apex rounded (not bifid); 9th sternite with

Fic. 12.—Petroplax anomalan.sp. a, fore- and hind-wings ¢ (androconia actually

on lower surface). 6, diagrammatic cross-section of fore-wing near base,

showing androconia attached to lower surface of Cu,. c, d, e, lateral, dorsal

and ventral views of 3 genitalia. /, lateral view of apex of penis.

stout process, the apex slightly excavate; lamina on 7th sternite

transversely crescentic.

Locality.—Grahamstown (Carl’s Rust) (J. Hewitt, 1 3).

Remarks.—In general features this species unmistakably belongs

to the genus Petroplax (Barnard, loc. cit., p. 316), but it is markedly

distinct from the other three species in the modification of the fore-

wing. The patch of androconia is much larger than in the other species.

In consequence of the suppression of Cu, and 1A in the fore-wing,

M and Cu, are pushed farther towards the hind margin, and the area

between Rs and M becomes very broad.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 643

Cheimacheramus caudalis Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 316, fig. 12.

The Palmiet River specimens (H. G. W., December 1933) are even

smaller than the Tradouw ones, viz.: fore-wing ¢ 4:5 mm., 2? 4:75 mm.

The posterior projection of the ¢ claspers is more slender, the

prongs of the fork of 10th tergite longer and less divergent, and the

ventral process of 9th sternite bluntly pointed.

Locality.—Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B., October

iat, 1 3).

Barbarochthon brunneum Brnurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 321, figs. 15 and 1, a.

The specific identity of the Table Mt. form with that from the

type locality has been established by breeding. In fresh specimens,

especially noticeable in those collected in the Hottentots Holland

Mts., there is a pale or white band along the side of the abdomen.

Locality.—Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and

C. W. T., October 1937, gd, 29).

AEQUIPALPIA.

Petrothrincus triangularis (Hagen).

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 325, fig. 18, g-g.

Cases were found (K. H. B., September 1933) in the Valsch Gat

stream on the Ceres (north) side of Matroosberg in the Hex River

Mts.

Fam. LEPTOCERIDAE.

Pseudoleptocerus cupreus Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 329, fig. 19.

Mosely (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xi, p. 541, figs. 6-10, 1933) has

redescribed P. schoutedeni Navas. These two species would seem to

be closely allied, but Mosely says nothing about the spines on the

penis; the shape of the process on the 9th sternite in schoutedent is

more like that of cwpreus var. subfuscus (fig. 19, 7).

Leptocerus schoenobates Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 333, figs. 21, 22, a—I.

Localities.—Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and

C. W. T., October 1937, $3, 99); Clarkson, between Humansdorp

and Tsitsikama (C. W. T., November 1938, 32).

644 Annals of the South African Museum.

Leptocerus bibulus n. sp.

(Fig. 13, a-d.) .

Imago.—In fore-wing anastomosis between R, 43 and Cu, straight,

or almost so, slightly oblique; stalk of fork 1 subequal to upper

Fic. 13.—Leptocerus bibulus n. sp. a, 6, lateral and dorsal views of ¢ genitalia.

c, penis. d, ventral view of one of the claspers.

Leptocerus spatulan. sp. e,f, lateral and dorsal views of 3 genitalia. g, ventral

view of penis and lower sheath.

Leptocerus dieselin. sp. h, i, lateral and dorsal views of 3 genitalia.

branch (R,) of fork 1; apical cell 4 g¢ with stalk almost or quite

obsolete, sessile on anastomosis; stalk of cell 4 9 (M,,,) subequal

to stalk of fork 1. In hind-wing apical fork 1 very short, about

+ length of its stalk; stalk of apical cell 4 very short, not more than

4 the cross-vein between Rs and M, 7.e. the cell almost sessile.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 645

Genitalia $ in general similar to those of potes Brunrd. (loc. cit.,

p. 341), but distinguished by the large dorsal plate, different shape

of the two dependent processes, spination of penis, and claspers.

Fore-wing 5-6 mm. Coloration as in potes.

Locality.—French Hoek Pass (K. H. B. and H. G. W., October 1933).

Leptocerus spatula n. sp.

(Fig. 13, e-g.)

Imago.—In fore-wing anastomosis between R,,, and Cu, straight,

oblique; stalk of fork 1 equal to upper branch (R,) of fork; apical

cell 4 § with short stalk not quite equal to cross-vein between M

and Cu,. In hind-wing apical fork 1 short, less than 4 length of its

stalk, much shorter in the Clanwilliam specimens; stalk of apical

cell 4 about 14 times length of cross-vein between Rs and M.

Genitalia $ somewhat like those of tuckeri Brnrd. and variety,

but distinguished by the extraordinarily long spinous processes and

the more lamellately expanded claspers.

Fore-wing 9mm. Head and thorax umber brown, abdomen paler;

wings pale brown, neuration slightly darker.

Locality.—French Hoek Pass (H. G. W., October 1933, 1 3;

K. H. B., October 1936, 1 3g); Jan Diesel’s River, Clanwilliam

(K. H. B., September 1936, 2 3g); Upper Olifants R., north of Ceres

(esrb. and C. W. T., October 1937, gd, 29).

Leptocerus tabularis Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 337, fig. 24.

Top of Kasteel’s Poort, Table Mt. (7th May 1935, K. H. B.), in very

dry places. All attempts to locate the larva of this species have

been unsuccessful.

Leptocerus harrisont Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 337, figs. 25, 26.

Jan. Diesel’s River, Clanwilliam (K. H. B., September 1936, 1 3).

Leptocerus diesels n. sp.

(Fig. 13, h, 2.)

Imago.—In fore-wing anastomosis between R,,, and Cu, straight,

oblique; stalk of fork 1 subequal to upper branch of fork; apical

cell 4 3 with stalk 14 times length of cross-vein between M and Cu,.

646 Annals of the South African Museum.

In hind-wing apical fork 1 absent; stalk of apical cell 4 subequal to

cross-vein between Rs and M.

Genitalia g—a transverse band projecting laterally in a short

setose process on each side, below this a pair of strongly chitinised

processes, with sinuous dorsal margin in lateral view, and a short

retrorse spinous projection on lateral margin; penis very broad in

dorsal view, with 4 weak spines dorsally; no titillators; claspers

relatively small, twisted so that the upper margin (in lateral view)

becomes the front margin, in general somewhat like those of L. cedri

(Barnard, loc. cit., fig. 27, h, 2).

Fore-wing 6-6-3 mm. Colour of fore-wing uniform greyish.

Locality —Jan Diesel’s River, Clanwilliam (K. H. B., September

1936, 4 33).

Remarks.—At first sight resembling L. cedri in the genitalia, but

without the small medio-dorsal bifid process of the latter species,

and apical fork 1 in hind- wing completely absent.

Leptocerus cedri Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 341, fig. 27, h, +.

Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and C. W. T.,

October 1937, 3d, 29).

Leptocerus potes Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 341, fig. 28, a-g.

Locality.—Kaimans River, near George (K. H. B., November 1938,

3d, $9).

Leptocerus longistylis Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 341, fig. 27, 7-1.

Locality.—Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and

CG. W. T., October 1937, $3).

Leptocerus securis Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 3438, fig. 30, a, 6.

Localities.—Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., October 1933); French

Hoek Pass, east side (K. H. B., October 1936, 33, 99); Pakhuis

Pass, Clanwilliam (K. H. B., September 1936, 33, 99); Willow R.,

north slopes of Cockscomb Peak (Uitenhage Div.) (K. H. B., October

1938); George and Kaimans River (K. H. B., November 1938).

In the George and Kaimans River specimens (1 ¢ from each

locality), the medio-dorsal process, instead of being laterally com-

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 647

pressed, forms a dorso-ventrally flattened process. When more

material is available, this may prove to be of varietal or specific

value, though in other respects the genitalia do not seem to show any

differences from the typical form.

Leptocerus stephanus Brnrd. —

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 348, figs. 22, k, 31, d, e.

Localities.—Tradouw Peak, Langeberg Range (K. H. B., January

1935); Meirings Poort, Spitzkop, Zwartberg Range (K. H. B. and

H. G. W., January 1935); Rust en Vrede, near Cango, Zwartberg

Range (H. G. W., January 1938).

The Zwartberg Range specimens have the 10th tergite with out-

standing lateral spines as figured in fig. 31, e.

Leptocerus elaphus Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 348, fig. 31, f, g.

Localities.—River Zonder End Mts., 4000 feet (K. H. B., January

1934); du Toits Kloof, Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., March 1934).

Leptecho scirpi Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 349, figs. 22, p—s, 31, 7, k.

Localities —River Zonder End Mts., 4000 feet (K. H. B., January

1934); French Hoek Pass (K. H. B. and H. G. W., April 1935).

Gen. LeprocEeRINA Mosely.

The suggestion (Barnard, loc. cit., p. 350) that furcata Mosely was

synonymous with ugandanus Ulmer is confirmed by Mosely (Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xvu, p. 429, 1936) after examination of Ulmer’s

type.

Oecetis afra Mosely.

1934 (May). Mosely, Eos., ix, p. 24, figs. 14-16.

It is possible that kunenensis Brnrd., described from the 9 only,

will prove synonymous with the Northern Rhodesian afra.

Oecetis lucipetens n. sp.

(Fig. 14.)

- Imago.—Tibial spurs 1, 2, 2. Fore-wing with Sc and R thickened

and connected by an oblique cross-vein distally, Sc only faintly

648 Annals of the South African Museum.

continued to costal margin; apical fork 1 sessile, fork 3 shortly

stalked; anastomosis stepped; hind-wing narrow, fork 1 absent,

M and Cu, forked.

Genitalia 3.—9th (or 9th and 10th?) tergite ovoid, with 2 minute

setose apical lobes, and 2 subapical groups of setae on a slightly

Fic. 14.—Oecetis lucipetensn. sp. a, fore- and hind-wings. 0, c, dorsal and lateral

views of $ genitalia.

raised boss-like projection; penis short, curved downwards; clasper <

distally abruptly narrowed, upper margin proximal to the narrow

apex with a fringe of rather long setae.

Fore-wing 6 mm., antenna 18 mm.

Head and thorax fulvous, wings pale with sepia venation, in fore-

wing a small dot formed by black hairs at base of fork 1, at base of

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 649

thyridial cell, and at junction of Cu,,, with hind margin. Legs and

antennae pale.

Locality.—Olifants River, Citrusdal, Clanwilliam Division, Cape

(K. H. B., 2 $3, 3 99, 13th February 1939).

Remarks.—Although this is rather an aberrant species with features

reminiscent of Ptochoecetis, I am referring it for the time being to

Oecetis on the advice of Mr. Mosely, to whom I submitted specimens.

The flies were caught round the lamp on the bank of the river;

the taxonomist also seeks light on many puzzling cases.

Gen. Homit1a McLach.

1934. Barnard, Tr. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xxi, p. 354.

1936. Mosely, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xvu, pp. 429, 432.

Mosely describes two species, one of which, H. lomza, is found at

Sabie, Transvaal, and in Sierra Leone. He does not give the tibial

spur formula for either species. In 1934 under Leptocerus fissus

(loc. cit., p. 336), I remarked that as this species was stated to have

the formula 2, 2, 2 in both sexes, it could not be included in Homilia

in spite of the similarity of the $ genitalia.

The two n. spp. described below have a 2, 2, 2 formula, in the case

of elephas in both sexes; in other respects they are essentially repre-

sentatives of the genus Homilia. Although the tibial spurs are cus-

tomarily regarded as of considerable taxonomic importance, I am

including both these n. spp. in Homilia, and suggest that L. fissus

may eventually also be transferred to this genus.

Of the two species here described, knysnaensis agrees with vetulata

Brnrd. and malia Mosely in lacking the lateral appendages of the

10th tergite; and elephas is more closely allied to lomia Mosely than

to vetulata Brnrd. from the Kunene River.

Homuilia elephas nu. sp.

(Fig. 15, d-f.)

Imago.—Tibial spurs 2, 2, 2; the two on the fore-tibia are subequal

and easily distinguished in both sexes when the limb is cleared.

Venation as in lomia Mosely (loc. cit., fig. 5) in both sexes, stalk of

apical fork 1 shorter than its upper branch, and shorter than stalk

of apical cell 4.

Genitalia §.—9th tergite, as in vetulata and lomia, with 2 patches

of minute spinules or granules, preanal (superior) appendages elongate,

slender, sparsely setose; 10th tergite (upper penis sheath) elongate,

650 Annals of the South African Museum.

deeply cleft, without prongs, apices of lobes acute, near the base of

the 10th tergite on each side there arises an elongate process (lateral

appendage) (not found in either vetulata or lomia), sinuous, with

setose apex; penis robust, in side view bent downwards at right

angles, deeply grooved dorsally and posteriorly; clasper in side view

widely bifid, proximal upper branch ending in a sharp, incurved,

strongly chitinised apex (cf. lomia), distal branch slender, elongate,

apically incurved, a slender process arising from inner side, lower

margin with a tooth-like process.

Fore-wing 6-7 mm. Antennae 14 mm.

Head and thorax fuscous with black and white hairs. Wings

umber brown, somewhat speckled apically with white hairs; in

fore-wing a whitish costal mark proximal and another distal to the

pterostigmal area, which in the denuded wing by transmitted light

is suffused, a whitish mark at junction of Cu,4, with hind margin.

Tarsi and antennae annulate.

-Locality.— Olifants River, Citrusdal, Clanwilliam Division, Cape

(K. H. B., 138th February 1939, 2 33, 3 99).

Homilia knysnaensis n. sp.

(Fig. 15, a-c.)

~ Imago, 3.—Tibial spurs 2, 2, 2. Fore-wing not scaly, with stalk

of apical fork 1 subequal to its upper branch, stalk of apical cell

4 shorter; thyridial cell longer than discoidal cell; anastomosis nearly

perpendicular to long axis of wing, cross-veins R,—M,,, in line, distal

to cross-vein M—M,,,.

Gentalia 3, preanal appendages somewhat clavate, setose; 10th

tergite an elongate process, its depth basally in lateral view greater

than its width in dorsal view, bifurcate for about half its length,

with a pair of movable slender processes dorsally; no lateral

appendages; penis stout, curved, with subterminal lateral expansions

when viewed dorsally; claspers with an internal ventral bifid process

at base, one lobe of which bears short spines, the other long setae, on

its ventral surface a small digitiform process, with apical spinule, the

longer external arm of the clasper apically trifid, the upper two

processes being movable.

Fore-wing 8mm. Antennae 18 mm.

Head and thorax piceous-brown. Fore-wing dark sepia with

2 cuneiform white marks distally from the costa inwards, subcosta

and hind-margin as far as end of Cu, pale, a pale speck also at junction

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 651

of cross-vein M—M,,, with M. Antennae pale sepia, annulated.

Legs pale ochreous.

Fig. 15.—Homilia knysnaensis n. sp. a, fore- and hind-wings. 0, lateral view of

6 genitalia. c, dorsal view of same, with penis drawn separately to same

scale, and ventral basal process further enlarged.

Homilia elephas n. sp. d, lateral view of $ genitalia.. e, dorsal view of same,

the appendages of 9th tergite displaced, lateral appendages omitted on left

side, inner process of clasper omitted on right side. /, posterior view of penis

(on a larger scale).

Locality.—Goukama River, near Knysna (K. H. B., 5th November

1938, 1 3).

Remarks.—The colour pattern of this single specimen suggests its

inclusion in the genus Homilia, apart from other features.

652 Annals of the South African Museum.

Gen. ADIcELLA McLach.

1932. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 357.

1932. Ulmer, Peking Nat. Hist. Bull., vis.

1936. Martynov, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxxviii, p. 279.

Adicella monachus n. sp.

(Fig. 16.)

Imago.—Venation like that of pulcherrima Ulmer, and biramosa

Mart. (loc. cot., 1936); in fore-wing M, and M, arising together at

upper distal corner of thyridial cell, anastomosis almost straight,

R, thickened distally, stalk of fork 1 subequal to its upper branch

: ve! Ny

Ly};

Fic. 16.—Adicella monachus n. sp. a, b, lateral and dorsal views of ¢ genitalia.

(R,); in hind-wing fork of M nearer to level of fork of R than in

biramosa.

Gemtalia 3, 9th tergite transverse, preanal appendages ovate,

strongly setose, 10th tergite forming a broad, cowl-like process,

apically bilobed, with a short transverse median ridge, penis stout,

simple, strongly curved, clasper uniramous, upturned, somewhat

twisted, with a few short spines on apex.

Fore-wing 5-5 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, with greyish hairs,

antennae pale ochreous, faintly annulate, wings grey, anastomosis on

fore-wing faintly indicated by a whitish streak.

Larva.—Similar to that of filicornis (Rousseau, 1921, p. 636,

fig. 219). Case composed of small pieces of vegetable matter forming

a tube more or less 4-sided in cross-section; sometimes sand-grains

are incorporated; one case is composed entirely of sand-grains, but

is circular, not 4-sided in section.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 653

Locality. Natal (Natal Mus.).

Remarks.—As regards the ¢ genitalia this species is very like syriaca

Ulmer (1907, Notes, Leyden Mus., xxix, p. 52, figs. 71, 72). In

lateral view (fig. 71) there is very little difference; but the claspers

are described and figured (fig. 72) as 2-jointed. One suspects that

this is an error, as they appear to be only 1-jointed in fig. 71. In

syriaca the fore-wings are yellow, and the species is stated to be the

palest or brightest of the species then known. This coloration does

not fit the present species. Although syriaca has been recorded from

widely separated localities (Lestage, 1919, also Barnard, loc. cit.), it

seems better to regard the Natal form as a separate species until a

revised description of syriaca has been given.

Potamoryza modesta Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 352, fig. 33.

Larvae and pupae (imagos dissected from latter) were collected at

the northern entrance to the Zwartberg Pass, Prince Albert (K. H. B.,

September 1933); Willow R., north slopes of Cockscomb Peak

(Uitenhage Division); Patentie (Gamtoos valley); and Knysna

(K. H. B., October-November 1938).

Fam. HYDROPSYCHIDAE.

Gen. CHEUMATOPSYCHE Wallengr.

1891. Wallengren, K. Sv. Ver. Ak. Handl., n.s., xxiv, pp. 138, 142.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 360. (Hydropsychodes.)

1936. Mosely, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xvu, p. 438.

H. maculata (Mosely).

1934 (May). Mosely, Eos., ix, p. 22, figs. 11-13.

1934 (July). Barnard, loc. cit., p. 362, figs. 37, a-f, 38 (lateralis).

It is evident that Mosely and I have described forms of the same

species. This very common and somewhat variable Western Province

species must therefore bear the name proposed by Mosely.

In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), xv, p. 231, 1935, Mosely gives a

list of the African species of this genus.

654 Annals of the South African Museum.

Leptonema natalense Mosely.

1933. Mosely, Rev. Gen. Leptonema, Brit. Mus., p. 24, figs. 43-48.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 370, fig. 41, f-2 (occidentale, non Ulmer).

By an oversight the correction was not made in my paper. In

this paper delete the words: ‘Distribution: Cameroons.”

Macronema natalense Ulmer.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 372, fig. 42, a-e.

Localities —Kromme River at Assegai Bush (C. W. T., Ist November

1938, 1 2); Goukama River, near Knysna (K. H. B., 5th November

1938, 33).

Fam. POLYCENTROPODIDAE.

Dipseudopsis capensis Wlkr.

(Fig. 17.)

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 374, fig. 43, a-t.

Pupa (described from empty skins).—Mandibles bulbous at base,

distally very slender, curved, terete. Presegmental dorsal plates on

a b &

Fic. 17.—Dipseudopsis capensis Wlkr. Pupa. a, mandible. 6, dorsal view of

5th and 6th abdominal segments, showing postsegmental plates on 5th and

presegmental plates on 6th segment, with postsegmental plate in lateral view

and further enlarged. c, dorsal view of 9th abdominal segment.

segments 3, 4, and 6-8, sometimes (in 1 out of 13 specimens) also on

segment 5; postsegmental plates dorso-laterally on segment 5. The

presegmental plates bear spines, 6-8 on the plates on segments 3

and 4, 4-5 on those on segment 8, 10-12 on those on segment 7, and

about 14 on those on segment 6; the postsegmental plates are oval

in shape, nearly vertically upstanding, and with 6-8 strong spines

on upper edge. 9th segment with a transverse dorsal series of

8 chitinised conical projections, the outermost (lateral) one on each

side smaller than the others, each bearing a single rather long seta;

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flres, etc. 655

posterior margin arcuate, postero-lateral corners with several setae

of varying length.

Localities.—Dolley Reservoir, Zwartkops River, Uitenhage (K. H. B.

and C. W. T., 28th October 1938, 3, 99, and empty pupal skins);

Goukama River, near Knysna (K. H. B., 5th November 1938, 2 99).

Fam. PSYCHOMYIDAE.

Eenomus similis Mosely.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 378, fig. 45, e, f.

Locality.—Grobelaars R., Schoemann’s Poort, north of Oudtshoorn

(K. H. B., October 1937). One g agreeing with Mosely’s description,

but the inner and distal margins of the claspers are very distinctly

scalloped or crenulate.

Ecnomus natalensis Ulmer.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 378, fig. 45, g—2.

Localityi— Knysna (K. H. B., November 1938, 3 39).

Gen. PADUNIELLA Ulmer.

1912. Ulmer, Notes, Leyden Mus., vol. xxxv, p. 80.

1934. Martynov, Tabl. Anal. Fauna U.R.S.S., vol. xi, p. 209.

1936. Mosely, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), vol. xvii, p. 444.

Tibial spurs g 2, 4, 4,2 1, 4, 4. No ocelli. Maxillary palp ¢ 6,

2 5-joited. Labial palp ¢ 4, Q 3-jointed. Wings narrow (much

resembling those of Hydroptilids), especially the hind-wing, lanceolate,

fore-wing with anal lobe, and forks 2, 3, 4, 5, hind-wing with forks

2 and 5.

Originally instituted for a Javanese species.

Padumeella capensis n. sp.

(Fig. 18.)

Imago.—Venation very similar to that of africana (Ulmer) (ef.

Mosely, loc. cit., fig. 30), but venation very difficult to trace.

Genitalia 3. 9th tergite in dorsal view triangular with truncate

apex, upper appendages ovate both in dorsal and lateral views, with

slightly scalloped or serrate edges, setose; penis in lateral view

apically enlarged, a slender dorsal process arising near base; claspers

oblong, apically bifid, with a setose lobe on middle of upper margin.

656 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fore-wing § 4, 9 4-5 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale

brown, fore wing fawn brown, darker (sepia) in the Cu and anal

Fic. 18.—Paduniella capensis n. sp. a, fore- and hind-wings. 8, c,d. lateral,

dorsal and ventral views of § genitalia. e¢, penis.

areas where the scaling is denser; antennae annulate, legs pale

ochreous.

Locahty.—Schoemann’s Poort, north of Oudtshoorn (K. H. B.

and C. W. T., October 1937, 3d, 22).

Remarks.—Differs from africana (Ulmer), from Cameroon and

Sierra Leone, in the shape of the upper appendages and the claspers.

Fam. PHILOPOTAMIDAE.

Chimarrha ambulans Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 382, figs. 47 and 1, b.

Localities.—Meirings Poort, Zwartberg Range (K. H. B., January

1935); Bosch Kloof, Clanwiliam (K. H. B., September 1936); George

and Kaimans R. (H. G. W., January 1938); Kaimans R. and

Tsitsikama R. (K. H. B., November 1938); Goukama R., Knysna

(K. H. B., November 1938).

Descriptions of -New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 657

Thylakion urceolus Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 386, fig."49, a-.

Localities.—Palmiet R., near Kleinmond (Caledon Div.) (K. H. B.,

December 1934); Willow R., north slopes of Cockscomb Peak

(Uitenhage Div.) (K. H. B., October 1938).

Fam. RHYACOPHILIDAE.

Myspoleo agilis Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 388, fig. 50, a—m.

Locality.—Upper Olifants River, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and

C. W. T., October 1937).

Myspoleo murinus Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 390, fig. 50, n—p.

Localities.—Drakenstein (K. H. B., October 1933) and French Hoek

Mts. (H. G. W., November 1933); Malgas River, George (K. H. B.

and C. W. T., November 1938).

Fam. HYDROPTILIDAE.

Argyrobothrus velocipes Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 393, fig. 52.

Locality—F ound in the Kirstenbosch Botanic Gardens, Newlands,

Cape Peninsula (H. G. W., August 1933).

PERLARIA.

To the records in Barnard (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1934) may

be added the following :—

Fam. NEMOURIDAE.

Aphanicerca capensis Tillyard.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 524, figs. 7, 8, a—h.

Localities.—Gydo Pass, north of Ceres (K. H. B. and C. W. T.,

October 1937, 3,2 (var. 8)); Kaimans River, near George (K. H. B.,

November 1938, 33).

VOL. XXXII, PART 6. 45

658 Annals of the South African Museum.

Aphamicerca bovina Brunrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 531, fig. 12.

‘

French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., April 1935, 2 $3).

Aphancercella barnardi Tillyard.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 537, fig. 15.

French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., April 1935, 3 gd, 1 9

(var. y)).

Aphaniecercella scutata Brnrd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 540, fig. 16.

French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., April 1935, 1 hemipterous 3,

T*micropterous gd, 7 micropterous 99, including one pair in cop);

same locality (H. G. W., September 1935, 1 g, 292, and 1 hemip-

terous g, | hemipterous 9).

In the hemipterous ¢ the fore-wing measures 3 mm., extending to

the end of the 7th abdominal segment; the hind-wing measures

‘75 mm.

In the micropterous specimens the fore-wing measures 1 mm. in the

$3, and 1-5-2 mm. in the 99; in both sexes the hind-wing measures

-4—-5 mm.

Aphanicercella brfurcata Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 542, fig. 18.

Hermitage Kloof, Swellendam (H. G. W., January 1938).

Aphamecercella nigra Brurd.

1934. Barnard, loc. cot., p. 544, fig. 20.

Additional specimens, including gg and 99 in copula, from the

type locality (K. H. B., 3rd October 1936).

Desmonemoura pulchellum Tillyard.

1934. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 546, fig. 21. )

Localities—Rust en Vrede, near Cango, Oudtshoorn District

(H. G. W., January 1938); George (K. H. B., November 1938).

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 659

ODONATA.

Chlorocypha caligata (Selys).

1937. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxxii, p. 185, fig. 4.

At Patentie, in a side stream of the Gamtoos River, a young nymph

was found under a stone (K. H. B., 31st October 1938). The gizzard

shows 7-10 denticles in a double row (somewhat irregular) on each

major fold, and 4-5 in a single row on each minor fold.

Pseudagrion massaicum Sjést.

var. cogmant Brurd.

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 215, fig. 15.

The Cogman’s Kloof River flows into the Breede River, and this

Damsel-fly has now been collected (K. H. B., February 1938) higher

up the main valley at Robertson.

Gen. SyMPETRUM Newman.

1921. Rousseau, Larves et Nymphes Aquat., vol. i, p. 141.

1930. Lucas, Aquat. Stage Brit. Dragonfl. Ray Soc., No. 117,

pp: 19-91, pls. 19-22.

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 251.

The diagnosis given by me in 1937 and based on that of Rousseau,

must be slightly altered to include the now authenticated nymph of

S. fonscolomber, viz.: medio-dorsal projections on abdomen small

or absent, and lateral spines on segments 8 and 9 strong or feeble.

Sympetrum fonscolomber Selys.

1929. Brain, Insect Pests and their Control in 8. Afr., p. 158,

fig. 76 (nymph).

1930. Lucas, loc. cit., p. 83.

1937. Barnard, loc. cit., p. 251, fig. 29 (penis).

Several nymph skins were at hand in 1937, but owing to their

extraordinary resemblance to those of Crocothemis erythrae, they were

not recognised as being really nymphs of S. fonscolomber. Imagos

have now been bred and the nymph authenticated.

The description of the nymph of C. erythrae (Barnard, loc. cit.,

p. 250) applies except for the following differences: length up to

15-17 mm.; antennae longer than the distance between their bases

45*

660 Annals of the South African Museum.

by the length of the last two joints; divided spines on all the tibiae,

“but only on the fore and hind tarsi (spines on the mid tarsi being

simple).

Gen. Pantata Hagen.

1921. Ris, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xvii, pp. 388, 431.

Imago.—Arculus proximal to 2nd Ang. More than 10 Anq in fore-

wing, the last one incomplete, 7 in hind-wing. Sectors of arculus

with common stalk. Triangle not crossed in either wing. One Ac

in hind-wing, and a second cross-vein running obliquely to proximal

corner of triangle. Anal field in hind-wing very broad. Ry, strongly

sinuous. Irregularly one or two rows of cells in IR,—Rspl.

Nymph.—Body sparsely setose. Legs slender, moderately long;

divided spines on all joints of all the tarsi. Antennae inserted a .

little in advance of level of anterior margin of eyes, lateral margins of

head behind eyes convergent. Abdomen oval, without medio-

dorsal tubercles; segments 8 and 9 with very strong lateral spines.

Mask extending to middle coxae; lateral lobes with deep indents.

Pantala flavescens (Fabr.).

(Fig. 19.)

1904. Needham, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvu, p. 712, pl. 40,

fig. 5 (nymph).

1921. Ris, loc. cit., p. 431.

1937. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxxu, pp. 182, 260.

Nymph.—Up to 25 mm. Antennae about 14 times the distance

between their bases. Abdomen widest across segment 6. Anal

pyramid as long as segments 8 and 9 together; appendix dorsalis

longer than the cercoids, and subequal to the cerci. Median lobe of

mask with straight margins, meeting in an angle very slightly greater

than 90°; lateral lobes with 9 deep indents, each intervening tooth

tipped with about 4 graduated spines; lateral setae 13-14, mental Pi

setae 16-20. Gizzard with 2 denticles on each ventral tooth, and a

series of 6 on each dorsal tooth. Rectal gills with 48-50 lamellae in

each hemibranch. |

Localities.—Olifants River, Clanwilliam (April 1937, K. H. B.);

Letjesbosch, Beaufort West (L. Boonstra and C. W. Thorne, March

1937. Nymph).

Remarks.—The gizzard and gills are described from the Letjesbosch

specimen; the imago was bred from the Clanwilliam nymph.

Descriptions of New Species of South African Alder-flies, etc. 661

Fic. 19.—Pantala flavescens (Fabr.). a, apex of abdomen of nymph. 06, median

and lateral lobes of mask. c, one ventral and one dorsal tooth of gizzard.

( 663 )

22. Descriptions of New African Anthidiinae (Apoidea).

By G. A. Mavromoustaxis, Limassol, Cyprus.

(With 1 Text-fig.)

Anthidium mveocinctum Gerst.

I wave both sexes from Uganda: Hoima (C. C. Gowdey); the

mesonotum is smooth and shining, and sparsely punctured, the

scutellum is produced and broadly emarginate in middle.

Anthidium karossense n. sp.

Female.—Length, 11 mm.

Black; clypeus a little above the apical margin transversely and

somewhat elevated, apical margin very slightly emarginate in middle

and angular at sides; clypeus densely punctured (the punctures finer

above), ochreous, with two short longitudinal black and parallel

linear stripes above, apical margin narrowly brown; lateral face

marks (fillimg space between clypeus and eyes) nearly reaching level

of insertion of antennae, large mark between ocelli, a rounded spot

above each eye, ochreous; mandibles 6-dentate, ochreous, apex

black-brown; vertex and occiput densely punctured and moderately

shining; antennae black, scape with yellow-brown mark in front;

third antennal joint longer than fourth or fifth; clypeus, sides of face,

supraclypeal area, with white hairs; vertex and occiput with some-

what dense yellow-brown hairs; cheeks with dense and short snow-

white hairs. Thorax black; mesonotum and scutellum dull, finely

and very densely punctured; scutellum rounded, united with axillae,

apical margin very slightly emarginate in middle; a short pale yellow

linear stripe at sides of mesonotum; apical margin of scutellum with

narrow pale yellow stripe interrupted in middle; outer side of axillae

narrowly pale yellow; tegulae finely punctured, brown in middle, and

rest ochreous, with subhyaline margin (broadly in front); mesonotum

and scutellum with some short and yellowish-brown hairs, apical

margin of scutellum with long and dense erect hairs; sides of thorax

with dense snow-white hairs, wings subhyaline, marginal cell with

transverse clouded streak above; second recurrent nervure interstitial

664 Annals of the South African Museum.

with second transverse cubital nervure; femora black, anterior and

middle ones with a narrow and short yellow stripe beneath; tibiae

black, anterior and middle ones with a narrow yellow stripe nearly

reaching the apex above; tarsi black, last joint with brown apex;

pulvili absent; hind spurs black; anterior and middle femora with

dense and short shining white hairs beneath; tibiae and basitarsi

with dense and short shining white hairs above; hind basitarsi with

dense and short black-brown hairs on inner side. Abdomen shining,

basal half of tergites 1 to 3 somewhat finely punctured, rest very

finely and densely punctured (the punctures covering the apical

margins); first tergite with basal half yellow-brown (suffused with

orange), rest black (the black narrow at sides); second tergite with

basal half yellow-brown (suffused with orange), and pale yellow

beneath, rest black (the black narrow at sides); third tergite with

base yellow-brown (suffused with orange), and with a pale yellow

stripe beneath, rest black; fourth tergite black, with a transverse

median dull yellow stripe; fifth tergite with basal half dull yellow,

rest yellow; sixth tergite black, with two very large dull yellow

rounded marks; base and sides of first tergite with white hairs;

fourth and fifth tergites with some short and sparse white bristles;

sixth tergite with short shining white bristles (the apical ones denser) ;

first and second sternites yellowish brown, third and fourth with

apical margin yellowish brown, rest of sternites black; ventral scopa

shining white, the hairs on sixth sternite short and black-brown.

Soutu West Arrica: Kaross, 1 9 (type), 1 9 (paratype), February

1925, in South African Museum.

Anthidium karossense n. sp., differs from Anthidium niveocinctum

Gerst., or Anthidium banzonis Strand, in the form of the scutellum,

the puncturation of the mesonotum and abdomen, the colour of the

pilosity and the integument.

Anthidium tuberculiferum Brauns.

Female.—Length, 10 mm.

Clypeus black, lower margin with six rounded tubercles of the same

size; vertex and occiput with dense yellowish-brown hairs; thorax

with dense yellowish-brown hairs above, and shining white hairs at

sides; wings slightly clouded, upper part of marginal cell clouded;

second recurrent nervure slightly out of second transverse cubital

nervure; hind tibiae black; hind tarsi with basitarsi black, rest

of joints reddish brown; pulvilli absent; scopa black-brown, sides

narrowly whitish.

Descriptions of New African Anthidiinae (Apoidea). 665

Male.—Length, 9-5 mm.

Similar to the female; mandibles yellow, apex narrowly deep

reddish brown, teeth black brown; clypeus creamy, lateral face

marks not reaching level of insertion of antennae, antennae black-

brown above and brown beneath; sixth tergite broadly yellow at

sides, and with a subapical narrow and short transverse brownish

streak; seventh tergite with a broad and deep rounded incision;

sixth ventral segment smooth and shining, rounded at the apex;

stipes rounded at the apex.

Care Province: Willowmore, 1 9, 5. xi. 1919, 1 3, 25. xu. 1903

(H. Brauns); both specimens compared with the type, by my friend

Mr. G. van Son (Transvaal Museum).

Both agree with the description, but the clypeus of the female has

six, instead of five tubercles, as mentioned by Brauns.

Anthidium tuberculiferum subsp. namaqualandicum nov.

Male.—Length, 8-5 mm.

Supraclypeal area with a linear transverse basal cream-coloured

stripe; sixth and seventh tergites light yellowish brown; seventh

tergite as in A. tuberculiferum; tibiae light yellowish brown, with a

basal hight yellow stripe above, that on anterior ones nearly reaching

the apex; tarsi light yellowish brown, hind basitarsi with a light

yellow stripe on outer side.

NAMAQUALAND: Bowesdorp, 1 ¢ (type), November 1934; Klip

Vlei (Garies Distr.), 1 3 (paratype), November 1931; both in South

African Museum.

Similar to the typical male, but smaller. The type from Willow-

more has the hind tibiae and the supraclypeal area black, and sixth

tergite mostly black.

Anthidium katbergense n. sp. (Fig. 1.)

Male.—Length, 8 mm.

Related to Anthidium tuberculiferum Br.; black; mandibles black,

with small lemon-yellow mark, apex narrowly deep reddish brown,

teeth black; clypeus moderately shining, strongly punctured, with

a very small median impunctate and shining area above; clypeus

black, with a very broad reversed T-shaped mark ochreous, the

middle branch oval and not reaching supraclypeal area; the ochreous

lateral face marks not reaching apex of clypeus; antennae black, and

black-brown beneath; vertex and occiput strongly punctured, dull;

entire face below antennae with dense and somewhat long shining

666 Annals of the South African Museum.

white hairs; front with somewhat dense and long dull greyish-white

hairs; cheeks with shining white hairs mostly on outer side. Thorax

black; mesonotum strongly and densely punctured, dull; scutellum

entire; tegulae minutely and very sparsely punctured, black-brown,

narrowly bordered by reddish brown and pale in front; mesonotum

and scutellum with somewhat short greyish-white hairs; thorax

with dense shining white hairs at sides;

eae Sere wings somewhat clouded, apical margin

Fic. 1—Seventh abdominal very clouded; nervures black; second

hae of Anthidium yecurrent nervure slightly out of second

atbergense n. sp., 3. :

transverse cubital nervure. Femora and

tibiae black (apex of anterior and middle femora narrowly yellow-

ish brown beneath); anterior tibiae yellowish brown on inner side,

and narrowly on inner side above; middle tibiae yellowish brown

beneath and narrowly on inner side above; anterior tarsi yellowish

brown; middle tarsi yellowish brown, basitarsi brown; hind tarsi

with basitarsi, small second and third joints black-brown, rest of joints

yellowish brown; legs with shining white hairs; hind basitarsi with

short and dense yellowish-brown hairs on inner side; spurs yellow;

pulvilli absent. Abdomen black and shining, apical margins broadly

and minutely coriaceous; first and second tergites with the base

broadly and strongly punctured (the punctures somewhat dense at

sides), and somewhat finely punctured in middle, subapical area some-

what finely punctured; tergites 1 to 4 with a small lateral light

yellow spot (that on fourth very small); tergites 3 to 5 on each side of

middle with a light yellow mark; sixth tergite black, apical margin

yellowish brown (broadly at sides), rounded at sides and slightly

emarginate in middle, as in Anthidium tuberculiferum; seventh

tergite yellowish brown, apical margin with two small lobes and

between the lobes a shallow elongate incision (fig. 1); sides of abdomen

with dense shining white hairs, tergites with sparse white bristles,

those on the apical ones more sparse; sixth sternite yellowish brown,

flat and polished; apical margin rounded; stipes pointed at the

apex.

Female.—Length, 8 mm.

Similar to the male; head entirely black; lower margin of clypeus

with five tubercles (three large ones in the middle and two smaller ones

laterally, with an incision between the median and the sublateral

tubercles, and without an incision between the sublateral and the

lateral ones); mandibles 5-dentate (basal one stout), black, with

subapical linear space reddish brown; first tergite with light yellow

Descriptions of New African Anthidiinae (Apoidea). 667

lateral mark; second tergite with two lateral and two sublateral

yellow spots; sixth tergite black, with somewhat shining white hairs,

apical margin emarginate in middle; ventral scopa shining white,

but narrowly from middle to apex the apices of hairs are tinged with

light yellowish white.

Care Province: Katberg, 4000 feet, 1 $ (type), 1, 15.1.1933, 1 9

(allotype), 15, 30.1.1933 (R. E. Turner), in British Museum.

Differs from the female Anthidiwm tuberculiferum Br. in the colour

of scopa, mandibles, pilosity, the form of the lower margin of clypeus,

and from the male in the form of seventh tergite, the colour of pilosity

and other details. Anthidiwm crassidens Cameron, from Katberg,

is larger, and it has the mandibles 4-dentate, the scutellum slightly

incised in middle, the tegulae black, the hair of the front, vertex and

thorax above, fuscous, and the white ventral scopa tinged with

rufous.

Anthidium severint Vachal, subsp. erzksoni nov.

Scape black; occiput with a yellow mark on each side; thorax

black; first abdominal tergite black, yellow at sides, and below the

yellow light reddish brown; second tergite with basal lateral yellow

stripe, rest light reddish brown; third tergite with basal yellow

stripe nearly reaching middle (the yellow suffused with hght reddish

brown), rest light reddish brown; fourth and fifth tergites with broad

yellowish stripe, suffused with light reddish brown, rest light reddish

brown.

S.W. Arrica: Kunene River, Erikson’s Drift, 1 2 (type), March

1923, in South African Museum.

This subspecies is related to Anthidium severint melanaspis

(CkIl.), but the colour on abdominal tergites is sufficiently different.

Lan Scie | it 4 i ey eee

wey

RS ae Vol. 1.—Part 1, ‘out “of Pope Bare Salk ot Bint”

his? Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 0lGs Part EY ol

woe : Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-;— Si5

anes . Part 10, 7/-; Part LG 3/-3 Bla.

J Cady Vol: 18f.=-Part 1, 2/6 5° Part 9, 1/6; Parke 3, 5/63, pte

eee nas 5/6; Part 6, 7/-; Part G out “Part 8, 3/-; Pa Part 9

_ 'Vitle, ete., 1/6. *

Vol. IV (containing ’Palaeontological ae published in con

Geological Survey).— 4

Part 1, 11/-; Part 2, 7/-; Part 3, 4/6; ‘Part 4, 4/6;

Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14/-; Part 8 (with Index, Ti Title, e :

~ Vol. V.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part 3, 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; *

Part 6, 5/-; heeds ie 3/-5 Part 8, 4/6; Part 9, 4/6; ee

etc., 1/6. U\ ae

Vol. VI.—Part 1, 13/6; Part 2, 4/6; Part 3, 3/6; Part 4, 30/3 Ind eX,

etc., 1/6. ‘

Vol. VIL (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, 5-3 Part 4, 8/-;

5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. Sie AS

Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc., 1, /6.

Vol. [X.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; Part 4, 6/6;

Part 6, ll/-—; Part 7, 9/-; Index, Title, ete.s TGs 85

Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-; Part 4, 3/-;

Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 10/-; Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; 2/6

Part 11, 20/-; Part 12, 7/-. “Complete. Title, ete. » ae ed i

\ Part 11. » oa e,

Vol. XI.—Part 1, 3/6; Part 2, 2/-; Part 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, J 7

wa . Part 6, Li/=; Part. 7, muarearas Index, oe Jets a Appee

; Plate ILL, 3/-.

Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological papers published in eon julie

Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 3/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 3s Part .

Part 6, 6/—; Part 7, 20/-; Part 8, 20/-; Index, Title, ete., 1

Vol. XIII.—Part re 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; Pe

Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 30/-; Part 8, Ts Index, Title, etc., ,

Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part. 3. 6/-;. Part 4, 17/6; P

Part 6, 9/—; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XV.—Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, 17/-; Part 3, 14/-; Part 4, 12/65 Pa:

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XVI.—Part I, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, (aoe ete. 3 25/ ie

Vol. X VII.—Part ip 12/-; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, ea ‘Part eS ws

Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

Vol. XVIII.—Part 1,'20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/-5 Part 4, 12/6; Index, Title,

etc., 1/6. Mog TM Aa

Vol. XIX.—Part 1, 22/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 11)-3 Part 4 (with, Index, mh ey

etc.), 5/6. wii a aed

Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part 4, 10/-; Part 5, 4-5 a

Part 6 (with Title, etc.), 4/6. a ae yeh

Vol. XXI.—Part 1, 25/-; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-. , .

Vol. XXIT (containing Palaeontological papers paPhshee in ‘conjunction with the a

. Geoiogical Survey).—

Pp Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, etc.), 3/6. ;

Vol. XXITI.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, ete. ), of 7 i is

Vol. XXIV.—Part L, 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, U/-., Part 5 om :

Index, Title, etc.), 16/-. 2 e.i>

Vol. XXV.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 10/-s Part 3 (with Index, Title, € oto. oh 10 aE ee

Vol. XX VI. —Complete, 25/-. Migs es

Vol. XXVII.—Complete, 25/-. | eee eh

Vol. XXVIII (containing Palaeontological papers published in ‘conjunction with ‘the

Geological Survey).— ;

Part 1, 10/-; Bart 2, 17/6; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4 (with Index, Title, 2

etc. )s 10/-. ; cat eae: Ting

~ Vol. XXITX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (with Index, Title, etc.), 20/-. Bs

Vol. XXX.—Part I; 15/6; Part 2, 20/-; Part 3, 8/-; Part 4, Of-5 Part 5 vith

Index, Title, etc.), 9/- ys

Vol. XXXI (containing Palaeontological papers published in compas with the :

Geological Survey).— Pees |

: Part 1, 20/-; Pat 2, P3/6;. Part; 3, 17/6. ES

, Vol. XX XII.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 17/-; Part 4, Ws Part 5, 20/5

: Part 6 (with Index, Title, etc.), 10/-. . nee

SENG yes 5

a} re = 4

“ *

Vou eX XT. Pari, Sb/=. 0 cee ees Se

Vol. XX XIV.—Complete, 40/-. : "(oor gos ida ana

INDEX, Subjects and Authors, to Vols. I-XXX, 1/-. vies * ok re as

The Annals of the South African Museum will be issued at argue intervals, €

as matter for publication is available. . oa pees IS

ROIS NASA NS a

Copies may be obtained from— | aie gems

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, Lrp., Soe See

2, 3, and 4 EarnsHaw STREET, New OXFORD STREET, Lonnox W.C. 23. Or;

_ The TTRRARTAN Saum : “by RS Ba A Pica a"